Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2011

Registration No. 333-174493

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Jersey   3714  

Not Applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

Courtney Road

Hoath Way

Gillingham, Kent ME8 0RU

United Kingdom

011-44-163-423-4422

 

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

KEVIN P. CLARK

Vice President and Chief Financial

Officer

c/o Delphi Automotive LLP

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, MI 48098

(248) 813-2000

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

Copies to:

 

David M. Sherbin

Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer

c/o Delphi Automotive LLP

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, MI 48098

(248) 813-2000

 

Michael Kaplan

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

Richard B. Aftanas

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

(212) 735-3000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨             

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a  smaller reporting company)

   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

Title Of Each Class

Of Securities To Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)
  Amount Of
Registration Fee(2)(3)

Ordinary Shares, par value $0.01 per share

  $100,000,000   $11,610
 
 
(1) Includes offering price of additional shares, if any, that may be purchased by the underwriters.

 

(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the maximum aggregate offering price.
(3) Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated June 30, 2011.

             SHARES

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

Ordinary Shares

This is an initial public offering of ordinary shares of Delphi Automotive PLC.

Delphi Automotive PLC is offering              of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              shares. Delphi Automotive PLC will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling shareholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ordinary shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . Delphi Automotive PLC intends to list the ordinary shares on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DLPH”.

See “ Risk Factors ” on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying ordinary shares.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

    

Per Share

    

Total

 

Initial public offering price

   $                            $                

Underwriting discount

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Delphi Automotive PLC

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders

   $                    $                

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              ordinary shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from Delphi Automotive PLC and shares from the selling shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2011.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    J.P. Morgan
BofA Merrill Lynch    Barclays Capital

Citi

  

Deutsche Bank Securities

Morgan Stanley

 

 

 

Baird   Credit Suisse   Lazard Capital Markets    UBS Investment Bank

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2011.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

    Page  

About This Prospectus

    i   

Market and Industry Data

    ii   

Prospectus Summary

    1   

The Offering

    12   

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data

    13   

Risk Factors

    16   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    32   

Use of Proceeds

    33   

Dividend Policy

    33   

Capitalization

    34   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

    36   

Dilution

    43   

Selected Financial and Other Data

    45   
    Page  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    48   

Business

    95   

Management

    114   

Executive Compensation

    120   

Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    148   

Principal and Selling Shareholders

    151   

Description of Share Capital

    154   

Tax Considerations

    157   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    163   

Underwriting

    165   

Validity of Ordinary Shares

    170   

Experts

    170   

Where You Can Find More Information

    170   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1   
 

 

 

Through and including                     , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

In this prospectus, “Delphi,” the “Company,” the “Successor,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Delphi Automotive PLC, a public limited company which was formed under the laws of Jersey on May 19, 2011, together with the entities that will become its subsidiaries following the completion of this offering. Delphi Automotive PLC will, in connection with this offering, acquire all membership interests in Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales which was formed on August 19, 2009 for the purpose of acquiring certain assets of the former Delphi Corporation. The former Delphi Corporation and, as the context may require, its subsidiaries and affiliates, are referred to herein as the “Predecessor” or “Old Delphi”. As the context may require, references to “Delphi”, “the Company”, “us”, “we” and “our” may also include the Predecessor.

We and the selling shareholders have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the selling shareholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, ordinary shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ordinary shares offered hereby.

The directors of the Company have taken all reasonable care to ensure that the facts stated in this prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects, and that there are no other facts the omission of which would make misleading any statement in this prospectus, whether of facts or of opinion. All the directors accept responsibility accordingly.

 

i


Table of Contents

A copy of this document has been delivered to the registrar of companies in Jersey in accordance with Article 5 of the Companies (General Provisions) (Jersey) Order 2002, and he has given, and has not withdrawn, his consent to its circulation. The Jersey Financial Services Commission has given, and has not withdrawn, its consent under Article 2 of the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958 to the issue of the ordinary shares. It must be distinctly understood that, in giving these consents, neither the registrar of companies in Jersey nor the Jersey Financial Services Commission takes any responsibility for the financial soundness of the Company or for the correctness of any statements made, or opinions expressed, with regard to it.

If you are in any doubt about the contents of this prospectus, you should consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, lawyer, accountant or other financial advisor.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

In this prospectus, we refer to information regarding market data obtained from internal sources, market research, publicly available information and industry publications, including industry data derived from information provided by J. D. Power & Associates, which we refer to as J. D. Power & Associates, and The Freedonia Group, Inc., Cleveland, OH, which we refer to as The Freedonia Group. Market share data included in this prospectus about our product lines and segments is based in large part on internal analyses as there is limited public information about such market share. We estimate the size of the applicable market based on our general market knowledge of our competitors and their capacities. We further estimate our market share and position based on our understanding regarding business awards to our competitors. Accordingly, figures for our market share are estimates. While we believe our estimates of market share to be accurate in all material respects, because this data is based on a number of estimates there can be no assurance that the actual market share data will not be materially different. Estimates are inherently uncertain, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We believe that these sources and estimates are reliable but have not independently verified them.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Company

We are a leading global vehicle components manufacturer and provide electrical and electronic, powertrain, safety and thermal technology solutions to the global automotive and commercial vehicle markets. We are one of the largest vehicle component manufacturers, and our customers include the 25 largest automotive original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) in the world. We operate 110 manufacturing facilities and 14 major technical centers utilizing a regional service model that enables us to efficiently and effectively serve our global customers from low cost countries. We have a presence in 30 countries and have over 16,000 scientists, engineers and technicians focused on developing market relevant product solutions for our customers. In line with the growth in the emerging markets, we have been increasing our focus on these markets, in particular in China, where we have a major manufacturing base and strong customer relationships.

We believe we are well-positioned for growth from increasing global vehicle production volumes, increased demand for our Safe, Green and Connected products which are being added to vehicle content, and new business wins with existing and new customers. In order to transform its business portfolio and rationalize its cost structure, the former Delphi Corporation and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries filed for Chapter 11 protection in October 2005. As a result of the actions taken by the Predecessor and Delphi Automotive LLP’s continuing efforts following its acquisition of the majority of the Predecessor’s businesses in October 2009, we have substantially reduced our costs, aligned our product offerings with the faster-growing industry mega trends and re-aligned our manufacturing footprint into an efficient regional service model, allowing us to increase our profit margins. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, we generated revenue of $4.0 billion, net income of $310 million, and EBITDA (as defined in “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” in this prospectus) of $529 million, with gross margins of 16.1% and EBITDA margins of 13.2%, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated revenue of $13.8 billion, net income of $703 million, and EBITDA of $1.4 billion, with gross margins of 14.8% and EBITDA margins of 9.9%.

We believe the automotive industry is being shaped by increasing government regulations for vehicle safety, fuel efficiency and emissions control, as well as rapidly increasing consumer demand for connectivity. These industry mega trends, which we refer to as “Safe,” “Green” and “Connected,” are driving higher growth in products that address these trends than growth in the automotive industry overall. We have reorganized our business into four diversified segments, which enable us to develop solutions and manufacture highly-engineered products that enable our customers to respond to these mega trends:

 

   

Electrical / Electronic Architecture— This segment provides complete design of the vehicle’s electrical architecture, including connectors, wiring assemblies and harnesses, electrical centers and hybrid power distribution systems. Our products provide the critical electrical and electronics backbone that supports increased vehicle content and electrification, reduced emissions and higher fuel economy through weight savings. For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, our revenues in this segment were $1,613 million and $5,620 million, respectively, and segment EBITDA was $240 million and $650 million, respectively, with EBITDA margins of 14.9% and 11.6%, respectively.

 

   

Powertrain Systems— This segment provides systems integration of full end-to-end gasoline and diesel engine management systems including fuel handling, fuel injection, combustion, electronic controls

 

 

1


Table of Contents
 

and test and validation capabilities. We design solutions to optimize powertrain power and performance while helping our customers meet new emissions and fuel economy regulations. For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, our revenues in this segment were $1,237 million and $4,086 million, respectively, and segment EBITDA was $132 million and $361 million, respectively, with EBITDA margins of 10.7% and 8.8%, respectively.

 

   

Electronics and Safety— This segment provides critical components, systems and advanced software for passenger safety, security, comfort and infotainment, as well as vehicle operation, including body controls, reception systems, audio/video/navigation systems, hybrid vehicle power electronics, displays and mechatronics. Our products integrate and optimize electronic content, which improves fuel economy, reduces emissions, increases safety and provides occupant infotainment and connectivity. For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, our revenues in this segment were $762 million and $2,721 million, respectively, and segment EBITDA was $105 million and $247 million, respectively, with EBITDA margins of 13.8% and 9.1%, respectively.

 

   

Thermal Systems— This segment provides powertrain cooling and heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) systems, such as compressors, systems and controls, and heat exchangers for the vehicle markets. Our products improve the efficiency by which the powertrain and cabin temperatures are managed, which are critical factors in achieving increased fuel economy and reduced emissions. For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, our revenues in this segment were $449 million and $1,603 million, respectively, and segment EBITDA was $52 million and $109 million, respectively, with EBITDA margins of 11.6% and 6.8%, respectively.

Our business is diversified across end-markets, regions, customers, vehicle platforms and products. Our customer base includes the 25 largest automotive OEMs in the world, and, in 2010, 24% of our net sales came from emerging markets (Asia Pacific and South America). Our six largest platforms in 2010 were with six different OEMs. In addition, in 2010 our products were found in 17 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in the United States, in all of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in Europe and in 13 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in China. We have further diversified our business by increasing our sales in the commercial vehicle market, which is typically on a different business cycle than the light vehicle market and has grown to 8% of our 2010 net sales. In addition, approximately 8% of our net sales are to the aftermarket, which meets the ongoing need for replacement parts required for vehicle servicing.

LOGO

 

 

(1) Includes aftermarket sales, which comprised 8% of our 2010 revenue.

 

(2) General Motors North America (“GMNA”) and General Motors International Operations (“GMIO”) are segments of General Motors Company (“GM”) and together represent 21% of our 2010 revenue.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We have substantially restructured and transformed our business to achieve a lean cost structure and global footprint to compete profitably in our industry. Since 2005, we have reduced our product lines from 119 to 33, exited 11 businesses, closed over 70 sites, and decreased our global headcount, including temporary employees, by approximately 27%. As a result of our transformation, 91% of our hourly workforce is now located in low cost countries. In addition, approximately 30% of our hourly workforce is composed of temporary employees, making it easier for us to flex our workforce as volumes change. We no longer have any employees represented by the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America (“UAW”). In addition, we do not have any significant U.S. defined benefit pension or workforce postretirement health care benefits or employer-paid postretirement basic life insurance benefits (“OPEB”) obligations.

We have established a worldwide design and manufacturing footprint with a regional service model that enables us to efficiently and effectively serve our global customers from low cost countries. This regional model is structured primarily to service the North American market from Mexico, the South American market from Brazil, the European market from Eastern Europe and North Africa, and the Asia Pacific market from China. Our global scale and regional service model enables us to engineer globally and execute regionally to serve the largest OEMs, which are seeking suppliers that can serve them on a worldwide basis. Our footprint also enables us to adapt to the regional design variations the global OEMs require and serve the emerging market OEMs.

Together, our cost reductions and re-alignment of our manufacturing footprint have substantially increased our profit margins and operational flexibility. Our business model is now designed to be profitable at all points in the normal automotive business cycle. For example, in 2010, we would have maintained positive EBITDA even if volumes were 30% below actual industry production volumes (or global production of 55 million vehicles rather than 78 million vehicles), assuming constant pricing and product and regional mix and based on our fixed cost structure in 2010 of approximately $3.2 billion and our variable costs which approximated two-thirds of sales in 2010; actual pricing, product and regional mix would likely differ in any future downturn. Our business model also has operating leverage, from which we believe we will benefit as our production volumes increase due to forecasted industry growth, content growth, and new business wins. We do not believe we will need to add substantial manufacturing capacity over the next several years to support this growth. We have had significant success winning new business with existing and new customers on both global platforms and on regional specific platforms. In 2010, we won business that we estimate will represent $20 billion of gross anticipated revenues based on expected volumes and assumed pricing. In the first quarter of 2011, this trend accelerated, with another $6.6 billion in new business awards, based on expected volumes and assumed pricing. Actual results could vary if these assumptions prove incorrect. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Environment and Economic Conditions—Continued pricing pressures, OEM cost reduction initiatives and the ability of OEMs to re-source or cancel vehicle programs may result in lower than anticipated margins, or losses, which may have a significant negative impact on our business.” We believe our operating leverage will enable us to generate increased profitability and higher margins from these new business wins.

Our Industry

Demand for vehicle component parts from OEMs is generally a function of the number of vehicles produced and trends in content per vehicle, which can be affected by a number of factors including social, political and economic conditions.

Recovery of Developed Markets and Continued Emerging Markets Growth

According to J.D. Power & Associates, global vehicle production is forecast to grow at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 6.8% from 2010 to 2015. In the near term, the mature markets, including North America and Western Europe, are expected to grow at 3.3% from 2010 to 2015 for an increase of approximately 6.9 million units, while the emerging markets are forecast to grow at 10.3% during the same period, for an increase of approximately 22.2 million units. However, current OEM production volumes in North America and

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Western Europe continue to be substantially less than OEM production volumes prior to the disruptions in the economic and credit markets experienced in 2008 and 2009. We expect that nearly half of our total future growth will be generated from emerging markets, especially China, which now represents a larger market for automotive components than either the United States or Japan. As a consequence of this shift in demand, many automotive manufacturing and supply companies have located operations in China and have entered into strategic partnerships and supply arrangements designed to support increased production. The total market and the relative growth in the emerging markets are shown in the illustrations below.

LOGO

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

Source: J.D. Power & Associates

Note: Vehicles in thousands. “Mature markets” refers to Australia, Japan, South Korea, North America (including Mexico) and Western Europe. “Emerging markets” refers to the rest of the world.

Demand for Increased Safety

OEMs continue to focus on improving occupant and pedestrian safety in order to meet increasingly stringent regulatory requirements in various markets, such as the recent proposal by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to mandate rear view cameras in all vehicles by 2014. As a result, suppliers are focused on developing technologies aimed at protecting vehicle occupants when a crash occurs, as well as those that proactively mitigate the risk of a crash occurring. Examples of new and alternative technologies are lane departure warning systems and collision avoidance technologies, which incorporate sophisticated electronics and advanced software. According to The Freedonia Group, the value of safety and security electronics content globally is expected to grow (based on increasing production and increased content per vehicle) in excess of 13% CAGR from 2009 to 2014, a trend which favors suppliers with the ability to fulfill demand for these important components and systems.

Trend of Increased Fuel Efficiency and Reduced Emissions

OEMs also continue to focus on improving fuel efficiency and reducing emissions in order to meet increasingly stringent regulatory requirements in various markets. On a worldwide basis, the relevant authorities

 

 

4


Table of Contents

in the European Union, the United States, China, India, Japan, Brazil, South Korea and Argentina have already instituted regulations requiring further reductions in emissions and/or increased fuel economy through 2014. In many cases, the same authorities have initiated legislation that would further tighten the standards through 2020 and beyond. Based on proposed European legislation, we believe OEMs may be required to reduce fleet average CO 2 emissions for passenger cars by nearly 40% from 140 grams/kilometer, or approximately 39 miles/gallon, in 2008 to 85 grams/kilometer, or over 60 miles/gallon, by 2020. Based on the current regulatory environment, we believe that OEMs in other parts of the world, including the U.S. and China, will be subject to even greater reductions in CO 2 emissions from their current levels over the next ten years. These standards will require meaningful innovation as OEMs and suppliers are forced to find ways to improve thermal management, engine management, electrical power consumption, vehicle weight and integration of alternative powertrains (e.g., electric/hybrid engines). According to The Freedonia Group, the value (i.e., the absolute dollar amount of demand, which may grow based on vehicle sales, more content per vehicle and higher prices for content) of powertrain and emissions electronics systems content globally, including fuel injection systems and engine management systems, is expected to grow (based on increasing production and increased content per vehicle) in excess of 11% CAGR from 2009 to 2014. We expect that as the market for these products expands, we will have the opportunity to obtain proportional growth in prices and margins in these areas, subject to competitive market dynamics.

Trend Towards Connectivity

The technology content of vehicles continues to increase as consumers demand greater safety, personalization, infotainment, productivity and convenience while driving. The automotive industry is focused on developing technologies designed to seamlessly integrate the highly complex electronic world in which automotive consumers live in the cars they drive, so that time in a vehicle is more productive and enjoyable. Advanced technologies offering mobile voice and data communication, while minimizing driver distraction, such as those used in our mobile electronics products coupled with global positioning systems and in-vehicle infotainment will continue to grow in importance. These and other related products are leading to higher electronic content per vehicle. According to The Freedonia Group, the value of OEM-installed infotainment systems globally, including communication and navigation equipment, backup monitors and heads up displays, entertainment systems, and other comfort and convenience systems are expected to increase (based on increasing production and increased content per vehicle) at CAGRs of approximately 20%, 28%, 10%, and 14%, respectively, from 2009 to 2014.

Standardization of Sourcing by OEMs

Many OEMs are adopting global vehicle platforms to increase standardization, reduce per unit cost and increase capital efficiency and profitability. As a result, OEMs are selecting suppliers that have the capability to manufacture products on a worldwide basis as well as the flexibility to adapt to regional variations. Suppliers with global scale and strong design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities, are best positioned to benefit from this trend. OEMs are also increasingly looking to their suppliers to simplify vehicle design and assembly processes to reduce costs. As a result, suppliers that sell vehicle components directly to manufacturers (Tier I suppliers) have assumed many of the design, engineering, research and development and assembly functions traditionally performed by vehicle manufacturers. Suppliers that can provide fully-engineered solutions, systems and pre-assembled combinations of component parts are positioned to leverage the trend toward system sourcing.

Our Competitive Strengths

Global Market Leader

We are one of the world’s largest vehicle component manufacturers. We estimate that we hold the #1 or #2 position in product categories representing over 70% of our 2010 net sales, including electrical/electronic

 

 

5


Table of Contents

distribution systems, automotive connection systems, diesel engine management systems, and infotainment & driver interface. In addition, in 2010 our products were found in 17 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in the United States, in all of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in Europe and in 13 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in China.

Product Portfolio Tied to the Key Industry Mega Trends

Our product offerings satisfy the OEMs’ need to meet increasingly stringent government regulations and fulfill consumer preferences for products that address the mega trends of Safe, Green and Connected, leading to increased content per vehicle, greater profitability and higher margins. With these offerings, we are well-positioned to capitalize on demand for increased safety, fuel efficiency, emissions control and connectivity to the global information network. There has been a substantial increase in vehicle content and electrification requiring a complex and reliable electrical architecture and systems to operate, such as hybrid power electronics, electrical vehicle monitoring, lane departure warning systems, integrated electronic displays, navigation systems and consumer electronics. Our ability to design a reliable electrical architecture that optimizes power distribution and/or consumption is key to satisfying the OEMs’ need to reduce emissions while continuing to meet the demands of consumers. Additionally, our Powertrain Systems and Thermal Systems segments are also focused on addressing the demand for increased fuel efficiency and emission control by controlling fuel consumption and heat dissipation, which are principal factors influencing fuel efficiency and emissions.

Global and Diverse Customer Base

Our customer base includes the 25 largest automotive OEMs in the world. Our long-standing relationships with both the leading global OEMs and regional OEMs position us to benefit from the cyclical recovery in North America and Europe and secular growth in emerging markets. Our six largest platforms in 2010 were with six different OEMs. Our top five customers are Daimler AG (“Daimler”), Ford Motor Company (“Ford”), General Motors Company (“GM”), PSA Peugeot Citroën (“Peugeot”) and Volkswagen Group (“VW”), collectively representing 49% of our 2010 revenue, with our largest customer representing only 21% of our 2010 revenue. We have further diversified our business by increasing our sales in the commercial vehicle market, which is typically on a different business cycle than the light vehicle market and now represents 8% of our 2010 net sales. In addition, approximately 8% of our sales are to the aftermarket.

We have substantially expanded our presence in emerging markets to enable us to capture the rapid growth principally in China, Brazil, India and Russia. Our presence in these countries will, for example, enable us to continue growing our market share among the regional automotive OEMs in these countries, including AVTOVAZ, Brilliance China, Changan, Chery, China FAW, Geely, Mahindra & Mahindra, Tata Motors and Ulyanovsk.

Global Manufacturing Footprint and Regional Service Model

We have a global manufacturing footprint and regional service model that enable us to efficiently and effectively operate from primarily low cost countries. We operate 110 manufacturing facilities and 14 major technical centers with a presence in 30 countries throughout the world. We have located these technical and manufacturing facilities in close proximity to our customers, enabling us to rapidly meet customer support requirements and satisfy regional variations in global vehicle platforms, while minimizing supply chain costs. Our global footprint enables us to serve the global OEMs on a worldwide basis along with gaining market share with the emerging market OEMs. This regional model has largely migrated to service the North American market out of Mexico, the South American market out of Brazil, the European market out of Eastern Europe and North Africa and the Asia Pacific market out of China.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Leading Supplier in the China Automotive Market

We have a strong presence in China, where we have operated for nearly 20 years. All of our business segments have operations and sales in China, where we employ approximately 21,000 people (including temporary workers), including approximately 2,800 scientists, engineers and technicians. Our strong engineering capabilities allow us to provide full product design and system integration to the regional OEMs. As a result, we have well-established relationships with all of the major automotive OEMs in China, including: Brilliance China, Changan, Chery, China FAW, Geely, Shanghai General Motors and Shanghai Volkswagen. We conduct our business through two wholly-owned subsidiaries and 12 majority controlled joint ventures. In support of our growing revenue, we anticipate these subsidiaries will expand their operations with the addition of four new manufacturing sites over the next two years. This legal entity structure gives us control over our strategy and operational activities in the region and results in consolidation of revenue and earnings in our financial statements. We generated approximately $1.8 billion in revenue from China in 2010. With only 21 of our 33 offered products currently locally manufactured, we believe we have the opportunity to expand additional product lines into China, and as a result, we see further growth potential.

Lean and Flexible Cost Structure

We have a world-class, lean manufacturing system that allows us to provide customers with quality products and just-in-time delivery at competitive costs. In 2010, we largely completed our restructuring activities, resulting in a lower fixed cost base, improved manufacturing footprint and reduced overhead. We dramatically reduced our U.S. and Western European footprints, realigned our selling, general and administrative cost structure and increased the variable nature of our employee base. As a result, 91% of our hourly workforce is located in low cost countries. Furthermore, we have substantial operational flexibility by leveraging a large workforce of temporary workers, which represented approximately 30% of the hourly workforce as of March 31, 2011. We are focused on maintaining a low fixed cost base to minimize our EBITDA breakeven, which we estimate to be 30% below the current production volumes, assuming constant product mix and based on 2010 results. We believe that our lean cost structure will allow us to remain profitable at all points of the traditional vehicle industry production cycle.

World-Class Engineering Capabilities

Our history and culture of innovation have enabled us to develop significant intellectual property and design and development expertise to provide advanced technology solutions that meet the demands of our customers. We have a team of more than 16,000 scientists, engineers and technicians focused on developing leading product solutions for our key markets, located at 14 major technical centers in Brazil, China, France, Germany, India, Luxembourg, Mexico, Poland, South Korea and the United States. We invest approximately $1 billion annually in engineering to maintain our portfolio of innovative products, and currently own approximately 6,000 patents. We also encourage “open innovation” and collaborate extensively with peers in the industry, government agencies and academic institutions. Our technology competencies are recognized by both customers and government agencies, who have co-invested approximately $300 million of additional funds annually in new product development, increasing our total spend accordingly, accelerating the pace of innovation and reducing the risk associated with successful commercialization of technological breakthroughs. One example of co-investment is that we received an $89 million grant from the U.S. Department of Energy for reimbursement for up to 50% of the project costs associated with the development and manufacturing of power electronics related to electric and hybrid electric vehicles.

Our heritage includes the first factory installed radio, and we were a developer and designer of digital satellite radios, non-CFC refrigerant systems, high efficiency heat & mass exchangers, halogen free cables, dual

 

 

7


Table of Contents

mode electronically scanning radar, gas direct injection, power electronics & high voltage architectures for hybrid electric vehicles and electric vehicles. We have been recognized for our long history of innovation as a winner of the prestigious Automotive News PACE Award. The Automotive News PACE awards honor superior innovation, technological advancement and business performance in the automotive industry and is judged by an independent panel of industry experts. Over the past two years we have been a winner three times and over the 17-year history of the PACE awards, we have received more awards than any other automotive supplier. In 2010, we launched approximately 800 new product programs around the globe. Our future pipeline has promise in collision mitigation with auto braking, electric cam phasing, software defined radio, 2-step continuous variable valvetrain, ammonia and particulate sensors, high power density inverter switches for hybrid electric vehicles and other Safe, Green and Connected solutions.

Significant Operating Leverage Leading to Higher Margins

Our business model has generated strong margins. We believe our operating leverage will enable us to generate increased profitability from higher OEM production volumes, increased content per vehicle and new business wins, and our profitability has been increasing with these trends. We generated gross margins of 16.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to 14.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010, and EBITDA margins of 13.2% as compared to 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Segment EBITDA margins were greater than 10% in each of our operating segments for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Strong Cash Flow Generation and Balance Sheet

Our margins have also translated to strong cash flow generation. In 2010, we generated $781 million in cash flow before financing (which is defined as cash flows from operating activities and cash flows from investing activities (excluding investments in time deposits)). Furthermore, we have a strong balance sheet with gross debt of $2.5 billion and substantial liquidity of $2.5 billion as of March 31, 2011 (in each case after giving effect to the modification of our Credit Agreement and issuance of Senior Notes (each as defined and described below) on May 17, 2011), and no significant U.S. defined benefit or OPEB liabilities. We intend to maintain strong financial discipline targeting industry-leading earnings growth, cash flow generation and return on invested capital and to maintain sufficient liquidity to sustain our financial flexibility throughout the industry cycle.

Experienced Management Team

Our management team has significant experience, a deep understanding of the vehicle components industry and a firm focus on sustaining our leadership and financial strength. This team has been responsible for implementing the key operational restructuring initiatives that have positioned us for sustainable leadership in our industry with a strong and competitive financial profile. Key accomplishments since 2005 have included:

 

   

Aligning our portfolio with the mega trends—Safe, Green and Connected—by reducing our business units from 27 to 10 and our product lines from 119 to 33;

 

   

Diversifying our geographic, product and customer mix, resulting in only 33% of our 2010 net sales generated in the North American market and 21% from our largest customer;

 

   

Reducing our cost structure by repositioning 91% of our hourly workforce in low cost countries; reducing our manufacturing space by 62%, or 42 million square feet; and reducing total headcount by approximately 27%;

 

   

Sustaining our commitment to innovation by investing approximately $1 billion annually in engineering; and

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Generating a record level of business bookings, including $20 billion in 2010 and $6.6 billion in the first quarter of 2011.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to develop and manufacture innovative market-relevant products for a diverse base of customers around the globe and leverage our lean and flexible cost structure to achieve strong earnings growth and returns on invested capital. Through our culture of innovation and world class engineering capabilities we will continue to employ our rigorous, forward-looking product development process to deliver new technologies that provide solutions to OEMs.

Leverage Our Engineering and Technological Prowess

We will continue to leverage our strong product portfolio tied to the industry’s key mega trends with our global footprint to increase our revenues. We remain committed to sustaining our substantial annual investment in research and development to maintain and enhance our leadership in each of our product lines. We expect to introduce new products and customized solutions that enable OEMs to meet the increasing fuel economy and emissions regulations as well as consumer demand for increased connectivity and active safety features. We will continue to focus on identifying the next market trends that we believe will position us to capture new growth.

Capitalize on Our Scale, Global Footprint and Established Position in Emerging Markets

We intend to generate sustained growth by capitalizing on the breadth and scale of our operating capabilities, our global footprint that provides us the important proximity to our customers’ manufacturing facilities and allows us to serve them in every region of the world in which they operate, and our established presence in high growth emerging markets.

We are one of only a few vehicle component manufacturers with the resources and scale of operations to provide our customers with complete end-to-end systems solutions. From the development and design of innovative new products, to world class engineering, manufacturing and supply-chain management capabilities, we have significant resources that we use to help our customers meet the changing demands of the market. We have engineering and production capabilities in every major auto-producing market in the world, including North America, South America, Europe and Asia. As a result, we are able to capitalize on the global standardization of vehicle platforms by the largest OEMs, while adapting our products for regional variations and regional OEMs.

We continue to expand our significant presence in emerging markets, positioning us to benefit from the expected growth opportunities in these regions. We will accomplish this by capitalizing on our long-standing relationships with the global OEMs and further enhancing our positions with the emerging market OEMs, thereby continuing to expand our worldwide leadership. We will continue to build upon our extensive geographic reach to capitalize on the fast-growing automotive markets, particularly in China, Brazil, India and Russia. We believe that our presence in low cost countries positions us to realize incremental margin improvements as the global balance of automotive production shifts towards the emerging markets.

Leverage Our Lean and Flexible Cost Structure to Deliver Profitability and Cash Flow

We recognize the importance of maintaining a lean and flexible cost structure in order to deliver stable earnings and cash flow in a cyclical industry. We intend to focus on maximizing manufacturing output to meet increasing production requirements with minimal additions to our fixed-cost base. We will continue to utilize a meaningful amount of temporary workers to ensure we have the appropriate operational flexibility to scale our operations so that we maintain our profitability as industry production levels increase or contract.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Target the Right Business with the Right Customers

We are strategic in pursuing new business and customers. We conduct in-depth analysis of market share and product trends by region in order to prioritize research, development and engineering spend for the customers that we believe will be successful. We collaborate with these customers in our 14 major technical centers around the world to help develop innovative product solutions for their needs. As more OEMs design vehicles for global platforms, where the same vehicle architecture is shared among different regions, we are well suited to provide global design and engineering support while manufacturing these products for a specific regional market. In addition we are disciplined in our pursuit of new business to ensure that we earn appropriate returns on capital. We have a rigorous internal approval process that requires senior executive review and approval to ensure consistency with our strategic and financial goals.

Pursue Selected Acquisitions and Strategic Alliances

Acquisitions and strategic alliances represent an important element of our business strategy and we believe we have the financial flexibility to pursue these opportunities with our current capital structure and liquidity profile. We believe that there are opportunities to grow through acquisitions, given the trend by OEMs to source globally and from a smaller number of suppliers, and that strategic alliances will allow us to pursue new opportunities faster and with less risk and investment. We intend to pursue selected transactions that leverage our technology capabilities, enhance our customer base, geographic penetration and scale to complement our current businesses. These complementary opportunities will provide us with access to new technologies, expand our presence in existing markets and enable us to establish a presence in adjacent markets.

Our History and Structure

On August 19, 2009, Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership organized under the laws of England and Wales, was formed for the purpose of acquiring certain assets and subsidiaries of the Predecessor, which had filed for bankruptcy protection. At this time, three firms, GM and affiliates of Silver Point Capital and Elliott Management, agreed to take a controlling stake in Delphi Automotive LLP. These three equity holders had jointly established a plan to fund the restructuring and repositioning of the business. As a part of this plan, these equityholders established a board of proven senior executives to assist the management team in the continued restructuring of the business.

On October 6, 2009, Delphi Automotive LLP acquired the major portion of the business of the Predecessor, other than the global steering business, the U.S. manufacturing facilities in which the hourly employees were represented by the UAW and certain non-productive U.S. assets, and Delphi Automotive LLP issued membership interests to a group of investors consisting of lenders to the Predecessor, GM and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”).

On May 19, 2011, Delphi Automotive PLC, a Jersey public limited company, was formed. Delphi Automotive PLC has nominal assets and no liabilities and has conducted no operations prior to completion of this offering. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, it will acquire all of the outstanding units of Delphi Automotive LLP from its existing unit holders in exchange for ordinary shares and, as a result, Delphi Automotive LLP will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delphi Automotive PLC. All historical financial information presented in this prospectus for periods subsequent to October 6, 2009 is that of Delphi Automotive LLP.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

On March 31, 2011, Delphi Automotive LLP redeemed the membership interests owned by GM and the PBGC for $3.8 billion and $594 million, respectively. In addition, on April 26, 2011, Delphi Automotive LLP amended its limited liability partnership agreement to adjust the distribution rights among the holders of the remaining classes of membership interests and to modify and normalize governance rights by eliminating special control rights held by affiliates of Silver Point Capital and Elliott Management to more closely reflect a typical public company.

On March 31, 2011, Delphi Corporation, a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary of Delphi Automotive LLP, entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that provided for a $500 million undrawn revolver and $2.5 billion in funded term loans, guaranteed by Delphi Automotive LLP and certain of its existing and future subsidiaries. The $2.5 billion in term loan proceeds, along with existing cash, were utilized to finance the redemptions of the membership interests owned by GM and PBGC and repayment of our 12.00% unsecured notes due 2014. On May 17, 2011, the Credit Agreement was modified to increase the amount of commitments on the revolver to $1.2 billion, to reduce the amount of the term loans to $1.2 billion and to reduce certain interest rates applicable to the term loans.

On May 17, 2011, Delphi Corporation issued $500 million of 5.875% senior notes due 2019 and $500 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2021 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”) in a transaction exempt from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Delphi Automotive LLP and certain of its existing and future subsidiaries. The net proceeds of approximately $1.0 billion, together with cash on hand, were used to pay down amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

Risks Affecting Us

Investing in securities involves substantial risk, and our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. Investors should carefully consider the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular the information under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Company Information

Our principal executive offices are located at Courtney Road, Hoath Way, Gillingham, Kent ME8 0RU, United Kingdom and our telephone number is 011-44-163-423-4422. Our register of members is kept at our registered office, which is Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES, Channel Islands.

Our internet address is www.delphi.com . The information on our website and any other website that is referred to in this prospectus is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Ordinary shares offered by us

                shares

Ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholders

                shares

Total ordinary shares offered

                shares

Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

                shares

Option to purchase additional shares

               shares from us and             shares from the selling shareholders

Use of proceeds

   Our net proceeds from the offering will be approximately $            , or approximately $             if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. We intend to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, primarily to fund our operations, to acquire capital equipment and to repay debt. We will not receive any proceeds from the ordinary shares being sold by the selling shareholders.

Dividend policy

   We do not intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. We plan to retain any earnings for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth.

NYSE symbol

   We intend to list our ordinary shares on The New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “DLPH”.

Unless we specifically state otherwise and except for historical financial information, the information in this prospectus reflects or assumes our issuance of             ordinary shares to Delphi Automotive LLP’s equityholders (assuming that the offering is priced at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) in connection with this offering in exchange for all of the equity interests in Delphi Automotive LLP, including                  shares issued to our directors who are holders of its Class E-1 membership interests and             remaining shares issued to its other equityholders. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the offering price, holding the number of shares offered constant, would increase (decrease) the number of shares issued to our existing equityholders to             and the number of shares issued to our directors who are holders of its Class E-1 membership interests to            .

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus does not take into account:

 

   

the issuance of up to                      additional ordinary shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from us; and

 

   

             shares reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under our existing Management Value Creation Plan, or Value Creation Plan (which provides for issuances of equity and/or cash to members of our management based on the value of the Company at December 31, 2012, including the amounts used to repurchase units prior to the date of this offering), based on an offering price at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the offering price, holding the number of ordinary shares offered constant, would increase (decrease) the number of ordinary shares reserved for issuance under this plan by                    .

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Delphi Automotive PLC was formed on May 19, 2011, has nominal assets and no liabilities and will conduct no operations prior to completion of this offering. Accordingly, the following presents historical financial information for Delphi Automotive LLP, which will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delphi Automotive PLC immediately prior to completion of this offering.

The following selected consolidated financial data of the Successor and the Predecessor have been derived from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Successor and the Predecessor and should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Successor           Predecessor(1)  
     Three months
ended March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
   2011     2010            
     (dollars in millions, except per share data)           (dollars in millions, except per
share data)
 

Statements of operations data:

                

Net sales

   $   3,997      $   3,410      $   13,817      $   3,421          $   8,334      $   16,808   

Depreciation and amortization

     117        99        421        139            540        822   

Operating income (loss)

     412        324        940        (10         (1,118     (1,425

Interest expense

     (6     (8     (30     (8                (434

Reorganization items, net

                                     10,210        5,147   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     310        235        703        (3         9,391        3,163   

Net income (loss)

     310        235        703        (3         9,347        3,066   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     19        20        72        15            29        29   

Net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor

     291        215        631        (18         9,318        3,037   
 

Per share data: (actual)

                

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Predecessor

                                   $ 16.58      $ 5.55   

Loss from discontinued operations attributable to Predecessor

                                     (0.08     (0.17
                                                    

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Predecessor

                                   $ 16.50      $ 5.38   
 

Per share data: (pro forma)(2)

                

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Successor

                

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to Successor

                
                                  

Income (loss) per share attributable to Successor

                

Basic

                

Diluted

                

Weighted average shares outstanding

                
 

Other financial data:

                

Cash and cash equivalents (as of period end)

   $ 1,633      $ 3,296      $ 3,219      $ 3,107          $      $ 959   

Capital expenditures

     181        93        500        88            321        771   

EBITDA(3)

     529        423        1,361        129            (514     (211

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

     538        456        1,633        313            (229     269   

EBITDA margin(4)

     13.2     12.4     9.9     3.8         (6.2 %)      (1.3 %) 

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

     13.5     13.4     11.8     9.1         (2.7 %)      1.6

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 156      $ 246      $ 1,142      $ 159          $ (257   $ 455   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     433        (98     (911     885            (1,052     (958

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (2,204     52        (126     2,062            315        465   

 

 

13


Table of Contents
     Successor  
     As of March 31, 2011  
     Historical      As
adjusted(5)
     As further
adjusted(6)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Balance sheet and employment data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,633       $ 1,336       $     

Total assets

   $ 9,724       $ 9,441       $     

Total debt

   $ 2,751       $ 2,468       $     

Working capital(7)

   $ 1,453       $ 1,453       $     

Owners’ equity

   $ 1,907       $ 1,907       $     

Global employees

     100,630         100,630         100,630   

 

(1) The Predecessor adopted the accounting guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 852, Reorganizations , effective October 8, 2005 and has segregated in the financial statements for all reporting periods subsequent to such date and through the consummation of the transactions pursuant to the Modified Plan (as defined in “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein), transactions and events that were directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Our consolidated financial statements are not comparable to the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor due to the effects of the consummation of the Modified Plan and the change in the basis of presentation. For more information, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

(2) Reflects issuance of                  ordinary shares in exchange for Delphi Automotive LLP membership interests and                  ordinary shares in this offering.

 

(3) Our management utilizes operating income before depreciation and amortization, including long-lived asset and goodwill impairment (“EBITDA”) to evaluate performance. EBITDA was used as a performance indicator for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means operating income before depreciation and amortization, including long-lived asset and goodwill impairment, transformation and rationalization charges related to plant consolidations, plant wind-downs and discontinued operations. Through December 31, 2010, our management relied on Adjusted EBITDA as a key performance measure. Our management believed that Adjusted EBITDA was a meaningful measure of performance and it was used by management and the Board of Managers of Delphi Automotive LLP to analyze Company and stand-alone segment operating performance and for planning and forecasting purposes. Effective January 1, 2011, our management began utilizing EBITDA as a key performance measure because our restructuring was substantially completed in 2010. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered substitutes for results prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and should not be considered alternatives to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA that is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as determined and measured by us, should also not be compared to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

In the three months ended March 31, 2011, we reached a final customer commercial settlement that resulted in an unusual warranty expense of $76 million. This amount adversely affected EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in such period.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA includes other transformation and rationalization costs related to 1) the implementation of information technology systems to support finance, manufacturing and product development initiatives, 2) certain plant consolidations and closure costs and 3) consolidation of many staff administrative functions into a global business service group. The reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor follows:

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Three months
ended March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
  2011     2010            
    (in millions)           (in millions)  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $     538      $     456      $     1,633      $     313          $ (229   $     269   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

               

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (9)        (26     (224     (126         (235     (326

Other transformation and rationalization costs

           (7     (48     (58         (50     (154
                                                   

EBITDA

  $ 529      $ 423      $ 1,361      $ 129          $ (514   $ (211
                                                   

Depreciation and amortization

    (117     (99     (421     (139         (540     (822

Goodwill impairment charges

                                           (325

Discontinued operations

                                    (64     (67
                                                   

Operating income (loss)

  $ 412      $ 324      $ 940      $ (10       $ (1,118   $ (1,425
                                                   

Interest expense

    (6     (8     (30     (8                (434

Other income, net

    3        2        34        (17         24        9   

Reorganization items

                                    10,210        5,147   
                                                   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

    409        318        944        (35             9,116            3,297   

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (116     (85     (258     27            311        (163

Equity income (loss), net of tax

    17        2        17        5            (36     29   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

                                    (44     (97
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 310      $ 235      $ 703      $ (3       $ 9,347      $ 3,066   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    19        20        72        15            29        29   
                                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor

  $ 291      $ 215      $ 631      $ (18       $ 9,318      $ 3,037   
                                                       

 

(4) EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of revenues. Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.

 

(5) Gives effect to the modification of our credit agreement and the issuance of senior notes on May 17, 2011. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

(6) Gives effect to this offering and the application of proceeds therefrom. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

 

(7) Working capital is calculated herein as accounts receivable plus inventories less accounts payable.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following information about these risks, and the other information included in this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our ordinary shares. Any of the risks we describe below could cause our business, financial condition and/or operating results to suffer. The market price of our ordinary shares could decline if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events. You could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Business Environment and Economic Conditions

The cyclical nature of automotive sales and production can adversely affect our business.

Our business is directly related to automotive sales and automotive vehicle production by our customers. Automotive sales and production are highly cyclical and, in addition to general economic conditions, also depend on other factors, such as consumer confidence and consumer preferences. Lower global automotive sales result in substantially all of our automotive OEM customers significantly lowering vehicle production schedules, which has a direct impact on our earnings and cash flows. The most recent example of this was the 2009 downturn in which North American and Western Europe automotive production declined approximately 43% and 26%, respectively, below production levels in 2007. While the industry is recovering from the 2009 downturn, production volumes in North America and Western Europe remain below levels experienced prior to 2009. In addition, automotive sales and production can be affected by labor relations issues, regulatory requirements, trade agreements, the availability of consumer financing and other factors. Economic declines that result in a significant reduction in automotive sales and production by our customers have in the past had, and may in the future have, an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our sales are also affected by inventory levels and OEMs’ production levels. We cannot predict when OEMs will decide to increase or decrease inventory levels or whether new inventory levels will approximate historical inventory levels. Uncertainty and other unexpected fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

A prolonged economic downturn or economic uncertainty could adversely affect our business and cause us to require additional sources of financing, which may not be available.

Our sensitivity to economic cycles and any related fluctuation in the businesses of our customers or potential customers may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If global economic conditions deteriorate or economic uncertainty increases, our customers and potential customers may experience deterioration of their businesses, which may result in the delay or cancellation of plans to purchase our products. If vehicle production were to remain at low levels for an extended period of time or if cash losses for customer defaults rise, our cash flow could be adversely impacted, which could result in our needing to seek additional financing to continue our operations. There can be no assurance that we would be able to secure such financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Any changes in consumer credit availability or cost of borrowing could adversely affect our business.

Declines in the availability of consumer credit and increases in consumer borrowing costs have negatively impacted global automotive sales and resulted in lower production volumes in the past. Substantial declines in automotive sales and production by our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A drop in the market share and changes in product mix offered by our customers can impact our revenues.

We are dependent on the continued growth, viability and financial stability of our customers. Our customers generally are OEMs in the automotive industry. This industry is subject to rapid technological change, vigorous

 

16


Table of Contents

competition, short product life cycles and cyclical and reduced consumer demand patterns. When our customers are adversely affected by these factors, we may be similarly affected to the extent that our customers reduce the volume of orders for our products. As a result of changes impacting our customers, sales mix can shift which may have either favorable or unfavorable impact on revenue and would include shifts in regional growth, shifts in OEM sales demand, as well as shifts in consumer demand related to vehicle segment purchases and content penetration. For instance, a shift in sales demand favoring a particular OEM’s vehicle model for which we do not have a supply contract may negatively impact our revenue. A shift in regional sales demand toward certain markets could favorably impact the sales of those of our customers that have a large market share in those regions, which in turn would be expected to have a favorable impact on our revenue.

The mix of vehicle offerings by our OEM customers also impacts our sales. A decrease in consumer demand for specific types of vehicles where we have traditionally provided significant content could have a significant effect on our business and financial condition. Our sales of products in the regions in which our customers operate also depend on the success of these customers in those regions.

Declines in the market share or business of Daimler, Ford, GM, Peugeot and VW may have a disproportionate adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

Daimler, Ford, GM, Peugeot and VW accounted for approximately 49% of our total net sales in the year ended December 31, 2010. Accordingly, our revenues may be disproportionately affected by decreases in any of their businesses or market share. Because our customers typically have no obligation to purchase a specific quantity of parts, a decline in the production levels of any of our major customers, particularly with respect to models for which we are a significant supplier, could disproportionately reduce our sales and thereby adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. See “Business—Supply Relationships with Our Customers.”

Continued pricing pressures, OEM cost reduction initiatives and the ability of OEMs to re-source or cancel vehicle programs may result in lower than anticipated margins, or losses, which may have a significant negative impact on our business.

Cost-cutting initiatives adopted by our customers result in increased downward pressure on pricing. Our customer supply agreements generally require step-downs in component pricing over the period of production, typically one to two percent per year. In addition, our customers often reserve the right to terminate their supply contracts for convenience, which enhances their ability to obtain price reductions. OEMs have also possessed significant leverage over their suppliers, including us, because the automotive component supply industry is highly competitive, serves a limited number of customers, has a high fixed cost base and historically has had excess capacity. Based on these factors, and the fact that our customers’ product programs typically last a number of years and are anticipated to encompass large volumes, our customers are able to negotiate favorable pricing. Accordingly, as a Tier I supplier, we are subject to substantial continuing pressure from OEMs to reduce the price of our products. It is possible that pricing pressures beyond our expectations could intensify as OEMs pursue restructuring and cost cutting initiatives. If we are unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected. See “Business—Supply Relationships with Our Customers” for a detailed discussion of our supply agreements with our customers.

While we provide estimates of new business in this prospectus, these estimates could be materially different from actual results in light of the risks set forth above.

Our supply agreements with our OEM customers are generally requirements contracts, and a decline in the production requirements of any of our customers, and in particular our largest customers, could adversely impact our revenues and profitability.

We receive OEM purchase orders for specific components supplied for particular vehicles. In most instances our OEM customers agree to purchase their requirements for specific products but are not required to

 

17


Table of Contents

purchase any minimum amount of products from us. The contracts we have entered into with most of our customers have terms ranging from one year to the life of the model (usually three to seven years, although customers often reserve the right to terminate for convenience). Therefore, a significant decrease in demand for certain key models or group of related models sold by any of our major customers or the ability of a manufacturer to re-source and discontinue purchasing from us, for a particular model or group of models, could have a material adverse effect on us. To the extent that we do not maintain our existing level of business with our largest customers because of a decline in their production requirements or because the contracts expire or are terminated for convenience, we will need to attract new customers or win new business with existing customers, or our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected. See “Business—Supply Relationships with Our Customers” for a detailed discussion of our supply agreements with our customers.

We have invested substantial resources in markets where we expect growth and we may be unable to timely alter our strategies should such expectations not be realized.

Our future growth is dependent on our making the right investments at the right time to support product development and manufacturing capacity in areas where we can support our customer base. We have identified the Asia Pacific and South American regions, and China, Brazil and India, in particular, as key markets likely to experience substantial growth, and accordingly have made and expect to continue to make substantial investments, both directly and through participation in various partnerships and joint ventures, in numerous manufacturing operations, technical centers and other infrastructure to support anticipated growth in those regions. If we are unable to deepen existing and develop additional customer relationships in these regions, we may not only fail to realize expected rates of return on our existing investments, but we may incur losses on such investments and be unable to timely redeploy the invested capital to take advantage of other markets, potentially resulting in lost market share to our competitors. Our results will also suffer if these regions do not grow as quickly as we anticipate.

Our business in China is subject to aggressive competition and is sensitive to economic and market conditions.

Maintaining a strong position in the Chinese market is a key component of our global growth strategy. The automotive supply market in China is highly competitive, with competition from many of the largest global manufacturers and numerous smaller domestic manufacturers. As the size of the Chinese market continues to increase, we anticipate that additional competitors, both international and domestic, will seek to enter the Chinese market and that existing market participants will act aggressively to increase their market share. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced margins and our inability to gain or hold market share. In addition, our business in China is sensitive to economic and market conditions that drive sales volume in China. If we are unable to maintain our position in the Chinese market or if vehicle sales in China decrease or do not continue to increase, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected.

Disruptions in the supply of raw materials and other supplies that we and our customers use in our products may adversely affect our profitability.

We and our customers use a broad range of materials and supplies, including copper, aluminum and other metals, petroleum-based resins, chemicals, electronic components and semiconductors. A significant disruption in the supply of these materials for any reason could decrease our production and shipping levels, which could materially increase our operating costs and materially decrease our profit margins.

We, as with other component manufacturers in the automotive industry, ship products to our customers’ vehicle assembly plants throughout the world so they are delivered on a “just-in-time” basis in order to maintain low inventory levels. Our suppliers also use a similar method. However, this “just-in-time” method makes the logistics supply chain in our industry very complex and very vulnerable to disruptions.

 

18


Table of Contents

Such disruptions could be caused by any one of a myriad of potential problems, such as closures of one of our or our suppliers’ plants or critical manufacturing lines due to strikes, mechanical breakdowns, electrical outages, fires, explosions or political upheaval, as well as logistical complications due to weather, volcanic eruptions, or other natural or nuclear disasters, mechanical failures, delayed customs processing and more. For example, we may experience some supply disruptions on account of the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan. See “—As a result of the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan, we may experience some supply disruptions from Japanese and other suppliers, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ production requirements” below. Additionally, as we grow in low cost countries, the risk for such disruptions is heightened. The lack of even a small single subcomponent necessary to manufacture one of our products, for whatever reason, could force us to cease production, even for a prolonged period. Similarly, a potential quality issue could force us to halt deliveries while we validate the products. Even where products are ready to be shipped, or have been shipped, delays may arise before they reach our customer. Our customers may halt or delay their production for the same reason if one of their other suppliers fails to deliver necessary components. This may cause our customers, in turn to suspend their orders, or instruct us to suspend delivery, of our products, which may adversely affect our financial performance.

When we fail to make timely deliveries in accordance with our contractual obligations, we generally have to absorb our own costs for identifying and solving the “root cause” problem as well as expeditiously producing replacement components or products. Generally, we must also carry the costs associated with “catching up,” such as overtime and premium freight.

Additionally, if we are the cause for a customer being forced to halt production, the customer may seek to recoup all of its losses and expenses from us. These losses and expenses could be significant, and may include consequential losses such as lost profits. Any supply-chain disruption, however small, could potentially cause the complete shutdown of an assembly line of one of our customers, and any such shutdown that is due to causes that are within our control could expose us to material claims of compensation. Where a customer halts production because of another supplier failing to deliver on time, it is unlikely we will be fully compensated, if at all.

Adverse developments affecting one or more of our suppliers could harm our profitability.

Any significant disruption in our supplier relationships, particularly relationships with sole-source suppliers, could harm our profitability. Furthermore, some of our suppliers may not be able to handle the commodity cost volatility and/or sharply changing volumes while still performing as we expect. To the extent our suppliers experience supply disruptions, such as we may experience in the aftermath of the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan, there is a risk for delivery delays, production delays, production issues or delivery of non-conforming products by our suppliers. Even where these risks do not materialize, we may incur costs as we try to make contingency plans for such risks.

As a result of the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan, we may experience some supply disruptions from Japanese and other suppliers, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ production requirements.

On March 11, 2011, an earthquake and tsunami occurred in Japan, causing severe damage to the region and resulting in a nuclear crisis at the Fukushima reactors and the surrounding region. These events have disrupted the production of suppliers based in Japan, some of which are our sole-source suppliers or are sole-source suppliers to other suppliers of ours, for certain products. We expect that we may experience some supply disruptions from our suppliers on account of the earthquake, tsunami and nuclear crisis in Japan, and if we are unable to adequately re-source these supplies in the near term, we may experience delays in the production of certain products, which may be for a prolonged period, or incur additional costs in order to avoid production interruptions. If we are able to obtain products from other sources, the quality of re-sourced products may make it more difficult for us to meet the stringent quality specifications of our customers, which could result in increased costs. Although to date we have not experienced any material disruptions and have been able to locate other supply sources, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to locate any alternative sources of supply in the future.

 

19


Table of Contents

Moreover, we may be adversely affected if our OEM customers cease or slow production of vehicles on account of the Japanese crisis, which would negatively affect their purchase orders of our products.

The loss of business with respect to, or the lack of commercial success of, a vehicle model for which we are a significant supplier could adversely affect our financial performance.

Although we receive purchase orders from our customers, these purchase orders generally provide for the supply of a customer’s requirements for a particular vehicle model and assembly plant, rather than for the purchase of a specific quantity of products. The loss of business with respect to, or the lack of commercial success of, a vehicle model for which we are a significant supplier could reduce our sales and thereby adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

We operate in the highly competitive automotive supply industry.

The global automotive component supply industry is highly competitive. Competition is based primarily on price, technology, quality, delivery and overall customer service. There can be no assurance that our products will be able to compete successfully with the products of our competitors. Furthermore, the rapidly evolving nature of the markets in which we compete may attract new entrants, particularly in low-cost countries such as China, Brazil, India and Russia. Additionally, consolidation in the automotive industry may lead to decreased product purchases from us. As a result, our sales levels and margins could be adversely affected by pricing pressures from OEMs and pricing actions of competitors. These factors led to selective resourcing of business to competitors in the past and may also do so in the future. In addition, any of our competitors may foresee the course of market development more accurately than us, develop products that are superior to our products, have the ability to produce similar products at a lower cost than us, or adapt more quickly than us to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. As a result, our products may not be able to compete successfully with their products. These trends may adversely affect our sales as well as the profit margins on our products.

Increases in costs of the materials and other supplies that we use in our products may have a negative impact on our business.

Significant changes in the markets where we purchase materials, components and supplies for the production of our products may adversely affect our profitability, particularly in the event of significant increases in demand where there is not a corresponding increase in supply, inflation or other pricing increases. In recent periods there have been significant fluctuations in the global prices of copper, aluminum and petroleum-based resin products, and fuel charges, which have had and may continue to have an unfavorable impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Continuing volatility may have adverse effects on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We will continue efforts to pass some supply and material cost increases onto our customers, although competitive and market pressures have limited our ability to do that, particularly with domestic OEMs, and may prevent us from doing so in the future, because our customers are generally not obligated to accept price increases that we may desire to pass along to them. Even where we are able to pass price increases through to the customer, in some cases there is a lapse of time before we are able to do so. The inability to pass on price increases to our customers when raw material prices increase rapidly or to significantly higher than historic levels could adversely affect our operating margins and cash flow, possibly resulting in lower operating income and profitability. We expect to be continually challenged as demand for our principal raw materials and other supplies, including electronic components, is significantly impacted by demand in emerging markets, particularly in China, Brazil, India and Russia, and by the anticipated global economic recovery. We cannot provide assurance that fluctuations in commodity prices will not otherwise have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, or cause significant fluctuations in quarterly and annual results of operations.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our hedging activities to address commodity price fluctuations may not be successful in offsetting future increases in those costs or may reduce or eliminate the benefits of any decreases in those costs.

In order to mitigate short-term volatility in operating results due to the aforementioned commodity price fluctuations, we hedge a portion of near-term exposure to certain raw materials used in production. The results of our hedging practice could be positive, neutral or negative in any period depending on price changes in the hedged exposures. Our hedging activities are not designed to mitigate long-term commodity price fluctuations and, therefore, will not protect from long-term commodity price increases. Our future hedging positions may not correlate to actual raw material costs, which could cause acceleration in the recognition of unrealized gains and losses on hedging positions in operating results.

We face manufacturing challenges.

The volume and timing of sales to our customers may vary due to: variation in demand for our customers’ products; our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory; design changes; changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategy; and acquisitions of or consolidations among customers. Due in part to these factors, many of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of manufacturing capacity.

We rely on third-party suppliers for the components used in our products, and we rely on third-party manufacturers to manufacture certain of our assemblies and finished products. Our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected if our third party suppliers lack sufficient quality control or if there are significant changes in their financial or business condition. If our third-party manufacturers fail to deliver products, parts and components of sufficient quality on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our orders, sales and profits could decline, and our commercial reputation could be damaged.

From time to time, we have underutilized our manufacturing lines. This excess capacity means we incur increased fixed costs in our products relative to the net revenue we generate, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, particularly during economic downturns. If we are unable to improve utilization levels for these manufacturing lines and correctly manage capacity, the increased expense levels will have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, some of our manufacturing lines are located in China or other foreign countries that are subject to a number of additional risks and uncertainties, including increasing labor costs and political, social and economic instability.

We may not be able to respond quickly enough to changes in regulations, technology and technological risks, and to develop our intellectual property into commercially viable products.

Changes in legislative, regulatory or industry requirements or in competitive technologies may render certain of our products obsolete or less attractive. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology and regulatory standards and to successfully develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis are significant factors in our ability to remain competitive and to maintain or increase our revenues. We cannot provide assurance that certain of our products will not become obsolete or that we will be able to achieve the technological advances that may be necessary for us to remain competitive and maintain or increase our revenues in the future. We are also subject to the risks generally associated with new product introductions and applications, including lack of market acceptance, delays in product development or production and failure of products to operate properly. The pace of our development and introduction of new and improved products depends on our ability to implement successfully improved technological innovations in design, engineering and manufacturing, which requires extensive capital investment. Any capital expenditure cuts in these areas that we may determine to implement in the future to reduce costs and conserve cash could reduce our ability to develop and implement improved technological innovations, which may materially reduce demand for our products.

 

21


Table of Contents

To compete effectively in the automotive supply industry, we must be able to launch new products to meet changing consumer preferences and our customers’ demand in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our ability to respond to competitive pressures and react quickly to other major changes in the marketplace including in the case of automotive sales, increased gasoline prices or consumer desire for and availability of vehicles using alternative fuels is also a risk to our future financial performance.

We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to install and certify the equipment needed to produce products for new product programs in time for the start of production, or that the transitioning of our manufacturing facilities and resources to full production under new product programs will not impact production rates or other operational efficiency measures at our facilities. Development and manufacturing schedules are difficult to predict, and we cannot provide assurance that our customers will execute on schedule the launch of their new product programs, for which we might supply products. Our failure to successfully launch new products, or a failure by our customers to successfully launch new programs, could adversely affect our results.

Changes in factors that impact the determination of our non-U.S. pension liabilities may adversely affect us.

Certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans, which generally provide benefits based on negotiated amounts for each year of service. Our primary non-U.S. plans are located in Mexico and the United Kingdom and were underfunded by $326 million as of March 31, 2011. The funding requirements of these benefit plans, and the related expense reflected in our financial statements, are affected by several factors that are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and volatility, including governmental regulation. In addition to the defined benefit pension plans, we have retirement obligations driven by requirements in many of the countries in which we operate. These legally required plans require payments at the time benefits are due. Obligations related to the defined benefit pension plans and statutorily required retirement obligations totaled $640 million at March 31, 2011, of which $14 million is included in accrued liabilities and $626 million is included in long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Key assumptions used to value these benefit obligations and the cost of providing such benefits, funding requirements and expense recognition include the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on pension assets. If the actual trends in these factors are less favorable than our assumptions, this could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We may suffer future asset impairment and other restructuring charges.

We have taken restructuring actions in recent years to realign and resize our production capacity and cost structure to meet current and projected operational and market requirements. If we are required to take further restructuring actions, the charges related to these actions may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We cannot assure that any future restructurings will be completed as planned or achieve the desired results. Additionally, from time to time in the past, we have recorded asset impairment losses relating to specific plants and operations. Generally, we record asset impairment losses when we determine that our estimates of the future undiscounted cash flows from an operation will not be sufficient to recover the carrying value of that facility’s building, fixed assets and production tooling. We cannot assure that we will not incur such charges in the future.

Employee strikes and labor-related disruptions involving us or one or more of our customers or suppliers may adversely affect our operations.

Our business is labor-intensive and utilizes a number of work councils and other represented employees. A strike or other form of significant work disruption by our employees would likely have an adverse effect on our ability to operate our business. A labor dispute involving us or one or more of our customers or suppliers or that could otherwise affect our operations could reduce our sales and harm our profitability. A labor dispute involving another supplier to our customers that results in a slowdown or a closure of our customers’ assembly plants

 

22


Table of Contents

where our products are included in the assembled parts or vehicles could also adversely affect our business and harm our profitability. In addition, our inability or the inability of any of our customers, our suppliers or our customers’ suppliers to negotiate an extension of a collective bargaining agreement upon its expiration could reduce our sales and harm our profitability. Significant increases in labor costs as a result of the renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements could also adversely affect our business and harm our profitability.

We may lose or fail to attract and retain key salaried employees and management personnel.

An important aspect of our competitiveness is our ability to attract and retain key salaried employees and management personnel. Our ability to do so is influenced by a variety of factors, including the compensation we award and the competitive market position of our overall compensation package. We may not be as successful as competitors at recruiting, assimilating and retaining highly skilled personnel. The loss of the services of any member of senior management or a key salaried employee could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are exposed to foreign currency fluctuations as a result of our substantial global operations, which may affect our financial results.

We have currency exposures related to buying, selling and financing in currencies other than the local currencies of the countries in which we operate. Approximately 65% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 was invoiced in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and we expect net revenue from non-U.S. markets to continue to represent a significant portion of our net revenue. Price increases caused by currency exchange rate fluctuations may make our products less competitive or have an adverse effect on our margins. Currency exchange rate fluctuations may also disrupt the business of our suppliers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and more difficult to finance.

Historically, we have reduced our exposure by aligning our costs in the same currency as our revenues or, if that is impracticable, through financial instruments that provide offsets or limits to our exposures, which are opposite to the underlying transactions. However, any measures that we may implement to reduce the effect of volatile currencies and other risks of our global operations may not be effective. We cannot provide assurance that fluctuations in currency exposures will not otherwise have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, or cause significant fluctuations in quarterly and annual results of operations.

We face risks associated with doing business in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

The majority of our manufacturing and distribution facilities are in countries outside of the U.S., including Mexico and countries in Asia Pacific, Eastern and Western Europe, South America and Northern Africa. We also purchase raw materials and other supplies from many different countries around the world. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, approximately 68% of our net revenue came from sales outside the United States. International operations are subject to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad, including:

 

   

exposure to local economic, political and labor conditions;

 

   

unexpected changes in laws, regulations, trade or monetary or fiscal policy, including interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the rate of inflation in the U.S. and other foreign countries;

 

   

tariffs, quotas, customs and other import or export restrictions and other trade barriers;

 

   

expropriation and nationalization;

 

   

difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables and protecting assets through non-U.S. legal systems;

 

   

reduced intellectual property protection;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

limitations on repatriation of earnings;

 

   

withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

 

   

investment restrictions or requirements;

 

   

export and import restrictions;

 

   

violence and civil unrest in local countries; and

 

   

compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

Additionally, our global operations may also be adversely affected by political events, domestic or international terrorist events and hostilities or complications due to natural or nuclear disasters, including the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan. See “—As a result of the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan, we may experience some supply disruptions from Japanese and other suppliers, which could adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ production requirements” above. These uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on the continuity of our business and our results of operations and financial condition.

Increasing our manufacturing footprint in Asian markets, including China, and our business relationships with Asian automotive manufacturers are important elements of our strategy. In addition, our strategy includes increasing revenue and expanding our manufacturing footprint in lower-cost regions. As a result, our exposure to the risks described above may be greater in the future. The likelihood of such occurrences and their potential impact on us vary from country to country and are unpredictable.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively or to integrate successfully any future acquisition or strategic alliance into our business, our business could be harmed.

We expect to pursue acquisitions and strategic alliances that leverage our technology capabilities, enhance our customer base, geographic penetration, and scale to complement our current businesses. While we believe that such transactions are an integral part of our long-term strategy, there are risks and uncertainties related to these activities. Such risks and uncertainties include difficulty in integrating acquired operations, technology and products and potential unknown liabilities associated with the acquired company.

Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory, Tax and Accounting Matters

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of warranty claims and product liability and intellectual property infringement actions that may be brought against us.

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to warranty claims and product liability in the event that our products fail to perform as expected and, in the case of product liability, such failure of our products results in bodily injury and/or property damage. The fabrication of the products we manufacture is a complex and precise process. Our customers specify quality, performance and reliability standards. If flaws in either the design or manufacture of our products were to occur, we could experience a rate of failure in our products that could result in significant delays in shipment and product re-work or replacement costs. Although we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, these may not be sufficient to avoid product failures, which could cause us to:

 

   

lose net revenue;

 

   

incur increased costs such as warranty expense and costs associated with customer support;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

experience delays, cancellations or rescheduling of orders for our products;

 

   

experience increased product returns or discounts; or

 

   

damage our reputation,

all of which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If any of our products are or are alleged to be defective, we may be required to participate in a recall involving such products. Each vehicle manufacturer has its own practices regarding product recalls and other product liability actions relating to its suppliers. However, as suppliers become more integrally involved in the vehicle design process and assume more of the vehicle assembly functions, OEMs continue to look to their suppliers for contribution when faced with recalls and product liability claims. A recall claim brought against us, or a product liability claim brought against us in excess of our available insurance, may have a material adverse effect on our business. OEMs also require their suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the costs of repair and replacement of such products under new vehicle warranties. Depending on the terms under which we supply products to a vehicle manufacturer, a vehicle manufacturer may attempt to hold us responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products under new vehicle warranties when the OEM asserts that the product supplied did not perform as warranted. Although we cannot assure that the future costs of warranty claims by our customers will not be material, we believe our established reserves are adequate to cover potential warranty settlements. Our warranty reserves are based on our best estimates of amounts necessary to settle future and existing claims. We regularly evaluate the level of these reserves and adjust them when appropriate. However, the final amounts determined to be due related to these matters could differ materially from our recorded estimates.

In addition, as we adopt new technology, we face an inherent risk of exposure to the claims of others that we have allegedly violated their intellectual property rights. We cannot assure that we will not experience any material warranty, product liability or intellectual property claim losses in the future or that we will not incur significant costs to defend such claims.

We may be adversely affected by environmental regulation, litigation or other liabilities.

We are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S., environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things:

 

   

the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation, presence of, or exposure to hazardous materials;

 

   

the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, air or water;

 

   

the incorporation of certain chemical substances into our products, including electronic equipment; and

 

   

the health and safety of our employees.

We are also required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for certain operations. We cannot assure you that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with such laws, regulations and permits. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We could also be held liable for any and all consequences arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances or other environmental damage.

Certain environmental laws impose liability, sometimes regardless of fault, for investigating or cleaning up contamination on or emanating from our currently or formerly owned, leased or operated property, as well as for damages to property or natural resources and for personal injury arising out of such contamination. These

 

25


Table of Contents

environmental laws also assess liability on persons who arrange for hazardous substances to be sent to third party disposal or treatment facilities when such facilities are found to be contaminated. At this time, we are involved in various stages of investigation and cleanup related to environmental remediation matters at a number of present and former facilities in the U.S. and abroad. The ultimate cost to us of site cleanups is difficult to predict given the uncertainties regarding the extent of the required cleanup, the potential for ongoing environmental monitoring and maintenance that could be required for many years, the interpretation of applicable laws and regulations, alternative cleanup methods, and potential agreements that could be reached with governmental and third parties. While we have environmental reserves of approximately $24 million at March 31, 2011 for the cleanup of presently-known environmental contamination conditions, it cannot be guaranteed that actual costs will not significantly exceed these reserves. We also could be named a potentially responsible party at additional sites in the future and the costs associated with such future sites may be material.

In addition, environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. While we have budgeted for future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental laws, we cannot assure that environmental laws will not change or become more stringent in the future. Therefore, we cannot assure that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. For example, adoption of greenhouse gas rules in jurisdictions in which we operate facilities could require installation of emission controls, acquisition of emission credits, emission reductions, or other measures that could be costly, and could also impact utility rates and increase the amount we spend annually for energy.

We may identify the need for additional environmental remediation or demolition obligations relating to facility divestiture, closure and decommissioning activities.

As we sell, close and/or demolish facilities around the world, environmental investigations and assessments will continue to be performed. We may identify previously unknown environmental conditions or further delineate known conditions that may require remediation or additional costs related to demolition or decommissioning, such as abatement of asbestos containing materials or removal of polychlorinated biphenyls or storage tanks. Such costs could exceed our reserves.

We are involved from time to time in legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability and consolidated financial position.

We are involved in legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes that, from time to time, are significant. These are typically claims that arise in the normal course of business including, without limitation, commercial or contractual disputes, including warranty claims and other disputes with customers and suppliers; intellectual property matters; personal injury claims; environmental issues; tax matters; and employment matters.

In addition, we conduct significant business operations in Brazil which are subject to the Brazilian federal, state and local labor, social security, environmental, tax and customs laws. While we believe we comply with such laws, they are complex, subject to varying interpretations, and we are often engaged in litigation regarding the application of these laws to particular circumstances. As of March 31, 2011, related claims totaling approximately $250 million had been asserted against us. As of March 31, 2011, we maintained reserves for these asserted claims that are substantially less than the amount of the claims asserted. While we believe our reserves are adequate, the final amounts required to resolve these matters could differ materially from our recorded estimates and our results of operations could be materially affected.

For further information regarding our legal matters, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.” No assurance can be given that such proceedings and claims will not have a material adverse effect on our profitability and consolidated financial position.

 

26


Table of Contents

Developments or assertions by us or against us relating to intellectual property rights could materially impact our business.

We own significant intellectual property, including a large number of patents and tradenames, and are involved in numerous licensing arrangements. Our intellectual property plays an important role in maintaining our competitive position in a number of the markets we serve. Developments or assertions by or against us relating to intellectual property rights could negatively impact our business. Significant technological developments by others also could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations and financial condition.

There is a significant risk that Delphi Automotive LLP and, as a result, Delphi Automotive PLC could be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could have a material impact on our future tax liability.

Delphi Automotive LLP, which acquired the automotive supply and other businesses of the Predecessor on October 6, 2009 (the “Acquisition Date”), was established on August 19, 2009 as a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. At the time of its formation, Delphi Automotive LLP elected to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Prior to the Acquisition Date, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) issued Notice 2009-78 (the “Notice”) announcing its intent to issue regulations under Section 7874 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with an effective date prior to the Acquisition Date. If regulations as described in the Notice are issued with the effective date indicated in the Notice and with no exceptions for transactions that were subject to binding commitments on that date, we believe there is a significant risk that Delphi Automotive LLP could be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, retroactive to the Acquisition Date. If Delphi Automotive LLP were treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we expect that, although we are incorporated under the laws of Jersey, we would also be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Delphi Automotive LLP filed an informational 2009 U.S. federal partnership tax return on September 15, 2010. In light of the Notice, the IRS is currently reviewing whether Section 7874 applies to Delphi Automotive LLP’s acquisition of the automotive supply and other businesses of the Predecessor. While we believe, based on the advice of counsel, that it is more likely than not that neither we, nor Delphi Automotive LLP, are a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and therefore have not reserved any amounts on our financial statements in respect of this issue, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not contend that Delphi Automotive LLP, and therefore we, should each be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or that, if we were to challenge any such contention by the IRS, that a court would not agree with the IRS.

If we were treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our worldwide taxable income, including some or all of the distributions from our subsidiaries as well as some of the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries that constitute “controlled foreign corporations.” This could have a material adverse impact on our future tax liability related to these distributions and earnings. Future cash distributions made by us to non-U.S. shareholders could be subject to U.S. income tax withholding at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated by a tax treaty. In addition, we could be liable for additional U.S. federal income taxes on such distributions and earnings, and for the failure by Delphi Automotive LLP to withhold U.S. income taxes on distributions to its non-U.S. members, for periods beginning on or after, the Acquisition Date, which liability could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Taxing authorities could challenge our historical and future tax positions.

The amount of tax we pay is subject to our interpretation of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file. We have taken and will continue to take tax positions based on our interpretation of such tax laws. In particular,

 

27


Table of Contents

we will seek to run ourselves in such a way that we are and remain tax resident in the United Kingdom. While we believe that we have complied with all applicable tax laws, there can be no assurance that a taxing authority will not have a different interpretation of the law and assess us with additional taxes. Should additional taxes be assessed, this may result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our application of acquisition accounting could result in additional asset impairments and may make comparisons of our financial position and results of operations to prior periods more difficult.

As required by U.S. GAAP, we recognized and measured the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from the Predecessor. This resulted in the recognition of significant identifiable intangible assets which could be impaired in future periods. Additionally, the consolidated financial statements of Delphi Automotive LLP are not comparable to the consolidated statements of the Predecessor due to the effects of the consummation of the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Delphi Corporation and Certain Affiliates, Debtors and Debtors-In Possession (As Modified) and the change in the basis of presentation. This lack of comparability could limit interest and investment in our securities, including the ordinary shares.

Our operating results are exposed to variability as a result of the currently designed Long-Term Incentive Program for our key employees.

The recognition of compensation costs on a U.S. GAAP basis resulting from the execution of our Value Creation Plan, our Long-Term Incentive Program for key employees, is based on a variable formula that is likely to result in fluctuations impacting operating results. No assurance can be given that such impacts will not have a material impact on our profitability and consolidated financial position.

Risks Related to this Offering

There is no existing market for our ordinary shares, and our ordinary shares may trade at a discount from its initial offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares and we cannot predict the extent of investor interest in us. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell ordinary shares at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

An active and liquid trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop.

Prior to this offering, our ordinary shares were not traded on any market. An active and liquid trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be maintained after this offering. Liquid and active trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors’ purchase and sale orders. The market price of our ordinary shares could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our ordinary shares, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our ordinary shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in the offering.

The market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our shareholders.

The market price of our ordinary shares may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume of our ordinary shares may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur.

 

28


Table of Contents

Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our ordinary shares, or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our ordinary shares, include:

 

   

variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

failure to meet the market’s earnings expectations;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or the automotive parts industry, or the failure of securities analysts to cover our ordinary shares after this offering;

 

   

departures of key personnel;

 

   

adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations, or differing interpretations thereof, affecting our business, or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

   

general market and economic conditions.

Provisions of our Articles of Association could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.

Our Articles of Association could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite any possible benefit to our shareholders, or otherwise adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares. For example, our amended Articles of Association will:

 

   

permit our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred shares with rights and preferences designated by our board;

 

   

impose advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations of directors to be considered at shareholder meetings;

 

   

stagger the terms of our Board of Directors into three classes;

 

   

limit the ability of shareholders to remove directors without cause; and

 

   

require that all vacancies on our Board of Directors be filled by our directors.

These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our ordinary shares at a premium over the market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our ordinary shares. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors. See “Description of Share Capital” for additional information on the anti-takeover measures applicable to us.

Reports published by securities or industry analysts, including projections in those reports that exceed our actual results, could adversely affect our share price and trading volume.

We currently expect securities research analysts, including those affiliated with our underwriters, to establish and publish their own quarterly projections regarding our operating results. These projections may vary

 

29


Table of Contents

widely from one another and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our share price may decline if we fail to meet securities research analysts’ projections. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our share price or trading volume could decline. Additionally, while we expect securities research analyst coverage, if no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our shares and the trading volume could decline.

Future sales of ordinary shares by existing shareholders could depress the market price of our ordinary shares.

After this offering, we will have              ordinary shares outstanding. This includes the              ordinary shares we and the selling shareholders are selling in this offering, which can be freely resold in the public market immediately after this offering unless purchased by any of our affiliates. We expect that the remaining              ordinary shares, representing     % of our total outstanding ordinary shares following this offering, will become available for resale in the public market as set forth under the heading “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of our directors and executive officers, and the holders of                  of our ordinary shares, have signed lock-up agreements for a period of              days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in the case of an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the ordinary shares subject to lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our ordinary shares could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our ordinary shares or other securities.

The availability of ordinary shares for sale in the future could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares.

In the future, we may issue additional securities to raise capital. We may also acquire interests in other companies by using a combination of cash and our ordinary shares or just our ordinary shares. We may also issue securities convertible into our ordinary shares. Any of these events may dilute your ownership interest in our Company and have an adverse impact on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, sales of a substantial amount of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares. This could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our securities.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution and may experience additional dilution in the future.

The initial public offering price per share of our ordinary shares will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. See “Dilution.”

Our board of directors and management have broad discretion in the use of our net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our operating results or enhance the value of our ordinary shares. Our shareholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and spend the net proceeds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline. Pending their use, we may invest our net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus.

 

30


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded corporation.

We have no history operating as a publicly traded corporation. As a publicly traded corporation, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. This increase will be due to the increased accounting support services, filing annual and quarterly reports with the SEC, increased audit fees, investor relations, directors’ fees, directors’ and officers’ insurance, legal fees, stock exchange listing fees and registrar and transfer agent fees, which we expect to incur after the completion of this offering. In addition, we expect that complying with the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and the NYSE will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our publicly traded corporation reporting requirements.

The rights of shareholders of Jersey corporations differ in some respects from those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

We are incorporated under the laws of Jersey. The rights of holders of ordinary shares are governed by Jersey law, including the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended, and by our Articles of Association. These rights differ in some respects from the rights of shareholders in corporations incorporated in the United States. See “Description of Share Capital—Comparison of United States and Jersey Corporate Law.”

 

31


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, as well as other presentations or statements made by us may contain forward-looking statements that reflect, when made, our current views with respect to current events and financial performance. Such forward-looking statements are subject to many risks, uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, which may cause our actual results to be materially different from any future results, express or implied, by such forward-looking statements. All statements that address future operating, financial or business performance or our strategies or expectations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “projects,” “potential,” “outlook” or “continue,” and other comparable terminology. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, such as the following:

 

   

global economic conditions, including conditions affecting the credit market and the cyclical nature of automotive sales and production;

 

   

the potential disruptions in the supply of and changes in the competitive environment for raw material integral to our products;

 

   

our ability to maintain contracts that are critical to our operations;

 

   

our ability to attract, motivate and/or retain key executives; and

 

   

our ability to attract and retain customers.

New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. It should be remembered that the price of the ordinary shares and any income from them can go down as well as up. We disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events and/or otherwise, except to the extent required by law.

 

32


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $            , or approximately $             if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. We intend to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, primarily to fund our operations, to acquire capital equipment and to repay debt. We will not receive any proceeds from the ordinary shares being sold by the selling shareholders.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our share capital. We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

33


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2011 the cash and capitalization of:

 

   

Delphi Automotive LLP, on an actual basis;

 

   

Delphi Automotive LLP, on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (a) extinguishment of the Old Notes, (b) the modification of the Credit Agreement and (c) the issuance of Senior Notes, in each case as described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”; and

 

   

us, on a pro forma as further adjusted basis to reflect the transaction by which Delphi Automotive LLP becomes our wholly-owned subsidiary and the sale by us of              ordinary shares pursuant to this offering at an assumed price of $              per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus.

This table should be read in conjunction with in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements of Delphi Automotive PLC and Delphi Automotive LLP, including the accompanying notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     March 31, 2011  
     Delphi Automotive LLP      Delphi
Automotive
PLC
 
     Actual      Pro Forma As
Adjusted
     Pro Forma As
Further
Adjusted
 
     (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,633       $ 1,336       $     

Restricted cash

     22         22      

Debt:

        

Accounts receivable factoring

   $ 159       $ 159       $     

Senior credit facility

     2,488         1,205      

5.875% senior notes due 2019

             500      

6.125% senior notes due 2021

             500      

Capital leases and other debt(1)

     104         104      
                          

Less: current portion

     272         261      
                          

Total long-term debt

     2,479         2,207      
                          

Total debt

   $ 2,751       $ 2,468       $     
                          

Pre-IPO owners’ equity

        

Membership interests

   $ 1,278       $ 1,278      

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

        

Employee benefit plans

     61         61      

Other

     96         96      
                          

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

     157         157      
                          

Total owners’ equity before noncontrolling interest

     1,435         1,435      

Noncontrolling interests

     472         472      
                          

Total pre-IPO owners’ equity

   $ 1,907       $ 1,907      

 

34


Table of Contents
     March 31, 2011  
     Delphi Automotive LLP      Delphi
Automotive
PLC
 
     Actual      Pro Forma As
Adjusted
     Pro Forma As
Further
Adjusted
 
     (in millions)  

Post-IPO shareholders’ equity:

        

Preferred shares, $0.01 par value per share,             shares authorized,      issued and outstanding

                  

Ordinary shares, $0.01 par value per share,              shares authorized,              issued and outstanding

                  

Additional paid-in capital

                  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

        

Employee benefit plans

                  

Other

                  
                          

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

                  
                          

Total shareholders’ equity before noncontrolling interest

                  

Noncontrolling interests

                  
                          

Total post-IPO shareholders’ equity

   $       $       $     
                          

Total capitalization

   $ 4,658       $ 4,375       $     
                          

 

(1) Capital leases and other debt is comprised of $80 million of short-term debt and $24 million of long-term debt.

 

35


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information (the “Pro Forma Financial Information”) sets forth selected historical consolidated financial information for Delphi Automotive LLP and its consolidated subsidiaries. The historical data provided as of March 31, 2011, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from Delphi Automotive LLP’s unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The Pro Forma Financial Information is provided for informational and illustrative purposes only. These tables should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Pro Forma Financial Information gives effect to the transactions specified in “Pro Forma Adjustments” below as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2011, and on March 31, 2011 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet. The pro forma adjustments and certain assumptions underlying these adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.

The Pro Forma Financial Information does not purport to project our future financial position or operating results as of any future date or for any future period. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is also not necessarily indicative of what our actual results of operations or financial position would have been had the transactions occurred on January 1, 2010 or March 31, 2011, as the case may be.

Pro Forma Adjustments

The “Pre-IPO Adjustments” column in the Pro Forma Financial Information includes the effects of the following transactions, which have been completed prior to this offering:

 

   

the extinguishment of our outstanding $41 million in senior unsecured five-year notes (the “Old Notes”) issued in connection with our acquisition of certain assets of the Predecessor on the Acquisition Date at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $57 million;

 

   

the impact of the credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) executed on March 31, 2011 among Delphi Automotive LLP (for purposes of this description, “Parent”), Delphi Holdings, S.a.r.l., Delphi Corporation (for purposes of this description, the “Borrower”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger, with respect to $3.0 billion in senior secured credit facilities (the “Credit Facility”), of which $2.5 billion in term loans were used to redeem all outstanding Class A and Class C membership interests, and the modification to the Credit Agreement in connection with the syndication thereof. The modification of the Credit Agreement increased the amount of the Tranche A Term Loan from $250 million to $258 million, increased the commitments under the revolving credit facility from $500 million to $1.2 billion, reduced the amount of the Tranche B Term Loan from $2.25 billion to $950 million, and adjusted the interest rate options for all commitments (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”); and

 

   

the issuance of $500 million in senior unsecured notes due 2019 and $500 million in senior unsecured notes due 2021 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”) which, together with cash on hand, were used to repay amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

 

36


Table of Contents

The “IPO Adjustments” column in the Pro Forma Financial Information includes the effects of the following transactions in connection with this offering:

 

   

Delphi Automotive PLC’s acquisition of all outstanding units of Delphi Automotive LLP from its existing unit holders in exchange for              ordinary shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

the issuance by us of              ordinary shares in this offering and our application of the proceeds therefrom.

For additional information regarding the foregoing pro forma adjustments, see the notes to the Pro Forma Financial Information.

 

37


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2011  
     Delphi Automotive LLP      Delphi Automotive PLC  
     Historical      Pre-IPO
Adjustments
     Pro Forma      IPO
Adjustments
     Pro Forma,
as Further
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in millions, except share data)  

Net sales

   $ 3,997       $         $ 3,997       $         $     

Operating expenses:

              

Cost of sales

     3,353                 3,353         

Selling, general and administrative

     205                 205         

Amortization

     18                 18         

Restructuring

     9                 9         
                                            

Total operating expenses

     3,585                 3,585         
                                            

Operating income

     412                 412         

Interest expense

     (6)         (28)(a)         (34)         

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (9)                 (9)         

Other income, net

     29                 29         
                                            

Income before income tax benefit

     426         (28)         398         

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (116)         10(b)         (106)         
                                            

Net income

     310         (18)         292         

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     19                 19         
                                            

Net income attributable to Delphi

   $ 291       $ (18)       $ 273       $         $     
                                            

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:

              

Basic

              (c)      
                                            

Diluted

              (c)      
                                            

Net income (loss) per share available to shareholders:

              

Basic

              (c)      
                                            

Diluted

              (c)      
                                            

 

38


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

     Year ended December 31, 2010  
     Delphi Automotive LLP      Delphi Automotive PLC  
     Historical      Pre-IPO
Adjustments
     Pro Forma      IPO
Adjustments
    Pro Forma,
as Further
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in millions, except share data)  

Net sales

   $     13,817       $         $     13,817       $                   $                

Operating expenses:

             

Cost of sales

     11,768                 11,768        

Selling, general and administrative

     815                 815        

Amortization

     70                 70        

Restructuring

     224                 224        
                                           

Total operating expenses

     12,877                 12,877        
                                           

Operating income

     940                 940        

Interest expense

     (30)         (113)(a)         (143)        

Other income, net

     51                 51        
                                           

Income before income tax benefit

     961         (113)         848        

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (258)         40(b)         (218)        
                                           

Net income

   $ 703       $ (73)       $ 630       $        $     

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     72                 72        
                                           

Net income attributable to Delphi

   $ 631       $ (73)       $ 558       $        $     
                                           

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:

             

Basic

              (c  
                                           

Diluted

              (c  
                                           

Net income (loss) per share available to shareholders:

             

Basic

              (c  
                                           

Diluted

              (c  
                                           

 

39


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

Pre-IPO Adjustments

(a) The interest expense adjustments from the Credit Agreement and the issuance of the Senior Notes resulted in a net increase of $28 million and $113 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively, and consists of the following (in millions):

 

     Three months ended
March 31, 2011
    Year ended
December 31, 2010
 

Senior Notes (i)

   $     15      $     60   

Credit Agreement (ii)

     10        41   

Issuance cost and original issue discount (“OID”) amortization (iii)

     4        15   

Elimination of interest expense and accretion on extinguished Old Notes

     (1     (3
                

Total adjustment

   $ 28      $ 113   
                

 

(i) Reflects the issuance of the Senior Notes. Interest expense is based on the outstanding balance of $500 million of 5.875% senior notes due 2019 and $500 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2021.
(ii) Reflects the issuance of $250 million of Tranche A Term Loan and $2.25 billion of Tranche B Term Loan as entered into on March 31, 2011. In conjunction with the modified Credit Agreement on May 17, 2011, $1.3 billion of the Tranche B Term Loan was repaid and the Tranche A Term Loan was increased by $8 million. The $1.2 billion revolving credit facility remains undrawn.

Based on Delphi’s current elections pursuant to the terms of the modified Credit Agreement, the assumed interest rates were 3.00% per annum (adjusted LIBOR plus 2.75%) and 3.50% per annum (LIBOR plus 2.50%) on the Tranche A Term Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan, respectively. On May 18, 2011, the adjusted LIBOR for the Tranche A Term Loan was 0.25% (0.19575% one-month LIBOR rounded to 0.25% pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement) and the LIBOR for the Tranche B Term Loan was 1.00% (based on a LIBOR floor for the Tranche B Term Loan of 1.00%). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Delphi may elect to change the selected interest rate over the term of the Credit Facility in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The applicable interest rates listed above for the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan may increase or decrease from time to time by 0.25% based upon changes to Delphi’s corporate credit ratings. Accordingly, the interest rate will fluctuate during the term of the Credit Agreement based on changes in the Alternate Base Rate, LIBOR or future changes in Delphi’s corporate credit ratings.

(iii) Includes original issue discount on our new senior secured term loan Credit Facility.

(b) Income tax benefit related to the Pro Forma Adjustments is $10 million and $40 million, respectively, based on applying the U.S. statutory tax rate of 35% to the Pro Forma Adjustments.

IPO Adjustments

(c) Reflects issuance of             ordinary shares in exchange for Delphi Automotive LLP membership interests and             ordinary shares in this offering.

 

40


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(Unaudited)

 

    As of March 31, 2011  
    Delphi Automotive LLP     Delphi Automotive PLC  
        Historical         Pre-IPO
Adjustments
    Pro Forma     IPO
    Adjustments    
        Pro Forma,    
as Further
Adjusted
 
    (in millions)  

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,633      $
 
  
  $     1,336      $        $     
      1,000 (a)       
      (1,283 )(b)       
      (14 )(c)       

Restricted cash

    22               22       

Accounts receivable

    2,794               2,794       

Inventories

    1,088               1,088       

Other current assets

    596        3 (c)      599       
                                       

Total current assets

    6,133        (294     5,839       

Long-term assets:

         

Property, net

    2,162               2,162       

Investments in affiliates

    267               267       

Intangible assets, net

    655               655       

Other long-term assets

    507        11 (c)      518       
                                       

Total long-term assets

    3,591        11        3,602       
                                       

Total assets

  $ 9,724      $ (283   $ 9,441      $        $     
                                       

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS’ EQUITY

         

Current liabilities:

         

Short-term debt

  $ 272      $ (11 )(b)    $ 261      $        $     

Accounts payable

    2,429               2,429       

Accrued liabilities

    1,312               1,312       
                                       

Total current liabilities

    4,013        (11     4,002       

Long-term liabilities:

         

Other long-term debt

    2,479          2,207       
      1,000 (a)       
      (1,272 )(b)       

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

    707               707       

Other long-term liabilities

    618               618       
                                       

Total long-term liabilities

    3,804        (272     3,532       
                                       

Total liabilities

    7,817        (283     7,534       
                                       

Pre-IPO owners’ equity

         

Membership interests

  $ 1,278      $      $ 1,278      $ (1,278 )(d)    $     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

         

Employee benefit plans

    61               61        (61  

Other

    96               96        (96  
                                       

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

    157               157        (157  
                                       

Total owners’ equity before noncontrolling interest

    1,435               1,435        (1,435  

Noncontrolling interests

    472               472        (472  
                                       

Total Pre-IPO owners’ equity

    1,907               1,907        (1,907  
                                       

Post-IPO owners’ equity

         

Preferred shares, $0.01 par value per share,              shares authorized,      issued and outstanding

                        

Ordinary shares, $0.01 par value per share,              shares authorized,             issued and outstanding

                                              (e)   

Additional paid-in capital

                        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

         

Employee benefit plans

                        

Other

                        

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

                        
                                       

Total shareholders’ equity before noncontrolling interest

                        

Noncontrolling interests

                        
                                       

Total Post-IPO shareholders’ equity

  $             $        $     
                                       

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 9,724      $ (283   $ 9,441      $        $     
                                       

 

41


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

Pre-IPO Adjustments

(a) Reflects the $1.0 billion in proceeds from the May 17, 2011 issuance of $500 million of 5.875% senior notes due 2019 and $500 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2021. Principal amounts are payable on the maturity dates.

(b) Reflects the May 17, 2011 pay down of the Tranche B Term Loan from $2.25 billion to $950 million using cash on hand of $283 million and the proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes of $1.0 billion referenced in (a) above; a corresponding reduction of $9 million in the original issue discount on the Tranche B Term Loan; and the increase of the Tranche A Term Loan from $250 million to $258 million.

(c) Reflects debt issuance costs of $14 million related to the issuance of the Senior Notes and certain modifications to the Credit Agreement relating principally to the increased commitments under the revolving credit facility from $500 million to $1.2 billion.

IPO Adjustments

(d) Represents elimination of pre-IPO members’ equity to reflect transaction pursuant to which Delphi Automotive PLC becomes the owner of Delphi Automotive LLP.

(e) Represents creation of shareholders’ equity as a result of the transaction pursuant to which Delphi Automotive PLC becomes the owner of Delphi Automotive LLP.

 

42


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2011 was $             or $             per ordinary share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our pro forma tangible net worth (which is equal to our total assets less total liabilities, calculated assuming we have acquired Delphi Automotive LLP), by the aggregate number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the offering but after giving effect to our issuance of shares to existing holders of Delphi Automotive LLP membership interests. After giving effect to our issuance and sale of the ordinary shares in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the receipt and application of the net proceeds therefrom, our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2011 would have been $             or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing shareholders of $             per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $             per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

   $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2011

   $     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after offering

  
        

Dilution per share to new investors

   $     
        

Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering from the initial public offering price per share.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase (decrease) our pro forma consolidated net tangible book value after this offering by $             and the dilution per share to new investors by $            , in each case assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis, as of March 31, 2011, the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing shareholders and by the new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
       Number     Percent     Amount     Percent    

Existing shareholders(1)

       %      $                     %     

New investors

          

Total

       100   $          100  

 

(1) Reflects the price paid by the initial equityholders of Delphi Automotive LLP in connection with its formation in 2009 (other than holders whose equity was repurchased in March 2011).

Sales by the selling shareholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing shareholders to             or approximately     %,             shares or approximately     % if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, and will increase the number of shares to be purchased by new investors to             or approximately     %,             shares or approximately     % if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, of the total ordinary shares outstanding after the offering.

 

43


Table of Contents

The foregoing tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no issuance of any shares pursuant to the Value Creation Plan described under “Executive Compensation.” Based on the midpoint of the range on the front cover and assuming that value is maintained on December 31, 2012,             shares would be issuable under the Value Creation Plan. At March 31, 2011, no options to purchase ordinary shares were outstanding. To the extent shares are issued under the Value Creation Plan, there will be further dilution to new investors.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of ordinary shares (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering and by all investors by $             million, and would increase (decrease) the average price per share paid by new investors by $            , in each case assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

44


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Delphi Automotive PLC was formed on May 19, 2011, has nominal assets and no liabilities and will conduct no operations prior to completion of this offering. Accordingly, the following presents historical financial information for Delphi Automotive LLP, which will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delphi Automotive PLC immediately prior to completion of this offering.

The following selected consolidated financial data of the Successor and the Predecessor have been derived from the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Successor and the Predecessor and should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor           Predecessor(1)  
    Three months
ended March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period
from
August 19
to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended December 31,  
  2011     2010                 2008     2007     2006  
    (dollars in millions, except per share data)           (dollars in millions, except per share data)  

Statements of operations data:

                   

Net sales

  $     3,997      $     3,410      $     13,817      $     3,421          $     8,334      $     16,808      $     19,526      $     19,329   

Depreciation and amortization

    117        99        421        139            540        822        871        883   

Operating income (loss)

    412        324        940        (10         (1,118     (1,425     (1,557     (4,040

Interest expense

    (6     (8     (30     (8                (434     (764     (423

Reorganization items, net

                                    10,210        5,147        (163     (92

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    310        235        703        (3         9,391        3,163        (1,855     (4,598

Net income (loss)

    310        235        703        (3         9,347        3,066        (2,997     (5,427

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    19        20        72        15            29        29        68        37   

Net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor

    291        215        631        (18         9,318        3,037        (3,065     (5,464
 

Per share data: (actual)

                   

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Predecessor

                                  $ 16.58      $ 5.55      $ (3.41   $ (8.25

Loss from discontinued operations attributable to Predecessor

                                    (0.08     (0.17     (2.04     (1.49

Income from cumulative effect of accounting change attributable to Predecessor

                                                         0.01   
                                                                   

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Predecessor

                                  $ 16.50      $ 5.38      $ (5.45   $ (9.73
 

Per share data: (pro forma)(2)

                   

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Successor

                   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to Successor

                   

Income (loss) from cumulative effect of accounting change attributable to Successor

                   
                                     

Income (loss) per share attributable to Successor

                   

Basic

                   

Diluted

                   

Weighted average shares outstanding

                   
 

Other financial data:

                   

Capital expenditures

  $ 181      $ 93      $ 500      $ 88          $ 321      $ 771      $ 577      $ 560   

EBITDA(3)

    529        423        1,361        129            (514     (211     (384     (3,214

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

    538        456        1,633        313            (229     269        731        (114

EBITDA margin(4)

    13.2     12.4     9.9     3.8         (6.2%     (1.3%     (2.0%     (16.6%

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

    13.5     13.4     11.8     9.1         (2.7%     1.6%        3.7%        (0.6%

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    156        246        1,142        159            (257     455        (98     9   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    433        (98     (911     885            (1,052     (958     (530     (554

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (2,204     52        (126     2,062            315        465        (58     (122

 

45


Table of Contents
    Successor           Predecessor(1)  
    As of
March 31,
2011
    As of
December 31,
2010
    As of
December 31,
2009
          As of
December 31,
2008
    As of
December 31,
2007
    As of
December 31,
2006
 
    (dollars in millions)           (dollars in millions)  

Balance sheet and employment data:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $     1,633      $     3,219      $     3,107          $     959      $     1,036      $     1,608   

Total assets

  $ 9,724      $ 11,082      $ 10,307          $ 10,306      $ 13,667      $ 15,392   

Total debt

  $ 2,751      $ 289      $ 396          $ 4,229      $ 3,554      $ 3,340   

Working capital(5)

  $ 1,453      $ 1,059      $ 1,217          $ 1,838      $ 2,772      $ 3,446   

Liabilities subject to compromise

  $      $      $          $ 14,583      $ 16,197      $ 17,416   

Stockholders’ deficit

    N/A        N/A        N/A          $ (14,266   $ (13,284   $ (12,055

Owners’ equity (deficit)

  $ 1,907      $ 6,099      $ 5,366            N/A        N/A        N/A   

Global employees

    100,630        99,700        104,800            146,600        169,500        171,400   

 

(1) The Predecessor adopted the accounting guidance in FASB ASC 852, Reorganizations , effective October 8, 2005 and has segregated in the financial statements for all reporting periods subsequent to such date and through the consummation of the transactions pursuant to the Modified Plan (as defined in “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein), transactions and events that were directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Our consolidated financial statements are not comparable to the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor due to the effects of the consummation of the Modified Plan and the change in the basis of presentation. For more information, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

(2) Reflects issuance of                  ordinary shares in exchange for Delphi Automotive LLP membership interests and                  ordinary shares in this offering.

 

(3) Our management utilizes EBITDA to evaluate performance. EBITDA was used as a performance indicator for the three-months ended March 31, 2011.

Through December 31, 2010, our management relied on Adjusted EBITDA as a key performance measure. Our management believed that Adjusted EBITDA was a meaningful measure of performance and it was used by management and the Board of Managers of Delphi Automotive LLP to analyze Company and stand-alone segment operating performance and for planning and forecasting purposes. Effective January 1, 2011, our management began utilizing EBITDA as a key performance measure because our restructuring was substantially completed in 2010. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered substitutes for results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be considered alternatives to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA that is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as determined and measured by us, should also not be compared to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

In the three months ended March 31, 2011, we reached a final customer commercial settlement that resulted in an unusual warranty expense of $76 million. This amount adversely affected EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in such period.

 

46


Table of Contents

The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA includes other transformation and rationalization costs related to 1) the implementation of information technology systems to support finance, manufacturing and product development initiatives, 2) certain plant consolidations and closures costs and 3) consolidation of many staff administrative functions into a global business service group. The reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor follows:

 

    Successor           Predecessor(1)  
    Three months
ended March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19
to December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended December 31,  
    2011     2010             2008     2007     2006  
    (dollars in millions)           (dollars in millions)  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $     538      $     456      $     1,633      $     313          $ (229   $     269      $     731      $ (114

Transformation and rationalization charges:

                   

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (9     (26     (224     (126         (235     (326     (301     (242

Other transformation and rationalization costs

           (7     (48     (58         (50     (154     (814     (2,858
                                                                   

EBITDA

  $ 529      $ 423      $ 1,361      $ 129          $ (514   $ (211   $ (384   $ (3,214
                                                                   

Depreciation and amortization

    (117     (99     (421     (139         (540     (822     (871     (883

Goodwill impairment charges

                                           (325              

Discontinued operations

                                    (64     (67     (302     57   
                                                                   

Operating income (loss)

  $ 412      $ 324      $ 940      $ (10       $ (1,118   $ (1,425   $ (1,557   $ (4,040
                                                                   

Interest expense

    (6     (8     (30     (8                (434     (764     (423

Other income, net

    3        2        34        (17         24        9        47                    39   

Reorganization items

                                        10,210        5,147        (163     (92
                                                                   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

    409        318        944        (35         9,116        3,297        (2,437     (4,516

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (116     (85     (258     27            311        (163     547        (115

Equity income (loss), net of tax

    17        2        17        5            (36     29        35        33   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

                                    (44     (97     (1,142     (835
                                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 310      $ 235      $ 703      $ (3       $ 9,347      $ 3,066      $ (2,997   $ (5,433

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    19        20        72        15            29        29        68        34   

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

                                                         3   
                                                                   

Net income attributable to Successor/Predecessor

  $ 291      $ 215      $ 631      $ (18       $ 9,318      $ 3,037      $ (3,065   $ (5,464
                                                                   

 

(4) EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of revenues. Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.

 

(5) Working capital is calculated herein as accounts receivable plus inventories less accounts payable.

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) is intended to help you understand our business operations and financial condition.

Overview

We are a leading global vehicle components manufacturer and provide electrical and electronic, powertrain, safety and thermal technology solutions to the global automotive and commercial vehicle markets. We are one of the largest vehicle component manufacturers, and our customers include the 25 largest automotive OEMs in the world.

Within the MD&A, for the periods from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009, the year ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2011, references to “Delphi,” the “Company,” the “Successor,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Delphi Automotive LLP and its subsidiaries. For the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009, references to the “Predecessor” refer to the former Delphi Corporation.

On August 19, 2009, Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership organized under the laws of England and Wales, was formed for the purpose of acquiring certain assets and subsidiaries of the former Delphi Corporation, our Predecessor, which, along with certain of its U.S. subsidiaries, had filed voluntary petitions for bankruptcy in October 2005. On October 6, 2009, Delphi Automotive LLP acquired the major portion of the business of the Predecessor, other than the global steering business, the U.S. manufacturing facilities in which the hourly employees were represented by the UAW and certain non-productive U.S. assets, and Delphi Automotive LLP issued membership interests to a group of investors consisting of lenders to the Predecessor, GM and the PBGC. For additional information see “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Business” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

Our improved total net sales during 2010 and the first quarter of 2011 reflect increased OEM production volumes as compared to prior periods. Global OEM production increased approximately 6% for the three months ended March 31, 2011 versus the corresponding period in 2010, and continued improvements in OEM production volumes reflect the stabilization of the global economy. However, current OEM production volumes in North America and Western Europe continue to be substantially less than OEM production volumes prior to the disruptions in the economic and credit markets experienced in 2008 and 2009. As a result of the significant restructuring actions implemented by the Predecessor and continued by us in 2010, our reduced cost structure is enabling us to translate the total net sales growth achieved in the first quarter of 2011 into strong gross margin and improved operating earnings. While we continue to operate in a cyclical industry that is impacted by movements in the macro economy, our strong balance sheet coupled with our reduced cost structure position us to capitalize on further strengthening of the global economy and continued improvements in OEM production volumes.

Significant issues affected the Predecessor’s financial performance in 2008 and 2009, including a depressed global vehicle production environment for OEMs, pricing pressures and increasingly volatile commodity prices. In addition, the Predecessor was adversely impacted by U.S. labor legacy liabilities, which included noncompetitive wage and benefit levels and restrictive collectively-bargained labor agreement provisions which historically have inhibited the Predecessor’s responsiveness to market conditions, including exiting non-strategic, non-profitable operations or flexing the size of the unionized workforce when volume decreases. Although the 2006 UAW and International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers-Communication Workers of America (“IUE-CWA”) U.S. employee workforce transition programs and the U.S. labor settlement agreements entered into in 2007, together with the effectiveness of the Amended GSA and the Amended MRA (both as defined and further discussed in “Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein), allowed the Predecessor to begin

 

48


Table of Contents

reducing its legacy labor liabilities, transitioning its workforce to more competitive wage and benefit levels and exiting non-core product lines, these benefits were more than offset by the reductions in vehicle production. Also, during 2008 and 2009, the Predecessor’s operational challenges intensified as a result of the continued downturn in general economic conditions, including reduced consumer spending and confidence, high oil prices and the credit market crisis, all of which resulted in global vehicle manufacturers reducing production and taking other restructuring actions.

We benefited from the restructuring initiatives implemented throughout the last several years and in particular, in 2009 from the restructuring of the business that took place through the acquisition of the Predecessor’s global steering business and the UAW manufacturing facilities by GM, together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, in the U.S. as of the Acquisition Date, as defined and further discussed below. In addition, we benefited from the increase in OEM production volumes in the fourth quarter of 2009. Our results of operations are the result of the improvement in the cost structure and the operating leverage we can now employ with improvements in OEM production volumes versus the Predecessor. While production volume levels did improve in 2010 as compared to the production volume levels experienced in 2009, we may continue to face challenges, with production volumes globally still significantly lower than 2007 due to the lingering effects from the disruptions in the economy and credit markets in 2008 and 2009 and volatile commodity prices. Additionally, as a result of the Acquisition, beginning in 2010, we incurred and expect to incur incremental, annual non-cash amortization charges of approximately $70 million related to the recognition of acquired intangible assets.

We typically experience fluctuations in revenue due to changes in OEM production schedules, vehicle sales mix and the net of new and lost business (which we refer to collectively as volume), increased prices attributable to escalation clauses in our supply contracts for recovery of increased commodity costs (which we refer to as commodity pass-through), fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates (which we refer to as FX), contractual reductions of the sales price to the OEM (which we refer to as contractual price reductions) and engineering changes. Changes in sales mix can have either favorable or unfavorable impact on revenue. Such changes can be the result of shifts in regional growth, shifts in OEM sales demand, as well as shifts in consumer demand related to vehicle segment purchases and content penetration. For instance, a shift in sales demand favoring a particular OEM’s vehicle model for which we do not have a supply contract may negatively impact our revenue. A shift in regional sales demand toward certain markets could favorably impact the sales of those of our customers that have a large market share in those regions, which in turn would be expected to have a favorable impact on our revenue.

We typically experience (as described below) fluctuations in operating income due to:

 

   

Volume, net of contractual price reductions – changes in volume offset by contractual price reductions (which typically range from 1% to 3% of net sales);

 

   

Operational performance – changes to costs for materials and commodities or manufacturing variances; and

 

   

Other – including restructuring costs and any remaining variances not included in Volume, net of contractual price reductions or Operational performance.

We expect commodity cost volatility, particularly related to copper, aluminum and petroleum-based resin products, to have a continual impact on future earnings and/or operating cash flows. As such, we continually seek to mitigate our material-related cost exposures using a number of approaches, including combining purchase requirements with customers and/or other suppliers, using alternate suppliers or product designs, negotiating commodity cost contract escalation clauses into our vehicle manufacturer supply contracts, and hedging.

Trends, Uncertainties and Opportunities

Japan earthquake and tsunami. Our operations in Japan, which include primarily leased office space, suffered minor damage and interruption as a result of the earthquake and tsunami on March 11, 2011. We

 

49


Table of Contents

continue to assess the impact of the earthquake and resulting events in Japan on the supplier and customer base. Although we have no production facilities in Japan, we and our suppliers do obtain material and components from suppliers located in Japan. Approximately 200 of our suppliers are located in Japan, with approximately 20 located within 100 miles of the earthquake’s epicenter. While there have been disruptions across the industry, to date there have been only minor disruptions impacting us. We are closely monitoring the availability of critical parts and customer schedules. As the situation in Japan continues to develop, we expect that supply interruptions may impact our operations and/or our customers’ vehicle production. If an alternate supply of key material or components is not available, the resulting reduction in vehicle production could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. However, to date we have been able to obtain all key components from alternate suppliers elsewhere.

Rate of economic recovery. Our business is directly related to automotive sales and automotive vehicle production by our customers. Automotive sales depend on a number of factors, including economic conditions. The economy is recovering slowly from a recession that began in late 2007 and became increasingly severe with the global credit crisis in 2008 and 2009. The weaker economic conditions led to a substantial industry-wide decline in vehicle sales in 2008 and 2009. However, global automotive vehicle production increased over 20% from 2009 to 2010 and is expected to increase by an additional 5% in 2011. Any future economic declines that result in a significant reduction in automotive sales and production by our customers would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, volatility in oil and gasoline prices negatively impacts consumer confidence and automotive sales, and the mix of future sales (from trucks and sport utility vehicles toward smaller, fuel-efficient passenger cars). While our diversified customer and geographic revenue base have well positioned us to withstand the impact of industry downturns and benefit from industry upturns, shifts to vehicles with less content would adversely impact our profitability.

Emerging markets growth. Rising income levels in the emerging markets of China, Brazil, India and Russia are resulting in stronger growth rates in these markets. Our strong global presence and presence in these markets have positioned us to experience above-market growth rates. We continue to expand our established presence in emerging markets, positioning us to benefit from the expected growth opportunities in these regions. We will accomplish this by capitalizing on our long-standing relationships with the global OEMs and further enhancing our positions with the emerging market OEMs to continue expanding our worldwide leadership. We will continue to build upon our extensive geographic reach to capitalize on the fast-growing automotive markets particularly China, Brazil, India and Russia. We believe that our presence in low cost countries positions us to realize incremental margin improvements as the global balance of automotive production shifts towards the emerging markets.

We have a strong presence in China, where we have operated for nearly 20 years. All of our business segments have operations and sales in China. As a result, we have well-established relationships with all of the major OEMs in China. We generated approximately $1.8 billion in revenue from China in 2010. With only 21 of our 33 offered products currently locally manufactured, we believe we have the opportunity to expand additional product lines into China, and as a result, we see further growth potential.

Market driven products. Our product offerings satisfy the OEMs’ need to meet increasingly stringent government regulations and fulfill consumer preferences for products that address the mega trends of Safe, Green and Connected, leading to increased content per vehicle, greater profitability and higher margins. With these offerings, we are well-positioned to capitalize on demand for increased safety, fuel efficiency, emissions control and connectivity to the global information network. There has been a substantial increase in vehicle content and electrification requiring a complex and reliable electrical architecture and systems to operate, such as hybrid power electronics, electrical vehicle monitoring, lane departure warning systems, integrated electronic displays, navigation systems and consumer electronics. Our ability to design a reliable electrical architecture that optimizes power distribution and/or consumption is key to satisfying the OEMs’ need to reduce emissions while continuing to meet the demands of consumers. Additionally, our Powertrain Systems and Thermal Systems segments are also focused on addressing the demand for increased fuel efficiency and emission control by controlling fuel consumption and heat dissipation, which are principal factors influencing fuel efficiency and emissions.

 

50


Table of Contents

Global capabilities. Many OEMs are adopting global vehicle platforms to increase standardization, reduce per unit cost and increase capital efficiency and profitability. As a result, OEMs are selecting suppliers that have the capability to manufacture products on a worldwide basis as well as the flexibility to adapt to regional variations. Suppliers with global scale and strong design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities, are best positioned to benefit from this trend. Our global footprint enables us to serve the global OEMs on a worldwide basis along with gaining market share with the emerging market OEMs. This regional model has largely migrated to service the North American market from Mexico, the South American market from Brazil, the European market from Eastern Europe and North Africa and the Asia Pacific market from China.

Product development. The automotive component supply industry is highly competitive, both domestically and internationally. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology and regulatory standards and to successfully develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis will be a significant factor in our ability to remain competitive. To compete effectively in the automotive supply industry, we must be able to launch new products to meet our customers’ demands in a timely manner. Our innovative technologies and robust global engineering and development capabilities have well positioned us to meet the increasingly stringent vehicle manufacturer demands.

OEMs are also increasingly looking to their suppliers to simplify vehicle design and assembly processes to reduce costs. As a result, suppliers that sell vehicle components directly to manufacturers (Tier I suppliers) have assumed many of the design, engineering, research and development and assembly functions traditionally performed by vehicle manufacturers. Suppliers that can provide fully-engineered solutions, systems and pre-assembled combinations of component parts are positioned to leverage the trend toward system sourcing.

Engineering, design & development. Our history and culture of innovation have enabled us to develop significant intellectual property and design and development expertise to provide advanced technology solutions that meet the demands of our customers. We have a team of more than 16,000 scientists, engineers and technicians focused on developing leading product solutions for our key markets, located at 14 major technical centers in Brazil, China, France, Germany, India, Luxembourg, Mexico, Poland, South Korea and the United States. We invest approximately $1 billion annually in engineering to maintain our portfolio of innovative products, and currently own approximately 6,000 patents. We also encourage “open innovation” and collaborate extensively with peers in the industry, government agencies and academic institutions. Our technology competencies are recognized by both customers and government agencies, who have co-invested approximately $300 million of additional funds annually in new product development, increasing our total spend accordingly, accelerating the pace of innovation and reducing the risk associated with successful commercialization of technological breakthroughs.

In the past, suppliers often incurred the initial cost of engineering, designing and developing automotive component parts, and recovered their investments over time by including a cost recovery component in the price of each part based on expected volumes. Recently, we and many other suppliers have negotiated for cost recovery payments independent of volumes. This trend reduces our economic risk.

Pricing. Cost-cutting initiatives adopted by our customers result in increased downward pressure on pricing. Our customer supply agreements generally require step-downs in component pricing over the periods of production and OEMs have historically possessed significant leverage over their outside suppliers because the automotive component supply industry is fragmented and serves a limited number of automotive OEMs. Our profitability depends in part on our ability to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions.

In 2010, we largely completed our restructuring activities, resulting in a lower fixed cost base, improved manufacturing footprint and reduced overhead. We dramatically reduced our U.S. and Western European footprints, realigned our selling, general and administrative cost structure and increased the variable nature of our employee base. As a result, 91% of our hourly workforce is located in low cost countries. Furthermore, we have

 

51


Table of Contents

substantial operational flexibility by leveraging a large workforce of temporary workers, which represented approximately 30% of the hourly workforce as of March 31, 2011. We are focused on maintaining a low fixed cost base to minimize our EBITDA breakeven, which we estimate to be 30% below the current production volumes, assuming constant product mix and based on 2010 results. We believe that our lean cost structure will allow us to remain profitable at all points of the traditional vehicle industry production cycle.

Efficient use of capital. The global vehicle components industry is generally capital intensive and a portion of a manufacturer’s capital equipment is frequently utilized for specific customer programs. Lead times for procurement of capital equipment are long and typically exceed start of production by one to two years. Substantial advantages exist for suppliers that can leverage their prior investments in capital equipment or amortize the investment over higher volume global customer programs.

Industry consolidation. Consolidation among worldwide suppliers is expected to continue as suppliers seek to achieve operating synergies and value stream efficiencies, acquire complementary technologies, and build stronger customer relationships as OEMs continue to expand globally. We believe companies with strong balance sheets and financial discipline are in the best position to take advantage of the industry consolidation trend. We have a strong balance sheet with gross debt of $2.5 billion and substantial liquidity of approximately $2.5 billion of cash and cash equivalents and available financing under our revolving credit facility as of March 31, 2011 (in each case after giving effect to the modification of our Credit Agreement and issuance of Senior Notes on May 17, 2011), and no significant U.S. defined benefit or OPEB liabilities. We intend to maintain strong financial discipline targeting industry-leading earnings growth, cash flow generation and return on invested capital and to maintain sufficient liquidity to sustain our financial flexibility throughout the industry cycle.

Disposition of the Predecessor and Acquisition Accounting

On October 6, 2009 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Predecessor (i) consummated the transactions contemplated by the Modified Plan (as defined in “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein) and (ii) exited chapter 11 as DPH Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“DPHH”), except that two of the Predecessor’s debtor subsidiaries became subsidiaries of Delphi Automotive LLP. A summary of significant terms of the Modified Plan follows:

 

   

We acquired the businesses (other than the global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which the hourly employees are represented by the UAW of the Predecessor pursuant to the master disposition agreement (including all schedules and exhibits thereto, the “MDA”), and received $1,833 million from GM, of which $1,689 million was received on the Acquisition Date and $144 million was received during the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, and $209 million, net from certain of the debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) lenders to the Predecessor (collectively, the “Acquisition”).

 

   

GM acquired substantially all of the Predecessor’s global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which the hourly employees were represented by the UAW.

 

   

The Predecessor’s debtor-in-possession financing was settled.

 

   

The Predecessor’s liabilities subject to compromise were extinguished.

 

   

If cumulative distributions to the members of Delphi Automotive LLP under certain provisions of our limited liability partnership agreement exceed $7.2 billion, we, as disbursing agent on behalf of DPHH, are required to pay to the holders of allowed general unsecured claims against the Predecessor, $32.50 for every $67.50 in excess of $7.2 billion distributed to the members, up to a maximum of $300 million.

 

   

The Predecessor’s equity holders did not receive recoveries on their claims.

As a result of the Acquisition, we acquired the major portion of the business of the Predecessor and this business constituted the entirety of the operations of the Successor. Accordingly, as required under the applicable accounting guidance, the financial information set forth herein reflects the consolidated results of operations of

 

52


Table of Contents

the Successor for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from its incorporation on August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008. Delphi Automotive LLP had no material or substantive transactions from its organization on August 19, 2009 to the Acquisition Date.

In 2009, the Predecessor recognized a gain of approximately $10.2 billion for reorganization items as a result of the process of reorganizing the Debtors (as defined and further discussed in “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein) under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. This gain reflects the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise, OPEB settlement and the sale/ disposition of the Predecessor, offset by the PBGC termination of the U.S. pension plans and professional fees directly related to the reorganization.

We have recorded the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from the Predecessor at estimated fair values in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The fair values were estimated based on valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist utilizing three generally accepted business valuation approaches. For additional information see “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

In connection with the Acquisition, we did not acquire all of the assets or assume all of the liabilities of the Predecessor. As noted above, the assets we acquired and the liabilities we assumed from the Predecessor were generally recorded at fair value, resulting in a change from the Predecessor’s basis. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements are not comparable to the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor due to the effects of the consummation of the Modified Plan. For these reasons, we do not generally present financial information on a combined basis for the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009 (“Full Year 2009”), except as noted below. We have compared consolidated net sales and operating income before depreciation and amortization, including long-lived asset and goodwill impairment (“EBITDA”) of the Successor for the year ended December 31, 2010 to the total net sales and Adjusted EBITDA for the Full Year 2009, and the Full Year 2009 net sales and EBITDA to net sales and EBITDA of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2008. We believe these comparisons are most meaningful and useful in providing a thorough understanding of the financial statements. Where applicable, “Operations Not Acquired” is included in the tables below explaining the variance attributable to the acquisition by GM on October 6, 2009 of the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which the hourly employees were represented by the UAW.

 

53


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

Consolidated Results of Operations

The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
     2011           2010           Favorable/
(unfavorable)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Net sales

   $     3,997        $     3,410        $ 587   

Cost of sales

     3,353          2,848          (505
                            

Gross margin

     644        16.1     562        16.5     82   

Selling, general and administrative

     205          198          (7

Amortization

     18          14          (4

Restructuring

     9          26          17   
                            

Operating income

     412          324          88   

Interest expense

     (6       (8       2   

Other income, net

     3          2          1   
                            

Income before income taxes and equity income

     409          318          91   

Income tax expense

     (116       (85       (31
                            

Income before equity income

     293          233          60   

Equity income, net of tax

     17          2          15   
                            

Net income

     310          235          75   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     19          20          (1
                            

Net income attributable to Delphi

   $ 291        $ 215        $ 76   
                            

Total Net Sales

Below is a summary of our total net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2011 versus March 31, 2010.

 

     Three months ended March 31,            Variance due to:  
     2011      2010      Favorable/
(unfavorable)
           Volume, net
of
contractual
price
reductions
     FX      Commodity
pass-
through
     Other      Total  
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Total net sales

   $     3,997       $     3,410       $ 587           $ 599       $     31       $ 60       $     (103)       $     587   

Total net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2011 increased 17% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010. The increase in total net sales resulted primarily from increased volume as a result of improved OEM production schedules in the first quarter of 2011. Excluding 2010 sales related to the occupant protection systems business, which was sold March 31, 2010, sales increased 21% in 2011.

Operating Results

The information below summarizes the operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales is primarily comprised of material, labor, manufacturing overhead, freight, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, product engineering, design and development expenses, depreciation and

 

54


Table of Contents

amortization, warranty costs and other operating expenses. Gross margin is revenue less cost of sales, and gross margin percentage is gross margin as a percent of net sales. Cost of sales increased $505 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010, as summarized below.

 

     Three months ended March 31,           Variance due to:  
     2011     2010     Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
          Volume(1)     Operational
  performance  
     Other     Total  
     (dollars in millions)           (in millions)  

Cost of sales

   $ 3,353      $ 2,848      $ (505       $ (409   $ 11       $ (107)      $ (505

Gross margin

   $ 644      $ 562      $     82          $     183      $     20       $     (121   $     82   

Gross margin as percentage of net sales

         16.1         16.5               

 

(1) Presented net of contractual price reductions for gross margin variance.

The increase in cost of sales was driven by increases in volume and the following items included in other above:

 

   

$76 million due to an unusual warranty expense in 2011 as a result of the settlement related to certain components supplied by our Powertrain segment;

 

   

$60 million due to increased commodity costs, which were partially offset in sales through contract escalation clauses with our customers;

 

   

Increased depreciation of fixed assets, including tooling of $12 million; and

 

   

$37 million due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

These increases were partially offset by improved operational performance as well as $82 million related to the divestiture of the occupant protection systems business on March 31, 2010.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
           2011                 2010           Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   $     205      $     198      $      (7) 

Percentage of net sales

     5.1     5.8  

Selling, general and administrative expense (“SG&A”) includes administrative expenses, information technology costs and incentive compensation related costs, and continues to decline as a percent of sales during the first quarter of 2011 due to the positive effects of cost savings initiatives on administrative costs and improved OEM volumes, partially offset by increased accruals for incentive compensation.

Amortization

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
           2011                  2010            Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
 
     (in millions)  

Amortization

   $     18       $     14       $      (4) 

Amortization expense reflects the non-cash charge related to definite-lived intangible assets recognized as part of the Acquisition.

 

55


Table of Contents

Restructuring

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
           2011                 2010           Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Restructuring

   $ 9      $ 26      $     17   

Percentage of net sales

         0.2         0.8  

The decrease in restructuring expense is due to a decline in workforce reductions and programs related to the rationalization of manufacturing and engineering processes, including plant closures, in the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010, as we had largely completed our restructuring by the end of 2010.

Refer to “Note 7. Restructuring” to the unaudited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Interest Expense

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
           2011                  2010            Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
 
     (in millions)  

Interest expense

   $     6       $     8       $     2   

The decrease in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010 is due to changes in debt balances, primarily related to various accounts receivable factoring facilities in Europe, which are all accounted for as short-term financings.

Other Income, Net

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
           2011                  2010            Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
 
     (in millions)  

Other income, net

   $     3       $     2       $     1   

The increase in other income, net is primarily related to an increase in interest income of $4 million and net foreign exchange gains related to intercompany loans of $4 million; offset by a debt extinguishment loss of $9 million.

Refer to “Note 14. Other income, net” to the unaudited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Income Taxes

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
           2011                  2010            Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
 
     (in millions)  

Income tax expense

   $     116       $     85       $      (31) 

Our tax rate in both periods is affected by tax rates in the U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions, the relative amount of income we earn in such jurisdictions and the relative amount of losses for which no tax benefit was

 

56


Table of Contents

recognized due to a valuation allowance. Income tax expense in the three months ended March 31, 2011 was also impacted unfavorably by a $10 million withholding tax expense related to the redemption of all the outstanding Class A and Class C membership interests on March 31, 2011 (for more information on this redemption, see “Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Redemption Agreements”).

Equity Income

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
           2011                  2010            Favorable/
  (unfavorable)  
 
     (in millions)  

Equity income, net of tax

   $ 17       $ 2       $ 15   

Equity income reflects our interest in the results of ongoing operations of entities accounted for as equity-method investments. Equity income increased during the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010 primarily due to the recognition of $8 million of gain on the sale of our 49.5% interest in Daesung Electric, Co., Ltd on January 31, 2011 (for more information on this transaction, see “Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Other Related Party Transactions”).

Results of Operations by Segment

We operate our core business along the following operating segments, which are grouped on the basis of similar product, market and operating factors:

 

   

Electronics and Safety, which includes component and systems integration expertise in audio and infotainment, body controls and security systems, displays, mechatronics, safety electronics and electric and hybrid electric vehicle power electronics, as well as advanced development of software.

 

   

Powertrain Systems, which includes extensive systems integration expertise in gasoline, diesel and fuel handling and full end-to-end systems including fuel injection, combustion, electronics controls, exhaust handling, test and validation capabilities, diesel and automotive aftermarket, and original equipment service.

 

   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture, which includes complete electrical architecture and component products.

 

   

Thermal Systems, which includes heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, components for multiple transportation and other adjacent markets, and powertrain cooling and related technologies.

 

   

Eliminations and Other, which includes i) the elimination of inter-segment transactions, and ii) certain other expenses and income of a non-operating or strategic nature.

Through December 31, 2010, we evaluated performance based on stand-alone segment Adjusted EBITDA and accounted for inter-segment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, at current market prices. Our management believed that Adjusted EBITDA was a meaningful measure of performance and it was used by management to analyze Company and stand-alone segment operating performance. Management also used Adjusted EBITDA for planning and forecasting purposes. Effective January 1, 2011, our management began utilizing segment EBITDA as a key performance measure because its restructuring was substantially completed by the end of 2010. Segment EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered substitutes for results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be considered alternatives to net income attributable to Delphi, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA that is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Segment EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as determined and measured by us, should also not be compared to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

57


Table of Contents

The reconciliation of EBITDA to net income attributable to Delphi for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
     Total  
     (in millions)  

For the three months ended March 31, 2011:

             

EBITDA

   $     105      $     132      $     240      $     52      $     —       $     529   

Depreciation and amortization

     (27     (47     (32     (11             (117
                                                 

Operating income

   $ 78      $ 85      $ 208      $ 41      $       $ 412   
                                           

Interest expense

                (6

Other income, net

                3   
                   

Income before income taxes and equity income

                409   

Income tax expense

                (116

Equity income

                17   
                   

Net income

              $ 310   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

                19   
                   

Net income attributable to Delphi

              $ 291   
                   

For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA includes other restructuring costs related to 1) the implementation of information technology systems to support finance, manufacturing and product development initiatives, 2) certain plant consolidations and closures costs, and 3) consolidation of many staff administrative functions into a global business service group, and 4) employee benefit plan settlements in Mexico.

The reconciliation of EBITDA to net income attributable to Delphi for the three months ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
     Total  
     (in millions)  

For the three months ended March 31, 2010:

             

Adjusted EBITDA

   $     74      $     128      $     205      $     49      $     —       $     456   

Restructuring charges:

             

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

     (2     (12     (11     (1             (26

Other restructuring costs

     (4     (1     (2                    (7
                                                 

EBITDA

   $ 68      $ 115      $ 192      $ 48      $         423   
                                                 

Depreciation and amortization

     (20     (42     (28     (9             (99
                                                 

Operating income

   $ 48      $ 73      $ 164      $ 39      $       $ 324   
                                           

Interest expense

                (8

Other income, net

                2   
                   

Income before income taxes and equity income

                318   

Income tax expense

                (85

Equity income

                2   
                   

Net income

              $ 235   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

                20   
                   

Net income attributable to Delphi

              $ 215   
                   

 

58


Table of Contents

Net sales, gross margin as a percentage of net sales and EBITDA by segment for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Net Sales by Segment

 

     Three months ended March 31,           Variance due to:  
     2011     2010     Favorable/
(unfavorable)
          Volume, net
of contractual
price
reductions
    Commodity
pass-through
     FX     Other     Total  
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

   $ 762      $ 720      $ 42          $ 131      $       $ (3   $ (86   $ 42   

Powertrain Systems

         1,237        970        267            261                12        (6     267   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

     1,613            1,378            235                158            58             17                2                235   

Thermal Systems

     449        392        57            50        2         5               57   

Eliminations and Other

     (64     (50     (14         (1                    (13     (14
                                                                     

Total

   $ 3,997      $ 3,410      $ 587          $ 599      $ 60       $ 31      $ (103   $ 587   
                                                                     

 

  Included in Other above are decreased sales of approximately $90 million related to divestitures that occurred during 2010.

Gross Margin Percentage by Segment

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
           2011                 2010        

Electronics and Safety

     16.0     12.5

Powertrain Systems

     13.6     16.5

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

     18.1     18.2

Thermal Systems

     13.8     14.5

Eliminations and Other

     0.0     (8.0 )% 
                

Total

     16.1     16.5

EBITDA by Segment

 

     Three months ended March 31,           Variance due to:  
     2011      2010      Favorable/
(unfavorable)
          Volume, net of
contractual
price
reductions
     Operational
performance
    Other     Total  
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

   $ 105       $ 68       $ 37          $ 40       $ 8      $ (11   $ 37   

Powertrain Systems

     132         115         17            91         (5     (69     17   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

     240         192         48            45         19        (16     48   

Thermal Systems

     52         48         4            7         (2     (1     4   

Eliminations and Other

                                                     —              —   
                                                               

Total

   $       529       $       423       $       106          $       183       $       20      $ (97   $ 106   
                                                               

As noted in the table above, EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010 was impacted by volume and contractual price reductions and operational performance improvements, as well as the following items included in Other in the table above:

 

   

$76 million due to an unusual warranty expense in 2011 related to certain components supplied by our Powertrain segment. Refer to “Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies” to the unaudited consolidated financial statements included herein for further information;

 

59


Table of Contents
   

$17 million due to increased accruals for incentive compensation in 2011 related to our salaried workforce; and

 

   

Offset by reduced restructuring of $17 million in 2011 related to reduced employee termination benefits and other exit costs.

Consolidated Results of Operations

2010 versus 2009

The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 (“Successor Period of 2009”) and January 1 to October 6, 2009 (“Predecessor Period of 2009”) were as follows:

 

     Successor                 Predecessor        
     Year ended
December 31, 2010
    Period from August 19 to
December 31, 2009
          Period from January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (dollars in millions)           (dollars in millions)  

Net sales

   $       13,817        $       3,421            $         8,334     

Cost of sales

     11,768          3,047              8,480     
                                  

Gross margin

     2,049        14.8     374        10.9         (146     (1.8 )% 

Selling, general and administrative

     815          242              734     

Amortization

     70          16              3     

Restructuring

     224          126              235     
                                  

Operating income (loss)

     940          (10           (1,118  

Interest expense

     (30       (8               

Other income (expense), net

     34          (17           24     

Reorganization items

                           10,210     
                                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income (loss)

     944          (35           9,116     

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (258       27              311     
                                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity income (loss)

     686          (8           9,427     

Equity income (loss), net of tax

     17          5              (36  
                                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     703          (3           9,391     

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

                           (44  
                                  

Net income (loss)

     703          (3           9,347     

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     72          15              29     
                                  

Net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor

   $ 631        $ (18         $ 9,318     
                                  

Total Net Sales

Total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to Full Year 2009 were as follows:

 

    Successor           Predecessor           Variance due to:  
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period
from
August  19

to
December

31, 2009
          Period from
January 1
to
October 6,
2009
    2010 versus
full year 2009
favorable/
(unfavorable)
          Operations
not
acquired
    Volume, net
of
contractual
price
reductions
    FX     Commodity
pass-
through
    Other     Total  
    (in millions)           (in millions)           (in millions)  

Total net sales

  $ 13,817      $ 3,421          $ 8,334      $ 2,062          $ (639   $ 2,725      $     (91)      $ 145      $     (78)      $     2,062   

 

60


Table of Contents

Total net sales in 2010 increased 18% compared to Full Year 2009 net sales. Excluding the sales impacts of the Operations Not Acquired, sales increased 24% in 2010. The increase in total net sales resulted primarily from increased volume as a result of rebounding OEM production schedules throughout 2010.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales is primarily comprised of material, labor, manufacturing overhead, freight, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, product engineering, design and development expenses, depreciation and amortization, warranty costs and other operating expenses.

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
  December 31, 2010  
    Period from
August 19 to
  December 31, 2009  
          Period from
January 1 to
  October 6, 2009  
 
     (dollars in millions)           (dollars in millions)  

Cost of sales

   $ 11,768      $ 3,047          $ 8,480   

Gross margin

   $     2,049      $     374          $ (146

Percentage of net sales

     14.8     10.9         (1.8 )% 

Successor

Cost of sales in the year ended 2010 was impacted by higher volume offset by favorable operational performance and our reduced cost structure due to previous restructuring actions. Additionally, cost of sales was impacted by the following items:

 

   

Warranty costs of $142 million;

 

   

Depreciation of fixed assets, including tooling, of $323 million; and

 

   

Pension and OPEB costs of $71 million.

Cost of sales in the Successor Period of 2009 was impacted by higher volume offset by favorable operational performance and our reduced cost structure due to previous restructuring actions. Additionally, cost of sales was impacted by the following items:

 

   

Warranty costs of $24 million;

 

   

Non-recurring $34 million non-cash charge as a result of the sale of inventory acquired from the Predecessor, which was required to be recorded at fair value as a result of the Acquisition;

 

   

Depreciation of fixed assets, including tooling, of $115 million; and

 

   

Pension and OPEB costs of $23 million.

Predecessor

Cost of sales in the Predecessor Period of 2009 was impacted by the relatively fixed cost nature of the Predecessor’s operations that inhibited the Predecessor’s ability to adjust its cost structure appropriately to the reduced volumes resulting from the economic and credit crises of 2008 and 2009 that adversely impacted OEM production levels. Additionally, cost of sales was impacted by the following items:

 

   

Warranty costs of $114 million;

 

61


Table of Contents
   

Depreciation of fixed assets, including tooling, and including impairments, of $502 million; and

 

   

Pension and OPEB costs of $134 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
  December 31, 2010  
    Period from
August 19 to
  December 31, 2009  
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (dollars in millions)           (dollars in millions)  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   $     815      $     242          $     734   

Percentage of net sales

     5.9     7.1         8.8

Successor

SG&A continues to decline as a percent of sales in the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor Period of 2009 as compared to the Predecessor Period of 2009 as a result of the positive effects of cost savings initiatives.

Predecessor

During the Predecessor Period of 2009, the impact of cost saving and restructuring initiatives had not yet been fully realized. In addition, reduced volumes during 2009 resulted in SG&A being a larger percentage of net sales due to the fixed nature of certain SG&A costs.

Amortization

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
  December 31, 2010  
     Period from
August 19 to
  December 31, 2009  
          Period from
January 1 to
  October 6, 2009  
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Amortization

   $     70       $     16          $     3   

Successor

Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor Period of 2009 is a result of the recognition at fair value of approximately $766 million of intangible assets that we acquired as a part of the Acquisition.

Predecessor

During the Predecessor Period of 2009, amortization was insignificant.

Refer to “Note 8. Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Restructuring

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
  December 31, 2010  
    Period from
August 19 to
  December 31, 2009  
          Period from
January 1 to
  October 6, 2009  
 
     (dollars in millions)           (dollars in millions)  

Restructuring

   $     224      $     126          $     235   

Percentage of net sales

     1.6     3.7         2.8

 

62


Table of Contents

Successor

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we continued our restructuring actions to align our manufacturing operations with current OEM production levels as well as continuing to relocate our manufacturing and engineering processes to lower cost locations. As such, we recognized employee termination and other related exit costs in conjunction with workforce reduction programs primarily in Europe of $174 million and $78 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor Period of 2009, respectively. Similar actions to appropriately align North American manufacturing operations were also undertaken, resulting in $28 million and $34 million of charges during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor Period of 2009, respectively.

Predecessor

As part of the Predecessor’s continuing restructuring activities in 2009 and in response to the depressed OEM production volumes of 2009, the Predecessor undertook significant restructuring actions. As a result, during the Predecessor Period of 2009, restructuring included approximately $69 million to realign manufacturing operations within North America to lower cost markets and reduce the workforce in line with the realigned manufacturing operations. Additionally, approximately $99 million of employee termination benefits and other exit costs were incurred in Europe, South America and Asia. The Predecessor also incurred $58 million for employee termination benefits resulting from the separation of certain salaried employees in North America.

Refer to “Note 11. Restructuring” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Interest Expense

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
  December 31, 2010  
    Period from
August 19 to
  December 31, 2009  
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Interest expense

   $ (30   $ (8       $     —   

Successor

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor Period of 2009 reflects the financing costs relating to our outstanding indebtedness subsequent to the Acquisition, including the $41 million in the Old Notes issued as part of the Acquisition as well as receivable factoring programs.

Predecessor

Interest expense for the Predecessor Period of 2009 includes the amortization of financing costs related to outstanding debtor-in-possession financing during the period and interest on debtor-in-possession financing, offset by the reversal of $415 million of accrued postpetition interest on prepetition debt and allowed unsecured claims, as more fully described in “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

Other Income, Net

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
  December 31, 2010  
     Period from
August 19 to
  December 31, 2009  
          Period from
January 1 to
  October 6, 2009  
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ 34       $ (17       $ 24   

 

63


Table of Contents

Successor

Other income, net during 2010 included $29 million of interest income, partially offset by a $9 million impairment of an investment in available-for-sale securities and an $8 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt that was revalued to fair value as part of acquisition accounting. Additionally, other income, net includes insurance and other recoveries and income from royalties.

During the Successor Period of 2009, other expense, net included $5 million of interest income, offset by $19 million of transactions costs related to the Acquisition.

Predecessor

Other income, net for the Predecessor Period of 2009 included $10 million of interest income.

Reorganization Items

 

     Predecessor  
     Period from
January 1 to
  October 6, 2009  
 
     (in millions)  

Reorganization items, net

   $ 10,210   

Predecessor

The following table details the components of bankruptcy-related reorganization items (refer to “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information):

 

     Predecessor  
       (Income)/expense    
     Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)  

Sale / disposition of the Predecessor

   $ (794

Extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise

     (11,159

PBGC termination of U.S. pension plans

     2,818   

Salaried OPEB settlement

     (1,168

Professional fees directly related to reorganization

     68   

Other

                 25   
        

Total reorganization items

   $ (10,210
        

Income Taxes

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31, 2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
     Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)      (in millions)  

Income tax (expense) benefit

   $      (258)    $     27       $     311   

Our and the Predecessor’s tax rate in all periods is affected by the tax rates in the U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions, the relative amount of income we earn in such jurisdictions and the relative amount of losses for which no tax benefit was recognized due to a valuation allowance.

 

64


Table of Contents

Successor

The annual effective tax rate in the year ended December 31, 2010 was impacted by a $2 million benefit related to tax contingencies for favorable tax settlements in various jurisdictions, a $21 million benefit related to valuation allowance changes in various countries outside the U.S., a $29 million benefit for U.S. primarily related to research and development credit, and a $15 million benefit due to changes in estimate related to tax law changes in Mexico.

During the Successor period of 2009, our tax rate was affected by the tax rates in non-U.S. jurisdictions, the relative amount of income we earn in such jurisdictions and the relative amount of losses for which no tax benefit would be recognized due to a valuation allowance.

Predecessor

The annual effective tax rate and the income tax benefit for the Predecessor Period of 2009 were favorably impacted by the recognition of $306 million and $52 million of tax benefits in continuing operations due to the elimination of the disproportionate tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the salaried pension and OPEB obligations, respectively, which were settled during the same period. Refer to “Note 16. Income Taxes” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

Equity Income (Loss), Net of Tax

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,  2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
    Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)     (in millions)  

Equity income (loss), net of tax

   $     17      $     5      $ (36

Successor

During both the year ended 2010 and the Successor Period of 2009, equity income reflects our interest in the results of ongoing operations of entities accounted for as equity-method investments, principally from our South Korean and Mexican joint ventures.

Predecessor

Equity income (loss), net of tax in the Predecessor Period of 2009 includes a $23 million impairment charge related to an investment in a non-consolidated affiliate, as well as the overall negative economic impact resulting from the industry downturn during 2009.

Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

 

     Predecessor  
     Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (44

Predecessor

The loss from discontinued operations for the Predecessor Period of 2009 includes the losses related to the operations and assets held for sale of the halfshaft and steering system products (the “Steering Business”) and the Automotive Holdings Group (“AHG”), which included various non-core product lines and plant sites that did not fit our or the Predecessor’s strategic framework.

 

65


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Segment

The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA includes other transformation and rationalization costs related to 1) the implementation of information technology systems to support finance, manufacturing and product development initiatives, 2) certain plant consolidations and closures costs and 3) consolidation of many staff administrative functions into a global business service group. The reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor follows:

 

    Successor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
    (in millions)  

2010:

           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 293      $ 423      $ 758      $ 165      $ (6   $ 1,633   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (29     (49     (94     (52            (224

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (17     (13     (14     (4            (48
                                               

EBITDA

  $ 247      $ 361      $ 650      $ 109      $ (6     1,361   
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (100     (170     (108     (42     (1     (421
                                               

Operating income (loss)

  $ 147      $ 191      $ 542      $ 67      $ (7     940   
                                         

Interest expense

              (30

Other income, net

              34   
                 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

              944   

Income tax expense

              (258

Equity income, net of tax

              17   
                 

Net income

            $ 703   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              72   
                 

Net income attributable to Successor

            $ 631   
                 

 

     Successor  
     Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
     (in millions)  

August 19 – December 31, 2009:

            

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 56      $ 79      $ 155      $ 21      $ 2      $ 313   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

            

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

     (20     (50     (50     (5     (1     (126

Other transformation and rationalization costs

     (19     (20     (11     (8            (58
                                                

EBITDA

   $ 17      $ 9      $ 94      $ 8      $ 1        129   
                                                

Depreciation and amortization

     (39     (52     (31     (17            (139
                                                

Operating (loss) income

   $ (22   $ (43   $ 63      $ (9   $ 1        (10
                                          

Interest expense

               (8

Other expense, net

               (17
                  

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

               (35

Income tax benefit

               27   

Equity income, net of tax

               5   
                  

Net loss

             $ (3

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

               15   
                  

Net loss attributable to Successor

             $ (18
                  

 

66


Table of Contents
    Predecessor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
    (in millions)  

January 1 – October 6, 2009:

           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (214   $ (9   $ (18   $ 17      $ (5   $ (229

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (91     (45     (99     (11     11        (235

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (14     (17     (15     (2     (2     (50
                                               

EBITDA

  $ (319   $ (71   $ (132   $ 4      $ 4        (514
                                               

Depreciation and amortization

    (177     (163     (147     (53            (540

Discontinued operations

                                (64     (64
                                               

Operating loss

  $ (496   $ (234   $ (279   $ (49   $ (60     (1,118
                                         

Other income, net

              24   

Reorganization items

              10,210   
                 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity loss

              9,116   

Income tax benefit

              311   

Equity loss, net of tax

              (36

Loss from discontinued operations,
net of tax

              (44
                 

Net income

            $ 9,347   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              29   
                 

Net income attributable to Predecessor

            $ 9,318   
                 

Net sales and gross margin as a percentage of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 and periods from August 19 to December 31 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 by segment are as follows:

Net Sales by Segment

 

    Successor     Predecessor     Variance due to:  
    Year ended
December

31, 2010
    Period
from
August  19

to
December

31, 2009
    Period
from
January 1
to October

6, 2009
    2010 versus
full year 2009
favorable/
(unfavorable)
    Operations
not
acquired
    Volume, net
of
contractual
price
reductions
    Commodity
pass-
through
        FX           Other       Total  
    (in millions)     (in millions)     (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

  $ 2,721      $ 761      $ 1,801      $ 159      $ (96   $ 294      $      $ (38   $ (1   $ 159   

Powertrain Systems

    4,086        957        2,667        462        (384     879               (36     3        462   

Electrical/ Electronic Architecture

    5,620        1,325        2,970        1,325               1,215        135        (26     1        1,325   

Thermal Systems

    1,603        365        1,008        230        (172     384        10        8               230   

Eliminations and Other

    (213     13        (112     (114     13        (47            1        (81     (114
                                                                               

Total

  $ 13,817      $ 3,421      $ 8,334      $ 2,062      $ (639   $ 2,725      $ 145      $ (91   $ (78   $ 2,062   
                                                                               

 

   

Eliminations and Other includes $75 million of keep site facilitation reimbursements recognized by the Predecessor during the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 as a result of the Amended MRA, which became effective in September 2008 (refer to “Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for more information.)

 

   

Foreign exchange fluctuations are primarily related to the Euro.

 

67


Table of Contents

Gross Margin Percentage by Segment

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Year ended
December 31, 2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 

Electronics and Safety

    12.8     7.9         (12.9 )% 

Powertrain Systems

    13.8     10.1         2.6

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

    16.8     14.5         1.4

Thermal Systems

    12.4     5.5         3.2

Eliminations and Other

    1.4     38.5         49.1

Total

    14.8     10.9         (1.8 )% 

EBITDA by Segment

 

    Successor           Predecessor           Variance due to:  
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1
to
October 6,
2009
    2010 versus
full year 2009
favorable/
(unfavorable)
          Operations
not acquired
    Volume, net
of
contractual
price
reductions
    Operational
performance
        Other             Total      
    (in millions)           (in millions)     (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

  $ 247      $ 17        $ (319   $ 549        $ (10   $ 118      $ 211      $ 230      $ 549   

Powertrain Systems

    361        9          (71     423          23        283        70        47        423   

Electrical/ Electronic Architecture

    650        94          (132     688          —          358        161        169        688   

Thermal Systems

    109        8          4        97          14        75        41        (33     97   

Eliminations and Other

    (6     1          4        (11       (99     —          —          88        (11
                                                                           

Total

  $ 1,361      $ 129        $ (514   $ 1,746        $ (72   $ 834      $ 483      $ 501      $ 1,746   
                                                                           

As noted in the table above, 2010 EBITDA as compared to Full Year 2009 EBITDA was impacted by Operations Not Acquired by the Successor, volume and contractual price reductions, and operational performance improvements, which include favorable manufacturing and engineering performance offset by unfavorable material and freight economics, as well as the following items included in Other in the table above:

 

   

$137 million of decreased costs associated with restructuring activities resulting in employee termination benefit cost reductions, including $82 million, $46 million and $55 million in the Electronics and Safety, Powertrain Systems and Electrical/Electronic Architecture, respectively, offset by increased costs of $36 million and $10 million in the Thermal Systems and Eliminations and Other segments, respectively.

 

   

Favorable foreign currency exchange impact of $29 million primarily due to the Euro, Brazilian Real, Polish Zloty and British pound, including $24 million, $4 million and $10 million in the Electronics and Safety, Powertrain Systems and Electrical/Electronic Architecture segments, respectively, which were partially offset by $9 million of unfavorable foreign currency exchange in the Thermal Systems segment.

 

   

$150 million of decreases in pension and OPEB, offset by favorable EBITDA from discontinued operations of $64 million in the Eliminations and Other segment.

 

   

Approximately $60 million of decreased SG&A as a result of the positive effects of cost savings initiatives.

 

68


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

2009 versus 2008

The results of operations for the Successor Period of 2009 from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and the Predecessor Period of 2009 from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Period from August 19
to December 31, 2009
          Period from January 1
to October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (dollars in millions)           (dollars in millions)  

Net sales

   $     3,421            $     8,334         $ 16,808     

Cost of sales

     3,047              8,480           16,157     
                                   

Gross margin

     374        10.9%            (146     (1.8)%         651        3.9%   

Selling, general and administrative

     242              734           1,420     

Amortization

     16              3           5     

Goodwill impairment

                            325     

Restructuring

     126              235           326     
                                   

Operating loss

     (10           (1,118        (1,425  

Interest expense

     (8                     (434  

Other (expense) income, net

     (17           24           9     

Reorganization items

                  10,210           5,147     
                                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income (loss)

     (35           9,116           3,297     

Income tax benefit (expense)

     27              311           (163  
                                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations before equity income (loss)

     (8           9,427           3,134     

Equity income (loss), net of tax

     5              (36        29     
                                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations

     (3           9,391           3,163     

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

                  (44        (97  
                                   

Net (loss) income

     (3           9,347           3,066     

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     15              29           29     
                                   

Net (loss) income attributable to Successor/Predecessor

   $ (18         $ 9,318         $ 3,037     
                                   

In 2008 and 2009, production volumes globally were significantly lower due to economic and credit market impacts. Consequently, during 2008 and 2009, the Predecessor’s operational challenges intensified as a result of the continued downturn in general economic conditions, including reduced consumer spending and confidence, high oil prices, particularly during 2008, and the credit market crisis, all of which resulted in the reduction of global vehicle production and in restructuring actions by manufacturers. We refer to the trends and conditions described in this paragraph as “recent consumer trends and market conditions.”

Total Net Sales

Total net sales for Full Year 2009 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor           Variance due to:  
     Period
from
August  19

to
December
31, 2009
          Period
from
January 1
to
October
6, 2009
    Year
ended
December
31, 2008
    Full year
2009 versus
2008
favorable/
(unfavorable)
          Operations
not
acquired
    Volume
and
contractual
price
reductions
    FX     Commodity
pass-
through
    Other     Total  
     (in
millions)
          (in millions)           (in millions)  

Total net sales

   $     3,421          $     8,334      $     16,808      $ (5,053       $     (160)      $     (4,017)      $     (685)      $ (183   $     (8)      $     (5,053)   

 

69


Table of Contents

Total Full Year 2009 net sales decreased 30% compared to 2008 net sales. Excluding the sales impact of the Operations not Acquired, sales decreased 29% in the Full Year 2009 period. The decrease in total net sales resulted primarily from decreased volume and contractual price reductions as a result of recent consumer trends and market conditions. In addition, Full Year 2009 net sales were impacted by unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates, decreased commodity pass-through costs and the net sales related to Operations not Acquired by us.

Operating Results

The information below summarizes the operating results for the Successor Period of 2009, the Predecessor Period of 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales is primarily comprised of material, labor, manufacturing overhead, freight, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, product engineering, design and development expenses, depreciation and amortization, warranty costs and other operating expenses.

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (dollars in millions)            (dollars in millions)  

Cost of sales

   $ 3,047           $ 8,480      $ 16,157   

Gross margin

   $ 374           $ (146   $ 651   

Percentage of net sales

     10.9          (1.8 )%      3.9

Successor

Cost of sales in the Successor Period of 2009 was impacted by increases in volume, offset by improved operational performance and our reduced cost structure due to previous restructuring actions. Additionally, cost of sales was impacted by the following items:

 

   

Warranty costs of $24 million;

 

   

Non-recurring $34 million non-cash charge as a result of the sale of inventory acquired from the Predecessor, which was required to be recorded at fair value as a result of the Acquisition;

 

   

Depreciation of fixed assets, including tooling, of $115 million; and

 

   

Pension and OPEB costs of $23 million.

Predecessor

Cost of sales in the Predecessor Period of 2009 was impacted by the relatively fixed cost nature of the Predecessor’s operations that inhibited the Predecessor’s ability to adjust its cost structure appropriately to the reduced volumes resulting from the economic and credit crises of 2008 and 2009 that adversely impacted OEM production levels. Additionally, cost of sales was impacted by the following items:

 

   

Warranty costs of $114 million;

 

   

Depreciation of fixed assets, including tooling, and impairments, of $502 million; and

 

   

Pension and OPEB costs of $134 million.

 

70


Table of Contents

Cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2008 was driven by volumes associated with recent consumer trends and market conditions. Additionally, cost of sales was impacted by the following items:

 

   

Warranty costs of $100 million, offset by the forgiveness of $112 million due under the warranty settlement agreement with GM;

 

   

Upon effectiveness of the Amended MRA (as defined and further discussed in “Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein), the Predecessor recorded a reduction to operating expenses of $189 million;

 

   

Employee workforce transition program costs of $69 million;

 

   

Depreciation of fixed assets, including tooling, and impairments, of $760 million; and

 

   

Pension and OPEB costs of $618 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (dollars in millions)            (dollars in millions)  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 242           $ 734      $ 1,420   

Percentage of net sales

     7.1          8.8     8.4

Successor

SG&A declined as a percent of sales during the Successor Period of 2009 as a result of the positive effects of cost savings initiatives.

Predecessor

During the Predecessor Period of 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, the impact of cost saving and restructuring initiatives had not yet been realized. In addition, reduced volumes during 2009 resulted in SG&A being a larger percentage of net sales due to the fixed nature of certain SG&A costs.

Amortization

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Amortization

   $ 16           $ 3       $ 5   

Successor

During the Successor Period of 2009, amortization is a result of the recognition at fair value of approximately $766 million of intangible assets that we acquired as part of the Acquisition.

 

71


Table of Contents

Predecessor

During the Predecessor Period of 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, amortization was insignificant.

Refer to “Note 8. Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Goodwill Impairment

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Goodwill impairment

   $           $       $ 325   

Predecessor

Goodwill impairment of $325 million was recorded in 2008, of which approximately $168 million related to our Electrical/Electronic Architecture segment and approximately $157 million related to our Electronics and Safety segment. The goodwill impairment was the result of a reduction in the estimated fair value of these segments due to consumer trends and market conditions experienced in 2008. Refer to “Note 8. Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

Restructuring

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (dollars in millions)            (dollars in millions)  

Restructuring

   $ 126           $ 235      $ 326   

Percentage of net sales

     3.7          2.8     1.9

Successor

During the Successor Period of 2009, we continued our restructuring actions to align our manufacturing operations with current OEM production levels as well as continuing to rationalize our manufacturing and engineering processes to lower cost locations. As such, we recognized employee termination and other related exit costs in conjunction with workforce reduction programs primarily in Europe of $78 million. Similar actions to appropriately align North American manufacturing operations were also undertaken, resulting in $34 million of charges.

Predecessor

As part of the Predecessor’s continuing restructuring activities in 2009 and in response to the depressed OEM production volumes of 2009, the Predecessor undertook significant restructuring actions. As a result, during the Predecessor Period of 2009, restructuring included approximately $69 million to realign manufacturing operations within North America to lower cost markets and reduce the workforce in line with the realigned manufacturing operations. Additionally, approximately $99 million of employee termination benefits and other exit costs were incurred in Europe, South America and Asia. The Predecessor also incurred $58 million for employee termination benefits resulting from the separation of certain salaried employees in North America.

 

72


Table of Contents

Restructuring during the year ended December 31, 2008, included approximately $104 million to realign manufacturing operations within North America to lower cost markets and reduce the workforce in line with the realigned manufacturing operations. During 2008, the Predecessor identified certain salaried employees in North America for involuntary separation and recorded $131 million in employee termination benefits. Additionally approximately $39 million of employee termination benefits and other exit costs were incurred in Europe, South America and Asia. The Predecessor also incurred $22 million of contract termination costs.

Refer to “Note 11. Restructuring” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Interest Expense

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Interest expense

   $ (8        $       $ (434

Successor

During the Successor Period of 2009, interest expense reflects the financing cost relating to our significantly lower outstanding indebtedness subsequent to the Acquisition, including the Old Notes issued as part of the Acquisition as well as receivable factoring programs.

Predecessor

Interest expense for the Predecessor Period of 2009 includes financing costs related to outstanding debtor-in-possession financing during the period, offset by the reversal of $415 million of accrued postpetition interest on prepetition debt and allowed unsecured claims, as more fully described in “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily relates to interest on outstanding debtor-in-possession financing.

Other Income, Net

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (17        $ 24       $ 9   

Successor

During the Successor Period of 2009, other expense, net included $5 million of interest income, offset by $19 million of transactions costs related to the Acquisition.

Predecessor

Other income, net for the Predecessor Period of 2009 included $10 million of interest income.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Predecessor recognized a $49 million loss on extinguishment of debt associated with the recognition of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the outstanding

 

73


Table of Contents

debtor-in-possession financing during the period and a $32 million gain from the sale of an investment accounted for under the cost method that had been previously fully impaired, partially offset by $16 million of expense related to an allowance recorded against a note receivable.

Reorganization Items

 

     Predecessor  
     Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)  

Reorganization items, net

   $ 10,210       $ 5,147   

Predecessor

The following table details the components of bankruptcy-related reorganization items (refer to “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information):

 

     Predecessor  
     (Income)/Expense  
     Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)  

Sale / disposition of the Predecessor

   $ (794   $   

Extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise

     (11,159       

GM Amended GSA settlement

            (5,332

PBGC termination of U.S. pension plans

     2,818          

Salaried OPEB settlement

     (1,168       

Professional fees directly related to reorganization

     68        107   

Write off of previously capitalized EPCA fees and expenses

            79   

Other

     25        (1
                

Total reorganization items

   $ (10,210   $ (5,147
                

Income Taxes

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Income tax benefit (expense)

   $ 27           $ 311       $ (163

Our and the Predecessor’s tax rate in all periods is affected by the tax rates in the U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions, the relative amount of income earned in such jurisdictions and the relative amount of losses for which no tax benefit was recognized due to a valuation allowance.

Successor

During the Successor Period of 2009, our tax rate was affected by the tax rates in non-U.S. jurisdictions, the relative amount of income we earn in such jurisdictions and the relative amount of losses for which no tax benefit would be recognized due to a valuation allowance.

 

74


Table of Contents

Predecessor

The annual effective tax rate for the Predecessor Period of 2009 was favorably impacted by the recognition of $306 million and $52 million of tax benefits in continuing operations due to the elimination of the disproportionate tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the salaried pension and OPEB obligations, respectively, which were settled during the same period.

Although the Predecessor recorded a net reorganization gain of $5.3 billion in 2008 related to the effectiveness of the Amended GSA (as defined and further discussed in “Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein) which created approximately $1.2 billion of taxable income, it did not generate any U.S. tax expense due to the impact of a related change to the U.S. deferred tax assets for which a full valuation allowance is recorded. The Predecessor maintained a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions as it is more likely than not that the benefits will not be recognized.

Equity Income (Loss), Net of Tax

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Equity income (loss)

   $ 5           $ (36   $ 29   

Successor

During the Successor Period of 2009, equity income reflects our interest in the results of ongoing operations of entities accounted for as equity-method investments, principally from our South Korean and Mexican joint ventures.

Predecessor

The Predecessor Period of 2009 includes a $23 million impairment charge related to an investment in a non-consolidated affiliate, as well as the overall negative economic impact resulting from the industry downturn during 2009.

The year ended December 31, 2008, includes equity income and reflects our interest in the results of ongoing operations of entities accounted for as equity-method investments, principally from our South Korean and Mexican joint ventures.

Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

 

     Predecessor  
     Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     (in millions)  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (44   $ (97

Predecessor

The loss from discontinued operations reflected in the Predecessor Period of 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, includes the losses related to the operations and assets held for sale of the Steering Business and AHG, which includes various non-core product lines and plant sites that did not fit the Predecessor’s strategic framework.

 

75


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Segment

The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA includes other transformation and rationalization costs related to 1) the implementation of information technology systems to support finance, manufacturing and product development initiatives, 2) certain plant consolidations and closures costs and 3) consolidation of many staff administrative functions into a global business service group. The reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor follows:

 

    Successor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
      Total    
    (in millions)  

August 19 – December 31, 2009:

           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 56      $ 79      $ 155      $ 21      $ 2      $ 313   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (20     (50     (50     (5     (1     (126

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (19     (20     (11     (8            (58
                                               

EBITDA

  $ 17      $ 9      $ 94      $ 8      $ 1        129   
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (39     (52     (31     (17            (139
                                               

Operating (loss) income

  $ (22   $ (43   $ 63      $ (9   $ 1        (10
                                         

Interest expense

              (8

Other expense, net

              (17
                 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

              (35

Income tax benefit

              27   

Equity income, net of tax

              5   
                 

Net loss

            $ (3

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              15   
                 

Net loss attributable to Successor

            $ (18
                 

 

    Predecessor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
      Total    
    (in millions)  

January 1 – October 6, 2009:

           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (214   $ (9   $ (18   $ 17      $ (5   $ (229

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (91     (45     (99     (11     11        (235

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (14     (17     (15     (2     (2     (50
                                               

EBITDA

  $ (319   $ (71   $ (132   $ 4      $ 4        (514
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (177     (163     (147     (53            (540

Discontinued operations

                                (64     (64
                                               

Operating loss

  $ (496   $ (234   $ (279   $ (49   $ (60     (1,118
                                         

Other income, net

              24   

Reorganization items

              10,210   
                 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity loss

              9,116   

Income tax benefit

              311   

Equity loss, net of tax

              (36

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

              (44
                 

Net income

            $ 9,347   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              29   
                 

Net income attributable to Predecessor

            $ 9,318   
                 

 

76


Table of Contents
    Predecessor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
    (in millions)  

2008:

           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $      $ 251      $ 195      $ 76      $ (253   $ 269   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

U.S. employee workforce transition program charges

                                (69     (69

GM settlement — MRA

    42        94        15        88        (50     189   

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (150     (69     (82     (25            (326

Loss on divestitures

    (13     (14                          (27

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (78     (44     (63     (14     (48     (247
                                               

EBITDA

  $ (199   $ 218      $ 65      $ 125      $ (420     (211
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (261     (269     (205     (87            (822

Goodwill impairment

    (157            (168                   (325

Discontinued operations

                                (67     (67
                                               

Operating (loss) income

  $ (617   $ (51   $ (308   $ 38      $ (487     (1,425
                                         

Interest expense

              (434

Other income, net

              9   

Reorganization items

              5,147   
                 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

              3,297   

Income tax expense

              (163

Equity income, net of tax

              29   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

              (97
                 

Net income

            $ 3,066   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              29   
                 

Net income attributable to Predecessor

            $ 3,037   
                 

Net sales and gross margin as a percentage of net sales for the periods from August 19 to December 31 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 by segment are as follows:

Net Sales by Segment

 

    Successor           Predecessor           Variance due to:  
    Period
from
August 19
to
December
31, 2009
          Period
from
January 1
to
October
6, 2009
    Year ended
December
31, 2008
    Full year
2009 versus
2008
favorable/
(unfavorable)
          Operations
not
acquired
    Volume, net
of contractual
price
reductions
    Commodity
pass-

through
            FX                 Other               Total        
    (in
millions)
         

(in millions)

          (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

  $ 761          $ 1,801      $ 4,048      $ (1,486       $ (67   $ (1,263   $ —        $     (155)      $     (1)      $     (1,486)   

Powertrain Systems

    957            2,667        5,368        (1,744         (186     (1,224     —          (328     (6     (1,744

Electrical/ Electronic Architecture

    1,325            2,970        5,649        (1,354         —          (1,043     (160     (152     1        (1,354

Thermal Systems

    365            1,008        2,121        (748         (110     (558     (23     (58     1        (748

Eliminations and Other

    13            (112     (378     279            203        71        —          8        (3     279   
                                                                                       

Total

  $ 3,421          $ 8,334      $ 16,808      $ (5,053       $ (160   $ (4,017   $ (183   $ (685   $ (8   $ (5,053
                                                                                       

 

77


Table of Contents
   

Eliminations and Other includes $75 million of keep site facilitation reimbursements recognized by the Predecessor during the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 as a result of the Amended MRA, which became effective in September 2008 (refer to “Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for more information.)

 

   

Foreign exchange fluctuations are primarily related to the Mexican Peso, Euro, Chinese Renminbi, Turkish Lira and Brazilian Real.

Gross Margin Percentage by Segment

 

    Successor            Predecessor  
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
           Period from
January 1
to October
6, 2009
    Year
ended
December
31, 2008
 

Electronics and Safety

    7.9          (12.9 %)      0.7

Powertrain Systems

    10.1          2.6     9.1

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

    14.5          1.4     6.4

Thermal Systems

    5.5          3.2     9.7

Eliminations and Other

    38.5          49.1     114.3

Total

    10.9          (1.8 )%      3.9

EBITDA by Segment

 

    Successor            Predecessor            Variance due to:  
    Period
from
August  19

to
December
31, 2009
           Period
from
January 1
to
October
6, 2009
    Year ended
December
31, 2008
    Full year 2009
versus 2008
favorable/
(unfavorable)
           Operations
not
Acquired
     Volume, net
of
contractual
price
reductions
    Operational
performance
         Other               Total        
    (in
millions)
           (in millions)            (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

  $ 17           $ (319   $ (199   $ (103        $ 2       $ (485   $ 363       $ 17      $ (103

Powertrain Systems

    9             (71     218        (280          17         (503     338         (132     (280

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

    94             (132     65        (103                  (418     294         21        (103

Thermal Systems

    8             4        125        (113          3         (173     138         (81     (113

Eliminations and Other

    1             4        (420     425             137         (321     260         349        425   
                                                                                   

Total

  $ 129           $ (514   $ (211   $ (174        $ 159       $ (1,900   $ 1,393       $     174      $     (174
                                                                                   

As noted in the table above, Full Year 2009 EBITDA as compared to 2008 EBITDA was impacted by divestitures, volume, contractual price reductions, and operational performance improvements, which include favorable manufacturing and engineering performance offset by unfavorable material and freight economics, as well as the following items included in Other in the table above:

 

   

Increased warranty costs, primarily due to the forgiveness of $112 million due under the warranty settlement agreement with GM during 2008 and the absence of $28 million in warranty recovery in the Thermal Systems segment from an affiliated supplier recognized in 2008 related to previously incurred warranty costs.

 

   

$35 million of increased costs associated with restructuring activities resulting in employee termination benefit cost reductions, including $26 million and $67 million in the Powertrain Systems and

 

78


Table of Contents
 

Electrical/Electronic Architecture segments, respectively, offset by decreased costs of $39 million, $9 million and $10 million in the Electronics and Safety, Thermal Systems and Eliminations and Other segments, respectively.

 

   

Unfavorable foreign currency exchange impact of $174 million including $66 million, $78 million, $22 million and $8 million in the Electronics and Safety, Powertrain Systems, Electrical/Electronic Architecture and Thermal Systems segments, respectively.

 

   

Approximately $200 million of decreases in pension and OPEB in the Eliminations and Other segment.

 

   

$240 million of decreased SG&A as a result of the positive effects of cost savings initiatives.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview of Capital Structure

As of March 31, 2011, after giving effect to the extinguishment of the Old Notes, the modification of our credit agreement and the issuance of the Senior Notes on May 17, 2011, each as described below, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1.3 billion and net debt (defined as outstanding debt less cash and cash equivalents) of $1.1 billion. We also have access to additional liquidity pursuant to the terms of the revolving facility as described below. Based on this, we believe we possess sufficient liquidity to fund our operations and capital investments in 2011 and beyond.

On March 31, 2011, Delphi Automotive LLP redeemed all outstanding Class A and Class C membership interests for $3,791 million and $594 million, respectively and we incurred transaction-related fees and expenses totaling approximately $181 million, including amounts paid to certain interest holders. In addition, we obtained necessary consents to the redemption of the Class A and Class C membership interests and modified and eliminated specific rights provided to these interest holders under its limited liability partnership agreement. Subsequent to the redemption transaction on March 31, 2011, Delphi Automotive LLP’s membership interest equity is comprised of a single voting class of membership interests, our Class B membership interests. In addition to this class of voting membership interests, non-voting Class E-1 membership interests are held by Delphi Automotive LLP’s Board of Managers.

Credit Agreement

To finance the redemption of membership interests from Class A and Class C holders, Delphi Corporation entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lead arranger and administrative agent, with respect to $3.0 billion in senior secured credit facilities (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Agreement was amended on May 17, 2011 and now consists of a $1.2 billion 5-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the “revolving facility”), a $258 million senior secured 5-year term A loan (the “Tranche A Term Loan”) and a $950 million senior secured 6-year term B loan (the “Tranche B Term Loan”). The revolving facility was undrawn at March 31, 2011. As of March 31, 2011, we had approximately $20 million in letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement. Letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement reduce availability under the revolving facility.

The Credit Agreement carries an interest rate, at Delphi Corporation’s option, of either (a) the Administrative Agent’s Alternate Base Rate (“ABR” as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus (i) with respect to the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan, 1.75% per annum or (ii) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan, 1.50% per annum, or (b) the London Interbank Offered Rate (the “Adjusted LIBO Rate” as defined in the Credit Agreement) (“LIBOR”) plus (i) with respect to the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan, 2.75% per annum or (ii) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan, 2.50% per annum. The Tranche B Term Loan includes a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The interest rate period with respect to the LIBOR interest rate option can be set at one-, two-, three-, or six-months as selected by us in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (or

 

79


Table of Contents

other period as may be agreed to by all the applicable lenders), but payable no less than quarterly. Delphi Corporation may elect to change the selected interest rate over the term of the Credit Facility in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The applicable interest rates listed above for the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan may increase or decrease from time to time based upon changes to Delphi Automotive LLP’s corporate credit ratings. Accordingly, the interest rate will fluctuate during the term of the Credit Agreement based on changes in the Alternate Base Rate, LIBOR or future changes in Delphi Automotive LLP’s corporate credit ratings. Upon completion of this offering, the applicable interest rates for the Tranche A Term Loan and revolving facility will be reduced by 25 basis points.

The Credit Agreement also requires that Delphi Corporation pay certain commitment fees on the unused portion of the revolving facility and certain letter of credit issuance and fronting fees.

Delphi Corporation is obligated to make quarterly principal payments throughout the terms of the Tranche A and Tranche B Term Loans according to the amortization schedule in the Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are prepayable at Delphi Corporation’s option without premium or penalty. Delphi Corporation may request that all or a portion of the Term Loans be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans under certain conditions. The Credit Agreement also contains certain mandatory prepayment provisions in the event Delphi Automotive LLP generates excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or we receive net cash proceeds from any asset sale or casualty event.

As of March 31, 2011, Delphi Corporation selected the ABR interest rate option, as detailed in the table below, and the amounts outstanding (in millions) and rates effective as of March 31, 2011 were:

 

     ABR plus      Borrowings as
of March 31,
2011
     Rates effective
as of
March 31,
2011
 

Revolving Facility

     2.25%       $         —  

Tranche A Term Loan

     2.25%       $ 250         5.50

Tranche B Term Loan

         2.50%       $     2,250             5.75

Subsequent to March 31, 2011, Delphi Corporation elected to change to the LIBOR interest rate option for a one-month period for both the Tranche A Term Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan.

The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants that limit, among other things, Delphi Automotive LLP’s (and its subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or liens, to dispose of assets, to make certain investments, to prepay certain indebtedness and to pay dividends, or to make other distributions or redemptions, in respect of our equity interests. In addition, the Credit Agreement requires that Delphi Automotive LLP maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA, each as defined in the Credit Agreement) of less than 2.75 to 1.0. The Credit Agreement also contains events of default customary for financings of this type. We were in compliance with the Credit Agreement covenants as of March 31, 2011.

The Tranche A Term Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan were each issued at a 0.5% discount and we paid approximately $92 million of additional debt issuance costs in connection with the Credit Facility. The discount and debt issuance costs are being amortized over the life of the Credit Facility.

All obligations under the Credit Agreement are jointly and severally guaranteed by Delphi Corporation’s direct and indirect parent companies and by certain of Delphi Automotive LLP’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement. All obligations under the Credit Agreement, including the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by certain assets of Delphi Corporation and the guarantors, including substantially all of the assets of Delphi Automotive LLP and those of

 

80


Table of Contents

Delphi Corporation and its domestic subsidiaries, and certain assets of Delphi Corporation’s direct and indirect parent companies.

Senior Notes

On May 17, 2011, Delphi Corporation, a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary of Delphi Automotive LLP, issued $500 million of 5.875% senior notes due 2019 and $500 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes”) in a transaction exempt from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities Act. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Delphi Automotive LLP and certain of its existing and future subsidiaries. Interest is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2011. Interest accrues from May 17, 2011. The net proceeds of $1.0 billion together with cash on hand were used to pay down amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

The indenture governing the Senior Notes limits, among other things, Delphi Automotive LLP’s (and its subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or liens, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments or investments, enter into transactions with affiliates or merge with or into other entities.

Acquisition Financing

In connection with the Acquisition, (i) Delphi Automotive LLP issued $41 million in the Old Notes pursuant to a note purchase agreement with an Acquisition Date fair value of $49 million and (ii) entered into a senior secured delayed draw term loan facility (the “DDTL”) with a syndicate of lenders. The Old Notes paid 12% interest and were scheduled to mature on October 6, 2014. The DDTL permitted borrowings of up to $890 million, consisting of a U.S. tranche of up to $267 million in borrowings and a foreign tranche of up to $623 million in borrowings. There was no commitment fee associated with the DDTL, but, if drawn, we were required to pay interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 6.0% per annum, with a minimum LIBOR amount of 2.0% per annum. The DDTL had a term of 5 years. A majority of the holders of the Old Notes and the lenders under the DDTL were related parties as holders of the Class A and Class B membership interests. See “Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

In connection with the redemption of the Class A and Class C membership interests on March 31, 2011 and entry into the Credit Agreement, the DDTL was terminated (including the termination, discharge and release of all security and guarantees granted in connection with the DDTL) and we paid approximately $57 million to redeem the Old Notes in full. In connection with the termination of the Old Notes, we incurred early termination penalties and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $9 million in the first quarter of 2011.

Other Financing and Liquidity

Accounts receivable factoring —We maintain various accounts receivable factoring facilities in Europe that are accounted for as short-term debt. These uncommitted factoring facilities are available through various financial institutions. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, $159 million and $112 million, respectively, was outstanding under these accounts receivable factoring facilities.

Capital leases and other —As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, approximately $104 million and $130 million, respectively, of other debt issued by certain international subsidiaries was outstanding, primarily related to bank lines in Asia Pacific and capital lease obligations.

DOE grant —As part of the American Recovery & Reinvestment Act of 2009, we and the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) finalized a grant agreement through which the DOE will reimburse us for 50% of project costs up to total reimbursements of $89 million associated with the development and manufacturing of power electronics related to electric and hybrid electric vehicles. The project period for this grant is January 2010

 

81


Table of Contents

through December 2012. As of March 31, 2011, we have received from the DOE related project cost reimbursements of $33 million. During 2011 and 2012, we expect to receive related project cost reimbursements from the DOE of approximately $34 million and $28 million, respectively.

Warranty settlement —On April 30, 2011, Delphi paid €90 million (approximately $133 million at April 30, 2011 exchange rates) under the terms of a March 2011 warranty settlement. Delphi is also required to make a €60 million (approximately $89 million at April 30, 2011 exchange rates) payment on April 30, 2012 related to this settlement.

Tax distribution —Under the terms of the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of Delphi Automotive LLP (the “Revised LLP Agreement”), if the Board of Managers determines that there is available cash (as defined in the Revised LLP Agreement), the Class B and E-1 members will receive a distribution of available cash to enable the members to pay projected tax liabilities attributable to tax book profits and losses by us that are attributable to their membership interests. Any tax distributions will be treated as an advance of amounts otherwise distributable to the members.

Contractual Commitments

The following table summarizes our expected cash outflows resulting from financial contracts and commitments as of December 31, 2010. We have not included information on our recurring purchases of materials for use in our manufacturing operations. These amounts are generally consistent from year to year, closely reflect our levels of production, and are not long-term in nature. The amounts below exclude as of December 31, 2010, the gross liability for uncertain tax positions of $82 million related to the items below. The amounts below also exclude estimated interest costs, which are approximately $20 million for 2011, primarily related to debt and capital lease obligations. Additionally, the principal maturities of debt exclude accretion of approximately $6 million related to the Old Notes. We do not expect a significant payment related to these obligations to be made within the next twelve months. We are not able to provide a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of future payments relating to the non-current portion of obligations associated with uncertain tax positions. For more information, refer to “Note 16. Income Taxes” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

 

     Payments due by Period  
           Total                  2011            2012 & 2013      2014 & 2015      Thereafter  
     (in millions)  

Debt and capital lease obligations

   $     283       $     218       $ 13       $ 48       $ 4   

Operating lease obligations

     301         80             119         78         24   

Contractual commitments for capital expenditures

     116         116                           

Other contractual purchase commitments, including information technology

     129         81         44         4           
                                            

Total

   $ 829       $ 495       $ 176       $     130       $     28   
                                            

We also have significant obligations to make payments to management under our Value Creation Plan that are not reflected in the table above. See “Note 22. Share-Based Compensation” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

 

82


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

Supplier selection in the auto industry is generally finalized several years prior to the start of production of the vehicle. Therefore, current capital expenditures are based on customer commitments entered into previously, generally several years ago when the customer contract was awarded. As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $116 million in outstanding cancelable and non-cancelable capital commitments. Capital expenditures by operating segment and geographic region for the periods presented were:

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
    (in millions)           (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

  $ 59      $ 14          $ 58      $ 166   

Powertrain Systems

    186        41            167        310   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

    202        21            60        179   

Thermal Systems

    35        8            29        98   

Eliminations and Other

    18        4            7        18   
                                   

Continuing operations capital expenditures

        500            88                321        771   
                                   

Discontinued operations

                      99        187   
                                   

Total capital expenditures

  $ 500      $ 88          $ 420      $     958   
                                   

North America

  $ 140      $ 21          $ 91      $ 278   

Europe, Middle East & Africa

    236        51            187        329   

Asia Pacific

    87        6            28        123   

South America

    37        10            15        41   
                                   

Continuing operations capital expenditures

    500        88            321        771   
                                   

Discontinued operations

                      99        187   
                                   

Total capital expenditures

  $ 500      $ 88          $ 420      $ 958   
                                   

Cash Flows

Intra-month cash flow cycles vary by region, but in general we are users of cash through the first half of a typical month and we generate cash during the latter half of a typical month. Our cash balance typically peaks at month end.

Cash in the U.S. is managed centrally through a U.S. cash pooling arrangement. During 2010, Delphi began the process of establishing a pan-European cash pool. As of March 31, 2011, certain European countries were participating in the European cash pool. Additional European countries are scheduled to join the European cash pool in the coming quarter. Delphi anticipates that the pan-European cash pool will become fully operational by the end of 2011. Outside the U.S. and those countries participating in the pan-European cash pool, cash may be managed through a country cash pool, a self-managed cash flow arrangement or a combination of the two depending on Delphi’s presence in the respective country.

Operating Activities . Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $156 million and $246 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $90 million decrease primarily reflects higher working capital requirements resulting principally from increased volumes, partially offset by higher earnings. Cash flow from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2011 consisted of net earnings of $310 million increased by $117 million for non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization, partially offset by $282 million related to changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of restructuring and pension and other

 

83


Table of Contents

postretirement contributions. Cash flow from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2010 consisted of net earnings of $235 million increased by $99 million for non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization, partially offset by $100 million related to changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of restructuring and pension and other postretirement contributions.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $1,142 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, which resulted primarily from improved operating earnings resulting from increased sales growth and improved operational performance resulting from previous restructuring activities. These improvements resulted in the significant cash flow generated from operations, which consisted of net earnings of $703 million increased by $421 million for non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization, partially offset by $9 million related to changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of restructuring and pension and other postretirement contributions.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $159 million for the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, which resulted primarily from the improvements in OEM production volumes during the fourth quarter of 2009, resulting in near break-even net earnings increased by $139 million for non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization. Net cash used in operating activities totaled $257 million for the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, which primarily reflected the decreased OEM production volumes during this period.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $455 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, reflecting the net cash received from GM totaling $1.1 billion as a result of the effectiveness of the Amended GSA and the Amended MRA as further described in “Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein. Offsetting this cash received, cash flow from operating activities was negatively impacted by operating challenges due to lower North American production volumes, related pricing pressures stemming from increasingly competitive markets and the overall slowdown in the global economy. Cash flow from operating activities was further reduced for the year ended December 31, 2008 by contributions to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans of $383 million and OPEB payments of $216 million, cash paid to employees in conjunction with the U.S. employee workforce transition programs of $219 million, payments of $442 million of interest and $78 million of incentive compensation to executives and U.S. salaried employees, and payments of $104 million of reorganization related costs.

Investing Activities . Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $433 million and net cash used in investing activities totaled $98 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase is primarily due to the net change of $650 million related to maturities/purchases of time deposits, partially offset by an $88 million increase in capital expenditures and $32 million decrease in proceeds from divestitures.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $911 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, which resulted primarily from capital expenditures of $500 million, or approximately 3.6% of net sales. We continually focus on selectively expending capital to support new business as well as to maximize cost efficiencies. Net cash used was also impacted by the purchase of $550 million of time deposits, net of time deposit maturities during the year. Partially offsetting these items were net proceeds of $93 million received from divestitures and sales of property, principally the sale of the occupant protection systems business in Asia.

Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $885 million for the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, which resulted primarily from $862 million acquired from the Predecessor as a result of the Acquisition. In addition, cash used for capital expenditures of $88 million for the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009 were offset by $74 million in proceeds from the sale of the brakes and suspensions and occupant protection systems businesses and a $28 million decrease in restricted cash. Net cash used in investing activities totaled $1,052 million for the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, which resulted primarily from $862 million acquired by the Successor as a result of the Acquisition.

 

84


Table of Contents

Additionally, cash used for capital expenditures of $321 million for the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 was offset by decreases in restricted cash of $142 million.

Cash flows used in investing activities totaled $958 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The principal use of cash in 2008 reflected capital expenditures related to ongoing operations and an increase in restricted cash related to the U.S. employee workforce transition programs of approximately $230 million. The increase in restricted cash during the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily related to a total of the $323 million of cash collateral required under the debtor-in-possession credit facility, including $123 million related to outstanding letters of credit at December 31, 2008, offset by attrition payments. Offsetting the cash flows used in investing activities were proceeds from divestitures.

Financing Activities . Net cash used in financing activities totaled $2,204 million and net cash provided by financing activities totaled $52 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was driven by the redemption of membership interests for $4,557 million, offset by the net proceeds received from the issuance of debt to partially fund the redemption transaction, net of the repayment of the Old Notes, of $2,339 million.

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $126 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, which resulted from $99 million of net repayments under debt agreements and $27 million of dividend payments to minority shareholders of consolidated affiliates.

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $2,062 million for the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, which resulted from the $2,042 million of cash received associated with the issuance of Class A and Class B membership interests in us. Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $315 million for the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009. During this period the Predecessor received $850 million under GM liquidity support agreements and repaid $488 million under the amended and restated debtor-in-possession facility and short-term debt agreements.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $465 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and primarily reflected increased borrowings under the amended and restated debtor-in-possession credit facility.

Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits

Prior to the PBGC termination of the U.S. pension plans, the Predecessor sponsored pension plans covering employees in the U.S., which generally provided benefits of stated amounts for each year of service, as well as supplemental benefits for employees who qualified for retirement before normal retirement age. Certain employees also participated in non-qualified pension plans covering executives, which are based on targeted wage replacement percentages and are unfunded. The Predecessor froze the salaried plan, the Supplemental Executive Retirement Program, the ASEC Manufacturing Retirement Program, the Delphi Mechatronics Retirement Program and the PHI Non-Bargaining Retirement Plan (collectively, the “Pension Plans”) effective September 30, 2008. Additionally, the Predecessor reached agreement with its labor unions resulting in a freeze of traditional benefit accruals under the Delphi hourly-rate employees pension plan effective as of November 30, 2008.

The PBGC terminated the Pension Plans on July 31, 2009. Accordingly, the Predecessor recognized a pension curtailment and settlement loss of $2.8 billion included in reorganization items in the consolidated statements of operations for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2009. This loss included the reversal of $5.2 billion of liabilities subject to compromise related to the Pension Plans offset by the recognition of $5.0 billion of related unamortized losses previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and the recognition of a $3.0 billion allowed general unsecured non-priority claim granted to the PBGC.

On February 4, 2009, the Predecessor filed a motion with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Court”) seeking the authority to cease providing retiree OPEB benefits in

 

85


Table of Contents

retirement to salaried employees, retirees, and surviving spouses after March 31, 2009. On February 24, 2009, the Court provisionally approved the Predecessor’s motion to terminate such benefits effective March 31, 2009 based on the Court’s finding that the Predecessor had met its evidentiary burdens, subject to the appointment of a retirees’ committee (the “Retirees’ Committee”) to review whether it believes that any of the affected programs involved vested benefits (as opposed to “at will” or discretionary, unvested benefits). On March 11, 2009, the Court issued a final order approving the Predecessor’s motion to terminate salaried OPEB benefits. The Court approved a settlement agreement (the “Settlement”), between the Predecessor and the Retirees’ Committee and the Delphi Salaried Retirees’ Association (the “Association”) settling any and all rights for the parties to appeal the Court’s March 11, 2009 final order authorizing the Predecessor to terminate salaried OPEB benefits. Pursuant to the Settlement, the Predecessor agreed to provide the Retirees’ Committee with consideration of $9 million to resolve pending litigation. The Predecessor recognized a salaried OPEB curtailment and settlement gain of $1,168 million included in reorganization items in the consolidated statement of operations for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009. This settlement gain reflects the reversal of existing liabilities of $1,173 million ($1,181 million net of $8 million to pay salaried OPEB claims incurred but not reported as of March 31, 2009) and the recognition of previously unamortized net gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income of $4 million. The reorganization gain also reflects the impact of the $9 million consideration to be provided for the Settlement described above.

Certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans, which generally provide benefits based on negotiated amounts for each year of service. Our primary non-U.S. plans are located in France, Germany, Luxembourg, Mexico, Portugal and the UK. The UK and certain Mexican plans are funded. In addition, we have defined benefit plans in South Korea, Turkey and Italy for which amounts are payable to employees immediately upon separation. The obligations for these plans are recorded based on the vested obligation. We anticipate making required pension contributions of approximately $86 million in 2011.

Refer to “Note 14. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for further information on (1) historical benefit costs of the pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans, (2) the principal assumptions used to determine the pension and other postretirement expense and the actuarial value of the projected benefit obligation for the U.S. and non-U.S. pension plan and postretirement plans, (3) a sensitivity analysis of potential changes to pension obligations and expense that would result from changes in key assumptions and (4) funding obligations.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to the requirements of U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S., environmental and safety and health laws and regulations. These include laws regulating air emissions, water discharge, hazardous materials and waste management. We have an environmental management structure designed to facilitate and support our compliance with these requirements globally. Although it is our intent to comply with all such requirements and regulations, we cannot provide assurance that we are at all times in compliance. Environmental requirements are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Accordingly, we cannot assure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that our eventual environmental costs and liabilities will not be material.

Certain environmental laws assess liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous substances. In addition to clean-up actions brought by U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. agencies, plaintiffs could raise personal injury or other private claims due to the presence of hazardous substances on or from a property. We are currently in the process of investigating and cleaning up some of our current or former sites. In addition, there may be soil or groundwater contamination at several of our properties resulting from historical, ongoing or nearby activities.

At March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the undiscounted reserve for environmental investigation and remediation was approximately $24 million (of which $4 million was recorded in accrued liabilities and $20 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities) and $23 million (of which $5 million was recorded in accrued

 

86


Table of Contents

liabilities and $18 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities), respectively. We cannot ensure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that our eventual environmental remediation costs and liabilities will not exceed the amount of our current reserves. In the event that such liabilities were to significantly exceed the amounts recorded, our results of operations could be materially affected.

Legal Proceedings

For a description of our legal proceedings, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not engage in any off-balance sheet financial arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. These judgments are based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, our evaluation of trends in the industry, information provided by our customers and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate.

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:

 

   

It requires us to make assumptions about matters that were uncertain at the time we were making the estimate, and

 

   

Changes in the estimate or different estimates that we could have selected would have had a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Acquisition Accounting

Upon the Acquisition, as defined in “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein, the recorded amounts for the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from the Predecessor were adjusted to reflect estimated fair values in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations. The fair values were estimated in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, and were based on three generally accepted business valuation approaches: the income, market, and cost approaches. Generally, the income and market approaches were used and weighted by the independent valuation specialists as appropriate.

The discounted cash flow (“DCF”) method is a form of the income approach commonly used to value business interests. The DCF method was based on Company-prepared projections which included a variety of estimates and assumptions. While we consider such estimates and assumptions reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control and, therefore, may not be realized. Changes in these estimates and assumptions may have a significant effect on the determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisition. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.

 

87


Table of Contents

Other estimates used in determining fair value include, but are not limited to, future cash flows or income related to intangibles, market rate assumptions, actuarial assumptions for benefit plans and appropriate discount rates. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but that are inherently uncertain. Acquisition accounting along with the consummation of the Modified Plan and the disposition of the Predecessor has had a material effect on the financial statements. Refer to “Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Warranty Obligations

Estimating warranty obligations requires us to forecast the resolution of existing claims and expected future claims on products sold. We base our estimate on historical trends of units sold and payment amounts, combined with our current understanding of the status of existing claims and discussions with our customers. The key factors which impact our estimates are (1) the stated or implied warranty period; (2) OEM source; (3) OEM policy decisions regarding warranty claims; and (4) OEMs seeking to hold suppliers responsible for product warranties. These estimates are re-evaluated on an ongoing basis. Actual warranty obligations could differ from the amounts estimated requiring adjustments to existing reserves in future periods. Due to the uncertainty and potential volatility of the factors contributing to developing these estimates, changes in our assumptions could materially affect our results of operations.

Environmental Matters

Environmental remediation liabilities are recognized when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Such liabilities generally are not subject to insurance coverage. The cost of each environmental remediation is estimated by engineering, financial, and legal specialists based on current law and considers the estimated cost of investigation and remediation required and the likelihood that, where applicable, other responsible parties will be able to fulfill their legal obligations and commitments. The process of estimating environmental remediation liabilities is complex and dependent primarily on the nature and extent of historical information and physical data relating to a contaminated site, the complexity of the site, the uncertainty as to what remediation and technology will be required, and the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies and, if applicable, other responsible parties. In future periods, new laws or regulations, advances in remediation technologies and additional information about the ultimate remediation methodology to be used could significantly change estimates by Delphi. Refer to “Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional details. We cannot ensure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that our eventual environmental costs and liabilities will not exceed the amount of current reserves. In the event that such liabilities were to significantly exceed the amounts recorded, our results of operations could be materially affected.

Restructuring

Accruals have been recorded in conjunction with our restructuring actions. These accruals include estimates primarily related to employee termination costs, contract termination costs and other related exit costs in conjunction with workforce reduction and programs related to the rationalization of manufacturing and engineering processes. Actual costs may vary from these estimates. These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis and changes to restructuring actions are appropriately recognized when identified.

Pensions

We use actuarial estimated and related actuarial methods to calculate our obligation and expense. We are required to select certain actuarial assumptions, which are determined based on current market conditions, historical information and consultation with and input from our actuaries and asset managers. Refer to “Note 14. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for

 

88


Table of Contents

additional details. The key factors which impact our estimates are (1) discount rates; (2) asset return assumptions; and (3) actuarial assumptions such as retirement age and mortality which are determined as of the current year measurement date. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate. Experience gains and losses, as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions are amortized over the average future service period of employees.

The principal assumptions used to determine the pension and other postretirement expense and the actuarial value of the projected benefit obligation for the U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans and postretirement plans were:

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

 

     Pension Benefits         Other Postretirement Benefits      
     U.S. Plans      Non-U.S. Plans              
     2010      2009      2010     2009     2010     2009  

Weighted-average discount rate

         4.10%             5.00%             5.69         6.00     4.52     5.26

Weighted-average rate of increase in compensation levels

     N/A         N/A         3.88     3.90     4.50     4.50

Assumptions used to determine net expense for years ended December 31:

 

    Pension Benefits        
    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  

Weighted-average discount rate

        5.00%            6.16%            6.35         5.97         6.22         5.99         5.20%            6.12%            6.41%   

Weighted-average rate of increase in compensation levels

    N/A        N/A        4.45     3.89     3.95     4.16     4.50%        4.50%        4.50%   

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

    N/A        8.25%        8.75     7.14     7.81     8.28     N/A        N/A        N/A   

We select discount rates by analyzing the results of matching each plan’s projected benefit obligations with a portfolio of high-quality fixed income investments rated AA- or higher by Standard and Poor’s.

In 2010, we no longer had any U.S. pension assets; therefore no U.S. asset rate of return calculation was necessary for 2010. The primary funded non-U.S. plans are in the United Kingdom and Mexico. For the determination of 2010 expense, we assumed a long-term asset rate of return of approximately 6.75% and 10.0% for the United Kingdom and Mexico, respectively. We evaluated input from local actuaries and asset managers, including consideration of recent fund performance and historical returns, in developing the long-term rate of return assumptions. The assumptions for the United Kingdom and Mexico are primarily conservative long-term, prospective rates.

Our pension expense for 2011 is determined at the December 31, 2010 measurement date. For purposes of analysis, the following table highlights the sensitivity of our pension obligations and expense to changes in key assumptions:

 

Change in Assumption

       Impact on Pension Expense            Impact on PBO    

25 basis point (“bp”) decrease in discount rate

   + $2 million    + $63 million

25 bp increase in discount rate

   - $3 million    - $59 million

25 bp decrease in long-term return on assets

   + $2 million   

25 bp increase in long-term return on assets

   - $2 million   

The above sensitivities reflect the effect of changing one assumption at a time. It should be noted that economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effects of changes in

 

89


Table of Contents

key assumptions are not necessarily linear. The above sensitivities also assume no changes to the design of the pension plans and no major restructuring programs.

Based on information provided by our actuaries and asset managers, we believe that the assumptions used are reasonable; however, changes in these assumptions could impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Refer to “Note 14. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Accounts Receivable Allowance

Establishing valuation allowances for doubtful accounts requires the use of estimates and judgment in regard to the risk exposure and ultimate realization. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established based upon analysis of trade receivables for known collectability issues, including bankruptcies, and aging of receivables at the end of each period. Changes to our assumptions could materially affect our recorded allowance.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets and Investments in Affiliates and Expected Useful Lives

We periodically review the recoverability of our long-lived and indefinite-lived assets based on projections of anticipated future cash flows, including future profitability assessments of various manufacturing sites when events and circumstances warrant such a review. We estimate cash flows and fair value using internal budgets based on recent sales data, independent automotive production volume estimates and customer commitments and review of appraisals. The key factors which impact our estimates are (1) future production estimates; (2) customer preferences and decisions; (3) product pricing; (4) manufacturing and material cost estimates; and (5) product life / business retention. Any differences in actual results from the estimates could result in fair values different from the estimated fair values, which could materially impact our future results of operations and financial condition. We believe that the projections of anticipated future cash flows and fair value assumptions are reasonable; however, changes in assumptions underlying these estimates could affect our valuations.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market, including direct material costs and direct and indirect manufacturing costs. Refer to “Note 4. Inventories” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein. Obsolete inventory is identified based on analysis of inventory for known obsolescence issues, and, as of December 31, 2010, the market value of inventory on hand in excess of one year’s supply is generally fully-reserved.

From time to time, payments may be received from suppliers. These payments from suppliers are recognized as a reduction of the cost of the material acquired during the period to which the payments relate. In some instances, supplier rebates are received in conjunction with or concurrent with the negotiation of future purchase agreements and these amounts are amortized over the prospective agreement period.

Income Taxes

We estimate whether recoverability of our deferred tax assets is more likely than not. We use historical and projected future operating results, based upon approved business plans, including a review of the eligible carryforward period, tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations. The key factors that impact our estimates are (1) variances in future projected profitability, including by taxable entity; (2) tax attributes; and (3) tax planning alternatives. The valuation of deferred tax assets requires judgment and accounting for the deferred tax effect of events that have been recorded in the financial statements or in the tax returns and our

 

90


Table of Contents

future projected profitability represents our best estimate of those future events. Changes in our estimates, due to unanticipated events or otherwise, could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the calculation of our tax expense/benefits and liabilities includes uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across our global operations. We recognize tax expense/benefits and liabilities based on our estimate of whether and to what extent additional taxes will be due. We adjust these liabilities based on changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of the uncertainties and the impact of the settlement of any tax audits, the ultimate resolutions may be materially different from our estimated liabilities. Refer to “Note 16. Income Taxes” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Delphi Automotive LLP filed an informational 2009 U.S. federal partnership tax return on September 15, 2010. In light of the Notice, the IRS is currently reviewing whether Section 7874 applies to Delphi Automotive LLP’s acquisition of the automotive supply and other businesses of the Predecessor. While we believe, based on the advice of counsel, that it is more likely than not that neither we, nor Delphi Automotive LLP are a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and therefore have not reserved any amounts on our financial statements in respect of this issue, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not contend that Delphi Automotive LLP, and therefore we, should each be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or that, if we were to challenge any such contention by the IRS, that a court would not agree with the IRS.

If we were treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our worldwide taxable income, including some or all of the distributions from our subsidiaries as well as some of the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries that constitute “controlled foreign corporations.” This could have a material adverse impact on our future tax liability related to these distributions and earnings. Future cash distributions made by us to non-U.S. shareholders could be subject to U.S. income tax withholding at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated by a tax treaty. In addition, we could be liable for additional U.S. federal income taxes on such distributions and earnings, and for the failure by Delphi Automotive LLP to withhold U.S. income taxes on distributions to its non-U.S. members, for periods beginning on or after, the Acquisition Date, which liability could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Fair Value Measurement of Derivative Instruments

In determining the fair value of our derivatives, we utilize valuation techniques as prescribed by FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, and also prioritize the use of observable inputs. The availability of observable inputs varies amongst derivatives and depends on the type of derivative and how actively traded the derivative is. For many of our derivatives, the valuation does not require significant management judgment as the valuation inputs are readily observable in the market. For other derivatives, however, valuation inputs are not as readily observable in the market, and significant management judgment may be required.

All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria. Our derivative exposures are with counterparties with long-term investment grade credit ratings. We estimate the fair value of our derivative contracts using an income approach based on valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single, discounted amount. Estimates of the fair value of foreign currency and commodity derivative instruments are determined using exchange traded prices and rates. We also consider the risk of non-performance in the estimation of fair value, and include an adjustment for non-performance risk in the measure of fair value of derivative instruments. The non-performance risk adjustment reflects the full CDS applied to the net commodity and foreign currency

 

91


Table of Contents

exposures by counterparty. When we are in a net derivative asset position, the counterparty CDS rates are applied to the net derivative asset position. When we are in a net derivative liability position, estimates of peer companies’ CDS rates are applied to the net derivative liability position.

In certain instances where market data is not available, we use management judgment to develop assumptions that are used to determine fair value. This could include situations of market illiquidity for a particular currency or commodity or where observable market data may be limited. In those situations, we generally survey investment banks and/or brokers and utilize the surveyed prices and rates in estimating fair value.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we were in a net derivative asset position of $76 million and $4 million, respectively, and there were no adjustments recorded for nonperformance risk as exposures were to counterparties with investment grade credit ratings. Refer to “Note 18. Fair Value of Financial Instruments, Derivatives and Hedging Activities” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for more information.

Share-Based Compensation

We expense the estimated fair value of the Value Creation Plan (as defined and further discussed in “Note 22. Share-Based Compensation” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein), a long-term incentive plan for key employees. Estimating the fair value for share-based payments requires us to make assumptions regarding the nature of the payout of the award as well as our enterprise value. Any differences in actual results from management’s estimates could result in fair values different from estimated fair values, which could materially impact our future results of operations and financial condition. The following highlights the sensitivity to changes in our enterprise value:

 

Change in Estimate of Enterprise Value

   Impact on 2011
  Operating Expense  

+ 10%

   + $12 million

- 10%

   - $12 million

The fair market value of the Class E-1 Interests (as defined and further discussed in “Note 22. Share-Based Compensation” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein) was estimated based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent valuation specialist, utilizing generally accepted valuation approaches. Under certain conditions with respect to an initial public offering or a change in control, as defined in the E-1 Interest Incentive Plan, any interests that have not yet vested may immediately become vested. Approximately $12 million of compensation expense will be recognized through the remainder of the vesting period. This amount would be recognized immediately as a charge to compensation expense if the criteria for immediate vesting are met.

Refer to “Note 22. Share-Based Compensation” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” to the unaudited consolidated financial statements included herein for a complete description of recent accounting standards which we have not yet been required to implement which may be applicable to our operations. Additionally the significant accounting standards that have been adopted during the three months ended March 31, 2011 are described.

 

92


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks from changes in currency exchange rates and certain commodity prices. In order to manage these risks, we operate a centralized risk management program that consists of entering into a variety of derivative contracts with the intent of mitigating our risk to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and commodity prices. We do not enter into derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes.

A discussion of our accounting policies for derivative instruments is included in “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein and further disclosure is provided in “Note 18. Fair Value of Financial Instruments, Derivatives and Hedging Activities” to the audited consolidated financial statements included herein. We maintain risk management control systems to monitor exchange and commodity risks and related hedge positions. Positions are monitored using a variety of analytical techniques including market value and sensitivity analysis. The following analyses are based on sensitivity tests, which assume instantaneous, parallel shifts in currency exchange rates and commodity prices. For options and instruments with non-linear returns, appropriate models are utilized to determine the impact of shifts in rates and prices. Currently, we do not have any options or instruments with non-linear returns.

We have currency exposures related to buying, selling and financing in currencies other than the local currencies in which we operate. Historically, we have reduced our exposure through financial instruments (hedges) that provide offsets or limits to our exposures, which are opposite to the underlying transactions. We also face an inherent business risk of exposure to commodity prices risks, and have historically offset our exposure, particularly to changes in the price of various non-ferrous metals used in our manufacturing operations, through fixed price purchase agreements, commodity swaps and option contracts. We continue to manage our exposures to changes in currency rates and commodity prices using these derivative instruments.

There have been no material changes to our exposures to market risk since December 31, 2010, except related to interest rate risk.

Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Currency exposures may impact future earnings and/or operating cash flows. In some instances, we choose to reduce our exposures through financial instruments (hedges) that provide offsets or limits to our exposures. Currently our most significant currency exposures relate to the Mexican Peso, Euro, Chinese Yuan (Renminbi), Turkish Lira and Great Britain Pound. As of December 31, 2010 the net fair value asset of all financial instruments (hedges and underlying transactions) with exposure to currency risk was approximately $794 million and the net fair value asset at December 31, 2009 was $566 million. The potential loss or gain in fair value for such financial instruments from a hypothetical 10% adverse or favorable change in quoted currency exchange rates would be approximately $137 million and $87 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The impact of a 10% change in rates on fair value differs from a 10% change in the net fair value asset due to the existence of hedges. The model assumes a parallel shift in currency exchange rates; however, currency exchange rates rarely move in the same direction. The assumption that currency exchange rates change in a parallel fashion may overstate the impact of changing currency exchange rates on assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Commodity Price Risk

Commodity swaps/average rate forward contracts are executed to offset a portion of our exposure to the potential change in prices mainly for various non-ferrous metals used in the manufacturing of automotive components. The net fair value of our contracts was an asset of approximately $48 million and an asset of approximately $5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. If the price of the commodities that are being hedged by our commodity swaps/average rate forward contracts changed adversely or favorably by 10%, the fair value of our commodity swaps/average rate forward contracts would decrease or increase by $24 million

 

93


Table of Contents

and $11 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The changes in the net fair value liability differ from 10% of those balances due to the relative differences between the underlying commodity prices and the prices in place in our commodity swaps/average rate forward contracts. These amounts exclude the offsetting impact of the price risk inherent in the physical purchase of the underlying commodities.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk associated with changes in interest rates relates primarily to our debt obligations. As of March 31, 2011, we had approximately $2.5 billion of floating rate debt principally related to the Credit Agreement. As previously noted, on May 17, 2011, in conjunction with the issuance of $1.0 billion of the Senior Notes and the syndication of the Credit Agreement, we entered into a modification to the Credit Agreement to make certain amendments, including a reduction of the amount drawn under the Credit Facility to $1,208 million and a reduction of certain interest rates applicable to the Credit Facility. The modified Credit Agreement carries an interest rate, at Delphi’s option, of either (a) the ABR plus (i) with respect to the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan, 2.75% per annum or (ii) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan, 2.50% per annum, or (b) LIBOR plus (i) with respect to the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan, 2.75% per annum or (ii) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan, 2.50% per annum. The Tranche B Term Loan includes a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The interest rate period with respect to the LIBOR interest rate option can be set at one-, two-, three-, or six-months as selected by Delphi in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (or other period as may be agreed by the applicable lenders), but payable no less than quarterly. Delphi may elect to change the selected interest rate over the term of the Credit Facility in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The applicable interest rates listed above for the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan may increase or decrease from time to time by 0.25% based upon changes to Delphi’s corporate credit ratings. Accordingly, the interest rate will fluctuate during the term of the Credit Agreement based on changes in the Alternate Base Rate, LIBOR or future changes in Delphi’s corporate credit ratings.

The table below indicates interest rate sensitivity on interest expense to floating rate debt based on amounts outstanding contemplating the modifications to the Credit Agreement.

 

     Tranche A
  Term Loan  
     Tranche B
  Term Loan  
 

Change in Rate

   (impact to annual interest
expense in millions)
 

25 bps decrease

     - $1         - $2   

25 bps increase

     + $1         + $2   

 

94


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading global vehicle components manufacturer and provide electrical and electronic, powertrain, safety and thermal technology solutions to the global automotive and commercial vehicle markets. We are one of the largest vehicle component manufacturers, and our customers include the 25 largest automotive OEMs in the world. We operate 110 manufacturing facilities and 14 major technical centers utilizing a regional service model that enables us to efficiently and effectively serve our global customers from low cost countries. We have a presence in 30 countries and have over 16,000 scientists, engineers and technicians focused on developing market relevant product solutions for our customers. In line with the growth in the emerging markets, we have been increasing our focus on these markets, in particular in China, where we have a major manufacturing base and strong customer relationships.

We believe we are well-positioned for growth from increasing global vehicle production volumes, increased demand for our Safe, Green and Connected products which are being added to vehicle content, and new business wins with existing and new customers. In order to transform its business portfolio and rationalize its cost structure, the former Delphi Corporation and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries filed for Chapter 11 protection in October 2005. As a result of the actions taken by the Predecessor and Delphi Automotive LLP’s continuing efforts following its acquisition of the majority of the Predecessor’s businesses in October 2009, we have substantially reduced our costs, aligned our product offerings with the faster-growing industry mega trends and re-aligned our manufacturing footprint into an efficient regional service model, allowing us to increase our profit margins.

We believe the automotive industry is being shaped by increasing government regulations for vehicle safety, fuel efficiency and emissions control, as well as rapidly increasing consumer demand for connectivity. These industry mega trends, which we refer to as “Safe,” “Green” and “Connected,” are driving higher growth in products that address these trends than growth in the automotive industry overall. We have reorganized our business into four diversified segments, which enable us to develop solutions and manufacture highly-engineered products that enable our customers to respond to these mega trends:

 

   

Electrical / Electronic Architecture— This segment provides complete design of the vehicle’s electrical architecture, including connectors, wiring assemblies and harnesses, electrical centers and hybrid power distribution systems. Our products provide the critical electrical and electronics backbone that supports increased vehicle content and electrification, reduced emissions and higher fuel economy through weight savings.

 

   

Powertrain Systems— This segment provides systems integration of full end-to-end gasoline and diesel engine management systems including fuel handling, fuel injection, combustion, electronic controls and test and validation capabilities. We design solutions to optimize powertrain power and performance while helping our customers meet new emissions and fuel economy regulations.

 

   

Electronics and Safety— This segment provides critical components, systems and advanced software for passenger safety, security, comfort and infotainment, as well as vehicle operation, including body controls, reception systems, audio/video/navigation systems, hybrid vehicle power electronics, displays and mechatronics. Our products integrate and optimize electronic content, which improves fuel economy, reduces emissions, increases safety and provides occupant infotainment and connectivity.

 

   

Thermal Systems— This segment provides powertrain cooling and heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) systems, such as compressors, systems and controls, and heat exchangers for the vehicle markets. Our products improve the efficiency by which the powertrain and cabin temperatures are managed, which are critical factors in achieving increased fuel economy and reduced emissions.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our business is diversified across end-markets, regions, customers, vehicle platforms and products. Our customer base includes the 25 largest automotive OEMs in the world, and, in 2010, 24% of our net sales came from emerging markets (Asia Pacific and South America). Our six largest platforms in 2010 were with six different OEMs. In addition, in 2010 our products were found in 17 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in the United States, in all of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in Europe and in 13 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in China. We have further diversified our business by increasing our sales in the commercial vehicle market, which is typically on a different business cycle than the light vehicle market and has grown to 8% of our 2010 net sales. In addition, approximately 8% of our net sales are to the aftermarket, which meets the ongoing need for replacement parts required for vehicle servicing.

LOGO

 

(1) Includes aftermarket sales, which comprised 8% of our 2010 revenue.

 

(2) General Motors North America (“GMNA”) and General Motors International Operations (“GMIO”) are segments of General Motors Company (“GM”) and together represent 21% of our 2010 revenue.

We have substantially restructured and transformed our business to achieve a lean cost structure and global footprint to compete profitably in our industry. Since 2005, we have reduced our product lines from 119 to 33, exited 11 businesses, closed over 70 sites, and decreased our global headcount, including temporary employees, by approximately 27%. As a result of our transformation, 91% of our hourly workforce is now located in low cost countries. In addition, approximately 30% of our hourly workforce is composed of temporary employees, making it easier for us to flex our workforce as volumes change. We no longer have any employees represented by the UAW. In addition, we do not have any significant U.S. defined benefit pension or OPEB obligations.

We have established a worldwide design and manufacturing footprint with a regional service model that enables us to efficiently and effectively serve our global customers from low cost countries. This regional model is structured primarily to service the North American market from Mexico, the South American market from Brazil, the European market from Eastern Europe and North Africa, and the Asia Pacific market from China. Our global scale and regional service model enables us to engineer globally and execute regionally to serve the largest OEMs, which are seeking suppliers that can serve them on a worldwide basis. Our footprint also enables us to adapt to the regional design variations the global OEMs require and serve the emerging market OEMs.

Together, our cost reductions and re-alignment of our manufacturing footprint have substantially increased our profit margins and operational flexibility. Our business model is now designed to be profitable at all points in the normal automotive business cycle. For example, in 2010, we would have maintained positive EBITDA even if volumes were 30% below actual industry production volumes (or global production of 55 million vehicles rather than 78 million vehicles), assuming constant pricing and product and regional mix and based on our fixed cost structure in 2010 of approximately $3.2 billion and our variable costs which approximated two-thirds of sales in 2010; actual pricing, product and regional mix would likely differ in any future downturn. Our business model also has operating leverage, from which we believe we will benefit as our production volumes increase due to forecasted industry growth, content growth, and new business wins. We do not believe we will need to add substantial manufacturing capacity over the next several years to support this growth. We have had significant

 

96


Table of Contents

success winning new business with existing and new customers on both global platforms and on regional specific platforms. In 2010, we won business that we estimate will represent $20 billion of gross anticipated revenues based on expected volumes and assumed pricing. In the first quarter of 2011, this trend accelerated, with another $6.6 billion in new business awards, based on expected volumes and assumed pricing. Actual results could vary if these assumptions prove incorrect. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Environment and Economic Conditions—Continued pricing pressures, OEM cost reduction initiatives and the ability of OEMs to re-source or cancel vehicle programs may result in lower than anticipated margins, or losses, which may have a significant negative impact on our business.” We believe our operating leverage will enable us to generate increased profitability and higher margins from these new business wins.

Our Industry

The automotive parts industry provides components, systems, subsystems and modules to OEMs for the manufacture of new vehicles, as well as to the aftermarket for use as replacement parts for current production and older vehicles. Overall, we expect long-term growth of vehicle sales and production in the OEM market. Recently, the industry has seen increased customer sales and production schedules, and an improved sales mix with greater content. However, current OEM production volumes in North America and Western Europe remain substantially lower than OEM production volumes prior to the disruptions the economic and credit markets experienced in 2008 and 2009. Demand for automotive parts in the OEM market is generally a function of the number of new vehicles produced, which is primarily driven by macro-economic factors such as credit availability, interest rates, fuel prices, consumer confidence, employment and other trends. Although OEM demand is tied to actual vehicle production, participants in the automotive parts industry also have the opportunity to grow through increasing product content per vehicle by further penetrating business with existing customers and in existing markets, gaining new customers and increasing their presence in global markets. We believe that as a company with a global presence and advanced technology, engineering, manufacturing and customer support capabilities, we are well-positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.

We believe that continuously increasing demands of society have created the emergence of three “mega trends” that will serve as the basis for the next wave of market-driven technology advancement. Our challenge is to continue developing leading edge technology focused on addressing these mega trends, and apply that technology toward products with sustainable margins that enable our customers, both OEMs and others, to produce distinctive market-leading products. We have identified a core portfolio of products that draw on our technical strengths and align with these “mega trends” where we believe we can provide differentiation to our automotive, commercial vehicle and aftermarket customers. For more information on our core product portfolio refer to “—Products” below.

Safe .   The first mega-trend, “Safe,” represents technologies aimed not just at protecting vehicle occupants when a crash occurs, but those that actually proactively reduce the risk of a crash occurring. OEMs continue to focus on improving occupant and pedestrian safety in order to meet increasingly stringent regulatory requirements in various markets. As a result, suppliers are competing intensely to develop and market new and alternative technologies, such as lane departure warning systems and collision avoidance technologies.

Green .   The second mega-trend, “Green,” represents technologies designed to help reduce emissions, increase fuel economy and minimize the environmental impact of vehicles. OEMs continue to focus on improving fuel efficiency and reducing emissions in order to meet increasingly stringent regulatory requirements in various markets. As a result, suppliers are developing innovations that result in significant improvements in fuel economy, emissions and performance from gasoline and diesel internal combustion engines. At the same time, suppliers are also developing and marketing new and alternative technologies that support hybrid vehicles, electric vehicles and fuel cell products to improve fuel economy and emissions. Green is a key mega-trend today because of the convergence of several issues: climate change, higher oil prices, increased concern about oil dependence and recent and pending legislation in the U.S. and overseas regarding fuel economy and carbon dioxide emissions.

Connected .   The third mega-trend, “Connected,” represents technologies designed to seamlessly integrate the highly complex electronic world in which automotive consumers live into the cars that they

 

97


Table of Contents

drive, so that time in a vehicle is more productive and enjoyable. The technology content of vehicles continues to increase as consumers demand greater safety, personalization, entertainment, productivity and convenience while driving. Advanced technologies offering mobile voice and data communication such as those used in our mobile electronics products coupled with global positioning systems and in-vehicle entertainment continue to be key products in the transportation industry.

We expect these mega trends to create growth and opportunity for us. We are well-positioned to provide solutions and products to OEMs to expand the electronic and technological content of their vehicles. We believe electronics integration, which generally refers to products that combine integrated circuits, software algorithms, sensor technologies and mechanical components within the vehicle will allow OEMs to achieve substantial reductions in weight and mechanical complexity, resulting in easier assembly, enhanced fuel economy, improved emissions control and better vehicle performance.

Market Opportunities

Recovery of Developed Markets and Continued Emerging Markets Growth

According to J.D. Power & Associates, global vehicle production is forecast to grow at a CAGR of 6.8% from 2010 to 2015. In the near term, the mature markets, including North America and Western Europe, are expected to grow at 3.3% from 2010 to 2015 for an increase of approximately 6.9 million units, while the emerging markets are forecast to grow at 10.3% during the same period, for an increase of approximately 22.2 million units. We expect that nearly half of our total future growth will be generated from emerging markets, especially China, which now represents a larger market for automotive components than either the United States or Japan. As a consequence of this shift in demand, many automotive manufacturing and supply companies have located operations in China and have entered into strategic partnerships and supply arrangements designed to support increased production. The total market and the relative growth in the emerging markets are shown in the illustrations below.

LOGO

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

Source: J.D. Power & Associates

Note: Vehicles in thousands. “Mature markets” refers to Australia, Japan, South Korea, North America (including Mexico) and Western Europe. “Emerging markets” refers to the rest of the world.

 

98


Table of Contents

Demand for Increased Safety

OEMs continue to focus on improving occupant and pedestrian safety in order to meet increasingly stringent regulatory requirements in various markets, such as the recent proposal by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to mandate rear view cameras in all vehicles by 2014. As a result, suppliers are focused on developing technologies aimed at protecting vehicle occupants when a crash occurs, as well as those that proactively mitigate the risk of a crash occurring. Examples of new and alternative technologies are lane departure warning systems and collision avoidance technologies, which incorporate sophisticated electronics and advanced software. According to The Freedonia Group, the value of safety and security electronics content globally is expected to grow (based on increasing production and increased content per vehicle) in excess of 13% CAGR from 2009 to 2014, a trend which favors suppliers with the ability to fulfill demand for these important components and systems.

Trend of Increased Fuel Efficiency and Reduced Emissions

OEMs also continue to focus on improving fuel efficiency and reducing emissions in order to meet increasingly stringent regulatory requirements in various markets. On a worldwide basis, the relevant authorities in the European Union, the United States, China, India, Japan, Brazil, South Korea and Argentina have already instituted regulations requiring further reductions in emissions and/or increased fuel economy through 2014. In many cases, the same authorities have initiated legislation that would further tighten the standards through 2020 and beyond. Based on proposed European legislation, we believe OEMs may be required to reduce fleet average CO 2 emissions for passenger cars by nearly 40% from 140 grams/kilometer, or approximately 39 miles/gallon, in 2008 to 85 grams/kilometer, or over 60 miles/gallon, by 2020. Based on the current regulatory environment, we believe that OEMs in other parts of the world, including the U.S. and China, will be subject to even greater reductions in CO 2 emissions from their current levels over the next ten years. These standards will require meaningful innovation as OEMs and suppliers are forced to find ways to improve thermal management, engine management, electrical power consumption, vehicle weight and integration of alternative powertrains (e.g., electric/hybrid engines). According to The Freedonia Group, the value (i.e., the absolute dollar amount of demand, which may grow based on vehicle sales, more content per vehicle and higher prices for content) of powertrain and emissions electronics systems content globally, including fuel injection systems and engine management systems, is expected to grow (based on increasing production and increased content per vehicle) in excess of 11% CAGR from 2009 to 2014. We expect that as the market for these products expands, we will have the opportunity to obtain proportional growth in prices and margins in these areas, subject to competitive market dynamics.

Trend Towards Connectivity

The technology content of vehicles continues to increase as consumers demand greater safety, personalization, infotainment, productivity and convenience while driving. The automotive industry is focused on developing technologies designed to seamlessly integrate the highly complex electronic world in which automotive consumers live in the cars they drive, so that time in a vehicle is more productive and enjoyable. Advanced technologies offering mobile voice and data communication, while minimizing driver distraction, such as those used in our mobile electronics products coupled with global positioning systems and in-vehicle infotainment will continue to grow in importance. These and other related products are leading to higher electronic content per vehicle. According to The Freedonia Group, the value of OEM-installed infotainment systems globally, including communication and navigation equipment, backup monitors and heads up displays, entertainment systems, and other comfort and convenience systems are expected to increase (based on increasing production and increased content per vehicle) at CAGRs of approximately 20%, 28%, 10%, and 14%, respectively, from 2009 to 2014.

 

99


Table of Contents

Standardization of Sourcing by OEMs

Many OEMs are adopting global vehicle platforms to increase standardization, reduce per unit cost and increase capital efficiency and profitability. As a result, OEMs are selecting suppliers that have the capability to manufacture products on a worldwide basis as well as the flexibility to adapt to regional variations. Suppliers with global scale and strong design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities, are best positioned to benefit from this trend. OEMs are also increasingly looking to their suppliers to simplify vehicle design and assembly processes to reduce costs. As a result, suppliers that sell vehicle components directly to manufacturers (Tier I suppliers) have assumed many of the design, engineering, research and development and assembly functions traditionally performed by vehicle manufacturers. Suppliers that can provide fully-engineered solutions, systems and pre-assembled combinations of component parts are positioned to leverage the trend toward system sourcing.

Shorter Product Development Cycles

As a result of government regulations and customer preferences, OEMs are requiring suppliers to respond faster with new designs and product innovations. While these trends are more prevalent in mature markets, the emerging markets are advancing rapidly towards the regulatory standards and consumer preferences of the more mature markets. Suppliers with strong technologies, robust global engineering and development capabilities will be best positioned to meet the OEM demands for rapid innovation.

Our Competitive Strengths

Global Market Leader

We are one of the world’s largest vehicle component manufacturers. We estimate that we hold the #1 or #2 position in product categories representing over 70% of our 2010 net sales, including electrical/electronic distribution systems, automotive connection systems, diesel engine management systems, and infotainment & driver interface. In addition, in 2010 our products were found in 17 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in the United States, in all of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in Europe and in 13 of the 20 top-selling vehicle models in China.

Product Portfolio Tied to the Key Industry Mega Trends

Our product offerings satisfy the OEMs’ need to meet increasingly stringent government regulations and fulfill consumer preferences for products that address the mega trends of Safe, Green and Connected, leading to increased content per vehicle, greater profitability and higher margins. With these offerings, we are well-positioned to capitalize on demand for increased safety, fuel efficiency, emissions control and connectivity to the global information network. There has been a substantial increase in vehicle content and electrification requiring a complex and reliable electrical architecture and systems to operate, such as hybrid power electronics, electrical vehicle monitoring, lane departure warning systems, integrated electronic displays, navigation systems and consumer electronics. Our ability to design a reliable electrical architecture that optimizes power distribution and/or consumption is key to satisfying the OEMs’ need to reduce emissions while continuing to meet the demands of consumers. Additionally, our Powertrain Systems and Thermal Systems segments are also focused on addressing the demand for increased fuel efficiency and emission control by controlling fuel consumption and heat dissipation, which are principal factors influencing fuel efficiency and emissions.

Global and Diverse Customer Base

Our customer base includes the 25 largest automotive OEMs in the world. Our long-standing relationships with both the leading global OEMs and regional OEMs position us to benefit from the cyclical recovery in North America and Europe and secular growth in emerging markets. Our six largest platforms in 2010 were with six different OEMs. Our top five customers are Daimler AG (“Daimler”), Ford Motor Company (“Ford”), General

 

100


Table of Contents

Motors Company (“GM”), PSA Peugeot Citroën (“Peugeot”) and Volkswagen Group (“VW”), collectively representing 49% of our 2010 revenue, with our largest customer representing only 21% of our 2010 revenue. We have further diversified our business by increasing our sales in the commercial vehicle market, which is typically on a different business cycle than the light vehicle market and now represents 8% of our 2010 net sales. In addition, approximately 8% of our sales are to the aftermarket.

We have substantially expanded our presence in emerging markets to enable us to capture the rapid growth principally in China, Brazil, India and Russia. Our presence in these countries will, for example, enable us to continue growing our market share among the regional automotive OEMs in these countries, including AVTOVAZ, Brilliance China, Changan, Chery, China FAW, Geely, Mahindra & Mahindra, Tata Motors and Ulyanovsk.

Global Manufacturing Footprint and Regional Service Model

We have a global manufacturing footprint and regional service model that enable us to efficiently and effectively operate from primarily low cost countries. We operate 110 manufacturing facilities and 14 major technical centers with a presence in 30 countries throughout the world. We have located these technical and manufacturing facilities in close proximity to our customers, enabling us to rapidly meet customer support requirements and satisfy regional variations in global vehicle platforms, while minimizing supply chain costs. Our global footprint enables us to serve the global OEMs on a worldwide basis along with gaining market share with the emerging market OEMs. This regional model has largely migrated to service the North American market out of Mexico, the South American market out of Brazil, the European market out of Eastern Europe and North Africa and the Asia Pacific market out of China.

Leading Supplier in the China Automotive Market

We have a strong presence in China, where we have operated for nearly 20 years. All of our business segments have operations and sales in China, where we employ approximately 21,000 people (including temporary workers), including approximately 2,800 scientists, engineers and technicians. Our strong engineering capabilities allow us to provide full product design and system integration to the regional OEMs. As a result, we have well-established relationships with all of the major automotive OEMs in China, including: Brilliance China, Changan, Chery, China FAW, Geely, Shanghai General Motors and Shanghai Volkswagen. We conduct our business through two wholly-owned subsidiaries and 12 majority controlled joint ventures. In support of our growing revenue, we anticipate these subsidiaries will expand their operations with the addition of four new manufacturing sites over the next two years. This legal entity structure gives us control over our strategy and operational activities in the region and results in consolidation of revenue and earnings in our financial statements. We generated approximately $1.8 billion in revenue from China in 2010. With only 21 of our 33 offered products currently locally manufactured, we believe we have the opportunity to expand additional product lines into China, and as a result, we see further growth potential.

Lean and Flexible Cost Structure

We have a world-class, lean manufacturing system that allows us to provide customers with quality products and just-in-time delivery at competitive costs. In 2010, we largely completed our restructuring activities, resulting in a lower fixed cost base, improved manufacturing footprint and reduced overhead. We dramatically reduced our U.S. and Western European footprints, realigned our selling, general and administrative cost structure and increased the variable nature of our employee base. As a result, 91% of our hourly workforce is located in low cost countries. Furthermore, we have substantial operational flexibility by leveraging a large workforce of temporary workers, which represented approximately 30% of the hourly workforce as of March 31, 2011. We are focused on maintaining a low fixed cost base to minimize our EBITDA breakeven, which we estimate to be 30% below the current production volumes, assuming constant product mix and based on 2010 results. We believe that our lean cost structure will allow us to remain profitable at all points of the traditional vehicle industry production cycle.

 

101


Table of Contents

World-Class Engineering Capabilities

Our history and culture of innovation have enabled us to develop significant intellectual property and design and development expertise to provide advanced technology solutions that meet the demands of our customers. We have a team of more than 16,000 scientists, engineers and technicians focused on developing leading product solutions for our key markets, located at 14 major technical centers in Brazil, China, France, Germany, India, Luxembourg, Mexico, Poland, South Korea and the United States. We invest approximately $1 billion annually in engineering to maintain our portfolio of innovative products, and currently own approximately 6,000 patents. We also encourage “open innovation” and collaborate extensively with peers in the industry, government agencies and academic institutions. Our technology competencies are recognized by both customers and government agencies, who have co-invested approximately $300 million of additional funds annually in new product development, increasing our total spend accordingly, accelerating the pace of innovation and reducing the risk associated with successful commercialization of technological breakthroughs. One example of co-investment is that we received an $89 million grant from the U.S. Department of Energy for reimbursement for up to 50% of the project costs associated with the development and manufacturing of power electronics related to electric and hybrid electric vehicles.

Our heritage includes the first factory installed radio, and we were a developer and designer of digital satellite radios, non-CFC refrigerant systems, high efficiency heat & mass exchangers, halogen free cables, dual mode electronically scanning radar, gas direct injection, power electronics & high voltage architectures for hybrid electric vehicles and electric vehicles. We have been recognized for our long history of innovation as a winner of the prestigious Automotive News PACE Award. The Automotive News PACE awards honor superior innovation, technological advancement and business performance in the automotive industry and is judged by an independent panel of industry experts. Over the past two years we have been a winner three times and over the 17-year history of the PACE awards, we have received more awards than any other automotive supplier. In 2010, we launched approximately 800 new product programs around the globe. Our future pipeline has promise in collision mitigation with auto braking, electric cam phasing, software defined radio, 2-step continuous variable valvetrain, ammonia and particulate sensors, high power density inverter switches for hybrid electric vehicles and other Safe, Green and Connected solutions.

Significant Operating Leverage Leading to Higher Margins

Our business model has generated strong margins. We believe our operating leverage will enable us to generate increased profitability from higher OEM production volumes, increased content per vehicle and new business wins, and our profitability has been increasing with these trends. We generated gross margins of 16.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2011 as compared to 14.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010, and EBITDA margins of 13.2% as compared to 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Segment EBITDA margins were greater than 10% in each of our operating segments for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Strong Cash Flow Generation and Balance Sheet

Our margins have also translated to strong cash flow generation. In 2010, we generated $781 million in cash flow before financing (which is defined as cash flows from operating activities and cash flows from investing activities (excluding investments in time deposits)). Furthermore, we have a strong balance sheet with gross debt of $2.5 billion and substantial liquidity of $2.5 billion as of March 31, 2011 (in each case after giving effect to the modification of our Credit Agreement and issuance of Senior Notes on May 17, 2011), and no significant U.S. defined benefit or OPEB liabilities. We intend to maintain strong financial discipline targeting industry-leading earnings growth, cash flow generation and return on invested capital and to maintain sufficient liquidity to sustain our financial flexibility throughout the industry cycle.

 

102


Table of Contents

Experienced Management Team

Our management team has significant experience, a deep understanding of the vehicle components industry and a firm focus on sustaining our leadership and financial strength. This team has been responsible for implementing the key operational restructuring initiatives that have positioned us for sustainable leadership in our industry with a strong and competitive financial profile. Key accomplishments since 2005 have included:

 

   

Aligning our portfolio with the mega trends—Safe, Green, and Connected—by reducing our business units from 27 to 10 and our product lines from 119 to 33;

 

   

Diversifying our geographic, product and customer mix, resulting in only 33% of our 2010 net sales generated in the North American market and 21% from our largest customer;

 

   

Reducing our cost structure by repositioning 91% of our hourly workforce in low cost countries; reducing our manufacturing space by 62%, or 42 million square feet; and reducing total headcount by approximately 27%;

 

   

Sustaining our commitment to innovation by investing approximately $1 billion annually in engineering; and

 

   

Generating a record level of business bookings, including $20 billion in 2010 and $6.6 billion in the first quarter of 2011.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to develop and manufacture innovative market-relevant products for a diverse base of customers around the globe and leverage our lean and flexible cost structure to achieve strong earnings growth and returns on invested capital. Through our culture of innovation and world class engineering capabilities we will continue to employ our rigorous, forward-looking product development process to deliver new technologies that provide solutions to OEMs.

Leverage Our Engineering and Technological Prowess

We will continue to leverage our strong product portfolio tied to the industry’s key mega trends with our global footprint to increase our revenues. We remain committed to sustaining our substantial annual investment in research and development to maintain and enhance our leadership in each of our product lines. We expect to introduce new products and customized solutions that enable OEMs to meet the increasing fuel economy and emissions regulations as well as consumer demand for increased connectivity and active safety features. We will continue to focus on identifying the next market trends that we believe will position us to capture new growth.

Capitalize on Our Scale, Global Footprint and Established Position in Emerging Markets

We intend to generate sustained growth by capitalizing on the breadth and scale of our operating capabilities, our global footprint that provides us the important proximity to our customers’ manufacturing facilities and allows us to serve them in every region of the world in which they operate, and our established presence in high growth emerging markets.

We are one of only a few vehicle component manufacturers with the resources and scale of operations to provide our customers with complete end-to-end systems solutions. From the development and design of innovative new products, to world class engineering, manufacturing and supply-chain management capabilities, we have significant resources that we use to help our customers meet the changing demands of the market. We have engineering and production capabilities in every major auto-producing market in the world, including North

 

103


Table of Contents

America, South America, Europe and Asia. As a result, we are able to capitalize on the global standardization of vehicle platforms by the largest OEMs, while adapting our products for regional variations and regional OEMs.

We continue to expand our significant presence in emerging markets, positioning us to benefit from the expected growth opportunities in these regions. We will accomplish this by capitalizing on our long-standing relationships with the global OEMs and further enhancing our positions with the emerging market OEMs, thereby continuing to expand our worldwide leadership. We will continue to build upon our extensive geographic reach to capitalize on the fast-growing automotive markets, particularly in China, Brazil, India and Russia. We believe that our presence in low cost countries positions us to realize incremental margin improvements as the global balance of automotive production shifts towards the emerging markets.

Leverage Our Lean and Flexible Cost Structure to Deliver Profitability and Cash Flow

We recognize the importance of maintaining a lean and flexible cost structure in order to deliver stable earnings and cash flow in a cyclical industry. We intend to focus on maximizing manufacturing output to meet increasing production requirements with minimal additions to our fixed-cost base. We will continue to utilize a meaningful amount of temporary workers to ensure we have the appropriate operational flexibility to scale our operations so that we maintain our profitability as industry production levels increase or contract.

Target the Right Business with the Right Customers

We are strategic in pursuing new business and customers. We conduct in-depth analysis of market share and product trends by region in order to prioritize research, development and engineering spend for the customers that we believe will be successful. We collaborate with these customers in our 14 major technical centers around the world to help develop innovative product solutions for their needs. As more OEMs design vehicles for global platforms, where the same vehicle architecture is shared among different regions, we are well suited to provide global design and engineering support while manufacturing these products for a specific regional market. In addition we are disciplined in our pursuit of new business to ensure that we earn appropriate returns on capital. We have a rigorous internal approval process that requires senior executive review and approval to ensure consistency with our strategic and financial goals.

Pursue Selected Acquisitions and Strategic Alliances

Acquisitions and strategic alliances represent an important element of our business strategy and we believe we have the financial flexibility to pursue these opportunities with our current capital structure and liquidity profile. We believe that there are opportunities to grow through acquisitions, given the trend by OEMs to source globally and from a smaller number of suppliers, and that strategic alliances will allow us to pursue new opportunities faster and with less risk and investment. We intend to pursue selected transactions that leverage our technology capabilities, enhance our customer base, geographic penetration and scale to complement our current businesses. These complementary opportunities will provide us with access to new technologies, expand our presence in existing markets and enable us to establish a presence in adjacent markets.

Our History and Structure

In October 2005, the former Delphi Corporation and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries (the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”). Collectively, the Debtors’ October 2005 filings are herein referred to as the “Chapter 11 Filings.” On July 30, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court approved modifications to the First Amended Joint Plan Of Reorganization Of Delphi Corporation And Certain Affiliates, Debtors And Debtors-In-Possession (As Modified) (the “Modified Plan”), which incorporated the MDA among the Predecessor, GM Component Holdings LLC, Motors Liquidation Company (“Old GM”), GM and DIP Holdco 3, LLC, for the sale and

 

104


Table of Contents

purchase of substantially all of the Predecessor’s businesses, and completed the emergence of the Predecessor from Chapter 11 in accordance with the Modified Plan. Through the Acquisition Date, the Debtors operated their businesses as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court. The Predecessor’s non-U.S. subsidiaries were not included in the Chapter 11 Filings, continued their business operations without supervision from the Bankruptcy Court and were not subject to the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code.

On August 19, 2009, Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership organized under the laws of England and Wales, was formed for the purpose of acquiring certain assets and subsidiaries of the Predecessor, as discussed below. At this time, three firms, GM and affiliates of Silver Point Capital and Elliott Management, agreed to take a controlling stake in Delphi Automotive LLP. These three equity holders had jointly established a plan to fund the restructuring of the business. As a part of this plan, these equityholders established a board of proven senior executives to assist the management team in the continued restructuring and repositioning of the business.

On the Acquisition Date, the Predecessor (i) consummated the transactions contemplated by the Modified Plan and (ii) exited Chapter 11 as DPH Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“DPHH”), except that two of the Predecessor’s debtor subsidiaries became subsidiaries of Delphi Automotive LLP. A summary of significant terms of the Modified Plan follows:

 

   

We acquired the businesses (other than the global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which the hourly employees are represented by the UAW) of the Predecessor pursuant to the MDA, and received $1,833 million from GM (of which $1,689 million was received on the Acquisition Date and $144 million was received during the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009), and $209 million, net from certain of the debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) lenders to the Predecessor (collectively, the “Acquisition”).

 

   

GM acquired substantially all of the Predecessor’s global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which the hourly employees were represented by the UAW.

 

   

The Predecessor’s debtor-in-possession financing was settled.

 

   

The Predecessor’s liabilities subject to compromise were extinguished.

 

   

If cumulative distributions to the members of Delphi Automotive LLP under certain provisions of our limited liability partnership agreement exceed $7.2 billion, we, as disbursing agent on behalf of DPHH, are required to pay to the holders of allowed general unsecured claims against the Predecessor, $32.50 for every $67.50 in excess of $7.2 billion distributed to the members, up to a maximum of $300 million.

 

   

The Predecessor’s equity holders did not receive recoveries on their claims.

As a result of the Acquisition, we acquired the major portion of the business of the Predecessor and this business constituted the entirety of the operations of the Successor. We also issued membership interests to a group of investors consisting of lenders to the Predecessor, GM and the PBGC.

On May 19, 2011, Delphi Automotive PLC, a Jersey public limited company, was formed. Delphi Automotive PLC has nominal assets and no liabilities and has conducted no operations prior to completion of this offering. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, it will acquire all of the outstanding units of Delphi Automotive LLP from its existing unit holders in exchange for ordinary shares and, as a result, Delphi Automotive LLP will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delphi Automotive PLC.

 

105


Table of Contents

Products

Our organizational structure and management reporting support the management of these core product lines.

Electrical/Electronic Architecture.   This segment offers complete Electrical/Electronic Architectures for our customer-specific needs that help reduce production cost, weight and mass, and improve reliability and ease of assembly.

 

   

High quality connectors are engineered primarily for use in the automotive and related markets, but also have applications in the aerospace, military and telematics sectors.

 

   

Electrical centers provide centralized electrical power and signal distribution and all of the associated circuit protection and switching devices, thereby optimizing the overall vehicle electrical system.

 

   

Distribution systems are integrated into one optimized vehicle electrical system that can utilize smaller cable and gauge sizes and ultra-thin wall insulation (which product line makes up approximately 35% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010).

Powertrain Systems .  This segment offers high quality products for complete engine management systems (“EMS”) and other products to help optimize performance, emissions and fuel economy.

 

   

The gasoline EMS portfolio features fuel injection and air/fuel control, valvetrain, ignition, sensors and actuators, transmission control products, and powertrain electronic control modules with software, algorithms and calibration.

 

   

The diesel EMS product line offers high quality common rail system technologies.

 

   

The Powertrain Systems segment also supplies integrated fuel handling systems for gasoline, diesel, flexfuel and biofuel configurations, and innovative evaporative emissions systems that are recognized as industry-leading technologies.

We also include diesel and automotive aftermarket and original equipment service in the Powertrain Systems segment.

Electronics and Safety .  This segment offers a wide range of electronic and safety equipment in the areas of controls, security, entertainment, communications, safety systems and power electronics.

 

   

Electronic controls products primarily consist of body computers and security systems.

 

   

Infotainment and driver interface portfolio primarily consists of receivers, advanced reception systems, digital receivers, satellite audio receivers, navigation systems, displays and mechatronics.

 

   

Safety electronics primarily includes occupant detection systems, collision warning systems, advanced cruise control technologies and collision sensing.

 

   

Electric and hybrid electric vehicle power electronics comprises power modules, inverters and converters and battery packs.

Thermal Systems .  This segment offers energy efficient thermal system and component solutions for the automotive market and continues to develop applications for the non-automotive market. Our Automotive Thermal Products are designed to meet customers’ needs for powertrain thermal management and cabin thermal comfort (climate control).

 

   

Main powertrain cooling products include condenser, radiator, fan module and charge air cooling heat exchangers assemblies.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Climate control portfolio includes HVAC modules, with evaporator and heater core components, compressors and controls.

Competition

Although the overall number of our top competitors has decreased due to ongoing industry consolidation, the automotive parts industry remains extremely competitive. OEMs rigorously evaluate suppliers on the basis of product quality, price competitiveness, reliability and timeliness of delivery, product design capability, technical expertise and development capability, new product innovation, financial viability, application of lean principles, operational flexibility, customer service and overall management. In addition, our customers generally require that we demonstrate improved efficiencies, through cost reductions and/or price improvement, on a year-over-year basis.

Our competitors in each of our operating segments are as follows:

Segment

  

Competitors

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

  

•    FCI SA

 

•    Lear Corporation

 

•    Leoni AG

 

•    Molex Inc.

 

•    TE Connectivity, Ltd. (formerly Tyco International, Ltd.)

 

•    Sumitomo Corporation

 

•    Yazaki Corporation

Powertrain Systems

  

•    BorgWarner Inc.

 

•    Bosch Group

 

•    Continental AG

 

•    Denso Corporation

 

•    Hitachi, Ltd.

 

•    Magneti Marelli S.p.A.

Electronics and Safety

  

•    Aisin Seiki Co., Ltd.

 

•    Autoliv AB

 

•    Bosch Group

 

•    Continental AG

 

•    Denso Corporation

 

•    Harman International Industries

 

•    Panasonic Corporation

Thermal Systems

  

•    Denso Corporation

 

•    MAHLE Behr Industry

 

•    Sanden Corporation

 

•    Valeo Inc.

 

•    Visteon Corporation

 

107


Table of Contents

Customers

We sell our products and services to the major global OEMs in every region of the world. We also sell our products to the worldwide aftermarket for replacement parts, including the aftermarket operations of our OEM customers and to other distributors and retailers. The following table provides the percentage of net sales to our largest customers for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Customer

   % of our
    revenue    
 

General Motors Company

     21

Ford Motor Company

     9

Volkswagen Group

     8

Daimler AG

     6

PSA Peugeot Citroën

     5

Renault S.A.

     4

Shanghai General Motors Company Limited

     4

Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.

     3

Hyundai Kia Automotive Group

     3

Toyota Motor Corporation

     3

GM, including its subsidiaries and affiliates, is our largest customer, representing 21% of our revenue for the year ending December 31, 2010.

Supply Relationships with Our Customers

We typically supply products to our OEM customers through purchase orders, which are generally governed by general terms and conditions established by each OEM. Although the terms and conditions vary from customer to customer, they typically contemplate a relationship under which our customers place orders for their requirements of specific components supplied for particular vehicles. These relationships typically extend over the life of the related vehicle. Prices are negotiated with respect to each purchase order, which may be subject to adjustments under certain circumstances, such as cost reductions achieved by us and generally decrease over the term of the supply relationship. In most instances our OEM customers agree to purchase their requirements for specific products but are not required to purchase any minimum amount of products from us. The terms and conditions typically provide that we are subject to a warranty on the products supplied; in most cases, the duration of such warranty is coterminous with the warranty offered by the OEM to the end-user of the vehicle. We may also be subject to share in all or a part of recall costs if the OEM recalls its vehicles for defects attributable to our products.

Individual purchase orders are terminable for cause or non-performance and, in most cases, upon our insolvency and certain change of control events. In addition, many of our OEM customers have the option to terminate for convenience, which permits our customers to impose pressure on pricing during the life of the vehicle program, and have the ability to issue purchase contracts for less than the duration of the vehicle program, which potentially reduces our profit margins and increases the risk of our losing future sales under those purchase contracts. Additionally, our largest customer, GM, expressly reserves a right to terminate for competitiveness on certain of our long-term supply contracts. We manufacture and ship based on customer release schedules, normally provided on a weekly basis, which can vary due to cyclical automobile production or dealer inventory levels. For a further description of our commercial agreements with GM, please see “Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Although customer programs typically extend to future periods, and although there is an expectation that we will supply certain levels of OEM production during such future periods, customer agreements including applicable terms and conditions do not necessarily constitute firm orders. Firm orders are generally limited to

 

108


Table of Contents

specific and authorized customer purchase order releases placed with our manufacturing and distribution centers for actual production and order fulfillment. Firm orders are typically fulfilled as promptly as possible from the conversion of available raw materials, sub-components and work-in-process inventory for OEM orders and from current on-hand finished goods inventory for aftermarket orders. The dollar amount of such purchase order releases on hand and not processed at any point in time is not believed to be significant based upon the timeframe involved.

Our Global Operations

Information concerning principal geographic areas for our continuing operations is set forth below. Net sales data reflects the manufacturing location for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008. Net property data is as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31, 2010
     Period from
August 19 to December 31,
2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
       Net sales        Net
  property(1)  
     Net sales      Net
  property(1)  
           Net sales        Net sales        Net
  property(1)  
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

United States

   $ 4,529       $ 417       $ 1,083       $ 430           $ 3,107       $ 6,994       $ 1,144   

Other North America

     76         134         16         109             24         63         252   

Europe, Middle East & Africa (2)

     5,892         1,045         1,448         1,047             3,330         6,950         1,388   

Asia Pacific

     2,177         325         590         272             1,223         1,747         386   

South America

     1,143         146         284         102             650         1,054         129   
                                                                  

Total

   $     13,817       $ 2,067       $     3,421       $ 1,960           $ 8,334       $     16,808       $ 3,299   
                                                                  

 

(1) Net property data represents property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation.

 

(2) Includes our country of domicile, Jersey, and the country of our principal executive offices, the United Kingdom. We had no sales in Jersey in any period. We had net sales of $690 million, $159 million, $394 million and $1,047 million in the United Kingdom for the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 respectively. We had net property in the United Kingdom of $137 million, $141 million and $171 million as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

We maintain technical engineering centers in major regions of the world to develop and provide advanced products, processes and manufacturing support for all of our manufacturing sites, and to provide our customers with local engineering capabilities and design development on a global basis. As of March 31, 2011, we employed over 16,000 engineers, scientists and technicians around the world. Expenditures for research and development activities, which consists of engineering, were approximately $1.0 billion, $0.3 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Each year we share some engineering expenses with OEMs and government agencies. While this amount varies from year-to-year, it is generally in the range of 20% to 25% of engineering expenses.

We believe that our engineering and technical expertise, together with our emphasis on continuing research and development, allow us to use the latest technologies, materials and processes to solve problems for our customers and to bring new, innovative products to market. We believe that continued engineering activities are critical to maintaining our pipeline of technologically advanced products. Given our strong financial discipline, we seek to effectively manage fixed costs and efficiently rationalize capital spending by critically evaluating the profit potential of new and existing customer programs, including investment in innovation and technology. We

 

109


Table of Contents

maintain our engineering activities around our focused product portfolio and allocate our capital and resources to those products with distinctive technologies. We expect expenditures for engineering activities to be approximately $1.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011.

We maintain a large portfolio of patents in the operation of our business. While no individual patent or group of patents, taken alone, is considered material to our business, taken in the aggregate, these patents provide meaningful protection for our products and technical innovations. Similarly, while our trademarks (particularly those protecting the Delphi brand) are important to identify our position in the industry, we do not believe that any of these are individually material to our business. We are actively pursuing marketing opportunities to commercialize and license our technology to both automotive and non-automotive industries and we have selectively taken licenses from others to support our business interests. These activities foster optimization of our use of intellectual property rights.

Materials

We procure our raw materials from a variety of suppliers around the world. Generally, we seek to obtain materials in the region in which our products are manufactured in order to minimize transportation and other costs. The most significant raw materials we use to manufacture our products include aluminum, copper and resins. As of March 31, 2011, we have not experienced any significant shortages of raw materials and normally do not carry inventories of such raw materials in excess of those reasonably required to meet our production and shipping schedules.

Commodity cost volatility, most notably related to copper, aluminum, petroleum-based resin products and fuel is a challenge for us and our industry. We are continually seeking to manage these and other material-related cost pressures using a combination of strategies, including working with our suppliers to mitigate costs, seeking alternative product designs and material specifications, combining our purchase requirements with our customers and/or suppliers, changing suppliers, hedging of certain commodities and other means. In the case of copper, which primarily affects our Electrical/Electronic Architecture segment, and aluminum, which primarily affects our Thermal segment, contract escalation clauses have enabled us to pass on some of the price increases to our customers and thereby partially offset the impact of increased commodity costs on operating income for the related products. However, other than in the case of copper and aluminum, our overall success in passing commodity cost increases on to our customers has been limited. We will continue and increase our efforts to pass market-driven commodity cost increases to our customers in an effort to mitigate all or some of the adverse earnings impacts, including by seeking to renegotiate terms as contracts with our customers expire.

Seasonality

Our business is moderately seasonal, as our primary North American customers historically halt operations for approximately two weeks in July and approximately one week in December. Our European customers generally reduce production during the months of July and August and for one week in December. In addition, automotive production is traditionally reduced in the months of July, August and September due to the launch of parts production for new vehicle models. Accordingly, our results reflect this seasonality.

Employees

As of March 31, 2011, we employed approximately 101,000 people (5,000 in the U.S., and 96,000 outside of the U.S.): 23,000 salaried employees and 78,000 hourly employees. Our represented employees are represented worldwide by numerous unions and works councils, including the IUE-CWA, the United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union and its Local Union 87L (together, the “USW”), and Confederacion De Trabajadores Mexicanos. In the U.S., our employees are represented by only the IUE-CWA and the USW, with which we have competitive wage and benefit packages. We no longer have any employees represented by the UAW.

 

110


Table of Contents

Environmental Compliance

We are subject to the requirements of U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S., environmental and safety and health laws and regulations. These include laws regulating air emissions, water discharge, hazardous materials and waste management. We have an environmental management structure designed to facilitate and support our compliance with these requirements globally. Although it is our intent to comply with all such requirements and regulations, we cannot provide assurance that we are at all times in compliance. Environmental requirements are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Accordingly, we cannot assure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that our eventual environmental costs and liabilities will not be material.

Certain environmental laws assess liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous substances. In addition to clean-up actions brought by U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. agencies, plaintiffs could raise personal injury or other private claims due to the presence of hazardous substances on or from a property. We are currently in the process of investigating and cleaning up some of our current or former sites. In addition, there may be soil or groundwater contamination at several of our properties resulting from historical, ongoing or nearby activities.

At March 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the reserve for environmental investigation and remediation was approximately $24 million, $23 million and $21 million, respectively, of which $7 million, $8 million and $5 million, respectively, related to sites within the U.S. We cannot ensure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that our eventual environmental remediation costs and liabilities will not exceed the amount of our current reserves. In the event that such liabilities were to significantly exceed the amounts recorded, our results of operations could be materially affected.

Properties

As of March 31, 2011, we owned or leased 110 manufacturing locations and 14 major technical centers located with a presence in 30 countries. A manufacturing location may include multiple plants and may be wholly or partially owned or leased. We also have many smaller manufacturing locations, sales offices, warehouses, engineering centers, joint ventures and other investments strategically located throughout the world. The following table shows the regional distribution of our manufacturing locations by the operating segment that uses such facilities:

 

    North
  America  
      Europe,  
Middle East
& Africa
    Asia
  Pacific  
    South
  America  
    Total  

Electronics and Safety

    3        10        2        1        16   

Powertrain Systems

    4        10        5        2        21   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

    24        18        11        6        59   

Thermal Systems

    5        4        4        1        14   
                                       

Total

    36        42        22        10        110   
                                       

In addition to these manufacturing locations, we had 14 major technical centers: five in North America; four in Europe, Middle East and Africa; four in Asia Pacific; and one in South America.

Of our 110 manufacturing locations and 14 major technical centers, which include facilities owned or leased by our consolidated subsidiaries, 68 are primarily owned and 56 are primarily leased.

Our world headquarters for operations is located in Troy, Michigan. We also maintain regional headquarters in Sao Paulo, Brazil; Shanghai, China; and Bascharage, Luxembourg.

 

111


Table of Contents

We frequently review our real estate portfolio and develop footprint strategies to support our customers’ global plans, while at the same time supporting our technical needs and controlling operating expenses. We believe our evolving portfolio will meet current and anticipated future needs.

Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to our business, including those arising out of alleged defects, breach of contracts, product warranties, intellectual property matters, and employment-related matters. It is our opinion that the outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. With respect to warranty matters, although we cannot ensure that the future costs of warranty claims by customers will not be material, we believe our established reserves are adequate to cover potential warranty settlements. However, the final amounts required to resolve these matters could differ materially from our recorded estimates.

GM Warranty Settlement Agreement

In 2007, the Predecessor reached a tentative agreement with Old GM to resolve certain known warranty matters and the Court authorized the Predecessor to enter into a Warranty, Settlement, and Release Agreement (the “Warranty Settlement Agreement”) with Old GM resolving these warranty matters. Under the terms of the Warranty Settlement Agreement, the Predecessor agreed to pay Old GM up to an estimated $199 million, comprised of approximately $127 million to be paid in cash over time as noted below, and up to approximately $72 million to be paid in the form of delivery of replacement product.

In conjunction with overall negotiations regarding potential amendments to the plan of reorganization to enable the Predecessor to emerge from chapter 11, including discussions regarding support assisting the Predecessor in remaining compliant with the global operating Adjusted EBITDA covenants in its Amended and Restated DIP Credit Facility, Old GM agreed, on July 31, 2008, to forgive certain of the cash amounts due under the Warranty Settlement Agreement. As a result, the Predecessor recorded the extinguishment of this liability as a reduction of warranty expense in 2008, of which $56 million was included in cost of sales, which had a corresponding favorable impact on operating income, and $56 million was included in discontinued operations. We assumed the Warranty Settlement Agreement in connection with the Acquisition. The remaining exposure is not significant as of March 31, 2011.

Other Warranty Matters

In 2009, we received information regarding potential warranty claims related to certain components supplied by our Powertrain segment. In March 2011, we reached a settlement with our customer related to this matter. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, we recognized an unusual warranty expense in cost of sales of approximately $76 million as a result of the settlement agreement. In April 2011, Delphi made a payment of €90 million (approximately $133 million at April 30, 2011 exchange rates) related to this matter.

Brazil Matters

We conduct significant business operations in Brazil, which are subject to the Brazilian federal, state and local labor, social security, environmental, tax and customs laws. While we believe we comply with such laws, they are complex, subject to varying interpretations, and we are often engaged in litigation regarding the application of these laws to particular circumstances. In addition, we are also a party to commercial and labor litigation with private parties. As of March 31, 2011, related claims totaling approximately $250 million have been asserted against us in Brazil. As of March 31, 2011, we maintain accruals for these asserted claims that are substantially less than the amount of the claims asserted. The amounts accrued represent claims that are deemed probable of loss and are reasonably estimable based on our analyses and assessment of the asserted claims and prior experience with similar matters. While we believe our accruals are adequate, the final amounts required to resolve these matters could differ materially from our recorded estimates and our results of operations could be materially affected.

 

112


Table of Contents

Romania Value Added Tax (“VAT”) Assessment

During the first quarter of 2010, as a result of a tax audit for years 2006–2008, we received a tax assessment from the Romanian tax authorities in the amount of approximately $42 million based on the taxing authority’s assessment that we underpaid our VAT (mostly on export sales) by approximately $24 million and owe accrued interest and penalties of $18 million. We filed an appeal contesting the assessment and in October 2010, the Romanian tax authorities substantially reduced the amount of the assessment and decided to re-audit us. As of March 31, 2011, we maintain a reserve for this contingency that is substantially less than the amount of the initial assessment. While we believe our reserve is adequate, the final amounts required to resolve this initial assessment could differ materially from our recorded estimate.

 

113


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors

The name, age (as of April 30, 2011) and other positions with us, if any, of each person expected to be a member of our Board of Directors upon closing of the offering are listed below. Each member of our Board of Directors is currently a member of Delphi Automotive LLP’s Board of Managers, and information below as to each member’s tenure on our board reflects their tenure on Delphi Automotive LLP’s board. Each directors’s address for the purposes of any communication is the address of our principal executive offices, which are located at Courtney Road, Hoath Way, Gillingham, Kent ME8 0RU, United Kingdom.

 

Name

       Age         

Position

John A. Krol

     74       Chairman

Gary L. Cowger

     64       Director

Nicholas M. Donofrio

     65       Director

Mark P. Frissora

     55       Director

Rajiv L. Gupta

     65       Director

J. Randall MacDonald

     62       Director

Sean O. Mahoney

     48       Director

Michael McNamara

     54       Director

Rodney O’Neal

     57       Director; Chief Executive Officer and President

Thomas W. Sidlik

     61       Director

Bernd Wiedemann

     68       Director

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

     68       Director

The members of the Board of Directors were selected as members of the Board of Managers of Delphi Automotive LLP based on a defined set of skills and backgrounds that were identified as critical for the Company at the time. The skills and experiences identified were automotive and non-automotive backgrounds, and strong operational, strategic, financial, technical, human capital management, and corporate governance experience.

Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of each of the members of the Board of Directors.

John A. Krol has been Chairman since 2009. He is the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company. Following four years of service in the U.S. Navy, he joined Du Pont as a chemist and, following sales, marketing, manufacturing, and senior business management positions, was appointed Vice Chairman of the company in 1992, CEO in 1995, then Chairman and CEO, retiring in December 1998. Subsequently, he has served on numerous corporate boards, including J.P. Morgan, MeadWestvaco, Milliken Company, and advisory boards of Bechtel Corporation and Teijin Ltd. Mr. Krol received a B.S. and M.S. degree in chemistry from Tufts University. Mr. Krol’s wide-ranging leadership experience, including as Chairman and CEO of a global public company and numerous board and chairman assignments, brings to the Board of Directors extensive expertise in corporate governance, as well as significant operational and strategic expertise, financial management, and strategic development.

Other Directorships: Tyco International Ltd., ACE, Ltd. and Chairman of Pacolet-Milliken Enterprises, Inc.

Gary L. Cowger has been a Director since November 2009. He retired as Group Vice President of Global Manufacturing and Labor Relations for General Motors in December 2009, a position which he held since April 2005. Mr. Cowger began his career with GM in 1965 and held a range of senior leadership positions in business and operations in several countries, including President of GM North America, Chairman and Managing

 

114


Table of Contents

Director, Opel, AG, and President of GM de Mexico. In 2006, he was elected to the National Academy of Engineering and currently serves as Co-Chair of the Martin Luther King Memorial Foundation’s executive Leadership Cabinet. He is Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Kettering University and on the Board of Trustees of the Center for Creative Studies. Through his extensive experience in the automotive industry across global markets, Mr. Cowger provides industry and operational expertise and strengthens the Board’s global perspective.

Nicholas M. Donofrio has been a Director since December 2009. He retired as Executive Vice President, Innovation & Technology at International Business Machines Corporation in October 2008. Mr. Donofrio began his career at IBM in 1964, and worked at the company for more than 40 years in various positions of increasing responsibility, including Division Director; Divisional Vice President for Advanced Workstations; General Manager, Large Scale Computing Division; and Senior Vice President, Technology & Manufacturing. Mr. Donofrio earned a B.S. from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and holds a Master’s degree from Syracuse University. Mr. Donofrio brings to the Board of Directors executive management skills and significant technological expertise.

Other Directorships: Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. and Bank of New York Mellon Corporation

Mark P. Frissora has been a Director since December 2009. He is Chairman and CEO of Hertz Global Holdings, Inc. Prior to joining Hertz in 2006, Mr. Frissora served as Chairman and CEO of Tenneco, Inc. from 2000. Mr. Frissora previously served for five years as a Vice President at Aeroquip-Vickers Corporation. From 1987 to 1991, he held various management positions at Philips N.V., including Director of Marketing and Director of Sales. Prior to Philips, he worked for ten years at General Electric Co. in brand management, marketing and sales. Mr. Frissora holds a B.A. degree from The Ohio State University and has completed advanced studies at both the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School and the Thunderbird International School of Management. Mr. Frissora contributes expertise in automotive operations, product development, marketing and sales. As the Chairman and CEO of a global public company, Mr. Frissora also contributes leadership and strategic and financial management skills.

Other Directorships: Walgreen Co., Hertz Global Holdings and NCR Corporation (2002-2009)

Rajiv L. Gupta has been a Director since November 2009. He is former Chairman and CEO of Rohm and Haas Company, which position he held from October 1999 to March 2009. Mr. Gupta began his career at Rohm and Haas in 1971 and served in a broad range of global operations and financial leadership roles. Mr. Gupta received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, a M.S. in Operations Research from Cornell University and an MBA in Finance from Drexel University. Mr. Gupta’s educational and professional experience, including as Chairman and CEO of a global public company and other board assignments, enable him to contribute his expertise in corporate leadership, strategic analysis, operations, and executive compensation matters.

Other Directorships: Hewlett Packard, Tyco International Ltd. and The Vanguard Group, Inc.

J. Randall MacDonald has been a Director since November 2009. He is Senior Vice President, Human Resources at IBM. From 1983 to 2000, prior to joining IBM, Mr. MacDonald held a variety of senior positions at GTE, including Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Administration. He also has held senior leadership assignments at Ingersoll-Rand Company, Inc. and Sterling Drug. Mr. MacDonald is a former board member of Covance, Inc., a global drug services company. He earned both undergraduate and graduate degrees from St. Francis University. Through Mr. MacDonald’s many years of senior leadership in the field, he is able to provide expertise in global human resources management and leadership assessment and development.

Sean O. Mahoney has been a Director since November 2009. He is a private investor with over two decades of experience in investment banking and finance. Mr. Mahoney spent 17 years in investment banking at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he was a partner and head of the Financial Sponsors Group, followed by four

 

115


Table of Contents

years at Deutsche Bank Securities, where he served as Vice Chairman, Global Banking. During his banking career, Mr. Mahoney acted as an advisor to companies across a broad range of industries and product areas. He earned his undergraduate degree from the University of Chicago and his graduate degree from Oxford University, where he was a Rhodes Scholar. Through his experience in investment banking and finance, Mr. Mahoney provides the Board of Directors with expertise in financial and business strategy, capital markets, financing, and mergers and acquisitions.

Michael McNamara has been a Director since November 2009. He is CEO of Flextronics International Ltd. Mr. McNamara has served as Flextronics’s CEO since 2006, and previously was the company’s Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Flextronics, he was President and CEO of Relevant Industries, which was acquired by Flextronics in 1994. Mr. McNamara holds a B.S. degree from the University of Cincinnati and an MBA from Santa Clara University. As a result of his experience as the CEO of a global technology manufacturer, Mr. McNamara provides leadership experience as well as expertise in the electronics industry and global supply chain management.

Other Directorships: Flextronics International Ltd. and MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc.

Rodney O’Neal has been a Director as of May 2011. Mr. O’Neal also serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and became President and Chief Executive Officer of Delphi Automotive LLP effective October 6, 2009. Mr. O’Neal was President and Chief Executive Officer of Old Delphi from January 2007. He was President and Chief Operating Officer of Old Delphi from January 1, 2005. Prior to that position, Mr. O’Neal served as President of Old Delphi’s former Dynamics, Propulsion and Thermal sector from January 2003 and as Executive Vice President and President of Old Delphi’s former Safety, Thermal and Electrical Architecture sector from January 2000. Previously, he had been Vice President and President of Delphi Interior Systems since November 1998 and General Manager of the former Delphi Interior & Lighting Systems since May 1997. Mr. O’Neal earned a B.S. from Kettering University and a Master’s Degree from Stanford University. Through his 40 years of experience at Delphi and its predecessor companies, Mr. O’Neal brings extensive management and industry expertise and a comprehensive understanding of Delphi’s business and operations.

Other Directorships: Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company and Sprint Nextel Corporation.

Thomas W. Sidlik has been a Director since December 2009. In 2007, he retired from the DaimlerChrysler AG Board of Management in Germany after a 34 year career in the automotive industry. He previously served as Chairman and CEO of Chrysler Financial Corporation, Chairman of the Michigan Minority Business Development Council, and Vice-Chairman of the National Minority Supplier Development Council in New York. He serves on the Board of Eastern Michigan University, where he has been Vice-Chairman and Chairman of the Board. He received a B.S. from New York University and an MBA from the University of Chicago. Mr. Sidlik’s experience on the board of a global automaker provides the Board of Directors with significant industry, management, and strategic expertise, as well as his comprehensive understanding of the issues of diversity in the corporate environment.

Bernd Wiedemann has been a Director since April 2010. He is Senior Advisor at IAV GmbH, a leading provider of engineering services to the automotive industry based in Germany. Mr. Wiedemann joined IAV after retiring from Volkswagen AG and is former Chief Executive Officer, Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles and Truck Division in Wolfsburg, Germany. A 37-year employee of Volkswagen, Mr. Wiedemann held senior executive positions including Executive Vice President, Volkswagen, South America (1994-1995); Executive Vice President, Autolatina (1992-1994) and Director, Passenger Car and Commercial Vehicle Development (1989-1992). Mr. Wiedemann received a Master’s degree from the Hannover Technical University, a doctorate from Brandenburg Technical University and is a professor at the Berlin Institute of Technology. Mr. Wiedemann’s extensive engineering expertise and his global OEM management experience enable him to provide engineering, product development, industry, and leadership expertise to the Board of Directors.

 

116


Table of Contents

Lawrence A. Zimmerman has been a Director since November 2009. He is the former Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Xerox Corporation, a position he held from June 2002 until April 2011. He joined Xerox as CFO in 2002 after retiring from IBM. A 31-year employee of IBM, Mr. Zimmerman held senior executive positions including Vice President of Finance for IBM’s Europe, Middle East and Africa operations, and Corporate Controller. Mr. Zimmerman received a B.S. in finance from New York University in 1965 and an MBA from Adelphi University in 1967. Mr. Zimmerman brings to the Board of Directors significant experience leading the finance organization of a large global company, and contributes financial, risk management, and strategy expertise.

Other Directorships: Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Brunswick Corporation.

Executive Officers

The name, age (as of April 30, 2011), current positions and a description of the business experience of each of our executive officers are listed below. There are no family relationships among the executive officers or between any executive officer and a director. Our executive officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors and hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Each of our executive officers is also an executive officer of Delphi Automotive LLP.

 

Name

       Age         

Position(s)

Rodney O’Neal

     57       Chief Executive Officer & President; Director

Kevin P. Clark

     49       Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Kevin M. Butler

     55       Vice President, Human Resource Management and Global Business Services

James A. Bertrand

     53       Vice President & President, Thermal Systems

Francisco A. Ordoñez

     60       Vice President & President, Delphi Product & Service Solutions

Jeffrey J. Owens

     56       Vice President & President, Electronics and Safety

Ronald M. Pirtle

     56       Vice President & President, Powertrain Systems & President, Delphi Europe, Middle East & Africa

David M. Sherbin

     51       Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer

James A. Spencer

     58       Vice President & President, Electrical/Electronic Architecture & President, Latin America

Mr. O’Neal – see “—Board of Directors” above.

Mr. Clark was named vice president and chief financial officer of Delphi Automotive LLP, effective July 2010. Previously, Mr. Clark was most recently a founding partner of Liberty Lane Partners, LLC, a private-equity investment firm focused on building and improving middle-market companies. Prior to that, Mr. Clark served as the chief financial officer of Fisher Scientific International Inc., a manufacturer, distributor and service provider to the global healthcare market. Mr. Clark served as Fisher-Scientific’s chief financial officer from the company’s initial public offering in 2001 through the completion of its merger with Thermo Electron Corporation in 2006. Prior to becoming chief financial officer, Mr. Clark served as Fisher-Scientific’s corporate controller and treasurer.

Mr. Butler was named vice president, human resource management and global business services of Delphi Automotive LLP, effective November 2009. Previously, Mr. Butler became vice president, human resources management and an officer of Old Delphi in 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Butler was general director of human resources at Delphi Delco Electronics Systems since 1997.

Mr. Bertrand was named vice president of Delphi Automotive LLP and president of Delphi Thermal Systems, effective October 6, 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Bertrand was vice president of Old Delphi and president of

 

117


Table of Contents

Delphi Automotive Holdings Group Division since January 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Bertrand served a dual role beginning in January 2003 as president of Delphi Automotive Holdings Group Division and president of Old Delphi’s former Safety & Interior Systems Division, to which he was named president in January 2000. Mr. Bertrand has been a vice president of Delphi since 1998.

Mr. Ordoñez was named vice president of Delphi Automotive LLP and president of Delphi Product and Service Solutions, effective October 6, 2009. Previously, Mr. Ordoñez was vice president of Old Delphi and president of Delphi Product and Service Solutions effective March 2002. He served as finance manager for GM España from 1981 to 1984 and as finance director of Delphi’s Interiors and Lighting business in the early 1990s. He was named general manager of Product and Service Solutions in October 1999.

Mr. Owens was named vice president of Delphi Automotive LLP and president of Delphi Electronics & Safety Division, effective October 6, 2009. Previously Mr. Owens was vice president of Old Delphi and president of Delphi Electronics & Safety Division effective September 2001. He also served as president for Delphi Asia Pacific from 2006 to 2009. Previously, Mr. Owens served as general director of Business Line Management, effective October 2000.

Mr. Pirtle was named president of Delphi Powertrain Systems and president for Delphi Europe, Middle East & Africa effective October 6, 2009. Previously, Mr. Pirtle served as vice president of Old Delphi and president of Delphi Powertrain Systems and president for Delphi Europe, Middle East and Africa effective May 1, 2008. Previously, he served as president of Delphi Thermal Systems Division effective July 2006 and as president of the former Delphi Thermal & Interior Division, effective January 2004. Prior to that, he had been president of the former Delphi Harrison Thermal Systems Division from November 1998. He has been a vice president of Delphi since 1998.

Mr. Sherbin was named vice president, general counsel, secretary and chief compliance officer for Delphi Automotive LLP, effective October 6, 2009. Previously, Mr. Sherbin was vice president, general counsel for Old Delphi effective October 2005. He was appointed chief compliance officer in January 2006. Previously, Mr. Sherbin was vice president, general counsel and secretary for Pulte Homes, Inc., a national homebuilder, from January 2005 through September 2005. Mr. Sherbin joined Federal-Mogul Corporation, a global automotive supplier in 1997 and was named vice president, general counsel, secretary and chief compliance officer in 2003.

Mr. Spencer was named vice president of Delphi Automotive LLP and president of Delphi Electrical/Electronic Architecture Division effective October 6, 2009. Previously, Mr. Spencer was President of Delphi Asia Pacific from 1999-2000. Mr. Spencer was vice president of Old Delphi and president of Delphi Electrical/Electronic Architecture Division, formerly Packard Electric Systems Division, since 1999. He also has served as president for Delphi Latin America effective July 2006.

Board Composition

As of May 19, 2011, our Board of Directors consisted of two directors, Messrs. Clark and Sherbin. Both are expected to resign prior to this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board of Directors will consist of 12 directors. Our amended Articles of Association will provide that our Board of Directors will consist of no less than             or more than             persons. The exact number of members on our board of directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of our full Board of Directors. Our amended Articles of Association will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, with one class being elected each year. Each director will serve a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. Messrs.             ,             ,              and              will serve initially as Class I directors (with a term expiring in 2012). Messrs.             ,             ,              and              will serve initially as Class II directors (with a term expiring in 2013). Messrs.             ,             ,              and              will serve initially as Class III

 

118


Table of Contents

directors (with a term expiring in 2014). Delphi Automotive PLC will hold a significant number of board meetings in the U.K., such that the Company should be regarded as managed and controlled in the U.K. for tax purposes.

Each of the members of the Board of Directors, other than Mr. O’Neal, qualifies as “independent” under the rules of the NYSE. Each of Messrs. Zimmerman, Donofrio, Frissora, Sidlik, and Wiedemann satisfies the standards of independence required for audit committee members pursuant to Section 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

Board Committees

Delphi Automotive LLP currently has three main committees, each as described below. We expect that, upon the completion of this offering, these committees will be maintained by Delphi Automotive PLC with the same membership and responsibilities.

The Audit and Finance Committee currently consists of Messrs. Zimmerman (Chair), Donofrio, Frissora, Sidlik, and Wiedemann, each of whom is independent. Each of these managers is financially literate, and the Board of Managers has determined that Mr. Zimmerman meets the qualifications of the audit committee financial expert as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Audit and Finance Committee is responsible for oversight of the adequacy of our internal accounting and financial controls and the accounting principles and auditing practices and procedures to be employed in preparation and review of our financial statements. The Audit and Finance Committee is also responsible for the engagement of independent public auditors and the review of the scope of the audit to be undertaken by such auditors.

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) currently consists of Messrs. Gupta (Chair), Krol, MacDonald, Mahoney and McNamara, each of whom is independent. The Compensation Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the Board of Managers policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of the CEO and other officers and the establishment and administration of employee benefit plans.

The Governance Committee currently consists of Messrs. Krol (Chair), Cowger, Frissora, and Wiedemann, each of whom is independent. The Governance Committee reviews and, as it deems appropriate, recommends to the Board of Managers policies and procedures relating to manager and board committee nominations and corporate governance policies.

 

119


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Executive Summary

Delphi’s compensation program is aligned with the Company’s performance and constantly strives to reflect best practices. We have created a pay-for-performance program that aligns executive and shareholder interests by reinforcing the long-term growth, value creation and sustainability of Delphi. The structure is designed to encourage a high degree of execution, collaboration and teamwork and rewards individuals for the achievement of goals that ultimately create shareholder value. The objective of the compensation program is thus to attract, motivate and retain a talented management team that will continue providing unique solutions in a competitive marketplace and deliver value for all shareholders.

The Compensation Committee, in consultation with management and the Compensation Committee’s independent outside advisors, oversees our executive compensation program, which is comprised of base salary, annual incentive compensation and long-term incentive compensation. The Company operates with the objective of creating long-term value for shareholders by delivering real-world automotive innovations that provide our customers with solutions to address rapidly changing market needs.

The following analysis contains a discussion of our executive compensation program and our analysis of the compensation decisions affecting our named executive officers (“NEOs”) during the year ended December 31, 2010 and going forward as a public company. For clarity, the following definitions are provided:

 

   

Board of Managers : The Board of Managers of Delphi Automotive LLP. We anticipate that each current member of our Board of Managers will become a member of our post-offering Board of Directors.

   

Officers : The Company’s top 13 executives who are elected to their position by the Board of Managers of Delphi Automotive LLP. They represent the top strategy-making and operational executives in the Company and include the NEOs.

   

Executives : The Company’s top approximately 300 leaders (including officers) who are covered by the Company’s executive compensation programs.

   

Salaried employees : Generally refer to the approximately 4,000 supervisory, technical and support employees in the United States.

Background of Our 2010 Compensation Practices – What was the Environment for Compensation Decisions?

At the time Delphi Automotive LLP was formed on October 6, 2009, it was majority-owned by the debtor-in-possession lenders that financed its four-year bankruptcy. The formation of Delphi Automotive LLP took place in the middle of an unprecedented global financial crisis and plummeting consumer demand that threatened the global automotive market. The uncertainty regarding the future of some of our largest global customers, many of whom were weathering significant financial challenges themselves, including bankruptcy, raised serious questions as to whether key players in the automotive industry, including component suppliers, would survive.

Against this backdrop, our owners faced immediate challenges, the most prominent of which was to ensure that our workforce, particularly our management team, would continue to be engaged and motivated to overcome significant challenges and be ready to take advantage of opportunities when the market recovered. In early October 2009, our owners presented offer letters to approximately 4,500 U.S. employees (including executives and officers) offering them positions in the new company. Aiming to establish a solid foundation for our

 

120


Table of Contents

compensation practices, these offer letters reflected Delphi Automotive LLP’s compensation philosophy, which focused on creating value and a culture that rewarded high performance, through the following themes:

 

   

The compensation framework as applied to salaried employees across all groups should be generally consistent, although the actual pay received by each employee will vary depending on the size, scope and complexity of his or her position, as well as on individual performance.

 

   

Executive compensation should include a long-term component that aligns the interests of the executives with our owners and promotes retention of executives who perform well.

 

   

Executives should have a meaningful portion of their pay “at risk” ( i.e. , not guaranteed unless certain performance goals are achieved) in order to align employee compensation with company performance.

In order to adapt our executive compensation structure to conform to this philosophy and to stay competitive during the global financial crisis, the following changes to our executive compensation practices were made, which were outlined in the offer letters:

 

   

Officers’ base salaries were reduced.

 

   

Perquisites for executives were eliminated.

 

   

Executive annual incentive targets were raised to partially offset the elimination of perquisites and base pay reductions, resulting in increased annual at-risk pay.

 

   

Benefits for eligible participants under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (the “SERP”) were substantially reduced, and certain eligible officers and executives were required to choose between receiving a severance payment or reduced SERP benefits in the event of a company-initiated termination.

Compensation Philosophy and Strategy – How do we pay executives?

General Philosophy . Investors expect a company’s executives to manage the company in a way that increases shareholder value over time, whether the company is public or private. In order to achieve success and meet the expectations of our investors, it is important that we ensure our compensation programs encourage executives to make sound decisions that drive long-term value creation.

Our Compensation Committee has defined the following key objectives of our compensation programs for executives as follows:

 

   

Promote Delphi’s overall business strategy and objectives, particularly as it relates to long-term value creation;

 

   

Pay for performance by linking total compensation to defined performance goals;

 

   

Attract and retain key executives by providing competitive total compensation opportunities; and

 

   

Align executive and investor interests by focusing executive behavior on driving long-term value creation.

Our compensation practices are aligned from the entry-level salaried employee to the executives, including the NEOs, though differences exist where appropriate for the business and in line with competitive practice. Accordingly, most of the philosophy and practices described for NEOs will apply generally to all executives and in some cases to all salaried employees.

 

121


Table of Contents

Pay for Performance. Effectively aligning the goals of executive compensation with the interests of investors requires adopting compensation programs that motivate leadership to drive company performance to sustainable top quartile performance. Reinforcing the link between compensation and company performance was particularly important at the time of the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP, given the uncertainty in the automotive sector (specifically the automotive supply industry) and global financial markets in 2009. To that end, the Compensation Committee established short- and long-term incentive plans with targets focused on rewarding individuals for strong company performance. In addition, because we believe that individuals should be rewarded based on the results of their contributions, we also consider individual performance levels in awarding incentive compensation.

Long-Term Incentives and the Role of Equity. Another early focus of the Compensation Committee was to design a long-term incentive plan that focused on aligning our executives’ interests with the value-creation objectives of our investors. Ultimately, the Compensation Committee developed a plan with a one-time performance-based grant spanning a 39-month performance period ( i.e. , not an annual long-term incentive program), enabling our executives to share in the success of the Company based on the overall improvement in total company value during this period. The Compensation Committee further decided that awards for officers would settle in equity interests or shares.

Peer Group Analysis . Benchmarking is an integral aspect of our compensation system. To attract and retain our key executives, our goal is to provide compensation opportunities at competitive market rates. A key element of this process is selecting a relevant peer group against which we compare our elements of pay. Delphi’s 2010 peer group was made up of companies whose aggregate profile was comparable to Delphi in terms of size, industry, competition for executive talent and achievement of strong financial performance. The Compensation Committee determines the composition of our peer group on a yearly basis, taking into consideration the peer group recommended by its independent compensation consultant. Our intent is to create a compensation structure that targets the median of our selected peer companies, but also allows total compensation to exceed the median when company performance and individual experience, responsibilities and performance warrant.

Our 2010 peer group was comprised of the following companies:

 

ArvinMeritor    Federal-Mogul    PACCAR
BorgWarner    Genuine Parts Company    Parker Hannifin
Corning Incorporated    Goodyear    Precision Castparts
Cummins    ITT Corporation    Tenneco
Dana Holding Corporation    Johnson Controls    Textron
Danaher Corporation    Lear    TRW Automotive Holdings
Dover    Navistar International    Visteon

Total direct compensation for officers in 2010 was between the 50 th – 75 th percentiles of the peer group, and in 2011, market movement shifted the position to between the 50 th – 65 th percentiles. We target compensation for officers in the 50 th percentile range. The Compensation Committee sets annual incentive financial performance metrics at stretch levels to drive high-level performance. We intend to monitor our compensation structure in relation to our peer group annually to ensure that target total direct compensation for our officers is appropriate considering our peer companies in terms of both size and overall company performance.

Role of the Committee and Use of Outside Consultants . The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing executive compensation and other human resources matters. Since November 2009, the Compensation Committee has retained Radford, an Aon Hewitt Consulting Company, to advise the committee on executive compensation matters. The scope of Radford’s work includes market assessment, data review and analysis. Radford reports directly to the Chairman of the Compensation Committee and takes direction solely from the Compensation Committee. Radford is invited to and attends Compensation Committee meetings that address matters relating to the services it provides to the committee. Radford does not perform any other work

 

122


Table of Contents

for Delphi. In 2010, fees paid for services provided by Radford totaled $98,000. Aon Hewitt Consulting, Radford’s parent company, provides risk management and insurance services for Delphi, and the amounts paid for these services in 2010 were approximately $1.6 million.

Philosophy and Strategy Post-Offering. The Compensation Committee will continue applying the compensation philosophy and strategy described above to its design and oversight of executive compensation programs following the completion of this offering. To that end, our plan is to reserve              shares of equity before or in connection with this offering for future long-term compensation to align the interests of management and shareholders. Future long-term incentive awards may be delivered in a variety of forms such as restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options and performance shares. The future plan will have competitive and market-appropriate holding requirements.

Overview of Executive Compensation – What are the Elements of Pay?

With the objectives outlined in “Compensation Philosophy and Strategy—General Philosophy” in mind, we regularly undertake comprehensive review of our overall long-term business plan to identify the key strategic initiatives that should be linked to compensation. From there, we derive the annual short-term and long-term compensation performance metrics that will reward executives based on the actual performance of the Company. We also assess and review the level of risk in our compensation programs to ensure that they do not encourage inappropriate risk-taking.

Elements of Executive Compensation . In line with the philosophy described above, compensation of our executives, including the NEOs as displayed in the Summary Compensation Table below, is comprised of the following elements:

 

   

Base salary;

 

   

An annual incentive award;

 

   

A one-time long-term incentive award; and

 

   

Other compensation, which consists primarily of qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plans.

 

123


Table of Contents

The following chart outlines these elements of compensation and indicates how they relate to the key objectives of our compensation programs for executives:

 

Element   Key Features    Relationship to
Objectives

Direct Compensation

     
Base Salary  

•      Commensurate with responsibilities, experience and performance

•      Reviewed on a periodic basis for competitiveness and individual performance

•      Targeted at the market median

  

•    Attract and retain key executives

     

Annual Incentive

Plan

 

•      Compensation Committee approves a target incentive pool for each performance period based on selected financial and/or operational metrics

•      Each executive is granted a fixed award opportunity varying by level of responsibility

•      Actual payouts are determined by actual performance (at both the corporate and, where applicable, division level), then adjusted to reflect individual performance based on pre-established individual objectives

  

•    Pay for performance

•    Align executive and investor interests

     

Long-Term Incentive

Plan ( i.e. ,

Management Value

Creation Plan

(“Value Creation

Plan”))

 

•      Target award granted commensurate with responsibilities, experience and performance

•      Participants were granted a one-time award for a 39-month performance period

•      Awards vest at the end of the performance period, with award values based on our company value as of December 31, 2012

•      Following the closing of the offering, officers’ awards will settle at the completion of the performance period in Delphi equity and other executives’ awards will settle in cash

•      We intend to adopt a new equity compensation plan for future long-term incentive compensation

  

•    Pay for performance

•    Align executive and investor interests

•    Attract and retain key executives

•    Focus on long-term value creation

 

124


Table of Contents
Element   Key Features    Relationship to
Objectives
Other Compensation
     

Salaried Retirement

Savings Program,

Salaried Retirement

Equalization Savings

Program and

Supplemental

Executive Retirement

Program

 

•      Qualified defined contribution plan available to all salaried employees, including executives

•      Non-qualified defined contribution plan available to eligible employees, including executives, who exceed statutory limits under our qualified defined contribution plan

•      Defined benefit plan that was frozen as of September 2008 and provides reduced benefits to certain eligible executives who participated in the defined benefit plan that predates the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP

  

•    Attract and retain key executives

Total Direct Compensation Mix . Our annual incentive and long-term incentive awards are considered “at-risk” pay because the recipients of these awards are not guaranteed any payment unless they achieve specified performance goals at corporate, division and individual levels. These annual and long-term incentive awards, along with base salary, make up our executives’ “total direct compensation.” Delphi strives to ensure that a majority of each executive’s total direct compensation is comprised of at-risk pay.

Mr. O’Neal’s annualized at-risk pay makes up 86% of his total direct compensation, which includes the 60% of his total direct compensation that is tied to long-term incentives; correspondingly, his base salary makes up 14% of his total direct compensation. Our remaining NEOs’ total direct compensation, on average, is comprised of 76% at-risk pay and 24% base salary, with long-term incentives constituting 49% of total direct compensation. The large proportion of at-risk pay, combined with a focus on long-term incentive awards, aligns the NEOs’ interests with the interests of Delphi’s investors.

The mix of compensation for our CEO and other NEOs are shown below:

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

125


Table of Contents

2010 Target Compensation Structure . Our executives’ direct compensation is made up of three elements: base salary, an annual incentive award and a long-term incentive award. For 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the following annualized total direct compensation for the NEOs who are current officers:

 

2010 Total Direct Compensation

 

Name

  Division   Base Salary     Annual Incentive
Target Award
(1)
    Long-Term
Incentive  Plan

Target Award
(2)
    Total  

Rodney O’Neal

  Corporate   $ 1,211,100      $ 2,195,000      $ 5,076,923      $ 8,483,023   

Kevin P. Clark (3)

  Corporate     800,000        800,000        2,538,462        4,138,462   

James A. Bertrand

  Thermal Systems     573,600        660,500        1,038,462        2,272,562   

Ronald M. Pirtle

  Powertrain Systems     603,000        687,000        1,000,000        2,290,000   

James A. Spencer

  Electronics/Electrical
Architecture
    560,100        659,000        1,076,923        2,296,023   

 

(1) All annual incentive awards have been granted under our Annual Incentive Plan.

 

(2) All long-term incentive awards have been granted under our Value Creation Plan. The awards are a one-time grant covering a 39-month performance period from October 2009 to December 2012. As of December 31, 2010, no portion of the awards had vested. Each award will “cliff” vest on the earlier of December 31, 2012 or a qualifying termination after a change in control and will settle in Delphi equity, which may be subject to an ownership or holding commitment. The awards are not subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a completed initial public offering. The amounts in the table represent annualized target values for 2010.

 

(3) Mr. Clark’s base salary and annual incentive target are annualized for the full year. Mr. Clark’s actual salary and annual incentive target (as reported in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table) were prorated based on his hire date in July 2010.

Officer Annual Compensation Determination . Individual base salaries and annual incentive targets for the officers are established based on the scope and size of each officer’s responsibilities. At the beginning of each year we also define the key strategic objectives each officer is expected to achieve during that year, which are evaluated and approved by the Compensation Committee.

Base Salary . Base salary is intended to be commensurate with each executive’s responsibilities, experience and performance. For newly hired officers, the Compensation Committee conducts a market review of the position in terms of its size and scope of responsibility and also takes into account the individual’s compensation at his previous employer. Salaries for officers were established in the offer letter process previously discussed in “Background of Our 2010 Compensation Practices.” The net adjustments were an overall reduction in base salary of 19% for Mr. O’Neal and an average of 9% for all other NEOs, except Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark’s base salary was established when he was recruited by Delphi.

Annual Incentive Plan . Our Annual Incentive Plan is designed to motivate executives to drive company earnings, cash flow before financing and growth by measuring the executives’ performance against the current year business plan at the corporate and relevant division levels. The Compensation Committee, working with management, sets the annual incentive performance objectives and payout levels based on Delphi’s annual company business objectives, which are then reviewed and approved by the Board of Managers. For 2010 each NEO’s award payout is determined as follows:

 

   

Corporate performance metrics, weighted 100% for Messrs. O’Neal and Clark, and 25% for Messrs. Bertrand, Pirtle and Spencer

 

   

Division performance metrics, weighted 75% for Messrs. Bertrand, Pirtle and Spencer

 

126


Table of Contents
   

Individual performance metrics, which allow for payment adjustments (within the total fund pool) reflective of each NEO’s performance against his individual goals

For 2010, both corporate and division performance objectives were based on three metrics: EBITDAR, cash flow before financing and growth. The Compensation Committee selected the following weightings in 2010 for both corporate and division performance metrics:

 

Weighting of Performance Metrics

EBITDAR (1)

  70%

Cash flow before financing (2)

  20%

Growth (3)

  10%

 

(1) EBITDAR was an appropriate measurement of our underlying earnings for 2010 and a good indication of our performance. As Delphi was still implementing material elements of its post-formation reorganization, restructuring charges were included in the 2010 annual incentive plan but was not included in 2011, at which time we replaced EBITDAR with EBITDA.

 

(2) Cash flow before financing measures the amount of cash generated by our operations, excluding financing activities.

 

(3) The growth metric is based on our future business booked in the current fiscal year. In general, in order to achieve the target performance level, a specified percentage of our planned future sales for the next two calendar years must be booked by the end of the measurement period, in this case the end of fiscal year 2010.

Similar to the process for determining base salary, the Compensation Committee establishes the annual incentive target for each officer based on his or her position and the size and scope of his or her responsibilities.

The EBITDAR and cash flow before financing metrics and the award payout levels related to those metrics are measured on a performance matrix, with threshold, target and maximum financial performance requirements and payout levels set by the Compensation Committee. Performance below the minimum threshold results in no payout, and performance above the maximum level is capped at a maximum payout, which ranges from 150% to 200% of the target award.

The growth metric is treated differently from the EBITDAR and cash flow before financing metrics, as it includes only a target level without threshold or maximum performance levels. If the growth metric is achieved, the target award level for that metric is paid. If the growth metric is not achieved, the growth portion of the award will not be paid.

The threshold, target and maximum payout levels for the NEOs in 2010 are shown below.

 

         Payout as a Percentage of the 2010 Target  Award      

Performance Level

   EBITDAR     Cash Flow Before
Financing
    Growth  

Threshold performance

     50     50     0

Target performance

     100     100     100

Maximum performance

     200     200     100

Once the combined payout is determined based on the three financial metrics at corporate and/or division level, the Compensation Committee, in conjunction with the CEO, assesses each officer’s performance based on the attainment of individual performance objectives. The CEO does not participate in the assessment of his own performance.

 

127


Table of Contents

Consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, annual incentive compensation awards for officers may not be increased based on individual performance but may be decreased if performance goals are not met. Annual incentive compensation for employees other than officers may be decreased or increased based on assessment of individual performance. The pool for annual incentive compensation cannot be increased, and, as a result, any increase to an individual’s award must be offset by a decrease in other individuals’ awards so that the aggregate award payouts do not exceed the generated fund dollars.

The table below shows the 2010 performance targets set for the corporate and division levels relevant to the NEOs who are current officers:

 

Division

   2010  EBITDAR
Target
     2010 Cash Flow Before
Financing

Target
    2010 Growth
Target
(2011/2012 Bookings)
 
       
     (in millions)      (in millions)        

Corporate

   $ 822       $ 0        99% /91

Electronics/Electrical Architecture

   $ 317       $ 146        98% /91

Thermal Systems

   $ 72       $ 11        100% /94

Powertrain Systems

   $ 246       $ 18        100% /91

The 2010 performance of all divisions exceeded target levels. As a result, award percentages based on corporate and division level metrics ranged from 189% to 200%. After first considering the Company’s strong performance, as discussed above, the Compensation Committee then evaluated each officer’s individual performance objectives to determine if any payout adjustments were warranted. These objectives related to specific customer relationships, improved cost structure initiatives ( e.g. , material cost), health and safety metrics as well as achieving specific financial improvement ( e.g. , margin expansion). Each NEO achieved his individual objectives. Adjustments to individual payouts of NEOs who are current officers, as listed below, were reflective of individual and divisional performance factors.

The Compensation Committee approved the following 2010 annual incentive awards for the NEOs who are current officers:

 

Name

   Annual Incentive Plan
Actual 2010 Payment (1)
     % of Target Incentive  

Rodney O’Neal

   $ 4,390,000         200

Kevin P. Clark (2)

   $ 800,000         200

James A. Bertrand

   $ 1,321,000         200

Ronald M. Pirtle

   $ 1,236,600         180

James A. Spencer

   $ 1,318,000         200

 

(1) These award amounts are reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(2) Mr. Clark received a prorated target award based on his hire date in July 2010.

Long-Term Incentive Plan . In 2009, the Compensation Committee designed the Management Value Creation Plan (the “Value Creation Plan”) in order to link a significant portion of executive compensation to company value. Because targets are based upon equity interests, executives had a major component of their compensation structure aligned with the interests of the private company’s owners. Under the Value Creation Plan, an equity-based long-term incentive plan, participants were granted a one-time award for a 39-month performance period commencing in October 2009 and ending in December 2012, with vesting generally occurring on a “cliff” basis at the end of the performance period and award values based on our company value as of December 31, 2012.

If Delphi is a public company at the end of the performance period, our officers will receive their Value Creation Plan awards in ordinary shares, thus maintaining alignment with the shareholders. The Compensation Committee retains the discretion to settle some or all of the awards in cash.

 

128


Table of Contents

In general, actual payouts under the Value Creation Plan are based on three factors:

 

   

Target award amount (“target value”);

 

   

Delphi’s company value as of December 31, 2012 (“company value”), which will be determined using a formula based on the average market price of the Company, including any qualified distributions, if we become a public company, or an independent valuation if we are not a public company; and

 

   

Target value divided by the total Value Creation Plan target fund of $135,000,000 (“target value percentage”).

Each individual participant’s target value is based on a market review of long-term incentive targets conducted by Radford. The Compensation Committee, with input from the CEO regarding the other executives, determined each executive’s target value based on his or her level of responsibility and the country or region in which he is located. Each year, the Compensation Committee also evaluates participants’ performance and may grant special awards in recognition of outstanding performance.

A company value of $2.5 billion must be achieved to receive a minimum award payment; above this level, the payout is determined primarily as a percentage of the target award. The target award will be paid if the company value, which is deemed to include distributions to holders of all membership interests and the approximately $4.4 billion paid to repurchase Class A and Class C membership interests, reaches $8.25 billion; and an amount more than the target award will be paid if the company value exceeds $8.25 billion.

Once Delphi becomes a public company, the company value will be based on the average market price of the Company between our first day of trading on a public exchange and the end of the performance period ( i.e. , December 31, 2012) as well as any cash-qualifying distributions. The Value Creation Plan provides for an independent valuation if we are not a publicly-traded company at the end of the performance period.

Upon a qualifying termination after a change in control, officers’ Value Creation Plan awards will vest earlier than December 31, 2012 and will settle in Delphi equity. Other executives’ awards will “cliff” vest upon the earlier of December 31, 2012 or a change in control and will settle in cash.

The Value Creation Plan amounts shown in the “2010 Total Direct Compensation Target” table in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis reflect the target values. In comparison, the values shown in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table below are based on the Value Creation Plan grant date recognized in our financial reports in accordance with relevant accounting rules using the grant date of September 15, 2010, the date by which participants had to sign agreements in order to be eligible to participate in the program. The values reported in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table below are based on our 2010 company value as evaluated formally by a third-party appraiser as of December 31, 2010. Such award values may therefore vary in the relevant tables.

In order to participate in the Value Creation Plan, each eligible executive was required to sign a confidentiality and non-interference agreement, which includes both non-compete and non-solicitation covenants, and a participation agreement. The confidentiality and non-interference agreement is discussed under “Other Considerations” below.

Other Compensation . As described above in “Background of our 2010 Compensation Practices,” perquisites for executives were eliminated at the time of the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP. Other than base salary, the annual incentive plan and the Value Creation Plan, the only other formal compensation programs available to our executives are the programs described below.

 

129


Table of Contents
   

Salaried Retirement Savings Program (“SRSP”). Along with other eligible Delphi salaried employees, our executives are eligible to participate in our broad-based defined contribution plan, the SRSP, which is a qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. All contributions are subject to any contribution limits imposed by the Code.

 

   

Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (“SRESP”). Under the SRESP, eligible employees, including our executives and officers, receive Delphi contributions in excess of the limits imposed upon the SRSP by the Internal Revenue Code. No guaranteed or above-market rates are earned; the investment options available are a subset of those available to all employees under the SRSP. Additional details regarding benefits and payouts under this plan are provided in “Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation” below.

 

   

Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (“SERP”). The Predecessor’s SERP was frozen (for purposes of credited service and compensation calculations) in September 2008, as described further under “Pension Benefits” below. A modified, reduced-benefit version of the plan was approved by the bankruptcy court for retention purposes as part of the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP. As a result, a specified group of executives with executive appointment dates predating September 2008 remain eligible for reduced supplemental benefits through the modified version of the plan. This plan is unfunded. Additional details regarding accruals and payouts under this plan are provided in “Pension Benefits” below.

Compensation for Mr. Sheehan and Mr. Stipp. Mr. Sheehan was our CFO until he ceased employment with Delphi on March 1, 2010. As a result of his departure, Mr. Sheehan received a severance payment of $1,680,000 paid semi-monthly through August 2011, which is discussed in detail in the Summary Compensation Table below. He forfeited his annual incentive award and was not eligible to receive an award under the Value Creation Plan.

Mr. Stipp was our Acting CFO from March 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010. His compensation includes a one-time payment of $42,000 and his annual incentive target reflects an increase of $80,000, all as additional compensation for his service as Acting CFO. Corporate performance weighed 100% in Mr. Stipp’s annual incentive award. Because he was considered a non-officer executive at the beginning and end of 2010, his maximum annual incentive payout before individual performance adjustment was 150% of the target award and he was eligible for, and received, an upward adjustment in his annual incentive award. In addition, because he is not an officer, his Value Creation Plan award will settle in cash rather than equity.

Risk Analysis

We conducted an internal audit of risks arising from our base pay, annual incentive plan, Value Creation Plan and other material incentive programs in effect at Delphi during 2010. This assessment included a review of the Compensation Committee’s minutes, interviews of senior Delphi Human Resources personnel, interviews of selected Delphi financial personnel, reviews of internal control audits and compliance-related activities and examination of documents supporting base pay and our material incentive compensation programs. Our review was designed to identify the controls over compensation practices at Delphi and to determine whether our compensation policies and practices for all employees create risks that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. Based on this evaluation and the procedures performed, we concluded that our compensation programs do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Delphi. Among the elements evaluated were the following:

 

   

Independent oversight by the Compensation Committee

 

   

Discrete segregation of duties between the review of financial results and the determination of final payouts to individuals

 

   

Inclusion of clawback language in the event of a material financial misstatement

 

130


Table of Contents

Other Considerations

Clawback . As a matter of policy and applicable plan language, if our financial statements are materially misstated, then the Compensation Committee has the right to review the circumstances and determine if any participants should forfeit future awards or repay prior payouts. If the misstatement is due to fraud, then the participants responsible for the fraud will forfeit their rights to any future awards and must repay any excess amounts they received from prior awards due to the fraudulent behavior. As necessary, this policy will be revised to comply with the requirements for clawbacks under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Restrictive Covenants . As noted above in “Overview of Executive Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Plan,” all executives, including the NEOs, were required to sign confidentiality and non-interference agreements as a requirement for participation in the Value Creation Plan. The non-interference agreements include non-compete and non-solicitation covenants and prevent executives from:

 

   

Working for a competitor or otherwise directly or indirectly engaging in competition with us for 12 months after leaving the Company;

 

   

Soliciting or hiring employees for 24 months after leaving Delphi; and

 

   

Soliciting customers for 24 months after leaving Delphi.

If the terms of the confidentiality and non-interference agreement are violated, the Company has the right to cancel or rescind any final Value Creation Plan award within the bounds of applicable law.

No Tax Gross-Ups. We do not provide any tax gross-ups as part of our executive compensation plans or elements. Certain expatriate policy provisions, applicable to all salaried employees allow for gross-ups as reimbursement for additional taxes incurred due to expatriate status. Mr. Pirtle is an expatriate employee and is eligible for tax gross-ups in connection with an international assignment.

 

131


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth specified information regarding the compensation for 2010 of the Chief Executive Officer (Rodney O’Neal), the individuals who served as the Chief Financial Officer during 2010 (Kevin P. Clark, Keith D. Stipp and John A. Sheehan) and the next three most highly compensated executive officers (James A. Bertrand, Ronald M. Pirtle and James A. Spencer). We refer to these individuals as named executive officers (“NEOs”).

2010 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Stock
Awards ($)(5)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(6)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Non-qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(7)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(8)
    Total ($)  

Rodney O’Neal

President & Chief Executive Officer

    2010        $1,211,100               $14,472,150        $4,390,000        $1,000,028        $61,225        $21,134,503   

Kevin P. Clark (1)

Chief Financial Officer

    2010        $378,974        $2,500,000        $7,236,075        $800,000               $210        $10,915,259   

James A. Bertrand

Vice President and President, Delphi Thermal Systems

    2010        $573,600 (4)             $2,960,213        $1,321,000 (4)      $549,759        $43,945        $5,448,517   

Ronald M. Pirtle

Vice President and President, Delphi Powertrain Systems and President, Delphi Europe, Middle East & Africa

    2010        $603,000               $2,850,575        $1,236,600        $518,027        $240,684        $5,448,886   

James A. Spencer

Vice President and President, Delphi Packard Electrical & Electronic Architecture and President, Delphi Latin America

    2010        $560,100               $3,069,850        $1,318,000        $452,537        $29,929        $5,430,416   

Keith D. Stipp (2)

Treasurer and Former Acting Chief Financial Officer

    2010        $400,000        $42,000        $1,253,000        $525,000        $35,416        $25,006        $2,280,422   

John A. Sheehan (3)

Former Chief Financial Officer

    2010        $137,775                                    $850,778        $988,553   

 

(1) Mr. Clark joined Delphi in July 2010 as our CFO. His engagement letter included a signing bonus of $2,500,000 to recognize compensation he was required to forgo by joining Delphi, which is reported in the “Bonus” column. He is not eligible to participate in the SERP because he has not met the minimum employment requirements, and he elected not to participate in the SRESP in 2010.

 

(2) Mr. Stipp was appointed Acting CFO upon the departure of Mr. Sheehan. He held that position from March 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010, when Mr. Clark joined Delphi. Because of Mr. Stipp’s increased responsibilities, he received a supplemental one-time payment of $42,000, reflected in the “Bonus” column. In addition, due to his increase in responsibilities, he received an $80,000 target increase to his annual incentive target award, from $250,000 to $330,000. Mr. Stipp’s current position as Treasurer makes him eligible for a cash award rather than an equity award under the Value Creation Plan.

 

(3) Mr. Sheehan ceased employment with Delphi on March 1, 2010. He was granted a severance payment of $1,680,000 paid semi-monthly through August 2011. The actual payments received by Mr. Sheehan through December 31, 2010 totaled $840,000. Due to his departure, Mr. Sheehan forfeited his award under the annual incentive plan and did not receive an award under the Value Creation Plan.

 

132


Table of Contents
(4) Base salary and annual incentive awards are eligible for deferral under the SRESP. Mr. Bertrand was the only NEO who deferred a portion of his compensation through this program in 2010. His total base salary and annual incentive award, including the deferred portions, are presented in this Summary Compensation Table. His contributions to the SRESP are displayed in the 2010 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation table below.

 

(5) Under the Value Creation Plan, Delphi made a one-time grant of awards covering a 39-month performance period from October 2009 through December 2012 (in other words, not annual long-term incentive awards). As of December 31, 2010, no portion of these awards had vested. The awards generally will “cliff” vest on the earlier of December 31, 2012 or a qualifying termination after a change in control and settle in Delphi equity, which may be subject to an ownership or holding commitment. The awards are not subject to accelerated vesting in the event of this offering or any other initial public offering. As noted in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table below, there is no maximum award under the Value Creation Plan. These awards are discussed in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Incentive Plan” above. The award values reflected in the “Stock Awards” column for Messrs. O’Neal, Clark, Bertrand, Pirtle, Spencer and Stipp are the grant date fair value of their respective Value Creation Plan awards determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These values reflect a discount to account for the illiquidity of Delphi equity due to our status as a non-public company. The grant date for accounting purposes was set at September 15, 2010, the last date on which each NEO could sign the confidentiality and non-interference agreement as required by the Value Creation Plan. For assumptions used in determining the fair value of these awards, see “Note 22. Share-Based Compensation” to the consolidated financial statements included herein.

 

(6) The “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column reflects payments made under our 2010 annual incentive plan.

 

(7) Except for Mr. Clark, all of our active NEOs were eligible to participate in the SERP during 2010. The “Change in Pension Value and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” column reflects the year-over-year change of our estimated liability on our balance sheet. Although the SERP is a frozen program (see “Pension Benefits” below for a discussion of the frozen plan) with fixed measurement parameters, the year-over-year balances change because the NEO’s age and the interest rates used to estimate the award value change each year. The numbers reported here show the impact of the year-over-year changed assumptions. There were no above-market or preferential earnings in respect of any non-qualified deferral compensation.

 

(8) Amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” reflect the following:

 

Name

   Delphi
Contributions (a)
     Expatriate
Payments (b)
     Separation
Payments (c)
     Life Insurance
(d)
     Total  

Rodney O’Neal

     $59,419                         $1,806         $61,225   

Kevin P. Clark

                             $210         $210   

James A. Bertrand

     $42,979                         $966         $43,945   

Ronald M. Pirtle

     $29,607         $209,271                 $1,806         $240,684   

James A. Spencer

     $28,123                         $1,806         $29,929   

Keith D. Stipp

     $24,040                         $966         $25,006   

John A. Sheehan

     $10,537                 $840,000         $242         $850,778   

 

(a) This column reflects Delphi’s contributions to both the qualified SRSP and the non-qualified SRESP. For all participants in the SRSP, Delphi provides a contribution of 4% of base salary and annual incentive award. Beginning in March 2010, we also provided a matching contribution equal to 50% of the participant’s contributions to the program, up to a maximum of 7% of the participant’s base salary and annual incentive award. Additional details regarding the SRESP are provided in connection with the 2010 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation table below.

 

(b) Mr. Pirtle is currently on an expatriate assignment in Luxembourg. As such, he received expatriate benefits that are typical of payments made to any employee on an expatriate assignment. The payments reported in this column include the following: $93,931 housing expenses; $35,821 cost of living adjustment; $36,220 tax equalization payments; $20,991 additional payment to reimburse Mr. Pirtle for expatriate-related income tax incurred by him; $17,708 for relocation costs; $3,850 for company vehicle; and $750 for tax preparation services.

 

(c) Mr. Sheehan’s severance benefit is described in the “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” section below. Only 50% of his entire severance benefit was paid out as of the end of 2010. The remainder is payable in 2011, subject to his compliance with certain restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-compete and non-solicitation covenants.

 

(d) This column reflects the amount imputed to each NEO’s income for premium payments made to his life insurance policy.

 

133


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The table below sets forth the threshold, target and maximum award payouts for plan-based awards that were granted to the NEOs in 2010.

2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

Name

  Grant
Date (4)
    Compensation
Committee
Approval
Date (4)
    Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (5)(6)
    Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards (7)
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
Awards
($)(9)
 
      Threshold
($)
    Target ($)     Maximum
($)
    Threshold
($)
    Target ($)     Maximum
($)(8)
   

Rodney O’Neal

    1/1/2010        $ 1,097,500      $ 2,195,000      $ 4,390,000           
    9/15/2010        6/22/2010            $ 2,310,000      $ 11,550,000        N/A      $ 14,472,150   

Kevin P. Clark (1)

    7/1/2010        $ 200,000      $ 400,000      $ 800,000           
    9/15/2010        7/1/2010            $ 1,155,000      $ 5,775,000        N/A      $ 7,236,075   

James A. Bertrand

    1/1/2010        $ 330,250      $ 660,500      $ 1,321,000           
    9/15/2010        6/22/2010            $ 472,500      $ 2,362,500        N/A      $ 2,960,213   

Ronald M. Pirtle

    1/1/2010        $ 343,500      $ 687,000      $ 1,374,000           
    9/15/2010        6/22/2010            $ 455,000      $ 2,275,000        N/A      $ 2,850,575   

James A. Spencer

    1/1/2010        $ 329,500      $ 659,000      $ 1,318,000           
    9/15/2010        6/22/2010            $ 490,000      $ 2,450,000        N/A      $ 3,069,850   

Keith D. Stipp (2)

    1/1/2010        $ 165,000      $ 330,000      $ 495,000           
    9/15/2010        6/22/2010            $ 200,000      $ 1,000,000        N/A      $ 1,253,000   

John A. Sheehan (3)

    1/1/2010        $ 290,000      $ 580,000      $ 1,160,000           

 

(1) Mr. Clark was granted a target annual incentive award and a target Value Creation Plan award in accordance with the terms of his offer letter. The target annual incentive award value reflected in the table was adjusted for his July 2010 hire date.

 

(2) For his three months as Acting CFO, Mr. Stipp’s target annual incentive award was increased by $80,000 from $250,000 to $330,000. He is eligible to receive a cash award rather than an equity award under the Value Creation Plan.

 

(3) Mr. Sheehan ceased employment with Delphi on March 1, 2010 and, as a result, forfeited his annual incentive award. He was not eligible to receive an award under the Value Creation Plan.

 

(4) September 15, 2010 is the Value Creation Plan grant date recognized in our financial reports. The Compensation Committee approved final Value Creation Plan awards on June 22, 2010 and set the initial performance measurement date as of October 6, 2009, upon the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP. Please see footnote (9) below.

 

(5) 2010 annual incentive awards were paid out on January 30, 2011. Actual amounts paid were as follows: Mr. O’Neal, $4,390,000; Mr. Clark, $800,000; Mr. Bertrand, $1,321,000; Mr. Pirtle, $1,236,600; Mr. Spencer, $1,318,000; and Mr. Stipp, $525,000. Mr. Sheehan forfeited his award upon his departure.

 

(6) The threshold, target and maximum values under our annual incentive plan are measured based on the attainment of corporate and division performance metrics. The annual incentive plan also includes an individual assessment. While most NEOs are subject only to downward adjustment of annual incentive awards for individual performance, Mr. Stipp is eligible for an increase in his award and received such an increase in his 2010 annual incentive payout from 150% to 159% of his target award.

 

(7) These equity incentive plan awards refer to our Value Creation Plan awards. Please see footnote (9) below.

 

(8) There is no maximum payout under the Value Creation Plan.

 

(9) This column reflects the grant date fair value of the target awards under the Value Creation Plan determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These values reflect a discount to account for the illiquidity of Delphi equity due to our status as a non-public company. For assumptions used in determining the fair value of these awards, see “Note 22. Share-Based Compensation” to the consolidated financial statements included herein. Under the Value Creation Plan, Delphi made one-time grant of awards covering a 39-month performance period from October 2009 through December 2012 (in other words, not annual long-term incentive awards). As of December 31, 2010, no portion of these awards had vested. The awards generally will “cliff” vest on the earlier of December 31, 2012 or a qualifying termination after a change in control and settle in Delphi equity, which may be subject to an ownership or holding commitment. The awards are not subject to accelerated vesting in the event of the completion of this offering or any other initial public offering. These awards are discussed in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Incentive Plan” above.

 

134


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The values displayed in the table below represent the estimated award value of each NEO’s Value Creation Plan target award as of December 31, 2010. They are based on a year-end company value analysis performed by a third-party appraiser.

2010 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

Name

   Stock Awards  
   Equity Incentive Plan
Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights That
Have Not Vested
($)(3)
 

Rodney O’Neal

   $ 21,332,850   

Kevin P. Clark

   $ 10,666,425   

James A. Bertrand

   $ 4,363,538   

Ronald M. Pirtle

   $ 4,201,925   

James A. Spencer

   $ 4,525,150   

Keith D. Stipp (1)

       

John A. Sheehan (2)

       

 

(1) Mr. Stipp is not eligible to receive an equity award under the Value Creation Plan, but instead is eligible for a cash award.

 

(2) Mr. Sheehan ceased employment with Delphi on March 1, 2010, prior to the grant of Value Creation Plan awards.

 

(3) Under the Value Creation Plan, Delphi made one-time grant of awards covering a 39-month performance period from October 2009 through December 2012 (in other words, not annual long-term incentive awards). As of December 31, 2010, no portion of these awards had vested. The awards generally will “cliff” vest on the earlier of December 31, 2012 or a qualifying termination after a change in control and settle in Delphi equity, which may be subject to an ownership or holding commitment. The awards are not subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a completed initial public offering. These awards are discussed in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Incentive Plan” above. Value Creation Plan awards are denominated in dollars rather than in shares. The values in this table reflect a discount to account for the illiquidity of Delphi equity due to our status as a non-public company.

Pension Benefits

Certain executives, including the NEOs, are eligible to receive benefits under the SERP. The SERP was approved by the bankruptcy court for retention purposes as part of the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP.

The SERP is a modified and reduced-benefit form of the Predecessor’s supplemental executive defined benefit plan, which was frozen on September 30, 2008. As a result of the freeze, no new benefits have accrued and no new participants have been allowed to join the plan after this date, although a reduced portion of benefits continue to be available to executives who were eligible participants prior to the freeze date. This plan is a non-qualified and unfunded defined benefit plan that supplemented the benefits of an underlying qualified defined benefit pension plan. This qualified plan was assumed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”) in July 2009.

Eligibility

To qualify for participation in the SERP, eligible executives, including the NEOs, must meet both of the following requirements:

 

   

The executive was appointed to an executive position in the Predecessor as of September 30, 2008; and

 

135


Table of Contents
   

The executive was employed by us on October 6, 2009, upon the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP.

To receive benefits under the SERP:

 

   

The executive must remain continuously employed by us until the earlier of separation, death or disability; and

 

   

At the time of termination of employment, death or disability, the executive must:

 

   

Have at least 10 years of service (unless the executive is involuntarily separated other than for cause, in which case the requirement is 5 years of service); and

 

   

Be at least 55 years of age (unless the executive is involuntarily separated other than for cause or dies in which events the eligible executive or the surviving spouse will begin receiving payment of benefits when the executive attains or would have attained age 55).

In addition, any participant, including a NEO, is only eligible for the SERP upon a voluntary termination if one of the two following requirements is met:

 

   

The participant has at least 10 years of service and is 60 years old as of the voluntary termination date; or

 

   

The participant has been employed by the Company for at least two years dating from October 6, 2009.

Of the NEOs, Messrs. O’Neal, Pirtle and Spencer meet the age and service requirements and are eligible to receive SERP benefits as of November 2011.

SERP Calculation Methods and Assumptions

The formulas of the SERP provide for a benefit that is based on eligible pay multiplied by eligible years of credited service. This benefit is then reduced by several factors, including the following:

 

   

An unreduced “age 62 benefit” calculated under the Predecessor’s qualified pension plan (the “SRP”)

 

   

Social Security benefits

 

   

Participant’s departure from the Company prior to age 62

SERP benefits are reduced by the above factors regardless of whether the participant actually receives these benefits. For example, participants who would otherwise receive a pension benefit under the SRP will actually receive their benefit from the PBGC at a substantially reduced level; however, the higher SRP amount will be used to calculate a reduction of the participant’s SERP benefits.

Under the SERP, a participant receives the higher of one of two formulas.

 

  1) Regular formula

 

        (  

2% of

average

monthly

base salary

    X     

Total years

of credited

service

    )            

Frozen

Predecessor qualified

plan benefit

        

Pro-rated

Maximum

primary Social

Security

benefit

 

136


Table of Contents
  2) Alternative formula

 

        (  

1.5% of

average total direct compensation

    X     

Total years of credited

service

    )            

Frozen

Predecessor

qualified

plan benefit

        

Maximum

primary Social

Security

benefit

In the regular formula, average monthly base salary is calculated based on the participant’s monthly base salary for the highest-paid 48 months between January 1, 1999 and December 31, 2006. His or her total years of credited service are counted as of December 31, 2006.

The alternative formula bases the benefit on average total direct compensation, which is the average monthly base salary, as defined in the regular formula, plus an average of the highest four years of annual incentive awards earned during the period through and inclusive of 2006.

In both formulas, service is credited as of December 31, 2006, and under the alternative formula is capped at 35 years. Under both formulas, the benefit is further reduced by an additional 10%. The benefit will be paid out in the form of a five-year annuity.

Valuation Method and Assumptions

The actuarial present value of accumulated benefits for the SERP shown in the 2010 Pension Benefit table below is based on benefits accrued as of September 30, 2008, the last day on which benefits were accumulated under the Predecessor’s qualified plan. The amounts reflect the method and assumptions used in calculating our pension liability under U.S. GAAP as of that date, except that each participant is assumed to remain actively employed until the earliest he or she is eligible for unreduced benefits. The material assumptions used in the calculation were:

 

   

Discount rate: 4.1%, which is developed by RATE:Link, a globally consistent model for markets classified as having deep AA corporate bond markets.

 

   

Applicable Mortality Table based on Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

All of the figures shown are estimates only; actual benefit amounts will be based on the age, interest rates, mortality rates and other circumstances in effect upon the actual termination of employment or death of the participant.

The table below sets forth information regarding benefits provided to and years of service credited to eligible NEOs under the SERP.

2010 Pension Benefits

 

Name

  

    Plan Name    

     Number of Years
of Credited
Service (3)
     Present Value  of
Accumulated
Benefit
    Payments During
Last  Fiscal Year
 

Rodney O’Neal

     SERP         34.5       $ 7,463,734                        —   

Kevin P. Clark (1)

                              

James A. Bertrand

     SERP         27.6       $ 3,522,656          

Ronald M. Pirtle

     SERP         32.9       $ 3,866,304          

James A. Spencer

     SERP         30.3       $ 3,577,424          

Keith M. Stipp

     SERP         22.6       $ 191,823          

John A. Sheehan (2)

                              

 

(1) Mr. Clark joined Delphi in July 2010, after the SERP was frozen and is therefore ineligible for benefits under the program.

 

137


Table of Contents
(2) Mr. Sheehan ceased employment with Delphi on March 1, 2010. As discussed in further detail in the “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” section below, prior to his departure, he had the option to choose whether to receive payments upon termination of employment in accordance with the SERP or under our severance plan. Because Mr. Sheehan elected to receive benefits under the severance plan, he forfeited his SERP benefits.

 

(3) Number of years of credited service includes service with the Predecessor. Unless he is age 60 or older, each NEO is also subject to a two-year employment requirement, commencing in October 2009, in order to be eligible for the SERP.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

The SRESP is a non-qualified deferred compensation program available to a limited number of employees, including the NEOs. Under the SRESP, participants receive Delphi contributions in excess of the limits imposed upon the SRSP, our 401(k) plan, by the Internal Revenue Code.

Plan Benefits

Employees who were eligible for SRESP deferrals in 2010, including the NEOs, were permitted to defer additional income above $245,000, which is the maximum income deferral level imposed upon the SRSP by the Internal Revenue Code in 2010, into a SRESP deferral account. They also received the following benefits:

 

   

All SRESP-eligible employees receive a Delphi contribution of 4% of their base salary and annual incentive award. This contribution occurs even if the individual does not elect to make deferrals into the SRESP.

 

   

Eligible employees who made deferral contributions under the SRESP received an additional Delphi matching contribution of 50% on the individual’s voluntary deferrals up to 7% of the base salary and annual incentive award over the qualified plan limit, which constitutes a maximum contribution by Delphi of 3.5% of each eligible employee’s base salary. The Delphi employee matching contribution commenced in March 2010.

Investment Options

Participants in the SRESP may select investment options for their deferred amounts. The investment options consist of a cross-section of the funds that are also available to participants in the SRSP and do not offer any guaranteed or above-market returns.

Deferral Election Process

The SRESP deferral election process is conducted prior to the year in which eligible income is earned. For the 2010 plan, deferral elections were required to be made by December 2009. During this process, eligible employees were allowed to make deferral elections related to their 2010 base salary and any annual incentive award based on 2010 performance that would be scheduled to be paid in 2011 (but no later than March 15, 2011).

Distributions

Eligible employees must also elect a distribution date for their deferred amounts. A base salary deferral must remain deferred for a minimum of one year, and any annual incentive deferral must remain deferred for a minimum of two years.

Vesting

All employee deferrals and Delphi contributions are immediately vested.

 

138


Table of Contents

The values displayed in the table below include contributions to the NEOs’ SRESP accounts by the NEOs and by Delphi in 2010, as well as the aggregate balances of these accounts at the end of 2010.

2010 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY ($)
     Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(4)
     Aggregate
Earnings  in
Last FY ($)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($) (5)
    Aggregate
Balance at
Last  FYE ($)
 

Rodney O’Neal

           $ 49,619       $ 4,332       $ (31,340   $ 53,616   

Kevin P. Clark (1)

                                      

James A. Bertrand (2)

   $ 28,795       $ 30,840       $ 44       $ (14,538   $ 59,552   

Ronald M. Pirtle

           $ 17,755       $ 1,072       $ (20,161   $ 18,482   

James A. Spencer

           $ 15,899       $ 2,573              $ 22,269   

Keith M. Stipp

           $ 8,835       $ 2,275              $ 19,175   

John A. Sheehan (3)

                   $ 151       $ (11,820       

 

(1) Mr. Clark elected not to participate in the 2010 program. He was not eligible to receive any Delphi contributions or matching contributions until February 2011.

 

(2) Mr. Bertrand elected to defer a portion of his salary and annual incentive award as permitted under the SRESP. His total salary and annual incentive award, including these deferred amounts, are reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(3) Mr. Sheehan ceased employment with Delphi on March 1, 2010. He had elected to receive payment of his previously-deferred compensation in January 2010 and had no remaining funds in his SRESP account at the time of his departure.

 

(4) Our contributions to the NEOs’ SRESP accounts, along with contributions to the qualified SRSP, were disclosed in the “All Other Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(5) As with Mr. Sheehan’s withdrawals, the withdrawals of Messrs. O’Neal, Bertrand and Pirtle were made in accordance with the deferral election process described above.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Employment Arrangements

As part of the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP, each NEO was required to sign a new offer letter with the Company. Messrs. O’Neal, Bertrand, Pirtle, Spencer, Stipp and Sheehan each received and signed an offer letter upon beginning their employment in October 2009. These offer letters described compensation and benefits provided to the NEOs under the annual incentive plan, the Value Creation Plan and other arrangements.

Mr. Clark received an offer letter upon commencement of his employment in July 2010. In addition to describing terms and conditions of employment consistent with those included in the other NEOs’ offer letters, Mr. Clark’s offer letter also includes severance provisions, which provide for 18 months of base pay plus 1.5 times annual bonus target in the event he is terminated by the Company without cause.

We have no individual change in control agreements with any of the NEOs, as all change in control agreements were eliminated upon the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP in October 2009. The only change in control provisions are those provided in the annual incentive plan and the Value Creation Plan, as described below.

Each eligible participating executive signed a Value Creation Plan participation agreement and non-interference and confidentiality agreement, described above in “Compensation and Discussion and Analysis.” The non-interference agreement includes both non-compete and non-solicitation covenants.

 

139


Table of Contents

Annual Incentive Plan

In the event of a change in control, each executive’s annual incentive target award will be prorated for the time period between the plan start date and the effective change in control date. A payment will also be calculated for that time period based on actual performance and compared to the prorated target, with the executive receiving the larger of the two values. Payment of the award will be made by March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which a change in control occurs.

Following the closing of this offering, a change in control under the annual incentive plan occurs if any of the following events occurs:

 

   

A change in ownership or control of Delphi resulting in any person or group other than Delphi or a Delphi employee benefit plan acquiring securities of Delphi possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of Delphi’s equity securities outstanding after such acquisition;

 

   

The majority of the board as of the date of the initial public offering is replaced by persons whose election was not approved by a majority of the incumbent board; or

 

   

The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Delphi, in one or a series of related transactions, to any person or group other than Delphi.

An initial public offering is not considered a change in control under the annual incentive plan.

If involuntarily terminated without “cause,” as defined under the Value Creation Plan and described below, each executive, including the NEOs, will also be eligible for a prorated portion of his or her annual incentive award. The period used to determine the prorated award will be the beginning of the performance period to the individual’s termination date.

Management Value Creation Plan

If involuntarily terminated without “cause,” each executive, including the NEOs, will receive a prorated portion of his or her Value Creation Plan award using the NEO’s termination date as the last date of the performance measurement period, with the proration occurring on an annual basis for a termination on or before December 31, 2011 and on a monthly basis for a termination after December 31, 2011. Any pro-rated portion will be paid at the time all other executives are paid.

“Cause” is defined in the Value Creation Plan as:

 

   

Conviction or indictment for a felony, or for any other crime that has or could be reasonably expected to have an adverse impact on performance of duties to Delphi or on the business or reputation of Delphi;

 

   

Conduct in connection with employment or service that is not taken in good faith and has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in material injury to the business or reputation of Delphi;

 

   

Willful violation of Delphi’s material policies; or

 

   

Willful neglect in the performance of duties for Delphi, or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform these duties.

Upon a change in control, each executive is eligible to receive his or her proportionate share of the Value Creation Plan award based on the proceeds we receive through the change in control plus any accrued

 

140


Table of Contents

distributions as defined in the Value Creation Plan. The Value Creation Plan defines a change in control after the closing of this offering to include the same events described above for the change in control definition in the annual incentive plan. An initial public offering is not considered a change in control under the Value Creation Plan, and the awards are not subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a completed initial public offering.

The officers, including the NEOs, will receive their awards due to a change in control only if they incur a qualifying termination following the change in control. Under the Value Creation Plan, a qualifying termination after a change in control includes any termination either by Delphi without “cause” (as defined above) or by an officer as a result of any of the following:

 

   

A material diminution in base salary;

 

   

A material diminution in authority, duties or responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the change in control;

 

   

Relocation of the NEO’s principal place of employment more than 50 miles from its location immediately prior to the change in control; or

 

   

Any other action or inaction that is a material breach by Delphi of the agreement under which the NEO provides services to us.

Severance and SERP Payments

At the time of the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP, certain executives, including the NEOs, were required to choose between receiving consideration under our severance plan, the Separation Allowance Plan, or the SERP in the event that the executive was involuntarily terminated. This irrevocable election prevents an executive from receiving both severance and the non-qualified defined benefit retirement benefits in the event of an involuntary termination.

As such, if the executive is involuntarily terminated from Delphi, he or she will receive either a severance payment under the Separation Allowance Plan or a SERP payment, but not both. Because he is ineligible for the SERP, Mr. Clark would only be eligible to receive a severance payment under the Separation Allowance Plan should he be involuntarily terminated. The table below reflects the choices made by each NEO:

 

Name

   Selection

Rodney O’Neal

   SERP

Kevin P. Clark

   Separation Allowance Plan

James A. Bertrand

   SERP

Ronald M. Pirtle

   SERP

James A. Spencer

   SERP

Keith D. Stipp

   Separation Allowance Plan

John A. Sheehan

   Separation Allowance Plan

The table below describes the payments and benefits to which each NEO would have been entitled had his employment terminated on December 31, 2010 under various scenarios, including an involuntary termination of employment after a change in control of Delphi.

 

141


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

 

Name

  

Termination Scenario

   Annual Incentive
Plan  (1)
     Value Creation
Plan  (2)
     Separation
Allowance  Plan
(3)
 

Rodney O’Neal

  

Voluntary termination

   $ 4,390,000                   
  

Termination for cause

                       
  

Involuntary termination without cause (4)

   $ 4,390,000         $  5,333,213           
  

After a change of control, involuntary termination without cause or voluntary termination for good reason

   $ 4,390,000         $21,332,850           
  

Voluntary termination after age 55 with at least 10 years of service (6)

   $ 4,390,000         $  5,333,213           
  

Death (7)

   $ 4,390,000         $  5,333,213           
  

Disability (8)

   $ 4,390,000         $  5,333,213           

Kevin P. Clark

  

Voluntary termination

   $ 800,000                   
  

Termination for cause

                       
  

Involuntary termination without cause (4)

   $ 800,000         $  2,666,606       $ 2,400,000   
  

After a change of control, involuntary termination without cause or voluntary termination for good reason

   $ 800,000         $10,666,425           
  

Voluntary termination after age 55 with at least 10 years of service (6)

   $ 800,000                   
  

Death (7)

   $ 800,000         $  2,666,606           
  

Disability (8)

   $ 800,000         $  2,666,606           

James A. Bertrand

  

Voluntary termination

   $ 1,321,000                   
  

Termination for cause

                       
  

Involuntary termination without cause (4)(5)

   $ 1,321,000         $  1,090,884           
  

After a change of control, involuntary termination without cause or voluntary termination for good reason

   $ 1,321,000         $  4,363,538           
  

Voluntary termination after age 55 with at least 10 years of service (6)

   $ 1,321,000                   
  

Death (7)

   $ 1,321,000         $  1,090,884           
  

Disability (8)

   $ 1,321,000         $  1,090,884           

Ronald M. Pirtle

  

Voluntary termination

   $ 1,236,600                   
  

Termination for cause

                       
  

Involuntary termination without cause (4)

   $ 1,236,600         $  1,050,481           
  

After a change of control, involuntary termination without cause or voluntary termination for good reason

   $ 1,236,600         $  4,201,925           
  

Voluntary termination after age 55 with at least 10 years of service (6)

   $ 1,236,600         $  1,050,481           
  

Death (7)

   $ 1,236,600         $  1,050,481           
  

Disability (8)

   $ 1,236,600         $  1,050,481           

 

142


Table of Contents

Name

  

Termination Scenario

   Annual Incentive
Plan  (1)
     Value Creation
Plan  (2)
     Separation
Allowance  Plan
(3)
 

James A. Spencer

  

Voluntary termination

   $ 1,318,000                   
  

Termination for cause

                       
  

Involuntary termination without cause (4)

   $ 1,318,000       $ 1,131,288           
  

After a change of control, involuntary termination without cause or voluntary termination for good reason

   $ 1,318,000       $ 4,525,150           
  

Voluntary termination after age 55 with at least 10 years of service (6)

   $ 1,318,000       $ 1,131,288           
  

Death (7)

   $ 1,318,000       $ 1,131,288           
  

Disability (8)

   $ 1,318,000       $ 1,131,288      

Keith D. Stipp

  

Voluntary termination

   $ 525,000                   
  

Termination for cause

                       
  

Involuntary termination without cause (4)

   $ 525,000       $    461,750       $ 650,000   
  

After a change of control, involuntary termination without cause or voluntary termination for good reason

   $ 525,000       $ 1,847,000           
  

Voluntary termination after age 55 with at least 10 years of service (6)

   $ 525,000                   
  

Death (7)

   $ 525,000       $    461,750           
  

Disability (8)

   $ 525,000       $    461,750           

John A. Sheehan (9)

  

Involuntary termination without cause

                   $ 1,680,000   

 

(1) In all scenarios except a voluntary termination, the NEO is entitled to a prorated award. If the NEO voluntarily terminates employment, he must have worked on the last business day of the year in order to receive his annual incentive award; if not, it is forfeited in its entirety. For each NEO, annual incentive award payments are subject to individual performance assessment and will be paid after the completion of the performance period.

 

(2) Each NEO would be eligible to receive 25% of his Value Creation Plan award upon an involuntary separation, death or disability. Messrs. O’Neal, Pirtle and Spencer are over age 55 and have 10 years or more of service with the Company, and are therefore eligible to receive 25% of their Value Creation Plan awards upon voluntary departure. The values shown above are derived from the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table.

 

(3) Only Mr. Clark and Mr. Stipp have elected to receive payments under the Separation Allowance Plan. Mr. Clark’s Separation Allowance Plan payment is equal to 18 months of base salary, plus 1.5 times the value of his annual incentive plan target award. Mr. Stipp’s Separation Allowance Plan payment is equal to 12 months salary plus the value of his annual incentive plan target award.

 

(4) For involuntary termination without cause, receipt of benefits under the SERP or Separation Allowance Plan is dependent on the selection made by the NEO in his offer letter. For NEOs who elected to receive benefits through the SERP, the payment values are the same as those included in the Pension Benefits Table. Mr. Clark is ineligible for the SERP (and, therefore, by default elected the Separation Allowance Plan), and Mr. Stipp elected to receive benefits through the Separation Allowance Plan rather than the SERP.

 

(5) If involuntarily terminated without cause, Mr. Bertrand would be eligible for his SERP benefits but would not begin receiving payments until he reaches age 55.

 

(6) Currently, Messrs. O’Neal, Pirtle and Spencer are the only NEOs who are eligible for benefits upon voluntary departure after attaining age 55 and with 10 years or more of service with the Company, although none of them were eligible for SERP benefits upon a voluntary departure on December 31, 2010 (as discussed in “Pension Benefits” above).

 

(7) In the event of death, an eligible NEO’s spouse is entitled to immediate payment through the SERP. Amounts are derived from the amounts shown in the Pension Benefits Table. In addition, any outstanding balance under the SRESP will be paid within 60 days of the NEO’s death to his beneficiary or estate.

 

(8) In the event of termination from Delphi due to disability, Messrs. O’Neal, Pirtle and Spencer would receive the same benefit as a voluntary departure after attaining age 55 and with at least 10 years of service. Both Mr. Bertrand and Mr. Stipp would be eligible to receive benefits through the SERP. However, each would need to wait until he reaches age 55 to begin receiving payments.

 

(9)

Mr. Sheehan ceased employment with Delphi on March 1, 2010. As a result, he forfeited his entire annual incentive award. Because Mr. Sheehan departed before the grant date of Value Creation Plan awards, he did not receive a Value Creation Plan award. He received payments through the Separation Allowance Plan per his election and was therefore

 

143


Table of Contents
 

ineligible for SERP payments. Mr. Sheehan received 50% of his payments in 2010 and will receive the remainder in 2011 subject to his compliance with certain restrictive covenants, including confidentiality, non-compete and non-solicitation covenants.

In addition to the specific payments and benefits described above, the NEOs also would have been entitled to receive any benefits due under the terms of the SERP, described in further detail under “Pension Benefits,” as well as under the SRESP, described in further detail in connection with the 2010 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation table above. As required by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, all NEOs who have elected to participate in the SRESP must wait six months to receive a payment under the plan by reason of termination of employment. Payments for departure on December 31, 2010 would be made within 60 days after July 1, 2011. Mr. Clark did not participate in the SRESP in 2010 and was not eligible to receive any Delphi contributions. All amounts are estimates only, and actual amounts will vary depending upon the facts and circumstances applicable at the time of the triggering event.

Director Compensation

The formation of Delphi Automotive LLP took place in the middle of an unprecedented global financial crisis and plummeting consumer demand that threatened the global automotive market. The uncertainty regarding the future of some of our largest global customers, many of whom were weathering significant financial challenges themselves, including bankruptcy, raised serious questions as to whether key players in the automotive industry, including component suppliers, would survive. In the face of this environment, the owners were tasked with assembling a Board of Managers suitable for and capable of overseeing and guiding the management team of the new enterprise.

Rather than filling the board with representatives from the various owner constituencies, as many privately-held companies do, the owners decided to create a board comprised of proven senior executives who had experience managing world-class companies across a variety of industries. With the exception of the CEO, our Board of Managers is composed entirely of non-employee directors, each of whom was recruited by the owner representatives to join our Board of Managers after the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP. Meaningful equity interests were determined to be necessary to attract high caliber board members, with objectives aligned with owners’ interests. This was deemed particularly important in light of the highly dynamic and risky industry environment that existed at the time of the formation of Delphi Automotive LLP. Once we become a public company, board compensation will be established in line with competitive compensation practices. We anticipate that each current member of our Board of Managers will become a member of our post-offering Board of Directors.

Currently, our Board of Managers’ compensation is comprised of the following elements:

 

   

Annual retainer;

 

   

Special IPO incentive opportunity; and

 

   

One-time, three-year equity award.

Mr. O’Neal is compensated as an officer of the Company and does not receive additional compensation for his service as a board member.

Each member of our Board of Managers is a member of at least one committee and some members participate in two committees, as discussed in “Management—Board Committees.” The Board of Managers as a whole and each committee meet on a frequent basis. In 2010, the Board of Managers held 18 in-person or telephonic meetings. Each of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met between five and nine times during 2010. Additionally, members have participated in numerous special issue-specific meetings, as required. Attendance at all board and committee meetings exceeded 95%.

 

144


Table of Contents

Annual Retainer

We pay annual retainers to members of our Board of Managers on a quarterly basis, at the end of each quarter. The Chairman of the Board of Managers receives an annual retainer of $200,000. Chairmen of the Audit and Compensation Committees receive annual retainers of $150,000. The Innovation and Technology Committee was formed in 2011 and its chairman will receive an annual retainer of $125,000 beginning April 2011. All other members of the Board of Managers receive annual retainers of $100,000. There are no additional fees for attending in-person or telephonic board or committee meetings. Compensation for members who have joined the Board of Managers or assume additional responsibilities during the year are prorated beginning with the effective date of the new responsibilities.

Special IPO Incentive Opportunity

To incentivize engagement and performance which results in a successful initial public offering, all current members of our Board of Managers are eligible to receive a $275,000 award payable following completion of an initial public offering. The cash incentive is to be paid if our implied company value, at the time of the initial public offering, is greater than $6 billion. If the implied company value of the offering does not exceed $6 billion, members will not receive the award. The implied company value represents the sum of all distributions to holders of all membership interests, the approximately $4.4 billion paid to repurchase Class A and Class C membership interests and any amounts distributed to holders of Class E-1 membership interests with respect to or to repurchase their Class E-1 membership interests, plus the fair market value of our ordinary shares issued in connection with the offering. The amount will be paid within 60 days of the closing of the initial public offering. Assuming that the offering is priced at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect the implied company value to exceed $6 billion, resulting in the payout of these awards. Any member of the Board of Managers whose services are terminated prior to the offering will forfeit his or her award, unless terminated without cause within 90 days prior to the offering and a majority of independent members of the Board of Managers determine that the award should be paid.

Equity Award

Members of the Board of Managers were granted ownership interests under the Board of Managers 2010 Class E-1 Interest Incentive Plan to align their interests with those of our investors, thereby reinforcing value creation. As described above, another key purpose of the plan was to attract and retain experienced and highly qualified members of the Board of Managers.

Under the plan, Delphi made a one-time grant in June 2010 of membership interests that vest over a three-year period beginning in November 2009. Like the Value Creation Plan (i.e., the management long-term incentive program), the directors’ plan is a multi-year plan and not an annual long-term incentive program. The vesting schedule for directors’ ownership interests is as follows:

 

   

November 1, 2010:                 20%

 

   

November 1, 2011:                 40%

 

   

November 1, 2012:                 40%

All unvested membership interests will fully vest in the event of a completed initial public offering if the resulting total equity valuation of the Company (based on the average closing price of Delphi shares during the 15-day period beginning on the 30th day after the closing of the offering), plus the value of prior distributions made under the LLP Agreement to holders of membership interests (as well as $4,385,400,000 paid to repurchase Class A and Class C membership interests and any amounts distributed to holders of Class E-1 membership interests with respect to or to repurchase their Class E-1 membership interests), is at least $6 billion. Assuming that the offering is priced at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we expect this

 

145


Table of Contents

value to exceed $6 billion. In addition, upon completion of our initial public offering, all outstanding membership interests will be converted to ordinary shares. Assuming that the offering is priced at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, each unit of membership interest will convert into              ordinary shares of Delphi Automotive PLC.

Membership interests acquired under the plan generally may not be transferred prior to an initial public offering or a sale of the Company, and ordinary shares acquired through the offering may also be subject to transfer restrictions for up to 180 days after the offering (or a longer period if a similar lock-up is imposed on other holders of Delphi securities).

Each member of our Board of Managers received the same equity award in 2010, with the exception of the Chairman of the Board of Managers, who received a larger award due to his additional responsibilities. The 2010 individual cash retainer fees and equity awards are noted in the table below.

2010 Director Compensation

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Stock Awards
($) (3)(4)
     Total ($)  

Gary L. Cowger

   $ 100,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,682,860   

Nicholas M. Donofrio(1)

   $ 100,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,682,860   

Mark P. Frissora

   $ 100,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,682,860   

Rajiv L. Gupta

   $ 150,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,732,860   

John A. Krol

   $ 200,000       $ 3,165,720       $ 3,365,720   

J. Randall MacDonald

   $ 100,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,682,860   

Sean O. Mahoney

   $ 100,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,682,860   

Michael McNamara

   $ 100,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,682,860   

Thomas W. Sidlik

   $ 100,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,682,860   

Bernd Wiedemann (2)

     $75,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,657,860   

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

   $ 150,000       $ 1,582,860       $ 1,732,860   

 

(1) Mr. Donofrio became chairman of the Innovation and Technology Committee effective April 1, 2011. His annual retainer will increase to $125,000, with a prorated amount paid in the remainder of 2011.

 

(2) Dr. Wiedemann joined the Delphi Board of Managers effective April 1, 2010. His cash retainer has been prorated accordingly.

 

(3) Reflects the grant date fair value of the equity awards granted under the Board of Managers 2010 Class E-1 Interest Incentive Plan, which are one-time grants that vest over the three-year period from November 2009 to November 2012 (in other words, not an annual long-term incentive program). As of December 31, 2010, 20% of each respective award had vested. These awards are described in detail above. These values as set forth in the table were determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date for accounting purposes is June 30, 2010. For assumptions used in determining the fair value of the awards, see “Note 22. Share-Based Compensation” to the consolidated financial statements included herein. The year-end membership interest balances are:

 

Name

   Vested
Interests:
12/31/2010
     Unvested
Interests:
12/31/2010
     Total
Interests:
12/31/2010
 

Gary L. Cowger

     400         1,600         2,000   

Nicholas M. Donofrio

     400         1,600         2,000   

Mark P. Frissora

     400         1,600         2,000   

Rajiv L. Gupta

     400         1,600         2,000   

John A. Krol

     800         3,200         4,000   

J. Randall MacDonald

     400         1,600         2,000   

Sean O. Mahoney

     400         1,600         2,000   

Michael McNamara

     400         1,600         2,000   

Thomas W. Sidlik

     400         1,600         2,000   

Bernd Wiedemann

     400         1,600         2,000   

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

     400         1,600         2,000   

 

146


Table of Contents

 

(4) In 2010 we provided loans to Messrs. Cowger, Frissora, Gupta, Krol, MacDonald, Mahoney and Sidlik to assist with their payment of taxes associated with an election under Section 83(b) of the Code which they made with respect to their equity awards. We also provided a loan to Mr. McNamara in 2011. These loans have been repaid in cash. As a result, no member of the Board of Managers currently has any loans outstanding with the Company at the time of this filing.

Future Board Compensation

As a public company, board compensation will be established in line with competitive compensation practices.

 

147


Table of Contents

RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Acquisition Financing

In connection with the acquisition of certain assets of the Predecessor by Delphi Automotive LLP and GM on the Acquisition Date, (i) we issued the Old Notes pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement (the “NPA”) with an Acquisition Date fair value of $49 million and (ii) entered into the DDTL with a syndicate of lenders. A majority of the holders of the Old Notes and the lenders under the DDTL were related parties as holders of the Class A and Class B membership interests. In connection with the redemptions of our Class A and Class C membership interests as described below under “—Redemption Agreements,” we terminated the DDTL and repaid and extinguished the Old Notes at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $57 million.

The Old Notes paid 12% interest and had a maturity date of October 6, 2014. The Old Notes were recorded at $47 million in our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2011, immediately before giving effect to the extinguishment of the Old Notes. The DDTL had included maximum available borrowing of $890 million, which was split into a U.S. tranche of up to $267 million in borrowings and a foreign tranche of up to $623 million in borrowings. There was no commitment fee associated with the DDTL, but, if drawn, we would have been required to pay interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 6.0% per annum, with a minimum LIBOR amount of 2.0% per annum. The DDTL had a term of 5 years.

The U.S. tranche under the DDTL was guaranteed by each of our U.S. subsidiaries as well as certain foreign subsidiaries. The foreign tranche under the DDTL was guaranteed by each of the guarantors under the U.S. tranche. In addition, subject to legal and other customary limitations, the DDTL required certain of our material foreign subsidiaries to become guarantors under the foreign tranche. The loans, guarantees and other obligations under the U.S. tranche were secured by substantially all of the assets of our U.S. subsidiaries. The loans, guarantees and other obligations under the foreign tranche were secured by all of the assets securing the U.S. tranche. Subject to legal and other customary limitations, the foreign tranche was also secured by substantially all of the assets of any of our material foreign subsidiaries that became guarantors under the foreign tranche. The Old Notes were unsecured and were guaranteed by the same Delphi entities that guaranteed the loans under the U.S. tranche of the DDTL.

The NPA and the DDTL contained affirmative and negative covenants that imposed restrictions on our financial and business operations, including our ability, among other things, to incur or secure other debt, make investments, sell assets, make distributions or repurchase stock or stock equivalents.

Agreements with GM

Commercial, Supply and Access Agreements

GM was, until March 31, 2011, a holder of Class A membership interests in Delphi Automotive LLP. We redeemed 100% of GM’s membership interests on March 31, 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of $3.8 billion as described below under “—Redemption Agreements.”

In connection with the MDA, we entered into three agreements with GM: the Access Agreement dated July 26, 2009 (the “Access Agreement”), the Commercial Agreement dated July 26, 2009 (the “Commercial Agreement”), and the Supply Agreement dated July 26, 2009 (the “Supply Agreement”). We terminated the Access Agreement in connection with our redemption of the Class A membership interests on March 31, 2011, other than with respect to GM’s license to use certain intellectual property under limited circumstances. The license will terminate on March 31, 2015, unless there is an event of default in respect of an access facility, in which case, the license will be perpetual. The Commercial Agreement and the Supply Agreement remain in place.

 

148


Table of Contents

The Commercial Agreement governs the sale of products between GM and us out of and to the four Old Delphi sites that were sold to General Motors Components Holdings, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of GM, under the MDA (the “GMCH Sites”). Each party agreed to continue to sell such products to the other party, at the prices that were in effect as of January 1, 2009, with certain limited exceptions. The Commercial Agreement also grants to GM perpetual licenses with respect to certain intellectual property used to manufacture products at the GMCH Sites and certain other products that were in production on the date of the Commercial Agreement. The Commercial Agreement expires on October 6, 2012.

The Supply Agreement governs the terms of sale by us to GM of parts produced in North America that were under contract on October 6, 2009. It provides for reductions in pricing with respect to certain parts that are produced at our North American facilities, which occur on October 6, 2011 and October 6, 2012. We have also agreed to cooperate with GM in connection with GM’s resourcing of business governed by the Supply Agreement, including by providing tooling information and access to our facilities for the purpose of viewing production processes. Our supply obligations with respect to parts that are produced at our North American facilities continue until the end of the applicable vehicle program. In addition, under the Supply Agreement, we agreed that tooling (including engineering specifications and test reports) that was used only in connection with the manufacture of GM-component parts (or where any other use is immaterial) or that was otherwise paid for by GM or owned by GM was owned by GM. The tooling provisions provide for the immediate release of GM-owned tooling upon GM’s request, create a presumption in favor of GM in the event of any dispute over whether tooling is GM-owned tooling (subject to any other customer ownership rights), and prohibits the use of any tooling which was ever subject to a GM purchase order for the production of parts for sale in the aftermarket unless GM approves in writing.

Our sales to GM are governed by a number of agreements and purchasing arrangements, of which the Commercial Agreement and the Supply Agreement form only a part. Our total sales to GM, including its affiliates, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were $803 million. Our total sales to GM, including its affiliates, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from October 6, 2009 through December 31, 2009, the period from January 1, 2009 through October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 were $2,838 million, $668 million, $2,197 million and $5,053 million, respectively.

Warranty Settlement Agreement

In addition, in connection with the Acquisition, we assumed the Warranty Settlement Agreement related to the warranty matters described in “Business—Legal Proceedings.” Under the Warranty Settlement Agreement, we are obligated to pay GM for repair claims related to these warranty matters.

Our total payments to GM in connection with the Warranty Settlement Agreement for the three months ended March 31, 2011, the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from August 19, 2009 through December 31, 2009, the period from January 1, 2009 through October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 were $1 million, $7 million, $2 million, $9 million and $14 million, respectively.

Redemption Agreements

On March 31, 2011, we entered into a redemption agreement with GM for the redemption of 1,750,000 of our Class A membership interests, representing all of our outstanding Class A membership interests, for a redemption price of approximately $3.8 billion, and a redemption agreement with the PBGC for the redemption of 100,000 of our Class C membership interests, representing all of our outstanding Class C membership interests, for a redemption price of $594 million. Upon the closings of the redemptions, GM and the PBGC ceased to be members of Delphi Automotive LLP.

Concurrently with the entry into the redemption agreements, we entered into a rights modification agreement dated March 31, 2011 with certain holders of our Class B membership interests to consent to the GM

 

149


Table of Contents

and PBGC redemptions, the termination of the DDTL and the elimination of certain governance rights under our limited liability partnership agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of our existing shareholders pursuant to which we will grant them the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act ordinary shares held by them. Under the registration rights agreements, certain of these shareholders will have the right to request us to register the sale of their shares.

Other Related Party Transactions

On December 13, 2010, we entered into a Master Sale and Purchase Agreement whereby (1) our wholly-owned subsidiary, Delphi International S.a.r.l., sold its 49.5% interest in Daesung Electric Co., Ltd. to LS Mtron Ltd. for KRW 39,600,000,000 (U.S. $35 million), (2) Daesung Electric Co., Ltd. sold its entire 40% interest in Delphi Electrical Centers (Shanghai) Company, Limited to Delphi Automotive Systems Singapore Pte. Ltd. for KRW 5,119,000,000 (U.S. $5 million) and (3) Daesung Electric Co., Ltd. sold certain assets and properties related to production of connectors to Delphi Korea LLC for up to KRW 4,400,000,000 (U.S. $4 million). Upon the closing of these transactions, Delphi Electrical Centers (Shanghai) Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delphi Automotive Systems Singapore Pte. Ltd., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delphi International S.a.r.l., and we had no remaining interest in Daesung Electric Co., Ltd. We closed the sale of Daesung Electric Co., Ltd. and the purchase of the 40% interest in Delphi Electrical Centers (Shanghai) Company on January 31, 2011. We expect to close the asset purchase portion in June 2011 upon the completion of certain closing conditions.

Under the terms of the agreement, LS Mtron Ltd. and Daesung Electric Co., Ltd. agreed to certain non-compete provisions. Additionally, Delphi Korea LLC is required to provide replacement connector products to Daesung Electric Co., Ltd. on an at-cost basis in connection with product warranty claims, subject to certain limitations and rights of reimbursements.

In addition, certain of our directors had loans from the Company outstanding prior to this offering, each of which was repaid in full. See “Executive Compensation.”

Statement Regarding Transactions with Affiliates

Upon the completion of this offering, we will adopt a policy regarding the approval of any transaction or series of transactions in which we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a “related person” (as defined under SEC rules) has a direct or indirect material interest. Under the policy, a related person must promptly disclose to our general counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is required to be disclosed under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts about the transaction. The general counsel will then assess and promptly communicate that information to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors. Based on its consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, this board committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction and will generally approve only those transactions that do not create a conflict of interest. If we become aware of an existing related person transaction that has not been pre-approved under this policy, the transaction will be referred to this board committee, which will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction. Our policy requires any director who may be interested in a related person transaction to recuse himself or herself from any consideration of such related person transaction.

 

150


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of             (after giving effect to our conversion to a corporation) by:

 

   

each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares;

 

   

each of the directors and named executive officers individually; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable within 60 days of             . The number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering includes              ordinary shares being offered for sale by us in this offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on              ordinary shares that will be issued immediately prior to this offering in exchange for membership units of Delphi Automotive LLP outstanding as of the date of such exchange, and              ordinary shares outstanding after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed shareholder is: c/o Delphi Automotive LLP, 5725 Delphi Drive, Troy, MI 48098. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned Before
the Offering
            Shares Beneficially Owned After  
the Offering (2)
 

Name and Address of Beneficial owner

        Number                 Percent           Number of
Shares Being
Offered
          Number                 Percent        

Executive Officers and Directors:

         

Rodney O’Neal

    (1)                     

Kevin P. Clark

    (1)                     

James A. Bertrand

    (1)                     

Ronald M. Pirtle

    (1)                     

James A. Spencer

    (1)                     

John Sheehan

                        

Keith Stipp

    (1)                     

John A. Krol

         

Gary L. Cowger

         

Nicholas M. Donofrio

         

Mark P. Frissora

         

Rajiv L. Gupta

         

J. Randall MacDonald

         

Sean O. Mahoney

         

Michael McNamara

         

Thomas W. Sidlik

         

Bernd Wiedemann

         

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

         
                                       

Officers and directors as a group

(18 persons)

         
                                       

5% Shareholders:

         

Paulson & Co. Inc. (3)

         

Elliott Associates, L.P. (4)(5)

         

Elliott International, L.P. (4)(5)

         

Silver Point Capital LP – FSG (6)

         

Oaktree Capital (7)

         

 

(1)

Members of our management participate in a Value Creation Plan that entitles them to shares based upon the value of our Company (including amounts used to repurchase units prior to the date of this offering) as of December 31, 2012 (subject

 

151


Table of Contents
 

to earlier vesting upon the occurrence of certain events). See “Executive Compensation.” Because such shares are not issuable within 60 days, our management members are not deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares in the table above. Based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of the prospectus and assuming such price is in effect on December 31, 2012, Messrs. O’Neal, Clark, Bertrand, Pirtle and Spencer would be entitled to receive             ,             ,             ,              and              shares under the Value Creation Plan, respectively.

 

(2) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriting.”

 

(3) Represents shares held by various onshore and offshore investment funds and separately managed accounts (collectively, the “Funds”), all of which are affiliated with and managed by Paulson & Co. Inc. (“Paulson”). Paulson is an investment advisor that is registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. In its role as investment advisor, or manager of the Funds, Paulson possesses voting and/or investment power over the ordinary shares owned by the Funds. Because John Paulson is the President and sole Director of Paulson, he may be deemed to have voting and/or investment power over such shares. Except for the purpose of determining beneficial ownership under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, John Paulson and Paulson disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities. The address for the Funds is c/o Paulson & Co. Inc., 1251 Avenue of the Americas, NY, NY 10020.

 

(4) Reflects ordinary shares held by DIP Holdco 5 LLC, a subsidiary of Elliott Associates, L.P. Paul E. Singer, Elliott Capital Advisors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership which is controlled by Mr. Singer, and Elliott Special GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which is controlled by Mr. Singer, are the general partners of Elliott Associates, L.P. Elliott Associates, L.P. has an address at 712 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

 

(5) Reflects ordinary shares held by DIP Holdco 5 Ltd., a subsidiary of Elliott International, L.P. Hambledon, Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation controlled by Paul E. Singer, is the sole general partner of Elliott International, L.P. In addition, Elliott International Capital Advisors Inc., the investment manager of Elliott International, L.P. which is controlled by Mr. Singer, has shared power with Elliott International, L.P. to vote and dispose of the shares owned by Elliott International, L.P. Elliott Associates, L.P. and Elliott International, L.P. are funds under common management. Elliott International, L.P. has an address at c/o Elliott Management Corporation, 712 Fifth Avenue, 36th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

 

(6) Includes shares held by: (i) SPCP Group, LLC (“SPCP”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Silver Point Capital Fund, L.P. (“Fund”) and Silver Point Capital Offshore Master Fund, L.P. (“Offshore Fund”); (ii) SP Auto, Ltd. (“SP Auto”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Offshore Fund; and (iii) SPCP Group III, LLC (“SPCP Group III”). Silver Point Capital, L.P. (“Silver Point”) is the investment manager of the Fund and the Offshore Fund, and as a result has sole voting and investment power over the shares held, directly or indirectly, by the Fund and the Offshore Fund. Silver Point Capital Management, LLC (“Silver Point Management”) is the general partner of Silver Point. Silver Point Management is also the manager of SPCP Group III, and as a result has sole voting and investment power over the securities held by SPCP Group III. Because Edward A. Mulé and Robert J. O’Shea are the members of Silver Point Management, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held, directly or indirectly, by the Fund, the Offshore Fund and SPCP Group III. The address for Silver Point and Silver Point Management is Two Greenwich Plaza, 1st Floor, Greenwich, CT 06830.

 

(7) Represents all ordinary shares owned by OCM Opportunities Fund VIIb Delaware, L.P., Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII Delaware, L.P., Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund, L.P., Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII (Parallel 2), L.P., Oaktree FF Investment Fund, L.P. – Class B, Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund Holdings, L.P., OCM Opps PH Holding, L.P. and California Street Holdings 2, L.P. The mailing address for the owners listed above is 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

 

     The general partner of each of OCM Opportunities Fund VIIb Delaware, L.P. and Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII Delaware, L.P. is Oaktree Fund GP, LLC. The managing member of Oaktree Fund GP, LLC is Oaktree Fund GP I, L.P.

 

     The general partner of Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund, L.P. is Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund GP, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund GP, L.P. is Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund GP Ltd. The sole shareholder of Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund GP Ltd. is Oaktree Fund GP I, L.P.

 

     The general partner of Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII (Parallel 2), L.P. is Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII GP, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII GP, L.P. is Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII GP Ltd. The sole shareholder of Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII GP Ltd. is Oaktree Fund GP I, L.P.

 

     The general partner of Oaktree FF Investment Fund, L.P. – Class B is Oaktree FF Investment Fund GP, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree FF Investment Fund GP, L.P. is Oaktree FF Investment Fund GP Ltd. The sole shareholder of Oaktree FF Investment Fund GP Ltd. is Oaktree Fund GP I, L.P.

 

     The general partner of Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund Holdings, L.P. is Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP, L.P. is Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP Ltd. The sole shareholder of Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP Ltd. is Oaktree Fund GP I, L.P.

 

152


Table of Contents
     The general partner of Oaktree Fund GP I, L.P. is Oaktree Capital I, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree Capital I, L.P. is OCM Holdings I, LLC. The managing member of OCM Holdings I, LLC is Oaktree Holdings, LLC. The managing member of Oaktree Holdings, LLC is Oaktree Capital Group, LLC. The holder of a majority of the voting units of Oaktree Capital Group, LLC is Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P. is Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC. The members of Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC are Kevin Clayton, John Frank, Stephen Kaplan, Bruce Karsh, Larry Keele, David Kirchheimer, Howard Marks and Sheldon Stone. Each of the general partners, managing members, unit holders and members described above disclaims beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares beneficially or of record owned by any of OCM Opportunities Fund VIIb Delaware, L.P., Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII Delaware, L.P., Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund, L.P., Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII (Parallel 2), L.P., Oaktree FF Investment Fund, L.P. – Class B or Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund Holdings, L.P., except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for all of the entities and individuals identified above is 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

 

     The general partner of each of OCM Opps PH Holding, L.P. and California Street Holdings 2, L.P. is OCM FIE, LLC. The managing member of OCM FIE, LLC is Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. is Oaktree Holdings, Inc. The sole shareholder of Oaktree Holdings, Inc. is Oaktree Capital Group, LLC. The holder of a majority of the voting units of Oaktree Capital Group, LLC is Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P. The general partner of Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P. is Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC. The members of Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC are Kevin Clayton, John Frank, Stephen Kaplan, Bruce Karsh, Larry Keele, David Kirchheimer, Howard Marks and Sheldon Stone. Each of the general partners, managing members, unit holders and members described above disclaims beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares beneficially or of record owned by either of OCM Opps PH Holding, L.P. or California Street Holdings 2, L.P., except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for all of the entities and individuals identified above is 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

 

153


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

Following this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of              ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, and              preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share.

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

Ordinary Shares

There will be ordinary              shares outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, after giving effect to the sale of the ordinary shares offered hereby. All outstanding ordinary shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the ordinary shares to be issued upon completion of this offering will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The ordinary shares do not have pre-emptive, subscription or redemption rights. Neither our Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association nor the laws of Jersey restrict in any way the ownership or voting of ordinary shares held by non-residents of Jersey.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights . Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive equally, share for share, any dividends that may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. If, in the future, we declare cash dividends, such dividends will be payable in U.S. dollars. In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to share pro rata in our net assets. Such rights may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class or series of preferred shares that may be authorized in the future. Declaration of a final dividend (not exceeding the amounts proposed by our Board of Directors) requires shareholder approval by adoption of an ordinary resolution. Failure to obtain such shareholder approval does not affect previously paid interim dividends.

Voting, Shareholder Meetings and Resolutions . Holders of ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. These voting rights may be affected by the grant of any special voting rights to the holders of a class or series of preferred shares that may be authorized in the future. An annual general meeting shall be held once every calendar year at the time (within a period of not more than 18 months after the last preceding annual general meeting) and at the place as may be determined by the Board of Directors. The quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of shareholders present in person or by proxy who hold or represent between them a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares.

An ordinary resolution (such as a resolution for the approval of the financial reports or the declaration of dividends) requires approval by the holders of a majority of the voting rights represented at a meeting, in person or by proxy, and voting thereon.

Amendments to Governing Documents. A special resolution (such as, for example, a resolution amending our Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association or approving any change in capitalization, or a liquidation or winding-up) requires approval of the holders of two-thirds of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and voting thereon. A special resolution can only be considered if shareholders receive at least fourteen days’ prior notice of the meeting at which such resolution will be considered.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Shareholder Nominations and Proposals. Our Articles of Association establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors.

 

154


Table of Contents

Limits on Written Consents. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of shareholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such shareholders.

Transfer of Shares and Notices . Fully paid ordinary shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred pursuant to the Articles of Association unless the transfer is restricted or prohibited by another instrument. Each shareholder of record is entitled to receive at least fourteen days’ prior notice (excluding the day of notice and the day of the meeting) of an ordinary shareholders’ meeting and of any shareholders’ meeting at which a special resolution is to be adopted of at least fourteen days. For the purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at the meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a date as the record date for any such determination.

Modification of Class Rights . The rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of that class), such as voting, dividends and the like, may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of such class, or with the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Election and Removal of Directors . The ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. As a result, the holders of ordinary shares that represent more than 50% of the voting power have the power to elect any of our directors who are up for election.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board of Directors will consist of 12 directors. Each director will serve a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. The classification and term of office for each of our directors is described under “Management—Board of Directors.” Our amended Articles of Association will state that shareholders may only remove a director for cause. Our Board of Directors will have sole power to fill any vacancy occurring as a result of the death, disability, removal or resignation of a director or as a result of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors.

Preferred Shares

We have              authorized preferred shares. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the preferred shares in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such shares, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series, without further vote or action by the shareholders. We currently do not have any plans to issue any preferred shares.

The purpose of authorizing the Board of Directors to issue preferred shares and to determine their rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a shareholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred shares, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible equity financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting shares.

Comparison of United States and Jersey Corporate Law

The following discussion is a summary of the material differences between United States and Jersey corporate law relevant to an investment in the ordinary shares. The following discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change.

 

155


Table of Contents

As in most United States jurisdictions, unless approved by a special resolution of our shareholders, our directors do not have the power to take certain actions, including an amendment of our Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association or an increase or reduction in our authorized capital. Directors of a Jersey corporation, without shareholder approval, in certain instances may, among other things, implement certain sales, transfers, exchanges or dispositions of assets, property, parts of the business or securities of the corporation; or any combination thereof, if they determine any such action is in the best interests of the corporation, its creditors or its shareholders.

As in most United States jurisdictions, the board of directors of a Jersey corporation is charged with the management of the affairs of the corporation. In most United States jurisdictions, directors owe a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders, including a duty of care, pursuant to which directors must properly apprise themselves of all reasonably available information, and a duty of loyalty, pursuant to which they must protect the interests of the corporation and refrain from conduct that injures the corporation or its shareholders or that deprives the corporation or its shareholders of any profit or advantage. Many United States jurisdictions have enacted various statutory provisions that permit the monetary liability of directors to be eliminated or limited. Jersey law protecting the interests of shareholders may not be as protective in all circumstances as the law protecting shareholders in United States jurisdictions. Under our Articles of Association, we are required to indemnify every present and former officer of ours out of our assets against any loss or liability incurred by such officer by reason of being or having been such an officer. The extent of such indemnities shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended.

Listing

The Company will apply to list the ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol “DLPH”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the ordinary shares is                                                                              .

 

156


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The information presented under the caption “Jersey Tax Considerations” below is a discussion of the material Jersey tax consequences of investing in the ordinary shares. The information presented under the caption “U.K. Tax Considerations” below is a discussion of Delphi Automotive PLC’s status as a resident of the United Kingdom for U.K. tax purposes and of the material U.K. tax consequences of investing in the ordinary shares. The information presented under the caption “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” below is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of investing in the ordinary shares.

You should consult your tax adviser regarding the applicable tax consequences to you of investing in ordinary shares under the laws of Jersey, the United Kingdom and the United States (federal, state and local) and any other applicable foreign jurisdiction.

Jersey Tax Considerations

Delphi Automotive PLC is not regarded as resident for tax purposes in Jersey. Therefore, Delphi Automotive PLC will not be liable to Jersey income tax other than on Jersey source income (except where such income is exempted from income tax pursuant to the Income Tax (Jersey) Law 1961, as amended) and dividends on ordinary shares may be paid by Delphi Automotive PLC without withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey income tax. The holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such ordinary shares.

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the ordinary shares except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer ordinary shares on the death of a holder of such ordinary shares. In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever situated in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled in Jersey, or situated in Jersey in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% of such estate.

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there otherwise estate duties.

U.K. Tax Considerations

Delphi Automotive PLC intends to conduct its affairs, including by holding a significant number of its board meetings in the United Kingdom, such that it will be treated as managed and controlled in the United Kingdom and therefore be treated as resident in the United Kingdom for U.K tax purposes.

The following statements are a general guide to certain aspects of current U.K. tax law and the current published practice of HM Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”), both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

Dividends

Delphi Automotive PLC will not be required to deduct or withhold U.K. tax at source from dividend payments it makes.

Capital Gains

Holders of ordinary shares who are not resident or ordinarily resident in the U.K. will not generally be subject to U.K. taxation of capital gains on the disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares unless they are carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency (or, in the case of a corporate holder, carrying on a trade in the U.K. through a permanent establishment) in connection with which the ordinary shares are used, held or acquired.

 

157


Table of Contents

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

No stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the issue of the ordinary shares or on any transfer of the ordinary shares, provided that the ordinary shares are not registered in a register kept in the U.K. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the U.K.

No stamp duty will be payable on the issue of the ordinary shares. No stamp duty will be payable on a transfer of the ordinary shares provided that (i) any instrument of transfer is not executed inside the U.K., and (ii) such instrument of transfer does not relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done or to be done, in the U.K.

Tax position of U.K. resident holders of ordinary shares

The following statements are intended to apply to holders of ordinary shares who are only resident or (in the case of capital gains tax) ordinarily resident for tax purposes in the U.K., who hold the ordinary shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares. The statements may not apply to certain classes of holders of ordinary shares, such as dealers in securities and persons acquiring ordinary shares in connection with their employment. Prospective investors in ordinary shares who are in any doubt as to their tax position regarding the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisers.

Dividends

Individuals

An individual holder who receives a dividend from Delphi Automotive PLC will be entitled to a tax credit which may be set off against his total income tax liability on the dividend. Such an individual holder’s liability to income tax is calculated on the aggregate of the dividend (the “declared dividend”) and the tax credit (such aggregate being the “gross dividend”) which will be regarded as the top slice of the individual’s income. The tax credit will be equal to 10% of the gross dividend (i.e. the tax credit will be one-ninth of the amount of the dividend).

An individual holder who is not liable to income tax in respect of the dividend will not be entitled to reclaim any part of the tax credit. An individual holder who is liable to income tax at the basic rate will be subject to income tax on the dividend at the rate of 10% of the gross dividend so that the tax credit will satisfy in full such holder’s liability to income tax on the dividend.

An individual holder liable to income tax at the higher rate will be subject to income tax on the gross dividend at 32.5% of the gross dividend, but will be able to set the tax credit off against part of this liability. The effect of the set off of the U.K. tax credit is that such a holder will have to account for additional tax equal to one-quarter of the declared dividend.

An individual holder liable to income tax at the additional rate will be subject to income tax on the gross dividend at 42.5% of the gross dividend, but will be able to set the tax credit off against part of this liability. The effect of that set off of the U.K. tax credit is that such a holder will have to account for additional tax equal to approximately 36.1% of the declared dividend.

Corporate shareholders within the charge to U.K. Corporation Tax

Holders of ordinary shares within the charge to U.K. corporation tax which are “small companies” for the purposes of Chapter 2 of Part 9A of the Corporation Tax Act 2009 (“CTA 2009”) (for the purposes of U.K. taxation of dividends) will not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on any dividend received from Delphi Automotive PLC provided certain conditions are met (including an anti-avoidance condition).

 

158


Table of Contents

Other holders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax will not normally be subject to tax on dividends (including dividends from Delphi Automotive PLC).

If the conditions for exemption are not met or cease to be satisfied, or such a holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, the holder will be subject to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from Delphi Automotive PLC, at the rate of corporation tax applicable to that holder.

A corporate holder resident in the U.K. who is not liable to tax on dividends from Delphi Automotive PLC will not be entitled to reclaim any part of the tax credit.

Capital gains

Individuals

For individual holders, the principal factors that will determine the U.K. capital gains tax position on a disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares are the extent to which the holder realizes any other capital gains in the U.K. tax year in which the disposal is made, the extent to which the holder has incurred capital losses in that or earlier U.K. tax years, and the level of the annual allowance of tax-free gains in that U.K. tax year (the “annual exemption”). The annual exemption for the 2011/2012 U.K. tax year is £10,600.

If, after all allowable deductions, an individual holder’s taxable income for the year exceeds the basic rate U.K. income tax limit, a taxable chargeable gain accruing on a disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares would be taxed at 28%. Otherwise, such a gain may be taxed at 18% or 28% or a combination of both rates.

A holder who is an individual and who has ceased to be resident or ordinarily resident in the U.K. for tax purposes for a period of less than five complete tax years and who disposes of ordinary shares during that period may also be liable on his return to the U.K. to tax on any capital gain realized, subject to any available exemptions or reliefs.

Companies

A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares by a holder within the charge to U.K. corporation tax may give rise to a chargeable gain or allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax, depending on the circumstances and subject to any available exemptions or reliefs. Corporation tax is charged on chargeable gains at the rate applicable to that company.

Holders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax will, for the purposes of computing chargeable gains, be allowed to claim an indexation allowance which applies to reduce capital gains (but not to create or increase an allowable loss) to the extent that such gains arise due to inflation.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following section is the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of ordinary shares. It does not describe all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire the ordinary shares.

As discussed above under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory, Tax and Accounting matters,” the IRS has indicated its intention to issue regulations, which if issued with a retroactive effective date and with no exceptions for transactions that were subject to binding commitments on that date, could create a significant risk that Delphi Automotive PLC could be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Although Delphi Automotive PLC believes that it is more likely than not that it is not a domestic

 

159


Table of Contents

corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not contend that Delphi Automotive PLC should be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If Delphi Automotive PLC were treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. tax consequences to holders of ordinary shares would be significantly different. In particular, future cash distributions made by us to holders who are not “U.S. Holders” could be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Holders should consult their tax advisers about the U.S. tax consequences of holding ordinary shares if Delphi Automotive PLC were treated as a domestic corporation. The remainder of the discussion below assumes that Delphi Automotive PLC is not treated as a domestic corporation.

This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds ordinary shares as capital assets for tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

   

persons holding ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ordinary shares;

 

   

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

   

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our voting shares; or

 

   

persons holding ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the ordinary shares.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, and the income tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the United States (the “Treaty”) all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares, who is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and is:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

   

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

160


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

This discussion assumes that Delphi Automotive PLC is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, as described below.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid on ordinary shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because Delphi Automotive PLC will not generally be required, and does not expect to continue, to maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 may be taxable at favorable rates, up to a maximum rate of 15%. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. The amount of a dividend will include any amounts withheld by Delphi Automotive PLC in respect of any U.K. taxes. The amount of the dividend will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend.

In the event of a change in U.K. law that requires withholding of U.K. taxes on future distributions made by Delphi Automotive PLC, subject to applicable limitations, some of which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s circumstances, any U.K. taxes withheld from distributions at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the Treaty will be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. U.K. taxes withheld in excess of the rate applicable under the Treaty will not be eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, U.S. Holders may, at their election, deduct foreign taxes, including any U.K. taxes, in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of the United States.

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Delphi Automotive PLC believes that it is not currently a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and does not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. In general, a foreign corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year if: (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents and royalties) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Because PFIC status depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that Delphi Automotive PLC will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

161


Table of Contents

If Delphi Automotive PLC were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held ordinary shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of the ordinary shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before Delphi Automotive PLC became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to that taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its ordinary shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ordinary shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the ordinary shares. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers to determine whether any of these elections would be available and, if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain Reporting Obligations

If a U.S. Holder acquires ordinary shares in this offering for a price in excess of $100,000, the holder must file Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form 926 for the holder’s taxable year in which the acquisition occurs. Failure by a U.S. Holder to timely comply with such reporting requirements may result in substantial penalties.

For taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, new legislation requires certain U.S. Holders who are individuals to report information relating to shares of a non-U.S. person, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained by a U.S. financial institution). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of shares.

 

162


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our ordinary shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have             ordinary shares outstanding assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, the             shares, or             shares if the underwriters exercise their option in full, sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining             ordinary shares existing are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual                      -day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rule 144, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of Shares

 

Date

  On the date of this prospectus.
  After      days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
  At various times after      days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal                      shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly reported volume of trading of our ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

However, the six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. In addition, any sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. The six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.

 

163


Table of Contents

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our ordinary shares, the personal circumstances of the shareholder and other factors.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of             ordinary shares will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Incentive Compensation Shares

As of March 31, 2011, no options to purchase ordinary shares were outstanding. Pursuant to the Value Creation Plan described under “Executive Compensation,” members of management will receive equity on December 31, 2012 (subject to earlier vesting in certain circumstances) based upon the value of the Company, which is deemed to include distributions to holders of all membership interests of Delphi Automotive LLP and the approximately $4.4 billion paid to repurchase Class A and Class C membership interests. Based on the midpoint of the range on the front cover and assuming that value is maintained on December 31, 2012,             shares would be issuable under such plan.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all ordinary shares issuable pursuant to our Value Creation Plan. Shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our officers, directors and certain of our shareholders, who hold an aggregate of approximately              ordinary shares, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares for a period of             days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

 

164


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Name

  Number of Shares  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

Lazard Capital Markets LLC

 

UBS Securities LLC

 
       

Total

 
       

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from the Company and             shares from the selling shareholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling shareholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase             additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company    No Exercise     Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $        $     

Total

   $        $     

 

Paid by the Selling Shareholders    No Exercise     Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $        $     

Total

   $        $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The selling shareholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares they are offering.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of             of our ordinary shares, including the selling shareholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of

their ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares during the period from the

 

165


Table of Contents

date of this prospectus continuing through the date             days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The     -day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the     -day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the     -day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the     -day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to list the ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol “DLPH”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the ordinary shares on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of             or more shares to a minimum of             beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling shareholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the our ordinary shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ordinary shares. As a result, the price of the ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters have agreed to severally indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

166


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

167


Table of Contents

Notice to Residents of the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Residents of Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Residents of the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be

 

168


Table of Contents

disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Residents of Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

169


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF ORDINARY SHARES

The validity of the issuance of the ordinary shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Carey Olsen, Jersey, Channel Islands. Certain other matters will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Delphi Automotive PLC as of May 19, 2011, and the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Delphi Automotive LLP as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from August 19, 2009 through December 31, 2009 and the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2009 through October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 included in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and its ordinary shares, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We also maintain an Internet site at www.delphi.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

170


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Delphi Automotive PLC Balance Sheet

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Delphi Automotive PLC Balance Sheet as of May 19, 2011

     F-3   

Note to Balance Sheet

     F-4   

Delphi Automotive LLP Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Operations of Delphi Automotive LLP (Successor) for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and Delphi Corporation (Predecessor) for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008

     F-6   

Consolidated Balance Sheets of Delphi Automotive LLP (Successor) as of December  31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Delphi Automotive LLP (Successor) for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and Delphi Corporation (Predecessor) for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008

     F-8   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) of Delphi Corporation (Predecessor) for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

     F-10   

Consolidated Statements of Owners’ Equity and Comprehensive Income of Delphi Automotive LLP (Successor) for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009

     F-11   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-12   

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves Schedule for the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008

     F-76   

Delphi Automotive LLP Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations of Delphi Automotive LLP for the three months ended March  31, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

     F-77   

Consolidated Balance Sheets of Delphi Automotive LLP as of March  31, 2011 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2010

     F-78   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Delphi Automotive LLP for the three months ended March  31, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

     F-79   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income of Delphi Automotive LLP for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

     F-80   

Consolidated Statement of Owners’ Equity of Delphi Automotive LLP for the three months ended March 31, 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-81   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-82   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of Delphi Automotive PLC:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Delphi Automotive PLC (the “Company”) as of May 19, 2011. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Delphi Automotive PLC at May 19, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 
Detroit, Michigan  
May 23, 2011  

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

BALANCE SHEET

 

     May 19,
        2011         
 

ASSETS

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 0.02   
        

Total assets

   $ 0.02   
        

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Shareholders’ equity:

  

Ordinary shares, $0.01 par value per share, 10,000 shares authorized, 2 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 0.02   

Additional paid-in capital

     0.00   
        

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 0.02   
        

See accompanying note to the balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

NOTE TO BALANCE SHEET

 

1. Background

In connection with this offering, Delphi Automotive PLC, a Jersey corporation, was formed on May 19, 2011. Delphi Automotive PLC has nominal assets and no liabilities and has conducted no operations. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, it will acquire all of the outstanding units of Delphi Automotive LLP from its existing unit holders in exchange for ordinary shares and, as a result, Delphi Automotive LLP will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delphi Automotive PLC.

Other than the initial capitalization of Delphi Automotive PLC, no other business has been transacted.

Subsequent Events - Delphi Automotive PLC has evaluated all events that have occurred subsequent to May 19, 2011 through May 23, 2011 (the date the financial statements were available to be issued).

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Managers of Delphi Automotive LLP:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Delphi Automotive LLP (Successor) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, owners’ equity/stockholders’ deficit and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009, and of the former Delphi Corporation (now known as DPH Holdings Corp.) (Predecessor) for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index as Schedule II. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Delphi Automotive LLP (Successor) at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009, and of the former Delphi Corporation (now known as DPH Holdings Corp.) (Predecessor) for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and year ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Successor acquired the automotive supply business (other than the global steering business and the UAW manufacturing facilities in the U.S.) of the Predecessor on October 6, 2009. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” for the Successor as a new entity with assets, liabilities and a capital structure not comparable to prior periods.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2009, the Predecessor changed its method of accounting for consolidated net income (loss) attributed to the parent and non-controlling interests.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Detroit, Michigan

February 18, 2011

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Year ended
  December 31,  
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
    December 31,    
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
  December 31,  
2008
 
    (in millions)           (in millions)  

Net sales:

  $ 13,817      $ 3,421          $ 8,334      $ 16,808   
 

Operating expenses:

           

Cost of sales

    11,768        3,047            8,480        16,157   

Selling, general and administrative

    815        242            734        1,420   

Amortization (Note 8)

    70        16            3        5   

Goodwill impairment (Note 8)

                             325   

Restructuring

    224        126            235        326   
                                   

Total operating expenses

    12,877        3,431            9,452        18,233   
                                   
 

Operating income (loss)

    940        (10         (1,118     (1,425

Interest expense (Note 2)

    (30     (8                (434

Other income (expense), net (Note 19)

    34        (17         24        9   

Reorganization items, net (Note 1)

                      10,210        5,147   
                                   
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income (loss)

    944        (35         9,116        3,297   

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (258     27            311        (163
                                   
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity income (loss)

    686        (8         9,427        3,134   

Equity income (loss), net of tax

    17        5            (36     29   
                                   
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    703        (3         9,391        3,163   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

                      (44     (97
                                   
 

Net income (loss)

    703        (3         9,347        3,066   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    72        15            29        29   
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor

  $ 631      $ (18       $ 9,318      $ 3,037   
                                   
 

Amounts attributable to Successor/Predecessor:

           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 631      $ (18       $ 9,363      $ 3,134   

Discontinued operations (Note 21)

                      (45     (97
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor

  $ 631      $ (18       $ 9,318      $ 3,037   
                                   
 

Net income (loss) attributable to Membership Interest:

           

Class A

  $ 114      $ (3         NM     NM

Class B

    410        (12         NM     NM

Class C

    107        (3         NM     NM

Class E-1

                      NM     NM
                                   

Total

  $ 631      $ (18       $ 9,318      $ 3,037   
                                   

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share

           

Continuing operations

    NM     NM       $ 16.58      $ 5.55   

Discontinued operations

    NM     NM         (0.08     (0.17
                                       

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share

    NM     NM       $ 16.50      $ 5.38   
                           

 

*  Non-measurable

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     Successor  
     December 31,  
             2010                      2009          
     (in millions)  

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,219       $ 3,107   

Restricted cash (Note 2)

     47         96   

Time deposits

     550           

Accounts receivable, net

     2,307         2,213   

Inventories (Note 4)

     988         876   

Other current assets (Note 5)

     555         543   
                 

Total current assets

     7,666         6,835   

Long-term assets:

     

Property, net (Note 7)

     2,067         1,960   

Investments in affiliates (Note 6)

     281         270   

Intangible assets, net (Note 8)

     665         750   

Other long-term assets (Note 5)

     403         492   
                 

Total long-term assets

     3,416         3,472   
                 

Total assets

   $ 11,082       $ 10,307   
                 

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities:

     

Short-term debt (Note 12)

   $ 218       $ 302   

Accounts payable

     2,236         1,872   

Accrued liabilities (Note 9)

     1,265         1,252   
                 

Total current liabilities

     3,719         3,426   

Long-term liabilities:

     

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations (Note 14)

     677         811   

Other long-term liabilities (Note 9)

     587         704   
                 

Total long-term liabilities

     1,264         1,515   
                 

Total liabilities

     4,983         4,941   
                 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

     

Owners’ equity:

     

Membership interests (Note 17)

     5,550         4,914   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

     

Employee benefit plans (Note 14)

     59         33   

Other

     32         (9
                 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

     91         24   
                 

Total Delphi owners’ equity

     5,641         4,938   

Noncontrolling interest

     458         428   
                 

Total owners’ equity

     6,099         5,366   
                 

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

   $ 11,082       $ 10,307   
                 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Year ended
  December 31,  
    Period from
August 19 to
  December 31,  
          Period from
January 1 to
  October 6,  
    Year ended
  December 31,  
 
    2010     2009           2009     2008  
    (in millions)           (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net income (loss)

  $ 703      $ (3       $ 9,347      $ 3,066   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

           

Depreciation

    351        123            537        817   

Amortization

    70        16            3        5   

Restructuring expense, net of cash paid

    (67     (23         57        (123

Goodwill impairment

                             325   

Deferred income taxes

    (14     (93         (380     (15

Pension and other postretirement benefit expenses

    59        23            315        598   

Equity (income) loss, net of dividends received

    (7     (5         44        (18

Reorganization items (Note 3)

                      (10,210     (5,147

GM settlement (Note 3)

                             (189

GM warranty settlement (Note 15)

                             (56

U.S. employee workforce transition program charges

                             69   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    8                          49   

(Gain) loss on investments / assets held for sale

    (20                3        (8

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Accounts receivable, net

    (184     (85         122        1,168   

Inventories

    (130     40            149        416   

Other current assets

    66        138            154        230   

Accounts payable

    354        277            (123     (457

Accrued and other long-term liabilities

    88        (94         (353     (375

Other, net

    (19     (111         223        (215

U.S. employee workforce transition program payments, net of reimbursement by GM

                      (28     (219

Pension contributions and other postretirement benefit payments

    (117     (44         (111     (599

(Payments) receipts for GM settlement and reorganization items, net

                      (70     1,115   

Other, net

    1                   (4       

Discontinued operations (Note 21)

                      68        18   
                                   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    1,142        159            (257     455   
                                   
 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Capital expenditures

    (500     (88         (321     (771

Purchase of time deposits

    (750                         

Maturity of time deposits

    200                            

Proceeds from sale of property

    22                   20        53   

Proceeds from divestitures, net

    71        74            16        133   

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

    49        28            142        (230

Cash acquired from Delphi Corporation

           862            (862       

Other, net

    (3     9            (11     (36

Discontinued operations

                      (36     (107
                                   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (911     885            (1,052     (958
                                   
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

(Repayments of) proceeds from amended and restated debtor-in-possession facility

                      (244     3,528   

 

F-8


Table of Contents
    Successor           Predecessor  
    Year ended
  December 31,  
    Period from
August 19 to
  December 31,  
          Period from
January 1 to
  October 6,  
    Year ended
  December 31,  
 
    2010     2009           2009     2008  
    (in millions)           (in millions)  

Net repayments of borrowings from refinanced debtor-in-possession facility

                             (2,746

Accommodation agreement issuance costs

                      (40     (58

Net borrowings under GM liquidity support agreements

                      850          

Net repayments under other short-term debt agreements

    (49     (21         (244     (202

Repayments under long-term debt agreements

    (50                         

Proceeds from issuance of membership interests

           2,042                     

Proceeds from issuance of five-year notes

           41                     

Dividend payments of consolidated affiliates to minority shareholders

    (27                (13     (47

Discontinued operations

                      6        (10
                                   

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (126     2,062            315        465   
                                   
 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents

    7        1            35        (39
                                   
 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    112        3,107            (959     (77

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    3,107                   959        1,036   
                                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 3,219      $ 3,107          $      $ 959   
                                   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

PREDECESSOR CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

          Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated

Deficit)
    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
    Treasury
Stock
    Non-
controlling
Interest
    Total
Stockholders’
equity

    (Deficit)    
 
    Common
Stock
        Employee
Benefit

Plans
          Other                 Total              
    Shares     Amount                  
    (in millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2007

    565      $ 6      $ 2,756      $ (14,976   $ (1,679)(a)      $ 467(b)      $ (1,212   $ (25   $ 167      $ (13,284
                                                                               

Adoption of FASB 158, net of tax

                         (125     (12)            —            (12                   (137
                                                                               

Balance at January 1, 2008

    565      $ 6      $ 2,756      $ (15,101   $ (1,691)          $ 467          $ (1,224   $ (25   $ 167      $ (13,421
                                                                               

Net income

                         3,037        —            —                          29        3,066   

Currency translation adjustments and other, net of tax

                                —            (440)            (440            (1     (441

Net change in unrecognized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax

                                —            (246)            (246                   (246

Employee benefit plans liability adjustment, net of tax

                                (3,176)            —            (3,176                   (3,176
                         

Total comprehensive loss

                      (797

Share-based compensation expense

                  10               —            —                                 10   

Other

                                —            —                          (26     (26

Dividends

                                —            —                          (32     (32

Treasury shares issued

                  (19            —            —                   19                 
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    565      $ 6      $ 2,747      $ (12,064   $ (4,867)(a)      $ (219)(b)      $ (5,086   $ (6   $ 137      $ (14,266
                                                                               

Net income

                         9,318        —            —                          29        9,347   

Currency translation adjustments and other, net of tax

                                —            170            170               1        171   

Net change in unrecognized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax

                                —            42            42                      42   

Employee benefit plans liability adjustment, net of tax

                                4,733            —            4,733                      4,733   
                         

Total comprehensive income

                      14,293   

Deconsolidation of noncontrolling interest

                                —            —                          (7     (7

Dividends

                                —            —                          (20     (20

Impact of the Acquisition

    (565     (6     (2,747     2,746        134            7            141        6        (140       
                                                                               

Balance at October 6, 2009

         $      $      $      $ —          $ —          $      $      $      $   
                                                                               

 

a. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss – Employee Benefit Plans includes a loss of $4,867 million (net of a $490 million tax effect), and $1,679 million (net of a $457 million tax effect) for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

b. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss – Other includes a loss of $22 million, and a gain of $415 million for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, within currency translation adjustments and other; and a loss of $194 million and a gain of $52 million for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, within net change in unrecognized gain on derivative instruments; and other loss of $3 million for 2008.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

SUCCESSOR CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OWNERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

    Membership Interests     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
         Total Delphi
Owners’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Owners’
Equity
 
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class E-1     Total             
    (in millions)  

Balance at August 19, 2009

  $      $      $      $      $      $         $      $      $   

Net income (loss)

    (3     (12     (3            (18               (18     15        (3

Currency translation adjustments and other, net of tax of $0 million

                                       (14)      (a)      (14     (2     (16

Net change in unrecognized income on derivative instruments, net of tax of $0 million

                                       5      (b)      5               5   

Employee benefit plans liability adjustment, net of tax of $10 million

                                       33      (c)      33               33   
                                      

Total comprehensive income

                   6        13        19   

Issuance of membership interests (Note 17)

    1,972        2,418        542               4,932                  4,932               4,932   

Impact of the Acquisition (Note 1)

                                                        415        415   
                                                                      

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $   1,969      $   2,406      $     539      $     —      $   4,914      $ 24     

(d)

   $ 4,938      $ 428      $   5,366   
                                                                      

Net income

    114        410        107               631                  631        72        703   

Currency translation adjustments and other, net of tax of $0 million

                                       (7)      (a)      (7     3        (4

Net change in unrecognized income on derivative instruments, net of tax of $31 million

                                       48      (b)      48               48   

Employee benefit plans liability adjustment, net of tax of $7 million

                                       26      (c)      26               26   
                                      

Total comprehensive income

                   698        75        773   

Dividends

                                                        (45     (45

Restricted interests recognized (Note 22)

                         5        5                  5               5   
                                                                      

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 2,083      $ 2,816      $ 646      $ 5      $ 5,550      $ 91      (d)    $ 5,641      $ 458      $ 6,099   
                                                                      

 

a. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income includes a loss of $21 million (net of a $0 million tax effect) and $14 million (net of a $0 million tax effect) of currency translation adjustments and other for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

b. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income includes income of $53 million (net of a $31 million tax effect) and $5 million (net of a $0 million tax effect) of net changes in unrecognized income on derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

c. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income includes income of $59 million (net of a $17 million tax effect) and $33 million (net of a $10 million tax effect) of employee benefit plans liability adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

d. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income totals $91 million (net of a $48 million tax effect), and $24 million (net of a $10 million tax effect) at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. GENERAL AND ACQUISITION OF PREDECESSOR BUSINESSES

Nature of operations —Delphi Automotive LLP, together with its subsidiaries and affiliates (“Delphi,” the “Company” or the “Successor”) is a supplier of vehicle electronics, transportation components, integrated systems and modules, and other electronic technology. Delphi operates globally and has a diverse customer base, including every major vehicle manufacturer.

Bankruptcy filing —On October 8, 2005 (the “Petition Date”), the former Delphi Corporation (now known as DPH Holdings Corp.) and certain of its United States (“U.S.”) subsidiaries (the “Initial Filers”) filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Court”). The former Delphi Corporation and, as the context may require, its subsidiaries and affiliates, are referred to herein as the “Predecessor.” On October 14, 2005, three additional U.S. subsidiaries of the former Delphi Corporation (together with the Initial Filers, collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (collectively the Debtors’ October 8, 2005 and October 14, 2005 filings are referred to herein as the “Chapter 11 Filings”). On July 30, 2009, the Court approved modifications to the First Amended Joint Plan Of Reorganization Of Delphi Corporation And Certain Affiliates, Debtors And Debtors-In-Possession (As Modified)(the “Modified Plan”), which incorporated the master disposition agreement (including all schedules and exhibits thereto, the “MDA”) among the Predecessor, GM Component Holdings LLC, Motors Liquidation Company (“Old GM”), General Motors Company, together with its subsidiaries and affiliates (“GM”) and Delphi, for the sale and purchase of substantially all of the Predecessor’s businesses, and completed the emergence of the Predecessor from chapter 11 in accordance with the Modified Plan. Through October 6, 2009 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Debtors operated their businesses as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Court. The Predecessor’s non-U.S. subsidiaries were not included in the Chapter 11 Filings, continued their business operations without supervision from the Court and were not subject to the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code.

General and basis of presentation —Delphi is a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales on August 19, 2009, for the purpose of acquiring certain assets of the Predecessor.

On the Acquisition Date, the Successor acquired the automotive supply business (other than the global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. in which the hourly employees are represented by International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America (“UAW”)) of the Predecessor. As a result of the Acquisition, as defined below, Delphi acquired the major portion of the business of the Predecessor and this business constituted the entirety of the operations of the Successor. Accordingly, as required, the financial information set forth herein reflects: (i) the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of the Successor for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from its incorporation on August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 and (ii) the consolidated financial position of the Successor as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Successor had no material or substantive transactions from its incorporation on August 19, 2009 to the Acquisition Date. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 805, Business Combinations , as of the Acquisition Date, the Company recognized and measured the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from the Predecessor.

The Predecessor adopted the accounting guidance in FASB ASC 852, Reorganizations , effective October 8, 2005 and has segregated in the financial statements for all reporting periods subsequent to such date and through the consummation of the transactions pursuant to the Modified Plan on October 6, 2009, transactions and events that were directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. The consolidated financial statements of Delphi are not comparable to the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor due to the effects of the consummation of the Modified Plan and the change in the basis of presentation.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Consummation of the modified plan —On October 6, 2009, the Predecessor (i) consummated the transactions contemplated by the Modified Plan among the Predecessor, GM and Delphi and (ii) emerged from chapter 11 in accordance with the Modified Plan as DPH Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“DPHH”), except that two of the Predecessor’s debtor subsidiaries became subsidiaries of Delphi. A summary of significant terms of the Modified Plan follows:

 

   

Delphi acquired the businesses (other than the global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. in which the hourly employees are represented by the UAW) of the Predecessor pursuant to the MDA, and received $1,833 million from GM, of which $1,689 million was received on the Acquisition Date and $144 million was received during the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, and $209 million from the debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) lenders to the Predecessors (collectively, the “Acquisition”).

 

   

GM acquired substantially all of the Predecessor’s global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which the hourly employees were represented by the UAW.

 

   

The Predecessor’s debtor-in-possession financing was settled.

 

   

The Predecessor’s liabilities subject to compromise were extinguished.

 

   

If cumulative distributions to the members of Delphi Automotive LLP exceed $7.2 billion, Delphi, as disbursing agent on behalf of DPHH, is required to pay to the holders of allowed general unsecured claims against the Predecessor, $32.50 for every $67.50 in excess of $7.2 billion distributed to the members of Delphi Automotive LLP, up to a maximum of $300 million.

 

   

The Predecessor’s equity holders did not receive recoveries on their claims.

Reorganization items —The accounting guidance in FASB ASC 852 requires reorganization items such as revenues, professional fees directly related to the process of reorganizing the Debtors under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, realized gains and losses, provisions for losses, and interest income resulting from the reorganization and restructuring of the business to be separately disclosed. Professional fees directly related to the reorganization include fees associated with advisors to the Debtors, unsecured creditors, secured creditors and unions. The Predecessor’s reorganization items consisted of the following:

 

    Predecessor  
    (Income)/Expense  
    Period from
January 1 to
    October 6, 2009     
    Year ended
    December 31,    
2008
 
    (in millions)  

Sale / disposition of the Predecessor

  $ (794   $   

Extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise

    (11,159       

GM Amended GSA settlement (Note 3)

           (5,332

PBGC termination of U.S. pension plans (Note 14)

    2,818          

Salaried OPEB settlement (Note 14)

    (1,168       

Professional fees directly related to reorganization

    68        107   

Write off of previously capitalized EPCA fees and expenses

           79   

Other

    25        (1
               

Total reorganization items

  $ (10,210   $ (5,147
               

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Disposition of the Predecessor —The Predecessor sold the automotive supply business (other than the global steering business and the UAW manufacturing facilities in the U.S. which were acquired by GM) to Delphi. Certain assets and liabilities were retained by DPHH and various liabilities were extinguished or settled, including the settlement of approximately $3.3 billion of DIP financing and $850 million outstanding under GM liquidity support agreements. A summary of the debt settled upon consummation of the Modified Plan is included below:

 

     (in millions)  

First Priority Revolving Credit Facility

   $ 230   

First Priority Term Loan

     310   

Second Priority Term Loan

     2,750   
        

DIP financing

     3,290   

GM liquidity support agreements

     850   
        

Total debt settled

   $ 4,140   
        

The $794 million of gain from reorganization items for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 related to the sale/disposition of the Predecessor includes the following significant items:

 

   

The extinguishment of accrued liabilities, resulting in a gain from reorganization of approximately $525 million. Accrued liabilities primarily included $260 million in interest accruals primarily related to the Second Priority Term Loan and the recognition of the advance on working capital recovery for the global steering business of $210 million provided in connection with the Amended MRA (as defined and further discussed in Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan).

 

   

The retirement of certain other long-term liabilities, primarily workers’ compensation, that were not assumed by GM or Delphi, resulting in a gain from reorganization of approximately $305 million.

 

   

The assets and liabilities of the Predecessor that were not acquired by GM or Delphi, and, in the case of the liabilities that were not extinguished pursuant to the Modified Plan, were retained by DPHH, resulting in a gain from reorganization of approximately $20 million.

 

   

The acquisition by GM of substantially all of the Predecessor’s global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which employees were represented by the UAW in Kokomo, Indiana; Rochester, New York; Lockport, New York; and Grand Rapids, Michigan, resulting in a loss from reorganization of approximately $56 million.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the $11,159 million of gain from reorganization items related to the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise:

 

Liabilities Assumed by Delphi:

     (in millions

Pension and postretirement obligations

   $ 68   

Cure payments

     18   

Other

     3   
        

Total claims reinstated

     89   
        

Liabilities Extinguished:

  

Pension and postretirement obligations

     135   

Supplemental executive retirement program obligations

     117   

PBGC general unsecured claim

     3,000   

GM allowed general unsecured and administrative claims

     4,128   

Allowed IUE-CWA and USW claims

     129   

Debt and notes payable (including junior subordinated notes due 2033)

     2,375   

Accounts payable

     731   

Securities & ERISA litigation liability

     351   

Other

     193   
        

Total claims extinguished

     11,159   
        

Total liabilities subject to compromise assumed by Delphi or retired

   $ 11,248   
        

Acquisition accounting —Delphi has recorded the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from the Predecessor at estimated fair values in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The fair values were estimated based on valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist utilizing three generally accepted business valuation approaches: the income, market, and cost approaches. Generally, the income and market approaches were used and weighted by the independent valuation specialists as appropriate. A further description of each approach follows:

 

 

Income Approach: The income approach recognizes the value of an investment is premised on the receipt of future economic benefits. These benefits can include earnings, cost savings, tax deductions and the proceeds from disposition. The discounted cash flow (“DCF”) method is a form of the income approach commonly used to value business interests. The DCF method involves estimating future cash flows of a business and discounting them to their present value. The discount rate is selected based on consideration of the risks inherent in the investment and market rates of return available from alternative investments of similar type and quality as of the valuation date. More specifically, the DCF method bases the value of a company on the cash flow attributable to that company. This approach is based on the assumptions that: (i) a company is worth what it can generate in future cash flows to its owners; (ii) the future cash flows are reasonably predictable; and (iii) the cost of capital and investors’ required rates of return on invested capital can be estimated. This approach assumes that the income derived from a company will, to a large extent, determined the value of that company.

The DCF method was based on Company-prepared projections which included a variety of estimates and assumptions. While the Company considers such estimates and assumptions reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control and, therefore, may not be realized. Changes in these estimates and assumptions may have a significant effect on the determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisition. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations will be realized, and actual results could vary materially. The following key assumptions were utilized in applying the DCF method:

 

   

Delphi provided its independent valuation specialist with projected net sales, expenses and cash flows, for the years ending December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 representing the Company’s best estimates at the time the analysis was prepared.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
   

Discount rates to determine the present value of the future cash flows from 2010 through 2012 and the terminal values were based on the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACCs measure the average cost per dollar of capital of an enterprise based on the individual costs of debt and equity and the business unit’s target capital structure. The WACC is derived based on a set of guideline public companies for each business unit, and is an indicator of the cost of capital for a market participant in the business unit’s industry. The cost of equity estimated using the capital asset pricing model was between 13.4% and 23.5%, with a median of 16.4%. The pre-tax cost of debt was estimated to be 8% based on the yield on Delphi’s guideline companies’ publicly traded bonds as of the Acquisition Date. The range of WACCs for the business units was between 10.3% and 18.8% with a median of 13.6%.

 

   

Terminal value for each business unit was based on the Gordon Growth Model using a range of long-term growth rates of 0% to 5%, with a median of 3%.

 

 

Market Approach : The market approach measures the value of a company through the analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable companies. The guideline public companies method and the guideline merged or acquired company method are the most common forms of the market approach used to value business interests. Use of the market approach requires that comparable transactions be available, which may include:

 

   

The recent sales price of the same or similar companies or assets in an arm’s-length transaction; or

 

   

The market price for the license of the same or similar assets to an independent third party.

In applying the market approach, unique sets of comparable guideline public companies were identified using the Capital IQ data services. Capital IQ was used as the source of data to determine the guideline public companies’ Total Invested Capital (“TIC” defined as Market value of equity + Market value of debt + Market value of preferred stock and minority interest). The TIC was then calculated as a multiple of Trailing Twelve Months (“TTM”) Revenue, TTM Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”), TTM Earning Before Interest, and Tax (“EBIT”), Next Fiscal Year (“NFY”) Revenue, NFY EBITDA, NFY EBIT, and NFY+1 EBITDA. For the NFY financial data, revenue and earnings estimates were obtained from Capital IQ for the average analyst estimates for the guideline public companies. The business unit’s respective multiples were selected depending on circumstances specific to each business unit within the range of the multiples provided by the comparable companies.

Delphi utilized TTM Revenue multiples of 0.3x-1.0x, NFY Revenue multiples of 0.3x-0.8x, NFY EBITDA multiples of 4.0x-6.9x and NFY+1 EBITDA multiples of 3.2x-7.2x. The selected multiples were then applied to respective financial results of the business units to derive an implied value of TIC. The resulting values from TTM Revenue, NFY Revenue, NFY EBITDA, and NFY+1 EBITDA multiples were weighted according to unique characteristics of each business unit, mostly at 20%, 20%, 50%, and 10%, respectively to arrive at minority marketable value of TIC. No control premium was applied to determine the fair value of the TIC of the business units on a controlling basis in consideration of the difficult conditions within the automotive supplier industry.

 

 

Cost Approach : The cost approach considers reproduction or replacement cost as an indicator of value. The cost approach is based on the assumption that a prudent investor would pay no more for an entity than the amount for which he could replace or re-create it. Historical costs are often used to estimate the current cost of replacing the entity valued. In doing so, adjustments for physical deterioration and obsolescence are taken into account. When using the cost approach to value a business enterprise, the equity value is calculated as the appraised value of the individual assets that comprise the business less the value of the liabilities that encumber those assets.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated provisional fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on information that was available at the Acquisition Date. Measurement period adjustments were completed in 2010 and reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the Acquisition Date, primarily related to changes in deferred taxes to reflect book to tax return reconciliations. Accordingly, the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and property, plant and equipment were retrospectively adjusted as of October 6, 2009. The impact of the retrospective adjustments was not material to Delphi’s results of operations or cash flows for the period from the Acquisition Date through December 31, 2009 and, therefore, was reflected in operating results in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

       October 6, 2009  
(As initially
reported)
      Measurement  
Period
Adjustments
      October 6, 2009  
(As adjusted)
 
     (in millions)  

Fair value of membership interests issued

   $ 4,932      $      $ 4,932   
                        

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

      

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 2,801      $      $ 2,801   

Restricted cash

     124               124   

Accounts receivable

     2,160               2,160   

Inventory(2)

     964               964   

Property, plant and equipment(3)

     2,255        (169     2,086   

Identifiable intangible assets(4)

     766               766   

Deferred tax assets

     305        169        474   

Other assets

     896               896   

Accounts payable

     (1,585            (1,585

Pension liabilities(5)

     (882            (882

Debt(6)

     (419            (419

Deferred tax liabilities

     (328            (328

Other liabilities(7)

     (1,710            (1,710

Noncontrolling interests

     (415            (415
                        

Total identifiable net assets

   $ 4,932      $      $ 4,932   
                        

 

Acquisition-related costs of $19 million were included in Other income (expense), net in the consolidated results of operations of the Successor for the period August 19 to December 31, 2009.

 

1. Cash and cash equivalents acquired is as follows:

 

     (in millions)  

Cash from issuance of Class A membership interests

   $          1,689   

Cash from issuance of Class B membership interests

     209   

Cash acquired from the Predecessor

     862   

Proceeds from issuance of 5-Year Note

     41   
        

Total cash and cash equivalents acquired

   $         2,801   
        

 

2. Inventory is recorded at fair value. Raw materials were valued at current replacement costs and work-in-process was valued at the estimated selling prices of finished goods less the sum of costs to complete, costs of disposal and reasonable profit allowances for completing and selling efforts based on profits for similar finished goods. Finished goods were valued at estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and reasonable profit allowances for the selling efforts.

 

3. Property, plant and equipment are recorded at fair value giving consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions used in the valuation of the Company’s property, plant and equipment were based on a combination of the cost or market approach, depending on whether market data was available.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
4. Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value and include customer relationships, trade names, patents and in-process research and development (“IPR&D”). The following approaches were considered in valuing the identifiable intangible assets:

 

   

Relief from Royalty (“RFR”) Method : This form of the income approach determines the value of an intangible asset by capitalizing future royalty payments (income) that are avoided (earned) since the intangible asset is owned rather than licensed. Royalty payments are estimated at the amount that a company would be willing to pay in the form of a royalty for the use of the intangible asset, assuming an outside party owned the rights to the intangible asset. The relief from royalty method is generally used to value trademarks, trade names, and some technologies. This methodology is most reliable when there are observable royalty rates charged for the use of comparable intangible assets.

 

   

Excess Earnings (“EE”) Method : Similar to the DCF method described above, the EE method calculates the value of an intangible asset by discounting its future cash flows. Cash flow is calculated by first estimating after-tax income, which is adjusted for non-cash charges. A contributory asset charge is also applied to reflect the costs associated with the use of other assets to generate the cash flow. The excess earnings method is often used to value customer relationships, technologies, and IPR&D. The EE method is the best approach to use when future economic benefits of the intangible asset can be reasonably estimated but need to be segregated from one or more assets that contribute to the production of the cash flow.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values as of the Acquisition Date of the identifiable intangible assets, the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair values and the weighted average amortization period of definite-lived intangible assets:

 

Identifiable Intangible Asset

  Valuation
    Approach    
      Royalty Rate         Discount Rate       Weighted
Average
  Amortization  
Period

(Years)
      Acquisition  
Date Fair
Value
 
                            (in millions)  

Patents

    RFR        0.7%-1.2%        14.4%-22.0%        13      $ 442   

Customer relationships

    EE        N/A        14.5%-22.4%        6        140   

Trade names

    RFR        0.2%-1.0%        14.5%-21.4%        20        97   

IPR&D

    EE        N/A        22.4%-39.5%        N/A        87   
               

Total identifiable intangible assets

          $ 766   
               

 

5. Pension obligations assumed are comprised primarily of plans outside the U.S. and were recorded at fair value as of the Acquisition Date.

 

6. Debt is comprised of foreign receivables factoring and other debt assumed from the Predecessor and the issuance of a $41 million five-year note with a 12% interest rate in conjunction with the Acquisition. Debt was recorded at fair value as of the Acquisition Date, which resulted in a $2 million net reduction to the nominal value of the debt. The difference between the fair value and nominal value of debt will be accreted to nominal value over the term of the indebtedness.

 

7. Contingent liability of up to $300 million required to be paid to the holders of allowed general unsecured claims against the Predecessor if cumulative distributions to the members exceed $7.2 billion not probable as of October 6, 2009 and therefore, recorded at zero.

Pro forma results of consummation of the modified plan and acquisition accounting— The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2009 adjusts the results of operations of the Predecessor through October 6, 2009 as though the consummation of the Modified Plan and the Acquisition had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2008 and combines that with the results of operations of the Successor from

 

F-18


Table of Contents

the Acquisition Date through December 31, 2009. The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the consummation of the Modified Plan and the Acquisition had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2009. The unaudited pro forma results presented include adjustments to remove the businesses that were not acquired by the Successor, reductions to cost of sales related to the elimination of primarily all of the Predecessor’s U.S. pension and workforce postretirement health care benefits and employer-paid postretirement basic life insurance benefits (collectively “OPEB”) costs, an increase in interest expense related to the Successor’s new debt and the reversal of pre-petition interest expense, an elimination of the bankruptcy-related reorganization items and adjustments to depreciation and amortization expense related to the reduction in fair value of the property, plant and equipment and the increase in intangible assets on the Successor’s balance sheet.

 

     2009     2008  
     (in millions)  

Net sales

   $ 11,116      $ 15,125   

Net loss

     (846     (1,373

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The significant accounting policies outlined below are applicable to both Delphi and the Predecessor, unless otherwise specifically indicated. Accordingly, except where otherwise indicated, references to “Delphi” within Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies should be understood to be related both to Delphi and the Predecessor.

Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Delphi and domestic and non-U.S. subsidiaries in which Delphi holds a controlling financial or management interest and variable interest entities of which Delphi has determined that it is the primary beneficiary. Delphi’s share of the earnings or losses of non-controlled affiliates, over which Delphi exercises significant influence (generally a 20% to 50% ownership interest), is included in the consolidated operating results using the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany transactions and balances between consolidated Delphi businesses have been eliminated. All adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring items, which are necessary for a fair presentation, have been included.

In December 2007, the FASB issued certain amendments to FASB ASC 810, Consolidation , which establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The Predecessor adopted these amendments to FASB ASC 810 as of January 1, 2009 and the accompanying financial statements reflect these amendments for all periods presented.

Use of estimates —Preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported therein. Generally, matters subject to estimation and judgment include amounts related to accounts receivable realization, inventory obsolescence, asset impairments, useful lives of intangible and fixed assets, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, income taxes, pension and other postretirement benefit plan assumptions, accruals related to litigation, warranty costs, environmental remediation costs, worker’s compensation accruals and healthcare accruals. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based upon amounts that differ from those estimates.

Subsequent events —Delphi has evaluated all events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2010 through February 18, 2011 (the date the financial statements were available to be issued).

Revenue recognition —Sales are recognized when there is evidence of a sales agreement, the delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and the collectability of revenue is reasonably assured. Sales are generally recorded upon shipment of product to customers and transfer of title under standard commercial terms. In addition, if Delphi enters into retroactive price adjustments with its customers, these reductions to revenue are recorded when they are determined to be probable and estimable. From time to time,

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Delphi enters into pricing agreements with its customers that provide for price reductions, some of which are conditional upon achieving certain joint cost saving targets. In these instances, revenue is recognized based on the agreed-upon price at the time of shipment.

Sales incentives and allowances are recognized as a reduction to revenue at the time of the related sale. In addition, from time to time, Delphi makes payments to customers in conjunction with ongoing and in limited circumstances future business. These payments to customers are recognized as a reduction to revenue at the time of the commitment to make these payments.

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales, while costs of shipping and handling are included in cost of sales.

We collect and remit taxes assessed by different governmental authorities that are both imposed on and concurrent with a revenue-producing transaction between us and our customers. These taxes may include, but are not limited to, sales, use, value-added, and some excise taxes. We report the collection of these taxes on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

Membership interests —At the Acquisition Date, the outstanding common stock of the Predecessor was cancelled and membership interests in Delphi were issued to Delphi’s owners. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Delphi’s investors held membership interests of $5.6 billion and $4.9 billion, respectively. Total membership interests and current period net income (loss) are allocated among the respective classes based on the cumulative distribution provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of Delphi Automotive LLP ( the “LLP Agreement”). Refer to Note 17. Membership Interests for additional information.

Predecessor weighted average shares and dividends —Basic and diluted income per share amounts were computed using weighted average shares outstanding for each respective period. As a result of the market price of shares as compared to the price associated with outstanding options in the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and year ended December 31, 2008, the effect of potentially dilutive securities has been excluded from the calculation of income per share as inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

Actual weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating basic and diluted income per share were:

 

     Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009 
     Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in thousands)  

Weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding

     564,637         564,361   
                 

Securities excluded from the computation of diluted income per share because inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009 
     Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in thousands)  

Anti-dilutive securities

     43,346         58,953   
                 

The Company did not pay dividends during these periods.

Research and development —Costs are incurred in connection with research and development programs that are expected to contribute to future earnings. Such costs are charged against income as incurred. Research and

 

F-20


Table of Contents

development expenses (including engineering) were $1.0 billion, $0.3 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods August 19 to December 31, 2009, January 1 to October 6, 2009, and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Cash and cash equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents are defined as short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Time deposits —During 2010, Delphi entered into various time deposit agreements whereby certain of Delphi’s funds on deposit with financial institutions may not be withdrawn for a specified period of time. Time deposits with original maturity periods of three months or less have been included as Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010, while time deposits with original maturity periods greater than three months have been separately stated in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010. The carrying value of time deposits approximates fair value as of December 31, 2010.

Marketable securities —Marketable securities with maturities of three months or less are classified as cash and cash equivalents for financial statement purposes. Debt securities with maturities greater than three months are classified as held-to-maturity, and accordingly are recorded at cost in the consolidated financial statements. Equity securities with maturities greater than three months are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded in the consolidated financial statements at market value with changes in market value included in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Available-for-sale securities with a cost basis of $13 million and $26 million and a carrying value of $12 million and $23 million were held as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In the event debt or equity securities experience an other-than-temporary impairment in value, such impairment is recognized as a loss in the consolidated statement of operations. In 2010, Delphi recognized an other-than-temporary impairment of $9 million.

Restricted cash —Restricted cash includes balances on deposit at financial institutions that have issued letters of credit in favor of Delphi.

Accounts receivable —Delphi enters into agreements to sell certain of its accounts receivable, primarily in Europe. Since the agreements allow Delphi to maintain effective control over the receivables, these various accounts receivable factoring facilities were accounted for as short-term debt at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Collateral is not generally required related to these trade accounts receivable.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is established based upon analysis of trade receivables for known collectibility issues and the aging of the trade receivables at the end of each period and, generally, all accounts receivable balances greater than 90 days past due are fully reserved. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the accounts receivable reserve was $64 million and $33 million, respectively and the provision for doubtful accounts was $45 million, $33 million, $22 million and $63 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods August 19 to December 31, 2009, January 1 to October 6, 2009, and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

The Company exchanges certain amounts of accounts receivable, primarily in the Asia/Pacific region, for bank notes with original maturities greater than three months. The collection of such bank notes are included in operating cash flows based on the substance of the underlying transactions, which are operating in nature.

Inventories —As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market, including direct material costs and direct and indirect manufacturing costs, refer to Note 4. Inventories. Obsolete inventory is identified based on analysis of inventory for known obsolescence issues, and, generally, as of December 31, 2010, the market value of inventory on hand in excess of one year’s supply is fully-reserved.

From time to time, payments may be received from suppliers. These payments from suppliers are recognized as a reduction of the cost of the material acquired during the period to which the payments relate. In

 

F-21


Table of Contents

some instances, supplier rebates are received in conjunction with or concurrent with the negotiation of future purchase agreements and these amounts are amortized over the prospective agreement period.

Property —Property, plant and equipment, including internally-developed internal use software and special tools, were adjusted to fair value as of October 6, 2009, which represents a new cost basis, and were adjusted for depreciation in subsequent periods. Major improvements that materially extend the useful life of property are capitalized. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. For the Successor, depreciation is determined based on a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of groups of property. For the Predecessor, depreciation was determined based on the estimated useful lives of groups of property generally using straight-line methods or using an accelerated method, which accumulates depreciation of approximately two-thirds of the depreciable cost during the first half of the estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements under capital leases are depreciated over the period of the lease or the life of the property, whichever is shorter, with the depreciation applied directly to the asset account.

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the special tools balance was $247 million and $258 million, respectively, included within property, net in the consolidated balance sheet. Special tools balances represent Delphi-owned tools, dies, jigs and other items used in the manufacture of customer components. Special tools also include unreimbursed pre-production tooling costs related to customer-owned tools for which the customer has provided a non-cancelable right to use the tool. Delphi-owned special tools balances are depreciated over the expected life of the special tool or the life of the related vehicle program, whichever is shorter. The unreimbursed costs incurred related to customer-owned special tools that are not subject to reimbursement are capitalized and depreciated over the expected life of the special tool or the life of the related vehicle program, whichever is shorter. Engineering, testing and other costs incurred in the design and development of production parts are expensed as incurred, unless the costs are reimbursable, as specified in a customer contract. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Delphi-owned special tools balances were $220 million and $240 million, respectively, and the customer-owned special tools balances were $27 million and $18 million, respectively.

Valuation of long-lived assets —The carrying value of long-lived assets held for use including intangible assets is periodically evaluated when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset held for use is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved and our review of appraisals. Impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale are determined in a similar manner, except that fair values are reduced for the cost to dispose of the assets. Refer to Note 21. Discontinued Operations and Note 7. Property, Net for more information.

Intangible assets —Intangible assets were $665 million and $750 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In general, definite-lived intangible assets are being amortized over their useful lives, normally 6-20 years. Refer to Note 8. Intangible Assets and Goodwill for more information.

Warranty —Expected warranty costs for products sold are recognized at the time of sale of the product based on its estimate of the amount that eventually will be required to settle such obligations. These accruals are based on factors such as past experience, production changes, industry developments and various other considerations. These estimates are adjusted from time to time based on facts and circumstances that impact the status of existing claims. Refer to Note 10. Warranty Obligations.

Foreign currency translation —Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that use a currency other than U.S. dollars as their functional currency are translated to U.S. dollars at end-of-period currency exchange rates. The consolidated statements of operations of non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated to U.S. dollars at average-period currency exchange rates. The effect of translation for non-U.S. subsidiaries is generally reported in OCI. The effect of remeasurement of assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that use the U.S. dollar as their

 

F-22


Table of Contents

functional currency is primarily included in cost of sales. Also included in cost of sales are gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of a particular entity. Net foreign currency transaction losses of $20 million, $2 million, $5 million and $29 million were included in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Restructuring —Delphi continually evaluates alternatives to align the business with the changing needs of its customers and to lower the operating costs. This includes the realignment of its existing manufacturing capacity, facility closures, or similar actions in the normal course of business. These actions may result in voluntary or involuntary employee termination benefits, which are mainly pursuant to union or other contractual agreements. Voluntary termination benefits are accrued when an employee accepts the related offer. Involuntary termination benefits are accrued upon the commitment to a termination plan and the benefit arrangement is communicated to affected employees, or when liabilities are determined to be probable and estimable, depending on the existence of a substantive plan for severance or termination. Contract termination costs are recorded when contracts are terminated or when Delphi ceases to use the leased facility and no longer derives economic benefit from the contract. All other exit costs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 11. Restructuring. Refer to Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan for employee termination benefits and other exit costs related to non-core product lines. Pursuant to the Amended MRA (as defined in Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan), GM reimbursed the Predecessor for severance obligations paid by the Predecessor after January 1, 2009 in relation to all current and former UAW-represented hourly active, inactive, and retired employees.

Environmental liabilities —Environmental remediation liabilities are recognized when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Such liabilities generally are not subject to insurance coverage. The cost of each environmental remediation is estimated by engineering, financial, and legal specialists based on current law and considers the estimated cost of investigation and remediation required and the likelihood that, where applicable, other responsible parties will be able to fulfill their commitments. The process of estimating environmental remediation liabilities is complex and dependent primarily on the nature and extent of historical information and physical data relating to a contaminated site, the complexity of the site, the uncertainty as to what remediation and technology will be required, and the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies and, if applicable, other responsible parties at multi-party sites. In future periods, new laws or regulations, advances in remediation technologies and additional information about the ultimate remediation methodology to be used could significantly change estimates by Delphi. Refer to Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies.

Asset retirement obligations —Asset retirement obligations are recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 410, Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations . Conditional retirement obligations have been identified primarily related to asbestos abatement at certain sites. To a lesser extent, conditional retirement obligations also exist at certain sites related to the removal of storage tanks and polychlorinated biphenyl disposal costs. Asset retirement obligations were $4 million and $3 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Customer concentrations —Sales to GM were approximately 21%, 20%, 26% and 30% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009, the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. Accounts and other receivables due from GM were $393 million and $354 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net sales in any period presented.

Global sales to Ford Motor Company were approximately 9% of total sales during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Filings for reorganization relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by domestic customers and other companies in the automotive parts industry have not had a significant impact on Delphi’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments —All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria.

Exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates and certain commodity prices are managed by entering into a variety of forward contracts and swaps with various counterparties. Such financial exposures are managed in accordance with the policies and procedures of Delphi. Delphi did not enter into derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes. As part of the hedging program approval process, Delphi identifies the specific financial risk which the derivative transaction will minimize, the appropriate hedging instrument to be used to reduce the risk and the correlation between the financial risk and the hedging instrument. Purchase orders, sales contracts, letters of intent, capital planning forecasts and historical data are used as the basis for determining the anticipated values of the transactions to be hedged. Delphi does not enter into derivative transactions that do not have a high correlation with the underlying financial risk. Hedge positions, as well as the correlation between the transaction risks and the hedging instruments, are reviewed on an ongoing basis.

Foreign exchange forward contracts are accounted for as hedges of firm or forecasted foreign currency commitments to the extent they are designated and assessed as highly effective. All foreign exchange contracts are marked to market on a current basis. Commodity swaps are accounted for as hedges of firm or anticipated commodity purchase contracts to the extent they are designated and assessed as effective. All other commodity derivative contracts that are not designated as hedges are either marked to market on a current basis or are exempted from mark to market accounting as normal purchases. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the exposure to movements in interest rates was not hedged with derivative instruments. Refer to Note 18. Fair Value of Financial Instruments, Derivatives and Hedging Activities for additional information.

Extended disability benefits —Costs associated with extended disability benefits provided to inactive employees are accrued throughout the duration of their active employment. Workforce demographic data and historical experience are utilized to develop projections of time frames and related expense for postemployment benefits. Pursuant to the Amended MRA (as defined in Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan), GM reimbursed the Predecessor for extended disability benefits paid by the Predecessor after January 1, 2009 in relation to all current and former UAW-represented hourly active, inactive, and retired employees. Refer to Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan for more information.

Workers’ compensation benefits —Workers’ compensation benefit accruals are actuarially determined and are subject to the existing workers’ compensation laws that vary by state. Accruals for workers’ compensation benefits represent the discounted future cash expenditures expected during the period between the incidents necessitating the employees to be idled and the time when such employees return to work, are eligible for retirement or otherwise terminate their employment. Delphi assumed only workers’ compensation liabilities associated with claims incurred after the Petition Date for the employees it hired. The remaining workers’ compensation liabilities of the Predecessor were discharged as part of the bankruptcy process, assumed by GM as part of its acquisition of substantially all of the Predecessor’s global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the U.S. at which the employees were represented by the UAW, or remained liabilities of DPHH. Pursuant to the Amended MRA (as defined in Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan), GM reimbursed the Predecessor for workers compensation benefits paid by the Predecessor from January 1, 2009 through October 6, 2009 in relation to all current and former UAW-represented hourly active, inactive, and retired employees. Refer to Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan for more information.

Discontinued operations —In accordance with FASB ASC 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the general accounting principles applicable to the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, a business component that is disposed of or classified as held for sale is reported as discontinued operations if the cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of an entity and that entity will no longer have any significant continuing involvement in the business component. The results of discontinued operations are aggregated and presented separately in the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated

 

F-24


Table of Contents

statements of cash flows. Assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations are aggregated and reported separately as assets and liabilities held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet. Amounts presented for prior years are required to be reclassified to effect their classification as discontinued operations.

For periods ended October 6, 2009 and prior, amounts have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of the Predecessor using the historical basis of assets and liabilities held for sale and historical results of operations related to the Predecessor’s global steering and halfshaft businesses (the “Steering Business”) and the Automotive Holdings Group (“AHG”), which includes various non-core product lines and plant sites that did not fit the Predecessor’s strategic framework. At the Acquisition Date, substantially all of the Steering Business was acquired from the Predecessor by GM. While the historical results of operations of the Steering Business and AHG include general corporate allocations of certain functions historically provided by the Predecessor, such as accounting, treasury, tax, human resources, facility maintenance, and other services, no amounts for these general corporate retained functions have been allocated to discontinued operations in the statements of operations. Expenses related to the service cost of employee pension and other postretirement benefit plans were allocated to discontinued operations in the statements of operations. Allocations have been made based upon a reasonable allocation method. Refer to Note 21. Discontinued Operations for more information.

Contractual interest expense and interest expense on unsecured claims —Contractual interest expense represents amounts due under the contractual terms of outstanding debt, including debt subject to compromise for which interest expense is not recognized in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 852, Reorganizations . Contractual interest expense was $494 million and $558 million for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. In September 2007, the Predecessor began recording prior contractual interest expense related to certain prepetition debt because it became probable that the interest would become an allowed claim based on the provisions of the plan of reorganization filed with the Court in September 2007 and confirmed, as amended, on January 25, 2008. The plan of reorganization confirmed on January 25, 2008 also provided that certain holders of allowed unsecured claims against the Predecessor would be paid postpetition interest on their claims, calculated at the contractual non-default rate from the petition date through January 25, 2008, when the Predecessor ceased accruing interest on these claims. At December 31, 2008, the Predecessor had accrued interest of $415 million related to prepetition claims. As discussed in Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan, on July 30, 2009, the Court confirmed the Modified Plan, eliminating postpetition interest on prepetition debt and allowed unsecured claims. Therefore, the reversal of the $415 million of accrued interest was included as a reduction of interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations of the Predecessor for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements —In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance related to accounting for transfers of financial assets which changes the way entities account for securitizations and special-purpose entities, codified in FASB ASC 810, Consolidation , and FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a significant impact on Delphi’s financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force , which amends FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition , by modifying the criteria used to separate elements in a multiple-element arrangement, introducing the concept of “best estimate of selling price” for determining the selling price of a deliverable, establishing a hierarchy of evidence for determining the selling price of a deliverable, requiring use of the relative selling price method and prohibiting use of the residual method to allocate arrangement consideration among units of accounting, and expanding the disclosure requirements for all multiple-element arrangements within the scope of FASB ASC 605-25. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Alternatively, this amended guidance may be applied retrospectively for all prior periods. Delphi does not expect the adoption of ASU 2009 -13 to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

In April 2010, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 08-9, Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition (“Issue 08-9”). ASU 2010-17, Revenue Recognition—Milestone Method , which resulted from the ratification of Issue 08-9 and amends FASB ASC 605. ASU 2010-17 allows, but does not require, an entity to make an accounting policy election to recognize a payment that is contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved. The guidance in ASU 2010-17 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010, and may be applied prospectively to milestones achieved after the adoption date or retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. Delphi does not expect the adoption of ASU 2010 -17 to have a significant impact on its financial statements.

In August 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Receivables—Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . This guidance amends required disclosures about an entity’s allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The update will require entities to provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of its financing receivables and its allowance for credit losses. The guidance is effective for public companies for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and for non-public companies, for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011. In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-01 Receivables – Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in ASU 2010-20. This guidance temporarily delays the effective date of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings for public entities. An effective date has yet to be determined. Delphi does not expect the adoption of ASU 2010-20 or 2011-01 to have a significant impact on its financial statements other than providing the new disclosures as required.

 

3. ELEMENTS OF PREDECESSOR TRANSFORMATION PLAN

GM —The Predecessor and Old GM entered into comprehensive settlement agreements consisting of the Global Settlement Agreement dated September 6, 2007 (as amended through December 7, 2007, (the “Original GSA”), and the Master Restructuring Agreement dated September 6, 2007 (as amended through December 7, 2007 (the “Original MRA”). The Original GSA and the Original MRA were approved in the order confirming the Predecessor’s initial plan of reorganization on January 25, 2008. The Original GSA and the Original MRA provided that they would not be effective until and unless the Predecessor emerged from chapter 11. However, as part of the Predecessor’s overall negotiations with its stakeholders to further amend the initial plan of reorganization and emerge from chapter 11 as soon as practicable, on September 12, 2008, the Predecessors and Old GM entered into an Amended and Restated Global Settlement Agreement (the “Amended GSA”) and an Amended and Restated Master Restructuring Agreement (the “Amended MRA”). The Court approved such amendments on September 26, 2008 and the Amended GSA and Amended MRA became effective on September 29, 2008. These amended agreements included provisions related to the transfer of certain legacy pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and became effective independent of and in advance of substantial consummation of an amended plan of reorganization, although provisions relating to the acceleration of payment terms were not immediately effective. The effectiveness of these agreements resulted in a material reduction in the Predecessor’s liabilities and future expenses related to U.S. hourly workforce benefit programs. Upon the Acquisition Date, the Amended MRA was terminated (except that Old GM agreed to remain responsible for certain of its obligations thereunder) and the MDA and certain ancillary agreements govern certain aspects of the relationship among GM and Delphi, as purchaser of the major portion of the Predecessor’s businesses.

Global settlement agreement —The Original GSA and the Amended GSA resolved outstanding issues between the Predecessor and Old GM, including: litigation commenced in March 2006 by the Predecessor to terminate certain supply agreements with Old GM; all potential claims and disputes with Old GM arising out of the separation of the Predecessor from Old GM in 1999, including certain post-separation claims and disputes; the proofs of claim filed by Old GM against the Predecessor in the Predecessor’s chapter 11 cases; Old GM’s treatment under the Predecessor’s original plan of reorganization; and various other legacy U.S. hourly

 

F-26


Table of Contents

workforce benefit issues including commitments by the Predecessor and Old GM regarding other U.S. OPEB, pension obligations, and other Old GM contributions with respect to labor matters and releases.

In 2008, the Predecessor recorded a net reorganization gain of $5.3 billion. In addition, under the Amended GSA, the Predecessor received net cash from GM totaling $641 million on September 30, 2008, principally related to reimbursement of hourly OPEB benefit payments since January 1, 2007 and amounts paid by the Predecessor under special attrition programs.

The following table provides each component of the net reorganization gain recorded for the elements of the Amended GSA that were implemented during the third quarter of 2008 and which are described in more detail below. The table also reflects the net cash received on September 30, 2008 attributable to each of the elements of the Amended GSA:

 

     Reorganization
    Gain (Loss)    
    Cash Received
    From GM    
 
     (in millions)  

Hourly Pension Plan Settlement:

    

Hourly Plan Partial Pension Transfer to GM

   $ 2,083      $   

Recognition of Hourly Plan related OCI amounts

     (494       

Hourly OPEB Settlement:

    

GM assumption of OPEB obligation

     6,821          

Recognition of OPEB related OCI amounts

     266          

Allowed Claims and Other:

    

Allowed GM administrative claim

     (1,628       

Allowed GM general unsecured claim

     (2,500       

Allowed IUE-CWA and USW claims

     (129       

OPEB reimbursement from GM

     353        350   

Special attrition programs

     491        230   

Other, net

     69        61   
                

Total, net

   $ 5,332      $ 641   
                

Hourly pension plan—partial pension transfer to GM —On September 26, 2008, the Predecessor received the consent of its labor unions and approval from the Court to transfer certain assets and liabilities of the Delphi Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Plan (the “Hourly Plan”) to the GM Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Plan. On September 29, 2008, the Predecessor transferred liabilities of approximately $2.6 billion and assets of approximately $0.5 billion of the Hourly Plan to the GM Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Plan, representing 30% and 10% of the projected benefit obligation and plan assets, respectively, as of September 29, 2008. The transfer was sufficient to avoid an accumulated funding deficiency for the Hourly Plan for plan year ended September 30, 2008. In consideration, Old GM received an allowed administrative bankruptcy claim equivalent to 77.5% of the net unfunded liabilities transferred, or $1.6 billion. The transfer was accounted for as a partial settlement of the Hourly Plan under the accounting guidance related to employer’s accounting for settlements and curtailments of defined benefit pension plans and for termination benefits in 2008. The Predecessor recognized a settlement loss of $494 million included in reorganization items in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008, which reflects the recognition of $494 million of previously unrecognized actuarial losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income. The amount of actuarial losses recognized represents the proportion of the projected benefit obligation transferred to Old GM relative to the total projected benefit obligation of the Hourly Plan.

Hourly OPEB settlement and OPEB reimbursement from GM —On September 23, 2008, the Predecessor received approval from the Court and on September 26, 2008 received the consent of its labor unions to cease

 

F-27


Table of Contents

providing traditional U.S. hourly OPEB. In addition, upon effectiveness of the Amended GSA, Old GM assumed financial responsibility for all of the Predecessor’s traditional hourly OPEB liabilities from and after January 1, 2007, subject to certain reimbursement obligations by the Predecessor. Old GM assumed approximately $6.8 billion of postretirement benefit liabilities for certain of the Predecessor’s active and retired hourly employees. The assumption of the traditional hourly OPEB liability by Old GM and Old GM’s agreement to reimburse postretirement benefit expenses through the administrative transfer date of February 1, 2009 was accounted for as a settlement under the guidance related to employer’s accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions, in the third quarter of 2008. The Predecessor recognized $266 million of previously unrecognized actuarial gains recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income during the year ended December 31, 2008. Additionally, on September 30, 2008, the Predecessor recognized $350 million as a reorganization gain for the reimbursement from Old GM for OPEB payments previously made by the Predecessor to the hourly workforce from and after January 1, 2007. During the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, Old GM and GM funded an additional $41 million of OPEB payments made to the hourly workforce. Refer to Note 14. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits for further information.

GM general unsecured claim —With respect to Old GM’s claims in the Predecessor’s chapter 11 cases, Old GM under the Amended GSA had agreed to a general unsecured claim of $2.5 billion, primarily for OPEB and special attrition programs for the U.S. hourly workforce. However, under the Modified Plan and the MDA, Old GM and GM agreed to waive the general unsecured claim in the Predecessor’s chapter 11 cases. GM and certain related parties and the Predecessor and certain related parties have also exchanged broad, global releases, effective as of the effective date of the Amended GSA (which releases do not apply to certain surviving claims as set forth in the Amended GSA). In addition to providing a release to GM, the Predecessor agreed to withdraw with prejudice the sealed complaint filed against GM in the Court on October 5, 2007. In addition, the Modified Plan contains additional mutual releases between Old GM, GM and the Predecessor.

Allowed IUE-CWA and USW claims —General unsecured claims in the amounts of $126 million and $3 million were granted to the International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers-Communication Workers of America (“IUE-CWA”) and the United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union and its Local Union 87L (the “USW”), respectively, under the respective labor settlement agreements.

Special attrition programs —The reorganization gain recorded during the year ended December 31, 2008 included $491 million related to the 2006 and 2007 special attrition programs because these programs were directly related to the chapter 11 cases. On September 30, 2008, Old GM reimbursed the Predecessor $230 million related to the funding of various 2007 U.S. hourly workforce special attrition programs, consistent with the provisions of the U.S. labor union settlement agreements. Additionally, previously recognized Old GM general unsecured claims of $333 million primarily related to the 2006 U.S. hourly workforce attrition programs previously reimbursed by Old GM were forgiven and subsumed in the overall $2.5 billion allowed general unsecured claim granted to GM, as discussed above. As of December 31, 2008, the Predecessor’s receivable from Old GM related to the funding of the UAW buydown arrangements under the 2007 U.S. hourly workforce special attrition programs was $68 million. Refer to Note 13. U.S. Employee Workforce Transition Programs for more information.

Other, net —Other, net of $69 million recognized during 2008 includes a $51 million reimbursement from Old GM related to the U.S. labor settlement agreement with the IUE-CWA, dated August 5, 2007, of which $25 million was reimbursement of costs and expenses incurred by the Predecessor in connection with the execution and performance of the IUE-CWA labor agreement and $26 million was reimbursement to the Predecessor of a portion of the allowed claim under the IUE-CWA labor agreement.

Master restructuring agreement —The Amended MRA was intended to, among other things, govern certain aspects of the commercial relationship between the Predecessor and Old GM following the effectiveness of the Amended MRA and continuing after the Predecessor’s emergence from chapter 11. The Amended MRA

 

F-28


Table of Contents

addressed the scope of Old GM’s existing and future business awards to the Predecessor and related pricing and sourcing arrangements, Old GM’s commitments with respect to reimbursement of specified ongoing U.S. hourly workforce labor costs, the disposition of certain of the Predecessor’s facilities, and the treatment of existing commercial agreements between the Predecessor and Old GM. The MDA superseded the Amended MRA, and the Amended MRA was terminated as of the Acquisition Date (except as set forth in the MDA).

Upon effectiveness of the Amended MRA in 2008, the Predecessor received net cash from GM totaling $559 million and recognized related pre-tax earnings of $355 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, of which $189 million was recorded in GM settlement in operating expenses and $166 million was recorded in discontinued operations.

The following table shows each component of the pre-tax earnings recorded upon effectiveness of the Amended MRA in 2008 and the cash received on September 30, 2008:

 

     GM
Settlement
Gain in Pre-
Tax Earnings
     Cash Received
From GM
 
     (in millions)  

Reimbursement of hourly labor costs

   $ 272       $ 273   

Production cash burn breakeven reimbursement

     81         74   

Working capital backstop – Steering Business

             210   

Other

     2         2   
                 

Total, net

   $ 355       $ 559   
                 

Continuing operations

   $ 189      

Discontinued operations

   $ 166      

Existing and future business awards and related matters —The Amended MRA (i) addressed the scope of existing business awards, related pricing agreements, and extensions of certain existing supply agreements, including Old GM’s ability to move production to alternative suppliers, and the reorganized Predecessor’s rights to bid and qualify for new business awards; (ii) eliminated the requirement to implement price-downs with respect to certain businesses and restricted Old GM’s ability to re-source products manufactured at core U.S. operations through at least December 31, 2011 and Mexican operations through December 31, 2010; (iii) contained a commitment by Old GM to provide the Predecessor with an annual keep site facilitation fee of $110 million in 2009 and 2010 which was not contingent on the Predecessor’s emergence from chapter 11, payable in quarterly installments during these periods, which, consistent with the Predecessor’s policy, was recognized in earnings over the applicable, future production periods; and (iv) contained commitments by Old GM concerning the sale of certain of the Predecessor’s non-core businesses and additional commitments by Old GM if certain of the Predecessor’s businesses and facilities were not sold or wound down by specified future dates. On March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, the Predecessor received quarterly installments of the annual keep site facilitation fee of $27.5 million, of which approximately $75 million was recorded as net sales during the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009.

Reimbursement of hourly labor costs —Old GM agreed to reimburse the Predecessor for hourly workforce labor costs in excess of $26 per hour, excluding certain costs, including hourly pension and OPEB contributions provided under the supplemental wage agreement, at specified UAW manufacturing facilities retained by the Predecessor. The economic substance of this provision of the Amended MRA was to lower the Predecessor’s labor costs at specified UAW-represented manufacturing facilities to $26 per hour, excluding certain costs, in order to maintain more competitive operations in the U.S. During the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, the Predecessor received $106 million of reimbursement from GM of hourly labor costs in excess of $26 per hour. The Predecessor recorded $50 million and $25 million as a reduction to operating expenses during the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. The remaining $31 million was recognized in 2009 as a reduction to operating expenses in discontinued operations.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Production cash burn breakeven reimbursement —The Predecessor had agreed to continue manufacturing at certain non-core sites to meet Old GM’s production requirements and Old GM had agreed to provide the Predecessor with operating cash flow breakeven support, or production cash burn breakeven (“PCBB”), from January 1, 2008 through site-specified time periods to compensate the Predecessor for keeping these sites in production. Additionally, Old GM had agreed to reimburse capital spending in excess of $50,000 per month at the PCBB sites from January 1, 2008 through site-specified time periods. GM reimbursed the Predecessor $74 million on September 30, 2008 for the retroactive portion of the PCBB payments through August 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Predecessor recognized $11 million related to the retroactive portion of the PCBB payments as a reduction of operating expenses included in GM settlement. PCBB reimbursement, including capital spending, from Old GM was recognized contemporaneously as incurred, and was treated as a reduction to operating expenses, fixed assets or discontinued operations, as appropriate. During the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, the Predecessor received $150 million of PCBB reimbursement from GM, of which $86 million was recorded as income from discontinued operations and $2 million was recorded as a reduction to the Predecessor’s operating expenses.

Working capital backstop—Steering Business —Old GM agreed to provide payments to the Predecessor for the Steering Business if the sales value was less than defined estimated working capital amounts of the businesses. In addition, Old GM agreed to provide payments to the Predecessor related to the Steering Business if it was not sold prior to the effectiveness of the MRA. Old GM provided a $210 million advance on working capital recovery to the Predecessor related to the Steering Business on September 30, 2008 which was recorded as a deferred liability upon receipt. As further discussed above, under the terms of the Modified Plan, Old GM acquired the Steering Business from the Predecessor on the Acquisition Date. The Steering Business was reported as a discontinued operation, refer to Note 21. Discontinued Operations for further information.

Reimbursement of hourly workers’ compensation and other benefits —Old GM agreed to reimburse the Predecessor for all current and future workers compensation, disability, supplemental unemployment benefits, and severance obligations paid by the Predecessor after January 1, 2009 in relation to all current and former UAW-represented hourly active, inactive, and retired employees. Consistent with the substance of the provision, the Predecessor recognized anticipated, future reimbursements from Old GM contemporaneously with the Predecessor’s incurrence of related cash payments. During the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, the Predecessor received related reimbursements from GM of $28 million. The Predecessor recorded $35 million as a reduction to operating expenses during the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009.

Pensions —Subsequent to entering chapter 11, the Predecessor had generally limited its contributions to the Hourly Plan, the Delphi Retirement Program for Salaried Employees (the “Salaried Plan”), the ASEC Manufacturing Retirement Program, the Delphi Mechatronics Retirement Program, the PHI Bargaining Retirement Plan and the PHI Non-Bargaining Retirement Plan (collectively, the “U.S. Pension Plans”) to “normal cost” contributions, which are less than the minimum funding requirements established by the Internal Revenue Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). Following the Court’s approval of the Hourly and Salaried Pension Program Modification Motion on September 23, 2008, the Salaried Plan, the Mechatronic Plan, the ASEC Plan, and the PHI Non-Bargaining Plan were frozen effective September 30, 2008. The Hourly Plan was frozen on November 30, 2008. By freezing the U.S. pension plans, the Predecessor halted the accrual of normal cost payments going forward, thereby preserving liquidity.

On July 21, 2009, the Predecessor announced that the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”) was expected to make a determination whether to initiate the termination process for the U.S. pension plans. Also on July 21, 2009, the Predecessor reached agreement with the PBGC to settle the PBGC’s various claims against the Predecessor and its global affiliates (the “Predecessor-PBGC Settlement Agreement”). Pursuant to that settlement agreement, the PBGC received a $3 billion allowed general unsecured non-priority claim which received the same treatment given to holders of general unsecured claims as set forth in the Modified Plan. The PBGC received additional consideration from GM which, together with the PBGC’s allowed unsecured claim, was in consideration for, among other things, a full release of all causes of action, claims, and liens; the liability

 

F-30


Table of Contents

to be assumed by the PBGC related to the possible termination of the U.S. pension plans; and the withdrawal of all notices of liens filed by the PBGC against the Predecessor’s global non-U.S. affiliates. The Predecessor-PBGC Settlement Agreement, which was subject to Court approval, was filed with the Court on July 21, 2009. In connection with seeking Court approval of the Predecessor-PBGC Settlement Agreement, the Predecessor sought a finding by the Court that such termination did not violate the Labor MOUs, the Union 1113/1114 Settlement Approval Orders, or the Local Agreement Between Delphi Connection Systems (formerly Packard-Hughes Interconnect) And Electronic And Space Technicians Local 1553, and any modifications thereto. On July 30, 2009, the Court approved the Predecessor-PBGC Settlement Agreement and made the finding that such agreement did not violate the Predecessor’s collective bargaining agreements. On August 10, 2009, the PBGC and the Predecessor executed a termination and trusteeship agreement, retroactive to July 31, 2009, with respect to the U.S. pension plans.

Labor —During the second quarter of 2007, the Predecessor signed an agreement with the UAW, and during the third quarter of 2007, the Predecessor signed agreements with the remainder of its principal U.S. labor unions, which were ratified by the respective unions and approved by the Court in the third quarter of 2007. Among other things, as approved and confirmed by the Court, this series of settlement agreements or memoranda of understanding among the Predecessor, its unions, and Old GM settled the Debtors’ motion under sections 1113 and 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code seeking authority to reject their U.S. labor agreements and to modify retiree benefits (the “1113/1114 Motion”). As applicable, these agreements also, among other things, modify, extend or terminate provisions of the existing collective bargaining agreements among the Predecessor and its unions and cover issues such as site plans, workforce transition and legacy pension and other postretirement benefits obligations as well as other comprehensive transformational issues.

Portions of these agreements became effective in 2007, and the remaining portions were tied to the effectiveness of the Original GSA and the Original MRA, and substantial consummation of a plan of reorganization approved by the Court. However, as noted above, the Predecessor filed amendments to the GSA and the MRA, which were approved by the Court and became effective on September 29, 2008.

Among other things, these agreements generally provided certain members of the union labor workforce options to retire, accept a voluntary severance package or accept lump sum payments in return for lower hourly wages. Refer to Note 13. U.S. Employee Workforce Transition Programs for more information.

Portfolio —In March 2006, the Predecessor identified non-core product lines and manufacturing sites that did not fit into its future, strategic framework, including brake and chassis systems, catalysts, cockpits and instrument panels, door modules and latches, ride dynamics, steering, halfshafts, wheel bearings and power products. With the exception of the catalyst and global exhaust product lines, included in the Powertrain Systems segment, the Company’s non-core product lines were included in discontinued operations, refer to Note 21. Discontinued Operations.

Costs recorded by the Predecessor related to the transformation plan for non-core product lines include employee termination benefits and other exit costs and U.S. employee workforce transition program charges and are further described in Note 11. Restructuring, Note 13. U.S. Employee Workforce Transition Programs and Note 21. Discontinued Operations.

Cost structure —The Predecessor implemented restructuring initiatives in pursuit of its transformation objective to reduce selling, general and administrative expenses. These initiatives included changing the model for delivery of financial services, information technology and certain sales administration activities; as well as the reduction of the global salaried workforce by leveraging attrition and using salaried separation plans, and the realignment of certain salaried benefit programs with business conditions. While the continually challenging economic environment persisted in 2009, further restructuring initiatives continued to be required. The Predecessor implemented a number of cash conservation measures, including a short-term salaried layoff plan, the suspension of 2009 pay increases and annual incentive payments for eligible employees, the cessation of

 

F-31


Table of Contents

health care and life insurance benefits in retirement to salaried employees and retirees effective March 31, 2009 and a decrease in salaried severance payments in 2009. The PBGC’s termination of the U.S. Pension Plans effective July 31, 2009 (refer to Note 14. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits) also had the effect of reducing the Predecessor’s cash needs.

 

4. INVENTORIES

A summary of inventories is shown below:

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
     (in millions)  

Productive material

   $ 544       $ 494   

Work-in-process

     159         133   

Finished goods

     285         249   
                 

Total

   $ 988       $ 876   
                 

 

5. ASSETS

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
     (in millions)  

Income and other taxes receivable

   $ 208       $ 184   

Prepaid insurance and other expenses

     87         95   

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

     136         196   

Deposits to vendors

     12         25   

Notes receivable

     33         21   

Derivative financial instruments (Note 18)

     59         4   

Other

     20         18   
                 

Total

   $ 555       $ 543   
                 

Other long-term assets consisted of the following:

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
     (in millions)  

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

   $ 183       $ 276   

Notes receivable

     31         33   

Income and other taxes receivable

     87         110   

Deferred charges

     4         5   

Other investments

     13         19   

Derivative financial instruments (Note 18)

     17         2   

Other

     68         47   
                 

Total

   $ 403       $ 492   
                 

 

6. INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES

As part of Delphi’s operations, it has investments in 10 non-consolidated affiliates accounted for under the equity method of accounting. These affiliates are not publicly traded companies and are located primarily in

 

F-32


Table of Contents

South Korea, China and Mexico. Delphi’s ownership percentages vary generally from approximately 20% to 50%, with the most significant investments in Korea Delphi Automotive Systems Corporation (of which Delphi owns approximately 50%), Daesung Electric Co. Ltd (of which Delphi owns approximately 50%), Delphi-TVS Diesel Systems Ltd (of which Delphi owns approximately 50%), and Promotora de Partes Electricas Automotrices, S.A. de C.V. (of which Delphi owns approximately 40%). The aggregate investment in non-consolidated affiliates was $281 million and $270 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Dividends of $10 million, $0 million, $8 million and $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively, have been received from non-consolidated affiliates. A $23 million impairment charge was recorded in the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 related to Delphi’s investment in a non-consolidated affiliate.

The following is a summary of the combined financial information of significant affiliates accounted for under the equity method as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 (unaudited):

 

     Successor  
     December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Current assets

   $ 888       $ 711   

Non-current assets

     545         490   
                 

Total assets

   $ 1,433       $ 1,201   
                 

Current liabilities

   $ 587       $ 376   

Non-current liabilities

     227         271   

Stockholders’ equity

     619         554   
                 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,433       $ 1,201   
                 

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Net sales

   $ 1,750       $ 369          $ 866      $ 2,477   

Gross profit

   $ 215       $ 53          $ 56      $ 273   

Net income (loss)

   $ 41       $ 5          $ (44   $ 53   

A summary of transactions with affiliates is shown below:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
     Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Sales to affiliates

   $ 62       $ 7          $ 8       $ 48   

Purchases from affiliates

   $ 315       $ 51          $ 90       $ 267   

 

F-33


Table of Contents
7. PROPERTY, NET

Property, net consisted of:

 

            Successor  
     Estimated Useful
Lives (Years)
     December 31,  
        2010     2009  
            (in millions)  

Land

           $ 163      $ 173   

Land and leasehold improvements

     3-20         79        61   

Buildings

     40         492        556   

Machinery, equipment, and tooling

     3-20         1,470        1,026   

Furniture and office equipment

     3-10         104        72   

Construction in progress

             246        195   
                   

Total

        2,554        2,083   

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (487     (123
                   

Total property, net

      $ 2,067      $ 1,960   
                   

Delphi evaluates the recoverability of certain long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of long-lived assets include separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows expected to arise from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. Where estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, impairment losses are recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the assets. The fair value of the assets was determined based on the “held for use” classification. Delphi may incur significant impairment charges or losses on divestitures upon these assets being classified as “held for sale.” The following table summarizes the impairment charges included in cost of sales related to long-lived assets held for use for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  

Segment

   Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
     Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

   $       $          $ 37       $ 15   

Powertrain Systems

             12                      

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

                        1         2   

Thermal Systems

             5            2         10   

Eliminations and Other

                        1           
                                      

Continuing operations

             17            41         27   

Discontinued operations

                                10   
                                      

Total

   $       $ 17          $ 41       $ 37   
                                      

During the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, the Predecessor’s Electronics and Safety segment recorded $37 million of long-lived asset impairment charges related to the exit of its occupant protection systems business in North America and Europe.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

As further described in Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses, Delphi acquired the following intangible assets in conjunction with the Acquisition:

 

     As of December 31, 2010      As of December 31, 2009  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 
     (in millions)      (in millions)  

Amortized intangible assets:

                 

Patents and developed technology

   $ 455       $ 48       $ 407       $ 442       $ 9       $     433   

Customer relationships

     137         32         105         140         6         134   

Trade names

     95         6         89         97         1         96   
                                                     

Total

     687         86         601         679         16         663   

Unamortized intangible assets:

                 

In-process research & development

     64                 64         87                 87   
                                                     

Total

   $ 751       $ 86       $ 665       $ 766       $ 16       $ 750   
                                                     

Delphi incurs costs to renew or extend the term of the acquired intangible assets which are recognized as expense and not capitalized. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s amortized intangible assets range from 6 to 20 years. Amortization expense is estimated to be $70 million annually for the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012, $68 million for the year ending December 31, 2013, $60 million for the year ending December 31, 2014 and $52 million for the year ending December 31, 2015.

A roll-forward of the gross carrying amounts for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is presented below:

 

     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1

   $     766      $   

Acquisitions

            766   

Write-offs

     (3       

Foreign currency translation and other

     (12       
                

Balance at December 31

   $ 751      $     766   
                

A roll-forward of the accumulated amortization for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is presented below:

 

     2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1

   $       16       $   

Provisions

     70         16   

Non-recurring charges (write-offs)

               

Foreign currency translation and other

               
                 

Balance at December 31

   $ 86       $       16   
                 

As further described in Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses, as a result of determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed under the Acquisition, the January 1, 2009 balance of goodwill of $62 million was adjusted and there is no goodwill recognized in the consolidated balance sheets of the Successor as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2008, declining market conditions caused the implied fair values of the Electrical/Electronic Architecture segment and the Electronics and Safety segment to be less than their respective book values, which resulted in goodwill impairment, totaling $168 million and $157 million, respectively, related to the respective segments.

 

9. LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     Successor  
     December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Payroll-related obligations

   $ 203       $ 199   

Employee benefits, including current pension obligations

     167         56   

Income and other taxes payable

     220         248   

Warranty obligations (Note 10)

     243         181   

Restructuring (Note 11)

     115         216   

Customer deposits

     22         32   

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

     4         20   

Other

     291         300   
                 

Total

   $     1,265       $     1,252   
                 

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     Successor  
     December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Environmental (Note 15)

   $ 18       $ 18   

Extended disability benefits

     8         13   

Warranty obligations (Note 10)

     119         151   

Restructuring (Note 11)

     54         13   

Payroll-related obligations

     11         12   

Accrued income taxes

     52         61   

Long-term debt (Note 12)

     71         94   

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)

     178         275   

Other

     76         67   
                 

Total

   $       587       $       704   
                 

 

10. WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS

Expected warranty costs for products sold are recognized principally at the time of sale of the product based on estimates of the amount that will eventually be required to settle such obligations. These accruals are based on factors such as past experience, production changes, industry developments and various other considerations. These estimates are adjusted from time to time based on facts and circumstances that impact the status of existing claims.

Although Delphi has recognized its best estimate for its total aggregate warranty reserves across all of its operating segments as of December 31, 2010, the estimated reasonably possible amounts to ultimately resolve all matters is approximately $75 million in excess of the recorded reserves.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the activity in the product warranty liability for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Accrual balance at beginning of period

   $ 332      $          $ 364   

Fair value of liabilities assumed in the Acquisition

            344              

Provision for estimated warranties incurred during the period

     62        9            41   

Provision for changes in estimate for preexisting warranties

     80        15            73   

Settlements made during the period (in cash or in kind)

     (99     (35         (92

Gain from reorganization

                       (395

Foreign currency translation and other

     (13     (1         9   
                            

Accrual balance at end of period

   $ 362      $ 332          $   
                            

In 2009, Delphi received information regarding potential warranty claims related to certain components supplied by Delphi’s Powertrain segment. Delphi recorded its best estimate of the warranty obligation related to this matter as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and during 2010 reflected a change in the previous estimate of probable loss related to this matter by recognizing warranty expense in cost of sales of $75 million. This adjustment resulted in a corresponding $75 million decrease in net income attributable to Delphi, and the per unit impact for the Class A, B and C membership interests were $11.25, $137.52, and $65.63, respectively.

Refer to Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies, Ordinary Business Litigation for additional disclosure regarding warranty matters.

 

11. RESTRUCTURING

Delphi continually evaluates alternatives to align its business with the changing needs of its customers and to lower the operating costs of the Company. This includes the realignment of its existing manufacturing capacity, facility closures, or similar actions in the normal course of business. These actions may result in voluntary or involuntary employee termination benefits, which are mainly pursuant to union or other contractual agreements. Voluntary termination benefits are accrued when an employee accepts the related offer. Involuntary termination benefits are accrued when Delphi commits to a termination plan and the benefit arrangement is communicated to affected employees, or when liabilities are determined to be probable and estimable, depending on the existence of a substantive plan for severance or termination. Contract termination costs are recorded when contracts are terminated or when Delphi ceases to use the leased facility and no longer derives economic benefit from the contract. All other exit costs are accrued when incurred.

Delphi’s restructuring costs are undertaken as necessary to execute management’s strategy, streamline operations, take advantage of available capacity and resources, and ultimately achieve net cost reductions. These activities generally fall in one of two categories:

 

  (1) Realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities and other exit or disposal activities, as it relates to executing the Company’s strategy in the normal course of business.

 

  (2) Transformation plan activities, including selling or winding down non-core product lines, transforming the salaried workforce to reduce general and administrative expenses.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the restructuring charges recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 by operating segment:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
Segment    Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

   $ 29       $ 20           $ 91      $ 150   

Powertrain Systems

     49         50             45        69   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

     94         50             99        82   

Thermal Systems

     52         5             11        25   

Eliminations and Other

             1             (11       
                                      

Continuing operations

     224         126             235        326   

Discontinued operations

                         14        146   
                                      

Total

   $ 224       $ 126           $ 249      $ 472   
                                      

The table below summarizes the activity in the restructuring liability for the periods from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and August 19 to December 31, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

     Employee
Termination
Benefits
Liability
    Other Exit
Costs Liability
    Total  
     (in millions)  

Predecessor balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 205      $ 45      $ 250   

Provision for estimated expenses incurred during the period

     216        55        271   

Provision for changes in estimates for preexisting programs

     (21     (1     (22

Foreign currency and other

     (1     (5     (6

Payments made during the period

     (159     (66     (225

Gain from reorganization

     (240     (28     (268
                        

Accrual balance at October 6, 2009

   $      $      $   
                        

Fair value of liabilities assumed in the Acquisition

     240        21        261   

Provision for estimated expenses incurred during the period

     121        6        127   

Provision for changes in estimates for preexisting programs

     (1            (1

Payments made during the period

     (141     (8     (149

Foreign currency and other

     (9            (9
                        

Accrual balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 210      $ 19      $ 229   
                        

Provision for estimated expenses incurred during the period

     194        31        225   

Provision for changes in estimates for preexisting programs

     (1            (1

Payments made during the period

     (260     (31     (291

Foreign currency and other

     5        2        7   
                        

Accrual balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 148      $ 21      $ 169   
                        

Delphi and the Predecessor have initiated several programs to streamline operations and lower costs. The following are details of significant charges during 2010.

 

   

Realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities . As part of Delphi’s ongoing efforts to lower costs and operate efficiently, the Company recorded $28 million of restructuring costs in North America, primarily related to the Electrical/Electronic Architecture segment’s continued

 

F-38


Table of Contents
 

efforts to reduce the workforce. The four reporting segments recorded $174 million of restructuring costs in conjunction with workforce reduction and programs related to the rationalization of manufacturing and engineering processes, including plant closures, primarily in Europe. The Electronics and Safety segment also incurred $8 million of costs related to the ongoing sales and wind-down of its occupant protection systems businesses during the year ended December 31, 2010.

The following are details of significant charges during 2009.

 

   

Realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities . As part of Delphi and the Predecessor’s ongoing efforts to lower costs and operate efficiently, the Electronics and Safety, Powertrain Systems, Electrical/Electronic Architecture and Thermal Systems segments executed initiatives to realign manufacturing operations within North America to lower cost markets and to reduce the workforce in line with the realigned manufacturing operations, and incurred approximately $34 million and $69 million of restructuring costs during the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009, respectively. Additionally, European, South American and Asian operations in the Electronics and Safety and Electrical/Electronic Architecture segments incurred $78 million and $99 million of restructuring costs in the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009, respectively, in conjunction with workforce reductions and programs related to the rationalization of manufacturing and engineering processes. Additionally, the Electronics and Safety segment incurred $5 million and $7 million of costs related to upcoming sales and wind-down of its occupant protection systems business in North America and Europe during periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009, respectively.

 

   

Transformation plan activities . As part of an effort to transform its salaried workforce and reduce general and administrative expenses, Delphi and the Predecessor identified certain salaried employees in North America during periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 for involuntary separation and incurred $5 million and $58 million, respectively, in related employee termination benefits included in continuing operations. Delphi also incurred $6 million of U.S. salaried separations recorded in discontinued operations for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009. As a result of the Amended MRA, $53 million of U.S. employee termination benefits were reimbursed by GM during the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, of which $44 million and $9 million related to U.S. hourly separations and U.S. salaried separations, respectively.

The following are details of significant charges during 2008.

 

   

Realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities . As part of the Predecessor’s ongoing efforts to lower costs and operate efficiently, the Electronics and Safety segment transferred core products manufactured at a shared location in Portugal to a lower cost market and exit non-core products from that facility, and recognized employee termination benefits of $17 million during 2008. Additionally, the Electronics and Safety, Powertrain Systems, Electrical/Electronic Architecture and Thermal Systems segments executed initiatives to realign manufacturing operations within North America to lower cost markets, and incurred approximately $104 million of restructuring costs during 2008. In addition, the Electronics and Safety segment exited production of a non-profitable product line and recorded $22 million of contract termination costs. European operations in the Electronics and Safety and Electrical/Electronic Architecture segments incurred $12 million of restructuring costs in conjunction with workforce reductions and programs related to the rationalization of manufacturing and engineering process. The Powertrain Systems segment transferred certain operations to lower cost markets in eastern Europe and Asia Pacific during 2008 and incurred restructuring costs of $10 million.

 

   

Transformation plan activities . As part of an effort to transform its salaried workforce and reduce general and administrative expenses, the Predecessor identified certain salaried employees in North America during 2008 for involuntary separation and incurred $131 million in related employee termination benefits included in continuing operations, and incurred $31 million in discontinued operations.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
12. DEBT

The following is a summary of debt outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Successor  
     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Accounts receivable factoring

   $ 112      $ 110   

12.00%, unsecured notes, due 2014

     47        49   

German loan agreement

            23   

Capital leases and other

     130        214   
                

Total debt

         289            396   

Less: current portion

     (218     (302
                

Long-term debt

   $ 71      $ 94   
                

Under the terms of the Acquisition, (i) Delphi issued $41 million in senior unsecured five-year notes (the “Notes”) pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement (the “NPA”) with an Acquisition Date fair value of $49 million and (ii) entered into a delayed draw term loan under the credit agreement (the “DDTL”) with a syndicate of lenders. The Notes pay 12% interest and mature on October 6, 2014 and are recorded at $47 million and $49 million in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The DDTL includes maximum available borrowing of $890 million, which is split into a U.S. tranche of up to $267 million in borrowings and a foreign tranche of up to $623 million in borrowings. There is no commitment fee associated with the DDTL, but, if drawn, Delphi is required to pay interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 6.0% per annum, with a minimum LIBOR amount of 2.0% per annum. The DDTL has a term of 5 years. A majority of the holders of the Notes and the lenders under the DDTL are related parties as holders of the Class A and Class B membership interests.

The U.S. tranche under the DDTL is guaranteed by each of Delphi’s U.S. direct and indirect parent companies and each of Delphi’s U.S. subsidiaries as well as certain foreign subsidiaries. The foreign tranche under the DDTL is currently guaranteed by each of the guarantors under the U.S. tranche. In addition, subject to legal and other customary limitations, the DDTL requires certain material foreign subsidiaries of Delphi to become guarantors under the foreign tranche and Delphi has begun to deliver such guarantees. The loans, guarantees and other obligations under the U.S. tranche are secured by substantially all of the assets of Delphi’s U.S. direct and indirect parent companies and each of Delphi’s U.S. subsidiaries. The loans, guarantees and other obligations under the foreign tranche are currently secured by all of the assets securing the U.S. tranche. Subject to legal and other customary limitations, the foreign tranche will be secured by substantially all of the assets of any material foreign subsidiaries of Delphi that become guarantors under the foreign tranche. The Notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by the same Delphi entities that guarantee the loans under the foreign tranche of the DDTL.

The NPA and the DDTL contain affirmative and negative covenants that impose restrictions on Delphi’s financial and business operations, including Delphi’s ability, among other things, to incur or secure other debt, make investments, sell assets, pay dividends or repurchase stock or stock equivalents. As of December 31, 2010, Delphi was in compliance with the covenants of the NPA and DDTL, no amounts were drawn under the DDTL, and the full $890 million under the DDTL remained available.

Accounts receivable factoring —Various accounts receivable factoring facilities are maintained in Europe and are accounted for as short-term debt. These uncommitted factoring facilities are available through various financial institutions. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, $112 million and $110 million, respectively, were outstanding under these accounts receivable factoring facilities.

Capital leases and other —As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $130 million and approximately $214 million, respectively, of other debt issued by certain international subsidiaries was outstanding, primarily related to bank lines in Asia Pacific and capital lease obligations.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

German loan agreement —During 2009, two of Delphi’s German subsidiaries entered into a loan agreement for up to €125 million with a German financial institution. This loan was drawn upon as needed during 2009 and 2010 to fund restructuring initiatives, capital investment and other ongoing cash needs. As of December 31, 2009, $23 million was outstanding under the loan agreement. During 2010, Delphi repaid the loan in full and terminated the loan agreement.

Interest —Cash paid for interest related to amounts outstanding totaled $30 million, $8 million, $157 million and $442 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009, and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

The principal maturities of debt, at nominal value, excluding the accretion related to the Notes of approximately $6 million are as follows:

 

Year

   Debt and
Capital Lease
Obligations
 
     (in millions)  

2011

   $ 218     

2012

     9     

2013

     4     

2014

     43     

2015

     5     

Thereafter

     4     
        

Total

   $ 283     
        

 

13. U.S. EMPLOYEE WORKFORCE TRANSITION PROGRAMS

The following table represents the movement in the U.S. employee workforce transition program liability for 2009 and 2008:

 

U.S. Employee Workforce Transition Program Liability

      
     (in millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2008

         123   

Buy-down wage liability adjustment

     (17

Payments

     (28

Gain from reorganization

     (78
        

Balance at October 6, 2009

   $   
        

Fair value of liabilities assumed in the Acquisition

     14   

Payments

     (14
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $   
        

2008 Reimbursement

As discussed in Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan, the net reorganization gain recorded for the elements of the Amended GSA that were implemented during 2008, included $491 million related to GM’s reimbursement of costs incurred under the 2006 and 2007 special attrition programs. GM reimbursed the Predecessor $230 million related to the funding of various 2007 U.S. hourly workforce special attrition programs, consistent with the provisions of the U.S. labor union settlement agreements. Additionally, previously recognized GM general unsecured claims of $333 million primarily related to the 2006 U.S. hourly workforce attrition programs previously reimbursed by GM had been forgiven and were subsumed in the overall $2.5 billion allowed

 

F-41


Table of Contents

general unsecured claim granted to GM, which was waived under the MDA. The following table details this component of the reorganization gain and cash received:

 

Amended GSA Effectiveness

   Reorganization
Gain
     Cash  
     (in millions)  

Amounts reimbursed for buyouts

   $ 68       $ 68   

Amounts reimbursed for retirement incentives

             7   

Amounts reimbursed for buy-downs

     90         155   

Forgiveness of 2006 special attrition program allowed claim

     333           
                 

Total

   $     491       $     230   
                 

 

14. PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

Prior to the PBGC termination of the U.S. pension plans, (as further discussed in Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan), the Predecessor sponsored pension plans covering employees in the U.S., which generally provided benefits of stated amounts for each year of service, as well as supplemental benefits for employees who qualified for retirement before normal retirement age. Certain employees also participated in non-qualified pension plans covering executives, which are based on targeted wage replacement percentages and are unfunded. The Predecessor froze the Salaried Plan, the Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (“SERP”), the ASEC Manufacturing Retirement Program, the Delphi Mechatronics Retirement Program and the PHI Non-Bargaining Retirement Plan effective September 30, 2008. Additionally, the Predecessor reached agreement with its labor unions resulting in a freeze of traditional benefit accruals under the Hourly Plan effective as of November 30, 2008.

On September 26, 2008, the Predecessor received the consent of its labor unions and approval from the Court to transfer certain assets and liabilities of the Hourly Plan to the GM Hourly-Rate Employee Pension Plan, pursuant to section 414(l) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “414(l) Net Liability Transfer”), as agreed under the Amended GSA. The 414(l) Net Liability Transfer was to occur in two separate steps. On September 29, 2008, the Predecessor completed the first step of the 414(l) Net Liability Transfer, transferring liabilities of approximately $2.6 billion and assets of approximately $0.5 billion of the Hourly Plan to the GM Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Plan, representing 30% and 10% of the projected benefit obligation and plan assets, respectively, as of September 29, 2008. The 414(l) Net Liability Transfer was sufficient to avoid an accumulated funding deficiency for the Hourly Plan for plan year ended September 30, 2008. In consideration of the first step of the 414(l) Net Liability Transfer, Old GM received an allowed administrative bankruptcy claim equivalent to 77.5% of the net unfunded liabilities transferred, or $1.6 billion. The first step of the 414(l) Net Liability Transfer was accounted for as a partial settlement of the Hourly Plan under the accounting guidance related to employer’s accounting for settlements and curtailments of defined benefit pension plans and for termination benefits in the third quarter of 2008. The Predecessor recognized a settlement loss of $494 million included in reorganization items in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008, which reflects the recognition of $494 million of previously unrecognized actuarial losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income. The amount of actuarial losses recognized represents the proportion of the projected benefit obligation transferred to Old GM relative to the total projected benefit obligation of the Hourly Plan.

The second step of the 414(l) Net Liability Transfer (the “Second Pension Transfer”) was to occur upon the effectiveness of an amended plan of reorganization. In July 2009, GM advised the Predecessor that it would not assume the Hourly Plan and would not complete the Second Pension Transfer. GM and the PBGC negotiated a separate release and waiver agreement regarding a possible initiation by the PBGC of the plan termination process for the Hourly Plan, which provides consideration to the PBGC for certain releases to be granted to, among others, GM, the Predecessor, and the Predecessor’s global affiliates. On July 22, 2009, the PBGC initiated the process to terminate the Hourly Plan and the U.S. salaried and subsidiary pension plans. The Predecessor recognized a pension curtailment and settlement loss of $2.8 billion included in reorganization items in the

 

F-42


Table of Contents

consolidated statement of operations for the period ended October 6, 2009. This loss included the reversal of $5.2 billion of liabilities subject to compromise related to the U.S. pension plans offset by the recognition of $5.0 billion of related unamortized losses previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and the recognition of a $3.0 billion allowed general unsecured non-priority claim granted to the PBGC. For additional information regarding the PBGC termination of the Hourly Plan and the U.S. salaried and subsidiary pension plans, refer to Note 3. Elements of Predecessor Transformation Plan.

On February 4, 2009, the Predecessor filed a motion with the Court seeking the authority to cease providing retiree OPEB benefits in retirement to salaried employees, retirees, and surviving spouses after March 31, 2009. On February 24, 2009, the Court provisionally approved the Predecessor’s motion to terminate such benefits effective March 31, 2009 based on the Court’s finding that the Predecessor had met its evidentiary burdens, subject to the appointment of a retirees’ committee (the “Retirees’ Committee”) to review whether it believes that any of the affected programs involved vested benefits (as opposed to “at will” or discretionary, unvested benefits). On March 11, 2009, the Court issued a final order approving the Predecessor’s motion to terminate salaried OPEB benefits. The Court approved a settlement agreement (the “Settlement”), between the Predecessor and the Retirees’ Committee and the Delphi Salaried Retirees’ Association (the “Association”) settling any and all rights for the parties to appeal the Court’s March 11, 2009 final order authorizing the Predecessor to terminate salaried OPEB benefits to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “District Court”). Pursuant to the Settlement, the Predecessor agreed to provide the Retirees’ Committee with consideration of $9 million to resolve pending litigation, including withdrawing the appeals of the Retirees’ Committee and the Association to the District Court. The consideration provided by the Predecessor under the Settlement included an initial $1 million payment in May 2009 to a hardship fund, subsequent monthly payments of $1.25 million for five months beginning in June 2009, and a final $1 million payment in November 2009, which, under the terms of the Modified Plan, was paid by DPHH. In addition, the Predecessor contributed $500,000 toward the creation of a Voluntary Employees’ Beneficiary Association (“VEBA”) and agreed to reimburse up to an additional $250,000 of reasonable legal expenses incurred by the counsel for the Retirees’ Committee and the Association. Neither Delphi nor the Predecessor has any future funding obligations or commitments to the VEBA. Following the initial payment of $1.5 million by May 1, 2009, the District Court dismissed the appeal filed by the retirees with prejudice. The Predecessor recognized a salaried OPEB curtailment and settlement gain of $1,168 million included in reorganization items in the consolidated statement of operations for the period ended October 6, 2009. This settlement gain reflects the reversal of existing liabilities of $1,173 million ($1,181 million net of $8 million to pay salaried OPEB claims incurred but not reported as of March 31, 2009) and the recognition of previously unamortized net gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income of $4 million. The reorganization gain also reflects the impact of the $9 million consideration to be provided for the Settlement described above.

On September 23, 2008, the Predecessor received approval from the Court and on September 26, 2008 received the consent of its labor unions to cease providing traditional U.S. hourly OPEB. In addition, upon effectiveness of the Amended GSA, Old GM assumed financial responsibility for all of the Predecessor’s traditional hourly OPEB liabilities from and after January 1, 2007. GM assumed approximately $6.8 billion of postretirement benefit liabilities for certain of the Predecessor’s active and retired hourly employees. The assumption of the traditional hourly OPEB liability by Old GM and Old GM’s agreement to reimburse postretirement benefit expenses through the administrative transfer date of February 1, 2009 was accounted for as a curtailment and a settlement under the guidance related to employer’s accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions. The Predecessor recognized a curtailment and settlement gain of $7.1 billion included in reorganization items in the consolidated statement of operations of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2008, which reflects the assumption by Old GM of the net unfunded liability of $6.8 billion and the recognition of $266 million of previously unrecognized actuarial gains.

As a result of the salaried workforce transformation plan activities in North America discussed in Note 11. Restructuring, salaried separations in 2008 have resulted in significant reductions in expected future service, or

 

F-43


Table of Contents

curtailments, of the Salaried Plan, OPEB and SERP. The Predecessor recorded net salaried pension curtailment losses of $75 million and salaried OPEB curtailment gains of $82 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

The amounts shown below reflect the change in the U.S. defined benefit pension obligations during 2010 and 2009.

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 81      $          $ 11,411   

Liabilities established / assumed in the Acquisition

            81              

Service cost

                       12   

Interest cost

     4        1            393   

Actuarial loss

     5                     

Benefits paid

     (7     (1         (496

Impact of transfers / settlements

                       (11,203

Gain from reorganization

                       (117
                            

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $     83      $     81          $   
 

Change in plan assets:

          

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $      $          $     6,147   

Actual return on plan assets

                       547   

Delphi contributions

     7        1              

Benefits paid

     (7     (1         (496

Impact of transfers / settlements

                       (6,198
                            

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $      $          $   
 

Underfunded status

   $ (83   $ (81       $   
 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

          

Current liabilities

     (8     (7           

Non-current liabilities

     (75     (74           
                            

Total

   $ (83   $ (81       $   
 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of (pre-tax):

          

Actuarial loss

   $ 5      $          $   
                            

Total

   $ 5      $          $   
                            

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The amounts shown below reflect the change in the non-U.S. defined benefit pension obligations during 2010 and 2009.

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6, 2009
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 1,533      $           $ 1,242   

Liabilities assumed in the Acquisition

            1,540               

Service cost

     38        13             32   

Interest cost

     84        21             76   

Plan participants’ contributions

     2        1             3   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     4        (25            

Benefits paid

     (66     (21          (106

Impact of curtailments

     (8     (2          48   

Plan amendments and other

     (9     (6            

Exchange rate movements

     (60     12             118   

Gain from reorganization

                        (1,413
                             

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 1,518      $ 1,533           $   
 

Change in plan assets:

           

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ 798      $           $ 622   

Assets acquired in the Acquisition

            739               

Actual return on plan assets

     95        28               

Expected return on plan assets

                        63   

Delphi contributions

     109        43             81   

Plan participants’ contributions

     2        1             3   

Benefits paid

     (66     (21          (106

Exchange rate movements and other

     (28     8             54   

Gain from reorganization

                        (717
                             

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ 910      $ 798           $   
 

Underfunded status

   $ (608   $ (735        $   

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

           

Current liabilities

     (13     (5            

Non-current liabilities

     (595     (730            
                             

Total

   $ (608   $ (735        $   
 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of (pre-tax):

           

Actuarial gain

   $ (75   $ (40        $   

Prior service cost (credit)

            (2            
                             

Total

   $ (75   $ (42        $   
                             

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The amounts shown below reflect the change in the other postretirement benefit obligations during 2010 and 2009.

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
    Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
 
     (in millions)     (in millions)  

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 7      $      $ 1,201   

Liabilities assumed in the Acquisition

            7          

Service cost

                   7   

Interest cost

     1               18   

Benefits paid

     (1            (30

Impact of curtailments

     (1              

Impact of transfers / settlements

                   (1,171

Gain from reorganization

                   (25
                        

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 6      $ 7      $   

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $      $      $   

Delphi contributions

     1               30   

Benefits paid

     (1            (30
                        

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $      $      $   

Underfunded status

   $ (6   $ (7   $   

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

      

Current liabilities

     (2              

Non-current liabilities

     (4     (7       
                        

Total

   $ (6   $ (7   $   

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of (pre-tax):

      

Actuarial loss

   $      $      $   

Prior service credit

                     
                        

Total

   $      $      $   
                        

The projected benefit obligation (“PBO”), accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”), and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets and with plan assets in excess of accumulated benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     U.S. Plans      Non-U.S. Plans  
             2010                      2009                      2010                      2009          
     (in millions)  
         Plans with ABO in Excess of Plan Assets       

PBO

   $ 83       $ 81       $ 1,402       $ 1,420   

ABO

     83         81         1,246         1,264   

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

                     807         708   
     Plans with Plan Assets in Excess of ABO  

PBO

   $       $       $ 116       $ 113   

ABO

                     74         77   

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

                     103         90   
     Total  

PBO

   $ 83       $ 81       $ 1,518       $ 1,533   

ABO

     83         81         1,320         1,341   

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

                     910         798   

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Benefit costs presented below were determined based on actuarial methods and included the following:

 

     U.S. Pension Plans  
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Service cost (a)

   $       $           $ 12      $ 128   

Interest cost

     4         1             393        814   

Expected return on plan assets

                         (341     (833

Settlement loss (gain)

                         (188     494   

Curtailment loss-PBO

                                75   

Amortization of prior service costs

                         15        26   

Amortization of actuarial losses

                         126        21   
                                      

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 4       $ 1           $ 17      $ 725   
                                      

 

(a) Includes $23 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 of costs previously accrued related to the U.S. employee workforce transition programs.

 

     Non-U.S. Pension Plans  
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ 38      $ 13           $ 32      $ 50   

Interest cost

     84        21             76        90   

Expected return on plan assets

     (55     (12          (63     (86

Settlement (gain) loss

     (1                        55   

Curtailment (gain) loss

     (9     (2          48        2   

Amortization of transition amount

                               1   

Amortization of prior service costs

                        2        7   

Amortization of actuarial losses

     3                    14        5   
                                     

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 60      $ 20           $ 109      $ 124   
                                     

 

     Other Postretirement Benefits  
     Successor            Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
           Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)  

Service cost

   $      $           $ 7      $ 27   

Interest cost

     1                    18        428   

Settlement gain

                        (1,175     (7,087

Curtailment gain-PBO

     (1                        (8

Curtailment gain-prior service

                               (74

Amortization of prior service costs (credit)

                        (30     (108

Amortization of actuarial losses

                        9        37   
                                     

Net periodic benefit cost

   $      $           $ (1,171   $ (6,785
                                     

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Net periodic benefit cost above reflects $5 million and $32 million that was included in loss from discontinued operations of the Predecessor for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Experience gains and losses, as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions are amortized over the average future service period of employees. The estimated actuarial loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2011 is $2 million.

The principal assumptions used to determine the pension and other postretirement expense and the actuarial value of the projected benefit obligation for the U.S. and non-U.S. pension plan and postretirement plans were:

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other  Postretirement
Benefits
 
     U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans              
           2010                 2009                 2010                 2009                 2010                 2009        

Weighted-average discount rate

     4.10     5.00     5.69     6.00     4.52     5.26

Weighted-average rate of increase in compensation levels

     N/A        N/A        3.88     3.90     4.50     4.50

Assumptions used to determine net expense for years ended December 31:

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    U.S. Plans     Non-U.S. Plans                    
        2010             2009             2008             2010             2009             2008             2010             2009             2008      

Weighted-average discount rate

    5.00     6.16     6.35     5.97     6.22     5.99     5.20     6.12     6.41

Weighted-average rate of increase in compensation levels

    N/A        N/A        4.45     3.89     3.95     4.16     4.50     4.50     4.50

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

    N/A        8.25     8.75     7.14     7.81     8.28     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Delphi selects discount rates by analyzing the results of matching each plan’s projected benefit obligations with a portfolio of high-quality fixed income investments rated AA-or higher by Standard and Poor’s.

In 2010, Delphi no longer has any U.S. pension assets; therefore no U.S. asset rate of return calculation was necessary for 2010. The primary funded non-U.S. plans are in the United Kingdom and Mexico. For the determination of 2010 expense, Delphi assumed a long-term asset rate of return of approximately 6.75% and 10.0% for the United Kingdom and Mexico, respectively. Delphi evaluated input from local actuaries and asset managers, including consideration of recent fund performance and historical returns, in developing the long-term rate of return assumptions. The assumptions for the United Kingdom and Mexico are primarily conservative long-term, prospective rates.

Delphi’s pension expense for 2011 is determined at the 2010 measurement date. For purposes of analysis, the following table highlights the sensitivity of the Company’s pension obligations and expense to changes in key assumptions:

 

Change in Assumption

    Impact on Pension Expense             Impact on PBO        

25 basis point (“bp”) decrease in discount rate

   + $2 million    + $ 63 million

25 bp increase in discount rate

   - $3 million    - $59 million

25 bp decrease in long-term return on assets

   + $2 million   

25 bp increase in long-term return on assets

   - $2 million   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The above sensitivities reflect the effect of changing one assumption at a time. It should be noted that economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effects of changes in key assumptions are not necessarily linear. The above sensitivities also assume no changes to the design of the pension plans and no major restructuring programs.

Pension Funding

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

     Projected
Pension
Benefit Payments
     Projected
Postretirement
Benefit Payments
 
         U.S. Plans              Non-U.S. Plans             
     (in millions)  

2011

   $ 8       $ 62       $ 1   

2012

     9         58         1   

2013

     9         63           

2014

     9         67         1   

2015

     5         69         1   

2016 – 2020

     45         441         2   

Inclusive of the expected benefit payments above, Delphi anticipates making required pension contributions of approximately $80 million in 2011.

Delphi sponsors and the Predecessor sponsored defined contribution plans for certain U.S. hourly and salaried employees. Expense related to the contributions for these plans was $29 million, $4 million, $38 million and $23 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Plan Assets

The pension plans sponsored by Delphi and the Predecessor invest in a diversified portfolio consisting of an array of asset classes that attempts to maximize returns while minimizing volatility. These asset classes include developed market equities, emerging market equities, private equity, global high quality and high yield fixed income, real estate, and absolute return strategies.

The fair values of Delphi’s pension plan assets weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2010 and 2009, by asset category, are as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010  

Asset Category

           Total              Quoted Prices
in  Active
Markets  for
Identical
Assets
(Level  1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
     (in millions)  

Cash

   $ 185       $ 185       $       $   

Equity mutual funds

     388                 388           

Bond mutual funds

     234                 234           

Debt securities

     63         63                   

Equity securities

     40         40                   
                                   

Total

   $ 910       $ 288       $ 622       $   
                                   

 

F-49


Table of Contents
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009  

Asset Category

           Total              Quoted Prices
in  Active

Markets  for
Identical
Assets
(Level  1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
     (in millions)  

Cash

   $ 15       $ 15       $       $     

Equity mutual funds

     405                 405           

Bond mutual funds

     157                 157           

Real estate trust fund

     82                         82   

Alternative investments

     56                         56   

Debt securities

     57         57                   

Equity securities

     26         26                   
                                   

Total

   $ 798       $ 98       $ 562       $ 138   
                                   

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     Real Estate
Trust  Fund
    Alternative
Investments
 
     (in millions)  

Beginning balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 75      $ 54   

Actual return on plan assets:

    

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

     9        9   

Relating to assets sold during the period

     (1       

Purchases, sales, and settlements

     (1     (7

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

              
                

Ending balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 82      $ 56   
                

Actual return on plan assets:

    

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

    

Relating to assets sold during the period

     (35     2   

Purchases, sales, and settlements

     (47     (58

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

              
                

Ending balance at December 31, 2010

   $      $   
                

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Environmental Matters

Delphi is subject to the requirements of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the undiscounted reserve for environmental investigation and remediation was approximately $23 million (of which $5 million was recorded in accrued liabilities and $18 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities) and $21 million (of which $3 million was recorded in accrued liabilities and $18 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities), respectively. Delphi cannot ensure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that its eventual environmental remediation costs and liabilities will not exceed the amount of its current reserves. In the event that such liabilities were to significantly exceed the amounts recorded, Delphi’s results of operations could be materially affected.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Ordinary business litigation

Delphi is from time to time subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including those arising out of alleged defects, breach of contracts, product warranties, intellectual property matters, and employment-related matters. It is the opinion of Delphi that the outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of Delphi. With respect to warranty matters, although Delphi cannot ensure that the future costs of warranty claims by customers will not be material, Delphi believes its established reserves are adequate to cover potential warranty settlements. However, the final amounts required to resolve these matters could differ materially from the Company’s recorded estimates.

GM warranty settlement agreement

As previously disclosed, Old GM alleged that catalytic converters supplied to Old GM for certain 2001 and 2002 vehicle platforms did not conform to specifications. In May 2007, Old GM informed the Predecessor that it had experienced higher than normal warranty claims with respect to certain 2003-2005 vehicle models due to instrument clusters. Effective December 2007, the responsibility for this product line was transferred to the Electronics and Safety segment. In 2007, the Predecessor reached a tentative agreement with Old GM to resolve these claims along with certain other known warranty matters. On September 27, 2007, the Court authorized the Predecessor to enter into a Warranty, Settlement, and Release Agreement (the “Warranty Settlement Agreement”) with Old GM resolving these and certain other known warranty matters. Under the terms of the Warranty Settlement Agreement, the Predecessor agreed to pay Old GM up to an estimated $199 million, comprised of approximately $127 million to be paid in cash over time as noted below, and up to approximately $72 million to be paid in the form of delivery by the Predecessor to Old GM of replacement product. The Warranty Settlement Agreement settled all outstanding warranty claims and issues related to any component or assembly supplied by the Predecessor to Old GM, which as of August 10, 2007 were (i) known by Old GM, subject to certain specified exceptions, (ii) believed by GM to be the Predecessor’s responsibility in whole or in part, and (iii) in Old GM’s normal investigation process, or which should have been within that process, but were withheld for the purpose of pursuing a claim against the Predecessor.

In conjunction with overall negotiations regarding potential amendments to the plan of reorganization to enable the Predecessor to emerge from chapter 11 as soon as practicable, including discussions regarding support assisting the Predecessor in remaining compliant with the global operating income before depreciation and amortization, including long-lived asset and goodwill impairment, transformation and rationalization charges related to plant consolidations, plant wind-downs, and discontinued operations (“EBITDAR”) covenants in its Amended and Restated DIP Credit Facility, Old GM agreed, on July 31, 2008, to forgive certain of the cash amounts due under the Warranty Settlement Agreement. As a result, the Predecessor recorded the extinguishment of this liability as a reduction of warranty expense in 2008, of which $56 million was included in cost of sales, which had a corresponding favorable impact on operating income, and $56 million was included in discontinued operations. Delphi assumed the Warranty Settlement Agreement in connection with the Acquisition.

Other warranty matters

The Predecessor began experiencing quality issues regarding parts supplied to Old GM from the Steering Business in 2005 and established warranty reserves to cover the estimated costs of various repairs that may be implemented. The reserve was subsequently reduced due to a settlement reached with GM and the settlement was paid in 2006. The Predecessor negotiated with its supplier to determine if any portion of the expense was recoverable, and in 2008, the Predecessor and the supplier reached an agreement whereby the supplier paid the Predecessor $17 million to resolve the matter. The $17 million was recorded as a reduction of warranty expense in discontinued operations.

The Predecessor also began experiencing quality issues regarding parts purchased by the Thermal Systems segment during 2006 and established warranty reserves of approximately $60 million to cover the cost of various

 

F-51


Table of Contents

repairs that may be implemented. During 2008, the Predecessor recovered $28 million from an affiliated supplier and recorded it as a reduction of warranty expense. The reserve has subsequently been adjusted for payments, settlements and the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the related reserve was $10 million and $11 million, respectively.

In 2009, Delphi received information regarding potential warranty claims related to certain components supplied by Delphi’s Powertrain segment. Delphi has recorded its best estimate of the warranty obligation related to this matter as of December 31, 2010, and during 2010 recognized warranty expense in cost of sales of approximately $75 million related to this matter.

Brazil matters

Delphi conducts significant business operations in Brazil that are subject to the Brazilian federal labor, social security, environmental, tax and customs laws, as well as a variety of state and local laws. While Delphi believes it complies with such laws, they are complex, subject to varying interpretations, and the Company is often engaged in litigation with government agencies regarding the application of these laws to particular circumstances. In addition, Delphi also is a party to commercial and labor litigation with private parties. As of December 31, 2010, related claims totaling approximately $240 million have been asserted against Delphi. As of December 31, 2010, the Company maintains accruals for these asserted claims that are substantially less than the amount of the claims asserted. The amounts accrued represent claims that are deemed probable of loss and are reasonably estimable based on the Company’s analyses and assessment of the asserted claims and prior experience with similar matters. While the Company believes its accruals are adequate, the final amounts required to resolve these matters could differ materially from the Company’s recorded estimates and Delphi’s results of operations could be materially affected.

Romania value added tax (“VAT”) assessment

During the first quarter of 2010, as a result of a tax audit for years 2006–2008, the Company received a tax assessment from the Romanian tax authorities in the amount of approximately $42 million based on the taxing authority’s assessment that the Company underpaid its VAT (mostly on export sales) by approximately $24 million and owes accrued interest and penalties of $18 million. The Company filed an appeal contesting the assessment and during October, 2010, the Romanian tax authorities substantially reduced the amount of the assessment and decided to re-audit the Company. As of December 31, 2010, the Company maintains a reserve for this contingency that is substantially less than the amount of the initial assessment. While the Company believes its reserve is adequate, the final amounts required to resolve this initial assessment could differ materially from the Company’s recorded estimate.

Operating leases

Rental expense totaled $98 million, $34 million, $76 million and $132 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, Delphi had minimum lease commitments under noncancelable operating leases totaling $301 million, which become due as follows:

 

Year

   Minimum Future
Operating Lease
Commitments
 
     (in millions)  

2011

   $ 80   

2012

     66   

2013

     53   

2014

     43   

2015

     35   

Thereafter

     24   
        

Total

   $ 301   
        

 

F-52


Table of Contents

16. INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income (loss) for U.S. and non-U.S. operations are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1  to
October 6, 2009
    Year ended
December  31,
2008
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

U.S. income (loss)

   $ 313       $ (86       $ 9,460      $ 4,067   

Non-U.S. income (loss)

     631         51            (344     (770
                                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income/(loss)

   $ 944       $ (35       $ 9,116      $ 3,297   
                                     

The Predecessor’s U.S. income of $9,460 million for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 includes a reorganization gain of $10,210 million primarily relating to the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise. The Predecessor’s non-U.S. loss of $770 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes an inter-company loss of $863 million related to an international restructuring transaction. This transaction involved the transfer of certain European subsidiaries to the Predecessor’s Luxembourg holding company in exchange for Euro denominated debt which created an inter-company gain in the U.S. and a corresponding foreign loss.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December  31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1  to

October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December  31,

2008
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Current income tax expense:

            

U.S. federal

   $ 98      $ 11          $      $   

Non-U.S.

     150        51            53        176   

U.S. state and local

     10                          (1
                                    

Total current

     258        62            53        175   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense, net:

            

U.S. federal

     (17     (41         (358     (10

Non-U.S.

     3        (50         (13     (8

U.S. state and local

            (2                  
                                    

Total deferred

     (14     (93         (371     (18

Investment tax credits

                              (1

Less: income tax benefit related to noncontrolling interest

     14        4            7        7   
                                    

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 258      $ (27       $ (311   $ 163   
                                    

Cash paid or withheld for income taxes was $254 million, $20 million, $92 million and $141 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes compared with the amounts at the U.S. federal statutory rate was:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1  to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Tax at U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   $ 330      $ (12       $ 3,190      $ 1,154   

U.S. income taxed at other rates

     9        (1         266        114   

Non-U.S. income taxed at other rates

     (31     (16         56        281   

Change in valuation allowance

     (21                (3,464     (1,403

Tax Credits

     (29     (10                  

Change in tax law

     (15                (4       

Other changes in tax reserves

     (2     9           

Other comprehensive income adjustment

                       (358       

Withholding taxes

     24        2            3        24   

Other adjustments

     (7     1                   (7
                                    

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ 258      $ (27       $ (311   $ 163   
                                    

Included in loss from discontinued operations are income tax provisions of $17 million and $14 million for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Delphi’s tax rate is affected by the tax rates in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, the relative amount of income earned by jurisdiction, and the relative amount of losses for which no tax benefit was recognized due to a valuation allowance. During the period from January 1 through October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company provided a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets in the U.S. due to a history of operating losses and other negative evidence. Since the acquisition, the Company has been in a net deferred tax liability position in the U.S. and no valuation allowance has been recorded. During the period from January 1 through October 6, 2009, the Company recognized tax benefits associated with gains from Other Comprehensive Income of $358 million (see discussion in Note 14).

Delphi currently experiences tax holidays in various non-U.S. jurisdictions with expiration dates from 2012 through 2023. The income tax benefits attributable to these tax holidays are approximately $5 million in 2010, $2 million for January 1 to October 6, 2009, $1 million for August 19 to December 31, 2009, and $10 million in 2008.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes

Delphi accounts for income taxes and the related accounts under the liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the bases of such assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws. Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     Successor  
     December 31  
             2010                     2009          
     (in millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Pension and other employee benefits

   $ 161      $ 220   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     466        460   

Tax credits

     19        18   

Warranty

     81        40   

Other

     149        253   
                

Total gross deferred tax assets

     876        991   

Less: valuation allowances

     (501     (552
                

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 375      $ 439   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed Assets

   $ 18      $ 17   

Tax on unremitted profits of certain foreign subsidiaries

     16        7   

Intangibles

     204        238   
                

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     238        262   
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 137      $ 177   
                

Net current and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

     Successor  
     December 31  
             2010                     2009          
     (in millions)  

Current assets

   $ 136      $ 196   

Current liabilities

     (4     (20

Long term assets

     183        276   

Long term liabilities

     (178     (275
                

Total deferred tax asset

   $ 137      $ 177   
                

The net deferred tax assets of $137 million as of December 31, 2010 are primarily comprised of deferred tax asset amounts from the U.K., Poland, Mexico, China and Brazil, offset by a deferred tax liability in the U.S.

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

As of December 31, 2010, Delphi has recorded deferred tax assets of approximately $466 million for non-U.S. net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards with recorded valuation allowances of $411 million. These NOL’s are available to offset future taxable income and realization is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards. The non-U.S. NOL’s relate primarily to France, Spain, and Luxembourg. The NOL carryforwards have expiration dates ranging from one year to an indefinite period.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets include $19 million and $18 million of tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These tax credit carryforwards expire in 2011 through 2029.

Cumulative undistributed foreign earnings

Except for withholding taxes of $16 million on undistributed earnings that are not indefinitely reinvested, no additional material provision has been made for U.S. or non-U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as the Company has concluded that such earnings are either indefinitely reinvested or should not give rise to additional income tax liabilities as a result of the distribution of such earnings.

Uncertain tax positions

Delphi recognizes tax benefits only for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Unrecognized tax benefits are tax benefits claimed in our tax returns that do not meet these recognition and measurement standards.

A reconciliation of the gross change in the unrecognized tax benefits balance, excluding interest and penalties is as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 83      $          $ 79   

Liabilities assumed in the Acquisition

            80              

Additions related to current year

     9        10            1   

Additions related to prior year

     11        1            6   

Reductions related to prior year

     (19     (6         (10

Reductions due to expirations of statute of limitations

     (1     (1         (1

Settlements-cash

     (1     (1           

Gain from reorganization

                       (75
                            

Balance at end of period

   $ 82      $ 83          $   
                            

A portion of our unrecognized tax benefits would, if recognized, reduce our effective tax rate. The remaining unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax positions for which only the timing of the benefit is uncertain. Recognition of these tax benefits would reduce our effective tax rate only through a reduction of accrued interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the amounts of unrecognized tax benefit that would reduce our effective tax rate were $52 million and $60 million, respectively.

Delphi recognizes interest and penalties as part of income tax expense. Total accrued liabilities for interest and penalties were $18 million and $20 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Total interest and penalties recognized as part of income tax expense (benefit) was a decrease of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $3 million for the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, an increase of $1 million for the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009.

Delphi files tax returns in multiple jurisdictions and is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. Taxing jurisdictions significant to Delphi include U.S., Brazil, China, France, Germany, Mexico, Poland and the U.K. Open tax years related to these foreign taxing jurisdictions remain subject to examination and could result in additional tax liabilities. In general, Delphi affiliates are no longer subject to income tax examinations by foreign tax authorities for years before 2002. It is reasonably possible that audit

 

F-56


Table of Contents

settlements, the conclusion of current examinations or the expiration of the statute of limitations in several jurisdictions could impact the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits. However, Delphi does not expect the overall change in unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months to be significant.

In the U.S., federal income tax returns for years prior to 2009 have been effectively settled. Open tax years related to various states remain subject to examination, but are not considered to be material.

Tax return filing determinations and elections

The Company was established on August 19, 2009 as a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales and it has elected to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. On September 17, 2009, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) issued Notice 2009-78 (the “Notice”) announcing its intent to issue regulations under Section 7874 of the Internal Revenue Code (titled “Rules Relating to Expatriated Entities and Their Foreign Parents”) with an effective date prior to the Acquisition Date. If regulations as described in the Notice are issued with the effective date indicated in the Notice, the Company believes there is a substantial risk that it could be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, retroactively as of the Acquisition Date. If the Company is treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide taxable income including some or all of the distributions from its subsidiaries as well as some of the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries that constitute “controlled foreign corporations.” This could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s future tax liability related to these distributions and earnings. Also, future cash distributions made by the Company to non-U.S. members could be subject to U.S. income tax withholding at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated by tax treaty.

Consistent with the election to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company filed an informational 2009 U.S. federal partnership tax return on September 15, 2010. In light of the Notice, the IRS is currently reviewing whether section 7874 applied to Delphi’s acquisition of the automotive supply and other businesses of the Predecessor as part of the 2009 Compliance Assurance Process audit of the Predecessor. It is not clear as to when such review will be concluded or its outcome.

 

17. MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

In conjunction with the consummation of the Modified Plan on the Acquisition Date, all outstanding shares of stock of the Predecessor were cancelled and Delphi issued membership interests in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition.

As more fully described in Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses, in conjunction with the Acquisition and the consummation of the Modified Plan, on October 6, 2009, the Class A, B and C membership interests were issued to GM, former creditors of the Predecessor, and the PBGC, respectively. In June 2010, 24,000 Class E-1 membership interests were issued to the Board of Managers, as more fully described herein.

The fair value of the Class A, B and C membership interests issued on October 6, 2009 totaled $4,932 million, as more fully described in Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses, and was allocated to the respective classes pursuant to the distribution provisions of the LLP Agreement.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the membership interests issued:

 

     Membership
  Interests Issued  
     Membership
Interests as of
December 31,
             2010            
     Membership
Interests as of
December 31,
             2009            
     Allocation of
Fair Value of
Membership
Interests as of
the Acquisition Date
 
Class           (in millions)  

A

     1,750,000       $ 2,083       $ 1,969       $ 1,972   

B

     354,500               2,816               2,406         2,418   

C

     100,000         646         539         542   

E-1

     24,000         5                   
                             
     Total       $ 5,550       $ 4,914       $ 4,932   
                             

The Class A and Class B membership interests entitle the holders to non-controlling representation on Delphi’s Board of Managers, and, along with Class C and Class E-1 membership interests, entitle the holders to potential, future distributions by Delphi. Additionally, the LLP Agreement requires the consent of or provides special rights to Class A and certain Class B membership interest holders with respect to certain events, including changes in corporate governance, the execution of significant transactions and the issuance of additional securities.

In conjunction with the initiation of certain long-term incentive plans during 2010, for the 2010 Board of Managers Class E-1 Interest Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Value Creation Plan (the “VCP”), which are both long-term incentive plans designed to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding the Board of Managers and key employees of the Company, and promoting the creation of long-term value, the distribution provisions of the LLP Agreement were modified to include provisions for the Class E-1 membership interests and the VCP. The LLP Agreement includes provisions related to future distribution amounts for the Class E-1 and key employee incentive plans based on rates/amounts as defined in the agreement (approximately 2.3%), with ratable reductions in the distribution percentages applied to the Class A, B and C members. Refer to Note 22. Share-Based Compensation for further information.

Total membership interests and current period net income are allocated between the respective classes based on the cumulative distribution provisions of the LLP Agreement. The distribution percentages vary by class of membership interest and by cumulative amount distributed, and, between classes, are not related or proportional to the number of membership interests held. The following table outlines the distribution provisions of the LLP Agreement, excluding the impact of any potential ratable reductions described above:

 

Cumulative Distribution Amount

(excluding the impact of any potential ratable reductions)

   Class  
(in millions)    A     B     C  

$0 - $1,000

     49.12     38.60     12.28

$1,000 - $2,000

     57.78     27.78     14.44

$2,000 - $2,500

     61.39     27.78     10.83

$2,500 - $2,642

     68.61     27.78     3.61

$2,642 - $3,500

     24.94     73.75     1.31

$3,500 - $3,642

     19.69     73.75     6.56

$3,642 - $4,000

     26.25     65.00     8.75

$4,000 - $5,500

     17.50     65.00     17.50

$5,500 - $6,000

     26.25     65.00     8.75

$6,000 - $7,000

     31.50     65.00     3.50

$7,000+ (a)

     35.00     65.00       

 

(a)

Under the terms of the Modified Plan, if cumulative distributions to the members exceed $7.2 billion, Delphi, as disbursing agent on behalf of DPHH, is required to pay to the holders of allowed general

 

F-58


Table of Contents
  unsecured claims against the Predecessor, $32.50 for every $67.50 in excess of $7.2 billion distributed to the members, up to a maximum amount of $300 million. This contingency is not considered probable of occurring as of December 31, 2010. Accordingly, no provision for this matter has been recorded as of December 31, 2010.

Under the terms of the LLP Agreement, distributions from Delphi are generally prohibited unless all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

   

There are no principal amounts outstanding related to the DDTL;

 

   

The distribution occurs more than 18 months after the Acquisition Date;

 

   

After giving effect to a distribution, Delphi must have at least $800 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand; and

 

   

Delphi’s cash flow from operating activities during the six months prior to the distribution date was positive and Delphi is reasonably sure that its cash flows from operating activities will continue to be positive for six months following the distribution date.

Net income (loss) per membership interests unit

Delphi computes net income (loss) per membership interests unit by dividing its net income (loss) attributable to membership interests by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period. The overall computation and presentation of its net income (loss) per membership interests unit are made in accordance with FASB ASC 260, Earnings Per Share .

The following table summarizes the net income (loss) per membership interests unit for each period presented:

     Weighted Average
Membership
Interests
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
Net Income
Attributable to
Membership
Interests
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010 Net
Income Per
Membership
Interests
Unit
     Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009 Net Loss
Attributable to
Membership
Interests
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31, 2009
Net Loss Per
Membership
Interests Unit
 
Class           (in millions, except per unit data)  

A

     1,750,000       $ 114       $ 65.35       $ (3   $ (1.80

B

     354,500         410         1,156.98         (12     (33.00

C

     100,000         107         1,064.88         (3     (31.50

E-1

     12,000                 N/A         N/A        N/A   
                         
     Total       $ 631          $ (18  
                         

 

18. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Financial Instruments

Delphi’s financial instruments include its accounts receivable factoring arrangements, capital leases and other debt issued by Delphi’s foreign subsidiaries and the Notes. The fair value of these financial instruments is based on quoted market prices for instruments with public market data or the current book value for instruments without a quoted public market price. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total of the financial instruments listed above was recorded at $289 million and $396 million, respectively, and had estimated fair values of $293 million and $396 million, respectively. For all other financial instruments recorded at December 31, 2010 and 2009, fair value approximates book value.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Delphi is exposed to market risk, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and changes in interest rates, which may result in cash flow risks. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, Delphi aggregates the exposures on a consolidated basis to take advantage of natural offsets. For exposures that are not offset within its operations, Delphi enters into various derivative transactions pursuant to its risk management policies, which prohibit holding or issuing derivative financial instruments for trading purposes, and designation of derivative instruments is performed on a transaction basis to support hedge accounting. The changes in fair value of these hedging instruments are offset in part or in whole by corresponding changes in the fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged. Delphi assesses the initial and ongoing effectiveness of its hedging relationships in accordance with its documented policy. As of December 31, 2010, Delphi has entered into derivative instruments to hedge cash flows extending out to April 2013.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had the following outstanding notional amounts related to commodity and foreign currency forward contracts that were entered into to hedge forecasted exposures:

 

     Successor

Commodity

       Quantity Hedged              Unit of Measure    
     (in thousands)

Copper

     41,517       pounds

Primary Aluminum

     27,763       pounds

Secondary Aluminum

     18,830       pounds

Silver

     119       troy ounces

Gold

     6       troy ounces

Platinum

     1       troy ounce

Foreign Currency

     
     (in millions)

South Korean Won

     47,291       KRW

Hungarian Forint

     9,907       HUF

Mexican Peso

     4,770       MXN

Japanese Yen

     2,763       JPY

Chinese Yuan Renminbi

     399       CNY

Romanian Leu

     341       RON

New Turkish Lira

     157       TRY

Euro

     91       EUR

Brazilian Real

     88       BRL

Polish Zloty

     76       PLN

British Pound

     55       GBP

Singapore Dollar

     28       SGD

The Company had additional foreign currency forward contracts that individually amounted to less than $10 million.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

    Successor  
      Asset Derivatives     Liability Derivatives  
      Balance Sheet Location       December 31,
          2010           
      Balance Sheet Location       December 31,
          2010           
 

Designated derivatives instruments:

    (in millions)   

Commodity derivatives

    Other Current Assets      $ 37        Accrued Liabilities      $   

Foreign currency derivatives

    Other Current Assets        29        Accrued Liabilities          

Foreign currency derivatives*

    Accrued Liabilities               Other Current Assets        7   

Commodity derivatives

    Other Long-Term Assets        11        Other Long-Term Liabilities          

Foreign currency derivatives

    Other Long-Term Assets        10        Other Long-Term Assets        4   
                   

Total

    $ 87        $ 11   
                   

Derivatives not designated:

       

None

       

 

     Successor  
       Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
     Balance Sheet
Location
     December 31,
2009
     Balance Sheet Location      December 31,
2009
 

Designated derivatives instruments:

     (in millions)   

Commodity derivatives

     Other Current Assets       $ 4         Accrued Liabilities       $ 1   

Foreign currency derivatives*

     Accrued Liabilities         2         Accrued Liabilities         2   

Commodity derivatives

     Other Long-Term Assets         2         Other Long-Term Liabilities           

Foreign currency derivatives

     Other Long-Term Assets                 Other Long-Term Liabilities         1   
                       

Total

      $ 8          $ 4   
                       

Derivatives not designated:

           

None

           

 

* Derivative instruments within this category are subject to master netting arrangements and are presented on a net basis in the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with accounting guidance related to the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts.

The fair value of the net asset position of Delphi’s derivative financial instruments increased from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 primarily due to the increase in the market price of commodities and certain foreign currencies.

The effect of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statement of operations of the Successor for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     Successor  

Year ended December 31, 2010

   Gain
Recognized in
OCI
(Effective
Portion)
     Gain
Reclassified
from OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)
     Gain
Recognized in
Income
(Ineffective
Portion
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)
 
     (in millions)  

Designated derivatives instruments:

        

Commodity derivatives

   $ 58       $ 12       $   

Foreign currency derivatives

     48         15           
                          

Total

   $     106       $     27       $   
                          

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2010

   Gain Recognized
in Income
 
     (in millions)  

Derivatives not designated:

  

Commodity derivatives

   $ 1   

Foreign currency derivatives

     4   
        

Total

   $ 5   
        

The effect of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statement of operations of the Successor for the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

     Successor  

Period from August 19 to December 31, 2009

   Gain
Recognized in

OCI  (Effective
Portion)
     Gain
Reclassified
from OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)
     Gain
Recognized in
Income
(Ineffective
Portion
Excluded  from
Effectiveness
Testing)
 
     (in millions)  

Designated derivatives instruments:

        

Commodity derivatives

   $ 6       $       $   

Foreign currency derivatives

               —                 —                 1   
                          

Total

   $ 6       $       $ 1   
                          

The effect of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statement of operations of the Predecessor for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 is as follows:

 

     Predecessor  

Period from January 1 to October 6, 2009

   Loss Recognized
in  OCI
(Effective
Portion)
    Loss
Reclassified
from OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)
    Gain
Recognized in
Income
(Ineffective
Portion
Excluded  from
Effectiveness
Testing)
 
     (in millions)  

Designated derivatives instruments:

      

Commodity derivatives

   $ (43   $ (164   $ 3   

Foreign currency derivatives

     (111     (180             2   
                        

Total

   $ (154   $ (344   $ 5   
                        

 

     Gain
(Loss) Recognized
in Income
 
     (in millions)  

Derivatives not designated:

  

Commodity derivatives

   $ (15

Foreign currency derivatives

     7   
        

Total

   $ (8
        

The gain or loss reclassified from OCI into income for the effective portion of designated derivative instruments and the gain or loss recognized in income for the ineffective portion of designated derivative

 

F-62


Table of Contents

instruments excluded from effectiveness testing were recorded to cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009. The gain or loss recognized in income for non-designated derivative instruments was recorded in other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2010 and cost of sales for the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 in the consolidated statements of operations.

Gains and losses on derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges are recorded in OCI, to the extent that hedges are effective, until the underlying transactions are recognized in earnings. Unrealized amounts in accumulated OCI will fluctuate based on changes in the fair value of hedge derivative contracts at each reporting period. Net gains included in accumulated OCI as of December 31, 2010 were $54 million after-tax ($84 million pre-tax). Of this pre-tax total, a gain of approximately $61 million is expected to be included in cost of sales within the next 12 months and a gain of approximately $23 million is expected to be included in cost of sales in subsequent periods. Cash flow hedges are discontinued when Delphi determines it is no longer probable that the originally forecasted transactions will occur. The amount included in cost of sales related to hedge ineffectiveness was insignificant for both the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and was a gain of $6 million and a loss of $12 million for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Fair value measurements

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis

All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria. Delphi’s derivative exposures are with counterparties with long-term investment grade credit ratings. Delphi estimates the fair value of its derivative contracts using an income approach based on valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single, discounted amount. Estimates of the fair value of foreign currency and commodity derivative instruments are determined using exchange traded prices and rates. Delphi also considers the risk of non-performance in the estimation of fair value, and includes an adjustment for non-performance risk in the measure of fair value of derivative instruments. The non-performance risk adjustment reflects the credit default spread (“CDS”) applied to the net commodity and foreign currency exposures by counterparty. When Delphi is in a net derivative asset position, the counterparty CDS rates are applied to the net derivative asset position. When Delphi is in a net derivative liability position, estimates of peer companies’ CDS rates are applied to the net derivative liability position.

In certain instances where market data is not available, Delphi uses management judgment to develop assumptions that are used to determine fair value. This could include situations of market illiquidity for a particular currency or commodity or where observable market data may be limited. In those situations, Delphi generally surveys investment banks and/or brokers and utilizes the surveyed prices and rates in estimating fair value.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Delphi was in a net derivative asset position of $76 million and $4 million, respectively, and there were no adjustments recorded for nonperformance risk as exposures were to counterparties with investment grade credit ratings.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Delphi had the following assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Successor  
As of December 31, 2010:    Total      Quoted Prices in
Active
Markets Level
1
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level 3
 
     (in millions)  

Time deposits

   $         550       $       $         550       $             —   

Available-for-sale securities

     12         12                   

Commodity derivatives

     48                 48           

Foreign currency derivatives

     28                 28           
                                   

Total

   $ 638       $ 12       $ 626       $   
                                   

As of December 31, 2009:

           

Available-for-sale securities

   $ 23       $           20       $ 3       $   

Commodity derivatives

     5                 5           
                                   

Total

   $ 28       $ 20       $ 8       $   
                                   

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Delphi had the following liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Successor  
As of December 31, 2010:    Total      Quoted Prices in
Active
Markets Level
1
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Level 3
 
     (in millions)  

None

           

As of December 31, 2009:

           

Foreign currency derivatives

   $             1       $             —       $             1       $             —   
                                   

Total

   $ 1       $       $ 1       $   
                                   

Fair Value Measurements on a Nonrecurring Basis

In addition to items that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, Delphi also has items in its balance sheet that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. As these items are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, they are not included in the tables above. Nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets, asset retirement obligations and liabilities for exit or disposal activities measured at fair value upon initial recognition. No impairment charges were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2010. During the periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009, product-line specific long-lived assets with a carrying value of $18 million and $87 million were adjusted to their fair value of $1 million and $46 million, resulting in impairment charges of $17 million and $41 million, respectively. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved and a review of appraisals. As such, Delphi has determined that the fair value measurements of long-lived assets fall in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-64


Table of Contents
19. OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Other income (expense), net included:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 19 to
December 31,
2009
          Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
     Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

Interest income

   $ 29      $ 5          $ 10       $ 36   

Impairment – investment in available-for-sale security

     (9                          

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (8                        (49

Acquisition-related transaction costs

            (19                   

Other, net

     22        (3         14         22   
                                     

Other income (expense), net

   $ 34      $ (17       $ 24       $ 9   
                                     

During the year ended December 31, 2010, Delphi repaid $12 million of interest-free government-backed debt due in 2021 which required compensating cash collateral. The debt was previously adjusted to a $4 million fair value as a result of acquisition accounting and therefore Delphi recognized an $8 million loss on early extinguishment of debt. Other, net primarily includes insurance and other recoveries and income from royalties.

The Successor recognized $19 million of transaction costs related to the Acquisition for the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Predecessor recognized a $49 million loss on extinguishment of debt associated with the recognition of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Amended and Restated DIP Credit Facility and the Refinanced DIP Credit Facility. Other, net for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes a $32 million gain from the sale of an investment accounted for under the cost method that had been previously fully impaired, which was offset by $16 million of expense related to an allowance recorded against a note receivable.

 

20. DIVESTITURES

On March 31, 2010, Delphi completed the sale of its occupant protection systems business in Asia (“Asian OPS Business”) to Autoliv AB. The pro forma total net sales of the Asian OPS Business for the Predecessor period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009 were approximately $200 million. In total, Delphi received net proceeds of $73 million and recognized a gain on divestiture of $10 million, which is included in Cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations of the Successor for the year ended December 31, 2010. The results of operations, including the gain or loss on divestiture were not significant to the consolidated financial statements in any period presented, and the divestitures did not meet the discontinued operations criteria.

 

21. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The Court approval of Delphi’s plan to dispose of the Steering Business and the interiors and closures business triggered held for sale accounting in 2007. The Court approval of bidding procedures for the sale of the remaining assets of the chassis business on April 23, 2009 and subsequent approval of the sale triggered held for sale accounting for the Automotive Holdings Group in the second quarter of 2009.

Steering and halfshaft business

In conjunction with the consummation of the Modified Plan on the Acquisition Date, an affiliate of GM acquired the Steering Business. Refer to Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses for further

 

F-65


Table of Contents

information. During the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, the Predecessor recorded a loss of $24 million, net of tax, due to the results of operations and adjustment of assets held for sale to fair value of the Steering Business. During 2008, the Predecessor recorded a loss of $34 million, net of tax, due to the results of operations, adjustment of assets held for sale to fair value of the Steering Business as of December 31, 2008 and the effectiveness of the Amended MRA.

Automotive Holdings Group

AHG included various non-core product lines and plant sites that did not fit the Predecessor’s strategic framework. As part of the Acquisition, the global suspensions and brake business of AHG was acquired by Delphi. Substantially all of the remainder of AHG emerged from chapter 11 as part of DPHH, and, therefore, is not included in Delphi’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2009.

Global suspension and brakes business sale —On March 31, 2009, the Predecessor announced that it had entered into an asset sale and purchase agreement with BeijingWest Industries Co., Ltd. (“BWI”) for the sale of Delphi’s remaining chassis business, the global suspension and brakes business, whereby BWI would acquire machinery and equipment, intellectual property and certain real property for a purchase price of approximately $90 million, which is subject to certain adjustments. Certain customer and supplier contracts were also to be assumed and/or assigned to BWI. The 2008 annual revenues for the global suspension and brakes business were $670 million. The closing of the sale occurred in October 2009 and Delphi received net proceeds of $82 million, which, under the terms of the Acquisition were transferred, net of Delphi’s costs in connection with the sale, to GM during the Successor period from August 19 to December 31, 2009. During the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009, a held for sale loss of $29 million was recognized by the Predecessor to reflect the revaluation of the disposal group to fair value based on the estimated proceeds of the sale agreement.

Results of discontinued operations

The Steering Business, through the Acquisition Date and the Automotive Holdings Group, through the date of the respective divestitures within the Automotive Holdings Group, are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations and statement of cash flows of the Predecessor for the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008.

The results of the discontinued operations are summarized as follows:

 

     Predecessor  
     Period from
January 1 to
October 6,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 
     (in millions)  

Total sales

   $ 1,524      $ 3,575   

Loss before income taxes (including equity income, net of tax)

   $ (28   $ (83

Provision for income taxes

     (17     (14
                

Loss attributable to discontinued operations

   $ (45   $ (97
                

 

F-66


Table of Contents
22. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Board of Managers Equity Award

In June 2010, the 2010 Board of Managers Class E-1 Interest Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was authorized in order to attract and reward board members and to promote the creation of long-term value for interest holders of Delphi. On June 30, 2010, board members received 24,000 restricted interests of a newly created class of membership interests (“Class E-1 Interests”). The restricted interests are subject to continued service through applicable vesting dates as follows:

 

   

20% on November 1, 2010

 

   

40% on November 1, 2011

 

   

40% on November 1, 2012

Under certain conditions with respect to an initial public offering or a change in control, as defined in the Plan, any interests that have not yet vested may immediately become vested. All unvested Class E-1 Interests will fully vest in the event of a completed initial public offering if the resulting total equity valuation of the Company (based on the average closing price of Delphi shares during the 15-day period beginning on the 30th day after the closing of the offering), plus the value of prior distributions made under the LLP Agreement to holders of membership interests and any amounts distributed to holders of Class E-1 Interests with respect to or to repurchase their Class E-1 Interests, is at least $6 billion. In addition, upon the completion of an initial public offering, all outstanding membership interests will be converted to ordinary shares.

Approximately $14 million of compensation expense will be recognized through the remainder of the vesting period. This amount would be recognized immediately if the criteria for immediate vesting are met.

The fair market value of the Class E-1 Interests was estimated to be $19 million, based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent valuation specialist, utilizing generally accepted valuation approaches. Beginning in the third quarter of 2010, Delphi recognized compensation cost on a straight-line basis. Compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $5 million, net of tax. There were no cash flow impacts for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Executive Long Term Incentive Plan

During the second quarter of 2010, the Board of Managers approved and authorized the VCP, a long-term incentive plan designed to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding key employees of the Company, and promoting the creation of long-term value. Participants were granted an award in September 2010 for the period ending December 31, 2012. Each individual participant’s target value was based on the participants’ level of responsibility within the Company and the country in which the participant is located. The awards cliff vest fully at the end of the performance period, but may immediately become fully vested upon a change in control, as defined in the VCP, for certain participants. In the event of a qualified termination, as defined, the participant shall vest in a pro-rata percentage of their award as of the termination date. For any other termination, the award shall be forfeited.

The amounts to be settled under the VCP will be determined based on Delphi’s enterprise value and “accrued distributions” (as defined in the VCP) as of December 31, 2012, compared to a target enterprise value of $8.25 billion. An enterprise value of $2.5 billion must be achieved to receive a minimum award payout and above this level the payout is determined as a percentage of the target award. The authorized target amount of the awards is $135 million (of which $108 million are outstanding as of December 31, 2010), but the ultimate final settlement amount of the awards could be higher or lower, depending on the enterprise value of Delphi at

 

F-67


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012. The estimated fair value of the awards granted as of December 31, 2010 was $171 million. In the event of a completed initial public offering, the estimated enterprise value will be based on the average closing market price of the Company between the first day of trading on a public exchange and the end of the performance period, plus any “accrued distributions”. Delphi recognized compensation cost in 2010 and will continue to recognize compensation cost, based on estimates of the enterprise value, over the requisite vesting periods of the awards. Compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $31 million ($21 million, net of tax). Based on the estimate of enterprise value as of December 31, 2010, unrecognized compensation expense on a pretax basis of approximately $140 million is anticipated to be recognized on a straight-line basis during 2011 and 2012. There were no cash flow impacts for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Final settlement can be made in cash, membership interests, common stock or a combination thereof as provided in the participation agreement or as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Managers.

The VCP awards are accounted for as liability awards pursuant to FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . Estimating the fair value of the liability awards under the VCP requires assumptions regarding the Company’s enterprise value. Any differences in actual results from management’s estimates could result in fair values different from estimated fair values, which could materially impact the Company’s future results of operations and financial condition. The fair market value of the liability awards under the VCP is based on contemporaneous valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist, utilizing generally accepted valuation approaches.

Significant Factors, Assumptions, and Methodologies Used in Estimating Fair Value of Enterprise Value for VCP Awards and Fair Value of E-1 Interests

The estimated fair value of the Class E-1 Interests were based on a contemporaneous valuation performed as of the grant date. The liability awards under the VCP were based on contemporaneous valuations performed periodically by an independent valuation specialist. Both the Class E-1 Interests and VCP valuations utilize appropriate weighting of the market and income approaches.

Market Approach: The market approach measures the value of a company through analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable companies (see Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses for further description of the market approach). Based on analysis of guideline public companies and guideline merged or acquired companies, Delphi utilized 2010 EBITDA multiples and 2011 EBITDA multiples of 4.5x-6.0x to value the Class E-1 Interests and VCP awards.

In addition to the guideline public company and guideline merged or acquired company approaches, the Company considered the trading price of its Class B membership interests by qualified institutional investors in determining the enterprise value of the Company.

Income Approach: The income approach derives the value of a company based on assumptions about the company’s future stream of cash flows (see Note 1. General and Acquisition of Predecessor Businesses for further description of the income approach). Delphi provided its independent valuation specialist with projected net sales, expenses and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 for the Class E-1 awards and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 for the VCP awards. These financial projections represent management’s best estimate at the time of the contemporaneous valuations. Discount rates used to determine the present value of future cash flows were based on the weighted average cost of capital which ranged from 11.6%-13.7%.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Predecessor Plans

At the Acquisition Date, all outstanding common stock of the Predecessor, including all stock options exercisable, were cancelled. Prior to the Acquisition Date, the Predecessor’s share-based compensation programs included stock options, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights. Approximately $10 million of share-based compensation cost was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008. In May 2008, the Predecessor cancelled all non-vested restricted stock units, resulting in the recording of $7 million of unrecognized compensation cost.

 

23. SEGMENT REPORTING

Effective December 2010, Delphi realigned its segment reporting to reflect certain items previously included in the Eliminations and Other segment within its core business segments. Delphi operates its core business along the following operating segments, which are grouped on the basis of similar product, market and operating factors.

 

   

Electronics and Safety, which includes component and systems integration expertise in audio and infotainment, body controls and security systems, displays, mechatronics, safety electronics and electric and hybrid electric vehicle power electronics, as well as advanced development of software.

 

   

Powertrain Systems, which includes extensive systems integration expertise in gasoline, diesel and fuel handling and full end-to-end systems including fuel injection, combustion, electronics controls, exhaust handling, test and validation capabilities, diesel and automotive aftermarket, and original equipment service.

 

   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture, which includes complete electrical architecture and component products.

 

   

Thermal Systems, which includes heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) systems, components for multiple transportation and other adjacent markets, and powertrain cooling and related technologies.

 

   

Eliminations and Other, which includes i) the elimination of inter-segment transactions, and ii) certain other expenses and income of a non-operating or strategic nature.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies, except that the disaggregated financial results for the segments have been prepared using a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which management internally disaggregates financial information for the purposes of assisting internal operating decisions. Generally, Delphi evaluates performance based on stand-alone segment EBITDAR and accounts for inter-segment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, at current market prices. Through December 31, 2010, Delphi’s management believed that EBITDAR was a meaningful measure of performance and it was used by management to analyze Company and stand-alone segment operating performance. Management also used EBITDAR for planning and forecasting purposes. Effective January 1, 2011, Delphi’s management began utilizing segment operating income before depreciation and amortization, including long-lived asset and goodwill impairment (“EBITDA”) as a key performance measure because its restructuring was substantially completed in 2010. Segment EBITDA and EBITDAR should not be considered substitutes for results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be considered alternatives to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to EBITDA and EBITDAR that is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Segment EBITDA and EBITDAR, as determined and measured by Delphi, should also not be compared to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Included below are sales and operating data for Delphi’s segments for the year ended December 31, 2010, periods from August 19 to December 31, 2009 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, as well as balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

     Successor  
     Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and
Other(a)
    Total  
2010:    (in millions)  

Net sales

   $ 2,721      $ 4,086      $ 5,620      $ 1,603      $ (213   $     13,817   

EBITDA

   $ 247      $ 361      $ 650      $ 109      $ (6   $ 1,361   

EBITDAR

   $ 293      $ 423      $ 758      $ 165      $ (6   $ 1,633   

Depreciation & Amortization

   $ 100      $ 170      $ 108      $ 42      $ 1      $ 421   

Operating income (loss) (b)

   $ 147      $ 191      $ 542      $ 67      $ (7   $ 940   

Equity income (loss)

   $ (3   $ 2      $ 7      $ 8      $ 3      $ 17   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ 1      $ 28      $ 31      $ 12      $      $ 72   
     Successor  
     Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and
Other(a)
    Total  
August 19 – December 31, 2009:    (in millions)  

Net sales

   $ 761      $ 957      $ 1,325      $ 365      $ 13      $ 3,421   

EBITDA

   $ 17      $ 9      $ 94      $ 8      $ 1      $ 129   

EBITDAR

   $ 56      $ 79      $ 155      $ 21      $ 2      $ 313   

Depreciation & Amortization

   $ 39      $ 52      $ 31      $ 17      $      $ 139   

Operating income (loss) (c)

   $ (22   $ (43   $ 63      $ (9   $ 1      $ (10

Equity income (loss)

   $ 1      $      $ 5      $      $ (1   $ 5   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $      $ 5      $ 9      $ 1      $      $ 15   
     Predecessor  
     Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and
Other(a)
    Total  
January 1 – October 6, 2009:    (in millions)  

Net sales

   $ 1,801      $ 2,667      $ 2,970      $ 1,008      $ (112   $ 8,334   

EBITDA

   $ (319   $ (71   $ (132   $ 4      $ 4      $ (514

EBITDAR

   $ (214   $ (9   $ (18   $ 17      $ (5   $ (229

Depreciation & Amortization

   $ 177      $ 163      $ 147      $ 53      $      $ 540   

Operating income (loss) (d)

   $ (496   $ (234   $ (279   $ (49   $ (60   $ (1,118

Equity income (loss)

   $ (13   $ (9   $ 4      $ (12   $ (6   $ (36

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ 1      $ 9      $ 12      $ 6      $ 1      $ 29   
     Predecessor  
     Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and
Other(a)
    Total  
2008:    (in millions)  

Net sales

   $ 4,048      $ 5,368      $ 5,649      $ 2,121      $ (378   $ 16,808   

EBITDA

   $ (199   $ 218      $ 65      $ 125      $ (420   $ (211

EBITDAR

   $      $ 251      $ 195      $ 76      $ (253   $ 269   

Depreciation & Amortization

   $ 261      $ 269      $ 205      $ 87      $      $ 822   

Goodwill impairment

   $ 157      $      $ 168      $      $      $ 325   

Operating (loss) income (e)

   $ (617   $ (51   $ (308   $ 38      $ (487   $ (1,425

Equity income

   $      $ 3      $ 9      $ 6      $ 11      $ 29   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $      $ 13      $ 12      $ 4      $      $ 29   

 

F-70


Table of Contents
     Electronics
and Safety
     Powertrain
Systems
     Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
     Thermal
Systems
     Eliminations
and
Other(a)
           Total        
Balance as of:    (in millions)  

Successor - December 31, 2010

                 

Investment in affiliates

   $ 61       $ 53       $ 85       $ 60       $ 22       $ 281   

Capital expenditures

   $ 59       $ 186       $ 202       $ 35       $ 18       $ 500   

Segment assets

   $ 1,905       $ 3,718       $ 3,336       $ 898       $ 1,225       $ 11,082   

Successor - December 31, 2009

                 

Investment in affiliates

   $ 66       $ 56       $ 74       $ 54       $ 20       $ 270   

Capital expenditures (August 19-December 31, 2009)

   $ 14       $ 41       $ 21       $ 8       $ 4       $ 88   

Segment assets

   $ 2,326       $ 3,468       $ 3,082       $ 824       $ 607       $ 10,307   

Predecessor - October 6, 2009

                 

Capital expenditures (January 1-October 6, 2009)

   $ 58       $ 167       $ 60       $ 29       $ 7       $ 321   

 

(a) Eliminations and Other includes the elimination of inter-segment transactions and charges related to U.S. employee workforce transition programs in the amount of $69 million in 2008 (Refer to Note 13. U.S. Employee Workforce Transition Programs).

 

(b) Includes charges recorded in 2010 related to costs associated with employee termination benefits and other exit costs of $29 million for Electronics and Safety, $49 million for Powertrain Systems, $94 million for Electrical/Electronic Architecture and $52 million for Thermal Systems.

 

(c) Includes charges recorded from August 19 to December 31, 2009 related to long-lived asset impairments and costs associated with employee termination benefits and other exit costs of $20 million for Electronics and Safety, $62 million for Powertrain Systems, $50 million for Electrical/Electronic Architecture, $10 million for Thermal Systems, and $1 million for Eliminations and Other.

 

(d) Includes charges recorded from January 1 to October 6, 2009 related to long-lived asset impairments and costs associated with employee termination benefits and other exit costs of $128 million for Electronics and Safety, $46 million for Powertrain Systems, $100 million for Electrical/Electronic Architecture, $13 million for Thermal Systems, and $(11) million for Eliminations and Other.

 

(e) Includes charges recorded in 2008 related to long-lived asset and goodwill impairments and costs associated with employee termination benefits and other exit costs of $322 million for Electronics and Safety, $69 million for Powertrain Systems, $252 million for Electrical/Electronic Architecture and $35 million for Thermal Systems.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

The reconciliation of EBITDAR to EBITDA includes other transformation and rationalization costs related to 1) the implementation of information technology systems to support finance, manufacturing and product development initiatives, 2) certain plant consolidations and closures costs, and 3) consolidation of many staff administrative functions into a global business service group, and 4) employee benefit plan settlements in Mexico. The reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor follows:

 

    Successor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
2010:   (in millions)  

EBITDAR

  $ 293      $ 423      $ 758      $     165      $ (6   $     1,633   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (29     (49     (94     (52            (224

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (17     (13     (14     (4            (48
                                               

EBITDA

  $ 247      $ 361      $ 650      $ 109      $ (6     1,361   
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (100     (170     (108     (42     (1     (421
                                               

Operating income (loss)

  $ 147      $ 191      $ 542      $ 67      $ (7     940   
                                         

Interest expense

              (30

Other income, net

              34   
                 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

              944   

Income tax expense

              (258

Equity income, net of tax

              17   
                 

Net income

            $ 703   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              72   
                 

Net income attributable to Successor

            $ 631   
                 

 

    Successor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
August 19 – December 31, 2009:   (in millions)  

EBITDAR

  $     56      $     79      $     155      $         21      $         2      $         313   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (20     (50     (50     (5     (1     (126

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (19     (20     (11     (8            (58
                                               

EBITDA

  $ 17      $ 9      $ 94      $ 8      $ 1        129   
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (39     (52     (31     (17            (139
                                               

Operating (loss) income

  $ (22   $ (43   $ 63      $ (9   $ 1        (10
                                         

Interest expense

              (8

Other expense, net

              (17
                 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

              (35

Income tax benefit

              27   

Equity income, net of tax

              5   
                 

Net loss

            $ (3

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              15   
                 

Net loss attributable to Successor

            $ (18
                 

 

F-72


Table of Contents
    Predecessor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
    (in millions)  

January 1 – October 6, 2009:

 

EBITDAR

  $ (214   $ (9   $ (18   $ 17      $ (5   $ (229

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (91     (45     (99     (11     11        (235

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (14     (17     (15     (2     (2     (50
                                               

EBITDA

  $ (319   $ (71   $ (132   $ 4      $ 4        (514
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (177     (163     (147     (53            (540

Discontinued operations

                                (64     (64
                                               

Operating loss

  $ (496   $ (234   $ (279   $ (49   $ (60     (1,118
                                         

Other income, net

              24   

Reorganization items

              10,210   
                 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity loss

                  9,116   

Income tax benefit

              311   

Equity loss, net of tax

              (36

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

              (44
                 

Net income

            $ 9,347   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              29   
                 

Net income attributable to Predecessor

            $ 9,318   
                 

 

F-73


Table of Contents
    Predecessor  
    Electronics
and Safety
    Powertrain
Systems
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
Systems
    Eliminations
and Other
    Total  
    (in millions)  

2008 :

           

EBITDAR

  $      $ 251      $ 195      $ 76      $ (253   $       269   

Transformation and rationalization charges:

           

U.S. employee workforce transition program charges

                                (69     (69

GM settlement – MRA

            42                94                15                88        (50     189   

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (150     (69     (82     (25            (326

Loss on divestitures

    (13     (14                          (27

Other transformation and rationalization costs

    (78     (44     (63     (14     (48     (247
                                               

EBITDA

  $ (199   $ 218      $ 65      $ 125      $ (420     (211
                                         

Depreciation and amortization

    (261     (269     (205     (87             —        (822

Goodwill impairment

    (157            (168                   (325

Discontinued operations

                                (67     (67
                                               

Operating (loss) income

  $ (617   $ (51   $ (308   $ 38      $ (487     (1,425
                                         

Interest expense

              (434

Other income, net

              9   

Reorganization items

              5,147   
                 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity income

              3,297   

Income tax expense

              (163

Equity income, net of tax

              29   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

              (97
                 

Net income

            $ 3,066   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              29   
                 

Net income attributable to Predecessor

            $ 3,037   
                 

Information concerning principal geographic areas is set forth below. Net sales data reflects the manufacturing location and is for the year ended December 31, 2010, the periods from August 19 to December 31 and January 1 to October 6, 2009 and year ended December 31 2008. Net property data is as of December 31.

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
December 31, 2010
     Period from August 19 to
December 31, 2009
          Period from
January 1 to
December 31,
2009
     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     Net Sales      Net
Property(a)
     Net Sales      Net
Property(a)
          Net Sales      Net Sales      Net
Property(a)
 
     (in millions)           (in millions)  

United States

   $ 4,529       $ 417       $ 1,083       $ 430          $ 3,107       $ 6,994       $ 1,144   

Other North America

     76         134         16         109            24         63         252   

Europe, Middle East & Africa(b)

     5,892               1,045             1,448         1,047            3,330         6,950         1,388   

Asia Pacific

     2,177         325         590         272            1,223         1,747         386   

South America

     1,143         146         284         102            650         1,054         129   
                                                                 

Total

   $     13,817       $ 2,067       $ 3,421       $     1,960          $     8,334       $     16,808       $     3,299   
                                                                 

 

(a) Net property data represents property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation.

 

(b) Includes our country of domicile, the United Kingdom. We have net sales of $690 million, $159 million, $394 million and $1,047 million in the United Kingdom for the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 respectively. We have net property in the United Kingdom of $137 million, $141 million and $171 million as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-74


Table of Contents
24. QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following is a condensed summary of the Company’s unaudited quarterly results of continuing operations for fiscal 2010 and 2009. The historical data included for the three months ended December 31, 2009 represents the Successor’s historical financial statements for the period from August 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009 (the Successor had no material or substantive transactions from its incorporation on August 19, 2009 to the Acquisition) and the data included for the three months ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2009 represents the Predecessor’s historical financial statements for the period from January 1, 2009 to October 6, 2009 (the activity from October 1 through October 6, 2009 is included in the three months ended September 30, 2009).

The historical data included for all 2009 periods and the data for the 2010 periods ended March 31, June 30 and September 30 has been reclassified to conform to the December 31, 2010 presentation. The Company has reclassified amounts from cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses to restructuring and has also included depreciation expense in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, as applicable. In addition, the 2010 periods ended March 31 and June 30 also include measurement period adjustments totaling $11 million of reduced depreciation expense.

 

     Successor  
     Three months ended  
     March 31,     June 30,     Sept. 30,     Dec. 31,     Total  
     (in millions)  

2010

          

Net sales

   $     3,410      $     3,446      $     3,309      $     3,652      $     13,817   

Cost of sales

     2,848        2,903        2,807        3,210        11,768   
                                        

Gross profit

   $ 562      $ 543      $ 502      $ 442      $ 2,049   
                                        

Operating income

   $ 324      $ 297      $ 206      $ 113      $ 940   

Net income

   $ 235      $ 233      $ 144      $ 91      $ 703   
                                        

Net income attributable to Successor

   $ 215      $ 214      $ 127      $ 75      $ 631   
                                        
     Predecessor     Successor        
     Three months ended     Three months
ended
       
     March 31,     June 30,     Sept. 30,     Dec. 31,     Total  
     (in millions, except per share amounts)     (in millions)  

2009

          

Net sales

   $ 2,409      $ 2,775      $ 3,150      $ 3,421      $ 11,755   

Cost of sales

     2,621        2,830        3,029        3,047        11,527   
                                        

Gross profit

   $ (212   $ (55   $ 121      $ 374      $ 228   
                                        

Operating loss

   $ (520   $ (357   $ (241   $ (10   $ (1,128

Income (loss) from continuing
operations (a)

   $ 538      $ (564   $ 9,417      $ (3   $ 9,388   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     18        (28     (34            (44
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 556      $ (592   $ 9,383      $ (3   $ 9,344   
                                        

Net income (loss) attributable to Successor/Predecessor

   $ 552      $ (603   $ 9,369      $ (18   $ 9,300   
                                        

Common stock price

          

High

   $ 0.17      $ 0.12      $ 0.09      $ N/A      $ N/A   

Low

   $ 0.03      $ 0.05      $ 0.04      $ N/A      $ N/A   

 

(a) Income (Loss) from continuing operations includes the reorganization gain of $11,159 million in the third quarter of 2009 related to the extinguishment of liabilities subject to compromise.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

 

            Additions                    
     Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
    Deductions     Other Activity     Balance at
End of Period
 
     (in millions)  

Successor

           

December 31, 2010:

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 33       $             45      $ (12   $ (2   $ 64   

Tax valuation allowance

   $         552       $ 8      $ (35   $ (24   $ 501   

Period from August 19 to December 31, 2009:

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $       $ 33      $         —      $      $ 33   

Tax valuation allowance

   $ 490       $ 46      $      $ 16      $         552   

Predecessor

           

Period from January 1 to October 6, 2009:

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 134       $ 22      $ (47   $ (109   $   

Tax valuation allowance

   $ 9,144       $ (237   $      $ (8,417 ) (1)     $ 490   

December 31, 2008:

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 112       $ 63      $ (34   $ (7   $ 134   

Tax valuation allowance

   $ 9,744       $ (1,726   $ (8   $ 1,134      $ 9,144   

 

(1) Other activity represents the loss of Delphi’s U.S. net operating loss carry forwards and other tax attributes in connection with the October 6, 2009 acquisition of substantially all of the Predecessor’s businesses, resulting in a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Net sales

   $     3,997      $     3,410   

Operating expenses:

    

Cost of sales

     3,353        2,848   

Selling, general and administrative

     205        198   

Amortization

     18        14   

Restructuring (Note 7)

     9        26   
                

Total operating expenses

     3,585        3,086   
                

Operating income

     412        324   

Interest expense

     (6     (8

Other income, net (Note 14)

     3        2   
                

Income before income taxes and equity income

     409        318   

Income tax expense

     (116     (85
                

Income before equity income

     293        233   

Equity income, net of tax

     17        2   
                

Net income

     310        235   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     19        20   
                

Net income attributable to Delphi

   $ 291      $ 215   
                

Net income attributable to membership interests:

    

Class A

   $ 76      $ 38   

Class B

     189        139   

Class C

     25        38   

Class E-1

     1          
                

Total

   $ 291      $ 215   
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     March 31,
2011
(Unaudited)
     December 31,
2010
 
     (in millions)  

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,633       $ 3,219   

Restricted cash

     22         47   

Time deposits

             550   

Accounts receivable, net

     2,794         2,307   

Inventories (Note 3)

     1,088         988   

Other current assets (Note 4)

     596         555   
                 

Total current assets

     6,133         7,666   

Long-term assets:

     

Property, net

     2,162         2,067   

Investments in affiliates

     267         281   

Intangible assets, net

     655         665   

Other long-term assets (Note 4)

     507         403   
                 

Total long-term assets

     3,591         3,416   
                 

Total assets

   $       9,724       $       11,082   
                 

LIABILITIES AND OWNERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities:

     

Short-term debt (Note 8)

   $ 272       $ 218   

Accounts payable

     2,429         2,236   

Accrued liabilities (Note 5)

     1,312         1,265   
                 

Total current liabilities

     4,013         3,719   

Long-term liabilities:

     

Long-term debt (Note 8)

     2,479         71   

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

     707         677   

Other long-term liabilities (Note 5)

     618         516   
                 

Total long-term liabilities

     3,804         1,264   
                 

Total liabilities

     7,817         4,983   
                 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

     

Owners’ equity:

     

Membership interests (Note 12)

     1,278         5,550   

Accumulated other comprehensive income:

     

Employee benefit plans

     61         59   

Other

     96         32   
                 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

     157         91   
                 

Total Delphi owners’ equity

     1,435         5,641   

Noncontrolling interest

     472         458   
                 

Total owners’ equity

     1,907         6,099   
                 

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

   $ 9,724       $ 11,082   
                 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 310      $ 235   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     99        85   

Amortization

     18        14   

Restructuring expense, net of cash paid

     (21     (49

Deferred income taxes

     2        3   

Pension and other postretirement benefit expenses

     19        18   

Equity income, net of dividends received

     (9     (2

Gain on sale of investments / assets

     (10     (7

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     9          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (487     (168

Inventories

     (100     (33

Other current assets

     (49     63   

Accounts payable

     271        115   

Accrued and other long-term liabilities

     156        9   

Other, net

     (35     (23

Pension contributions and other postretirement benefit payments

     (17     (14
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     156        246   
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (181     (93

Purchase of time deposits

            (100

Maturity of time deposits

     550          

Proceeds from sale of property

     12        10   

Proceeds from divestitures, net

            67   

Decrease in restricted cash

     25        18   

Proceeds from sale of equity investment

     35          

Acquisition of minority held shares

     (5       

Other, net

     (3       
                

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     433        (98
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net borrowings under other short-term debt agreements

     14        52   

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

         2,396          

Repayment of five-year notes

     (57       

Redemption of membership interests

     (4,557       
                

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (2,204     52   
                

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents

     29        (11
                

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,586     189   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     3,219        3,107   
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 1,633      $ 3,296   
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Net income

   $       310      $       235   

Other comprehensive income:

    

Currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0 million and $2 million, respectively

     67        (49

Net change in unrecognized (loss) income on derivative instruments, net of tax of $2 million and $0 million, respectively

     (1     40   

Employee benefit plans adjustment, net of tax of $1 million and $(4) million, respectively

     2        15   
                

Other comprehensive income

     68        6   
                

Comprehensive income

     378        241   

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     21        21   
                

Comprehensive income attributable to Delphi

   $ 357      $ 220   
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OWNERS’ EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 

    Membership interests                          
          Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total Delphi
owners’
equity
    Noncontrolling
interest
    Total
owners’
equity
 
    Class A     Class B     Class C     Class E-1     Total          
    (in millions)                          

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 2,083      $ 2,816      $ 646      $ 5      $ 5,550      $ 91 (a)    $ 5,641      $ 458      $ 6,099   

Net income

    76        189        25        1        291               291        19        310   

Currency translation adjustments and other, net of tax

                                       65 (b)      65        2        67   

Net change in unrecognized income on derivative instruments, net of tax

                                       (1 )(c)      (1            (1

Employee benefit plans liability adjustment, net of tax

                                       2 (d)      2               2   

Restricted interests recognized (Note 16)

                         2        2               2               2   

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

    1        1                      2               2        (7     (5

Redemption of membership interests

    (2,160     (1,731     (671     (5     (4,567            (4,567            (4,567
                                                                       

Balance at March 31, 2011

  $      $ 1,275      $      $ 3      $ 1,278      $ 157 (e)    $ 1,435      $ 472      $ 1,907   
                                                                       

 

(a) As of December 31, 2010, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income totaled $91 million (net of a $48 million tax effect) and included: a loss of $21 million (net of a $0 million tax effect) of currency translation adjustments and other, income of $53 million (net of a $31 million tax effect) of unrecognized income on derivative instruments and income of $59 million (net of a $17 million tax effect) of employee benefit plans liability adjustments.

 

(b) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income includes income of $65 million (net of a $0 million tax effect) of currency translation adjustments and other for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

(c) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income includes a loss of $1 million (net of a $2 million tax effect) of net changes in unrecognized income on derivative instruments for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

(d) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income includes income of $2 million (net of a $1 million tax effect) of employee benefit plans liability adjustments for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

(e) As of March 31, 2011, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income totaled $157 million (net of a $47 million tax effect) and includes: income of $44 million (net of a $0 million tax effect) of currency translation adjustments and other, income of $52 million (net of a $29 million tax effect) of unrecognized income on derivative instruments and income of $61 million (net of a $18 million tax effect) of employee benefit plans liability adjustments.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Nature of operations —Delphi Automotive LLP, together with its subsidiaries and affiliates (“Delphi” or the “Company”) is a supplier of vehicle electronics, transportation components, integrated systems and modules, and other electronic technology. Delphi operates globally and has a diverse customer base, including every major vehicle manufacturer. The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this report should be read in conjunction with Delphi’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Delphi’s 2010 Consolidated Financial Statements.

General and basis of presentation —Delphi is a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales on August 19, 2009, for the purpose of acquiring certain assets of the former Delphi Corporation (now known as DPH Holdings Corp. (“DPHH”) (“Old Delphi”)).

Acquisition and acquisition accounting —On October 6, 2009 (the “Acquisition Date”), Delphi acquired the businesses (other than the global steering business and the manufacturing facilities in the United States (“U.S.”) in which the hourly employees are represented by the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America) of Old Delphi (the “Acquisition”).

Redemption of membership interests —On March 31, 2011, Delphi redeemed all outstanding Class A and Class C membership interests held by General Motors Company (“GM”) and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”), respectively, for approximately $4.4 billion. In conjunction with this transaction, Delphi obtained necessary consents to the redemption of the Class A and Class C membership interests and modified and eliminated specific rights provided to certain interest holders under the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of Delphi Automotive LLP (the “LLP Agreement”). In addition, on April 26, 2011, the LLP Agreement was amended and restated by the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of Delphi Automotive LLP (the “Revised LLP Agreement”) to adjust the distribution rights among the holders of the remaining classes of membership interests to reflect the redemption of GM’s and the PBGC’s interests and to modify and eliminate specific rights as mentioned above. As a result of these transactions, the owners’ equity of Delphi is comprised of a single voting class of membership interests, the Company’s Class B membership interests. In addition to this class of voting membership interests, non-voting Class E-1 membership interests are held by Delphi’s Board of Managers. The redemption transaction was funded by a $3.0 billion credit facility entered into on March 31, 2011 (including a $500 million revolver which was undrawn at March 31, 2011) and existing cash. In conjunction with the credit facility, Delphi extinguished the existing senior unsecured five-year notes and the undrawn delayed draw term loan. Refer to Note 8. Debt and Note 12. Membership Interests for additional disclosures.

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Delphi and domestic and non-U.S. subsidiaries in which Delphi holds a controlling financial or management interest and variable interest entities of which Delphi has determined that it is the primary beneficiary. Delphi’s share of the earnings or losses of non-controlled affiliates, over which Delphi exercises significant influence (generally a 20% to 50% ownership interest), is included in the consolidated operating results using the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany transactions and balances between consolidated Delphi businesses have been eliminated. All adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring items, which are necessary for a fair presentation, have been included. The results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected from any other interim period or for the full year and may not necessarily reflect the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of Delphi in the future.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Use of estimates —Preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported therein. Generally, matters subject to estimation and judgment include amounts related to accounts receivable realization, inventory obsolescence, asset impairments, useful lives of intangible and fixed assets, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, income taxes, pension and other postretirement benefit plan assumptions, accruals related to litigation, warranty costs, environmental remediation costs, worker’s compensation accruals and healthcare accruals. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based upon amounts that differ from those estimates.

Subsequent events —Delphi has evaluated all events that have occurred subsequent to March 31, 2011 through May 2, 2011 (the date the financial statements were available to be issued).

Cash and cash equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents are defined as short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Time deposits —During 2010, Delphi entered into various time deposit agreements whereby certain of Delphi’s funds on deposit with financial institutions could not be withdrawn for a specified period of time. Time deposits with original maturity periods of three months or less were included as Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010, while time deposits with original maturity periods greater than three months were separately stated in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010. The carrying value of time deposits approximated fair value as of December 31, 2010. Delphi did not have any time deposits as of March 31, 2011.

Marketable securities —Marketable securities with maturities of three months or less are classified as cash and cash equivalents for financial statement purposes. Debt securities with maturities greater than three months are classified as held-to-maturity, and accordingly are recorded at cost in the consolidated financial statements. Equity securities with maturities greater than three months are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded in the consolidated financial statements at market value with changes in market value included in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Available-for-sale securities with a cost basis of $13 million and $13 million and a carrying value of $10 million and $12 million were held as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In the event debt or equity securities experience an other-than-temporary impairment in value, such impairment is recognized as a loss in the consolidated statement of operations.

Intangible assets —Intangible assets were $655 million and $665 million as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In general, definite-lived intangible assets are being amortized over their useful lives, normally 6-20 years. Amortization expense was $18 million and $14 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Customer concentrations —Sales to GM were approximately 20% of our total net sales for both the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. Accounts and other receivables due from GM were $521 million and $393 million as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net sales in any period presented.

Reclassifications —Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified in the consolidated statements of operations within operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2010 to conform to the current year presentation. The Company has reclassified amounts from cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses to restructuring and has also included depreciation expense in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, as applicable.

Membership interests —At the Acquisition Date, the outstanding common stock of the Predecessor was cancelled and membership interests in Delphi were issued to Delphi’s owners. As of March 31, 2011 and

 

F-83


Table of Contents

December 31, 2010, Delphi’s investors held membership interests of $1.3 billion and $5.6 billion, respectively. Total membership interests and current period net income (loss) are allocated among the respective classes based on the cumulative distribution provisions of the LLP Agreement. Refer to Note 12. Membership Interests for additional information.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements —In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance related to accounting for transfers of financial assets which changes the way entities account for securitizations and special-purpose entities, codified in FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation , and FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a significant impact on Delphi’s financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements – a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force , which amends FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition , by modifying the criteria used to separate elements in a multiple-element arrangement, introducing the concept of “best estimate of selling price” for determining the selling price of a deliverable, establishing a hierarchy of evidence for determining the selling price of a deliverable, requiring use of the relative selling price method and prohibiting use of the residual method to allocate arrangement consideration among units of accounting, and expanding the disclosure requirements for all multiple-element arrangements within the scope of FASB ASC 605-25. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on Delphi’s financial statements.

In April 2010, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 08-9, Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition (“Issue 08-9”). ASU 2010-17, Revenue Recognition—Milestone Method , which resulted from the ratification of Issue 08-9 and amends FASB ASC 605. ASU 2010-17 allows, but does not require, an entity to make an accounting policy election to recognize a payment that is contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved. The guidance in ASU 2010-17 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010, and may be applied prospectively to milestones achieved after the adoption date or retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on Delphi’s financial statements.

In August 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Receivables—Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . This guidance amends required disclosures about an entity’s allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The update will require entities to provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of its financing receivables and its allowance for credit losses. The guidance is effective for public companies for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and for non-public companies, for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011. In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-01 Receivables—Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in ASU 2010-20. This guidance temporarily delays the effective date of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings for public entities. An effective date has yet to be determined. Delphi does not expect the adoption of ASU 2010-20 or 2011-01 to have a significant impact on its financial statements other than providing the new disclosures as required.

 

F-84


Table of Contents
3. INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market, including direct material costs and direct and indirect manufacturing costs. A summary of inventories is shown below:

 

     March 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (in millions)  

Productive material

   $ 629       $ 544   

Work-in-process

     156         159   

Finished goods

     303         285   
                 

Total

   $ 1,088       $ 988   
                 

 

4. ASSETS

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (in millions)  

Income and other taxes receivable

   $ 256       $ 208   

Prepaid insurance and other expenses

     56         87   

Deferred income taxes

     136         136   

Deposits to vendors

     12         12   

Notes receivable

     41         33   

Debt issuance costs (Note 8)

     16           

Derivative financial instruments (Note 13)

     59         59   

Other

     20         20   
                 

Total

   $ 596       $ 555   
                 

Other long-term assets consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (in millions)  

Deferred income taxes

   $ $192       $ $183   

Notes receivable

     31         31   

Debt issuance costs (Note 8)

     76           

Income and other taxes receivable

     92         87   

Other investments

     9         13   

Derivative financial instruments (Note 13)

     15         17   

Other

     92         72   
                 

Total

   $ $507       $ $403   
                 

 

F-85


Table of Contents
5. LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (in millions)  

Payroll-related obligations

   $ 235       $ 203   

Employee benefits, including current pension obligations

     67         167   

Income and other taxes payable

     326         220   

Warranty obligations (Note 6)

     240         243   

Restructuring (Note 7)

     100         115   

Customer deposits

     24         22   

Deferred income taxes

     5         4   

Other

     315         291   
                 

Total

   $ 1,312       $ 1,265   
                 

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     March 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (in millions)  

Environmental (Note 10)

   $ 20       $ 18   

Extended disability benefits

     9         8   

Warranty obligations (Note 6)

     208         119   

Restructuring (Note 7)

     56         54   

Payroll-related obligations

     11         11   

Accrued income taxes

     51         52   

Deferred income taxes

     169         178   

Other

     94         76   
                 

Total

   $ 618       $ 516   
                 

 

6. WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS

Expected warranty costs for products sold are recognized principally at the time of sale of the product based on estimates of the amount that will eventually be required to settle such obligations. These accruals are based on factors such as past experience, production changes, industry developments and various other considerations. These estimates are adjusted from time to time based on facts and circumstances that impact the status of existing claims. Delphi has recognized its best estimate for its total aggregate warranty reserves across all of its operating segments as of March 31, 2011. The estimated reasonably possible amounts to ultimately resolve all matters is not materially different from the recorded reserves.

The table below summarizes the activity in the product warranty liability for the three months ended March 31, 2011:

 

     Warranty
obligations
 
     (in millions)  

Accrual balance at beginning of period

   $ 362   

Provision for estimated warranties incurred during the period

     19   

Provision for changes in estimate for pre-existing warranties

     74   

Settlements made during the period (in cash or in kind)

     (23

Foreign currency translation and other

     16   
        

Accrual balance at end of period

   $ 448   
        

 

F-86


Table of Contents

In 2009, Delphi received information regarding potential warranty claims related to certain components supplied by Delphi’s Powertrain segment. In March 2011, Delphi reached a settlement with its customer related to this matter. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, Delphi reflected a change in its previous estimate of probable loss as a result of the settlement agreement by recognizing $76 million of warranty expense in cost of sales. This adjustment resulted in a corresponding $76 million decrease in net income attributable to Delphi, and the per unit impact for the Class A, B, C and E-1 membership interests were $11.36, $138.89, $66.28 and $10.56, respectively. In April 2011, Delphi made a payment of €90 million (approximately $127 million at March 31, 2011 exchange rates) related to this matter.

Refer to Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies, Ordinary Business Litigation for additional disclosure regarding warranty matters.

 

7. RESTRUCTURING

Delphi continually evaluates alternatives to align its business with the changing needs of its customers and to lower the operating costs of the Company. This includes the realignment of its existing manufacturing capacity, facility closures, or similar actions in the normal course of business. These actions may result in voluntary or involuntary employee termination benefits, which are mainly pursuant to union or other contractual agreements. Voluntary termination benefits are accrued when an employee accepts the related offer. Involuntary termination benefits are accrued when Delphi commits to a termination plan and the benefit arrangement is communicated to affected employees, or when liabilities are determined to be probable and estimable, depending on the existence of a substantive plan for severance or termination. Contract termination costs are recorded when contracts are terminated or when Delphi ceases to use the leased facility and no longer derives economic benefit from the contract. All other exit costs are accrued when incurred.

Delphi’s restructuring costs are undertaken as necessary to execute management’s strategy, streamline operations, take advantage of available capacity and resources, and ultimately achieve net cost reductions. These activities generally fall in one of two categories:

 

  (1) Realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities and other exit or disposal activities, as it relates to executing the Company’s strategy in the normal course of business.

 

  (2) Transformation plan activities, including selling or winding down non-core product lines and transforming the salaried workforce to reduce general and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes the restructuring charges recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 by operating segment:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 

Segment

   2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Electronics and Safety

   $ 2       $ 2   

Powertrain Systems

     4         12   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture

     2         11   

Thermal Systems

     1         1   

Eliminations and Other

               
                 

Total

   $ 9       $ 26   
                 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the activity in the restructuring liability for the three months ended March 31, 2011:

 

     Employee
termination
benefits
liability
    Other exit
costs liability
    Total  
     (in millions)  

Accrual balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 148      $ 21      $ 169   

Provision for estimated expenses incurred during the period

     8        1        9   

Payments made during the period

     (28     (2     (30

Foreign currency and other

     7        1        8   
                        

Accrual balance at March 31, 2011

   $ 135      $ 21      $ 156   
                        

The following are details of significant charges during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

   

Realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities . As part of Delphi’s ongoing efforts to lower costs and operate efficiently, the Company recorded $9 million of restructuring costs in Asia and Europe, primarily related to plant closures and programs related to the rationalization of manufacturing and engineering processes.

The following are details of significant charges during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

 

   

Realignment of existing manufacturing capacity and closure of facilities . As part of Delphi’s ongoing efforts to lower costs and operate efficiently, the four reporting segments continued the execution of efforts to reduce headcount in North America, and incurred approximately $4 million of restructuring costs during the first quarter of 2010. Additionally, European, South American and Asian operations in the Powertrain and Electrical/Electronic Architecture segments incurred $16 million of restructuring costs in conjunction with headcount reductions and programs related to the rationalization of manufacturing and engineering processes. The Electronics and Safety segment also incurred $1 million of costs related to the ongoing sales and wind-down of its occupant protection systems businesses.

 

   

Transformation plan activities . As part of an effort to transform its salaried workforce and reduce general and administrative expenses, Delphi identified certain salaried employees in North America during the first quarter of 2010 for involuntary separation and incurred $2 million in related employee termination benefits.

 

8. DEBT

Credit agreement —In March 2011, in conjunction with the redemption of membership interests from Class A and Class C holders, Delphi entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lead arranger and administrative agent, with respect to $3.0 billion in senior secured credit facilities (the “Credit Facilities”). The Credit Facilities consist of a $500 million 5-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”), a $250 million senior secured 5-year term A loan (the “Tranche A Term Loan”) and a $2.25 billion senior secured 6-year term B loan (the “Tranche B Term Loan”). The Revolving Facility remained undrawn at March 31, 2011. The terms of the Credit Agreement provide for certain modifications to the pricing, terms and structure of the Credit Facilities to allow for the syndication of portions of the Credit Facilities to additional lenders.

The Revolving Facility includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of March 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $20 million in letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement. Letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement reduce availability under the Revolving Facility.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

The Credit Agreement carries an interest rate, at Delphi’s option, of either (a) the Administrative Agent’s Alternate Base Rate (“ABR” as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus (i) with respect to the Revolving Facility and the Tranche A Term Loan, 2.25% per annum or (ii) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan, 2.50% per annum, or (b) the London Interbank Offered Rate (the “Adjusted LIBO Rate” as defined in the Credit Agreement) (“LIBOR”) plus (i) with respect to the Revolving Facility and the Tranche A Term Loan, 3.25% per annum or (ii) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan, 3.50% per annum. The Tranche B Term Loan includes a LIBOR floor of 1.50%. The interest rate period with respect to the LIBOR interest rate option can be set at one-, two-, three-, or six-months as selected by Delphi in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (or other period as may be agreed by the applicable lenders), but payable no less than quarterly. Delphi may elect to change the selected interest rate over the term of the Credit Facilities in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The applicable interest rates listed above for the Revolving Facility and the Tranche A Term Loan may increase or decrease from time to time by 0.25% based upon changes to Delphi’s corporate credit ratings. Accordingly, the interest rate will fluctuate during the term of the Credit Agreement based on changes in the Alternate Base Rate, LIBOR or future changes in Delphi’s corporate credit ratings. The Credit Agreement also requires that Delphi pay certain commitment fees on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility and certain letter of credit issuance and fronting fees.

Delphi is obligated to make quarterly principal payments throughout the terms of the Tranche A and Tranche B Term Loans according to the amortization schedule in the Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are prepayable at Delphi’s option without premium or penalty, provided that any prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loan is accompanied by a pro rata payment of the Tranche A Term Loan (based on the respective amounts then outstanding). Delphi may request that all or a portion of the Term Loans be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans under certain conditions. The Credit Agreement also contains certain mandatory prepayment provisions in the event Delphi generates excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or Delphi receives net cash proceeds from any asset sale or casualty event.

As of March 31, 2011, Delphi selected the ABR interest rate option, as detailed in the table below, and the amounts outstanding (in millions) and rates effective as of March 31, 2011 were:

 

       ABR plus       Borrowings as of
March 31, 2011
     Rates effective
as of
March 31,
2011
 

Revolving Facility

     2.25   $        

Tranche A Term Loan

     2.25   $ 250         5.50

Tranche B Term Loan

     2.50   $ 2,250         5.75

Subsequent to March 31, 2011, Delphi elected to change to the LIBOR interest rate option for a one-month period for both the Tranche A Term Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan.

The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants that limit, among other things, Delphi’s (and Delphi’s subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or liens, to dispose of assets, to make certain investments, to prepay certain indebtedness and to pay dividends, or to make other distributions or redemptions, in respect of Delphi’s equity interests. In addition, the Credit Agreement requires that Delphi maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (the ratio of Consolidated Total Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA, each as defined in the Credit Agreement) of less than 2.75 to 1.0. The Credit Agreement also contains events of default customary for financings of this type. Delphi was in compliance with the Credit Agreement covenants as of March 31, 2011.

The Tranche A Term Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan were each issued at a 0.5% discount and Delphi paid approximately $92 million of additional debt issuance costs in connection with the Credit Facilities. The discount and debt issuance costs are being amortized over the life of the facility.

All obligations under the Credit Agreement are jointly and severally guaranteed by Delphi Corporation’s direct and indirect parent companies and by certain of Delphi Automotive LLP’s existing and future direct and

 

F-89


Table of Contents

indirect domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement. All obligations under the Credit Agreement, including the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by certain assets of Delphi Corporation and the guarantors, including the equity interests in Delphi, substantially all of the assets of Delphi and its domestic subsidiaries, and certain assets of Delphi Corporation’s direct and indirect parent companies.

On May 17, 2011, we entered into a modification to the Credit Agreement. Additionally, on May 17, 2011, Delphi Corporation, a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary of Delphi Automotive LLP, issued $500 million of 5.875% senior notes due 2019 and $500 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2021. Refer to Note 18. Subsequent Events for further information.

Notes and DDTL —In connection with the Acquisition, (i) Delphi issued $41 million in senior unsecured five-year notes (the “Notes”) pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement (the “NPA”) with an Acquisition Date fair value of $49 million and (ii) entered into a senior secured delayed draw term loan facility (the “DDTL”) with a syndicate of lenders. The Notes paid 12% interest and were scheduled to mature on October 6, 2014. The DDTL permitted borrowings of up to $890 million, consisting of a U.S. tranche of up to $267 million in borrowings and a foreign tranche of up to $623 million in borrowings. There was no commitment fee associated with the DDTL, but, if drawn, Delphi was required to pay interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 6.0% per annum, with a minimum LIBOR amount of 2.0% per annum. The DDTL had a term of 5 years. A majority of the holders of the Notes and the lenders under the DDTL were related parties as holders of the Class A and Class B membership interests.

In conjunction with the redemption of the Class A and Class C membership interests on March 31, 2011 and entry into the Credit Agreement, each of the DDTL and the NPA was terminated (including the termination, discharge and release of all security and guarantees granted in connection with the DDTL and the NPA) and Delphi paid approximately $57 million to redeem the Notes in full. In connection with the termination of the Notes, Delphi incurred early termination penalties and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $9 million in the first quarter of 2011.

Accounts receivable factoring —Various accounts receivable factoring facilities are maintained in Europe and are accounted for as short-term debt. These uncommitted factoring facilities are available through various financial institutions. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, $159 million and $112 million, respectively, were outstanding under these accounts receivable factoring facilities.

Capital leases and other —As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, approximately $104 million and approximately $130 million, respectively, of other debt issued by certain international subsidiaries was outstanding, primarily related to bank lines in Asia Pacific and capital lease obligations.

Interest —Cash paid for interest related to amounts outstanding totaled $7 million and $8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

9. PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

Certain of Delphi’s non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans, which generally provide benefits based on negotiated amounts for each year of service. Delphi’s primary non-U.S. plans are located in France, Germany, Luxembourg, Mexico, Portugal and the United Kingdom (“UK”). The UK and certain Mexican plans are funded. In addition, Delphi has defined benefit plans in South Korea, Turkey and Italy for which amounts are payable to employees immediately upon separation. The obligations for these plans are recorded based on the vested obligation.

Delphi’s U.S. subsidiaries sponsor a Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (“SERP”) for those employees who were U.S. executives prior to September 30, 2008 and were still U.S. executives on October 7, 2009, the effective date of the program. This program is unfunded. Executives receive the benefits over 5 years after an involuntary or voluntary separation from Delphi. The SERP is closed to new members and was frozen effective September 30, 2008.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

The amounts shown below reflect the defined benefit pension expense for the three month periods ended March 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Pension benefits  
     Non-U.S. plans     U.S. plans  
     Three months ended March 31,  
     2011     2010     2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ 11      $ 9      $     —       $     —   

Interest cost

     22        21        1         1   

Expected return on plan assets

     (15     (13               
                                 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 18      $ 17      $ 1       $ 1   
                                 

Delphi also maintains other postretirement benefit plans. The cost of these plans is not significant to Delphi.

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Environmental matters

Delphi is subject to the requirements of U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S., environmental and safety and health laws and regulations. At March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the undiscounted reserve for environmental investigation and remediation was approximately $24 million (of which $4 million was recorded in accrued liabilities and $20 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities) and $23 million (of which $5 million was recorded in accrued liabilities and $18 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities), respectively. Delphi cannot ensure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that its eventual environmental remediation costs and liabilities will not exceed the amount of its current reserves. In the event that such liabilities were to significantly exceed the amounts recorded, Delphi’s results of operations could be materially affected.

Ordinary business litigation

Delphi is from time to time subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including those arising out of alleged defects, breach of contracts, product warranties, intellectual property matters, and employment-related matters. It is the opinion of Delphi that the outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of Delphi. With respect to warranty matters, although Delphi cannot ensure that the future costs of warranty claims by customers will not be material, Delphi believes its established reserves are adequate to cover potential warranty settlements. However, the final amounts required to resolve these matters could differ materially from the Company’s recorded estimates.

Warranty matters

In 2009, Delphi received information regarding potential warranty claims related to certain components supplied by Delphi’s Powertrain segment. In March 2011, Delphi reached a settlement with its customer related to this matter. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, Delphi recognized additional warranty expense in cost of sales of approximately $76 million as a result of the settlement agreement. In April 2011, Delphi made a payment of €90 million (approximately $127 million at March 31, 2011 exchange rates) related to this matter.

Brazil matters

Delphi conducts significant business operations in Brazil that are subject to the Brazilian federal labor, social security, environmental, tax and customs laws, as well as a variety of state and local laws. While Delphi

 

F-91


Table of Contents

believes it complies with such laws, they are complex, subject to varying interpretations, and the Company is often engaged in litigation with government agencies regarding the application of these laws to particular circumstances. In addition, Delphi also is a party to commercial and labor litigation with private parties. As of March 31, 2011, related claims totaling approximately $250 million have been asserted against Delphi. As of March 31, 2011, the Company maintains accruals for these asserted claims that are substantially less than the amount of the claims asserted. The amounts accrued represent claims that are deemed probable of loss and are reasonably estimable based on the Company’s analyses and assessment of the asserted claims and prior experience with similar matters. While the Company believes its accruals are adequate, the final amounts required to resolve these matters could differ materially from the Company’s recorded estimates and Delphi’s results of operations could be materially affected.

Romania value added tax (“VAT”) assessment

During the first quarter of 2010, as a result of a tax audit for years 2006–2008, the Company received a tax assessment from the Romanian tax authorities in the amount of approximately $42 million based on the taxing authority’s assessment that the Company underpaid its VAT (mostly on export sales) by approximately $24 million and owes accrued interest and penalties of $18 million. The Company filed an appeal contesting the assessment and during October 2010, the Romanian tax authorities substantially reduced the amount of the assessment and decided to re-audit the Company. As of March 31, 2011, the Company maintains a reserve for this contingency that is substantially less than the amount of the initial assessment. While the Company believes its reserve is adequate, the final amounts required to resolve this initial assessment could differ materially from the Company’s recorded estimate.

 

11. INCOME TAXES

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes compared with the amounts at the U.S. federal statutory rate was:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Tax at U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   $ 143      $ 111   

U.S. income taxed at other rates

     3        1   

Non-U.S. income taxed at other rates

     (43     (29

Change in valuation allowance

     (4     1   

Other changes in tax reserves

     1        (4

Withholding taxes

     16        4   

Other adjustments

            1   
                

Total income tax provision

   $ 116      $ 85   
                

Delphi’s tax rate in both years is affected by the tax rates in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, the relative amount of income earned by jurisdiction, jurisdictions with a statutory tax rate less than the U.S. rate of 35% and the relative amount of losses for which no tax benefit was recognized due to a valuation allowance. The effective tax rate in the three months ended March 31, 2011 was impacted by $10 million withholding tax expense related to the redemption of all the outstanding Class A and Class C membership interests held by GM and the PBGC, respectively.

Cash paid for income taxes was approximately $55 million and $36 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Tax return filing determinations and elections

The Company was established on August 19, 2009 as a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. At the time of its formation, the Company elected to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Prior to the Acquisition Date, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) issued Notice 2009-78 (the “Notice”) announcing its intent to issue regulations under Section 7874 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) with an effective date prior to the Acquisition Date. If regulations as described in the Notice are issued with the effective date indicated in the Notice and with no exceptions for transactions that were subject to binding commitments on that date, the Company believes there is a substantial risk that it could be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, retroactive to the Acquisition Date.

The Company filed an informational 2009 U.S. federal partnership tax return on September 15, 2010. In light of the Notice, the IRS is currently reviewing whether section 7874 applies, to the Company’s acquisition of the automotive supply and other businesses of the Predecessor. While Delphi believes, based on the advice of counsel, that it is more likely than not that the Company is not a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and therefore has not reserved any amounts on our financial statements in respect of this issue, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not contend that the Company should be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or that, if the Company were to challenge any such contention by the IRS, that a court would not agree with the IRS.

If the Company were treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide taxable income, including some or all of the distributions from its subsidiaries as well as some of the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries that constitute “controlled foreign corporations.” This could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s future tax liability related to these distributions and earnings. In addition, the Company could be liable for its failure to withhold U.S. income taxes on distributions to its non-U.S. members, for periods beginning on or after, the Acquisition Date, which liability could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

12. MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

Delphi issued membership interests in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition on the Acquisition Date. The Class A and Class B membership interests entitled the holders to non-controlling representation on Delphi’s Board of Managers, and, along with Class C and Class E-1 membership interests, entitled the holders to potential, future distributions by Delphi. Additionally, prior to the redemption of the Class A and Class C membership interests as more fully described below, the LLP Agreement required the consent of or provided special rights to Class A and certain Class B membership interest holders with respect to certain events, including changes in corporate governance, the execution of significant transactions and the issuance of additional securities.

On March 31, 2011, Delphi redeemed all outstanding Class A and Class C membership interests for $3,791 million and $594 million, respectively. In conjunction with the redemption transaction, Delphi incurred transaction-related fees and expenses totaling approximately $180 million, including amounts paid to certain interest holders. In addition, Delphi obtained necessary consents to the redemption of the Class A and Class C membership interests and modified and eliminated specific rights provided to these interest holders under the LLP Agreement. Subsequent to the redemption transaction on March 31, 2011, Delphi’s membership interest equity is comprised of a single voting class of membership interests, the Company’s Class B membership interests. In addition to this class of voting membership interests, non-voting Class E-1 membership interests are held by our Board of Managers.

The amounts paid to redeem the outstanding Class A and Class C membership interests were $1,736 million in excess of the total recorded carrying value of the Class A and Class C membership interests. The excess was reflected as a pro-rata reduction to the recorded carrying value of the remaining membership interests (the Class B and Class E-1 membership interests).

 

F-93


Table of Contents

In conjunction with the redemption transaction, the LLP Agreement was amended by the Revised LLP Agreement to adjust the distribution rights among the holders of the remaining classes of membership interests and to reflect the elimination of specific rights as mentioned above.

The following table summarizes the membership interests issued:

 

     Number of
membership
interests
issued and
outstanding
as of
December 31,
2010
     Number of
membership
interests
redeemed
during the
three months
ended
March 31,
2011
    Number of
membership
interests
outstanding
as of
March 31,
2011
 

A

     1,750,000         (1,750,000       

B

     354,500                354,500   

C

     100,000         (100,000       

E-1

     24,000                24,000   

Current period net income and other changes to membership interest in the current period are allocated to the respective classes based on the cumulative distribution provisions of the LLP Agreement. The distributions vary by class of membership interest and by cumulative amount distributed, and, between classes, are not related or proportional to the number of membership interests held.

Subsequent to the redemption transaction, net income and other changes to membership interest will be allocated based on the cumulative distribution provisions of the Revised LLP Agreement.

In conjunction with the adoption in 2010 of the 2010 Board of Managers Class E-1 Interest Incentive Plan and the Value Creation Plan (the “VCP”), both of which are long-term incentive plans designed to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding the Board of Managers and key employees of the Company, and promoting the creation of long-term value, the Revised LLP Agreement includes provisions that address the Class E-1 membership interests and the VCP. The Revised LLP Agreement includes provisions related to potential distributions, or alternatively, allocations of equity, to the Class E-1 members and employee incentive plans based on rates/amounts as defined in the agreement (approximately 3.7% for the first approximately $1.6 billion of distributions and approximately 3.4% for distributions thereafter) with ratable reductions in the distribution percentages applied to Class B members.

In addition, under the terms of the Revised LLP Agreement, if the Board of Managers determines that there is available cash (as defined in the Revised LLP Agreement), the Class B and E-1 members will receive a distribution of available cash to enable the members to pay projected tax liabilities attributable to tax book profits and losses by Delphi that are attributable to their membership interests. Any tax distributions will be treated as an advance of amounts otherwise distributable to the members.

Additionally, under the terms of the Acquisition and the Revised LLP Agreement, if cumulative distributions to the members of Delphi under certain provisions of the Revised LLP agreement exceed $7.2 billion, Delphi, as disbursing agent on behalf of DPHH, is required to pay to the holders of allowed general unsecured claims against Old Delphi, $32.50 for every $67.50 in excess of $7.2 billion distributed to the members, up to a maximum amount of $300 million. This contingency is not considered probable of occurring as of March 31, 2011. Accordingly, no provision for this matter has been recorded as of March 31, 2011.

Net income (loss) per membership interests unit

Delphi computes net income (loss) per membership interests unit by dividing its net income (loss) attributable to membership interests by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period. The overall computation and presentation of its net income (loss) per membership interests unit are made in accordance with FASB ASC 260, Earnings Per Share .

 

 

F-94


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the net income per membership interests unit:

 

     Weighted Average
Membership
Interests
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2011
Net Income
Attributable  to
Membership
Interests
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2011
Net Income  Per
Membership
Interests Unit
 
Class           (in millions, except per unit data)  

A

     1,750,000       $ 76       $ 43.50   

B

     354,500         189         531.79   

C

     100,000         25         253.78   

E-1

     24,000         1         40.42   
              
     Total       $ 291      
              
     Weighted Average
Membership
Interests
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
Net Income
Attributable  to
Membership
Interests
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
Net Income Per
Membership
Interests  Unit
 
Class           (in millions, except per unit data)  

A

     1,750,000       $ 114       $ 65.35   

B

     354,500         410         1,156.98   

C

     100,000         107         1,064.88   

E-1

     12,000                 N/A   
              
     Total       $ 631      
              

 

13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Financial instruments

Delphi’s financial instruments include its accounts receivable factoring arrangements, capital leases and other debt issued by Delphi’s foreign subsidiaries, the Tranche A Term Loan and the Tranche B Term Loan. The fair value of these financial instruments is based on quoted market prices for instruments with public market data or the current book value for instruments without a quoted public market price. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the total of the financial instruments listed above was recorded at $2,751 million and $289 million, respectively, and had estimated fair values of $2,751 million and $293 million, respectively. For all other financial instruments recorded at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, fair value approximates book value.

Derivatives and hedging activities

Delphi is exposed to market risk, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and changes in interest rates, which may result in cash flow risks. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, Delphi aggregates the exposures on a consolidated basis to take advantage of natural offsets. For exposures that are not offset within its operations, Delphi enters into various derivative transactions pursuant to its risk management policies, which prohibit holding or issuing derivative financial instruments for trading purposes, and designation of derivative instruments is performed on a transaction basis to support hedge accounting. The changes in fair value of these hedging instruments are offset in part or in whole by corresponding changes in the fair value or cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged. Delphi assesses the initial and ongoing effectiveness of its hedging relationships in accordance with its documented policy. As of March 31, 2011, Delphi has entered into derivative instruments to hedge cash flows extending out to June 2013.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2011, the Company had the following outstanding notional amounts related to commodity and foreign currency forward contracts that were entered into to hedge forecasted exposures:

 

Commodity

  Quantity
      hedged      
    Unit of
      measure      
    (in thousands)

Copper

    67,257      pounds

Primary Aluminum

    27,752      pounds

Secondary Aluminum

    15,722      pounds

Silver

    107      troy ounces

Gold

    5      troy ounces

Platinum

    1      troy ounce

 

Foreign currency

  Quantity
      hedged      
    Unit of
      measure      
    (in millions)

South Korean Won

    10,749      KRW

Hungarian Forint

    8,602      HUF

Mexican Peso

    4,866      MXN

Japanese Yen

    2,555      JPY

Chinese Yuan Renminbi

    397      CNY

Romanian Leu

    297      RON

New Turkish Lira

    147      TRY

Euro

    119      EUR

Brazilian Real

    67      BRL

British Pound

    67      GBP

Polish Zloty

    60      PLN

Singapore Dollar

    24      SGD

The Company had additional foreign currency forward contracts that individually amounted to less than $10 million.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

     Asset derivatives      Liability derivatives  
         Balance sheet location            March 31,  
2011
         Balance sheet location            March 31,  
2011
 
     (in millions)  

Designated derivatives instruments:

           

Commodity derivatives

     Other Current Assets       $ 32         Accrued Liabilities       $   

Foreign currency derivatives

     Other Current Assets         40         Accrued Liabilities         8   

Foreign currency derivatives*

     Accrued Liabilities                 Other Current Assets         13   

Commodity derivatives

    
 
Other Long-Term
Assets
  
  
     10        
 
Other Long-Term
Liabilities
  
  
       

Foreign currency derivatives

    
 
Other Long-Term
Assets
  
  
     10        
 
Other Long-Term
Assets
  
  
     5   
                       

Total

      $ 92          $ 26   
                       

Derivatives not designated:

           

None

           
     Asset derivatives      Liability derivatives  
         Balance sheet location            December 31,  
2010
         Balance sheet location            December 31,  
2010
 
     (in millions)  

Designated derivatives instruments:

           

Commodity derivatives

     Other Current Assets       $ 37         Accrued Liabilities       $   

Foreign currency derivatives

     Other Current Assets         29         Accrued Liabilities           

Foreign currency derivatives*

     Accrued Liabilities                 Other Current Assets         7   

Commodity derivatives

    
 
Other Long-Term
Assets
  
  
     11        
 
Other Long-Term
Liabilities
  
  
       

Foreign currency derivatives

    
 
Other Long-Term
Assets
  
  
     10        
 
Other Long-Term
Assets
  
  
     4   
                       

Total

      $ 87          $ 11   
                       

Derivatives not designated:

           

None

           

 

* Derivative instruments within this category are subject to master netting arrangements and are presented on a net basis in the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with accounting guidance related to the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts.

The fair value of the net asset position of Delphi’s derivative financial instruments decreased from December 31, 2010 to March 31, 2011 primarily due to a decrease in the forward rates of commodities, partially offset by an increase in the forward rates of certain foreign currencies.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

The effect of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Three months ended March 31, 2011

  Gain
recognized in
  OCI (effective  
portion)
    Gain
reclassified
   from OCI into  
income
(effective
portion)
    Gain
recognized in
income
(ineffective
portion
  excluded from  
effectiveness
testing)
 
    (in millions)  

Designated derivatives instruments:

     

Commodity derivatives

  $ 6      $ 12      $   

Foreign currency derivatives

    12        8          
                       

Total

  $ 18      $ 20      $   
                       

 

     Gain
  recognized in  
income
 

Derivatives not designated:

  

Commodity derivatives

   $   

Foreign currency derivatives

     1   
        

Total

   $ 1   
        

The effect of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

Three months ended March 31, 2010

  Gain
recognized in
  OCI (effective  
portion)
    Gain
reclassified
   from OCI into  
income
(effective
portion)
    Gain
recognized in
income
(ineffective
portion
  excluded from  
effectiveness
testing)
 
    (in millions)  

Designated derivatives instruments:

     

Commodity derivatives

  $ 17      $ 1      $   

Foreign currency derivatives

    27        3          
                       

Total

  $ 44      $ 4      $   
                       

 

     Gain
  recognized in  
income
 

Derivatives not designated:

  

Commodity derivatives

   $   

Foreign currency derivatives

     3   
        

Total

   $ 3   
        

The gain or loss reclassified from OCI into income for the effective portion of designated derivative instruments and the gain or loss recognized in income for the ineffective portion of designated derivative instruments excluded from effectiveness testing were recorded to cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. The gain or loss recognized in income for non-designated derivative instruments was recorded in other income, net for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

Gains and losses on derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges are recorded in OCI, to the extent that hedges are effective, until the underlying transactions are recognized in earnings. Unrealized amounts in accumulated OCI will fluctuate based on changes in the fair value of hedge derivative contracts at each reporting period. Net gains included in accumulated OCI as of March 31, 2011 were $52 million after-tax ($81 million pre-tax). Of this pre-tax total, a gain of approximately $63 million is expected to be included in cost of sales within the next 12 months and a gain of approximately $18 million is expected to be included in cost of sales in subsequent periods. Cash flow hedges are discontinued when Delphi determines it is no longer probable that the originally forecasted transactions will occur. The amount included in cost of sales related to hedge ineffectiveness was insignificant for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010.

Fair value measurements

Fair value measurements on a recurring basis

All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria. Delphi’s derivative exposures are with counterparties with long-term investment grade credit ratings. Delphi estimates the fair value of its derivative contracts using an income approach based on valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single, discounted amount. Estimates of the fair value of foreign currency and commodity derivative instruments are determined using exchange traded prices and rates. Delphi also considers the risk of non-performance in the estimation of fair value, and includes an adjustment for non-performance risk in the measure of fair value of derivative instruments. The non-performance risk adjustment reflects the credit default spread (“CDS”) applied to the net commodity and foreign currency exposures by counterparty. When Delphi is in a net derivative asset position, the counterparty CDS rates are applied to the net derivative asset position. When Delphi is in a net derivative liability position, estimates of peer companies’ CDS rates are applied to the net derivative liability position.

In certain instances where market data is not available, Delphi uses management judgment to develop assumptions that are used to determine fair value. This could include situations of market illiquidity for a particular currency or commodity or where observable market data may be limited. In those situations, Delphi generally surveys investment banks and/or brokers and utilizes the surveyed prices and rates in estimating fair value.

As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, Delphi was in a net derivative asset position of $66 million and $76 million, respectively, and there were no adjustments recorded for nonperformance risk as exposures were to counterparties with investment grade credit ratings.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, Delphi had the following assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

As of March 31, 2011:

        Total           Quoted prices
in active
markets

level 1
    Significant
other
observable
  inputs level 2  
    Significant
unobservable
  inputs level 3  
 
    (in millions)  

Available-for-sale securities

  $ 10      $ 10      $      $   

Commodity derivatives

    42               42          

Foreign currency derivatives

    32               32          
                               

Total

  $ 84      $ 10      $ 74      $   
                               

As of December 31, 2010:

       

Time deposits

  $ 550      $      $ 550      $   

Available-for-sale securities

    12        12                 

Commodity derivatives

    48               48          

Foreign currency derivatives

    28               28          
                               

Total

  $ 638      $ 12      $ 626      $   
                               

As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, Delphi had the following liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

As of March 31, 2011:

        Total           Quoted prices
in active
markets

level 1
    Significant
other
observable
  inputs level 2  
    Significant
unobservable
  inputs level 3  
 
    (in millions)  

Foreign currency derivatives

  $ 8      $      $ 8      $   
                               

Total

  $ 8      $      $ 8      $   
                               

As of December 31, 2010:

       

None

       

Fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis

In addition to items that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, Delphi also has items in its balance sheet that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. As these items are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, they are not included in the tables above. Nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include long-lived assets, intangible assets, asset retirement obligations and liabilities for exit or disposal activities measured at fair value upon initial recognition. No impairment charges were recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2011. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved and a review of appraisals. As such, Delphi has determined that the fair value measurements of long-lived assets fall in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-100


Table of Contents
14. OTHER INCOME, NET

Other income, net included:

 

     Three months ended
March 31,
 
           2011                 2010        
     (in millions)  

Interest income

   $ 9      $ 5   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (9       

Other, net

     3        (3
                

Other income, net

   $ 3      $ 2   
                

As further discussed in Note 8. Debt, Delphi paid $57 million to extinguish the Notes and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

15. DIVESTITURES

On January 31, 2011, Delphi completed the sale of its 49.5% ownership interest in Daesung Electric, Co., Ltd. Delphi received $35 million in net proceeds and recognized a gain on divestiture of $8 million, which is included in equity income, net of tax, in the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

On March 31, 2010, Delphi completed the sale of its occupant protection systems business in Asia to Autoliv AB. Delphi received net proceeds of $63 million and recognized a gain on divestiture of $6 million, which is included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010. The results of operations, including the gain or loss on divestiture were not significant to the consolidated financial statements in any period presented, and this divestiture did not meet the discontinued operations criteria.

 

16. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Board of Managers Equity Award

In June 2010, the 2010 Board of Managers Class E-1 Interest Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was authorized in order to attract and reward board members and to promote the creation of long-term value for interest holders of Delphi. On June 30, 2010, 24,000 restricted interests of a newly created class of membership interests (“Class E-1 Interests”) were issued to board members. The restricted interests are subject to continued service through applicable vesting dates as follows:

 

   

20% on November 1, 2010

 

   

40% on November 1, 2011

 

   

40% on November 1, 2012

Under certain conditions with respect to an initial public offering or a change in control, as defined in the Plan, any interests that have not yet vested may immediately become vested. All unvested Class E-1 Interests will fully vest in the event of a completed initial public offering if the resulting total equity valuation of the Company (based on the average closing price of Delphi shares during the 15-day period beginning on the 30th day after the closing of the offering), plus the value of prior distributions made under the LLP Agreement to holders of membership interests (as well as the $4.4 billion paid to repurchase Class A and Class C membership interests (See Note 1. Description of Business) and any amounts distributed to holders of Class E-1

 

F-101


Table of Contents

Interests with respect to or to repurchase their Class E-1 Interests), is at least $6 billion. In addition, upon the completion of an initial public offering, all outstanding membership interests will be converted to ordinary shares.

Approximately $12 million of compensation expense will be recognized through the remainder of the vesting period. This amount would be recognized immediately if the criteria for immediate vesting are met.

At the time of issuance, the fair market value of the Class E-1 Interests was estimated to be $19 million, based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent valuation specialist, utilizing generally accepted valuation approaches. Beginning in the third quarter of 2010, Delphi recognized compensation cost on a straight-line basis. Compensation expense recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2011 totaled $2 million, net of tax. There were no cash flow impacts for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Executive Long Term Incentive Plan

During the second quarter of 2010, the Board of Managers approved and authorized the VCP, a long-term incentive plan designed to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding key employees of the Company, and promoting the creation of long-term value. Participants were granted an award in September 2010 for the period ending December 31, 2012. Each individual participant’s target value was based on the participants’ level of responsibility within the Company and the country in which the participant is located. The awards cliff vest fully at the end of the performance period, but may immediately become fully vested upon a change in control, as defined in the VCP, for certain participants. In the event of a qualified termination, as defined, the participant shall vest in a pro-rata percentage of their award as of the termination date. For any other termination, the award shall be forfeited.

The amounts to be settled under the VCP will be determined based on Delphi’s enterprise value and accumulated distributions (as well as $4.4 billion paid to repurchase Class A and Class C membership interests and any amounts distributed to holders of Class E-1 Interest to repurchase their Class E-1 Interest), as of December 31, 2012, compared to a target enterprise value of $8.25 billion. An enterprise value of $2.5 billion must be achieved to receive a minimum award payout and above this level the payout is determined as a percentage of the target award. The authorized target amount of the awards is $135 million (of which $108 million are outstanding as of March 31, 2011), but the ultimate final settlement amount of the awards could be higher or lower, depending on the enterprise value of Delphi at December 31, 2012. The estimated fair value of the awards granted as of March 31, 2011 was $179 million. In the event of a completed initial public offering, the estimated enterprise value will be based on the average closing market price of the Company between the first day of trading on a public exchange and the end of the performance period, plus any distributions to holders of all membership interests and the approximately $4.4 billion paid to repurchase Class A and Class C membership interests. Delphi recognized compensation cost in 2010 and will continue to recognize compensation cost, based on estimates of the enterprise value, over the requisite vesting periods of the awards. Compensation expense recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2011 totaled $17 million ($13 million, net of tax). Based on the estimate of enterprise value as of March 31, 2011, unrecognized compensation expense on a pretax basis of approximately $133 million is anticipated to be recognized on a straight-line basis during 2011 and 2012. There were no cash flow impacts for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Final settlement can be made in cash, membership interests, common stock or a combination thereof as provided in the participation agreement or as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Managers.

The VCP awards are accounted for as liability awards pursuant to FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation . Estimating the fair value of the liability awards under the VCP requires assumptions regarding the Company’s enterprise value. Any differences in actual results from management’s estimates could result in fair values different from estimated fair values, which could materially impact the Company’s future results of

 

F-102


Table of Contents

operations and financial condition. The fair market value of the liability awards under the VCP is based on contemporaneous valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist, utilizing generally accepted valuation approaches.

Significant Factors, Assumptions, and Methodologies Used in Estimating Fair Value of Enterprise Value for VCP Awards and Fair Value of E-1 Interests

The estimated fair value of the Class E-1 Interests were based on a contemporaneous valuation performed as of the grant date. The liability awards under the VCP were based on contemporaneous valuations performed periodically by an independent valuation specialist. Both the Class E-1 Interests and VCP valuations utilize appropriate weighting of the market and income approaches.

Market Approach: The market approach measures the value of a company through analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable companies. Based on analysis of guideline public companies and guideline merged or acquired companies, Delphi utilized 2010 operating income before depreciation and amortization, including long-lived asset and goodwill impairment (“EBITDA”) multiples and 2011 EBITDA multiples of 4.5x-6.25x to value the Class E-1 Interests and VCP awards.

In addition to the guideline public company and guideline merged or acquired company approaches, the Company considered the trading price of its Class B membership interests by qualified institutional investors in determining the enterprise value of the Company.

Income Approach: The income approach derives the value of a company based on assumptions about the company’s future stream of cash flows. Delphi provided its independent valuation specialist with projected net sales, expenses and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 for the Class E-1 awards and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 for the VCP awards. These financial projections represent management’s best estimate at the time of the contemporaneous valuations. Discount rates used to determine the present value of future cash flows were based on the weighted average cost of capital which ranged from 11.6%-13.7%.

 

17. SEGMENT REPORTING

Delphi operates its core business along the following operating segments, which are grouped on the basis of similar product, market and operating factors:

 

   

Electronics and Safety, which includes component and systems integration expertise in audio and infotainment, body controls and security systems, displays, mechatronics, safety electronics and electric and hybrid electric vehicle power electronics, as well as advanced development of software.

 

   

Powertrain Systems, which includes extensive systems integration expertise in gasoline, diesel and fuel handling and full end-to-end systems including fuel injection, combustion, electronics controls, exhaust handling, test and validation capabilities, diesel and automotive aftermarket, and original equipment service.

 

   

Electrical/Electronic Architecture, which includes complete electrical architecture and component products.

 

   

Thermal Systems, which includes heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, components for multiple transportation and other adjacent markets, and powertrain cooling and related technologies.

 

   

Eliminations and Other, which includes i) the elimination of inter-segment transactions, and ii) certain other expenses and income of a non-operating or strategic nature.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies, except that the disaggregated financial results for the segments have been prepared using a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which management internally disaggregates financial information for the purposes of assisting internal operating decisions. Through December 31, 2010, Delphi evaluated performance based on standalone segment operating income before depreciation and amortization, including long-lived asset and goodwill impairment charges and transformation and rationalization charges (“EBITDAR”) and accounted for inter-segment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, at current market prices. Delphi’s management believed that EBITDAR was a meaningful measure of performance and it was used by management to analyze Company and stand-alone segment operating performance. Management also used EBITDAR for planning and forecasting purposes. Effective January 1, 2011, Delphi’s management began utilizing segment EBITDA as a key performance measure because its restructuring was substantially completed by the end of 2010. Segment EBITDA and EBITDAR should not be considered substitutes for results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be considered alternatives to net income (loss) attributable to Delphi, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to EBITDA and EBITDAR that is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Segment EBITDA and EBITDAR, as determined and measured by Delphi, should also not be compared to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Included below are sales and operating data for Delphi’s segments for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

For the three months ended

March 31, 2011:

  Electronics
  and Safety  
    Powertrain
    Systems    
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
    Systems    
      Eliminations
and Other
          Total        
    (in millions)  

Net sales

  $ 746      $ 1,236      $ 1,578      $ 437      $      $ 3,997   

Inter-segment net sales

    16        1        35        12        (64       
                                               

Total net sales

  $ 762      $ 1,237      $ 1,613      $ 449      $ (64   $ 3,997   
                                               

EBITDA

  $ 105      $ 132      $ 240      $ 52      $      $ 529   

Depreciation & Amortization

  $ 27      $ 47      $ 32      $ 11      $      $ 117   

Operating income

  $ 78      $ 85      $ 208      $ 41      $      $ 412   

Equity income (loss)

  $ 8      $ 1      $ 7      $ 2      $ (1   $ 17   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  $      $ 8      $ 8      $ 3      $      $ 19   

For the three months ended

March 31, 2010:

  Electronics
  and Safety  
    Powertrain
    Systems    
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
    Systems    
      Eliminations
and Other
          Total        
    (in millions)  

Net sales

  $ 698      $ 969      $ 1,351      $ 381      $ 11      $ 3,410   

Inter-segment net sales

    22        1        27        11        (61       
                                               

Total net sales

  $ 720      $ 970      $ 1,378      $ 392      $ (50   $ 3,410   
                                               

EBITDA

  $ 68      $ 115      $ 192      $ 48      $      $ 423   

EBITDAR

  $ 74      $ 128      $ 205      $ 49      $      $ 456   

Depreciation & Amortization

  $ 20      $ 42      $ 28      $ 9      $      $ 99   

Operating income

  $ 48      $ 73      $ 164      $ 39      $      $ 324   

Equity income (loss)

  $ (2   $ 1      $ 1      $ 1      $ 1      $ 2   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  $ 1      $ 7      $ 8      $ 4      $      $ 20   

 

F-104


Table of Contents

The reconciliation of EBITDA to net income attributable to Delphi for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

For the three months ended

March 31, 2011:

  Electronics
  and Safety  
    Powertrain
    Systems    
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
    Systems    
      Eliminations
and Other
          Total        
    (in millions)  

EBITDA

  $ 105      $ 132      $ 240      $     52      $      $ 529   

Depreciation and amortization

    (27     (47     (32     (11            (117
                                               

Operating income

  $ 78      $ 85      $ 208      $ 41      $      $ 412   
                                         

Interest expense

              (6

Other income, net

              3   
                 

Income before income taxes and equity income

              409   

Income tax expense

              (116

Equity income

              17   
                 

Net income

            $ 310   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              19   
                 

Net income attributable to Delphi

            $ 291   
                 

For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the reconciliation of EBITDAR to EBITDA includes other restructuring costs related to 1) the implementation of information technology systems to support finance, manufacturing and product development initiatives, 2) certain plant consolidations and closures costs, and 3) consolidation of many staff administrative functions into a global business service group, and 4) employee benefit plan settlements in Mexico. The reconciliation of EBITDA to net income attributable to Delphi for the three months ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

For the three months ended

March 31, 2010:

  Electronics
  and Safety  
    Powertrain
    Systems    
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
    Systems    
      Eliminations
and Other
          Total        
    (in millions)  

EBITDAR

  $ 74      $ 128      $ 205      $ 49      $      $ 456   

Restructuring charges:

           

Employee termination benefits and other exit costs

    (2)        (12)        (11)        (1)               (26)   

Other restructuring costs

    (4)        (1)        (2)                      (7)   
                                               

EBITDA

  $ 68      $ 115      $ 192      $ 48      $      $ 423   
                                               

Depreciation and amortization

    (20)        (42)        (28)        (9)               (99)   
                                               

Operating income

  $ 48      $ 73      $ 164      $ 39      $      $ 324   
                                               

Interest expense

              (8)   

Other income, net

              2   
                 

Income before income taxes and equity income

              318   

Income tax expense

              (85)   

Equity income

              2   
                 

Net income

            $ 235   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

              20   
                 

Net income attributable to Delphi

            $ 215   
                 

 

F-105


Table of Contents

Included below is balance sheet data for Delphi’s segments as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

    Electronics
  and Safety  
    Powertrain
    Systems    
    Electrical/
Electronic
Architecture
    Thermal
    Systems    
    Eliminations
and Other
          Total        
    (in millions)  

Balance as of:

           

March 31, 2011 Segment assets

  $ 2,047      $ 4,080      $ 3,650      $ 984      $ (1,037   $ 9,724   

December 31, 2010 Segment assets

  $ 1,905      $ 3,718      $ 3,336      $ 898      $ 1,225      $ 11,082   

 

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On May 17, 2011, we entered into a modification to the Credit Agreement with a syndicate of lenders to make certain amendments, including (a) increasing the amount of the Tranche A Term Loan from $250 million to $258 million and the amount of commitments under the revolving facility from $500 million to $1.2 billion, (b) reducing the amount of the Tranche B Term Loan from $2.25 billion to $950 million and (c) reducing certain interest rates applicable to the Credit Facilities.

The modification to the Credit Agreement adjusts the LIBOR interest rate option as follows: LIBOR plus (i) with respect to the revolving facility and the Tranche A Term Loan, 2.75% per annum or (ii) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loan, 2.50% per annum. The Tranche B Term Loan includes a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. Additionally, the discount related to the Tranche B term loan was reduced to 0.25%.

Additionally, on May 17, 2011, Delphi Corporation, a wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary of Delphi Automotive LLP, issued $500 million of 5.875% senior notes due 2019 and $500 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes”) in a transaction exempt from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities Act. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Delphi Automotive LLP and certain of its existing and future subsidiaries. Interest is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2011. Interest accrues from May 17, 2011. The net proceeds of approximately $1.0 billion and cash on hand were used to pay down amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

 

 

            SHARES

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC

Ordinary Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    J.P. Morgan
BofA Merrill Lynch    Barclays Capital

Citi

  

Deutsche Bank Securities

Morgan Stanley   

 

 

 

 

Baird   Credit Suisse   Lazard Capital Markets    UBS Investment Bank

 

 

Through and including                     , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

    

Amount To
    Be Paid    

 

Registration fee

   $     11,610       

FINRA filing fee

     10,500       

Listing fees

     *       

Transfer agent’s fees

     *       

Printing and engraving expenses

     *       

Legal fees and expenses

     *       

Accounting fees and expenses

     *       

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *       

Miscellaneous

     *       
        

Total

   $ *       
        

 

* To be filed by amendment

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the Registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Under the Registrant’s Articles of Association, the Registrant is required to indemnify every present and former officer of the Registrant out of the assets of the Registrant against any loss or liability incurred by such officer by reason of being or having been such an officer. The extent of such indemnities shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The Registrant, a Jersey public limited company, was formed on May 19, 2011. Since its formation, the Registrant has sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933:

On May 19, 2011, the Registrant issued 2 ordinary shares for aggregate consideration of $0.02 pursuant to Section 4(2) under the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement**
  2.1    Master Disposition Agreement among Delphi Corporation, GM Components Holdings, LLC, General Motors Company, Motors Liquidation Company (fka General Motors Corporation), DIP Holdco 3, LLC, and the other sellers and other buyers party thereto, dated July 26, 2009*
  3.1    Articles of Association**
  3.2    Memorandum of Association**
  4.1    Form of Ordinary Share Certificate**
  4.2    Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2011, among Delphi Corporation, the guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Company Americas, as registrar, paying agent and authenticating agent (including forms of notes)*
  5.1    Opinion of Carey Olsen**
10.1    Redemption Agreement between Delphi Automotive LLP and General Motors Holding LLC, dated as of March 31, 2011*
10.2    Rights Modification Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011, by and among Delphi Automotive LLP and each of the holders of Class B membership interests party thereto*
10.3    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Delphi Automotive LLP, as Parent, Delphi Holdings S.A.R.L., as Intermediate Holdco, Delphi Corporation, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank plc and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Documentation Agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger, dated as of May 17, 2011*
10.4    Registration Rights Agreement**
10.5    Delphi Automotive LLP Board of Managers 2010 Class E-1 Interest Incentive Plan**
10.6    Form of Restricted Interest Grant Notice and Agreement**
10.7    Delphi Automotive LLP 2010 Management Value Creation Plan**
10.8    Form of Non-Officer Executive Participation Agreement pursuant to the Delphi Automotive LLP 2010 Management Value Creation Plan**
10.9    Form of Officer Participation Agreement pursuant to the Delphi Automotive LLP 2010 Management Value Creation Plan**
10.10    Form of Confidentiality and Noninterference Agreement pursuant to the Delphi Automotive LLP 2010 Management Value Creation Plan**
10.11    Form of Delphi Automotive LLP Letter re: Special Bonus for Initial Public Offering or Sale of the Company**
10.12    Delphi LLC Annual Incentive Plan*
10.13    Delphi Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Program*
10.14    Delphi Corporation Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program*
10.15    Delphi Automotive PLC Long Term Incentive Plan**
10.16    Offer letter for Rodney O’Neal, dated October 2, 2009*
10.17    Offer letter for James A. Bertrand, dated October 2, 2009*
10.18    Offer letter for Ronald M. Pirtle, dated October 2, 2009*
10.19    Offer letter for James A. Spencer, dated October 2, 2009*
10.20    Offer letter for Keith D. Stipp, dated October 2, 2009*
10.21    Offer letter for John D. Sheehan, dated October 2, 2009*
10.22    Offer letter for Kevin P. Clark, dated June 10, 2010*
10.23    Executive Release of Claims, Separation, Non-Solicitation and Non-Compete Agreement between Delphi Corporation and John Sheehan, dated February 22, 2010*
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant**
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP*
23.2    Consent of Carey Olsen (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of J.D. Power & Associates*
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-174493) of Delphi Automotive PLC filed May 25, 2011)

 

* Filed herewith.

 

** To be filed by amendment.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  (b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

         Page No.      
Valuation and qualifying accounts and reserves schedule for the year ended December 31, 2010, the period from August 19 to December 31, 2009, the period from January 1 to October 6, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008.      F-76   

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Gillingham, United Kingdom, on the 30th day of June, 2011.

 

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE PLC
By:    

/s/ David M. Sherbin

  Name: David M. Sherbin
  Title: Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

   Principal Executive Officer   June 30, 2011
Rodney O’Neal     

*

   Principal Financial Officer and Director   June 30, 2011
Kevin P. Clark     

*

   Principal Accounting Officer   June 30, 2011
Allan J. Brazier     

/s/ David M. Sherbin

   Director   June 30, 2011
David M. Sherbin     

 

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does execute this Registration Statement on behalf of the persons identified above pursuant to a power of attorney previously filed in connection with this Registration Statement.

 

By:    

/s/ David M. Sherbin

 

David M. Sherbin

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-4

Exhibit 2.1

In accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules and exhibits listed at the end of this document have been omitted. A copy of such schedules and exhibits will be provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

EXECUTION VERSION

MASTER DISPOSITION AGREEMENT

AMONG

DELPHI CORPORATION,

GM COMPONENTS HOLDINGS, LLC,

GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY

(SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO ARTICLE 6 AND SECTIONS 3.1.1.C, 9.11, 9.19, 9.37.1,

9.37.2, 9.43, 11.5.1.A AND 12.2.6),

MOTORS LIQUIDATION COMPANY (fka GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION)

(SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO SECTIONS 3.1.1.C, 8.1, 9.19 and 11.5.1.A)

DIP HOLDCO 3, LLC

AND

THE OTHER SELLERS AND OTHER BUYERS PARTY HERETO

DATED AS OF

July 30, 2009

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS      3   

1.1 Certain Defined Terms

     3   

1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions

     27   
ARTICLE 2. PURCHASE AND SALE      27   

2.1 Transfers by Sellers and their Affiliates

     27   

2.2 Assumption of Liabilities

     34   

2.3 Retained Liabilities

     36   

2.4 JV Companies Liabilities, Sale Company Liabilities

     36   

2.5 Deferred Items

     37   

2.6 Restrictive Covenants

     38   

2.7 Allocation Among Buyers

     38   
ARTICLE 3. PURCHASE PRICE; ALLOCATION      39   

3.1 Purchase Price

     39   

3.2 Company Purchase Price

     40   

3.3 GM Purchase Price and Company Purchase Price Allocation

     40   
ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS      41   

4.1 Organization

     41   

4.2 Authorization; Enforceability

     41   

4.3 Capital Stock of the Sale Companies and .IV Companies

     42   

4.4 No Conflict or Approvals

     43   

4.5 Sufficiency of Acquired Assets

     43   

4.6 Intellectual Property

     43   

4.7 Personal Property Assets, Inventory

     44   

 

i


4.8 Real Property

     44   

4.9 Financial Statements

     45   

4.10    Compliance with Law; Permits

     46   

4.11    Proceedings; Orders

     46   

4.12    Tax Matters

     46   

4.13    Employee Benefits; Labor

     47   

4.14    Contracts

     50   

4.15    Environmental Matters

     51   

4.16    Insurance

     52   

4.17    No Brokers’ Fees

     52   

4.18    Affiliate Transactions

     52   

4.19    No Other Representations or Warranties

     52   

4.20    Fair Disclosure; Schedule Data

     53   
ARTICLE 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GM BUYERS      53   

5.1 Organization

     53   

5.2 Authorization; Enforceability

     53   

5.3 No Conflicts or Approvals

     54   

5.4 Proceedings

     54   

5.5 Investment Representations

     54   

5.6 Financial Ability

     55   

5.7 Adequate Assurance of Future Performance

     55   

5.8 No Brokers’ Fees

     55   

5.9 Anti-Money Laundering

     56   

5.10    Compliance with Laws

     56   

5.11    No Undisclosed Agreements

     56   

 

ii


ARTICLE 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GM      56   

6.1 Authorization; Enforceability

     56   

6.2 No Conflicts or Approvals

     57   

6.3 GM Financing Arrangements

     57   
ARTICLE 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY BUYER      57   

7.1 Organization

     58   

7.2 Authorization; Enforceability

     58   

7.3 No Conflicts or Approvals

     58   

7.4 Proceedings

     59   

7.5 Investment Representations

     59   

7.6 Company Financing Agreements

     60   

7.7 Adequate Assurance of Future Performance

     60   

7.8 No Brokers’ Fees

     61   

7.9 Anti-Money Laundering

     61   

7.10    Compliance with Laws

     61   

7.11    No Undisclosed Agreements

     61   

7.12    DIP Direction

     61   
ARTICLE 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OLD GM      62   

8.1 Authorization, Enforceability

     62   
ARTICLE 9. COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS      62   

9.1 Conduct of Business between Signing and Closing

     62   

9.2 363 Implementation Terms

     65   

9.3 Assumed Contracts; Cure Amounts

     65   

9.4 Tax Matters; Cooperation; Preparation of Returns; Tax Elections

     66   

9.5 Employees; Benefit Plans; Labor Matters

     68   

 

iii


9.6 Pre-Closing Cooperation; Contact with Customers and Suppliers

     72   

9.7 Technical Documentation; Trade Secrets

     72   

9.8 Corporate Names

     72   

9.9 Information Technology; Intellectual Property Rights and Licenses

     73   

9.10    Shared Items Transferred to Buyers

     77   

9.11    Buyer Guarantee and Acknowledgment of Pure Credit Bid

     77   

9.12    Letters of Credit

     77   

9.13    Competition Clearance

     78   

9.14    Further Actions

     79   

9.15    Further Assurances

     80   

9.16    Customs Duties

     80   

9.17    Enterprise Contracts

     80   

9.18    Confidentiality

     81   

9.19    Termination of Certain Agreements

     81   

9.20    Certain Mexican Matters

     83   

9.21    Transfer of Certain Sale Securities

     84   

9.22    Certain Bank Accounts

     84   

9.23    Certain China Matters

     84   

9.24    Certain Poland Matters

     85   

9.25    Non-GM Customers

     85   

9.26    Transfer of Quotas in Saginaw Brazil

     85   

9.27    Transfer of the Brazilian Real Estate

     86   

9.28    Environmental Permits

     86   

9.29    Conflict and Privilege Waivers

     86   

9.30    Preservation of Environmental Records

     87   

 

iv


9.31    Reorganization and Restructuring

     88   

9.32    Certain Other Actions

     88   

9.33    Retained Plans

     88   

9.34    Certain India Matters

     88   

9.35    Pending Transactions

     88   

9.36    Delphi FICA Litigation

     89   

9.37    Financing

     89   

9.38    Environmental Matters

     90   

9.39    Non-Solicitation

     91   

9.40    Employment, Retirement, Indemnification, and Other Agreements. and Compensation Programs

     91   

9.41    India Matters

     92   

9.42    Prosecution and Settlement of Appaloosa Claim

     92   

9.43    PBGC Settlement Agreements

     93   

9.44    DIP Priority Payment

     93   

ARTICLE 10. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     95   

10.1 Conditions to Obligations of Sellers and Buyers

     95   

10.2 Conditions to Obligations of Sellers

     96   

10.3 Conditions to Obligations of GM Buyers

     96   

10.4 Conditions to Obligations of Company Buyer

     97   

ARTICLE 11 CLOSING

     98   

11.1 Closing Time and Date

     98   

11.2 GM Ancillary Agreements

     99   

11.3 Company Ancillary Agreements

     102   

11.4 Sellers’ Deliveries at Closing

     103   

11.5 Buyers’ Deliveries at Closing

     104   

 

v


11.6 Post-Closing Deliveries

     105   

11.7 Post-Closing Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights

     106   
ARTICLE 12. TERMINATION      106   

12.1 Termination

     106   

12.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination

     107   
ARTICLE 13. LIABILITY, SURVIVAL      108   

13.1 LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

     108   

13.2 Survival

     108   
ARTICLE 14. MISCELLANEOUS      108   

14.1 Fees and Expenses

     108   

14.2 Bulk Sales Laws

     108   

14.3 Payments in Dollars

     109   

14.4 Amendment

     109   

14.5 Assignment

     109   

14.6 No Successor Liability

     110   

14.7 Waiver

     110   

14.8 Notices

     110   

14.9 Entire Agreement

     112   

14.10   Counterparts

     113   

14.11   Publicity

     113   

14.12   Headings

     113   

14.13   Severability

     113   

14.14   Third Parties

     113   

14.15   Governing Law

     114   

14.16   Venue and Retention of Jurisdiction

     114   

 

vi


14.17    Risk of Loss

     114   

14.18    Enforcement of Agreement

     114   

14.19    Sellers’ Obligations

     114   

14.20    Bankruptcy Court Approval

     115   

14.21    Reasonably Equivalent Value

     115   

14.22    Identification of Exhibits and Schedules to be Filed Under Seal

     115   

 

vii


MASTER DISPOSITION AGREEMENT

THIS MASTER DISPOSITION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 30, 2009, is among DELPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Delphi ”) on behalf of itself and the other entities set forth on Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 ; GM COMPONENTS HOLDINGS. LLC. a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), on behalf of itself and the other buyers set forth on Schedule 1 , which is to be provided by Parent to Delphi as provided in this Agreement (each a “ GM Buyer, ” and, collectively with Parent and the Australian Buyer (as defined below), the “ GM Buyers ”); GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ GM ”) (solely with respect to ARTICLE 6 and Sections 3.1.1.C , 9.11 , 9.19 , 9.37.1 , 9.37.2 , 9.43,  11.5.1.A and 12.2.6), MOTORS LIQUIDATION COMPANY (fka GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION), a Delaware corporation (solely with respect to Sections 3.1.1.C , 8.1 , 9.19 and 11.5.1.A ) (“ Old GM ”); DIP HOLDCO 3, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and the other buyers that may later be set forth on Schedule 2 as provided in this Agreement (“ Company Buyer ,” and collectively with the GM Buyers, the “ Buyer ” or “ Buyers ”),

WHEREAS, Parent is a direct or indirect subsidiary of GM;

WHEREAS, Company Buyer is an entity newly-formed on behalf of certain of the DIP Lenders 1 which entity will be the assignee of the rights of the DIP Agent, as bidder in connection with the Credit Bid, to receive the Company Acquired Assets for which the Credit Bid is being made;

WHEREAS, Delphi, through certain of its Affiliates referred to in this Agreement, is engaged in the Steering Business and the business conducted at the UAW Sites (but excluding the business (but not the assets) conducted at the Kokomo technical center and the thermal business conducted at the Lockport technical center) (together the “ GM Business ”);

WHEREAS, the GM Securities Sellers own, directly or indirectly, the GM Sales Securities, and the Company Securities Sellers own, directly or indirectly Company Sales Securities;

WHEREAS, the GM Asset Sellers own the GM Acquired Assets, and the Company Asset Sellers own the Company Acquired Assets;

WHEREAS, on October 8, 2005 (the “ Petition Date ”), the Filing Affiliates filed voluntary petitions for relief (the “ Bankruptcy Cases ”) under Chapter 11 of Title 11, U.S.C. §§ 101-1330 (as then amended) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement shall be an Exhibit to the Plan of Reorganization;

 

 

1  

Each capitalized term used in the recitals but not yet defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such term below.


WHEREAS, the DIP Agent, on behalf of the DIP Lenders, is the holder of a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the Filing Affiliates (subject to certain exceptions) securing the DIP Loan Parties’ obligations under the DIP Documents, including the Acquired Assets, the Sale Securities and the Steering JV Companies;

WHEREAS, the Required Lenders under the DIP Agreement have provided the DIP Direction to the DIP Agent;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the DIP Direction, the DIP Agent has been instructed by the Required Lenders to and will credit bid 100% of the principal and interest due and owing in respect of the DIP Loans under the DIP Agreement (after giving effect to the application of any cash collateral to the DIP Loans) for the Company Acquired Assets (subject to the Company Assumed Liabilities), Company Sales Securities, the GM Acquired Assets (subject to the GM Assumed Liabilities) and GM Sales Securities pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the DIP Assignment Agreement and the DIP Direction;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the DIP Direction, the DIP Agent has been instructed to and, pursuant to the DIP Assignment Agreement, has (a) assigned to Company Buyer the DIP Agent’s right to receive, pursuant to the Credit Bid, the Company Acquired Assets (subject to the Company Assumed Liabilities) and the Company Sales Securities pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the DIP Assignment Agreement and the DIP Direction, and Company Buyer accepted such assignment from the DIP Agent, and (b) assigned to GM Buyer the DIP Agent’s right to receive, pursuant to the Credit Bid, the GM Acquired Assets (subject to the GM Assumed Liabilities) and the GM Sales Securities pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the DIP Assignment Agreement and the DIP Direction, and GM Buyer accepted such assignment from the DIP Agent, in each case, in exchange for the agreements of Company Buyer and the GM Buyer contained in this Agreement, the consideration payable hereunder will be distributed in accordance with the DIP Documents, and in recognition of such assignment, the Parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof;

WHEREAS, in connection with such assignment and in accordance with the terms hereof, at the Closing (a)(i) Company Sellers will transfer the Company Acquired Assets and Company Sales Securities, and assign the Company Assumed Liabilities to Company Buyer, (ii) Company Buyer will acquire the Company Acquired Assets and Company Sales Securities, and (iii) Company Buyer will assume the Company Assumed Liabilities, and (b)(i) GM Sellers will transfer the GM Acquired Assets and GM Sales Securities and assign the GM Assumed Liabilities to GM Buyer, (ii) GM Buyer will acquire the GM Acquired Assets and GM Sales Securities, and (iii) GM Buyer will assume the GM Assumed Liabilities, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Delphi and the applicable Sellers desire to sell specified assets and specified liabilities with respect to the GM Business and the Company Business to the applicable Buyers and the Buyers desire to acquire specified assets and the specified liabilities as set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in furtherance of that desire and as contemplated by Sections 365, 1123 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code and in furtherance of the Filing Affiliates’ plan of reorganization, the GM Securities Sellers, Company Securities Sellers, the GM Asset Sellers and the Company

 

2


Asset Sellers desire to sell or cause the sale to the applicable Buyers all of their respective right, title and interest in and to the GM Sales Securities, the Company Sales Securities, the GM Acquired Assets and the Company Acquired Assets, and Buyers desire to make such purchase, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Certain Defined Terms.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below or in the Sections referred to below:

Access Agreement ” means the Access Agreement by and among the GM Buyers and Company Buyer, executed contemporaneously with this Agreement.

Accounts Receivable ” means all trade accounts receivable, including intercompany trade receivables, and other rights to payment from customers and al I other accounts or notes receivable from third parties and Affiliates and the full benefit of all security for such accounts or notes that are not received prior to the Closing Date.

Acquired Assets ” means the GM Acquired Assets and the Company Acquired Assets.

Acquired Contracts ” means all Contracts that relate to the GM Business or the Company Business, as the case may be, provided that in the case of Pre-Petition Contracts, the Acquired Contracts include only the Assumed and Assigned Contracts.

Administrative Assets ” of an Asset Seller, means books, records and instruments relating to the business, operations, condition of (financial or other), or results of operations of such Asset Seller with respect to the applicable Business and other administrative assets including advertising and promotional materials, catalogues, price lists, correspondence, mailing lists, customer lists, vendor lists, photographs, production data, computer files, operating data and plans, sales materials and records, purchasing materials and records, personnel records of employees, billing records, sale order files, accounting records, other financial records, and related work papers that relate to the applicable Acquired Assets, budgets, pricing guidelines, ledgers, journals, deeds and title policies; provided , however , that Administrative Assets do not include Intellectual Property, Technical Documentation, Environmental Records or GM Environmental Records.

Administrative Claims ” means a Claim for payment of an administrative expense of a kind specified in section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to section 507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, but not limited to, claims arising under the DIP Agreement, the actual, necessary costs and expenses, incurred on or after the Petition Date, of preserving the estates and operating the business of Delphi, including wages, salaries, or commissions for services rendered after the Petition Date, professional claims, all fees and

 

3


charges assessed against the estates under chapter 123 of title 28, United States Code, and all allowed claims that are to be treated as Administrative Claims pursuant to a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court under section 546(c)(2)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” for purposes of this definition, means ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares or other equity interest and having power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person. For the purpose of applying this definition to GM under Section 9.13.2 , “control” means ownership of more than twenty percent (20%) of the shares or other equity interests of such Person.

Agreement ” – Recitals.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the GM Ancillary Agreements or the Company Ancillary Agreements, as applicable.

Appaloosa Claim ” means Delphi’s claims against Appaloosa Management L.P. or any other plan investors or other parties arising from or relating to the Equity Purchase and Commitment Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2007, as amended, including that certain litigation against Appaloosa Management L.P. and other plan investors who were party to such Equity Purchase and Commitment Agreement, as amended, and styled Delphi Corporation v. Appaloosa Management L.P., et al., filed in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court S.D.N.Y. on May 16. 2008 (Case No. 05·44481), including any settlements, modifications or claims related thereto.

Asset Sellers ” means the GM Asset Sellers and the Company Asset Sellers, as applicable.

Assumed Administrative Liabilities ” means the Administrative Claims excluding Liabilities under the DIP Agreement, with respect to the categories set forth on Schedule 1.1.A and, with respect to the GM Buyers, the Assumed Hedging Agreements.

Assumed and Assigned Contracts ” – Section 9.3 .

Assumed Hedging Agreements ” shall mean (i) Hedging Agreements (in effect as of the Closing Date) that pursuant to their terms may be assumed by a GM Buyer without the consent of the applicable counterparty thereunder, provided that a GM Buyer shall have agreed to the terms and conditions specified in such agreement with respect to its assumption, including to the extent required by the DIP Documents in order to allow the $291,020,079 portion of the DIP Payment to be paid to the C Lenders to (a) cash collateralize its obligations under each such Hedging Agreement in the amount of 105% of the Swap Exposure (as defined in the DIP Agreement) in respect thereof at the Closing Date (or such earlier date as shall be required) unless such requirement is waived. on or prior to the Closing Date, by the applicable counterparty thereunder) and (b) such other terms and conditions specified in such Hedging Agreement with respect to its assumption and (ii) any other Hedging Agreements (in effect as of the Closing Date) with respect to which the counterparty to such Hedging Agreement and a GM Buyer has agreed in writing to permit such Hedging Agreement to be assumed by the applicable GM Buyer.

 

4


Assumed Liabilities ” – GM Assumed Liabilities or Company Assumed Liabilities, as applicable.

Australian Assets ” means the GM Acquired Assets located or taken to be located in Australia.

Australian Buyer ” means the Australian Buyer of the Australian Assets, Rhodes Automotive manufacturing Pty Limited ABN 41 129 320 494.

Australian Seller ” means the Australian Seller of the Australian Assets, Delphi Automotive Systems Australia Limited ABN 3J 065 439 885.

Backstop Parties ” means Elliott Associates, L.P. and one or more of its Affiliates and one or more investment funds managed by Silver Point Capital L.P. or one or more of its Affiliates.

Bankruptcy Cases ” – Recitals.

Bankruptcy Code ” – Recitals.

Bankruptcy Court ” – Recitals.

Bankruptcy Rules ” mean the U.S. Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure.

Brazilian Real Estate ” means the fraction of the condominium stated as being owned by Delphi Brazil and enrolled under the real estate certificate (matrícula) No. 76.477 registered before the real estate register office of the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul.

Business ” means the GM Business or the Company Business, as applicable.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Buyer Loan Documents ” means the loan documents to be executed on or prior to the Closing pursuant to which GM and the DIP Lenders have agreed to make certain loans and provide certain financial accommodations to Company Buyer.

Buyer(s) ” – Recitals.

Buyer Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.3.2 (with such limited changes as the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and reasonably agree upon between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date) to be entered between GM Buyers and Company Buyer.

C Lenders ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Tranche C Lenders” in the DIP Agreement.

Cash ” means the sum of cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments plus all deposited but uncleared bank deposits at Closing and less all outstanding checks and electronic payments of the applicable Business, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

5


China Entities ” means Delphi Saginaw Lingyun Drive Shaft Co. Ltd., Saginaw Lingyun Drive Shaft (Wuhu) Co., Ltd. and Saginaw Steering (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.

China L/C ” – Section 9.23.1 .

China L/C Period ” – Section 9.23.1 .

Claims ” mean all bankruptcy claims (as defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code), other claims, written notices, causes of actions, proceedings, complaints, investigations and Proceedings, of any nature whatsoever.

Closing ” – Section 11.1.1 .

Closing Date ” – Section 11.1.1 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collective Bargaining Agreements ” mean all collective bargaining agreements with any labor union, works councilor other representatives of Transferred Employees (including local agreements, amendments and supplements, and material letters and memoranda of understanding of any kind) that are in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

Commercial Agreement ” means the Commercial Agreement executed contemporaneously with this Agreement by and among the GM Buyers and Company Buyer.

“C ompany Acquired Assets ” – Section 2.1.4 .

Company Ancillary Agreements ” means the Transfer Agreements and other agreements referred to in Section 11.3 .

Company Asset Buyer(s) ” means the Buyers (as assignees of the rights of the DIP Agent to the Company Acquired Assets in connection with the Credit Bid) set forth on Schedule 2 , which Company Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Delphi ten (10) Business Days after the date of this Agreement, with respect to the assets set forth opposite their names.

Company Asset Sellers ” means Sellers set forth on Schedule 2 , with respect to the assets set forth opposite their names.

Company Assumed Liabilities ” – Section 2.2.2

Company Business ” means all businesses of Delphi and its subsidiaries, other than the GM Business, the businesses solely conducted at the Excluded Assets and the businesses to be sold as part of the Pending Transactions.

Company Buyer ” – Recitals.

Company Financing Agreements ” means the Buyer Loan Documents, and the Securities Purchase Agreement (together, and including, without limitation, any and all exhibits, annexes, schedules, and other ancillary documents).

 

6


Company IP License Agreement ” – Section 9.9.3 .

Company JV Companies ” means joint ventures other than the Steering JV Companies to which any Seller is a party.

Company Licensed Intellectual Property ” means rights with respect to Intellectual Property licensed or sublicensed to Sellers from a third party, and that is used or held for use in the Company Business.

Company Purchase Price ” – Section 3.2.1 .

Company Purchased Intellectual Property ” means any Seller’s and/or any of their respective Affiliate’s right, title and interest in Intellectual Property other than the Steering Purchased Intellectual Property and subject to rights granted to GM Buyers hereunder.

Company Real Property ” means the owned and leased real property relating to the Company Business.

Company Sale Companies ” mean the Sale Companies being transferred to the Company Buyer, directly or indirectly, under this Agreement.

Company Sales Securities ” mean, with respect to each of the entities set forth under the heading “Sale Companies” on Schedule 2 to this Agreement, all of the outstanding shares or other equity interests of such Sale Companies, and, with respect to each of the Company JV Companies set forth on Schedule 2 to this Agreement, all of the outstanding shares or other equity interests of the Company JV Companies that are owned by Sellers.

Company Securities Buyers ” means the Buyers set forth on Schedule 2 , which Company Buyer will use their commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Delphi, ten (10) Business Days after the date of this Agreement but, in any event, in sufficient time to complete filings under Competition/Investment Laws, with respect to the Sale Companies set forth opposite their names.

Company Securities Seller(s) ” means the securities sellers set forth on Schedule 2 to this Agreement, with respect to the Company Sales Securities set forth opposite their names.

Company Sellers ” means the Company Securities Sellers and Company Asset Sellers, as applicable.

Company Transfer Agreements ” means any agreements which govern the transfer of Company Acquired Assets under the Jaws of jurisdictions outside the United States.

Competition Investment Law ” means any Law that is designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate: (i) foreign investment; or (ii) antitrust, monopolization, restraint of trade or competition.

Consent ” means any consent, approval, authorization, waiver, permit, agreement, license, certificate, exemption, order, registration, declaration, filing or notice of, with or to any Person, or the expiration or termination of the waiting period under any Competition/Investment Law, in each case required to permit the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7


Contracts ” mean purchase orders, sales agreements, service contracts, distribution agreements, sales representative agreements, employment or consulting agreements, leases, product warranty or service agreements and other binding commitments, agreements, arrangements and undertakings of any nature.

Controlled Group ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated): (i) under common control within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA with any of the Sale Companies; or (ii) which together with any of the Sale Companies is treated as a single employer under Section 414(t) of the Code.

Copyrights ” mean: () all copyrights, works of authorship or copyrightable works existing anywhere (registered. published, unpublished, protected by statutory law or otherwise) and registrations, renewals, revivals, reissuances, extensions and applications for copyright registration thereof, and all rights therein provided by international treaties or conventions; (ii) moral rights (including, without limitation, rights of paternity and integrity), and waivers of such rights by others; (iii) database and data protection rights whether or not based on copyright; (iv) semiconductor chip mask work registrations and applications therefor; and (v) rights to sue or recover and retain damages and costs and attorneys’ fees for present, future and past infringement of any of the foregoing.

Credit Bid ” – Section 3.2.1.C .

CSC ” – Section 9.9.12 .

Cure Amounts ” mean all cure amounts payable in order to cure any monetary defaults required to be cured under Section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise to effectuate, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the assumption of and/or assignment to Buyers of the Pre-Petition Contracts included within the Assumed and Assigned Contracts under the Plan Modification Order.

Data Room ” means the virtual data room maintained by Merrill Corporation in which the documents and information related to the Steering Business were disclosed to Parent’s representatives and counsel and the virtual data rooms maintained by Delphi in which documents and information related to the other Acquired Assets, Sale Companies and applicable JV Companies were disclosed to Parent’s and Company Buyer’s representatives and counsel.

Day 1 ” means work commenced among the Sellers, the GM Buyers and the Company Buyer to separate the information technology systems required to run the GM Business from the Sellers’ and the Company Buyer’s systems on the Closing Date or at a mutually agreed upon post-Closing Date.

Day 2 ” means logical and physical separation such that the information technology systems required to run the GM Business in a stand-alone application environment, a stand alone database environment and a stand-alone physical data center environment, including, for example, in cases where a physical move of the application may be required, such as a move from a Delphi-wide environment to a GM Business dedicated environment.

 

8


Debt Obligations ”, as applied to any Person, mean obligations (i) for borrowed money, (ii) evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, and similar instruments, (iii) under financing or capital (as opposed to operating) leases (determined in accordance with GAAP) and other similar instruments, and (iv) all accrued interest, fees and charges in respect of any of the foregoing.

Deferred Item(s) ” – Section 2.5.1 .

Delphi ” – Recitals.

Delphi Brazil ” means Delphi Automotive Systems do Brasil Ltda., a Brazilian limited liability company, with head office at Avenida Goiás, No. 1820 / 1860, in the City of São Caetano do Sul, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the Brazilian General Taxpayers’ Registration (CNPJ/MF) under No. 00.857.758/0001-40.

Delphi FICA Litigation ” means the FICA refund claim being litigated in Delphi Corporation, Delphi Automotive Systems LLC, and Delphi Automotive Systems Services LLC v. United States of America, (Case No. 08 Civ 04487 (PKC) in the U.S. District court of the Southern District of New York) in which Delphi et. al. is seeking a refund of employment taxes relating to payments made to certain union members upon ratification of collective bargaining agreements in 1999 and 2003 together with any other similar claims relating to other pre-Closing periods.

Delphi HRP ” means the Delphi Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Plan.

Delphi India ” means Delphi Automotive Systems Pvt. Ltd.

Delphi-PBGC Settlement Agreement ” means that certain Settlement Agreement between Delphi and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation dated as of July 21, 2009.

Delphi Polska ” means Delphi Polska Automotive Systems Sp.z.o.o., a Polish company.

DEOC ” – Section 9.5.4.A .

DIP Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as the administrative agent under the DIP Agreement.

DIP Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Term and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2008, among Delphi, the subsidiaries of Delphi named therein, the lenders party thereto and the DIP Agent, as amended through the date hereof.

DIP Assignment Agreement ” means an assignment agreement of even date herewith among Parent, Company Buyer and the DIP Agent.

DIP Direction ” means a written direction by the Required Lenders to the DIP Agent to, among other things, (i) credit bid 100% of the principal and interest due in respect of the DIP Loans under the DIP Agreement (after giving effect to the application of any cash collateral to the DIP Loans) toward the purchase of the Company Acquired Assets (subject to the Company Assumed Liabilities) and GM Acquired Assets (subject to the GM Assumed Liabilities) on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, in the DIP Assignment Agreement and in such written direction; (ii) assign its right to receive the Company Acquired Assets (subject to

 

9


the Company Assumed Liabilities) to Company Buyer on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, in the DIP Assignment Agreement and in such written direction; and (iii) assign its right to receive the GM Acquired Assets (subject to the GM Assumed Liabilities) to GM Buyer on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, in the DIP Assignment Agreement and in such written direction.

DIP Documents ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Loan Documents” in the DIP Agreement.

DIP Lenders ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Lenders” in the DIP Agreement.

DIP Letters of Credit ” means (i) Letters of Credit (as defined in the DIP Agreement) and (ii) any letters of credit that have been extended or issued to replace such Letters of Credit, in each case, on or before the Closing Date.

DIP Letters of Credit Cash Collateral ” means (i) cash collateral held in the Letter of Credit Account (as defined in the DIP Agreement) and (ii) cash collateral securing letters of credit that have been extended or issued to replace letters of credit issued pursuant to the DIP Agreement, in each case, as of the Closing Date on account of any DIP Letters of Credit.

DIP Loan Parties ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Loan Parties” in the DIP Agreement.

DIP Loans ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Loans” in the DIP Agreement.

DIP Payment ” shall mean the DIP Priority Payment plus $291,020,079 in cash.

DIP Priority Payment ” means the aggregate amount (after giving effect to the application of any applicable cash collateral) necessary to pay on the Closing Date, in dollars: (i) (x) all outstanding and unpaid fees and expenses then due (A) under Section 10.05 of the DIP Agreement with respect to the Backstop Parties, and/or (B) pursuant to any expense letters entered into between Delphi and any Backstop Parties copies of which have been delivered to GM (the portion of the DIP Priority Payment represented by this clause (8) shall be forwarded by the DIP Agent to the applicable parties); and (y) all other outstanding and unpaid fees and expenses then due under Section 10.05 of the DIP Agreement (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on account of Tranche A Loans (as defined in the DIP Agreement) outstanding as of the Closing Date, and on account of Tranche B Loans (as defined in the DIP Agreement) outstanding as of the Closing Date and any outstanding fees owing in respect of DIP Letters of Credit; (iii) the then outstanding principal amounts of the Tranche A Loans and Tranche B Loans; and (iv) up to $350,000,000 of Swap Exposure (as defined in the DIP Agreement) that is required, pursuant to the DIP Documents, to be applied to the obligations owing under Hedging Agreements.

EC Merger Regulation ” means Council Regulation of the European Community No. 139/2004 of January 20, 2004 on the control of concentrations between undertakings.

EDS ” – Section 9.9.12 .

 

10


Encumbrance ” means: (i) with respect to the Sale Securities, any voting trust, shareholder agreement, proxy, preemptive right, right of first refusal, or other similar restriction; and (ii) with respect to the Acquired Assets (including the Sale Securities or any other shares of capital stock owned by Sellers, Buyers or their respective Affiliates) or any other property or asset, any lien, charge. claim, pledge, security interest, conditional sale agreement or any other title retention agreement, lease, mortgage, security interest, option or other encumbrance (including the filing of, or agreement to give. any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction or a similar law relating to security interests in and over Personal Property).

Enterprise Contracts ” – Section 9.17 .

Enterprise Providers ” – Section 9.17 .

Environment ” means the following media (whether individually or commingled): air, water, surface water, groundwater (whether an aquifer or water below the surface of the ground) and ground (whether at the surface or below the surface) and all organisms, ecosystems, flora and natural resources.

Environmental Law ” means any and all statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, decrees, treaties, provisions of any constitution and principles (including principles of the common law) and Governmental Orders applicable to the conduct and the operation of the Business, and relating to pollution or the protection of the Environment or protection of human health from environmental hazards, excluding workplace health and safety laws (including OSHA and similar foreign laws).

Environmental Permits ” mean any licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals issued by any Governmental Authority and required to be obtained by the Business in respect of the Acquired Assets under Environmental Laws.

Environmental Records ” means any and all books, records, notes, reports, letters, memoranda, assessments, testing data, maps, Environmental Permits, certificates, applications, approvals, surveys, agency inspection reports, compliance audit records or reports, communications or other written, printed or electronically or magnetically recorded materials, communications or data, relating to: (i) the use, management, handling, transportation, release, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Material in, about or under any Real Property; (ii) the environmental condition of the Real Property; and (iii) compliance with Environmental Laws by the Business; whether located at a Real Property or in the possession of Delphi’s Legal Staff or Operations Support Group at Delphi’s Troy headquarters or otherwise provided to the GM Buyers or the Company Buyer for Real Property relating to the GM Business or the Company Business, respectively; excluding, however, any such records which are subject to the attorney-client, attorney work product or similar privilege because such records contain confidential communications, mental impressions, conclusions, opinions or legal theories of Sellers’ counsel (“ Privileged Environmental Records ”); provided , however , that Sellers shall ensure that any material factual or technical information or data regarding the environmental condition or compliance status of any property or facility of the Business or the Real Property is otherwise contained in the Environmental Records.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

11


Excepted Shared Intellectual Property ” means the Shared Intellectual Property listed in Schedule 9.9.1.A .

Excluded Assets ” – Section 2.1.5 .

Excluded Facilities ” – Section 2.1.5.F .

Facilities Separation & Relocation Plan ” – Section 9.9.10 .

Filing Affiliates ” mean Delphi and the following Affiliates of Delphi, each of which are included in the Bankruptcy Cases and are Asset Sellers and/or Securities Sellers: Delphi Automotive Systems LLC, Delphi China LLC, Delphi Automotive Systems (Holding), Inc. and Delphi Technologies, Inc., and the Affiliates identified on Schedule 1.1.F .

Final Order ” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court or any court with jurisdiction, or findings and conclusions relating to an order of the Bankruptcy Court or any court with jurisdiction, as to which the time to file an appeal, a motion for rehearing or reconsideration (excluding any motion under Federal Rule of Civil Procedures 60(b)) or a petition for a writ of certiorari has expired and no such appeal, motion or petition is pending.

Final Plan Modification Hearing ” means the Bankruptcy Court hearing to approve the Plan Modification Order.

French Plant ” means the manufacturing facility owned or operated by the Steering Business located at Strasbourg, France.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles and practices as in effect from time to time, consistently applied throughout the specified period, unless otherwise noted or disclosed herein.

GM ” – Recitals.

GM Acquired Assets ” – Section 2.1.3 .

GM Ancillary Agreements ” means the Transfer Agreements and other agreements referred to in Section 11.2 .

GM Asset Buyer(s) ” means the Buyers set forth on Schedule 1 , which Parent will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Delphi not less than ten (10) Business Days after the date of this Agreement (it being understood that such Buyers identified after the date of this Agreement must agree in writing to be bound by all of the terms, conditions, and provisions in this Agreement and no other GM Buyer is released from its obligation hereunder), with respect to the assets set forth opposite their names and the Australian Buyer in respect of the Australian Assets.

GM Asset Sellers ” means Sellers set forth on Schedule l , with respect to the assets set forth opposite their names and the Australian Seller in respect of the Australian Assets.

GM Assumed Liabilities ” – Section 2.2.1 .

 

12


GM Business ” – Recitals.

GM Buyer(s) ” – Recitals.

GM/Company Ancillary Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Buyer Transition Services Agreement, the Supply Agreement, the Commercial Agreement, the Access Agreement, the Securities Purchase Agreement and any other agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

GM Confidentiality Agreement ” means the confidentiality agreement between GM and Delphi dated September 12, 2005, as amended.

GM-Delphi Agreement ” means the Agreement dated as of May 9, 2008 among GM, Delphi and the Filing Affiliates, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated October 6, 2008, Amendment No. 2 dated November 7. 2008, and Amendment No. 3 dated January 30, 2009, as amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to the Interim Financing Amendment.

GM-Delphi Liquidity Agreements ” mean (i) the GM-Delphi Agreement and (ii) the Partial Temporary Accelerated Payment Agreement dated as of December 12, 2008 (as amended through January 30, 2009.

GM Environmental Records ” mean any and all books, records, notes, reports, letters, memoranda, assessments, testing data, maps, Environmental Permits, certificates, applications, approvals, surveys, agency inspection reports, compliance audit records or reports, communications or other written, printed or electronically or magnetically recorded materials, communications or data, relating to: (i) the use, management, handling, transportation, release, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Material; (ii) environmental site conditions; and (iii) compliance with Environmental Laws, in each case concerning the GM Business or any GM Real Property, so long as such records were provided by Old GM to any of Sellers or Delphi Automotive Systems Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or their respective Affiliates, and which are still in the possession of Delphi’s Legal Staff or Operations Support Group at Delphi’s Troy headquarters or located at any GM Real Property. Privileged Environmental Records shall not include any GM Environmental Records.

GM Financing ” – Section 6.3 .

GM Financing Agreements ” – Section 6.1 .

GM Leased Real Property ” – Section 4.8.1 .

GM IP License Agreement ” – Section 9.9.1 .

GM Licensed Intellectual Property ” means rights with respect to Intellectual Property licensed or sublicensed to Sellers from a third party, and that is used or held for use in the GM Business, including such rights in associated Contracts listed on Schedule 4.14.1 .

GM Owned Real Property ” – Section 4.8.2 .

GM-PBGC Settlement Agreement ” means that certain Waiver and Release Agreement between GM and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in the form attached as Exhibit 3B .

 

13


GM Purchase Price ” – Section 3.1.1 .

GM Real Property ” – means the GM Leased Real Property and the GM Owned Real Property.

GM Sale Companies ” mean the Sale Companies being transferred to GM Buyers, directly or indirectly, under this Agreement.

GM Sales Securities ” mean, with respect to each of the entities set forth under the heading Sale Companies set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, all of the outstanding shares or other equity interests of such Sale Companies, and, with respect to each of the Steering JV Companies set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, all of the outstanding shares or other equity interests of the Steering JV Companies that are owned by Sellers.

GM Securities Buyers ” means the Buyers set forth on Schedule 1 , which GM Buyers will use their commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Delphi, ten (10) Business Days before Closing, but in any event, in sufficient time to complete filings under Competition/Investment Laws, with respect to the Sale Companies set forth opposite their names.

GM Securities Seller(s) ” means the securities sellers set forth on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, with respect to the GM Sales Securities set forth opposite their names.

GM Sellers ” means the GM Securities Sellers and GM Asset Sellers, as applicable.

GM Transfer Agreements ” – Section 11.2. 3 .

Governmental Approval ” means any Consent of, with or to any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any United States or foreign federal, state, provincial or local government or other political subdivision thereof, any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of any such government or political subdivision, and any supranational organization of sovereign states exercising such functions for such sovereign states such as the European Union.

Governmental Order ” means, with respect to any Person, any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, stipulation, agreement, determination or award entered or issued by or with any Governmental Authority and binding on such Person.

GSA ” means the Global Settlement Agreement, as amended, effective as of September 29, 2008, between Delphi and GM.

Hazardous Materials ” means any element, mixture, chemical, hazardous substance, constituent, waste, pollutant, contaminant or material including petroleum or petroleum-based or petroleum-derived substances, polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos-containing materials, noxious, radioactive, flammable, corrosive or caustic compound (whether solid, liquid or gaseous), which are regulated, or can give rise to Losses under an Environmental Law or an Environmental Permit.

 

14


Hedging Agreements ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value, any similar transaction or any combination of the foregoing transactions.

HP ” – Section 9.9.12 .

HSR Ad ” means the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Income Tax ” or “ Income Taxes ” means any and all United States or non-United States federal, national, state or local Tax based on or measured in whole or in part by income or profits, including any interest, penalties or other additions thereto.

India L/C ” – Section 9.34 .

India L/C Period ” – Section 9.34 .

Information Tax Returns ” – Section 9.4.3 .

Insurance Policies ” means all insurance policies relating to the operations of the Business, including any and all claims and rights thereunder and the proceeds thereof and all prepaid insurance premiums.

Intellectual Property ” means Patent Rights, Trademark Rights, Copyrights, Software, Trade Secrets and Know-How.

Interim Financing Amendment ” means that certain amended and restated GM-Delphi Liquidity Agreement, dated June 1, 2009, as amended, by and among GM and Delphi and the Filing Affiliates, that, among other things, provides up to $250 million of additional liquidity to Delphi through the Closing Date and as further amended by Amendment No. 1 dated July 23, 2009, and Amendment No. 2 dated July 26, 2009.

Inventory ” means finished goods, raw materials, work-in-process, packaging, stores, stock, office supplies, parts, packaging materials and other inventory and accessories related thereto which are held at, or are in transit from or to. the locations at which the Business is conducted or located at customers’ premises on consignment, or wherever else located, which are used or held for use by Sellers or the Sale Companies in the conduct of the Business (together with all rights of Sellers against suppliers of such inventories).

IP License Agreements ” means collectively the GM IP License Agreement, the Company IP License Agreement and the Pending Transactions IP License Agreements.

IUE-CWA ” means the Industrial Division of the Communications Workers of America, AFL-CIO, CLC and its Local Unions 717 (Warren), 83698 (Clinton) and 83718 (Brookhaven).

June 1 MDA ” means the Master Disposition Agreement, among Delphi, GM Components Holdings, LLC, Old GM, Parnassus Holdings II, LLC and the other sellers and other buyers party thereto, dated as of June 1, 2009, as amended.

 

15


JV Companies ” means the Steering JV Companies and the Company JV Companies.

KDAC ” means Korea Delphi Automotive Systems Corporation.

Know-How ” means proprietary technical and business knowledge and information, regardless of whether recorded and, if recorded. regardless of the media in which it is recorded, such knowledge and information including specifications, designs, methodologies, processes and production techniques, technologies, manufacturing and production processes, research and development information, drawings, specifications, designs, plans, proposals, technical data, formulae, algorithms, vendor and marketing and business data and customer and vendor lists and information, whether or not confidential together with the rights to sue or recover and retain damages and costs and attorneys’ fees for present, past and future misappropriations or otherwise of any of the foregoing.

Knowledge ” means Knowledge of Company Buyer, Knowledge of GM Buyer or Knowledge of Sellers, as applicable.

Knowledge of Company Buyer ” or “ Company Buyer’s Knowledge ” (or a similar phrase) means the actual, conscious knowledge of the individuals listed on Schedule 1.1.B with respect to the matters specified for such individuals on Schedule 1.1.B .

Knowledge of Delphi ” or “ Delphi’s Knowledge ” (or a similar phrase) means the actual, conscious knowledge of the individuals listed on Schedule 1.1.B with respect to the matters specified for such individuals on Schedule 1.1.B .

Knowledge of Buyers ” or “ Buyers’ Knowledge ” (or a similar phrase) means the actual, conscious knowledge of the individuals listed on Schedule 1.1.B with respect to the matters specified for such individuals on Schedule 1.1.B .

Knowledge of GM Buyer ” or “ GM Buyer’s Knowledge ” (or a similar phrase) means the actual, conscious knowledge of the individuals listed on Schedule 1.1.B with respect to the matters specified for such individuals on Schedule 1.1.B .

Knowledge of Sellers ” or “ Sellers’ Knowledge ” (or a similar phrase) means the actual, conscious knowledge of the individuals listed on Schedule 1.1.B with respect to the matters specified for such individuals on Schedule 1.1.B .

Law ” means any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, directives, decrees, treaties, statutes, provisions of any constitution and principles (including principles of the common law) of any Governmental Authority, as well as any applicable Governmental Order, but not including Environmental Laws.

Leases ” – Section 4.8.1 .

Liabilities ” mean any and all liabilities and obligations of every kind and description whatsoever. whether such liabilities or obligations are known or unknown, disclosed or undisclosed, matured or unmatured, accrued, fixed, absolute, contingent, determined or undeterminable, on-or off-balance sheet or otherwise, or due or to become due, including Debt Obligations and those arising under any Law, Environmental Law, Claim, Governmental Order, Contract or otherwise.

 

16


Licensed Intellectual Property ” means the GM Licensed Intellectual Property and the Company Licensed Intellectual Property.

Losses ” mean any and all Claims, Liabilities, losses, damages, fines, penalties and costs (in each case including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, technical consultants’, engineers’ and experts’ fees and expenses)).

Manufacturing Facilities ” means the manufacturing facilities owned or operated by the Steering Business located at Saginaw, Michigan; Queretaro, Mexico; Juarez, Mexico; Sabinas Hidalgo, Mexico; Somerton, Australia; Bangalore, India; Suzhou, China; Porto Alegre, Brazil; Gliwice, Poland; Gurgaon, India; and Tychy, Poland and the French Plant.

Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, occurrence or development that, individually or in the aggregate, has or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, Liabilities (except to the extent assumed or retained by Sellers hereunder), results of operations or financial condition of the GM Business or the Company Business, as applicable, taken as a whole, but excludes any effect: (i) resulting from general economic or business conditions (except to the extent such change, occurrence or development has a significantly disproportionate adverse effect on such Business); (ii) affecting companies in its industry or its markets generally (except to the extent such change, occurrence or development has a significantly disproportionate adverse affect on such Business); (iii) resulting from any changes in any Law, or in GAAP or any foreign generally accepted accounting principles; (iv) that is cured before the date of any termination of this Agreement by Parent pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof; (v) resulting from the negotiation, announcement or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including by reason of the identity of any Buyer or communication by any Buyer or its Affiliates of its plans or intentions regarding operation of such Business; (vi) resulting from any act or omission of any Seller taken with respect to the Company Business or the GM Business. as applicable, with the prior written consent of GM or the Company Buyer, as applicable; (vii) resulting from the filing of the Bankruptcy Cases or from any action approved by the Bankruptcy Court; (viii) resulting from the regulatory status of any Buyer; (ix) resulting from acts of war or terrorism, whether or not directed at such Business or Buyer; or (x) resulting from the financial condition of Old GM or any voluntary or involuntary filing of bankruptcy involving Old GM.

Material Contracts ” – Section 4.14.1 .

Mexican VAT Amount ” – Section 9.20.1 .

Mexico Deposit ” – Section 9.20.2 .

Mexico LTAs ” – Section 9.20.1 .

Modification Procedures Order ” means that certain Order (A)(I) Approving Modifications To Debtors’ First Amended Plan Of Reorganization (As Modified) And Related Disclosures And Voting Procedures And (II) Setting Final Hearing Date to Consider Modifications to Confirmed First Amended Plan Of Reorganization And (B) Setting

 

17


Administrative Claims Bar Date And Alternative Hearing Date, as entered by the Bankruptcy Court on or about June 12, 2009, as amended and supplemented by the Order Amending And Supplementing (i) Order (A)(l) Approving Modifications To Debtors’ First Amended Plan Of Reorganization (As Modified) And Related Disclosures And Voting Procedures And (II) Setting Final Hearing Date to Consider Modifications to Confirmed First Amended Plan Of Reorganization And (B) Setting Administrative Expenses Claims Bar Date And Alternative Transaction Hearing Date (Docket # 17032) And (ii) The Protective Order Governing Production And Use Of Confidential And Highly Confidential Information In Connection With (A) Supplement To Plan Modification Approval Motion And (B) Supplement To GM Arrangement Fourth And Fifth Amendment Approval Motion (Docket No. 16920), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on June 29, 2009 And Second Supplemental Modification Procedures Order dated July 17, 2009.

MRA ” means the Amended and Restated Restructuring Agreement dated September 12, 2008 between Old GM and Delphi.

Net Proceeds ” means with respect to the sales of the brake and suspension business and the exhaust business of Delphi and its Affiliates, the gross proceeds of such sales minus taxes and expenses directly related to such sales incurred by any Asset Sellers or any Sale Companies plus or minus any purchase price adjustments unrelated to indemnification claims. Net Proceeds shall not include any adjustments for post-closing indemnity claims or other Liabilities related to the sale or the assets or business sold or payments which a Sale Company received for capital expenditures made for the benefit of the buyer of the brake and suspension business.

New York Courts ” – Section 14.16 .

Non-Solicitation Period ” – Section 9.39 .

Non-U.S. Benefit Plan ” – Section 4.13.13 .

Non-U.S. Employees ” means the employees (salaried and hourly) who are employed by Asset Sellers or Seller Affiliate in, and dedicated to, the Business in a country other than the United States immediately prior to the Closing and identified on Schedule 4.13.1 .

OEM ” means automotive original equipment manufacturer.

OFAC ” – Section 5.9 .

Old GM ” – Introductory Paragraph.

Operating Agreement ” means the operating agreement contemplated in the Buyer Loan Documents substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.2 .

Option Exercise Agreement ” means the Option Exercise Agreement dated March 3, 2009 between GM and Delphi.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means the usual, regular and ordinary course of a business consistent with the past practice thereof (including with respect to quantity and frequency); provided , however , that where the Sellers’ practices are modified to address the effects of economic conditions affecting the automotive and automotive supply industry or

 

18


current economic conditions, such term means practices consistent with the practices of Sellers and its Affiliates used in managing Delphi’s business in general; and, provided further , that the Sellers’ usual, regular and ordinary course of business shall be deemed to include practices which are consistent with the practices of the Sellers from and after the Petition Date to the extent consistent with the Bankruptcy Code or orders issued by the Bankruptcy Court.

Organizational Document ” means, as to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, its regulations or by-laws or any equivalent documents under the law of such Person’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.

Other Services ” – Section 9.17 .

Other Steering Business Liabilities ” means the Liabilities of Non-Filing Affiliate Sellers to the extent attributable to the Steering Business other than Liabilities with respect to Income Taxes and Debt Obligations and Liabilities arising under any Environmental Law.

Other Technical Documentation ” means all documented technical information owned by Sellers that is currently in the files of Sellers used but not primarily used in the Business.

Parent ” – Recitals.

Paris Technical Center ” means the technical center and customer support center of the Business located in Tremblay, France.

Party(ies) ” means the Sellers and/or Buyers.

Patent Rights ” means: (i) patentable inventions, whether or not reduced to practice, and whether or not yet made the subject of a pending patent application or applications; (ii) designs, ideas and conceptions of patentable subject matter, including, without limitation, any invention disclosures and inventor certificates, whether or not reduced to practice and whether or not yet made the subject of a pending patent application or applications; (iii) national (including the United States) and multinational invention and design registrations or applications, patents and patent applications, provisionals, substitutions, reissues, divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions and reexaminations and all rights, in each case provided by international treaties or conventions; and (iv) rights to sue or recover and retain damages and costs and attorneys’ fees for present, future and past infringement of any of the foregoing.

Pending Transactions ” means Seller’s pending transactions set forth on Schedule 2.1.5.J .

Pending Transactions IP License Agreement ” – Section 9.9.4 .

PBGC Settlement Agreements ” means the Delphi-PBGC Settlement Agreement and the GM-PBGC Settlement Agreement.

Permits ” means licenses, consents, approvals, permits and other Governmental Approvals, but not including Environmental Permits.

 

19


Permitted Encumbrance ” means: (i) security interests relating to vendor tooling arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and not delinquent; (ii) any Encumbrance that may be created by or on behalf of GM or its Affiliates with respect to the GM Acquired Assets or the GM Sales Securities, or by or on behalf of Company Buyer or its Affiliates with respect to the Company Acquired Assets or the Company Sales Securities; and (iii) in relation to Real Property: (a) Encumbrances relating to any current real estate or ad valorem taxes, proceedings or assessments not yet due and payable or delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings; (b) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, laborer’s and carrier’s liens and other similar liens arising by operation of law or statute in the Ordinary Course of Business for obligations which are not delinquent and which will be paid or discharged prior to the Closing Date; (c) matters which an ALTA survey, or a similar survey in any other country, would disclose (other than the failure of the applicable Buyer to own the relevant property); (d) rights of the public and adjoining property owners in streets and highways abutting and adjacent to the Real Property; and (e) easements, covenants, restrictions and other encumbrances of public record ( provided that, in the event any such Encumbrance relates to a sum owed, the applicable Seller shall indemnify GM and the applicable Buyer against any costs or expenses arising therefrom); (iv) such other Encumbrances, the existence of which, in the aggregate, would not materially interfere with or materially affect the use of the underlying asset to which such Encumbrances relate; (v) in the case of Sale Securities of the JV Companies, restrictions contained in the joint venture agreement or shareholders agreement or related agreements affecting such Sale Securities; and (vi) Encumbrances with respect to allowed secured or priority tax Claims which are being assumed by the applicable Buyer.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, trust, unincorporated organization, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Personal Property ” means tangible personal property other than Inventory, including production machinery, equipment, tools, dies, jigs, molds, patterns, gauges, production fixtures, material handling equipment, related spare parts, business machines, computer hardware and other information technology assets, office furniture and fixtures, in-factory vehicles, trucks. model shop equipment, laboratory test fixtures and other tangible personal property, whether located on the Real Property, at the place of business of a vendor or elsewhere primarily used or held for use in the conduct of the applicable Business; provided , however , that the Personal Property does not include Intellectual Property.

Petition Date ” – Recitals.

Plan Modification Order ” means the order entered on July 30, 2009 by the Bankruptcy Court approving the modifications to the Filing Affiliates’ Plan of Reorganization under section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, including all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which is attached as Schedule 10.1.1 hereto.

Plan of Reorganization ” or “ Plan ” means Delphi’s joint plan of reorganization, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, as confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on January 25, 2008, as modified by the Plan Modification Order entered by the Bankruptcy Court approving modifications to Delphi’s joint plan of reorganization under section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Plan of Reorganization Documents ” means those documents that are to be filed by the Filing Affiliates with the Bankruptcy Court seeking modifications to the Plan of Reorganization.

 

20


Post-Closing Mexico Utilities ” – Section 9.20.2 .

Post-Petition Contracts ” mean the Acquired Contracts of the Filing Affiliates relating to the applicable Business entered into by such Filing Affiliates on or after the Petition Date.

Pre-Petition Contracts ” mean the Acquired Contracts of the Filing Affiliates relating to the applicable Business entered into by such Filing Affiliates before the Petition Date.

Previously Filed Version ”, when used in connection with an Exhibit to this Agreement, refers to the version of the relevant exhibit filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or about July 8, 2009, with such limited changes as the Parties may reasonably agree upon between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.

Privileged Environmental Records ” is defined within the definition of Environmental Records.

Proceeding ” means any action, claim, charge, complaint, grievance, demand, suit, proceeding, arbitration, citation, summons, subpoena, inquiry, or investigation of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or otherwise, in law or in equity, by or before any Governmental Authority or any arbitrator or arbitration or grievance panel.

Product(s) ” means the UAW Site Products and the Steering Products.

PRP ” – Section 9.5.3 .

Purchase Price ” means the GM Purchase Price and the Company Purchase Price.

Purchase Price Assumed Debt ” – Section 9.20.1 .

Purchased Intellectual Property ” means the Steering Purchased Intellectual Property and the Company Purchased Intellectual Property.

Real Property ” means the GM Owned Real Property and GM Leased Real Property.

Required Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Agreement.

Retained Liabilities ” – Section 2.3 .

Retained Plans ” – Section 2.3.3

Saginaw Brazil ” means Saginaw Indústria e Comércio de Auto Peyas Ltda., a Brazilian limited liability company, with head office at Rua Giuseppe Mandelli, No. 118, Bairro São João, in the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, enrolled with the Brazilian General Taxpayers’ Registration (CNPJ/MF) under No. 08.762.025/0001-34.

Sale ” means the sale, assignment and transfer of the Acquired Assets and Sale Securities from applicable Sellers to applicable Buyers in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant Transfer Agreements.

 

21


Sale Companies ” mean the Affiliates of Delphi engaged in the applicable Business, the stock or other equity of which is being transferred to Buyer, directly or indirectly, under this Agreement, as indicated on Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 (excluding the JV Companies), Delphi Polska and Steeringmex.

Sale Securities ” mean the GM Sales Securities and the Company Sales Securities, as applicable.

SDN List ” – Section 5.9 .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Securities Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Investment Commitment Agreement dated the date hereof among the Backstop Parties, Company Buyer, an Affiliate of Company Buyer and GM.

Securities Seller(s) ” means the GM Securities Sellers and the Company Securities Sellers.

Seller Employee Benefit Plans ” means Sellers’ pension, savings, profit sharing, retirement, bonus, incentive, health, dental, death, accident, disability, stock purchase, stock option, stock appreciation, stock bonus, other equity, executive or deferred compensation, hospitalization, severance, vacation, cafeteria, sick leave, fringe or welfare benefits, any employment or consulting Contracts, “employee benefit plans” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), employee manuals, and written policies, practices or understandings relating to employment as applicable to Transferred Employees whether or not collectively bargained.

Seller Transition Services Agreement ” – Section 11.3.3 .

Seller U.S. CBAs ” means the nationally and locally negotiated Collective Bargaining Agreements between Sellers and the applicable union with respect to the U.S. Hourly Employees and, at the Lockport and Rochester sites, the represented U.S. Salaried Employees, including any letter agreements, memorandums of understanding, supplemental agreements and employee benefit plan agreements applicable to represented employees that were in effect immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and which are included on Schedule 4.13.11 .

Sellers ” means the GM Securities Sellers with respect to the GM Sales Securities, the GM Asset Sellers with respect to the GM Acquired Assets, Company Securities Sellers with respect to the Company Sales Securities and the Company Asset Sellers with respect to the Company Acquired Assets, in each case including Filing Affiliates and non-Filing Affiliates that are Sellers. Seller means anyone of such Sellers, as applicable.

Separation & Relocation Activities ” – Section 9.9.10 .

Shared Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property owned by any Seller and/or any Seller’s Affiliates that is used by more than one of the GM Business, the Company Business or the business of a Pending Transaction and includes customizations, interfaces, enhancements and other modifications to Software licensed from Third Parties, but not used primarily for such Business.

 

22


Shared Licensed Intellectual Property ” means any Seller’s and/or any Seller’s Affiliates’ rights with respect to Intellectual Property licensed or sublicensed to Sellers from a third party and that is used by the applicable Business, excluding Licensed Intellectual Property and, except in the case of Software licensed from GM or EDS, Software.

Shared Software Licenses ” means all shared licenses of Software that are currently used in the applicable Business under Delphi-wide Contracts but which are not primarily used by such Business.

Software ” means computer software and programs, including source code, object code, shareware, firmware, middleware, courseware, open source code, operating systems and specifications, development programs and systems, testing programs and systems, system data, record and table layouts, databases, files documentation, storage media, manuals and other materials related thereto, in each case including all customizations, interfaces, enhancements and other modifications related to the foregoing.

Specified Director, Officer and Employee Related Liabilities ” – Section 9.40 .

Steering Business ” means the global steering and halfshaft businesses operated by Delphi and its Affiliates, throughout the Delphi Steering Systems Division, including the design, testing, manufacture, development, marketing, sale and distribution of the Products, and all of the business conducted at the Manufacturing Facilities and the Delphi Steering Systems Division related business conducted at the Technical Centers and Sales Offices, except for (i) all assets, business lines, rights, Contracts and Claims of KDAC, wherever located, whether tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed and (ii) all computer hardware, equipment, Software, Contracts, and other assets listed on Schedule 2.1.5.K

Steering Excluded Products ” means products identified in Schedule 9.9.1.B .

Steering JV Companies ” means the following joint ventures which are engaged in the manufacture, development and sale of Products: Delphi Saginaw Lingyun Drive Shaft Co. Ltd and Saginaw Lingyun Drive Shaft (Wuhu) Co., Ltd.

Steering Licensed Intellectual Property ” means rights with respect to Intellectual Property licensed or sublicensed to Sellers from a third party, and that is primarily used or held for use in or primarily related to, the Steering Business, including such rights in associated Contracts listed on Schedules 1.1.D.1 , 1.1.D.2 and 1.1.D.3 .

Steering Products ” means the Products set forth in Schedule 1.1.C .

Steering Purchased Intellectual Property ” means any Seller’s and/or any of their respective Affiliate’s right, title and interest in Intellectual Property that is primarily used or held for use in, or primarily related to, the Steering Business, including the Intellectual Property listed in Schedules 1.1.D.1 , 1.1.D.2 and 1.1.D.3 ; subject to Sections 2.1.3.H and 2.1.4.H in the case of Intellectual Property relating to the UAW Sites and subject to the rights granted to Company Buyer hereunder.

 

23


Steering (Suzhou) ” – Section 9.23.1 .

Steering Technology ” means the Patent Rights. Copyrights, Trade Secrets and Know. How initially developed primarily for use in the Products used in the Steering Business, and which constitutes a critical manufacturing, design or engineering element specific to the Products as compared to comparable products manufactured by competitors of the Steering Business.

Steeringmex ” – Section 9.20.1 .

Supply Agreement ” means the Supply Agreement executed contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement among the GM Buyers and Company Buyer.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any taxes of any kind. including but not limited to those measured on, measured by or referred to as, income, alternative or add-on minimum. gross receipts, capital, capital gains, sales, use, ad valorem, franchise, profits, license, privilege, transfer, withholding, payroll, employment, social, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, goods and services, value added, property, environmental or windfall profits taxes, customs duties or similar fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Tax Return ” means any return, report, declaration, form, election letter, statement or other information required to be filed with any Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto or amendment thereof.

Taxing Authority ” means, with respect to any Tax, the Governmental Authority thereof that imposes such Tax and the agency, court or other body (if any) charged with the interpretation, administration or collection of such Tax for such Governmental Authority.

Technical Centers and Sales Offices ” means the technical and customer support centers of the Steering Business located at Casa Grande, Arizona; Dearborn, Michigan; Saginaw, Michigan; Milford, Michigan; Russelsheim, Germany; Torino, Italy; Beijing, China; Shanghai, China; Hachioji, Japan; Krakow, Poland; SeongNam-si, Korea; Melbourne, Australia; Pune, India; Sao Caetano, Brazil; Bursa, Turkey and Eisenach, Germany, and the Paris Technical Center, including in each case any satellite offices thereto.

Technical Documentation ” means all documented technical information owned by Sellers that is currently in the files of the Business or primarily used in the Business.

Temporarily Excluded Assets ” – Section 11.1.2 .

Threshold ” – Section 9.42 .

Trade Secrets ” means: (i) all forms and types of information, financial, business, scientific, technical, economic, manufacturing and/or engineering information, including patterns, plans, compilations, specifications, tooling, program devices, formulae, designs, prototypes, testing plans, methods, techniques, processes, procedures, programs, program devices, customer and vendor lists, pricing and cost data, whether tangible or intangible, and regardless of whether or how stored, compiled or memorialized physically, electronically,

 

24


graphically, photographically or in writing, if: (a) the information is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to keep such information secret; and (b) the information derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable through proper means by, the other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; (ii) confidential technical and business information (including ideas, formulas, compositions, inventions and conceptions of inventions whether patentable or un-patentable and whether or not reduced to practice); and (iii) all rights to sue or recover and retain damages, costs and attorneys’ fees for present, future and past misappropriation of any of the foregoing.

Trademark Rights ” mean trademarks, service marks, trademark and service mark applications and registrations, Internet domain name registrations, trade names, trade dress, fictitious names, assumed names, logos and slogans, including those listed on Schedule 1.1.D.2 together with all goodwill related to the foregoing and all rights to sue or recover and retain damages and costs and attorneys’ fees for present, future and past infringement of any of the foregoing.

Transfer Agreements ” means the GM Transfer Agreements and the Company Transfer Agreements.

Transfer Regulation ” means any Law pursuant to which the employment of any employee of an Asset Seller (or any employee of any other Affiliate of Delphi, except for the Sale Companies, who is working for the applicable Business) will transfer to a Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including pursuant to Directive 77/187/EC of the European Parliament and council and any Law adopted pursuant thereto, and any Law, works council or registered or enforceable union agreement or written contract of employment.

Transfer Taxes ” – Section 9.4.5 .

Transferred Account(s) ” – Section 9.22 .

Transferred Asset Seller Employees ” means: all U.S. Employees and Non-U.S. Employees who are employees of any Asset Seller or Seller Affiliate who become Buyers’ employees pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof. No individual who has retired or otherwise terminated employment with Sellers prior to Closing will be deemed to be a Transferred Asset Seller Employee.

Transferred Employees ” means: (i) all Transferred Asset Seller Employees; and (ii) all employees of the Sale Companies.

Transferred Insurance Policies ” means all Insurance Policies which are primarily related to the GM Business, GM Acquired Assets or the GM Assumed Liabilities including those set forth on Schedule 1.1.E , but excluding those set forth on Schedule 1.1.D .

Transferred Non-U.S. Employees ” means all Transferred Asset Seller Employees who are Non-U.S. Employees.

 

25


Transferred U.S. Employees ” means all Transferred Asset Seller Employees who are either Transferred U.S. Hourly Employees or Transferred U.S. Salaried Employees.

Transferred U.S. Hourly Employees ” – Section 9.5.3 .

Transferred U.S. Salaried Employees ” – Section 9.5.2 .

UAW ” means the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Works of America and its Local Unions 699 (Saginaw), 686 (Lockport – Hourly), 686 (Lockport – salaried), 1097 (Rochester – hourly), 1097 (Rochester – salaried), 292 (Kokomo), 167 (Grand Rapids).

UAW Sites ” means the manufacturing facilities owned or operated by Sellers and located in Grand Rapids, Michigan, Rochester, New York (excluding the Henrietta technical center); Kokomo, Indiana (including the Cuneo Warehouse, and including the technical center); and Lockport, New York (including the technical center),

UAW Site Products ” means products produced at the UAW Sites on or before the Closing Date and the additional products that GM and any Seller have agreed will be produced at the UAW Sites but does not include products which are manufactured at the technical centers at the UAW Sites if such products are not actually manufactured at the UA W Sites outside of such technical centers.

Unstayed Order ” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court or any court with jurisdiction, or findings and conclusions relating to an order of the Bankruptcy Court or any court with jurisdiction, as to which, at the applicable time: (a) no stay pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 7062 or 8005, or any other applicable rule or statutory provision is in effect, and (b) there shall be no pending appeal by the United States Department of Treasury.

U.S. ” means the United States of America.

U.S. Employees ” means U.S. Hourly Employees and U.S. Salaried Employees.

U.S. Hourly Employees ” means the hourly employees of Asset Sellers or a Seller Affiliate who are employed at or are bargaining unit members of the relevant Business in the United States immediately prior to the Closing and who are identified on Schedule 4.13.1 (as the same may be amended prior to the Closing Date with Buyer’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld).

U.S. Income Taxes ” mean any Income Taxes due to the United States or to any state or locality in the United States.

U.S. Salaried Employees ” means the salaried employees who are employed by Sellers or a Seller Affiliate in or primarily assigned to the relevant Business in the United States as of the Closing and who are identified on Schedule 4.13.1 (as the same may be amended prior to the Closing Date with the applicable Buyer’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

26


USA PATRIOT Act ” – Section 5.9 .

WARN ACT ” means the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and any similar applicable foreign, state or local law, regulation or ordinance.

1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions .

The words “hereof’, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole (including any Schedules hereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and all Article, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” are deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The meanings given to terms defined herein are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun includes the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to “dollars” or “$” are deemed references to the lawful money of the United States of America, and all references to “euros” or “E” are deemed references to the lawful money of the European Economic and Monetary Union. References to undertakings by the “Buyer(s)” or the “Seller(s)” are understood to be undertakings by Parent to cause the relevant Buyer(s) to perform, and by Delphi to cause the relevant Seller(s) to perform, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 2.

PURCHASE AND SALE.

2.1 Transfers by Sellers and their Affiliates .

2.1.1. Purchase and Sale of the GM Sales Securities . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement as modified or supplemented by any applicable Transfer Agreement, at the Closing, in accordance with the Credit Bid, the GM Securities Sellers will sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the GM Buyers, and the GM Buyers will purchase, accept and acquire, the GM Sales Securities free and clear of all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances (provided that the definition of the term “Permitted Encumbrances” for this purpose shall exclude clauses (i) and (iv) of such definition).

2.1.2. Purchase and Sale of the Company Sales Securities . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement as modified or supplemented by any applicable Transfer Agreement, at the Closing, in accordance with the Credit Bid, the Company Securities Sellers will sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company Buyer, and the Company Buyer will purchase, accept and acquire, the Company Sales Securities free and clear of all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances (provided that the definition of the term “Permitted Encumbrances” for this purpose shall exclude clauses (i) and (iv) of such definition); provided that the Sellers will consider in good faith any request of a Company Buyer to, in lieu of purchasing the Company Sales Securities, instead purchase the assets and assume the related liabilities of any Sale Company pursuant to a mutually agreeable asset purchase agreement with such Sale Company.

 

27


2.1.3. Purchase and Sale of the GM Acquired Assets . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement as modified or supplemented by any applicable Transfer Agreement, at the Closing, in accordance with the Credit Bid, the GM Asset Sellers will sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the GM Asset Buyers, and the GM Asset Buyers will purchase, accept and acquire from the GM Asset Sellers, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances:

(i) in respect of the Australian Assets, Delphi will procure and cause the Australian Seller to transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Australian Buyer and the Parent will procure and cause the Australian Buyer to purchase, accept and acquire from the Australian Seller, free and clear of all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances, all properties, assets, rights, titles and interests of every kind and nature, owned by the GM Asset Sellers primarily used or held for use in, or primarily related to, the GM Business, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal and wherever located and by whomever possessed,

(ii) the technical centers included in the UAW Sites;

(iii) all rights to the Net Proceeds received before or after the Closing in respect of the sale of (x) the brakes and suspension business and (y) the exhaust business, whether or not such sales are pursuant to existing sale agreements;

(iv) all rights to sue, or to benefit from any lawsuit or settlement relating to the Appaloosa Claim;

(v) the Assumed Hedging Agreements;

(vi) 50% of the net proceeds from the Delphi FICA Litigation;

(vii) The Mexico Deposit and the utility contracts referred to in Section 9.20.2 ;

(viii) all properties, assets, rights, titles and interests of every kind and nature, owned by the GM Asset Sellers, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal and wherever located and by whomever possessed (including, without limitation, all assets related to the GM Business, including, without limitation, all of the assets of the type listed below), in each case primarily related to the GM Business but excluding Excluded Assets pursuant to Section 2.1.5 (all of the assets to be sold, assigned, transferred and delivered to GM Asset Buyers hereby are called the “ GM Acquired Assets ”):

A. All Accounts Receivable including (A) Accounts Receivable owed by Affiliates of Sellers, and (B) Accounts Receivable of Sellers from the GM Sale Companies, the Steering JV Companies or the GM Business (except to the extent constituting Company Acquired Assets); provided that intercompany receivables due from Filing Affiliates to Filing Affiliates will not be included as a GM Acquired Asset unless such intercompany receivable is a trade receivable;

B. Real Property, which such Real Property shall be subject to the Company Buyer’s lease rights and purchase rights with respect to the technical centers located in Kokomo, Indiana and Lockport, New York;

C. Personal Property (including the personal property, machinery and other assets located at the technical centers included in the UAW Sites);

D. Inventory;

E. All of GM Asset Sellers’ Acquired Contracts and rights under the Acquired Contracts, including any rights under tax abatements, incentive agreements, or other similar tax credit arrangements with any Taxing Authority, that are primarily related to the GM Business or the GM Acquired Assets;

 

28


F. Administrative Assets;

G. Permits used or held for use in, or related to, the conduct of the GM Business or in the operations at the GM Real Property;

H. Steering Purchased Intellectual Property and Steering Licensed Intellectual Property;

I. Technical Documentation;

J. Prepaid expenses, deposits and advances;

K. Tax credits and Tax refunds related to the GM Business and the GM Acquired Assets, including Delphi’s New York investment tax credit refund claim and any property tax refund related to the GM Business;

L. Cash that is held by Filing Affiliates in the U.S.;

M. Motor vehicles owned or leased by Sellers (in each case, to the extent transferable pursuant to the terms of such leases or financing documents);

N. All Transferred Insurance Policies, and including all rights to the benefits, coverages and proceeds under such Transferred Insurance Policies; provided , however , that Sellers and Company Buyer will be named as additional named insureds on any such Transferred Insurance Policies to the extent they cover any of the Excluded Assets or Company Acquired Assets or relate to any Retained Liabilities or any Company Assumed Liabilities or to any Sale Company acquired by the Company Buyer, in each case, as applicable, and Seller and Company Buyer will receive the benefit of all claims and rights under third party property and casualty insurance policies and other insurance policies to the extent they relate to any Excluded Asset, Company Acquired Asset, Retained Liability or Company Assumed Liability or to any Sale Company acquired by the Company Buyer, as applicable; and provided further that no changes shall be made by the named insured to any insurance policy that materially and adversely affects the rights of any additional named insured that is a party to this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the additional named insured;

O. All goodwill as a going concern and all other intangible properties other than Intellectual Property (which is covered in Section 2.1.3.H above);

P. All warranties and Claims;

Q. Environmental Permits;

R. Environmental Records;

S. GM Environmental Records;

 

29


T. Wage escrow accounts applicable to Transferred U.S. Hourly Employees who are PRPs at the UAW Sites;

U. Other books and records relating to the GM Business; and

V. The DIP Letters of Credit Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 9.12.B .

2.1.4. Purchase and Sale of the Company Acquired Assets . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement as modified or supplemented by any applicable Transfer Agreement, at the Closing in accordance with the Credit Bid, the Company Asset Sellers will sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company Asset Buyers, and the Company Asset Buyers will purchase, accept and acquire from the Company Asset Sellers, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances, all properties, assets, rights, titles and interests of every kind and nature, owned by the Company Asset Sellers, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal and wherever located and by whomever possessed, including, without limitation, all assets related to the Company Business, including, without limitation, all of the assets of the type listed below, but excluding the GM Sales Securities, the GM Acquired Assets, and the Excluded Assets pursuant to Section 2.1.5 (all of the assets to be sold, assigned, transferred and delivered to Company Asset Buyers hereby are called the “ Company Acquired Assets ”):

A. All Accounts Receivable including (i) Accounts Receivable owed by Affiliates of Sellers, and (ii) Accounts Receivable of Sellers from the Company Sale Companies, the Company JV Companies or the Company Business (except to the extent constituting GM Acquired Assets); provided that intercompany receivables due from Filing Affiliates to Filing Affiliates will not be included as a Company Acquired Asset unless such intercompany receivable is a trade receivable;

B. Company Real Property;

C. Personal Property;

D. Inventory;

E. all of Company Asset Sellers’ Acquired Contracts and rights under the Acquired Contracts, including any rights under tax abatements, incentive agreements, or other similar tax credit arrangements with any Taxing Authority that are not primarily related to the GM Business or the GM Acquired Assets;

F. Administrative Assets;

G. Permits used or held for use in, or related to, the conduct of the Company Business or in the operations at the Company Real Property;

H. Company Purchased Intellectual Property and Company Licensed Intellectual Property;

I. Technical Documentation;

J. Prepaid expenses, deposits and advances;

 

30


K. Motor vehicles owned or leased by Sellers (in each case, to the extent transferable pursuant to the terms of such leases or financing documents);

L. All Insurance Policies (other than Transferred Insurance Policies); provided , however , that Sellers and GM Buyers will be named as additional named insureds on any such Insurance Policies to the extent they cover any of the Excluded Assets or GM Acquired Assets or relate to any Retained Liabilities or any GM Assumed Liabilities, in each case as applicable, and Seller and GM Buyers receive the benefit of all such claims and rights under third party property and casualty insurance policies and other insurance policies to the extent they relate to any Excluded Asset, GM Acquired Asset, Retained Liability or GM Assumed Liability, as applicable; and provided further that no changes shall be made by the named insured to any insurance policy that materially and adversely affects the rights of any additional named insured that is a party to this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the additional named insured;

M. All Trademark Rights of any of the Sellers, including the name “Delphi” or any related or similar Trademark Rights to the extent the same incorporate the name “Delphi” or any variation thereof;

N. All goodwill as a going concern and all other intangible properties other than Intellectual Property (which is covered in Section 2.1.4.H above);

O. All warranties and Claims;

P. Environmental Permits;

Q. Environmental Records;

R. Tax credits and Tax refunds related to the Company Business, including Delphi’s Michigan MEGA tax credit entitlements and any property tax refunds related to the Company Business, as well as any other Tax credit or refund not covered by Sections 2.1.3.K or 2.1.5.G ;

S. 50% of the net proceeds from the Delphi FICA Litigation;

T. Wage escrow accounts applicable to Transferred U.S. Hourly Employees who are PRPs at the sites included in the Company Acquired Assets;

U. Other books and records relating to the Company Business;

V. DIP Letters of Credit Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 9.12.C ; and

W. All assets of the Sellers remaining after the wind-down of the remaining business of Sellers up to a maximum amount of $500,000,000 in the aggregate, any such assets constituting cash in excess of Sellers’ estimated obligations remaining shall be payable quarterly; provided, however, that no such assets shall transfer to the Company Buyer unless and until the GM Buyers have recovered all amounts advanced to Sellers (up to a maximum amount of the amount paid by Parent pursuant to Section 3.1.1.E in the aggregate) in order to fund such wind-down and GM Buyers have no further obligations to fund Liabilities of Sellers including under Section 3.1.1.E .

 

31


2.1.5 . Excluded Assets . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreements, the following properties, assets, rights, title and interests of the Asset Sellers will not be included in the GM Acquired Assets or the Company Acquired Assets (the “ Excluded Assets ”):

A. Third Party Assets . Any machinery, equipment, tools, Inventory, tooling, dies, molds, patterns, jigs, gauges, production fixtures, special material handling equipment, customer dunnage and containers owned by an OEM or any other third party, including third party bailed assets, provided , however , that any Contracts, rights or licenses pertaining to such bailed assets and defined as part of the Acquired Assets will be transferred as such.

B. Insurance Policies . All Insurance Policies related solely to the other Excluded Assets or listed on Schedule 1.1.0 ; provided, however, that Buyers and Sellers will be named as an additional named insured on any such Insurance Policies to the extent they cover any of the Acquired Assets of such Buyer or relate to any Assumed Liabilities assumed by such Buyer, or any Sale Company acquired by such Buyer and Buyers will receive the benefit of all claims and rights under third party property and casualty insurance policies and other insurance policies to the extent they relate to any Acquired Assets of such Buyer or Assumed Liabilities assumed by such Buyer, or any Sale Company acquired by such Buyer; and provided further that no changes shall be made by the named insured to any insurance policy that materially and adversely affects the rights of any additional named insured that is a party to this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the additional named insured.

C. Records . Any books, records (including Tax records) and other materials primarily relating to Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities, or that any Asset Seller is required by Law to retain ( provided that the Asset Sellers shall provide Buyers with copies of the same), all Tax Returns of any Asset Seller for time periods prior to Closing, and related work papers.

D. Bankruptcy Rights . All of the rights and claims of the Filing Affiliates available to Filing Affiliates under the Bankruptcy Code. of whatever kind or nature, as set forth in Sections 544 through 551, inclusive, 553, 558 and any other applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, and any related claims and actions including avoidance actions and arising under such Sections by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation, except as provided in Section 2.1.4.W any and all proceeds of the foregoing.

E. Personnel Records . All work histories, personnel and medical records of employees and former employees of any Asset Seller who worked at any time for any reason at the Business for whom a record exists at the Business at the time of Closing; provided , however , so far as legally permissible under applicable data protection, medical confidentiality or similar Laws, at the election of the applicable Buyer(s) the appropriate Buyer(s) will be provided the originals of all personnel and medical records of all Transferred Employees after posted written notice or other appropriate notice to such Transferred Employees if legally required or if the Asset Sellers so elect. Upon written request of the Asset Sellers (or an Affiliate of Sellers), Buyer will promptly return or cause to be returned any and all of these records to the Asset Sellers (or an Affiliate of the Asset Sellers as directed) at which time the Asset Sellers, so far as legally permissible under applicable data protection, medical confidentiality or similar Laws, will provide the appropriate Buyer(s) with copies of the personnel and medical records to such Buyer;  provided , no such records will be provided unless the Asset Sellers determine that provision of the records to such Buyer over the objections by the employee is permitted by the applicable local Law without material adverse consequences to the Asset Sellers or to any Affiliate of the Asset Sellers.

 

32


F. Excluded Facilities . All Real Property (including any improvements located thereon) listed in Schedule 2.1.5.F (the “ Excluded Facilities ”) and personal property and other assets located at the Excluded Facilities.

G. Tax Refunds . All refunds, credits, prepayments or deferrals of or against any Taxes, including deferred Taxes of any nature, in each case that relate to Excluded Assets and relate to periods or portions thereof prior to the Closing; provided that, in no event, shall any Buyer be required to make a payment to a Seller with respect to any of the foregoing other than providing to the applicable Seller any Tax refunds received by such Buyer with respect to Taxes paid by a Seller or its Affiliates or refundable tax credits with respect to a period prior to the Closing.

H. Inventory and Other Assets . All Inventory of the GM Business and the Company Business disposed of by Sellers prior to Closing in the Ordinary Course of Business, and not in violation of this Agreement.

I. Cash Collateral . Cash collateral held in the Borrowing Base Cash Collateral Account or the Incremental Borrowing Base Cash Collateral Account (as such terms are defined in the DIP Documents), 100% of which shall be paid to the DIP Agent at the Closing, and cash collateral for DIP Letters of Credit listed on Schedule 9.12.E .

J. Pending Transactions . All of Sellers’ rights with respect to the Pending Transactions as set forth on Schedule 2.1.5.J , other than the proceeds relating to the brakes and suspension business and exhaust business.

K. Other Excluded Assets . The assets listed on Schedule 2.1.5.K .

L. Filing Affiliate Receivables . Intercompany receivables due from Filing Affiliates to other Filing Affiliates (other than trade receivables).

M. Wage Escrow Accounts . Wage escrow accounts applicable to non-Transferred Hourly Employees at the sites included in the Excluded Facilities.

At any time prior to Closing, upon notice by the applicable Buyer to Delphi, Delphi will consider in good faith a request to exclude from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, de minimis additional assets or real property that would otherwise be Acquired Assets of such applicable Buyer. In the event Delphi agrees to do so, the applicable definitions of Acquired Assets, and/or Real Property will be amended as set forth in such notice to remove the additional excluded assets or real property and the definition of Excluded Assets and/or Excluded Facilities, if applicable, may be amended as provided in such notice to include such additional excluded assets or real property or Manufacturing Facilities.

At any time prior to Closing, upon formal written notice to Delphi, the GM Buyers, or any of them, may elect to exclude from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement the assets and related Liabilities related to the Manufacturing Facility located in Gurgaon, India or the French Plant and the Paris Technical Center. In such event, in the case of the exercise of

 

33


such option (1) the applicable definitions including, as applicable, the definitions of “Acquired Assets”, “GM Assumed Liabilities”, “Sale Companies”, “Securities Sellers”, “Manufacturing Facilities”, “Technical Centers and Sales Offices”, and/or “GM Real Property” will be amended as set forth in such notice to take into account such exclusion to remove the additional excluded assets, real property, Sale Companies, Manufacturing Facilities, Technical Center and Sales Office, as applicable and the definition of “Excluded Assets” and/or “Excluded Facilities”, if applicable, may be amended as provided in such notice to include such additional excluded assets, real property Technical Center and Sales Office or Manufacturing Facility, (2) the definitions of “Steering Licensed Intellectual Property,” “Steering Purchased Intellectual Property”, and “Steering Technology” shall be deemed modified to include the businesses conducted at such Manufacturing Facility and/or Technical Center and Sales Office so excluded and the definition of “Other Steering Business Liabilities” shall be deemed modified to exclude any Liabilities to the extent attributable to the such Manufacturing Facility and/or Technical Center and Sales Office, and (3) GM Buyers will increase the aggregate amount of the expenses they will be required to fund under Section 3.1.1.E by the amount of the net actual incremental costs incurred by the GM Sellers as a result of GM Buyers excluding such Manufacturing Facility in an amount mutually agreed to by the Sellers and GM Buyers prior to the Closing acting reasonably.

2.1.6. Post-Closing Deliveries .

A. Should Sellers or Buyers, in their reasonable discretion, determine after the Closing that any Acquired Assets are still in the possession of Sellers or any of their Affiliates, Sellers will or will cause such Affiliates to promptly deliver such Acquired Assets to the appropriate Buyers at such Buyer’s cost (limited to expenses paid to third parties in compliance with a request from such Buyer and not including any internal fee, cost or overhead of the Sellers). Should Buyers, in their reasonable discretion, determine after the Closing that an asset was delivered to the wrong Buyer or an Excluded Asset was delivered to a Buyer, such receiving Buyer will promptly provide it to the correct Buyer or return it to the appropriate Seller, with any related costs to be split evenly between such Buyers or by the Buyer transferring to the Seller.

B. After the Closing, Sellers shall permit, and hereby authorize, Buyers to collect, in the name of Sellers, all Accounts Receivable constituting part of such Buyers’ Acquired Assets and to endorse with the name of any applicable Seller for deposit in such Buyers’ accounts any checks or drafts received in payment thereof. Sellers shall promptly deliver to the applicable Buyers any cash, checks or other property that they may receive after the Closing in respect of any Accounts Receivable or other asset constituting part of such Buyers’ Acquired Assets.

 

2.2 Assumption of Liabilities .

2.2.1. GM Assumed Liabilities .

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein the GM Buyers will assume only the following Liabilities, and no other Liabilities (collectively, the “ GM Assumed Liabilities ”):

A. Assumed Administrative Liabilities with respect to the GM Acquired Assets;

 

34


B. the Assumed Hedging Agreements;

C. the Other Steering Business Liabilities; and

D. the following, and only the following, pre-petition Liabilities as they relate to the GM Acquired Assets:

(i) Cure Amounts for Pre-Petition Contracts included among the Assumed and Assigned Contracts assumed by the GM Buyers in accordance with Section 9.3 ; and

(ii) For each GM Buyer, (i) the real and personal property Taxes with respect to the GM Acquired Assets to be acquired by it to the extent they constitute an allowed priority or secured Claim and shall be paid in accordance with Section 2.2. of the Plan without taking into account the last proviso thereof, (ii) any other Taxes with respect to the GM Business (excluding such business to the extent conducted at the Excluded Facilities) to the extent the non-payment of such Taxes could result in personal liability to the employees, officers or directors of Asset Sellers, including withholding, FICA and FUTA Taxes related to the employees of the GM Business, and (iii) to the extent that payroll services were provided by or through GM and the non-payment of such Taxes could result in personal liability to the employees, officers or directors of Asset Sellers, withholding, FICA and FUTA Taxes related to the employees of the Company Business; and

(iii) The DIP Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 9.12(B) and, as applicable, Schedule 9.12(D ).

2.2.2. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company Buyer will assume only the following Liabilities, and no other Liabilities (collectively, the “ Company Assumed Liabilities ”):

A. Assumed Administrative Liabilities with respect to the Company Acquired Assets;

B. the Specified Director, Officer and Employee Related Liabilities; and

C. the following and only the following pre-petition Liabilities as they relate to the Company Acquired Assets:

(i) Cure Amounts for Pre-Petition Contracts included among the Assumed and Assigned Contracts assumed by the Company Buyer in accordance with Section 9.3 ; and

(ii) For the Company Buyer, (i) real and personal property Taxes with respect to the Company Acquired Assets to the extent they constitute an allowed priority or secured Claim and shall be paid in accordance with Section 2.2. of the Plan without taking into account the last proviso thereof, and (ii) to the extent the non-payment of such Taxes could result in personal liability to the employees, officers or directors of Asset Sellers, any other Taxes with respect to the Company Business, including withholding, FICA and FUTA Taxes related to the employees of the Company Business, unless such Taxes are assumed pursuant to Section 2.2.1.D(ii) ; and

 

35


(iii) The DIP Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 9.l2(C) and, as applicable, Schedule 9.12(D) .

2.3 Retained Liabilities .

All Liabilities of the Sellers which are not Assumed Liabilities are herein collectively referred to as the “ Retained Liabilities ,” including without limitation:

2.3.1. Those Sellers who are Filing Affiliates will remain responsible for and shall pay, perform or discharge (or cause to be paid, performed or discharged) the Administrative Claims set forth on Schedule 2.3.1 and except as set forth in Sections 2.2.1.D(ii) and 2.2.2.C(ii) , post-petition Liabilities for all Taxes.

2.3.2. The applicable Sellers will remain responsible for and shall pay, perform or discharge (or cause to be paid, performed or discharged) all Liabilities relating to:

A. the Excluded Assets; and

B. the Excluded Facilities.

2.3.3. Subject to Section 9.5.4.E the applicable Sellers will remain responsible for and shall pay, perform or discharge their obligations under the Delphi Retirement Program for Salaried Employee, the Delphi Mechatronic Systems Retirement Program, the ASEC Manufacturing Retirement Program, the Packard-Hughes Interconnect Bargaining Retirement Plan, the Packard-Hughes Interconnect Non-Bargaining Retirement Plan, Delphi Salaried Retirement Savings Program for Salaried Employees in the United States, Personal Retirement Income Plan, PHI Non-Bargaining Retirement Plan, Delphi Diesel 401(k) Plan, Delphi Medical Systems Savings Plan, PHI Retirement Savings Plan. The Delphi Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Plan, The Delphi Personal Savings Plan for Hourly-Rate Employees in the United States, Delphi Income Security Plan for Hourly-Rate Employees, and any other defined benefit or defined contribution plans in Seller’s Controlled Group with respect to which any U.S. Employees participated from time to time (collectively, the “Retained Plans”).

2.3.4. Intercompany payables due to Filing Affiliates from Filing Affiliates (other than trade payables).

2.3.5. All Obligations (as defined under the DIP Agreement) that survive repayment of the DIP Loans pursuant to Section 10.12 of the DIP Agreement.

2.3.6. All Liabilities relating to the Interim Financing Amendment (and any supplement, amendment, modification thereto or any agreement(s) or instrument that is in replacement or substitution therefor).

2.4 JV Companies Liabilities, Sale Company Liabilities .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Liabilities of the JV Companies and the Sale Companies will not be affected by this Agreement, and the Sellers will have no obligations for such Liabilities.

 

36


  2.5 Deferred Items .

2.5.1. Non-Assignability . To the extent that any Contract, Permit or Environmental Permit included in the Acquired Assets is not capable of being assigned, transferred or reissued (whether pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or. if inapplicable, then pursuant to the terms of such Contract or other applicable Law) to a Buyer at the Closing without the Consent of the issuer thereof or the other party thereto or any third party (including a Governmental Authority) (“ Deferred Item(s) ”), this Agreement will not constitute an assignment thereof, or an attempted assignment, unless any such Consent is obtained or the applicable Buyer specifically indicates in writing (with specific reference to this Section 2.5.1 and the Deferred Item at issue) at Closing that it desires such Deferred Item be transferred notwithstanding such restriction and indemnifies the applicable Seller for any liability relating to such transfer; provided that Sellers may not assign such right to indemnity to any Person.

2.5.2. Efforts to Obtain Necessary Consents . At the applicable Buyer’s request, the applicable Seller will, at the requesting Buyer’s sole cost and expense, use commercially reasonable efforts, and take such other commercially reasonable actions as such Buyer may request, and such applicable Buyer will, at its expense, cooperate with such Seller, to obtain the necessary Consents and to resolve the impracticalities of assignment, transfer or reissuance referred to in Section 2.5.1 before or after the Closing.

2.5.3. If Consents Cannot be Obtained . To the extent that the Consents referred to in Section 2.5.1 are not obtained by the applicable Seller, or until the impracticalities of assignment, transfer or reissuance referred to therein are resolved, such Sellers’ sole responsibility with respect to such matters, notwithstanding Sections 2.1.3 and 2.1.4, will be to appoint the applicable Buyer as its agent and to use Buyer’s commercially reasonable efforts during the twelve (12) month period commencing with the Closing to: (i) provide to the applicable Buyer the benefits of any Deferred Item; (ii) cooperate in any reasonable and lawful arrangement designed to provide such benefits to such Buyer, without incurring a financial obligation to such Buyer; and (iii) enforce for the account of such Buyer and at the cost of such Buyer any rights of such Seller arising from any Deferred Item referred to in Section 2.5.1 against such issuer thereof or other party or parties thereto; provided , however , that any such efforts shall be made with the consent of such Buyer. Such Buyer will pay such Seller or the Buyer acting as Seller’s agent the cost (including the cost of any internal resources) of providing the benefits of any Deferred Item.

2.5.4. Obligation of Buyer to Perform . To the extent that any Buyer is provided the benefits pursuant to Section 2.5.3 of any Deferred Item, such Buyer will perform, on behalf of the applicable Seller, for the benefit of the issuer of the Deferred Item or the other party or parties thereto (including payment obligations) the obligations of such Seller thereunder or in connection therewith and if such Buyer fails to perform to the extent required herein, such Seller, without waiving any rights or remedies that it may have under this Agreement or applicable Laws, may suspend its performance under Section 2.5.3 in respect of the instrument which is the subject of such failure to perform unless and until such situation is remedied; or upon such Buyer’s request, such Seller will perform, at such Buyer’s sole cost and expense, in which case such Buyer will reimburse such Seller’s costs of such performance immediately upon receipt of an invoice therefor.

2.5.5. Standard of Care . Sellers will have no Liability to any Buyer arising out of the provision of the benefits of the Deferred Items other than for gross negligence or willful misconduct and will have no Liability for actions taken in accordance with the request or direction of Buyers; provided such gross negligence or willful misconduct qualification shall not apply with respect to the remittance

 

37


of any collected Accounts Receivable to Buyers under any Deferred Items. Buyers will reimburse Sellers and will hold Sellers harmless from and against all Liabilities, incurred or asserted as a result of Sellers’ post-Closing direct or indirect ownership, management or operation of the Deferred Items.

 

  2.6 Restrictive Covenants .

To the extent that the GM Acquired Assets include a contract or other obligation, including without limitation non-compete or non-solicitation agreements, which would restrict or inhibit the GM Buyers from engaging in, owning an interest in any Person engaged in, or providing support (financial or otherwise) to any Person engaged in, any line of business, Sellers shall at the request of the GM Buyers use commercially reasonable efforts to terminate such contract or obligations and, at the election of the GM Buyers, such contract or obligation shall be excluded from the Acquired Assets; and in such case, Sellers and the GM Buyers shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts, at GM Buyer’s cost, to provide the GM Buyers with the rights and benefits of such excluded contract or obligation. To the extent that the GM Acquired Assets include a contract or obligation pursuant to which a third party has a preemptive or similar right to purchase any asset (including an equity interest in a joint venture), Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such third party not to exercise such right; and in such case, Sellers and GM Buyers shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts, at GM Buyer’s cost, to provide the GM Buyers with the rights and benefits of such asset (other than with respect to joint ventures).

To the extent that the Company Acquired Assets include a contract or other obligation, including without limitation non-compete or non-solicitation agreements, which would restrict or inhibit the Company Buyer from engaging in, owning an interest in any Person engaged in, or providing support (financial or otherwise) to any Person engaged in, any line of business, Sellers shall at the request of the Company Buyer use commercially reasonable efforts to terminate such contract or obligations. To the extent that the Company Acquired Assets include a contract or obligation pursuant to which a third party has a preemptive or similar right to purchase any asset (including an equity interest in a joint venture), Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such third party not to exercise such right.

 

  2.7 Allocation Among Buyers .

To the extent it is unclear whether a particular asset or liability should be considered a GM Acquired Asset or a Company Acquired Asset, or a GM Assumed Liability or a Company Assumed Liability, as the case may be (such as allocation of Accounts Receivable and accounts payable to a particular site), Delphi, the GM Buyers and the Company Buyer will work together in good faith to reasonably allocate such assets or liabilities to the GM Buyers and the Company Buyer in accordance with the principles set forth in this ARTICLE 2 and the definitions of GM Acquired Asset, Company Acquired Asset, GM Assumed Liability and Company Assumed Liability. In the event that a GM Sale Company holds Company Acquired Assets (or Company Assumed Liabilities), the GM Buyers and the Company Buyer will work together in good faith to transfer such Company Acquired Assets (or Company Assumed Liabilities) from the applicable GM Sale Company to one of the Company Buyer. In the event that a Company Sale Company holds GM Acquired Assets (or GM Assumed Liabilities), the GM Buyers and the Company Buyer will work together in good faith to transfer such GM Acquired Assets (or GM Assumed Liabilities) from the applicable Company Sale Company to one of the GM Buyers.

 

38


In addition, with respect to accounts payable and Accounts Receivable relating to the UAW Sites, the receivables will be collected and allocated and the payables paid and allocated to the appropriate Buyer as mutually agreed upon between the Company Buyer and the GM Buyers. Prior to Closing, the GM Buyers and Company Buyer will in good faith agree upon how intercompany receivables and intercompany payables shall be allocated between them following the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 3.

PURCHASE PRICE; ALLOCATION.

3.1 GM Purchase Price .

3.1.1. On the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in consideration of the Sales, Parent, on behalf of the GM Buyers and Old GM (solely with respect to Clause C. below) and GM (solely with respect to Clause C. below), will pay a purchase price (the “ GM Purchase Price ”) consisting of the following components:

A. The assumption of the GM Assumed Liabilities;

B. The assumption or payment of the applicable Cure Amounts of the GM Business included in the GM Assumed Liabilities;

C. The waiver by each of GM and Old GM of its prepetition Claims, Administrative Claims and future Claims in the Bankruptcy Cases including without limitation any such Claims pursuant to that certain Global Settlement Agreement, as amended, effective as of September 29, 2008, and each of the GM-Delphi Liquidity Agreements;

D. The payment to the DIP Agent of the DIP Payment (for distribution by the DIP Agent in accordance with the DIP Documents);

E. The payment to Delphi of certain expenses of Delphi and its Filing Affiliates following the Closing as set forth on Exhibit 3.1.1.E ; and

F. 50% of professional fees (not to exceed $15,000,000 as the payment from the GM Buyers) that are Administrative Claims required to be paid in cash by the Filing Affiliates in connection with the Filing Affiliates’ emergence from Chapter 11 pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization (excluding the costs of solicitation of approval for the Plan of Reorganization), plus the costs of solicitation of approval for the Plan of Reorganization that are Administrative Claims not to exceed $12,000,000; provided, that the sum of (x) the amounts paid pursuant to this Section 3.1.1.F , plus (y) applicable Cure Amounts paid or assumed by the GM Buyers, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $148,000,000.

3.1.2. The GM Purchase Price will be paid or delivered to the Persons provided above.

3.1.3. Following the Closing. the GM Buyers shall pay to the Company Buyer all of the net proceeds (after deducting all related costs and expenses of Delphi and GM or any of its Affiliates) that are recovered in connection with the pursuit of the Appaloosa Claim up to a maximum amount of $145,500,000.

 

39


  3.2 Company Purchase Price .

3.2.1. On the Closing Date, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in consideration of the Sales, the Company Buyer will pay or cause to be paid a purchase price (the “ Company Purchase Price ”) consisting of the following components:

A. The assumption of the Company Assumed Liabilities;

B. The assumption or payment of the applicable Cure Amounts of the Company Business included in the Company Assumed Liabilities;

C. An amount equal to 100% of the principal and interest due and owing in respect of the DIP Loans under the DIP Agreement (after giving effect to the application of any cash collateral for the DIP Loans) to the DIP Lenders, which amount shall be payable solely as an offset against the Claims of the DIP Lenders in respect of the DIP Loans under the DIP Agreement (the “ Credit Bid ”), which Credit Bid is being paid in consideration of the Company Acquired Assets, the Company Sales Securities, the GM Acquired Assets and the GM Sales Securities; and

D. 50% of professional fees (not to exceed $15,000,000 as the payment by the Company Buyer) that are Administrative Claims required to be paid in cash by the Filing Affiliates in connection with the Filing Affiliates’ emergence from Chapter II pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization (excluding the costs of solicitation of approval for the Plan of Reorganization),

3.2.2. The Company Purchase Price will be paid or delivered to the Person provided above.

3.2.3. To the extent payable following the Closing, the Company Buyer shall pay to a disbursement agent such amounts payable to the unsecured creditors of Delphi and the Filing Affiliates pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization as filed on the date of execution of this Agreement (without modification as to the consideration to be paid under this Section 3.2.3 unless consented to by Company Buyer) and the form of Company Buyer operating agreement included as an exhibit to the Securities Purchase Agreement as in effect as of the date hereof (regardless of whether such agreement is subsequently amended), for distribution to such unsecured creditors on behalf of Delphi and the Filing Affiliates, subject to the terms, conditions and limits as set forth in the Plan of Reorganization and such operating agreement, which payment to such disbursement agent shall be made only if the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization and which payment shall not exceed $300,000,000 in the aggregate. Prior to the Closing Date the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Delphi, and following the Closing Date DPH Holding Co., shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Section 3.2.3 . and shall be entitled to directly enforce the provisions of this Section 3.2.3 , and this provision cannot be amended, modified or waived without the written consent of such third-party beneficiary.

 

  3.3 GM Purchase Price and Company Purchase Price Allocation .

The sum of the GM Purchase Price and the Company Purchase Price and any other relevant items, including the GM Assumed Liabilities and the Company Assumed Liabilities, shall be allocated among the GM Acquired Assets, the GM Sales Securities, Company Acquired

 

40


Assets and the Company Sales Securities as jointly determined by Delphi, GM and the Company Buyer within a reasonable period of time, but not longer than 90 days after the Closing Date. To the extent permitted by Law, the Sellers and Buyers agree to abide by such allocation for all Tax purposes, and shall take no position on any Tax return inconsistent with such allocation. Without limiting the foregoing, the Sellers and Buyers shall file IRS Form 8594 in a manner consistent with such allocation. Each of the Sellers and Buyers will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to sustain such allocation in any subsequent audit, similar proceeding, appeal, or court proceeding.

ARTICLE 4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS.

Except as set forth in Delphi’s reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the date hereof, each Seller represents and warrants severally and jointly with Delphi to the applicable Buyers only with respect to itself and with respect to the Acquired Assets or Sale Securities being sold by such Seller to such Buyer as follows:

 

  4.1 Organization .

Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that such Seller and, if applicable, the Sale Company being sold by such Seller is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing, and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that such Seller and such, if applicable, Sale Company has or will the full requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and is duly qualified or licensed or admitted to do business in the jurisdictions in which the ownership of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed has not had and would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Delphi represents to the GM Buyer that it has delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement, or will deliver prior to Closing, deliver to the GM Buyer true and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or similar Organizational Documents of each of the Sale Companies relating to the Steering Business as in full force and effect on the date hereof. Delphi represents to the Company Buyer that it has delivered to the Company Buyer prior to the execution of this Agreement, or will deliver prior to Closing, true and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or similar Organizational Documents of each of the Company Sale Companies.

 

  4.2 Authorization; Enforceability .

Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that subject to entry and effectiveness of the Plan Modification Order, each such Seller has or will have at Closing, the requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to: (i) execute and deliver to the applicable Buyer this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which such Seller is a party; (ii) perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and (iii) consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the applicable Ancillary Agreements, including to own, hold, sell and transfer (pursuant to this Agreement) the Acquired Assets and the Sale Securities. Subject to entry and effectiveness of the Plan Modification Order, if applicable, the execution and delivery

 

41


of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to the applicable Buyer by Delphi and each Seller that is a party to any of such agreements, and the performance by each of them of their respective obligations under any of such agreements, in the case of Delphi have been, and in the case of the other Sellers, prior to the Closing Date will be, duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action on the part of such Person. Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to the applicable Buyer by such Seller, and the Ancillary Agreements will be duly executed and delivered by such Seller, as applicable, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the applicable Buyers, constitutes, or will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of each Seller, as applicable, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms, except: (a) as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and by general equitable principles relating to enforceability; and (b) that enforceability of this Agreement is subject to entry and effectiveness of the Plan Modification Order.

 

  4.3 Capital Stock of the Sale Companies and JV Companies .

4.3.1. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3.1 , each Securities Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that (i) such Securities Seller’s equity interests in the Sale Company and, if applicable, JV Company, is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Securities Seller as set forth on Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 to this Agreement (which Schedule also sets forth the number and type of such equity interests held by each Securities Seller); (ii) such Securities Seller’s Sale Securities are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid up and non-assessable and are not subject to any preemptive rights; and (iii) there are no voting trust agreements or other contracts, agreements or arrangements, to which any Securities Seller is a party, restricting voting or dividend rights or transferability with respect to the Sale Securities.

4.3.2. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3.1 or Schedule 4.3.2 . each Securities Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that there is no outstanding security, right, subscription, warrant, option, privilege or other agreement, commitment or contract, preemptive, contractual or otherwise that gives the right to: (i) purchase or otherwise receive or be issued any share capital or similar equity interest of such Sale Company or, if applicable, a JV Company or any security of any kind convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any share capital of such Sale Company or, if applicable, a JV Company; or (ii) receive or exercise any benefits or rights similar to any rights enjoyed by or accruing to a holder of share capital or similar equity interest of such Sale Company or, if applicable, a JV Company, including any rights to participate in the equity or income of such Sale Company or, if applicable, a JV Company, or to participate in or direct the election of any directors of such Sale Company or, if applicable, a JV Company or the manner in which any share capital or similar equity interest of such Sale Company or, if applicable, a JV Company, are voted.

4.3.3. Each Securities Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that at Closing upon payment of the Purchase Price, such Securities Seller will convey to the applicable Buyer valid and marketable title to (x) all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of such Sale Company; and (y) if applicable, all shares of the JV Companies currently owned by such Securities Seller; in each case, free and clear of all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances.

 

42


  4.4 No Conflict or Approvals .

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 , each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that subject to entry and effectiveness of the Plan Modification Order and the effectiveness of the DIP Direction, and entry of a final order from the Bankruptcy Court related thereto, the execution, delivery and performance by such Seller of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements do not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of Organizational Documents of such Seller or, if applicable, the Sale Companies and the JV Companies; (ii) violate or result in a breach of any Governmental Order or Law applicable to such Seller, such Sale Company or the JV Companies or any of their respective properties or assets; (iii) require any Governmental Approval, except as set forth in this Agreement and in each case for consents, approvals, authorizations of, declarations or filings with the Bankruptcy Court; or (iv) result in a breach, right of acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation of any of the Material Contracts of such Seller or Sale Companies; except: (x) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of such Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (y) are excused by or unenforceable as a result of the filing of the Bankruptcy Cases or the applicability of any provision of or any applicable law of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

  4.5 Sufficiency of Acquired Assets.

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5 , the Acquired Assets and assets of the Sale Companies, together with the Intellectual Property rights to be licensed from Sellers to Buyers pursuant to the I P License Agreement and the services to be provided to Buyers pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, comprise all of the assets necessary to carry on the Company Business and the Steering Business in all material respects as they are now being conducted. The Acquired Assets and assets of the Sale Companies, together with the Intellectual Property rights to be licensed from Sellers to Buyers pursuant to the IP License Agreement and the services to be provided to Buyers pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, comprise all of the assets necessary for the GM Buyers to manufacture the UAW Site Products after closing in all material respects as now being manufactured.

 

  4.6 Intellectual Property.

4.6.1. Schedule 1.1.D.1 , Schedule 1.1.D.2 and Schedule 1.1.D.3 , respectively, list all the issued Patent Rights and Patent Rights applications, all Trademark Rights registrations and applications therefor, and all Copyright registrations and applications therefor, included in the Purchased Intellectual Property for the Steering Business identified as of the date of this Agreement. Except as: (i) set forth in Schedule 1.1.D.1 ; or (ii) instances in which such issued Patent Rights or Patent Rights applications are jointly owned with a third party, or (iii) as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and subject to Permitted Encumbrances and the rights and limitations established by the Material Contracts, Sellers own the entire right, title and interest in their respective Purchased Intellectual Property, and have the right to transfer such Sellers’ right, title and interest in them and have the right to license the Shared Intellectual Property as set forth in this Agreement. Buyers shall have the right to bring actions for all past, present and future infringement or unauthorized use of the Purchased Intellectual Property.

4.6.2. There are no licenses to Affiliates of Sellers of Steering Technology other than those set forth in Schedule 4.6.2 .

 

43


4.6.3. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.6.3 with respect to the Steering Business as of the date of such schedule, and except as would not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Seller has not, to such Seller’s Knowledge, infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, and the operation of the Business as currently conducted does not to such Sellers’ Knowledge infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property rights of any third party to any extent that would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) each Seller has no Knowledge of any allegation by any third party of such Seller’s Intellectual Property infringement or misappropriation, resulting from the operation of the Business during the last three (3) years that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6.4. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.6.4 with respect to the Steering Business as of the date of such schedule, each Seller has no Knowledge of any material infringement, misappropriation or other violation of such Seller’s Purchased Intellectual Property by any Person that would have a Material Adverse Effect

4.6.5. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6.5 with respect to the Steering Business as of the date of such schedule, and except as would not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect: (i) Delphi has received no notice of a claim by any third party contesting the validity, enforceability, use or ownership of any of the material Purchased Intellectual Property within the past three (3) years that to Delphi’s Knowledge is currently outstanding or is threatened; and (ii) each Seller and Sale Company has taken reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality and value of such Seller’s and Sale Company’s Trade Secrets included in the Purchased Intellectual Property.

4.7 Personal Property Assets, Inventory .

4.7.1. Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, such Asset Seller and such Sale Company have good title to, or hold by valid and existing lease or license, all of their Personal Property included in their respective Acquired Assets. All such Personal Property is free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

4.7.2. Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that such Sale Company and such Asset Seller, with respect to their Acquired Assets, will own, or have valid leasehold interests in, all of their Personal Property and Inventory being transferred to applicable Buyers under this Agreement, and to each Seller’s Knowledge, all of their respective transferred Personal Property used by the applicable Business are in such condition (considering age and purpose for which they are used) as to enable the applicable Business to be conducted as currently conducted without material disruption.

4.7.3. Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Inventory included in such Seller’s Acquired Assets will, as of the Closing, be: (i) located at the Real Property; (ii) of a quality usable and saleable in the Ordinary Course of Business, subject to normal allowances for spoilage, damage and outdated items.

4.8 Real Property .

4.8.1. Leased Properties. Schedule 4.8.1 lists the address of all real property leased, subleased or equivalent leasehold rights in U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions, by any GM Sale Company or constituting GM Acquired Assets (the “ GM Leased Real Property ”), including any option to purchase the underlying property and leasehold improvements thereon and all security deposits deposited on or on

 

44


behalf of each Seller related to such leases. Delphi has made available to Parent true and complete copies of the leases (including all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect thereto) (the “ Leases ”) and subleases covering the GM Leased Real Property (as amended to the date of this Agreement). With respect to the GM Leased Real Property, each lease and sublease and except as otherwise specified on Schedule 4.8.1 or where the failure of any of the following to be true and correct has not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

A. The Leases are, to the Knowledge of the applicable Seller, in all material respects, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect, in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a Proceeding in equity or at law); and

B. (i) None of the Sale Companies, or the Asset Sellers or, to the Knowledge of the applicable Seller, any other party to its Leases, is in material breach under its Leases, other than with respect to monetary defaults by such Asset Sellers under the Leases that are curable by payment of all Cure Amounts, if applicable, and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, no event has occurred which, with the delivery of notice or passage of time or expiration of any grace period would constitute a material breach of the respective Sale Company’s or its Asset Seller’s obligations under the Leases (except with respect to breaches that need not be cured under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code for the Filing Affiliates to assume and assign the Leases to Buyer, if applicable); and (ii) none of the Sale Companies or the Asset Sellers has received a notice of breach with respect to its Leases.

4.8.2. Owned Properties. Schedule 4.8.2 lists the address of all real property owned by any of the GM Sale Companies or GM Asset Sellers or which constitutes GM Acquired Assets (the “ GM Owned Real Property ”). With respect to each such parcel of the GM Owned Real Property and except as otherwise specified on Schedule 4.8.2 , the identified owner has good and marketable fee simple title, or equivalent title rights in non-U.S. jurisdictions, to the parcel of the GM Owned Real Property, free and clear of any Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances.

4.9 Financial Statements .

4.9.1. The GM Sellers represent to the GM Buyers as follows with respect to the Steering Business: Schedule 4.9.1 sets forth the unaudited combined balance sheets of the Global Steering Business as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the related unaudited combined statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 (referred to as the “Historical Financial Statements”). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9.1 , and limited to such applicable Seller’s Knowledge with respect to the JV Companies, each Historical Financial Statement was, at the time prepared, (i) true, correct and complete in all material respects with respect to the purpose for which it was prepared, as of the date thereof, subject to the absence of notes and normal year end adjustments; (ii) consistent with prior practice, subject to the exceptions and adjustments described in Schedule 4.9.2 ; (iii) prepared from the accounting records of the Asset Sellers, Sale Companies and JV Companies, in accordance with the specific accounting treatments consistently used by Seller in preparation of its books and records; (iv) with respect to the Historical Financial Statements, subject to the exceptions and adjustments set forth in Schedule 4.9.2, presents fairly in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations of the combined business as of the respective dates of and for the periods referred to in such financial statements; and (v) in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, subparagraph (iii) shall take precedence over subparagraphs (iv) and (v), and subparagraph (iv) shall take precedence over subparagraph (v).

 

45


4.9.2. The GM Sellers represent to the GM Buyers as follows: Except as specifically reflected or reserved against in the December 31, 2006 balance sheet that is part of the Historical Financial Statements or otherwise disclosed on Schedule 4.9.2 , there are no Liabilities that would be required to be disclosed in accordance with GAAP against, relating to or affecting the Steering Business, other than Liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since December 31, 2006.

4.10 Compliance with Law; Permits .

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 , each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, its applicable Business is currently in material compliance with all material Laws. Each of the Sale Companies possess all Permits necessary to own, lease and operate its assets and conduct the applicable Business as currently conducted, and the Asset Sellers possess all Permits necessary to own, lease and operate their respective Acquired Assets except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The representations and warranties relating to Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits are exclusively set forth in Section 4.15 .

4.11 Proceedings; Orders .

Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and except for the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases (and except with respect to compliance with Environmental Laws, which is covered by Section 4.15 ), there are no Proceedings or Governmental Orders pending against such Sale Company or such Asset Sellers or, to the Knowledge of each Seller, the JV Companies, and to the Knowledge of each Seller there are no Proceedings or Governmental Orders threatened against any of such Sale Company, such Asset Sellers or the JV Companies with respect to its applicable Business.

4.12 Tax Matters .

4.12.1. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12.1 , each Sale Company and Asset Seller has: (i) duly and timely filed with the appropriate federal, state, local and foreign authorities or governmental agencies, all of its material Tax Returns required to be filed and, when filed, such Tax Returns were true, correct and complete in all material respects; and (ii) paid all of its material Taxes shown thereon as due and owing, except in the case of Filing Affiliates, Taxes which may have been prohibited by the Bankruptcy Code.

4.12.2. The Sellers and Sale Companies have each withheld and paid all of their respective material Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any Transferred Employee.

4.12.3. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12.3 , no Sale Company has received any notice of assessment with respect to the potential underpayment of Taxes or other deficiency. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.12.3 , all assessments made as a result of any examinations with respect to, in connection with, associated with or related to, the Sale Companies have been fully paid or are fully reflected as a liability in the financial statements of the Sale Company.

 

46


4.12.4. No Sale Company is a party to any agreement, Contract or plan that has resulted or would result, separately or in the aggregate, in the payment of any excess parachute payments within the meaning of Code Section 2800.

4.12.5. Except with respect to Taxes not yet due and payable or as set forth in Schedule 4.12.5, there are no tax liens on the Acquired Assets or on any of the assets of the Sale Companies that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax.

4.12.6. Except as set forth in Schedule 4. 12.6, no Sale Companies have waived any statue of limitations or agreed to any extension of time with respect to an assessment or deficiency of Taxes.

4.13 Employee Benefits; Labor .

4.13.1. Schedule 4.13.1 contains a list of all U.S. Employees and Non-U.S. Employees of the Steering Business, and employees of the Sale Companies included in the Steering Business. including for all such employees: (i) each such person’s title or job/position/job code; (ii) each such person’s job designation (i.e., salaried or hourly); (iii) each such person’s location of employment; (iv) each such person’s employment status (i.e., actively employed (including without limitation those on layoff status) or not actively at work (due to, e.g., illness, short term disability, sick leave, authorized leave or absence, etc.)); (v) each such person’s current annual base rate of compensation; (vi) each person’s date of hire; and (vii) any material, individual specific provisions relating to such person’s employment (e.g., non-compete agreement, separation pay agreement), in each case, to the extent permitted to be disclosed under applicable Law (including local privacy laws).

4.13.2. Schedule 4.13.2 , sets forth a list of the Seller Employee Benefit Plans, including each Non-U.S. Benefit Plan for the employees of the Steering Business and each Employee Benefit Plan for U.S. Employees.

4.13.3. To the extent applicable to employees of the Steering Business and each Seller Employee Benefit Plan for U.S. Employees. copies of the following materials have been delivered or made available to Parent with respect to each Seller Employee Benefit Plan to the extent applicable to the Steering Business: (i) current plan documents, any related trust agreements, service provider agreements, insurance contracts or agreements with investment managers; (ii) the most recent summary plan description and summary of material modifications to the extent not included in the summary plan description in each case distributed to employees; (iii) current agreements and other documents relating to the funding or payment of benefits; and (iv) the most recent actuarial valuation report, if applicable.

4.13.4. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13.4 , or where the failure to comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect, the Seller Employee Benefit Plans are in compliance with their terms and applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code and other Laws (if applicable). Each Seller Employee Benefit Plan and related trust which is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401 or 501, as applicable, of the Code has received a favorable determination letter as to its qualification and to the Knowledge of Sellers, nothing has occurred that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect such determination.

4.13.5. Except as: (i) set forth in Schedule 4.13.5 ; and (ii) routine claims for benefits by participants and beneficiaries, there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, material threatened Proceedings in the U.S. with respect to any Seller Employee Benefit Plans of the Steering Business or that otherwise might have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the other Seller Employee Benefit Plans applicable to any U.S. Employees.

 

47


4.13.6. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.13.6 no event or condition has occurred in connection with which any of the Sale Companies or Sellers or any member of the Controlled Group (as defined below) could be subject to any material Liability or Encumbrance under Title IV of ERISA.

4.13.7. None of the Sale Companies nor any member of the Controlled Group (as defined below) currently has or for the past five (5) years has had an obligation to contribute to a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or Section 414(f) of the Code.

4.13.8. With respect to each group health plan that is subject to Section 4980B of the Code maintained by any entity described in this Section 4.13.8 . the Sale Companies and each member of the Controlled Group (as defined below) have complied with the continuation coverage requirements of Section 4980B of the Code and Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13.8 , no Seller Employee Benefit Plan provides welfare coverage that extends after the termination of employment other than for continued coverage provided pursuant to the requirements of Section 4980B of the Code or other similar provision of state law. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Controlled Group ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated): (i) under common control within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA with any of the Sale Companies; or (ii) which together with any of the Sale Companies is treated as a single employer under Section 414(t) of the Code.

4.13.9. Sellers are not in default in performing any of their obligations under any Seller Employee Benefit Plan or any related trust agreement or insurance contract with respect to the Steering Business or, in the case of any other business of the Sellers, where such default would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13.9 , all contributions and other payments required to be made by Sellers to any Seller Employee Benefit Plan with respect to any period ending before or at the Closing Date have been made or reserves adequate for such contributions or other payments have been or will be set aside therefor. There are no material outstanding Liabilities of, or related to, any Seller Employee Benefit Plan other than Liabilities for benefits to be paid in the Ordinary Course of Business to participants in such Seller Employee Benefit Plan and their beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of such Seller Employee Benefit Plan. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13.9 , there are no Contracts or other arrangements providing for any bonus or other payments to any Transferred Employees arising as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.13.10. No transaction contemplated by this Agreement will result in liability under Sections 4062, 4063, 4064, or 4069 of ERISA or otherwise, with respect to Sellers or Buyers or any corporation or organization controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA, and no event or condition exists or has existed which would reasonably be expected to result in any such liability with respect to the foregoing within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA.

4.13.11. Schedule 4.13.11 lists all material Collective Bargaining Agreements applicable to employees of the Steering Business or U.S. Hourly Employees. Sellers have given access or delivered to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of each of the Collective Bargaining Agreements with respect to the Steering Business and the Seller’s business in the U.S. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.13.11 , Sellers are, and for the past twelve (12) months (i) with respect to the Steering

 

48


Business and the Seller’s business in the U.S. have remained in material compliance with each Collective Bargaining Agreement and (ii) with respect to the Seller’s non-U.S. business have remained in compliance with each Collective Bargaining Agreement except where failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, any notice required under any Law or Collective Bargaining Agreement has been or prior to Closing will be given, and Seller will be in compliance with all bargaining obligations with any employee representative except where failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.13.12. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.13.12 : (i) with respect to the Seller’s Steering Business and Seller’s U.S. business, there is no labor strike, dispute, slowdown or stoppage actually pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened against or involving Sellers or any Sale Company; (ii) with respect to the Seller’s Steering Business and Seller’s U.S. business, neither Sellers nor any Sale Company has in the past three (3) years experienced any work stoppage or other labor difficulty or organizational activity relating to any of its employees; (iii) with respect to the Seller’s Steering Business, no material labor grievance relating to any employee of Sellers or any Sale Company is pending as of the date of Schedule 4.13.12 ; and (iv) with respect to the Seller’s Steering Business and Seller’s U.S. business, neither Sellers nor any Sale Company has any labor negotiations in process with any labor union or other labor organization. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13.12 or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no pending litigations, administrative proceedings, grievances, arbitrations, investigations or claims against Sellers or any Sale Companies whether under applicable Laws, Collective Bargaining Agreements, employment agreements or otherwise asserted by any present employee or former employee (or their representative) or any other Person as relates to the Business, including claims on account of or for: (a) overtime pay, other than overtime pay for work done during the current payroll period; (b) wages or salary for any period other than the current payroll period; (c) any amount of vacation pay or pay in lieu of vacation or time off; or (d) any violation of any statute, ordinance or regulation relating to minimum wages or maximum hours at work, and, to Sellers’ Knowledge, there are no such claims which have yet to be asserted.

4.13.13. With respect to each benefit plan, bonus, deferred compensation, severance pay, pension, profit-sharing, retirement, insurance, stock purchase, stock option, vacation pay, sick pay or other fringe benefit plan, arrangement or practice that is currently sponsored or maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States by any Sale Company, that is not subject to the laws of the United States, and that covers an employee of a Sale Company that resides or works outside the United States (each a “ Non-U.S. Benefit Plan ”), the following representations are made with respect to those Non U.S. Benefit Plans (x) with respect to the Seller’s Steering Business and (y) except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Seller’s businesses other than the Seller’s Steering Business:

A. All employer and employee contributions, to the extent directly paid by the employer, to each Non U.S. Benefit Plan required by law or by the terms of such Non U.S. Benefit Plan have been made, or, if applicable, accrued in accordance with GAAP; and

B. Each Non U.S. Benefit Plan required to be registered or approved has been registered or approved and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities. Each Non U.S. Benefit Plan is now and always has been operated in material compliance with all applicable Laws.

 

49


  4.14 Contracts .

4.14.1. Schedule 4.14.1 sets forth a true and complete list as of the date of such schedule of each of the following Contracts to which such Sale Company, or such Asset Seller with respect to the Steering Business, is a party or by which any of them is bound, other than Seller Employee Benefit Plans (collectively, the “ Material Contracts ”):

A. Contracts (other than purchase order Contracts) involving the expenditure by the Sale Companies or the Asset Sellers in respect of the Steering Business of more than $500,000 in any instance for the purchase of materials, supplies, equipment or services, excluding any such contracts that are terminable by the Sale Companies or the Asset Sellers without penalty on not more than one hundred eighty (180) days notice;

B. Indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, capital leases, security agreements or other agreements for the incurrence of material Debt Obligations with respect to the Steering Business;

C. Guarantees of obligations (other than endorsements made for collection) involving the potential expenditure by the Sale Companies or the Asset Sellers in respect of the Steering Business after the date of this Agreement of more than $500,000 in any instance;

D. Contracts under which any Seller or the Sale Companies has licensed material Purchased Intellectual Property to, or material Licensed Intellectual Property from, any other Person with respect to the Steering Business;

E. Partnership, joint venture agreements or other agreements involving a sharing of profits or expenses by the Sale Companies or the relevant Asset Seller party thereto with respect to the Steering Business;

F. All Contracts containing any provision or covenant prohibiting or materially limiting the ability of any Sale Company to engage in any Business activity or in any region or compete with any Person with respect to the Steering Business;

G. All Contracts (other than purchase order Contracts with Affiliates) between the Sale Companies or Asset Sellers with respect to the Steering Business, on the one hand, and any Seller or its officers, directors or Affiliates (other than the Sale Companies or any of the Asset Sellers with respect to the Steering Business);

H. Contracts (other than purchase order Contracts) providing that a Sale Company or any Asset Seller in respect of the Steering Business will receive future payments aggregating more than $2,500,000 per annum or $10,000,000 in the aggregate prior to the expiration of such Contract;

I. Collective Bargaining Agreements, works council agreements and similar agreements with any labor organization or employee representative with respect to the Steering Business;

J. All letters of credit, performance bonds and other similar items issued and outstanding in connection with the Steering Business; and

 

50


K. Agreements compromising. settling or resolving any material dispute affecting a Seller or a Sale Company pursuant to which, on or after the execution date of this Agreement, any Seller, with respect to a matter that would otherwise become an Assumed Liability, or any Sale Company will be required to pay consideration valued in excess of $500,000 or to satisfy monitoring or reporting obligations to any Governmental Authority outside the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to the Steering Business.

4.14.2. As of the date of such schedule and with respect to the Steering Business, except as set forth in Schedule 4.14.2 , and other than with respect to monetary defaults by Sellers under Material Contracts that are curable by payment of all Cure Amounts, if applicable, no event has occurred or would be reasonably likely to occur as of the date of such schedule that constitutes a material default (except with respect to defaults that need not be cured under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code for Sellers to assume and assign such Material Contracts to Buyers, if applicable) by: (i) any of the Sale Companies or any Asset Seller under any Material Contract; or (ii) any other party to any Material Contract. As of the date of such schedule and with respect to the Steering Business, Schedule 4.14.2 identifies all Post Petition Contracts included within the Material Contracts, other than immaterial Post­Petition Contracts and open purchase orders entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business.

4.14.3. The Sellers have made or will make available to the GM Buyers a true and correct copy of all written Contracts disclosed on Schedule 4.14.1 (other than purchase orders and those subject to confidentiality provisions that prohibit disclosure to third parties), in each case together with all amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.

 

  4.15 Environmental Matters .

Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.15 , since January 1, 1999, to the Knowledge of each of the Sellers with respect to such Seller’s Business or except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

4.15.1. The Business is in compliance with Environmental Laws and with Environmental Permits applicable to the Business and the Real Property;

4.15.2. From February 1, 2009 through the Closing, no lien, restrictive covenant, engineering and/or institutional control or other land or resource use restriction has been, nor shall any be, recorded against or imposed upon the Real Property under Environmental Laws;

4.15.3. None of the Sale Companies or the Asset Sellers with respect to their respective Acquired Assets and their Business has received any written notice from a Governmental Authority alleging that the Business as currently operated violates in any material respects any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits;

4.15.4. Each Sale Company and Asset Seller with respect to their respective Acquired Assets and their Business has not received and has no Knowledge of the issuance of any Claim under Environmental Law with respect to the Real Property;

4.15.5. Each Sale Company and Asset Seller with respect to their respective Acquired Assets and their Business has obtained and maintains in full force and effect all Environmental Permits required for the operation of the Business and occupancy of the Real Property; and

 

51


4.15.6. By the Closing Date, Sellers shall have delivered or otherwise made available to (a) the GM Buyers, the GM Environmental Records and all Environmental Records at any GM Real Property relating to the GM Business, and (b) the Company Buyer, all Environmental Records at any Company Real Property relating to the Company Business.

 

  4.16 Insurance .

4.16.1. Schedule 4.16 contains a complete and correct list, in all material respects, of all material policies of insurance, other than Insurance Policies relating to multiple business lines of Delphi, covering any of the assets primarily used in the Steering Business, other than Excluded Assets, indicating for each policy the carrier, risks insured, the amounts of coverage, deductible, expiration date and any material pending claims thereunder.

4.16.2. Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to their Transferred Insurance Policies, all such policies are outstanding and in full force and effect and neither the Sale Companies, the Asset Sellers nor the Person to whom any policy has been issued has received any notice of cancellation or termination in respect of any policy or is in default thereunder. Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that neither such Sale Company, such Asset Sellers nor the Person to whom any Policy has been issued has received notice that any insurer under such Transferred Insurance Policies is denying coverage or defending under a reservation of rights clause.

 

  4.17. No Brokers’ Fees .

Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that such Seller has employed no finder, broker, agent or other intermediary in connection with the negotiation or consummation of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby for which Buyers, the Sale Companies or the JV Companies would be liable (including any claim for a finder’s fee or brokerage commission).

 

  4.18 Affiliate Transactions .

Each Seller represents to the applicable Buyer that except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of its officers or directors of any Seller provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities used or held for use in connection with the Business; and (ii) the Business does not provide or cause to be provided any assets, services or facilities to any such officer or director.

 

  4.19 No Other Representations or Warranties .

Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE 4 : (i) the Sellers make no other express or implied representation or warranty to any of the Buyers; and (ii) no Seller is making any representations with respect to any plan(s) of Buyers for the future conduct of the Business, or any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. For the avoidance of doubt, except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE 4 , no warranty or representation is given on the contents of the documents provided during due diligence, including any information in any Data Room and any other reports, financial forecasts, projections or information furnished by or on behalf of Delphi or any Seller or their officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives or in any other documents or other information not contained in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

 

52


  4.20 Fair Disclosure; Schedule Data .

4.20.1. The information set forth in each Section of the Schedules shall be deemed to provide the information contemplated by, or otherwise qualify, the representation and warranties of the Sellers set forth in the corresponding section or subsection of the agreement and any other representation of the Sellers, but only to the extent that it is reasonably apparent on the face of the Schedule that it applies to such other representation.

4.20.2. The information set forth on the schedules referred to in this ARTICLE 4 in each case is only provided as of the date set forth on such schedule. To the extent that a schedule is dated prior to the date of this Agreement, the related representation in this Agreement is only made as of such date.

ARTICLE 5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GM BUYERS.

The GM Buyers jointly and severally represent and warrant to the GM Sellers and to the Company Buyer as follows:

 

  5.1 Organization .

Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that it is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that it has the full requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and is duly qualified or licensed or admitted to do business and is in good standing in the jurisdictions in which the ownership of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed: (i) has not had and would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the ability of GM Buyers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on GM Buyers.

 

  5.2 Authorization; Enforceability .

Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that it has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to the GM Sellers and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to the GM Sellers by each GM Buyer and the performance by each of them of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, in the case of Parent have been, and in the case of the other Buyers prior to the Closing Date will be, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such GM Buyer and, upon such authorization, no other corporate or shareholder proceedings or actions are necessary to authorize or consummate this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the GM Buyers, and the Ancillary Agreements will be duly executed and delivered by the applicable GM Buyers

 

53


and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Sellers, constitutes, or will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of the applicable GM Buyers, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  5.3 No Conflicts or Approvals .

Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that the execution, delivery to the GM Sellers and performance by GM Buyer of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by the GM Buyers of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach by the GM Buyer of the Organizational Documents of the GM Buyer; (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default by GM Buyer (or create an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, franchise, permit, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument to which the GM Buyer or any of its properties or assets may be bound; (iii) violate or result in a breach of any Governmental Order or Law applicable to GM Buyer or any of its properties or assets; or (iv) except for applicable requirements of the HSR Act, the EC Merger Regulation and other applicable Competition/Investment Law, require any Governmental Approval, except, with respect to the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of GM Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  5.4 Proceedings .

Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that as of the date hereof, there are no Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of GM Buyer, threatened against GM Buyer that would reasonably be expected to restrain, delay or inhibit the ability of GM Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that as of the date hereof, such GM Buyer is not subject to any Governmental Order that would reasonably be expected to restrain, delay or otherwise inhibit the ability of such GM Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  5.5 Investment Representations .

5.5.1. Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that the GM Buyer is acquiring the GM Sales Securities for its own account solely for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction. Each GM Buyer agrees with GM Sellers that it will not transfer any of the GM Sales Securities, except in compliance with the Securities Act and with the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction.

5.5.2. Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that such GM Buyer is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

54


5.5.3. Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that such GM Buyer understands that the acquisition of the GM Sales Securities to be acquired by it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement involves substantial risk. Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that GM Buyer and its officers have experience as an investor in securities and equity interests of companies such as the ones being transferred pursuant to this Agreement and acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the GM Sales Securities to be acquired by it pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.5.4. Each GM Buyer further understands and acknowledges to the GM Sellers that the GM Sales Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction and agrees with GM Sellers that the GM Sales Securities may not be transferred unless such transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or under the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction, or, in each case, pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom.

5.5.5. GM Buyer acknowledges to GM Seller that the offer and sale of the GM Sales Securities has not been accomplished by the publication of any advertisement.

 

  5.6 Financial Ability .

GM Buyers have the financial ability or will have available at Closing, sufficient Cash in immediately available funds to pay the GM Purchase Price, and all costs, fees and expenses necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  5.7 Adequate Assurance of Future Performance .

Each GM Buyer represents to the Sellers that such GM Buyer will be able to provide, at or prior to Closing, adequate assurance of its future performance (or future performance of any applicable subsidiary of a GM Buyer) under each applicable Acquired Contract to the parties thereto (other than Sellers) in satisfaction of Section 365(f)(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, and no other or further assurance will be necessary thereunder with respect to any Acquired Contract. Each GM Buyer acknowledges to the applicable GM Seller and agrees with the GM Seller that if it is necessary to provide a Contract counter-party with additional assurances to satisfy such GM Buyer’s obligations to provide adequate assurance in accordance with this Section 5.7 , all such costs and expenses or other actions required will be borne and performed by such GM Buyer without recourse to Sellers.

 

  5.8 No Brokers’ Fees .

Except for Evercore Partners and AlixPartners (which shall be paid by GM or a GM Buyer), payment of whose fees will be solely GM’s responsibility, each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that such GM Buyer has not employed any finder, broker, agent or other intermediary in connection with the negotiation or consummation of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby for which Sellers would be liable.

 

55


  5.9 Anti-Money Laundering .

Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that such GM Buyer is in compliance with: (i) all applicable provisions of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-57) (“ USA PATRIOT Act ”) as amended and all regulations issued pursuant to it; (ii) Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibited Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism; (iii) the International Emergency Economic Power Act (50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.), and any applicable implementing regulations; (iv) the Trading with the Enemies Act (50 U.S.C. 50 et seq.), and any applicable implementing regulations; and (v) all applicable legal requirements relating to anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism and economic sanctions in the jurisdictions in which any Buyer operates or does business. Neither such GM Buyer nor any of its directors, officers or affiliates is identified on the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control’s (“ OFAC ”) list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” (the “ SDN List ”) or otherwise the target of an economic sanctions program administered by OFAC, and such GM Buyer is not affiliated in any way with, nor providing financial or material support to, any such persons or entities. Each GM Buyer agrees that should it or any GM Buyer, or any of their directors, officers or affiliates be named at any time prior to Closing on the SDN List, or any other similar list maintained by the U.S. Government, it will inform Delphi in writing immediately.

 

  5.10 Compliance with Laws .

Each GM Buyer represents to the GM Sellers that such GM Buyer is in compliance with all Laws applicable to such GM Buyer, except with respect to those violations that would not reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of an order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting such GM Buyer from consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  5.11 No Undisclosed Agreements .

GM Buyer has disclosed and will disclose all written agreements between it and the Company Buyer relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or Delphi.

ARTICLE 6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GM

 

  6.1 Authorization; Enforceability .

GM represents to Delphi that it has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Buyer Loan Documents and the Securities Purchase Agreement (together, and including, without limitation, any and all exhibits, annexes, schedules, fee letters and other ancillary documents, the “ GM Financing Agreements ”) and this Agreement and perform its obligations thereunder and hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the GM Financing Agreements by GM and the performance by GM of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of GM, and no other corporate or shareholder proceedings or actions are necessary to authorize or consummate this Agreement, the GM Financing Agreements or the transactions contemplated

 

56


hereby or thereby. This Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by GM, and the Buyer Loan Documents will have been duly executed and delivered by GM, on or prior to the Closing and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto (other than the GM Buyers), constitutes, or in the case of the Buyer Loan Documents will constitute as of the Closing, a valid and binding agreement of GM, enforceable against GM in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  6.2 No Conflicts or Approvals .

GM represents to Delphi that the execution, delivery and performance by GM of this Agreement and the GM Financing Agreements (when executed) and the consummation by GM of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach by the GM of the Organizational Documents of GM; (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default by GM (or create an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, franchise, permit, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument to which the GM or any of its properties or assets may be bound; (iii) violate or result in a breach of any Governmental Order or Law applicable to GM or any of its properties or assets; or (iv) except for applicable requirements of the HSR Act and other applicable Competition/Investment Law, except, with respect to the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of GM to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Securities Purchase Agreement or the Buyer Loan Documents (when executed).

 

  6.3 GM Financing Arrangements .

GM represents to Delphi that it has delivered to Delphi (a) a true, correct and complete signed copy of the Securities Purchase Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and (b) a true correct and complete copy of the form of Buyer Loan Documents, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, pursuant to which GM has agreed to provide to the Company Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date the equity and debt financing described therein (the “ GM Financing ”). The GM Financing is subject to no contingencies or conditions other than those set forth in the copies of the GM Financing Agreements delivered to Delphi. As of the date hereof, no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach on the part of GM under the GM Financing Agreements.

ARTICLE 7.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY BUYER.

The Company Buyer represents and warrants (and to the extent there is more than one Company Buyer, the Company Buyer jointly and severally represent and warrant) to the Company Sellers and the GM Buyers, as follows:

 

57


7.1 Organization .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that it is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that it has the full requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and is duly qualified or licensed or admitted to do business and is in good standing in the jurisdictions in which the ownership of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed: (i) has not had and would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Company Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on Company Buyer.

7.2 Authorization; Enforceability .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that it has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to the Sellers and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by the Company Buyer and the performance by each of them of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been, and in the case of the other Company Buyer prior to the Closing Date will be, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Company Buyer and, upon such authorization, no other corporate or shareholder proceedings or actions are necessary to authorize or consummate this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company Buyer to the Company Sellers, and the Ancillary Agreements will be duly executed and delivered by the Company Buyer and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by all other parties thereto (other than the Company Buyer), constitutes, or will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of the applicable Company Buyer, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

7.3 No Conflicts or Approvals .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that the execution, delivery to the Sellers and performance by Company Buyer of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by the Company Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach by the Company Buyer of the Organizational Documents of the Company Buyer; (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default by Company Buyer (or create an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, franchise, permit, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument to which the Company Buyer or any of its properties or assets may be bound; (iii) violate or result in a breach of any Governmental Order or Law applicable to Company Buyer or any of its properties

 

58


or assets; or (iv) except for applicable requirements of the HSR Act, the EC Merger Regulation and other applicable Competition Investment Law, require any Governmental Approval, except, with respect to the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of Company Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.4 Proceedings .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that as of the date hereof, there are no Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Company Buyer, threatened against Company Buyer that could reasonably be expected to restrain, delay or inhibit the ability of Company Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that as of the date hereof, Company Buyer is not subject to any Governmental Order that could reasonably be expected to restrain, delay or otherwise inhibit the ability of Company Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.5 Investment Representations .

7.5.1. The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that the Company Buyer is acquiring the Sale Securities for its own account solely for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction. The Company Buyer agrees with Sellers that it will not transfer any of the Sale Securities, except in compliance with the Securities Act and with the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction.

7.5.2. The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that Company Buyer is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.

7.5.3. The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that Company Buyer understands that the acquisition of the Company Sales Securities to be acquired by it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement involves substantial risk. The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that Company Buyer and its officers have experience as an investor in securities and equity interests of companies such as the ones being transferred pursuant to this Agreement and acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Sale Securities to be acquired by it pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.5.4. Company Buyer further understands and acknowledges to Company Sellers that the Company Sales Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction and agrees with Company Sellers that the Company Sales Securities may not be transferred unless such transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or under the applicable securities Laws of any other jurisdiction, or, in each case, pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom.

7.5.5. Company Buyer acknowledges to Company Seller that the offer and sale of the Sale Securities has not been accomplished by the publication of any advertisement.

 

59


7.6 Company Financing Agreements .

7.6.1. The Company Buyer has provided to Sellers true, complete and correct copies of the executed Company Financing Agreements. The execution and delivery of the Company Financing Agreements by the Company Buyer and the Backstop Parties which are parties thereto and the performance by each of them of their respective obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by each such party thereto and no other corporate, shareholder, partner or similar proceedings or actions are necessary to authorize or consummate the transactions contemplated by the Company Financing Agreements. Each of the Company Financing Agreements has been or will be duly executed and delivered by the Company Buyer, is in full force and effect on the date hereof or will be in full force and effect on the Closing Date and constitutes or will constitute) a valid and binding agreement of such parties, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The Company Financing Agreements are subject to no contingencies or conditions other than those set forth in the copies of the execution versions thereof delivered to Delphi.

7.6.2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company Buyer and the Backstop Parties party thereto of the Company Financing Agreements to which they are a party do not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in a breach by any of the parties thereto of their organizational documents; (ii) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default by any of the parties thereto (or create an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, franchise, permit, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument to which such party or any of its properties or assets may be bound; (iii) violate or result in a breach of any Governmental Order or Law applicable to any party thereto or any of its properties or assets; or (iv) require any Governmental Approval, except, with respect to the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the ability of such party to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Company Financing Agreements.

7.6.3. Upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Company Financing Agreements, Company Buyer (i) will have sufficient funds available to pay the Company Purchase Price, any fees and expenses incurred by Company Buyer in connection with this Agreement and any other amounts necessary under this Agreement and (ii) has not incurred any obligation, commitment, restriction or Liability of any kind that would materially impair or materially adversely affect such resources and capabilities.

7.7 Adequate Assurance of Future Performance .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that Company Buyer will be able to provide, at or prior to Closing, adequate assurance of its future performance (or future performance of any applicable subsidiary of Buyer) under each applicable Assumed and Assigned Contract to the parties thereto (other than Sellers) in satisfaction of Section 365(f)(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, and no other or further assurance will be necessary thereunder with respect to any Assumed and Assigned Contract. Company Buyer acknowledges to Company Seller and agrees with Seller that if it is necessary to provide a contract counter­party with additional assurances to satisfy Company Buyer’s obligations to provide adequate assurance in accordance with this Section 7.7 , all such costs and expenses or other actions required will be borne and performed by Buyer without recourse to Sellers.

 

60


7.8 No Brokers’ Fees .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that Company Buyer has not employed any finder, broker, agent or other intermediary in connection with the negotiation or consummation of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby for which Sellers would be liable.

7.9 Anti-Money Laundering .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that Company Buyer is in compliance with: (i) all applicable provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act as amended and all regulations issued pursuant to it; (ii) Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibited Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism; (iii) the International Emergency Economic Power Act (50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.), and any applicable implementing regulations; (iv) the Trading with the Enemies Act (50 U.S.C. 50 et seq.), and any applicable implementing regulations; and (v) all applicable legal requirements relating to anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism and economic sanctions in the jurisdictions in which any Company Buyer operates or does business. Neither any Company Buyer nor any of its directors, officers or affiliates is identified on the SDN List or otherwise the target of an economic sanctions program administered by OFAC, and no Company Buyer is affiliated in any way with, or providing financial or material support to, any such persons or entities. Company Buyer agrees that should it or any Company Buyer, or any of their directors, officers or affiliates be named at any time prior to Closing on the SDN List, or any other similar list maintained by the U.S. Government, will inform Delphi in writing immediately.

7.10 Compliance with Laws .

The Company Buyer represents to the Company Sellers that Company Buyer is in compliance with all Laws applicable to Company Buyer, except with respect to those violations that would not reasonably be expected to result in the issuance of an order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting Company Buyer from consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.11 No Undisclosed Contracts .

Company Buyer has disclosed and will disclose all written agreements between it and the GM Buyers relating to the subject matter of this Agreement or Delphi.

7.12 DIP Direction .

The Company Buyer has provided to Sellers a true, complete and correct copy of the executed DIP Direction which has been duly executed by the Required Lenders. The execution and delivery of the DIP Direction by the Required Lenders which are parties thereto and the performance by each of them of their respective obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by each such party thereto. The DIP Direction is (and at Closing will be) a valid and

 

61


binding agreement of the Required Lenders which are parties thereto, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The DIP Direction is subject to no contingencies or conditions other than those set forth in the copies of the execution versions thereof delivered to GM Buyer and Delphi.

ARTICLE 8.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OLD GM

Old GM represents and warrants to the Sellers and to the Company Buyer as follows:

8.1 Authorization, Enforceability .

Old GM has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder, and that such execution, delivery, and performance are authorized pursuant to that certain Order Approving (I) Master Disposition Agreement for Purchase of Certain Assets of Delphi Corporation, (II) Related Agreements, (III) Assumption and Assignment of Executory Contracts, (IV) Agreement with Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and (V) Entry into Alternative Transaction in Lieu Thereof, entered by the Bankruptcy Court on July 14, 2009. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by Old GM of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Old GM, and no other corporate or shareholder proceedings or actions are necessary to authorize or consummate this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Old GM, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto (other than Old GM), constitutes, a valid and binding agreement of Old GM, enforceable against Old GM in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

ARTICLE 9.

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.

9.1 Conduct of Business between Signing and Closing .

9.1.1. Except as: (a) contemplated by this Agreement; (b) disclosed on Schedule 9.1.1 with respect to the Steering Business and in a business plan previously provided to Buyers with respect to the UAW Sites or the Company Business; (c) required by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (pursuant to a motion, application or other request made by or on behalf of a Person other than any Seller or any Affiliates of any Seller); or (d) required by or resulting from any changes of applicable Laws, from and after the date of this Agreement and until the Closing, Delphi will cause the Asset Sellers and the Sale Companies to reasonably conduct the operations of the GM Business and the Company Business, as applicable, in the Ordinary Course of Business and in a manner reasonably intended to preserve the value of the GM Sales Securities, Company Sales Securities, GM Acquired Assets and Company Acquired Assets, as the case may be, taking into account the current state of the auto industry and Delphi’s liquidity.

 

62


9.1.2. Except (a) as contemplated by this Agreement or as disclosed on Schedule 9.1.1 ; or (b) as required by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (pursuant to a motion, application or other request made by or on behalf of a Person other than any Seller or any Affiliates of any Seller), from and after the date of this Agreement and until the Closing, Delphi will cause the Asset Sellers and the Sale Companies and their respective Affiliates to refrain from doing, directly or indirectly, any of the following with respect to the GM Business or the Company Business without the prior written consent of the applicable Buyers (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or conditioned) in each case (other than (C) below) only to the extent Delphi can comply by acting reasonably to preserve the value of the GM Sales Securities, Company Sales Securities, GM Acquired Assets and Company Acquired Assets taking into account the current state of the auto industry and Delphi’s liquidity;

A. In the case of any applicable Sale Company, acquire assets or commit to capital expenditures (or in the case of any applicable Asset Seller, acquire assets or commit to capital expenditures with respect to assets that would become Acquired Assets) with an aggregate value exceeding $5,000,000, in each case excluding acquisitions of assets or capital expenditures made in the Ordinary Course of Business in accordance with the applicable Business’ budgeted capital expenditures;

B. Except in each case, for $50,000,000 secured financing facility with respect to Delphi’s Mexican operations and €125,000,000 secured financing facility with respect to Delphi’s operations in Germany (the proceeds of which financing shall not be used outside of Germany), (i) in the case of any applicable Sale Company, incur, assume or guarantee any Debt Obligations in excess of $1,000,000 or voluntarily purchase, cancel, prepay or otherwise provide for a complete or partial discharge in advance of a scheduled payment date with respect to any material Debt Obligations (in each case, other than intercompany Debt Obligations that are repaid on or before Closing); and (ii) in the case of any applicable Seller with respect to an applicable Business, incur, assume or guarantee any Debt Obligation that would become an applicable Assumed Liability;

C. (i) With respect to any applicable Sale Company, declare or pay dividends from such Sale Company to any Person other than (A) a distribution by a Company Sale Company to another Company Sale Company, (B) a distribution by a GM Sale Company to another GM Sale Company, (C) distributions of up to $104,000,000 from Non-Filing Affiliates which are Company Sale Companies and (D) distributions from Non-Filing Affiliates which are Company Sale Companies which will not result in the operational cash held by such Non-Filing Affiliates to be reduced below $820,000,000; (ii) with respect to any applicable Sale Company incorporated or organized in the U.S. enter into any loan agreement with or provide any loan to another Sale Company incorporated or organized outside the U.S., or (iii) with respect to any applicable Sale Company incorporated or organized outside the U.S., enter into any loan agreement with or provide any loan to another Sale Company incorporated or organized in the U.S.; provided, however, that amounts under clause (i)(D) shall only be permitted after Delphi has borrowed $250,000,000 under the GM-Delphi Agreement which shall only be available after Delphi has complied with the terms of the GM-Delphi Agreement and used its best efforts to receive the full amount of the $104,000,000 in distributions referred to in clause (i)(C) above;

 

63


D. Incur any Encumbrance on any assets of any applicable Sale Company or any applicable Acquired Assets, in each case, other than Permitted Encumbrances or in the Ordinary Course of Business;

E. Settle or compromise any Proceeding in excess of $2,500,000 with respect to an Assumed Liability;

F. Hire any individual with a base salary in excess of $200,000 per annum;

O. With respect to any applicable Sale Company, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, make any material election relating to Taxes (except such that are consistent with past practice) or settle or compromise any material Tax liability or amend any material Tax return;

H. Make any material change in the accounting methods or practices followed by the Business (other than such changes that are: (i) required by Law; or (ii) made in conformance with GAAP);

I. Enter into any partnership or joint venture agreement between any applicable Sale Company and any other Person or modify any organizational agreement with respect to an applicable JV Company in a manner which is materially adverse to a GM Buyer or Company Buyer, as the case may be;

J. Enter into, terminate or make any material amendment to a Material Contract other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

K. Amend any Organizational Document of any applicable Sale Company or applicable JV Company unless required under applicable law;

L. Make any material change in its methods of management, marketing, accounting or operating or practices relating to payments;

M. Fail to maintain insurance in a manner consistent with the applicable Seller’s past practice;

N. Accelerate the collection of Accounts Receivable in any Sale Company in a manner not consistent with the Ordinary Course of Business;

O. Pay trade payables more slowly than has been the Ordinary Course of Business;

P. Take or permit to be taken any action outside the Ordinary Course of Business which results in a material increase in deferred revenue obligations; or

Q. Agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

9.1.3. Except (a) as contemplated by this Agreement or as disclosed on Schedule 9.1.1 ; or (b) as required by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (pursuant to a motion, application or other request made by or on behalf of a Person other than any Seller or any Affiliates of any Seller), from and after the date of this Agreement and until the Closing, Delphi will cause the Asset Sellers and

 

64


the Sale Companies and their respective Affiliates to refrain from doing, directly or indirectly, any of the following with respect to the GM Business or the Company Business without the prior written consent of the applicable Buyers (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or conditioned):

A. Split, combine or reclassify any capital stock or other equity interests or purchase or sell any capital stock or other equity interests of any Sale Company or JV Company or grant or make any option, subscription, warrant, call, commitment or agreement of any character in respect of any such capital stock or other equity interests;

B. Sell or otherwise dispose of any applicable Acquired Assets and assets of any applicable Sale Company having an aggregate value exceeding $1,000,000, excluding sales of Inventory and sales of receivables to financial institutions or credit collection agencies by the Sale Companies, in each case other than in the Ordinary Course of Business and the Pending Transactions;

C. Merge or consolidate any applicable Sale Company or JV Company with or into any other Person or enter into any agreement requiring any such merger or consolidation;

D. Increase the cash compensation of, or grant the right to receive any severance, termination or retention pay or equity based compensation to, the Transferred Employees other than: (i) in the Ordinary Course of Business; or (ii) as required by any agreement in effect as of the date hereof or as required by Law; or

E. Except as required by Law, enter into or amend any applicable Seller Employee Benefit Plan, the consequence of which would be to materially increase any Liability to be assumed by applicable Buyers.

9.2 363 Implementation Terms .

If this Agreement is approved pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and consummated outside of a Plan of Reorganization, the terms of this Agreement shall automatically be modified by the Section 363 implementation terms set forth in Exhibit 9.2 attached hereto (the “ Section 363 Implementation Terms ”) to document such amendments and implementation understandings as are required to give effect hereto and the order approving such transaction shall be in form and substance satisfactory to GM, the DIP Agent and the Company Buyer and shall include, among others, terms and provisions substantially similar to those set forth on Schedule 10.1.1 and the exhibit thereto.

9.3 Assumed Contracts; Cure Amounts .

As part of the Plan of Reorganization Documents, Delphi will move to assume and assign to the applicable Buyers the Pre-Petition Contracts listed on Schedule 9.3 and assign the Post­Petition Contracts to the applicable Buyer (collectively, the “ Assumed and Assigned Contracts ”) and will provide notice thereof to the Contract counterparties and all other parties in accordance with all applicable Bankruptcy Rules as modified by orders of the Bankruptcy Court. With respect to Assumed and Assigned Contracts assumed by such Buyer, each Buyer shall pay all Cure Amounts (subject to the terms of Section 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 ): (i) through prior orders of the Bankruptcy Court that were entered in 2008 in connection with the Sale to Steering Solutions

 

65


Corporation that was terminated on March 3, 2009; (ii) pursuant to the Modification Procedures Order or the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court in connection with Delphi’s Plan of Reorganization that was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court in January 2008, as such plan may be amended from time to time; or (iii) as otherwise agreed to by such Buyer, Delphi, and the Contract counter-party or, absent an already established amount or such agreement, by order of the Bankruptcy Court in the time and manner specified by the Plan Modification Order; provided , however , within five days after entry of a final, non-appealable order of the Bankruptcy Court establishing a Cure Amount for which the applicable Buyer is responsible or adequate assurance on terms not reasonably acceptable to the relevant Buyer, such Buyer may direct Delphi to, and Delphi shall, reject such Assumed and Assigned Contract. Such motion or subsequent notice shall identify the specific Cure Amount established (or otherwise agreed) for each Pre-Petition Contract and state that such Cure Amount shall be the only cure required to assume such Contract pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and/or assign it to such Buyer and that such counter-party shall be barred and enjoined from asserting against any Buyer, the Acquired Assets and Sellers that any additional prepetition defaults, breaches, or claims of pecuniary loss exist with respect to such Contract. The applicable Buyer shall have the ability to add or delete Contracts to, or from, Schedule 9.3 up to and through the time of the Final Plan Modification Hearing in its sole and absolute discretion so long as the appropriate notice is provided to the Contract counter-party and any delay in approval of the assignability of and Cure Amount for such additional Contracts shall not affect the Closing. With respect to any Assumed and Assigned Contracts that are “shared” and relate to the business, assets or entity acquired hereunder by more than one Buyer, then the applicable Buyers will agree that one of the Buyers will become the assignee of the shared Assumed and Assigned Contract and will also agree to an equitable allocation of Cure Amounts between them; however, if one Buyer elects not to pay its share pursuant to this sentence, then the other Buyer can pay the entire Cure Amount and will have no liability or other obligation with respect to the Assumed and Assigned Contracts to the Buyer refusing to so pay, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement. In the Plan of Reorganization Documents, Delphi shall provide for a mechanism reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Buyer to ensure that those Contracts to be assumed and assigned to such Buyer at Closing are actually assigned to such Buyer at Closing notwithstanding any contested Cure Amounts; provided that the applicable Buyer shall establish an escrow account funded with cash sufficient to pay the face amount of the disputed Cure Amounts asserted, the excess funds of which shall be returned to such Buyer as Cure Amounts are resolved.

9.4 Tax Matters; Cooperation; Preparation of Returns; Tax Elections .

9.4.1. The Asset Sellers will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns of the Asset Sellers for all tax periods ending on or prior to the Closing, including without limitation amended returns, applications for loss carryback refunds and applications for estimated tax refunds. Buyers will make available to the Asset Sellers during normal business hours (and to the Asset Sellers’ accountants and attorneys) any and all books and records and other documents and information in their possession or control reasonably requested by the Asset Sellers to prepare these Tax Returns. The Asset Sellers will be responsible for and will make all payments required with respect to any such Tax Returns.

9.4.2. For Sale Companies and JV Companies, the applicable Seller will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns for all tax periods that are due on or prior to the Closing, including without limitation amended returns, applications for loss carryback refunds and applications for estimated tax refunds.

 

66


9.4.3. For Sale Companies and JV Companies, the applicable Buyer will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns for all periods that are due after the Closing (other than for Taxes with respect to periods for which the consolidated, unitary and combined Tax Returns of Delphi will include the operations of the Business), including any IRS Forms 5471, 8858 and 8865 relating to the Sale Companies and the JV Companies transferred, directly or indirectly, in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Information Tax Returns ”) (which IRS Forms 5471, 8858 and 8865 Delphi will also be required to file under applicable Law). The Buyer shall provide to the Seller a copy of any Information Tax Return at least sixty (60) days prior to the due date thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the applicable Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Sellers and their Affiliates for any and all Losses which are imposed on, sustained, incurred or suffered by the Sellers or their Affiliates resulting from any failure to timely file the Information Tax Returns.

9.4.4. The Sellers shall be responsible for the customs filings for goods released from the border prior to Closing and Buyers shall be responsible for the customs filings for goods in-transit as of and after the Closing.

9.4.5. The Sellers and the Buyers will use commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith to exempt the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer and delivery of any Assets and Securities to be made to the Buyers hereunder from, or to minimize, any transfer, documentary, sales, use, registration, recording, stamp, value-added and other similar taxes (including all applicable real estate transfer taxes) and related fees (including notarial fees) as well as any penalties, interest and additions to tax, together with any foreign income Taxes attributable to any gain realized by any Seller (but excludes any U.S. Income Taxes relating to any of the foregoing) (“ Transfer Taxes ”) payable in connection with such sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer and, delivery, to the extent provided in the Plan Modification Order, in accordance with Section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code. If Bankruptcy Court approval is granted for such exemption, then any instrument transferring the Acquired Assets to the Buyers will contain the following or similar endorsement; provided that in no case will the Sellers be liable for such Transfer Taxes or the Tax due on Tax Returns related thereto:

Because this instrument has been authorized pursuant to Order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York relating to a chapter 11 plan of Seller, it is exempt from transfer taxes, stamp taxes, or similar taxes pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 1146.

To the extent not exempt under Section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code and approved in the Plan Modification Order, such Transfer Taxes will be borne solely by the relevant Buyer. The party that is legally required to file a Tax Return relating to Transfer Taxes shall be responsible for preparing and timely filing the Tax Returns relating to such Transfer Taxes. In the event VAT (or GST) is levied on an asset transfer, Seller must provide the relevant Buyer with a VAT (or GST) compliant invoice and assist in the recovery of the VAT (or GST), if possible.

9.4.6. Delphi and the applicable Buyer will cooperate in connection with: (i) the preparation and filing of any Tax Return (including any Information Tax Return), Tax election, Tax consent or certification or any claim for a Tax refund including any duty drawback claims; (ii) any determination of liability for Taxes of any of them or of any Sale Company or JV Company; and (iii) any audit, examination or other proceeding in respect of Taxes related to the Business or the Acquired Assets. Such cooperation shall include the provision of direct access to accounting and finance personnel.

 

67


9.4.7. Sellers will, in their sole discretion, cooperate in good faith with Buyers and Buyers’ agents to minimize any U.S. federal and state payroll tax liabilities that either party may bear, including that the payroll taxes of the U.S. Transferred Employees will be treated in accordance with the Alternate Procedure set forth in Section 5 of the Revenue Procedure 2004-53, to which treatment Buyers hereby consent.

9.4.8. Sellers will provide Buyers with such certifications as are necessary to exempt all payments made hereunder from withholding under Internal Revenue Code Section 1445.

9.4.9. Sellers will assign to the applicable Buyers, and will cooperate with the applicable Buyers to obtain any necessary approvals or consents to effect such assignment, any and all interests in, or rights to, any property tax abatements, incentive agreements, or other similar arrangements with any Taxing Authority primarily related to the Business or the Acquired Assets to the extent allowed under applicable Law. If, after the transfer occurs, a repayment of all or a portion of any such property tax abatement, incentive agreements, or other similar arrangements with any Taxing Authority is required because of any action taken by a Buyer or such Buyer’s Affiliates (other than any actions contemplated by this Agreement), then such Buyer will be responsible for such repayment.

9.4.10. Sellers will provide Buyers with all information and documentation reasonably available and requested, to permit Buyers to apply for and receive a Research and Experimentation tax credit under Code Section 41 with respect to the Business, including gross receipts and qualified research expenses for the 1984-1988 base period, plus the amount of gross receipts for the immediately preceding four years.

9.4.11. Neither Buyers nor any Affiliate of Buyers shall take any action which could increase any of the Sellers’ liability for Taxes. Neither Buyers nor any of their Affiliates shall make any election under Section 338(g) of the Code (or any analogous provision of state, local or non-United States Tax Law) with respect to the purchase of the Sale Securities pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of Delphi, which consent may not be unreasonably conditioned, delayed or withheld.

9.4.12. Liabilities for Taxes related to the debonding or other change in customs status of the Acquired Assets resulting from Buyers not establishing the required legal entities and obtaining the necessary authorizations from the relevant Governmental Authority to receive the Acquired Assets in their customs status shall be borne by the Buyers. Sellers and Buyers agree to cooperate in good faith to obtain such authorizations.

9.5 Employees; Benefit Plans; Labor Matters .

9.5.1. Transferred Non-U.S. Employees. Effective as of the Closing, the relevant Buyer will assume the existing employment Contracts of all Non-U.S. Employees (including entering into replacement, or novation of, existing employment Contract, their terms, or substitution of employer, where applicable) if and to the extent required by applicable Transfer Regulations or the applicable Transfer Agreement, and will take all necessary steps to assume the employment Contracts of all employees employed by the Sale Companies immediately prior to Closing if and to the extent that their employment is governed by any Transfer Regulation.

 

68


9.5.2. Transfer of U.S. Salaried Employees . Effective as of the Closing, the relevant (i) GM Buyer will other employment to the U.S. Salaried Employees of the GM Business whom the GM Buyer elects to employ in its sole discretion and (ii) the relevant Company Buyer will offer employment to all other U.S. Salaried Employees. U.S. Salaried Employees who accept Buyers’ offer of employment (by reporting to work or otherwise) are referred to herein as “ Transferred U.S. Salaried Employees ”. Immediately after Closing, Company Buyer may sever such of the Transferred U.S. Salaried Employees whom the Company Buyer elects to sever in its sole discretion, subject to Company Buyer’s obligations under Section 9.5.11 .

A. For all Transferred U.S. Salaried Employees, the relevant Buyer’s offer of employment will be on terms established in Buyer’s sole discretion. The applicable Buyers shall use reasonable efforts to tender such offers to employees no later than ten (10) days prior to Closing.

B. Subject to applicable Law, Transferred U.S. Salaried Employees will be regarded as newly hired regular employees of the relevant Buyer at a level classification determined by Buyers, except that Buyers will recognize length of service with Sellers and Buyer with respect to participation in any Buyer severance program, and for vacation eligibility, and with respect to Company Buyer, participation in any Company Buyer Non-Qualified Retirement Program.

C. Buyers will waive application of any new hire waiting period with respect to Transferred U.S. Salaried Employee participation in and eligibility for benefits under any applicable Buyer Employee Benefit Plan for salaried employees.

D. Buyers reserve the right to amend, modify, suspend or terminate all terms and conditions of employment, including all benefit plans and programs at Buyers’ discretion.

E. The GM Buyers will assume all salaried Seller U.S. CBAs applicable at the Rochester and Lockport sites.

F. The GM Buyers shall have the right to hire any U.S. Salaried Employees currently employed at any facility of GM or its Affiliates or any of the technical centers included within the definition of the UAW Sites.

9.5.3. Transfer of U.S. Hourly Employees . Effective as of the Closing, the relevant Buyers will offer to employ all active and inactive U.S. Hourly Employees (e.g., currently on employment rolls of Sellers, whether on temporary layoff, indefinite layoff, workers’ compensation, disability, or other leaves of absence), including without limitation pre-retirement program participants (“ PRPs ”) of the relevant Business. U.S. Hourly Employees who accept Buyers’ offer of employment (by reporting to work or otherwise) are referred to herein as “ Transferred U.S. Hourly Employees ”.

A. The relevant Buyers will assume all applicable Seller U.S. CBAs, in each case, to the extent provided in the Plan Modification Order as entered on July 30, 2009.

 

69


B. Buyers will recognize the seniority status of all Transferred U.S. Hourly Employees who are employed in accordance with a Collective Bargaining Agreement for all purposes of continued employment with Buyers.

C. Buyers will waive application of any new-hire waiting period with respect to participation in any applicable Buyer Employee Benefit Plan for U.S. Hourly Employees.

9.5.4. Employee Benefit Plans .

A. From and after the Closing (i) each Sale Company will continue to be responsible for all accrued pension liabilities under non-U.S. pension plans and assets for all of its Transferred Non-U.S. Employees and all current and former employees of such Sale Company, and (ii) in the case of Delphi Electronics Overseas Corporation (“ DEOC ”), the entity specified by Company Buyer (in its sole discretion) to be the purchaser of the DEOC assets, will assume all accrued pension liabilities and assets for all of DEOC’s Transferred Non-U.S. Employees and all current and former employees of the DEOC. The Parties will comply with the specific mechanism for transfer of applicable pension liabilities and assets of Non-U.S. Transferred Employees as specifically set out in the relevant Transfer Agreement (the form and substance of which shall be reasonably acceptable to each of the Parties).

B. Subject to the applicable GM Buyer’s assumption of the Seller U.S. CBAs pursuant to Section 9.5.3 , nothing contained in this Agreement requires Buyers to establish an employee benefit pension plan with respect to any Transferred U.S. Employees or Transferred Non-U.S. Employees.

C. Where required by law, the relevant Buyer must continue to provide employee benefit plans to Transferred Employees or former employees of Sellers. The Company Buyer will administer for Buyers, employee benefit plans applicable to Transferred Employees or former employees of Sellers in accordance with the terms of the Transition Services Agreement.

D. Transferred U.S. Employees’ and their dependents’ and beneficiaries’ active participation in and eligibility for benefits under the Seller Employee Benefit Plans (other than vested pension benefits) will cease at Closing.

E. The parties will explore plan sponsorship alternatives including GM Buyer and Company Buyer assumption if deemed to be in the best interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries. As of the Closing Date, the GM Buyer will assume sponsorship of the following Seller tax qualified defined contribution plans: Seller’s Delphi Salaried Retirement Savings Program (formerly the Delphi Saving-Stock Purchase Program), the Delphi Personal Savings Plan for Hourly-Rate Employees, and the Delphi Income Security Plan for Hourly-Rate Employees if deemed to be in the best interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries. As of the Closing Date, the Company Buyer will assume sponsorship of the following Seller tax qualified defined contribution plans if deemed to be in the best interests of plan participants and beneficiaries: the Packard Hughes Interconnect Retirement Savings Plan, the Delphi Diesel 401(k) plan, and the Delphi Medical 401(k) Savings Plan.

9.5.5. COBRA . Sellers will retain all obligations relating to compliance with the continuation health care coverage requirements of Section 4980B and Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA regarding qualifying events in regard to Transferred U.S. Employees arising from or prior to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

70


9.5.6. WARN Act . The relevant Buyers will assume all WARN Act Liabilities, if any, arising at the relevant Business from any employment loss or layoff of U.S. Salaried Employees, U.S. Hourly Employees, and/or U.S. Transferred Employees occurring after the Closing Date. On or before the Closing Date, Sellers shall provide Buyers with a list of employee layoffs, by location, implemented by Sellers in the ninety (90) day period preceding the Closing Date. Sellers will retain all WARN Act obligations and liabilities relating to layoff of U.S. Salaried Employees, U.S. Hourly Employees, and/or Transferred Asset Seller Employees by Sellers on or prior to the Closing Date.

9.5.7. Grievances . The relevant Buyers will assume responsibility to administer all labor grievances and arbitration proceedings based on events occurring after the Closing Date.

9.5.8. Cooperation . Sellers and Buyers will provide each other with such records and information as may be reasonably necessary, appropriate and permitted under applicable Law to carry out their obligations under this Section 9.5 .

9.5.9. Union and Works Council Notifications . Sellers and Buyers will reasonably cooperate in connection with any notification required by Law to, or any required consultation with, or the provision of documents and information to, the employees, employee representatives, work councils, unions, labor boards and relevant government agencies and governmental officials concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9.5.10. No Third Party Rights . Nothing in this Section 9.5 and its subparts, express or implied, shall create a third party beneficiary relationship or otherwise confer any benefit, entitlement, or right upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto or serve to amend or create any employee benefit plan or arrangement.

9.5.11. Severance .

A. With respect to any former U.S. Salaried Employees of any Seller whose employment has been terminated prior to June 1, 2009 (“ Previously Severed Employees ”) and are or may be entitled to severance or termination payments or similar benefits, Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any obligation to pay such severance or termination payments to cease as of the Closing by offering to pay the Previously Severed Employees a lump sum payment (less applicable deductions) of 75% of their outstanding severance payments immediately before the Closing, and neither Company Buyer nor GM Buyers shall have any Liability relating to any such payments or benefits; provided that with respect to any such former employees who do not accept the lump sum payment discount offered by Sellers, Company Buyer shall pay directly to such former employees any severance or termination payments which become due to such former employees after the Closing.

B. With respect to (i) any U.S. Salaried Employees of any Seller whose employment is terminated on or after June 1, 2009 but at or before Closing or (ii) any U.S. Salaried Employees whose employment is terminated after the Closing (collectively “ Post-June 1, 2009 Severed Employees ”), Company Buyer will be responsible for paying all severance owed to the Post-June 1, 2009 Severed Employees in accordance with the terms of the Delphi severance program in effect as of May 1, 2009 and GM will pay Company Buyer $16,800,000 at Closing in consideration of such assumption of severance obligations by Company Buyer.

 

71


9.5.12. No Amendment to Employee Benefit Plans . No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the adoption of, or an amendment to, any employee benefit plan, as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, or otherwise limit the right of the Buyers to amend, modify or terminate any such employee benefit plan.

9.6 Pre-Closing Cooperation; Contact with Customers and Suppliers .

For purposes of Buyers’ transition efforts, each applicable Seller shall provide the applicable Buyers or their representatives upon reasonable notice and so long as such access does not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of any Seller or Sale Company, reasonable access during normal business hours to the employees, facilities, books and records of the Business. Each applicable Seller will cooperate, and cause their employees to cooperate, with the applicable Buyer’s efforts to transition the ownership and operation of the applicable Business. Each Buyer may meet with the applicable suppliers, customers, and service providers of and to the applicable Business in order to discuss transitional matters and post closing business arrangements and to take actions necessary such that such Buyer may begin operating the applicable Business immediately upon Closing.

9.7 Technical Documentation; Trade Secrets .

Each Seller has delivered, or will deliver on or before the Closing Date, to the applicable Buyer, a copy of all Technical Documentation (including, but not limited to, documented Know-How and Trade Secrets) included in the Acquired Assets and Other Technical Documentation being acquired by such Buyer.

9.8 Corporate Names .

9.8.1. The GM Buyers will have the right (including the right to authorize their relevant Affiliates) to continue to sell or dispose of any existing inventories or service materials of the GM Business in existence at the Closing and bearing any trademark, service mark, trade name or related corporate name of Delphi or any Affiliate of Delphi after the Closing Date in a manner consistent with past practice of the Business and the name and reputation associated therewith.

9.8.2. The GM Buyers will promptly, and in any event within one (1) year of the Closing Date, cease all use and cause the GM Sale Companies to cease all trademark and trade name use of the name “Delphi” and any trademarks, trade names, brand names or logos relating thereto as used by GM Sellers or the GM Sale Companies as of the Closing Date (including on any signs, billboards, advertising materials, telephone listings, labels, stationery, office forms, packaging or other materials of the GM Sale Companies) in connection with the businesses of the GM Sale Companies or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the GM Buyers and the GM Sale Companies shall not be required to repackage existing finished goods and any existing inventories or service materials of the GM Business in existence at the Closing and may use up or sell off the same in the Ordinary Course of Business.

9.8.3. Promptly following the Closing, the GM Buyers will cause each of the GM Sale Companies, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Steering JV Company, to amend its certificate of incorporation, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement and

 

72


other applicable documents, in order to change the names of such companies to a name not containing the word “Delphi”, with such changes to take effect pursuant to the terms of the respective transfer deed governing the sale of each GM Sale Company and applicable Steering JV Company. The GM Buyers will make all required filings with Governmental Authorities to effect such amendments. If any preceding change is not permissible by law or commercially reasonable within one (1) year of the Closing Date, the GM Sale Companies or applicable Steering JV Company shall operate under a “d/b/a” or other similar business name.

9.8.4. If the Company Buyer believes that the GM Buyers have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of the GM Buyer’s obligations contained in Sections 9.8.2 and 9.8.3, the Company Buyer shall provide the GM Buyer with written notice of the alleged breach.

9.8.5. Nothing herein shall prevent or limit the rights of the GM Buyers to use the name “Saginaw Steering” or the like.

9.9 Information Technology; Intellectual Property Rights and Licenses .

9.9.1. Steering Licenses . Each of Seller and Company Buyer hereby grants, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, to GM Buyers, as of the Closing Date, a worldwide, perpetual, fully paid-up, irrevocable, royalty free, non-exclusive license to the Shared Intellectual Property (other than the Excepted Shared Intellectual Property identified on Schedule 9.9.1.A ) with the right to sublicense to GM Buyers’ Affiliates, successors, assigns and/or designated suppliers, to develop, manufacture (including the right to have made), use, import, export, offer to sell and sell products and services and future products and services of the type provided by the Steering Business prior to the Closing Date and to use, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies, perform and display copyrighted works in connection therewith, pursuant to the License Agreement in the form of Exhibit 9.9.1 (“ GM IP License Agreement ”). Further, each of Seller and Company Buyer, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to GM Buyers, as of the Closing Date with respect to the Steering Business, a sublicense to the extent permitted by and subject to the terms and conditions of Seller’s existing agreements (including any such agreements acquired hereunder by Company Buyer’s) to develop, manufacture (including the right to have made), use, import, export, offer to sell and sell products and services and to use, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies, perform and display copyrighted works in connection therewith pursuant to the GM IP License Agreement. The licenses and sublicenses granted to GM Buyers under this Section 9.9.1 do not extend to the Steering Excluded Products identified on Schedule 9.9.1.B (the “ Steering Excluded Products ”). Further, the license and sublicense granted pursuant to the GM IP License Agreement and this Section 9.9.1 are not assignable in whole or in part except to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the Steering Business to which the respective license pertains.

9.9.2. UAW Site Licenses . Each Seller hereby grants, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, as of the Closing Date, to GM Buyers, with the right to sublicense to Affiliates and/or designated suppliers, a perpetual, fully paid up, worldwide, non-exclusive irrevocable license under Intellectual Property owned by Sellers and Sellers’ Affiliates to:

A. make, have made, use, have used, sell, offer to sell, import, export, reproduce, copy, prepare derivative works, and distribute UAW Site Products and any derivatives and/or re-use/extension thereof, necessary to service contracts with existing non-GM customers include with the Acquired Assets; and

 

73


B. to make, have made, use, have used, sell, offer to sell, import, export, reproduce, copy, prepare derivative works, and distribute UAW Site Products and any derivatives and/or re-use/extension thereof, for GM Buyer’s (and GM Buyer’s Affiliates’) original equipment (OE) and original equipment-sales (OE-S) distribution channels for vehicles and vehicle parts and aftermarket requirements of GM Buyer’s products produced by the Business.

Any system developed by or with GM shall be considered a GM OE system under this license.

9.9.3. Company Licenses . Seller hereby grants, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, to Company Buyer, as of the Closing Date, a worldwide, perpetual, fully paid-up, irrevocable, royalty free, non-exclusive license to the Shared Intellectual Property (other than the Excepted Shared Intellectual Property identified on Schedule 9.9.1.A ) with the right to sublicense to Company Buyer Affiliates, successors, assigns, customers and/or designated suppliers, to develop, manufacture (including the right to have made), use, import, export, offer to sell and sell products and services and future products and services of the type provided by the Company Business prior to the Closing Date and to use, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies, perform and display copyrighted works in connection therewith, pursuant to the License Agreement in the form of Exhibit 9.9.3 (“ Company IP License Agreement ”). Further, Seller, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to Company Buyer, as of the Closing Date with respect to the Company Business, a sublicense to the extent permitted by and subject to the terms and conditions of Seller’s existing agreements, to develop, manufacture (including the right to have made), use, import, export, offer to sell and sell products and services and to use, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies, perform and display copyrighted works in connection therewith pursuant to the Company IP License Agreement. The licenses and sublicenses granted to Company Buyer under this Section 9.9.3 do not extend to the Steering Excluded Products identified on Schedule 9.9.1.B . Further, the license and sublicense granted pursuant to the Company IP License Agreement and this Section 9.9.3 are not assignable in whole or in part except to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the business to which the respective license(s) relate.

9.9.4. Pending Transaction Licenses . Company Buyer hereby grants, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, to Seller, as of the Closing Date, a worldwide, perpetual, fully paid-up, irrevocable, royalty free, non-exclusive license to the Shared Intellectual Property (other than the Excepted Shared Intellectual Property identified on Schedule 9.9.1.A ) with the right to sublicense to Seller Affiliates, successors, assigns, customers and/or designated suppliers, to develop, manufacture (including the right to have made), use, import, export, offer to sell and sell products and services and future products and services of the type provided by Seller in connection with the business of a Pending Transaction prior to the Closing Date and to use, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies, perform and display copyrighted works in connection therewith, pursuant to the License Agreement in the form of Exhibit 9.9.4 (“ Pending Transactions IP License Agreement ”). Further, Company Buyer, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants to Seller, as of the Closing Date with respect to the business of a Pending Transaction, a sublicense to the extent permitted by and subject to the terms and conditions of any existing agreements included within the Acquired Assets, to develop, manufacture (including the right to have made), use, import, export, offer to sell and sell products and services and to use, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies, perform and display copyrighted works in connection therewith pursuant to the Pending Transactions IP License Agreement. The licenses and sublicenses granted to Seller under this Section 9.9.4 do not extend to the Steering Excluded Products identified on Schedule 9.9.1.B . Further, the license and sublicense granted pursuant to the Pending Transactions IP License Agreement and this Section 9.9.4 are not assignable in whole or in part except to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the business to which the respective license(s) relate.

 

74


A. In the event that a Pending Transaction fails to be completed and is terminated, and subject to any rights granted under any existing court approved contract with any Seller, each of Seller and Company Buyer agrees to make Intellectual Property owned by Sellers and Sellers’ Affiliates used in the business subject to the failed Pending Transaction available for sale or paid-up license to any purchaser of the assets subject to the failed Pending Transaction.

B. In the event that a Pending Transaction fails to be completed and is terminated and Seller decides that it will not seek a new purchaser of the assets subject to such Pending Transactions, subject to any rights granted under any existing court approved contract with any Seller, and contingent upon closing of this Agreement, each Seller grants, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates to GM Buyers, with the right to sublicense to Affiliates and/or designated suppliers, a perpetual, fully paid up, worldwide, non-exclusive irrevocable license under Intellectual Property owned by Sellers and Sellers’ Affiliates to make, have made, use, have used, sell, offer to sell, import, export, reproduce, copy, prepare derivative works, and distribute products sold to GM Buyers by the business subject to the failed Pending Transaction.

C. In the event that, in connection with the operation of the business of a Pending Transaction, there is a breach of a current supply commitment to GM or any of its Affiliates under circumstances where such breach threatens to interrupt supply to GM or any GM Affiliate, then, subject to any Seller obligations under any existing court approved contract with any Seller and contingent upon closing of this Agreement, each Seller grants, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates to GM Buyers, with the right to sublicense to Affiliates and/or designated suppliers, a perpetual, fully paid up, worldwide, non-exclusive irrevocable license under Intellectual Property owned by Sellers and Sellers’ affiliates to make, have made, use, have used, sell, offer to sell, import, export, reproduce, copy, prepare derivative works, and distribute products subject to the threatened interruption of supply. The rights set forth in this paragraph shall lapse if a Pending Transaction is consummated according to an existing court approved agreement related to the Pending Transaction or a party that is or becomes an approved supplier of GM acquires the business of the Pending Transaction.

9.9.5. Licenses Generally .

(i) Each Party shall make all Shared Intellectual Property available to each other Party and to the Seller by delivering to such other Party all Other Technical Documentation and other technical information in its possession reasonably necessary to continue the other Party’s Business or of a Pending Transaction.

(ii) Each Party may assign or otherwise transfer this license and its rights or obligations under this license to any affiliated or successor company or to any purchaser of a substantial part of such Party’s business to which this license relates. In addition, each Party may sublicense or otherwise delegate, in whole or in part, this license and its rights or obligations to any such affiliate, successor or purchaser.

 

75


(iii) This license is binding upon successors, heirs and assigns of the Sellers and Buyers and any and all future owners of the Shared Intellectual Property.

(iv) This Agreement governs over any inconsistent or otherwise different terms contained in the IP License Agreements.

9.9.6. Further Understandings . It is further understood and agreed that the licenses granted above in this Section 9.9 do not include any right to use any Trademark Rights.

9.9.7. Shared Intellectual Property . Each of the Sellers, GM Buyer and Company Buyer agree that it will not transfer or assign its rights to the Shared Intellectual Property to any third party unless such third party: (i) is informed of and agrees to accept such transfer or assignment subject to the license granted herein; and (ii) agrees that any subsequent transfer or assignment will be subject to a similar restriction on future transfers and assignments.

9.9.8. Shared Licensed Intellectual Property . Sellers and the applicable Buyers, as the case may be, extend and hereby grant to each other Party its rights under the Shared Licensed Intellectual Property to the extent that such licenses can be extended to such other Parties, including a right to other Parties to sublicense to any entity that is a successor or assignee of any portion of the Business or the business of a Pending Transaction operated by such other Parties.

9.9.9. Transfer of Shared Software; Licenses . For those Shared Software Licenses of the Steering Business set forth on Schedule 9.9.9 , Sellers and the applicable GM Buyers and Company Buyer shall transfer to the applicable GM Buyers the number of license seats or other license rights specified for each applicable license. The Parties will cooperate to develop a similar list for the UAW Sites. Sellers shall be responsible for any obligations under any Shared Software Licenses or Software licenses primarily used in the Business that are due and payable prior to the Closing Date, for maintenance payments, license fees and any other fees due to applicable third party licensors of the Shared Software Licenses or Software licenses. Buyers acknowledge that they shall be responsible for all license transfer fees and the costs of obtaining and making payments under any post-Closing maintenance agreements required in order to use the foregoing license rights.

9.9.10. Separation Activities . Buyers will be solely responsible for their respective and their allocable share of Sellers’ costs, of all separation, relocation, start-up costs and other related activities related to the separation of the GM Business (the “ Separation & Relocation Activities ”), including: (i) all Day 1 and Day 2 separation activities, including any activities performed by Delphi personnel or its informational technology suppliers; (ii) modification of the Buyers payroll system in preparation for Day 1 and transitional services; (iii) segregation of the manufacturing facilities and technical centers to be co-located following Closing; (iv) relocation from any technical center or sales offices as identified in the Facilities Separation & Relocation Plan; and (v) any setup fees required by third party service providers. Buyers acknowledge and agree that it is necessary to promptly begin the Separation & Relocation Activities and that the execution of the foregoing Separation & Relocation Activities are their sole responsibility. The parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other to implement such activities, separations and relocations in an effort to complete the activities contemplated by this Section 9.9.10 in a reasonable, expeditious and cost-effective manner which in the case of the Steering Business shall be in accordance with the facilities separation and relocation plan set forth in Schedule 9.9.10 relating to the Steering Business (the “ Facilities Separation & Relocation Plan ”). Other than the costs to be borne by the Buyers with respect to Separation & Relocation Activities, as described above, no Buyer will have any further obligation to provide information

 

76


technology services, or to pay costs with respect thereto, except as may be provided in the applicable Transition Services Agreements to be entered into by the Buyers (as contemplated by this Agreement). Following completion of the Separation & Relocation Activities, the Buyers will have no further obligation with respect to IT services or related costs except as set forth in the Transition Services Agreement.

9.9.11. Assignments . Sellers shall assist Buyers in obtaining assignments from predecessors in interest to the Purchased Intellectual Property, or in obtaining other recordable instruments to reflect the applicable Buyers’ ownership of the Purchased Intellectual Property.

9.9.12. Outsourced Service Providers . Sellers, without having to incur additional costs, shall cooperate with GM with respect to GM entering into new agreements with Sellers’ outsourced service providers and software license providers, including Electronic Data Systems Corporation, EDS Information Systems, LLC and its affiliates (collectively, “ EDS ”), Computer Sciences Corporation and its affiliates (collectively, “ CSC ”), and the Hewlett Packard Company and its affiliates (collectively, “ HP ”); provided that there is no material out-of-pocket cost or other material adverse financial impact to Sellers or their Affiliates.

9.10 Shared Items Transferred to Buyers .

With respect to any contracts with goods or services included in the Acquired Assets and that are used by both the GM Business and Company Business, including with respect to the Steering Business Contracts that are set forth on Schedule 9.10 , and that will be transferred to one of the Buyers at Closing, the applicable Buyer(s) will provide the other applicable Buyer(s) with the benefits of such Contracts in substantially the same manner described in Section 2.5 above regarding Deferred Items, and the applicable Buyer who does not receive such contract will reimburse the Buyer who did receive such contract for such benefits in substantially the manner described in Section 2.5 , until the earlier of such time as separate Contracts for such goods or services have been agreed between the applicable Buyer and the other party or parties to such Contract or Contracts, or until the termination of such Contract or Contracts.

9.11 Buyer Guarantee and Acknowledgment of Pure Credit Bid .

9.11.1. GM guarantees the full and timely performance of all of GM Buyer’s obligations hereunder arising prior to or at the Closing; provided that GM shall have no Liability or responsibility for any obligations of any GM Buyer arising after the Closing. This is a guarantee of payment and performance and not of collection.

9.11.2. Each of the Parties to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement constitutes a Pure Credit Bid within the meaning of the Supplemental Modification Procedures Order, dated June 29, 2009. This provision shall survive termination of this Agreement.

9.12 Letters of Credit .

A. Each applicable Buyer agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause Delphi and its Affiliates to be absolutely and unconditionally relieved by no later than 360 days following the Closing of all Liabilities and obligations arising out of the letters of credit (other than DIP Letters of Credit or as otherwise provided in Sections 9.23 and 9.34 ), performance bonds and other similar items issued and outstanding in connection with the

 

77


Business, to the extent set forth on Schedule 9.12(A) hereof or to the extent Delphi or its Affiliates later inform the applicable Buyer of such an item, and the applicable Buyers will indemnify Delphi and its Affiliates against any Losses of any kind whatsoever with respect to such Liabilities and obligations.

B. On or prior to the Closing, a GM Buyer shall assume all of Sellers’ obligations under the DIP Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 9.12(B) , and the DIP Letters of Credit Cash Collateral associated with each such DIP Letter of Credit shall be transferred to the applicable GM Buyer, and shall continue to be held as cash collateral for such obligations.

C. On or prior to the Closing, Company Buyer shall assume all of Sellers’ obligations under the DIP Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 9.12(C) , and the DIP Letters of Credit Cash Collateral associated with each such DIP Letter of Credit shall be transferred to Company Buyer, and shall continue to be held as cash collateral for such obligations.

D. On or prior to the Closing, Company Buyer and GM Buyer will agree on a reasonable mechanism for splitting the DIP Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 9.12.D and the DIP Letters of Credit Cash Collateral associated with each such DIP Letter of Credit shall be transferred to whichever Buyer assumes the obligations and receives the benefit of such DIP Letters of Credit, and shall continue to be held as cash collateral for such obligations.

E. Schedule 9.12.E lists DIP Letters of Credit that will remain with Sellers and the DIP Letters of Credit Cash Collateral associated with each such DIP Letter of Credit shall remain with Sellers and shall continue to be held as cash collateral for such obligations; provided, however, that any remaining cash collateral associated with any expiring DIP Letter of Credit (regardless of whether it was drawn upon) shall be transferred to GM Buyer.

9.13 Competition Clearance .

9.13.1. Subject to the terms hereof, Buyers and Sellers agree to cooperate and to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable following the date hereof, any Governmental Approvals required for the Closing under the HSR Act, EC Merger Regulation and any other applicable Competition/Investment Law, to respond to any government requests for information thereunder, to contest and resist in good faith any action thereunder, and to have lifted or overturned any Governmental Order that restricts, prevents or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete Schedule 9.13.1 and Schedule 10.1.2 , no later than five (5) Business Days after the date hereof which will include a list of all countries in which competition filings may be required or are appropriate. In this respect, each applicable Buyer will make (or continue to prosecute, if made previously) all the competition filings set forth in Schedule 9.13.1 promptly, but in no event later than twenty-six (26) days after the date hereof, and such Buyers will: (i) promptly inform Delphi of all oral and written communications with any Governmental Authority in respect of any required Governmental Approval; (ii) give Delphi the opportunity to comment on all filings and any response prepared by such Buyer prior to Buyers’ submitting such response to the relevant Governmental Authority; and (iii) afford Delphi or any Seller designated by Delphi the opportunity to attend any meetings, telephone conferences or video conferences organized with the Governmental Authorities in relation to any required Governmental Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that none of them will make any voluntary filing under applicable foreign antitrust laws or regulations unless advised by legal counsel in such

 

78


jurisdiction that the failure to make a filing could result in a Material Adverse Effect (including on the ability of a Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements) or otherwise be in violation of applicable Law. Each Party hereto will promptly inform the other of any oral or other communication from any Governmental Authority regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. If the competition authority in any such country: (i) imposes conditions upon its approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) files a Proceeding before a Governmental Agency seeking to restrain or prohibit, or to obtain damages or other relief in connection with, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Parties will take commercially reasonable steps to negotiate with the competition authority regarding, and comply with, any conditions or modifications requested by such competition authority, consistent with the general intention of this Agreement (that ownership of the Business will be vested in the Buyers). Such compliance may require modifications in structure, economic and other relationships. The applicable Buyers will be solely responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by such Party in negotiating and agreeing to the required conditions or modifications with the competition authorities. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall GM or its Affiliates be obligated to dispose of, or divest themselves of, any line of business or restrict themselves from engaging in a line of business in which they are currently engaged, in order to obtain any regulatory approvals.

9.13.2. From the date of this Agreement until Closing, each Buyer will not acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of or equity in, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets if the entering into of a definitive agreement relating to or the consummation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation would reasonably be expected to: (i) impose any delay in the obtaining of, or significantly increase the risk of not obtaining, any authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of any Governmental Authority necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the GM Transfer Agreements or the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period; (ii) increase the risk of any Governmental Authority entering an order prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the GM Transfer Agreements; (iii) significantly increase the risk of not being able to remove any such order on appeal or otherwise; or (iv) delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the GM Transfer Agreements; provided , however the foregoing shall not restrict Buyers or their respective Affiliates from acquiring an interest in any entity (or any Affiliate of any entity) to which they convey any of their assets or rights.

9.14 Further Actions .

9.14.1. The Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions and to do all things necessary, proper or advisable under Law to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the GM Transfer Agreements. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Parties will consult and cooperate with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions and proposals made or submitted by or on behalf of any Party hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the extent the form of any of the agreements or instruments required to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have not yet been agreed upon the Parties will act reasonably in finalizing the forms of such agreements or instruments.

 

79


9.14.2. At all times prior to the Closing, each Party will notify the other Parties in writing of any fact, condition, event or occurrence that will result in the failure of any of the conditions contained in ARTICLE 10 to be satisfied, promptly upon any of them becoming aware of the same.

9.14.3. Nothing in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements will prevent or restrict GM, the GM Buyers, or their respective Affiliates and representatives from taking any action that is in accordance with paragraph 46 of the Modification Procedures Order.

9.15 Further Assurances .

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, the Parties shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. If at any time after the Closing Date any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, the Parties shall take or cause to be taken all such necessary action, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents as may be reasonably requested by the other Party for such purposes or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated hereby; provided that the cost of such action or of such instruments and documents related thereto shall be borne by the relevant Buyer. The foregoing covenant will survive the Closing of the transactions contemplated herein.

9.16 Customs Duties .

Each Party expressly agrees to reimburse the other Party for customs-related duties, fees and associated costs incurred by one Party on behalf of another Party after Closing. Taxes, except those which are not assessed on an ad valorem basis, incurred in connection with goods co-loaded on containers that clear customs intentionally or unintentionally under one Party’s importer/exporter identification numbers and bonds/guarantees post-Closing, shall be borne by the owner of the co-loaded goods; other Taxes (those which are not assessed on an ad valorem basis) on such co-loaded goods shall be shared pro-rata based on value.

9.17 Enterprise Contracts .

The Parties acknowledge that: (i) the Business currently benefits from certain services or receives certain products of the type listed on Schedule 9.17 (“ Other Services ”) provided by third parties (“ Enterprise Providers ”) under enterprise contracts with Delphi and/or one of its Affiliates (“ Enterprise Contracts ”): and (ii) it may not be practical for GM Buyers to enter into replacement contracts with all of such Enterprise Providers as of the Closing Date. After signing this Agreement and prior to Closing, GM Buyers will use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into replacement contracts covering such Other Services. In the event that GM Buyers are unable to secure such replacement contracts, after having used commercially reasonable efforts as required by the preceding sentence, Sellers will use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to GM Buyers the Other Services provided under such Enterprise Contracts of the type described on Schedule 9.17 . GM Buyers will pay Sellers the cost (including the cost of any internal resources) of providing such Other Services. The obligations in this Section 9.17 shall not apply to: (i) any Contracts that are Acquired Assets; (ii) any service provided under the Buyer Transition Services Agreement; (iii) any services or products identified in Schedule 9.17

 

80


under the heading “Products/Services excluded from Section 9.17 ”; or (iv) products or services which the applicable Sellers are prohibited from providing to Buyers pursuant to applicable Law. For avoidance of doubt, GM Buyers will not be restricted in any way from engaging directly with the current outsourced service providers with respect to current direct and shared services, Day 1) separation activities and Day 2 preparation. GM will have access to the current statements of work, service level agreements and other agreements etc. with outsourced service providers.

9.18 Confidentiality .

After the Closing, Sellers shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to, maintain as confidential and shall not use or disclose (except as required by law, as necessary to defend against a Claim or as authorized in writing by the applicable Buyer) any confidential information (including any confidential Environmental Records and any confidential GM Environmental Records) concerning the businesses and affairs of the Business, except to the extent such confidential information; (i) was used by Delphi’s divisions other than the Business prior to the Closing Date; (ii) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Delphi or its representatives in violation of the terms hereof; (iii) becomes available to Delphi on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Buyers or their representatives; or (iv) is covered by the licenses granted pursuant to the IP License Agreements (provided that confidential information excepted from the obligations of this Section 9.18 only by subsections (i) or (iv) will be treated in the same manner as Sellers treat their own confidential information). In the event any Seller or any of their Affiliates is required by law to disclose any confidential information, such Party shall promptly notify the applicable Buyer in writing, which notification shall include the nature of the legal requirement and the extent of the required disclosure, and shall cooperate with such Buyer to preserve the confidentiality of such information consistent with applicable law. GM shall be the beneficiary of any confidentiality or nondisclosure agreement entered into with respect to a potential acquisition of any portion of the Steering Business of Delphi before the Closing between Delphi or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any Person, on the other, and shall be entitled to enforce such agreement after the Closing Date.

9.19 Termination of Certain Agreements .

9.19.1. Effective on the Closing Date, without further action by the Parties, the following agreements shall be terminated in their respective entireties and the Parties thereto shall have no further obligations thereunder:

A. the Option Exercise Agreement;

B. the Connector Penetration Agreement dated August 7, 2001 (which Buyers do not hereby admit exists);

C. the Environmental Matters Agreement between Delphi Automotive Systems Corporation (n/k/a Delphi) and Old GM, dated as of October 1998;

D. the Amended and Restated Agreement for the Allocation of U.S. Income Taxes dated as of December 16, 1998 between Delphi Automotive Systems Corporation (n/k/a Delphi) and Old GM;

 

81


E. the Agreement for Indemnification of United States Federal, State and Local Non-Income Taxes dated as of December 16, 1998 between Delphi Automotive Systems Corporation (n/k/a Delphi) and Old GM, provided that Delphi’s obligations shall be limited amounts received by Delphi after the date of this Agreement;

F. the Lease Agreement dated as of May 1, 2000 between Delphi Canada Inc. and General Motors of Canada Limited, as amended August 1, 2002;

G. the Oshawa Labour & Management Agreement between Delphi Canada, Inc. and General Motors Canada Limited dated as of May 1, 2000;

H. the Administrative Services Agreement between Delphi Canada, Inc. and General Motors Canada Limited dated as of May 1, 2000;

I. the Trademark and Trade Name Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999 between Delphi Automotive Systems Corporation (n/k/a Delphi), DAS, and Old GM;

J. the Intellectual Property Contracts Transfer Agreement dated as of December 4, 1998, between DTI and Old GM, as amended October 31, 2001;

K. the Intellectual Property License Agreement dated as of December 4, 1998, between DTI and Old GM;

L. the Intellectual Property Transfer Agreement dated as of December 4, 1998 between DTI and Old GM;

M. the GM-Delphi Technology Transfer Agreement between Delphi Technologies, Inc. and Old GM dated December 4, 1998;

N. the Battery Facilitation Agreement – Transaction Summary dated as of March 21, 2005 between Delphi and Old GM;

O. the Letter Agreement dated August 10, 2004 regarding potential changes in Delphi’s battery operations signed by Mary Boland (Old GM) and John Blahnik (Delphi);

P. the Letter Agreement dated June 30, 2005 regarding the sale by Delphi of its global battery business to JCI signed by Bo Anderson (Old GM) and Steve Olsen (Delphi);

Q. the Letter Agreement dated June 30, 2005 regarding the potential subsidy to be paid by Delphi to JCI for employees at the New Brunswick battery plant; and

R. the GM-Delphi Liquidity Agreements.

The Parties will execute and deliver such further instruments or agreements as may be reasonably requested by the other Parties in order to further evidence the foregoing terminations. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, to the extent that any agreement listed in this section contains a license under any form of Intellectual Property to Old GM, GM Buyer or their respective Affiliates, or any option to purchase any patent or other intellectual property, or any commitment not to challenge or claim ownership in any Trademark of any Old GM, GM Buyer or their respective Affiliate, such license(s), option(s) and commitment(s) shall survive and remain in full force and effect.

 

82


9.19.2. Effective on the Closing Date, without further action by the Parties the MRA shall (except as specifically set forth below) be terminated in its entirety and the parties thereto shall have no further obligations thereunder (other than as specifically set forth in this Section 9.19.2 ), including, without limitation, any obligations of Delphi for payments with respect to flowbacks under Section 5.11 of the MRA or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Old GM agrees to pay any and all amounts due to Delphi which accrue under the MRA for periods prior to Closing regardless of the date on which such amounts become due under the terms of the MRA. In addition, Old GM shall continue to be responsible for the payment of all costs and amounts due to Delphi under the MRA with respect to the Athens Facility (as defined in the MRA).

9.19.3. Effective on the Closing Date, without further action by the Parties, Sellers shall be deemed to have waived any and all Claims (past and future) against Old GM, GM or their Affiliates pursuant to the OSA and the GM-Delphi Liquidity Agreements.

9.20 Certain Mexican Matters .

Delphi and the applicable Sellers commit to the following with respect to the GM Buyers:

9.20.1. Mexico LTAs . Immediately before Closing, Delphi will cause the asset sale transactions contemplated in the local transfer agreements substantially in the form set forth in Schedules 9.20.l(i)-(iii)  (with such limited changes as the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and reasonably agree upon between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date) (“ Mexico LTAs ”) (consolidation of assets of the Steering Business currently operated by Rio Bravo Electricos, S.A. de C.V., Delphi Ensamble de Cables y Componentes, S. de R.L. de C.V. and Alambrados y Circuitos Electricos, S.A. de C.V. into Steeringmex) to be completed in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Mexico LTAs. The Mexico LTAs set forth the terms under which the assets described therein are transferred by various Delphi Affiliates to Steeringmex. S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican limited liability company (“ Steeringmex ”). Under Section 5B of certain of the Mexico LTAs, a second installment payment of purchase price is required to be made (the “ Purchase Price Assumed Debt ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in ARTICLE 3 of this Agreement, neither of the following items will be included in any determination of the GM Purchase Price: (i) the Purchase Price Assumed Debt; and (ii) the Mexican VAT aggregating $1,324,408 USD (the “ Mexican VAT Amount ”) under certain of the Mexico LTAs that is recoverable by Steeringmex, with respect to the payment required to be made under Section 5A of such Mexico LTAs. At GM Buyer’s request, immediately before Closing, Sellers will, at GM Buyers’ sole cost and expense, cause Delphi Ensamble de Cables y Components, S. de R.L. de C.V. to file an action in the nature of a claim for declaratory judgment regarding the validity of the title to the GM Owned Real Property and to continue the proceeding at GM Buyers’ sole cost and expense until its conclusion. In this case, transfer of title to the GM Owned Real Property in Mexico will not be carried out to Steeringmex prior to closing, but promptly following the conclusion of the aforementioned declaratory judgment, as set forth in the corresponding Mexico LTA.

9.20.2. Utility Contracts . A Seller Affiliate will allow Steeringmex, until thirty (30) days after Closing, to continue to receive electricity (“ Post-Closing Mexico Utilities ”) under certain mutually agreed utility contracts listed in Schedule 9.20.2 to this Agreement from the applicable utility service provider(s), including keeping that certain $180,000.00 deposit (the “ Mexico Deposit ”) in place. Steeringmex will enter into separate utility contracts with the applicable utility service provider(s). Within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice for the Post-Closing Mexico Utilities, Steeringmex will pay the applicable Seller Affiliate for the Post-Closing Mexico Utilities.

 

83


9.20.3. Certain GM Acquired Assets Located in Mexico . The GM Acquired Assets that are located in Mexico and subject to a temporary importation customs regime shall be transferred by the applicable GM Asset Sellers to the applicable GM Asset Buyers in full compliance with any legal and/or administrative provision that may apply in order to, when applicable, preserve the relevant GM Acquired Assets’ temporary importation customs status. Specifically, the applicable GM Sellers shall transfer temporary imported Acquired Assets of the Steering Business through the so-called “virtual export pedimentos” and the applicable GM Asset Buyers shall prepare and effectuate the so-called “virtual import pedimentos” as permitted under Mexican law and regulation. The applicable GM Asset Buyers and Sellers shall exercise reasonable commercial efforts and shall cooperate to effectuate these “virtual export/import” transactions.

9.20.4. Certain Company Acquired Assets Located in Mexico . The Company Acquired Assets of the Company Business that are located in Mexico and subject to a temporary importation customs regime shall be transferred by the applicable Company Asset Sellers to the applicable Company Asset Buyers in full compliance with any legal and/or administrative provision that may apply in order to, when applicable, preserve the relevant Acquired Assets’ temporary importation customs status. Specifically, the applicable Company Sellers shall transfer temporary imported Company Acquired Assets through the so-called “virtual export pedimentos” and the applicable Company Asset Buyers shall prepare and effectuate the so-called “virtual import pedimentos” as permitted under Mexican law and regulation. The applicable Company Asset Buyers and Sellers shall exercise reasonable commercial efforts and shall cooperate to effectuate these “virtual export/import” transactions.

9.21 Transfer of Certain Sale Securities .

In order to effectuate the sale of the Sale Securities pursuant to Section 2.1.1 or Section 2.1.2 hereof, Sellers may, prior to Closing and after consultation with the applicable Buyers, transfer certain of the Sale Securities to special purpose vehicles in the form of intermediate holding companies provided that such transfer does not adversely affect the applicable Buyers or their interests in such Sale Securities. In the event of any such transfer, the shares of the intermediate holding company will become the Sale Securities transferred hereunder.

9.22 Certain Bank Accounts .

Parent will duly execute and deliver to Delphi, the Novation Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 9.22 in order to transfer certain lock box bank accounts at JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. to Buyers (the “ Transferred Account(s) ”) with an effective date as of the Closing Date. On or before the Closing Date, Delphi will counter-sign such Novation Letter and deliver the same to JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. In the event any Party receives any payments which are not included among such Party’s Acquired Assets, such receiving Party will remit such payment to the appropriate other party within five (5) Business Days of receipt.

9.23 Certain China Matters .

9.23.1. An Affiliate of the China Sellers has established a letter of credit (the “ China L/C ”) in support of Saginaw Steering (Suzhou) Co., Ltd., a Sale Company (“ Steering (Suzhou) ”).

 

84


Delphi will cause such Affiliate to keep the China L/C in place for no more than three hundred sixty (360) days following Closing (the “ China L/C Period ”). Parent will cause Steering (Suzhou) to establish, in no event later than three hundred sixty (360) days following Closing, a replacement for the China L/C. Within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice for such costs, Parent will pay or will cause Steering (Suzhou) to pay to the relevant Seller Affiliate all costs incurred by such Seller Affiliate in connection with keeping the China L/C open during the China L/C Period.

9.23.2. The GM Buyers acknowledge Sellers’ beneficial ownership of the China Entities until the Closing Date and agree that, until the Closing, it shall have no rights other than to hold legal title with respect to the China Entities. The GM Buyers agree not to encumber the China Entities or interfere with the operation of the business conducted by the China Entities until the Closing. Upon Closing, all of GM Sellers’ beneficial ownership and/or other interests in the China Entities shall automatically transfer to Steering Holding Pte. Ltd; provided , however , that in the event this Agreement does not become effective or this Agreement is terminated pursuant to ARTICLE 12 , the GM Buyers shall, upon Delphi’s request. take all steps and actions necessary to promptly transfer to Delphi or its designee any and all legal ownership rights the GM Buyers may have with respect to the China Entities or, at Delphi’s election, Steering Holding Pte. Ltd or Rhodes Holding II Sarl, as applicable.

9.24 Certain Poland Matters .

Delphi will transfer all of its shares in Delphi Polska to Fidass II, B.V. and complete all necessary registrations to effect such transfer prior to Closing. GM Buyers will reimburse Sellers on Closing for all costs incurred in acquiring Fidass II, B.V. as such costs are incurred by Sellers or their Affiliates. Delphi will not indemnify GM Buyer for any Tax or other Liabilities of Fidass II, B.V.

9.25 Non-GM Customers .

Each Buyer may consult with any customers of the Business that such Buyer is acquiring hereunder to discuss the potential impact of the transactions contemplated hereunder on the ongoing commercial relationship between such Business and any such customers.

9.26 Transfer of Quotas in Saginaw Brazil.

Prior to Closing, the applicable GM Sellers will take all actions required to cause Delphi Brazil to acquire the one (1) quota of the capital of Saginaw Brazil held by Jefferson Felix de Oliveira, a Brazilian citizen, married, mechanic engineer, resident and domiciled in the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Su1, with office at Rua Giuseppe Mandelli, No. 118, Bairro Sáo Joáo, in the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, Zip Code, bearer of the Identity Card R.G. No. No. 5.004.573.671 SSP/RG, enrolled with the Brazilian Individual Taxpayers’ Register (CPF/MF) under No. 491.466.290-68. As a result of such transfer, Delphi Brazil will become the lawful owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the quotas of Saginaw Brazil.

A. Simultaneously with the transfer of the sole quota mentioned in this Section 9.26 , the applicable GM Sellers will cause Delphi Brazil to execute an amendment to the articles of organization of Saginaw Brazil in accordance with applicable Brazilian Law, pursuant to which the applicable GM Sellers shall become the new owners of one hundred percent (100%) of the quotas in Saginaw Brazil representing 54,639,116 (fifty-four million six

 

85


hundred and thirty-nine thousand one hundred and sixteen) quotas. As a result, the applicable GM Sellers will become the lawful owners of all, but not less than all, of one hundred percent (100%) of the quotas of Saginaw Brazil. The applicable GM Sellers will cause Saginaw Brazil to file the amendment to the articles of organization mentioned above for registration with the competent commercial registry and perform all actions that may be required to obtain such registration as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the execution of the amendment to the articles of organization of Saginaw Brazil, in compliance with applicable Brazilian Law.

B. Prior to Closing, the applicable GM Sellers intend all the quotas of Saginaw Brazil to be dividended from Delphi Brazil to the applicable GM Sellers. Prior to Closing, Delphi Brazil will take all actions required to register the dividend from Delphi Brazil to the applicable GM Sellers and the foreign investment of the applicable GM Sellers in the capital of Saginaw Brazil before the Brazilian Central Bank in accordance with applicable Brazilian Law.

9.27 Transfer of the Brazilian Real Estate .

Delphi Brazil acquired the Brazilian Real Estate on March 3, 1999 and contributed the Brazilian Real Estate to the capital of Saginaw Brazil, on April 1, 2008 as payment-in of its equity interest in the capital of Saginaw Brazil. Notwithstanding the above, Delphi Brazil has not registered the transfer of the Brazilian Real Estate to Saginaw Brazil in the real estate enrollment certificate (matricula) of the competent real estate register to officer. Promptly following the Closing, the Brazil Sellers will, and will cause Delphi Brazil to (i) perform any and all actions that may be required to transfer the Brazilian Real Estate owned by Delphi Brazil to Saginaw Brazil, free and clear of any Encumbrance, other than Permitted Encumbrances, in accordance with applicable Law; and (ii) execute any and all documents that may be required to perfect the transfer of the Brazilian Real Estate to Saginaw Brazil in accordance with applicable Law, including but not limited to executing and registering a Public Deed for Transfer of Real Property for Corporate Capital Payment (Escritura de Conferéncia de Bens para Integralização de Capital Social) in the real estate enrollment certificate (matricula) of the Brazilian Real Estate before the competent real estate register office of the City of Porto Alegre, State of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. GM Buyers will be solely responsible for all taxes, costs and expenses in connection with such transfer, in accordance with all applicable Brazilian legal requirements.

9.28 Environmental Permits .

On the date of the execution of this Agreement or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, and following the Closing, Sellers shall cooperate with Buyers in taking all reasonable steps to facilitate the transfer, assignment or procurement of the reissuance of any Environmental Permit necessary to operate the Business.

9.29 Conflict and Privilege Waivers .

A. Effective as of the execution date of this Agreement, Sellers waive and will cause their respective Affiliates to waive any potential conflicts of interest, attorney-client privilege, attorney work product privilege, or other applicable privilege or conflict which may prevent the provision of services to Buyers or their respective Affiliates, successors or assigns, or disclosure to Buyers or their Affiliates, successors or assigns, by any employee, consultant to,

 

86


attorney for, advisor to, or other Person who has worked with or for, Sellers or their Affiliates with respect to any Environmental Law related matter for which any Buyer may be required to respond, involving in each case the applicable Acquired Assets, the Business, the Sale Companies or their respective assets and not relating to any Excluded Facility. In addition, effective on the execution date of this Agreement, Sellers hereby consent to all such consultants, attorneys, advisors, or other Persons performing services directly to Buyers, their respective successors, assigns and Affiliates, and agree that they may provide Buyers with all information and documents relating to any Environmental Law related matter for which any Buyer may be required to respond, in each case involving the applicable Acquired Assets, the Business, the Sale Companies or their respective assets and not relating to any Excluded Facility. Sellers hereby reaffirm the privilege waiver they signed in connection with the June 1 MDA and agree that such waiver remains in full force and effect. Within fifteen (15) days after the execution date of this Agreement, Sellers shall deliver to the applicable Buyers such executed original privilege waivers in the form of Exhibit 9.29.A together with a list of their consultants and advisors.

B. Effective on the Closing Date of this Agreement, Sellers waive and will cause their respective Affiliates to waive any potential conflicts of interest, attorney-client privilege, attorney work product privilege, or other applicable privilege or conflict which may prevent the provision of services to Buyers or their respective Affiliates successors or assigns, or disclosure to Buyers or their Affiliates, successors or assigns, by any employee, consultant to, attorney for, advisor to, or other Person who has worked with or for, Sellers or their Affiliates with respect to any Liability (other than as addressed in subsection (A) above) for which any Buyer may be required to respond, involving in each case the Acquired Assets, the Business, the Sale Companies or their respective assets and not relating to any Excluded Asset or Retained Liability. In addition, effective on the Closing Date, Sellers hereby consent to all such consultants, attorneys, advisors, or other Persons performing services directly to Buyers, their respective successors, assigns and Affiliates, and agree that they may provide Buyers with all information and documents relating to any Liability for which any Buyer may be required to respond, in each case involving the Acquired Assets, the Business, the Sale Companies or their respective assets and not relating to any Excluded Asset or Retained Liability. At Closing, Sellers shall deliver to the applicable Buyers such executed original privilege waivers in the form of Exhibit 9.29.B together with a list of their consultants and advisors. To the extent that any Liability that is the subject of this Section relates both to any Acquired Asset, Business, Sale Company and/or its assets on the one hand, and an Excluded Asset and/or Retained Liability on the other hand then the applicable Seller and Buyer agree that the waiver set forth herein will be effective only upon execution of a mutually acceptable joint defense agreement which the Parties agree to execute on or before Closing.

9.30 Preservation of Environmental Records .

Prior to Closing, Sellers and their respective Affiliates will preserve all Environmental Records and GM Environmental Records and will not damage, destroy or alter any Environmental Records or GM Environmental Records.

 

87


9.31 Reorganization and Restructuring .

Prior to the Closing, the Sellers, the Sale Companies and Buyers shall consider in good faith any and all internal restructuring steps and consider any transactions and elections as may be requested by the Buyers or Sellers in their respective sole discretion (including capital contributions, cross-chain sales, dividend distributions, spin-offs, mergers, redemptions, tax elections, conversions and reincorporations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the failure of any such reorganization or restructuring steps to occur shall in no way delay the Closing of the transactions contemplated by this agreement, (b) the applicable Buyers or Sellers, as the case may be, shall bear all costs related to any such reorganization or restructuring including any costs incurred by any the other Parties, (c) the other Parties shall have no liability for the failure of any such reorganization or restructuring steps to occur, (d) no Company Buyer shall have any Liability for any such reorganization or restructuring proposed by any GM Buyer and (e) no GM Buyer shall have any Liability for any such reorganization or restructuring proposed by the Company Buyer.

9.32 Certain Other Actions .

Sellers agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if requested by Company Buyer within thirty (30) days after the signing of this Agreement, procure a release of liens pertaining to the assets of Delphi Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in order to permit the unencumbered sale of the shares of such corporation instead of the sate of the assets of such corporation and (b) if requested by Company Buyer within thirty (30) days after the signing of this Agreement, procure a release of liens pertaining to the assets of certain Filing Affiliates that are Company Sellers of Company Sales Securities in order to permit the unencumbered sale of the shares of such Filing Affiliates instead of the sale of such Company Sales Securities. At Company Buyer’s sole option, the Company Buyer may elect to purchase the shares of one or more Filing Affiliates instead of purchasing the assets or Company Sales Securities held directly by such Filing Affiliate.

9.33 Retained Plans .

The Parties acknowledge that Delphi may, at its sole election, terminate any or all of the Retained Plans.

9.34 Certain India Matters .

Delphi Automotive Systems Pvt. Ltd. (“ Delphi India ”) has established a letter of credit (the “ India L/C ”) in support of its Steering Business. Delphi will cause Delphi India to keep the India L/C in place for no more than ninety (90) days following Closing (the “ India L/C Period ”). Parent will cause the applicable GM Buyer to establish, as soon as possible after Closing and in no event later than ninety (90) days following Closing, a replacement for the India L/C. Within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice for such costs, Parent will pay or will cause the applicable GM Buyer to pay to Delphi India all costs incurred by Delphi India in connection with keeping the India L/C open during the India L/C Period.

9.35 Pending Transactions .

9.35.1. In the event that any of the Pending Transactions are not completed before the Closing, Company Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate completion of the Pending Transactions under the applicable sale and related agreements, including the Seller Transition Services Agreement (subject to Delphi’s reimbursement of Company Buyer’s actual costs in accordance with the terms of the Seller Transition Services Agreement), and pay to Delphi, in U.S. Dollars, an

 

88


amount equal to net proceeds received from the respective buyers under the Pending Transactions, within ten (10) Business Days after receipt, except that funds paid to a non-U.S. Sale Company will be paid to Delphi (or Parent, as applicable) as soon as legally permitted under applicable Law, and in advance of amounts paid to other Company Affiliates.

9.35.2. In the event that the sales of the brake and suspension business and the exhaust business are not completed before the Closing, Company Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate completion of the such transactions under the applicable sale and related agreements, including the Seller Transition Services Agreement (subject to Delphi’s reimbursement of Company Buyer’s actual costs in accordance with the terms of the Seller Transition Services Agreement), and pay to Parent or its designee, in U.S. Dollars, an amount equal to the Net Proceeds received from the respective buyers in connection with such transactions, within ten (10) Business Days after receipt, Delphi will deposit into an escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably acceptable to the GM Buyer and Company Buyer any Net Proceeds received by Delphi or any of its Affiliates in connection with the sales the brake and suspension business or the exhaust business between date hereof and the Closing Date, and such amount will be paid to Parent at Closing.

9.36 Delphi FICA Litigation .

Delphi shall timely file any FICA refund claims arising in connection with the collective bargaining agreements in 2007. GM Buyer and Company Buyer shall cooperate in the prosecution of the Delphi FICA Litigation.

9.37 Financing .

9.37.1. Prior to the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement, GM shall not (x) terminate the GM Financing Agreements or (y) amend or otherwise modify the terms of the GM Financing Agreements (including, in the case of the Buyer Loan Documents, the form thereof), in each case as delivered to Delphi as of the date hereof, to increase the conditionality of the GM Financing Agreements or otherwise in a manner that would adversely impact in a material respect the ability of GM or the Company Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by the GM Financing Agreements (including in the case of the Buyer Loan Documents, the form thereof), in each case as delivered to Delphi as of the date hereof, or this Agreement, as the case may be, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y), without obtaining the prior written consent of Delphi (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

9.37.2. GM shall, prior to or concurrently with the Closing, execute and deliver the Buyer Loan Documents, provide the financing contemplated by the GM Financing Agreements on the terms and subject to the conditions described in the GM Financing Agreements and otherwise perform and comply on a timely basis with all of its obligations under the GM Financing Agreements and use its commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy on a timely basis all conditions and other requirements to the consummation of the financing contemplated by the GM Financing Agreements.

9.37.3. Prior to the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement, the Company Buyer shall not (x) terminate the Company Financing Agreements or (y) amend or otherwise modify the terms of the Company Financing Agreements (including, in the case of the Buyer Loan Documents, the form thereof), in each case as delivered to Delphi as of the date hereof, to increase the conditionality of the Company Financing Agreements or otherwise in a manner that would adversely impact in a material respect the ability of the Company Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Company Financing Agreements or this Agreement, as the case may be, in the case of each of clauses (x) and (y), without obtaining the prior written consent of Delphi (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

89


9.37.4. The Company Buyer shall, prior to or concurrently with the Closing, execute and deliver the Company Financing Agreements and otherwise perform and comply on a timely basis with all of its obligations under the Company Financing Agreements and use its commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy on a timely basis all conditions and other requirements to the consummation of the financing contemplated by the Company Financing Agreements.

9.38 Environmental Matters .

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Sellers and their Affiliates, on the one hand, nor any Buyer, on the other hand, assumes any Liability under Environmental Laws of the other. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to nullify any Liability to any federal, state or local environmental agency under Environmental Laws that either Seller and/or their Affiliates or any Buyer may have as a result of their status as an owner or operator of any property or facility, or as an arranger for disposal of any Hazardous Materials generated at any property or facility. At Closing, Seller and its Affiliates shall discharge in the pending Bankruptcy Cases, to the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Code, any and all Liabilities under Environmental Laws that they may have. After the Closing neither Sellers and their Affiliates, on the one hand, nor any Buyers, on the other hand, shall assert or pursue any Claim against the other under any Environmental Law for any Liability for Hazardous Materials contamination located on a GM Real Property, a Company Real Property or any real property relating to the Excluded Assets.

 

90


  9.39 Non-Solicitation .

Each of Delphi and the Sellers agree, severally, that until the earlier of (i) when this Agreement is terminated under the terms hereof and (ii) the Closing (the “ Non-Solicitation Period ”), Delphi and the Sellers, as applicable, shall not, and shall not knowingly permit Delphi, the Seller or any of their respective officers, directors, agents or Affiliates to solicit or initiate any inquiries or the making of any proposal with respect to the sale (whether by sale of stock, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other disposition) of all or any part of the GM Business and the Company Business or any significant portion of their consolidated assets or issued or unissued capital stock; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or restrict Delphi’s Board of Directors from taking actions (or directing management to take actions) which (i) the Board reasonably believes are required by their fiduciary duties (taking into account the advice of counsel in appropriate circumstances) or (ii) are in accordance with paragraph 46 of the Modification Procedures Order, as amended. From and after the execution of this Agreement, Delphi and the Sellers shall immediately advise the Buyers of the receipt, directly or indirectly, of any inquiries, discussions, negotiations, or proposals relating to a transaction described in this Section 9.39 (including the specific terms thereof and the identity of the other individual or entity or individuals or entities involved) and promptly furnish to the Buyers a copy of any such written proposal in addition to a copy of any information provided to or by any third party relating thereto, in each case only to the extent discussed or provided to Delphi’s Board of Directors.

9.40 Employment, Retirement, Indemnification, and Other Agreements, and Incentive Compensation Programs .

Prior to Closing, the Company Asset Buyers shall take all actions necessary to enter into or assume (at the Company Asset Buyer’s sole discretion) the agreements, obtain insurance coverage and undertake or assume the obligations, in connection with the Specified Director, Officer and Employee Related Liabilities that in the aggregate provide substantially similar economic benefits to the applicable directors, officers and employees as currently exist under existing agreements and policies in effect on the date of this Agreement with respect to Delphi’s directors, officers and employees other than with respect to change in control agreements. “ Specified Director, Officer and Employee Related Liabilities ” means (i) employment and incentive agreements and policies (which shall include equity, supplemental retirement benefits, bonus and other incentive plans and policies to be paid to executives after the Closing Date) with substantially all of Delphi’s current, eligible executives who continue to be employed after the Closing Date, (ii) the obligation to indemnify, reimburse, advance, or contribute to the losses, liabilities, or expenses of a director, officer, or employee pursuant to the applicable Delphi and Affiliate of Delphi certificate of incorporation, bylaws, policy of providing employee indemnification, applicable law, or specific agreement in respect of any claims, demands, suits, causes of action, or proceedings against any director, officer, or employee of the debtors who were in that role as of the date of October 3, 2007 based upon any act or omission related to a director’s, officer’s or employee’s service with, for, or on behalf of Delphi or an Affiliate of Delphi, (iii) the obligation to maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance providing coverage for those directors, officers, and employees currently covered by such policies for the remaining term of such policy and to maintain tail coverage under policies in existence as of the Closing Date for a period of six years after the Closing Date, to the fullest extent permitted by such provisions, in each case insuring such parties in respect of any claims, demands, suits, causes of

 

91


action, or proceedings against such persons based upon any act or omission related to such person’s service with, for, or on behalf of the debtors in at least the scope and amount as currently maintained by Delphi and Affiliates of Delphi, and (iv) the obligation to indemnify current or former directors, officers, and employees who were not employed in such capacity by Delphi or an Affiliate of Delphi as of October 3, 2007, solely to pay for any deductible or retention amount that may be payable in connection with any claim covered under either the insurance coverage referred to in section (ii) or any prior similar policy in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10 million.

 

  9.41 India Matters .

The applicable Delphi Asset Seller in India shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prior to Closing (A) procure a “no objection letter” from the appropriate authority pursuant to section 281(I) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 of India to the proposed transfer of the Acquired Assets of the GM Business conducted in India from the Seller to the Buyer with no conditions included in such objection letter, other than those as are reasonably acceptable to the applicable Seller and applicable GM Buyer and (B) establish proper, clear and valid leasehold rights in favor of the applicable GM Buyer to the premises forming part of the lease for the premises situated in the State of Haryana, India and subject to the Seller furnishing all necessary permission(s) and authorization(s) obtained by AJS Associates and/or individual allottees of the premises forming part of the leases from the Haryana Urban Development Authority for the purpose of creating valid leasehold rights in favor of the GM Buyer.

 

  9.42 Prosecution and Settlement of Appaloosa Claim .

Prior to the Closing, Delphi shall continue to control the prosecution and settlement of the Appaloosa Claim and shall be responsible for the costs and expenses of such prosecution and, subject to applicable law, shall not consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to the Appaloosa Claim or enter into any settlement with respect thereto without the prior written consent of GM or GM Buyer which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Following the Closing, (i) GM, GM Buyer and Delphi agree to take appropriate actions and enter into appropriate agreements such that subject to applicable law, GM or GM Buyer shall control the prosecution and settlement of the Appaloosa Claim and shall be responsible for the costs and expenses of such prosecution, and Delphi shall cooperate with GM and GM Buyer in any such prosecution; provided, however, if requested by GM or GM Buyer in writing, Delphi shall prosecute such Claim at the direction of GM or GM Buyer, as applicable, and GM or GM Buyer, as applicable, shall reimburse Delphi for any reasonable, external, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Delphi in connection with any such prosecution; provided, further, however, that if GM or GM Buyer has requested that Delphi prosecute such Claim as provided above, Delphi shall not consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to the Appaloosa Claim or enter into any settlement with respect thereto without the prior written consent of GM or GM Buyer; (ii) GM and GM Buyer shall not consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to the Appaloosa Claim or enter into any settlement with respect thereto, in each case for an amount that would be less than $145.5 million (the “ Threshold ”), without the prior written consent of Company Buyer which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided. that Company Buyer may not withhold its consent unless it agrees within 20 days of the request for consent to pay all costs and expenses associated with of the continuing prosecution of the Appaloosa Claim and demonstrates to GM’s and GM Buyer’s reasonable satisfaction the ability to fund such costs and expenses; provided, further, that Company Buyer shall not have any right to consent to the entry of any judgment

 

92


with respect to the Appaloosa Claim or any settlement with respect thereto if the amount of such judgment or settlement would result in proceeds equal to or greater than the Threshold; (iii) GM and GM Buyer shall not consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to the Appaloosa Claim or enter into any settlement with respect thereto unless such judgment or settlement (A) contains a full release of all counter, cross or similar claims by the defendants and (B) does not contain non-economic relief detrimental to Delphi’s current or former officers, directors, or employees; and (iv) GM and GM Buyer shall consult with Delphi regarding any request by Delphi for GM or GM Buyer to consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to the Appaloosa Claim or entry into any settlement. Delphi and GM and/or the GM Buyer will enter into an agreement in mutually acceptable form for the purpose of facilitating communications regarding the Appaloosa Claim and, to the maximum extent permissible, protecting confidential and privileged information shared in connection therewith.

 

  9.43 PBGC Settlement Agreements .

Delphi shall not amend, modify, or terminate the Delphi-PBGC Settlement Agreement without the prior written consent of each of GM and the Company Buyer, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Delphi shall not amend the Delphi-PBGC Settlement Agreement in any manner that (i) will cause GM or the Company Buyer to pay any amounts, incur any Liabilities or transfer any assets or (ii) modify in any manner any releases of any claims or liens for the benefit of GM or the Company Buyer. GM shall not amend, modify, or terminate the GM-PBGC Settlement Agreement without the prior written consent of each of Delphi and the Company Buyer, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that GM shall not amend the GM-PBGC Settlement Agreement in any manner that (i) will cause Delphi or the Company Buyer to pay any amounts, incur any Liabilities or transfer any assets or (ii) modify in any manner any releases of any claims or liens for the benefit of Delphi or the Company Buyer.

 

  9.44 DIP Priority Payment .

9.44.1. Not more than 20 Business Days but not less than 15 Business Days prior to the date on which Delphi and the Buyers shall have agreed in good faith is the anticipated Closing Date, Delphi shall notify the DIP Agent in writing (with a copy to the Buyers) of such anticipated Closing Date. If, at any time subsequent to the delivery of such notification, Delphi and the Buyers determine in good faith that they anticipate that the Closing Date will be different from the one set forth in such notification, Delphi shall notify the DIP Agent in writing (with a copy to the Buyers) of the updated anticipated Closing Date.

9.44.2. At least 15 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, (I) the DIP Agent will prepare in good faith and deliver to Delphi and the Buyers (a) the aggregate amount of all invoices received by DIP Agent at such time to be paid at the Closing pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of DIP Priority Payment and (b) a categorized estimate of the DIP Priority Payment under clauses (ii) and (iii) of the definition thereof as of the Closing Date and (II) Delphi will provide to the Buyers the mark­ to-market exposure under the Hedging Agreements as of such date, calculated in accordance with the relevant Hedging Agreements. At least 4 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the DIP Agent will deliver to Delphi and the Buyers the calculations of the obligations owing under the Hedging Agreements as of the Closing Date that have been provided to the DIP Agent by the counterparties to the Hedge Counterparties as of such date. On or prior to the Closing Date, the DIP Agent will deliver to Delphi and the Buyers a letter (the “ DIP Priority Payment Letter ”) setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of the DIP Priority Payment to be paid on the Closing Date.

 

93


9.44.3. If a GM Buyer disputes any amount or calculation under clause (i) of the DIP Priority Payment or the estimate of such amount, to the extent such dispute cannot be resolved by consent or by order of the Bankruptcy Court prior to Closing, at its option in its sole discretion, the GM Buyers may elect to either (i) delay the Closing for a period not to exceed 15 days in order to seek to resolve such dispute, or (ii) proceed with the Closing and pay such disputed amount, subject to the following procedures if applicable:

A. if the portion of the DIP Priority Payment in dispute is owed to a Backstop Party, GM Buyer will pay the disputed amount to the DIP Agent who will deposit such disputed amount in a non-interest bearing escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the DIP Agent, GM Buyer and the applicable Backstop Party, which escrow agreement shall authorize the DIP Agent to distribute the escrowed amount as specified in a joint notice by a GM Buyer and the applicable Backstop Party or as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court;

B. if the portion of the DIP Priority Payment in dispute is owed to any third party other than a Backstop Party. GM Buyer shall pay such amount to the DIP Agent and the DIP Agent will distribute such disputed amount to the applicable third party; provided that in providing such payment, GM Buyer does not waive any rights it may have to dispute the amount paid to such third party hereunder; or

C. if the portion of the DIP Priority Payment in dispute is owed to any third party other than a Backstop Party, and such third party agrees to permit such disputed amount to be retained by the DIP Agent subject to an escrow, GM Buyer will pay the disputed amount to the DIP Agent who will deposit such disputed amount in a non-interest bearing escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the DIP Agent, which escrow agreement shall authorize the DIP Agent to distribute the escrowed amount as specified in a joint notice by a GM Buyer and the applicable third party or as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.

9.44.4. If a GM Buyer disputes any amount or calculation under clause (iv) of the DIP Priority Payment, to the extent such dispute cannot be resolved by consent or by order of the Bankruptcy Court prior to Closing, the GM Buyers shall so notify Delphi and the counterparty to the relevant Hedging Agreement of such dispute, proceed with the Closing and pay such disputed amount to such counterparty at the Closing, and, upon the making of such payment at the Closing, Delphi shall assign to the GM Buyers the right to enforce against the counterparty (subject to all defenses that could be asserted by the counterparty against Delphi) any right Delphi may have to reimbursement of the disputed amount under the relevant Hedging Agreement. If the DIP Agent does not perform the provisions of this Section 9.44 applicable to it, the Parties will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an alternative arrangement which provides GM Buyers protections and rights equivalent to those provided by this Section 9.44 .

9.44.5. At Closing, Company Buyer shall reimburse Parent an amount equal to 50% of aggregate amount of success fees included in the DIP Priority Payment incurred after June 1, 2009 and paid by Parent or a GM Buyer. Alternatively, Parent may assign its rights to such payment to one of its Affiliates and Parent or such Affiliate may offset such right to such payment against the GM Buyers’ obligations under Section 9.5.11.B .

 

94


ARTICLE 10.

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

 

  10.1 Conditions to Obligations of Sellers and Buyers .

The respective obligations of each Party to effect the Sales and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by each Party at or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions precedent.

10.1.1. Plan of Reorganization, Plan Modification Order . If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, the conditions to the effectiveness thereof shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms thereof, and the Plan of Reorganization does not contain any changes from the version filed with the Bankruptcy Court on June 16, 2009 that would have a material adverse impact on the Sales (except as contemplated under Section 3.2.3 of this Agreement) without the consent of GM and the Company Buyer, an adverse impact on GM without the consent of GM or an adverse impact on Company Buyer without the consent of Company Buyer. If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, any exhibits and schedules thereto not delivered to the Buyers prior to the date of this Agreement, must not have a material adverse impact on the Sales without the consent of GM and the Company Buyer, a material adverse impact on GM without the consent of GM or a material adverse impact on Company Buyer without the consent of Company Buyer. The Plan Modification Order as entered on July 30, 2009 shall be an Unstayed Order.

10.1.2. Governmental Approvals . All required Governmental Approvals (including approvals under any Competition/Investment Law, as identified on Schedule 10.1.2 ) regarding the Sales will have been granted in writing by the appropriate Governmental Authorities or the waiting period with respect to any such filings will have expired or been terminated; provided that to the extent such consent, approval, order, authorization, registration, declaration or filing has not been obtained or completed with respect to an immaterial Acquired Asset, Parent or Company Buyer may elect in its sole discretion to cause the applicable Buyer to consummate the acquisition of those Acquired Assets for which such consent, approval, order, authorization, registration, declaration or filing has been obtained or completed and defer the acquisition of all remaining Acquired Assets until such remaining consent, approval, order, authorization, registration, declaration or filing has been obtained or completed and provided further that the full Purchase Price for such assets is paid.

10.1.3. No Order . There shall not be in effect any Governmental Order by Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

95


  10.2 Conditions to Obligations of Sellers .

The obligation of Sellers to consummate the Sales and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions (anyone or more of which may be waived in whole or in part by Sellers):

10.2.1. Accuracy of Warranties . The representations and warranties of the GM Buyers in ARTICLE 5 of this Agreement, of GM in ARTICLE 6 of this Agreement and of the Company Buyer in ARTICLE 7 of this Agreement (without taking into account any materiality or material adverse effect qualification therein), will be true and correct as of date of the Agreement and as of the Closing Date as if made on such date (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date or time, which will be true and correct only as of such date or time), except where the failure of such representation and warranty to be true and correct would not have a material adverse effect on Buyers’ ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.2.2. Performance of Covenants . Each of the Buyers and their Affiliates will have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Closing.

10.2.3. Delivery of Ancillary Agreements . Buyers will have delivered duly executed copies of each of the applicable Ancillary Agreements.

10.2.4. Collective Bargaining Agreements . The relevant Buyers will assume all applicable Seller U.S. CBAs, in each case, to the extent provided in the Plan Modification Order as entered on July 30, 2009.

10.2.5. PBGC Settlement Agreements . The PBGC Settlement Agreements shall have gone effective and be in full force and effect.

10.2.6. Consents . The UAW, IUE CWA and the USW will have waived (to the extent such waiver is required) Seller U.S. CBA restrictions upon the Sale in a form reasonably satisfactory to Seller.

 

  10.3 Conditions to Obligations of GM Buyers .

The obligation of GM Buyers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions (which may be waived in whole or in part by GM Buyers);

10.3.1. Accuracy of Warranties . The representations and warranties of Sellers made to all Buyers or the GM Buyers, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the representations and warranties of Sellers made exclusively to the Company Buyer, contained in this Agreement (without taking into account any materiality, material adverse effect or Material Adverse Effect qualification therein), will be true and correct as of the Closing Date as if made on such date without regard to any changes to the schedules referred to in such representations and warranties submitted after the date of this Agreement (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date or time, which will be true and correct only as of such date or time), except where the failure of such representation and warranty to be true and correct would not have a material adverse effect on Sellers’ ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.3.2. Performance of Covenants . Sellers will have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing for the benefit of the GM Buyers.

 

96


10.3.3. Delivery of Ancillary Agreements . Sellers will have delivered duly executed copies of each of the GM Ancillary Agreements. Company Buyer will have delivered duly executed copies of the GM/Company Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party.

10.3.4. PBGC Settlement Agreements . The PBGC Settlement Agreements shall have gone effective and be in full force and effect.

10.3.5. Financing . The Company Buyer shall have (or shall receive concurrently with the Closing) received the debt and equity financing contemplated by the Company Financing Agreements (unless the failure to receive such financing is a result of an actual or threatened breach of the Company Financing Agreements by any GM Buyer). The Backstop Parties shall not be in breach or default of any material obligations they have under the Company Financing Agreements and shall have executed and delivered the Company Financing Agreements to which they are a party and the Operating Agreement, which Company Financing Agreements and Operating Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

10.3.6. Transfer of Environmental Permits and Approvals . All material Environmental Permits shall have been transferred, assigned or reissued to GM Buyers or, with respect to any material Environmental Permit which cannot be transferred, assigned or reissued prior to Closing, GM Buyers have received written or other satisfactory acknowledgment from the appropriate Governmental Authority that continued operation after Closing by GM Buyers pending transfer, assignment or reissuance of any such material Environmental Permit is permissible.

10.3.7. Property Transfer Obligations . All obligations required under the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law, Indiana Code Section 13-25-3 shall have been satisfied.

 

  10.4 Conditions to Obligations of Company Buyer.

The obligation of Company Buyer to consummate the Sales and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions (which may be waived in whole or in part by the Company Buyer):

10.4.1. Accuracy of Warranties . The representations and warranties of Sellers made to all Buyers or the Company Buyer, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the representations and warranties of Sellers made exclusively to the GM Buyers, contained in this Agreement (without taking into account any materiality or material adverse effect qualification therein), will be true and correct as of the Closing Date as if made on such date without regard to any changes to the schedules referred to in such representations and warranties submitted after the date of this Agreement (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date or time, which will be true and correct only as of such date or time), except where the failure of such representation and warranty to be true and correct would not have a material adverse effect on Sellers’ ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.4.2. Performance of Covenants . Sellers will have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and obligations required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing for the benefit of the Company Buyer.

10.4.3. Delivery of Ancillary Agreements . Sellers will have delivered duly executed copies of each of the Company Ancillary Agreements, which shall be in full force and effect. GM Buyers will have delivered duly executed copies of the GM/Company Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party.

 

97


10.4.4. PBGC Settlement Agreements . The PBGC Settlement Agreements shall have gone effective and be in full force and effect.

10.4.5. Transfer of Environmental Permits and Approvals . All material Environmental Permits relating to Company Purchased Assets located in the United States shall have been transferred, assigned or reissued to Company Buyer or, with respect to any such material Environmental Permit which cannot be transferred, assigned or reissued prior to Closing. Company Buyer shall have received written or other satisfactory acknowledgment from the appropriate Governmental Authority that continued operation after Closing by Company Buyer pending transfer, assignment or reissuance of any such material Environmental Permit is permissible, and Sellers shall have used their respective commercially reasonable efforts to have transferred, assigned or reissued to Company Buyer all material Environmental Permits relating to Company Purchased Assets located outside of the United States, or to receive written or other satisfactory acknowledgment from the appropriate Governmental Authority that continued operation after Closing by Company Buyer pending transfer, assignment or reissuance of any such material Environmental Permit is permissible.

10.4.6. Financing. The Company Buyer shall have received (or shall receive concurrently with the Closing) the debt and equity financing contemplated by the Company Financing Agreements (unless the failure to receive such financing is a result of an actual or threatened breach of the Company Financing Agreements by any Company Buyer or any of the Backstop Parties). GM shall not be in breach or default of any material obligations it has under the Company Financing Agreements and shall have executed and delivered the Company Financing Agreements to which it is a party and the Operating Agreement, which Company Financing Agreements and Operating Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

10.4.7. LLC Agreement . The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Company Buyer in the form included as an Exhibit to the Securities Purchase Agreement as of the date hereof shall have been implemented consistent with Section 8(a) of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

ARTICLE 11.

CLOSING.

 

  11.1 Closing Time and Date.

11.1.1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing (the “ Closing ”) of all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to occur at Closing will take place at the offices of Skadden Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York, 10036, at 10:00 a.m. on the date which is two (2) Business Days after the date that all of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 10 have been satisfied or waived (other than conditions which by their nature can be satisfied only at the Closing), or on such other date or at such other time as the Parties may otherwise agree (the “ Closing Date ”). For Tax and accounting purposes, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the effective time of the transaction to be 11:59 p.m., local time, on the accounting month end following the Closing Date. The Closing of the Transfer Agreements will take place simultaneously with the Closing or on a later date if mutually agreed by the relevant Seller and relevant Buyer.

 

98


11.1.2. In the event any condition to Closing contained in Section 10.1.2 or 10.3 has not been satisfied with respect to an immaterial Acquired Asset, GM Buyer may elect to delay the Closing with respect to such immaterial Acquired Asset or Sale Company (the “ Temporarily Excluded Assets ”), and shall be required to proceed to Closing with respect to the rest of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In such event, (i) GM Buyers will not be deemed to have assumed any Liabilities which relate to the Temporarily Excluded Assets, (ii) the full Purchase Price will be paid at Closing notwithstanding that the Temporarily Excluded Assets have not been transferred, and (iii) Sellers will continue to operate the Temporarily Excluded Assets and will supply GM Buyers and the Sale Companies and perform the other obligations in the same manner as prior to the Closing, except that GM Buyers will be responsible for paying Sellers, in advance, for all of their direct and indirect costs and expenses reasonably incurred in operating the Temporarily Excluded Assets to the extent they exceed revenues generated from operating such Temporarily Excluded Assets until they can be transferred to GM Buyers. Sellers and GM Buyers will continue to use their respective commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the satisfaction of all unsatisfied conditions precedent to the transfer of the Temporarily Excluded Assets as soon as practicable. The GM Buyers may elect to close on the transfer of the Temporarily Excluded Assets at any time upon notice to Delphi. Until any such closing on the transfer of the Temporarily Excluded Assets, the provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply to the Temporarily Excluded Assets as if no Closing under this Agreement had yet taken place.

 

  11.2 GM Ancillary Agreements.

At or prior to the Closing, the applicable Sellers and/or Company Buyer will duly execute and deliver to the applicable GM Buyers, and the applicable GM Buyers will duly execute and deliver to the applicable Sellers and/or the Company Buyer, each of the following agreements to which they are to be a party:

11.2.1. The following lease agreements:

A. Assignment and Assumption Agreement regarding Building 1 at the Somerton, Australia Real Property, substantially in the form of the Previously Filed Version Exhibit 11.2.1.A (with such changes as the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and reasonably agree upon between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date).

B. Sublease regarding the Paris Technical Center, substantially in the form of the Previously Filed Version Exhibit 11.2.1.B (with such changes as the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and reasonably agree upon between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date).

C. Sublease regarding the lease located at 1230 West Gila Bend Highway, Valley Industrial Park, Casa Grande, Arizona, substantially in the form of the Previously Filed Version Exhibit 11.2.1.C (with such changes as the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and reasonably agree upon between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date).

D. The applicable GM Buyer and applicable Company Buyer will enter into a lease for a portion of the Lockport, New York technical center (including the Personal Property used therein) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties providing, among other things, for Company Buyer to pay its pro rata share of costs on a triple net basis, plus $1.00 per year, having a term of two years, providing for a mutually acceptable allocation of use of Personal Property during the term of such lease. During the term of such lease, the applicable

 

99


GM Buyer shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any of such Personal Property. The applicable GM Buyer and applicable Company Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and implement a reasonable, mutually agreed upon, cost effective separation plan for their respective businesses conducted at Lockport, New York and following such separation during the remainder of the term of the lease, the applicable Company Buyer shall have an option to purchase the real property and the related Personal Property for the price of $1.00 and the assumption by such Company Buyer of all Liabilities directly relating to such technical center and not the remainder of the facility retained by GM Buyer, it being understood that Company Buyer shall not assume liabilities relating to UAW employees, subject to a lease back to the applicable GM Buyer of the portion of the real property that will continue to be occupied by the applicable GM Buyer and the provision for the use by the applicable GM Buyer of the relevant related Personal Property. Company Buyer must exercise its option to acquire the real property in order to purchase the Personal Property. The lease back to the GM Buyer shall provide for the applicable GM Buyer to pay its pro rata share of costs on a triple net basis, plus $1.00 per year and having such other terms and conditions as agreed to by such parties. Company Buyer will pay all costs associated with the separation of the Lockport, New York technical center and all capital investment needed in connection with separation of the Lockport, New York technical center and other capital expenditures; provided that any shared capital expenditures required with respect to any shared Personal Property or Real Property shall be equitably allocated between the parties as mutually agreed to between the parties.

E. The applicable GM Buyer and applicable Company Buyer will enter into a lease for a portion of the Kokomo, Indiana technical center (including the Personal Property used therein) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties providing, among other things for Company Buyer to pay its pro rata share of costs on a triple net basis, plus S1.00 per year, having a term of two years, providing for a mutually acceptable allocation of use of Personal Property during the term of such lease. During the term of such lease, the applicable GM Buyer shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any of such Personal Property. The applicable GM Buyer and applicable Company Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and implement a reasonable, mutually agreed upon, cost effective separation plan for their respective businesses conducted at Kokomo, Indiana and following such separation during remainder of the term of the lease, the applicable Company Buyer shall have an option to purchase the real property and related Personal Property for the price of $1.00 and the assumption by such Company Buyer of all Liabilities directly relating to such technical center and not the remainder of the facility retained by GM Buyers, it being understood that Company Buyer shall not assume liabilities relating to UAW employees, subject to a lease back to the applicable GM Buyer of the portion of the real property that will continue to be occupied by the applicable GM Buyer and the provision for the use by the applicable GM Buyer of the relevant related Personal Property. Company Buyer must exercise its option to acquire the real property in order to purchase the Personal Property. The lease back to the GM buyer shall provide for the applicable GM Buyer to pay its pro rata share of costs on a triple net basis, plus $1.00 per year and having such other terms and conditions as agreed to by such parties. Company Buyer will pay all costs associated with the separation of the Kokomo, Indiana technical center and all capital investment needed in connection with separation of the Kokomo, Indiana technical center and other capital expenditures; provided that any shared capital expenditures required with respect to any shared Personal Property or Real Property shall be equitably allocated between the parties as mutually agreed to between the parties.

 

100


11.2.2. Patent Rights assignments by the applicable GM Sellers to the applicable GM Buyer substantially in the form of Exhibits 11.2.2.A.1 through 11.2.2.A.16 , a Trademark Assignment by the applicable GM Seller to the applicable GM Buyer substantially in the form of Exhibit 11.2.2.B , and a Copyright Assignment by the applicable GM Seller to the applicable GM Buyers substantially in the form of Exhibit 11.2.2.C , whereby recorded title to the Purchased Intellectual Property may be recorded as being transferred from the applicable GM Seller to the applicable GM Buyers, as well as any other deeds, bills of sale, endorsements, assignments, affidavits and other instruments of sale, conveyance, transfer and assignment relating to the Purchased Intellectual Property, including an assignment to the applicable GM Sellers’ rights in and to the “Saginaw Steering” name and trademark, any assignment of rights to Intellectual Property under any employment or independent contractor agreements and any necessary releases of security interest in forms appropriate for releasing any security interests filed in any patent offices.

11.2.3. The following agreements (collectively the “ GM Transfer Agreements ”):

A. France Asset Sale Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.A .

B. Australia Asset Sale Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.B .

C. India Asset Sale Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.C .

D. Germany Asset Sale Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.D .

E. Italy Asset Sale Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.E .

F. Korea Asset Sale Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.F .

G. Japan Asset Sale Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.G .

H. Share Transfer Agreement with respect to Fidass II, B.V, substantially in the form set forth in the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.2.3.H .

11.2.4. The bill of sale, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.2.4 .

11.2.5. The Assignment and Assumption Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.2.5 .

11.2.6. The GM IP License Agreement.

11.2.7. The applicable Seller Transition Services Agreement between Delphi and GM substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.2.7 .

 

101


11.2.8. Share transfer agreements in customary form as required to effect the sale and transfer of the Sale Securities of the Sale Companies without any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

  11.3 Company Ancillary Agreements .

At or prior to the Closing, the applicable Sellers and/or GM Buyers will duly execute and deliver to the applicable Company Buyer, and the applicable Company Buyer will duly execute and deliver to the applicable Sellers and/or the GM Buyers, each of the following agreements to which they are to be a party:

11.3.1. Assignments, in recordable form, with respect to each of the Copyrights, Patent Rights, Trademark Rights included within the Purchased Intellectual Property, duly executed by each Seller, as applicable, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

11.3.2. The Buyer Transition Services Agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.3.2 .

11.3.3. The transition services agreement between Delphi and the Company Buyer, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.3.3 (the “ Seller Transition Services Agreement ”).

11.3.4. The bills of sale, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.3.4 .

11.3.5. The assignment and assumption agreements, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 11.3.5 .

11.3.6. The Company IP License Agreements.

11.3.7. Lease by GM to Company Buyer of technical centers at Lockport, New York and Kokomo, Indiana pursuant to Sections 11.2.1.D and 11.2.1.E , respectively.

11.3.8. Share transfer agreements in customary form as required to effect the sale and transfer of the Sale Securities of the Sale Companies without any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.

11.3.9. Delphi, as lessor, and the applicable Company Buyer, as tenant, will enter into a month-to-month lease for a minimum term of three months and a maximum term of three years for the Rootstown, Ohio and Plant 43 in Flint, Michigan manufacturing facilities (including the Personal Property used therein) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties providing, among other things for the Company Buyer to pay its pro rata share of costs on a triple net basis, plus $41,666.67 per month in the case of Rootstown and $125,884 per month in the case of Plant 43 in Flint, Michigan. During the term of such lease, the applicable Company Buyer shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any of such Personal Property.

 

102


  11.4 Sellers’ Deliveries at Closing .

At or prior to the Closing, the appropriate Sellers will deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Buyer:

11.4.1. To the extent that equity interests of Sale Companies or the JV Companies are represented by stock certificates, original certificates evidencing the Sale Securities (to the extent applicable in the respective jurisdiction), which certificates will be duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock transfer powers or other appropriate instruments of assignment and transfer in favor of the relevant Buyer or its permitted assigns.

11.4.2. Quitclaim deeds (or non U.S. equivalent) for the GM Owned Real Property and the Company Real Property which is owned, substantially in the form of the Previously Filed Version of Exhibit 11.4.2 or such other form of conveyance in substance equivalent to such form of deed.

11.4.3. Copies of the resolutions (or local equivalent) of the boards of directors or similar governing body of each Seller and, where required, the stockholders/owners of each Seller, authorizing and approving this Agreement, Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

11.4.4. Certified copies of all orders of the Bankruptcy Court pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, including the Plan Modification Order.

11.4.5. The minutes and other partnership or limited liability company record books of the Sale Companies and all stock transfer ledgers and other records evidencing the equity ownership of the Sale Companies.

11.4.6. Resignations of all directors (or equivalent) and officers of the Sale Companies and of any Seller representatives in similar positions with the JV Companies, except as otherwise requested by the applicable Buyer no less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

11.4.7. A non-foreign affidavit dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance required under the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 1445(b) of the Code so that Buyers are exempt from withholding any portion of the Purchase Price thereunder.

11.4.8. All other documents and papers reasonably requested by Buyers to transfer title to the Acquired Assets or Sale Securities in accordance with this Agreement or to otherwise effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

11.4.9. A certificate signed by Delphi, dated the date of the Closing Date (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent and Company Buyer), certifying that the conditions specified in Section 10.3 and Section 10.4 have been satisfied as of the Closing.

11.4.10. Written acknowledgements from the applicable Governmental Authorities that all material Environmental Permits have been transferred, assigned or reissued to Buyer or, with respect to any material Environmental Permit which cannot be transferred, assigned or reissued prior to Closing, written or other satisfactory acknowledgment from the appropriate Governmental Authority that continued operation after Closing by Buyers pending transfer, assignment or reissuance of any such material Environmental Permit is permissible.

11.4.11. Environmental Records and GM Environmental Records without redaction or deletion. Environmental Records and GM Environmental Records located at the applicable Real Property immediately following the Closing will be deemed to be delivered for purposes of this Section 11.4 .

 

103


11.4.12. Copies of all documents required to effect the transfer of ownership and possession of any Real Property under the Indiana Responsible Property Transfer Law, Indiana Code Section 13-25-3.

11.4.13. The Buyer Transition Services Agreements and the Seller Transition Services Agreement substantially set forth in Exhibits 11.2.7 , 11.3.2 and 11.3.3 , respectively (with such limited changes as the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and reasonably agree upon between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date).

11.4.14. Delphi shall assign to Company Buyer and Company Buyer shall assume all of Delphi’s rights and obligations under (A) the GM-Delphi Memorandum of Understanding Flint East Operations between Delphi and GM, dated as of December 23, 2008, and (B) the Leased Hourly Employees Services Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008.

11.4.15. Amendments to the Rhodes I and Rhodes II Operating Agreements in the forms previously provided to Sellers.

 

  11.5 Buyers’ Deliveries at Closing .

11.5.1. At or prior to the Closing, GM Buyers and Old GM (solely with respect to Clause A below) will deliver or cause to be delivered the following:

A. The waiver by Old GM and GM of their respective pre-petition Claims, Administrative Claims, and future Claims in the Bankruptcy Cases including without limitation any such Claims pursuant to the Global Settlement Agreement, as amended, effective as of September 29, 2008, between Delphi and Old GM and the waiver by GM and Old GM of their respective Claims with under each of the GM-Delphi Liquidity Agreements;

B. The payment to the DIP Agent of the DIP Payment;

C. The assumption or payment of the applicable Cure Amounts for the GM Business that are GM Assumed Liabilities;

D. The payment to Delphi of certain expenses of Delphi and its Filing Affiliates following the Closing as set forth on Exhibit 3.1.1.E .

E. Where required by applicable Law in the jurisdiction concerned, copies of the resolutions (or local equivalent) of the boards of directors or similar governing body of each GM Buyer and, where required, the stockholders/owners of each GM Buyer, authorizing and approving this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

F. An officer’s certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed on behalf of Parent, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 10.2 have been fulfilled;

 

104


G. Each GM/Company Ancillary Agreement to which a GM Buyer is a party and which was not executed and delivered contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement; and

H. 50% of professional fees (not to exceed $15,000,000 as the payment by the GM Buyer) that are Administrative Claims required to be paid in cash by the Filing Affiliates in connection with the Filing Affiliates’ emergence from Chapter 11 pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization (excluding the costs of solicitation of approval for the Plan of Reorganization), plus the costs of solicitation of approval for the Plan of Reorganization that are Administrative Claims not to exceed $12,000,000; provided, that the sum of (x) the amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.1.1.F , plus (y) applicable Cure Amounts paid or assumed by the GM Buyers, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $148,000,000.

11.5.2. At or prior to the Closing, Company Buyer will deliver or cause to be delivered the following;

A. 50% of professional fees (not to exceed $15,000,000 as the payment by the Company Buyer) that are Administrative Claims required to be paid in cash by the Filing Affiliates in connection with the Filing Affiliates’ emergence from Chapter 11 pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization (excluding the costs of solicitation of approval for the Plan of Reorganization);

B. The assumption or payment of the applicable Cure Amounts for the Company Business that are Company Assumed Liabilities;

C. Where required by applicable Law in the jurisdiction concerned, copies of the resolutions (or local equivalent) of the boards of directors or similar governing body of each Buyer and, where required, the stockholders/owners of each Buyer, authorizing and approving this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

D. Each GM/Company Ancillary Agreement to which a Company Buyer is a party and which was not executed and delivered contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement:

E. An officer’s certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, executed on behalf of Company Buyer, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 10.2 have been fulfilled; and

F. Delphi shall assign to Company Buyer and Company Buyer shall assume all of Delphi’s rights and obligations under (i) the GM-Delphi Memorandum of Understanding Flint East Operations between Delphi and GM, dated as of December 23, 2008, and (ii) the Leased Hourly Employees Services Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008.

 

  11.6 Post-Closing Deliveries .

Promptly following the Closing, the Sale Companies will deliver to the applicable Buyer signature cards from all banks or financial institutions with which the Sale Companies have any account, designating signatures approved by the applicable Buyer.

 

105


  11.7 Post-Closing Transfer of Intellectual Property Rights .

11.7.1. If, after the Closing, any Party identities any Intellectual Property right, including any application or registration for the Intellectual Property that such Party believes should have been included in its Purchased Intellectual Property, the Parties shall cooperate to determine in good faith whether such Intellectual Property right should have been included in such party Purchased Intellectual Property and assigned to such Buyer. If the Parties agree that such Intellectual Property right should have been included in the Purchased Intellectual Property and assigned to another Buyer, Sellers or Buyer or their respective Affiliate, as applicable, shall assign or cause to be assigned such Intellectual Property right to Buyers at no additional cost to Buyers. The Parties each covenant and agree on behalf of themselves and their respective Affiliates to execute at no additional cost to Buyers all documents reasonably requested by the other Party to effect such transfer and/or assignment.

11.7.2. If, after Closing, a Buyer identifies any Intellectual Property right, including any patent or patent application that it believes should have been included in the Shared Intellectual Property licensed under the GM IP License Agreement or the Company IP License Agreement, as applicable, but which is reasonably within the scope of Excepted Shared Intellectual Property identified in the GM IP License Agreement or the Company IP License Agreement, as applicable, the Parties shall cooperate to determine in good faith whether such Intellectual Property right should have been included in the Shared Intellectual Property licensed to Buyers hereunder. If the Parties agree that such Intellectual Property right should have been included in the Shared Intellectual Property licensed to Buyers hereunder, the Parties shall amend Schedule 9.9.1.A to specifically exclude such Intellectual Property right from the Excepted Shared Intellectual Property, and Buyers shall receive, via amendment to this Agreement, a license under such Intellectual Property right with terms identical to those of the license granted in Section 9.9.1 . The Parties each covenant and agree on behalf of themselves and their respective Affiliates to execute all documents reasonably requested by the other Party to effect such license. All amendments, covenants and agreements to be provided under this Section shall be at no additional cost to Buyers.

11.7.3. If, after the Closing, any Buyer identifies any property, asset, right, title or interest owned by an Affiliate of Delphi that such Buyer believes should have been included in the Acquired Assets, the Parties shall cooperate to determine in good faith whether such property, asset, right, title or interest should have been included in the Acquired Assets and assigned, transferred and delivered to Company Buyer or any other Buyer. If the Parties agree that such property, asset, right, title or interest should have been included in the Acquired Assets and assigned, transferred and delivered to Company Buyer or any other Buyer, Delphi shall cause the Filing Affiliates and/or their subsidiaries, as applicable, to assign, transfer and deliver such property, asset, right, title or interest to such Buyer at no additional cost to any Buyer. The Parties each covenant and agree on behalf of themselves and their respective Affiliates to execute at no additional cost to any Buyer all documents reasonably requested by the other Party to effect such.

ARTICLE 12.

TERMINATION.

 

  12.1 Termination .

This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

12.1.1. By the mutual written consent of Delphi, GM and Company Buyer.

 

106


12.1.2. By any Party if the Closing has not occurred by October 2, 2009, provided such date shall be extended until November 30, 2009 in the event that all conditions to Closing are satisfied or capable of being satisfied on the Closing Date, other than the condition set forth in Section 10.1.2 ; provided further, that if a GM Buyer makes the election set forth in Section 9.44.3 , each of the above dates will be extended by the period specified by such GM Buyer up to 15 days; and provided further that the terminating party will not have the right to terminate this Agreement if it is in material default hereunder.

12.1.3. By Delphi if (a) the GM-Delphi Liquidity Agreements (as modified by the Interim Financing Amendment) fail or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect at any time on or after July 26, 2009 or (b) GM breaches any of its material covenants, obligations or agreements under either of the GM-Liquidity Agreements (as modified by the Interim Financing Amendment).

12.1.4. This Agreement may be terminated by either of GM or Company Buyer if the Plan Modification Order in form and substance satisfactory to GM and Company Buyer, as applicable, has not been entered by the Bankruptcy Court on or prior to August 7, 2009.

 

  12.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination .

In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1, written notice thereof will forthwith be given to all other Parties. If this Agreement is terminated:

12.2.1. Buyers will redeliver to Sellers all documents, work papers and other material of any of Sellers relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether so obtained before or after the execution hereof;

12.2.2. The provisions of the GM Confidentiality Agreement will continue in full force and effect; and

12.2.3. The following Sections of this Agreement will survive any termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect: Section 9.11.2 , ARTICLE 12 (Termination); Section 13.1 (Limitations of Liability) and; Sections 14.1 (Fees and Expenses), 14.5 (Assignment), 14.7 (Waiver), 14.8 (Notices), 14.9 (Entire Agreement), 14.11 (Publicity), 14.14 (Third Parties), 14.15 (Governing Law) and 14.16 (Venue and Retention of Jurisdiction).

12.2.4. No party to this Agreement will have any Liability under this Agreement to any other except: (a) as provided in Section 12.2.3 above and Section 12.2.6 below and (b) that nothing herein will relieve any party from any Liability for any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement occurring before such termination, and no Party waives any Claim with respect thereto.

12.2.5 . The MRA, including Section 4.06(c) and related provisions, shall be unaffected by such termination. For avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall a default under this Agreement constitute a default under the MRA.

12.2.6 . In the event this Agreement is terminated under Sections 12.1.2 or 12.1.3 at a time when either (a) any GM Buyer or an affiliate of a GM Buyer is in material breach of this Agreement or the Securities Purchase Agreement and, at such time, no other Party (other than GM, Parent or any other GM Buyer) to this Agreement is in material breach of this Agreement and no

 

107


Backstop Party is in material breach of the Securities Purchase Agreement, or (b) the condition contained in Section 10.2.6 or Section 10.4.7 has not been satisfied, and the DIP Lenders have released to Delphi any amounts (the “ Released Funds ”) from the Borrowing Base Cash Collateral Account or the Incremental Borrowing Base Cash Collateral Account (as such terms are defined in the DIP Documents), then GM shall deposit an amount equal to the Released Funds into the applicable cash collateral account within five (5) Business Days of such termination; provided however, with respect to clause (b) only, if GM Buyers have materially complied with their obligations under Section 9.13 , but any of the Competition/Investment Law Governmental Approvals listed on Schedule 9.13.1 (as it may be amended to add any additional required Competition/Investment Law Governmental Approvals identified in writing by any of the Parties) have not been obtained as of the date of termination of this Agreement, GM will not be required to deposit the Released Funds as provided herein. Such deposited funds shall be deemed to be additional advances by GM to Delphi pursuant to the Interim Financing Amendment.

ARTICLE 13.

LIABILITY, SURVIVAL.

 

  13.1 LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, NO PARTY SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

Nothing in this Section 13.1 shall limit a Party’s rights under Section 14.18 of this Agreement.

 

  13.2 Survival .

The parties hereto agree that the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall not survive the Closing hereunder, and none of the parties shall have any Liability to each other after the Closing for any breach thereof. The parties hereto agree that the covenants contained in this Agreement to be performed at or after the Closing shall survive the Closing hereunder until fully performed, and each party hereto shall be liable to the other Parties after the Closing for any breach thereof.

ARTICLE 14.

MISCELLANEOUS.

 

  14.1 Fees and Expenses .

Except as may otherwise be specifically provided in this Agreement, each of the Parties will be responsible for its own costs and expenses related to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

  14.2 Bulk Sales Laws .

Each Party hereto waives compliance by the other Parties with any applicable bulk sales Law.

 

108


  14.3 Payments in Dollars .

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or an Ancillary Agreement, all payments pursuant hereto will be made by wire transfer in U.S. dollars in same day or immediately available funds.

 

  14.4 Amendment .

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the duly authorized representative or officer of each of the Parties and, with respect to any of the provisions affecting the DIP Agent, the DIP Loans, the DIP Letters of Credit, the Hedging Agreements and any of the DIP Documents, the duly authorized representative or officer of the DIP Agent. The Parties acknowledge and agree, however, that the following Schedules are in draft form and will be revised and finalized in a manner consistent with this Agreement to the mutual satisfaction of the Parties each acting reasonably, prior to Closing (unless otherwise specified in this Agreement): Schedules 4.5 , 4.13.2 , 9.9.1.A , 9.9.9 , 9.12A , 9.12B , 9.12C , 9.12D , 9.12E , 9.13.1 and 10.1.2 . The following Schedules are being filed with the Bankruptcy Court with this Agreement: Schedules 1.1.A , 1.1.B , 2.1.S.F , 4.4. , 9.1.1 , 9.13.1 , 10.1.1 . The remaining Schedules to this Agreement not referred to herein are in the form most recently filed with the Bankruptcy Court in Connection with the June 1 MDA.

 

  14.5 Assignment .

This Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of each Party and their Affiliates, provided , that except as otherwise provided in this Section 14.5 , no assignment of any rights or obligations hereunder will be made by any Buyer without the written consent of Delphi, or by any Seller hereto without the written consent of one or both of GM and Company Buyer based on which Buyer is impacted by the request, except in connection with a Pending Transaction. Any GM Buyer may assign this Agreement and any or all rights or obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, such Buyer’s rights to purchase the applicable Acquired Assets or Sale Securities and assume the applicable Assumed Liabilities) (i) to GM or any of its Affiliates (including any Affiliate formed after the date hereof that may be a corporation or limited liability company), (ii) to the applicable Buyer’s lenders or (iii) in connection with the direct or indirect sale, merger, consolidation or similar reorganization of all or a substantial portion of GM’s business; provided that each such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms, conditions and provisions contained herein and that no Party is released from its obligations hereunder. Upon any such permitted assignment, the references in this Agreement to the applicable Buyer shall also apply to any such assignee unless the context otherwise requires. Any Company Buyer may assign this Agreement and any or all rights or obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, such Buyer’s rights to purchase the applicable Acquired Assets or Sale Securities and assume the applicable Assumed Liabilities) to any Affiliate or other designee of Company Buyer; provided that each such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms, conditions and provisions contained herein and that no party is released from its obligations hereunder. Upon any such permitted assignment, the references in this Agreement to the applicable Buyer shall also apply to any such assignee unless the context otherwise requires.

 

109


  14.6 No Successor Liability .

Except where expressly prohibited under applicable law, upon the Closing, the Buyers shall not be deemed to: (a) be the successor of the Filing Affiliates; (b) have, de facto, or otherwise, merged with or into the Filing Affiliates; (c) be a mere continuation or substantial continuation of the Filing Affiliates or the enterprise(s) of the Filing Affiliates; or (d) be liable for any acts or omissions of the Filing Affiliates in the conduct of the Business or arising under or related to the Acquired Assets other than as set forth in this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Buyers shall not be liable for any Claims against the Filing Affiliates or any of their predecessors or affiliates, and the Buyers shall have no successor or vicarious liability of any kind or character whether known or unknown as of the Closing Date, whether now existing or hereafter arising, or whether fixed or contingent, with respect to the Business or any obligations of the Filing Affiliates arising prior to the Closing Date, including, but not limited to, Liabilities on account of any Taxes arising, accruing, or payable under, out of, in connection with, or in any way relating to the operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Buyers acknowledge and agree that this Section 14.6 shall not in any be deemed to expand or modify Sellers’ indemnification obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. Nothing in this provision shall preclude the application of the Alternate Procedure set forth in Section 5 of the Revenue Procedure 2004-53.

 

  14.7 Waiver .

Any waiver by Sellers or Buyers of any breach or of a failure to comply with any provision of this Agreement: (i) will be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed by the Party to be bound; and (ii) will not constitute, or be construed as, a continuing waiver of such provision, or a waiver of any other breach of, or failure to comply with, any other provision of this Agreement. At any time, the Parties may: (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Parties; (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto; and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any agreement on the part of a Party to any such extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such Party.

 

  14.8 Notices .

Any notice, request, consent or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served for all purposes: (i) when personally delivered; (ii) on the first (1st) Business Day after sent by a nationally or internationally recognized overnight courier service with signature to the recipient at the address below indicated; (iii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) when sent if sent by facsimile with confirmation of receipt:

 

If to any GM Buyer or

Old GM

 

c/o General Motors Company

767 Fifth Avenue

14th Floor

New York. NY 10153

 

110


   

Attn: Director of Business Development

Fax: (212) 418-3623

 

and

 

General Motors Company

300 GM Renaissance Center

Detroit, M I 48265

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: 313-665-4960

With a copy to:  

Honigman Miller Schwartz and Cohn LLP

2290 First National Building

660 Woodward Ave.

Detroit, MI48226

Attn: Robert B. Weiss

Tel.: (313) 465-7596

Fax.: (313) 465-7597

If to Company Buyer:  

DIP Holdco 3, LLC

c/o Elliott Management Corporation

712 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

With a copy to:  

Silver Point Capital, L.P.

Two Greenwich Plaza

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attn: Michael Gatto

Tel.: 203-542-4031

Fax: 203-542-4131

With a copy to:  

Dechert LLP

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attn:   Glenn E. Siegel, Esq.

          Charles I. Weissman, Esq.

          Scott M. Zimmerman, Esq.

Tel:       (212) 698-3500

Fax:      (212) 698-3599

With a copy to:  

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

 

111


 

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Marc A. Abrams, Esq.

         Maurice M. Lefkort, Esq.

Tel.:   (212) 728-8000

Fax:   (212) 728-8111

If to Delphi:  

DELPHI CORPORATION

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Attn: Executive Director of Restructuring

Fax: (248) 813-2612

With a copy to:  

DELPHI CORPORATION

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Attn:  Deputy General Counsel -

            Transactional & Restructuring

Fax: (248) 813-2491

With a copy to:  

SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP

4 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attn:  Eric Cochran

            Marie Gibson

Fax: (212) 735-2000

provided , however , if any Party will have designated a different addressee by notice to all of the other Parties, then to the last addressee so designated.

 

  14.9 Entire Agreement .

This Agreement, including all agreements incorporated by reference herein, the Ancillary Agreements and the GM Confidentiality Agreement, constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, the prior version of this Agreement dated July 26, 2009 as delivered by the DIP Agent (on behalf of the DIP Lenders) and GM that was designated by Delphi as the Successful Bid (as such term is used in the Supplemental Procedures for Evaluating Non-Solicited Alternative Transactions approved by the Bankruptcy Court by order entered on June 16, 2009), which is hereby cancelled and of no further force and effect), provided , however that existing commercial agreements between GM and Delphi and the DIP Documents which are otherwise addressed in this agreement shall not be superseded. The Parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the superseding “fully executed Master Disposition Agreement” referenced in the last parenthetical to the penultimate sentence of paragraph 3 of the Plan Modification Order, and Delphi shall promptly file this Agreement on the docket as

 

112


provided in such parenthetical. This Agreement is the product of negotiations between the Parties and represents the Parties’ intentions. In any action to enforce or interpret this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed in a neutral manner, and no term or provision of this Agreement, or this Agreement as a whole, shall be construed more or less favorably to any Party. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

 

  14.10 Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which will constitute one and the same Agreement. Facsimile signatures will be treated as originals.

 

  14.11 Publicity .

Except for statements by Delphi in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases or as otherwise required by Law, neither Party (nor any of the other Buyers and Sellers) will issue any press release or make any public announcement concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without consulting with the other Party.

 

  14.12 Headings .

The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and will not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

  14.13 Severability .

The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable: (i) a suitable and equitable provision will be substituted therefore in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision; and (ii) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor will such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

  14.14 Third Parties .

Except as set forth in Section 3.2.3 , nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or will be construed to confer upon or give to any Person, other than the Parties, their Affiliates and their respective permitted successors or assigns, any Claims, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the DIP Agent shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall have the right to enforce any of the provisions affecting the DIP Agent, the DIP Loans, the DIP Letters of Credit (including in its capacity as issuing bank under DIP Letters of Credit that have replaced “Letters of Credit” as defined under (and issued pursuant to) the DIP Agreement), and any other obligations secured under the DIP Documents.

 

113


  14.15 Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, the forum state in which the Bankruptcy Court sits, without regard to any conflict of law provision that could require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 

  14.16 Venue and Retention of Jurisdiction .

By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters related to the construction, interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement; provided , however , that after the second (2nd) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy Court and the Supreme Court of New York, New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ New York Courts ”) shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction over all matters related to the construction, interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement; and, provided , further , that the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court over all matters related to this Agreement shall terminate upon the fourth (4th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement and the New York Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction after the fourth (4th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement. Each Party further agrees to waive any objection based on forum non conveniens. To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court no longer has jurisdiction on or before the fourth (4th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the New York Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over all matters related to this Agreement.

 

  14.17 Risk of Loss .

Prior to the Closing, all risk of loss, damage or destruction to all or any part of the Acquired Assets or the Business will be borne exclusively by Sellers.

 

  14.18 Enforcement of Agreement.

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the covenants and undertakings contained in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and that a violation of any of the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement will cause irreparable injury to the other Parties and that the amount of such injury will be extremely difficult, if not impossible, to estimate or determine and may not be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone. Therefore, each Party acknowledges that the other Party will be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies available under this Agreement, and Ancillary Agreement, and applicable law, as a matter of course, to an injunction, order of specific performance, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction, restraining any violation or threatened violation of any terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement without proof of actual damages and without any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond.

 

  14.19 Sellers’ Obligations .

Nothing contained in any chapter 11 plan confirmed in these cases or any order confirming any such plan or in any other order in these cases (including any order entered after any conversion of these cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code) shall alter, conflict with, or derogate from, the provisions of the Agreement and the Plan Modification

 

114


Order. The Filing Affiliates’ obligations under this Agreement (including all Exhibits and Ancillary Agreements) shall survive confirmation of any plan of reorganization or discharge of claims thereunder and shall be binding upon the Filing Affiliates, and the reorganized or reconstituted Filing Affiliates, as the case may be, after the effective date of the confirmed plan or plans in the Filing Affiliates’ cases.

 

  14.20 Bankruptcy Court Approval.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Parties’ obligations to consummate the Sales under this Agreement are expressly subject to entry of the Plan Modification Order.

 

  14.21 Reasonably Equivalent Value .

As set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement, consideration under the Agreement was provided by all Parties to the Agreement. This Agreement is not the product of collusion among the Parties and is the result of arms’ length negotiations. Each of the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree that it received reasonably equivalent value for the consideration provided by such Party.

 

  14.22 Identification of Exhibits and Schedules to be Filed Under Seal .

(i) The parties agree that certain documents attached as Exhibits and Schedules hereto contain sensitive and confidential business terms which, if publicly disclosed, could detrimentally affect the parties. Certain of these documents contain detailed proprietary information describing certain aspects of the business relationship between the parties and the parties believe these documents contain sensitive and confidential information of a type not typically disclosed to the public or made available in the automotive industry. Moreover, certain of these documents contain confidentiality provisions which compel the parties to maintain the confidentiality of the terms of such agreements.

(ii) The parties hereto agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain approval by the Bankruptcy Court of an order authorizing the parties to file the following Exhibits and Schedules hereto under seal:

Schedules

 

Schedule 1   Detail of Sellers and GM Buyers
Schedule 1.1.A   Assumed Administrative Liabilities
Schedule 1.1.B   GM Buyers’ Knowledge, Company Buyer’s Knowledge and Sellers’ Knowledge
Schedule 1.1.C   Steering Products
Schedule 1.1.D   Excluded Insurance Policies
Schedule 1.1.D.1   Patents and Patent Applications
Schedule 1.1.D.2   Trademarks Rights

 

115


Schedule 1.1.D.3   Copyrights
Schedule 1.1.E   Transferred Insurance Policies
Schedule 2   Details of Sellers and Company Buyer
Schedule 2.1.5.F   Excluded Facilities
Schedule 2.1.5.J   Pending Transactions
Schedule 2.1.5.K   Other Excluded Assets
Schedule 2.3.1   Administrative Claims
Schedule 4.3.1   Sale Companies and JV Companies
Schedule 4.3.2   Capital Stock
Schedule 4.4   No Conflicts or Approvals
Schedule 4.5   Sufficiency of Acquired Assets
Schedule 4.6.2   Licenses to Affiliates
Schedule 4.6.3   Infringement and Allegations of Infringement of Third Party Intellectual Property
Schedule 4.6.4   Infringement of the Purchased Intellectual Property
Schedule 4.6.5   Intellectual Property Notices
Schedule 4.8.1   GM Leased Real Property
Schedule 4.8.2   GM Owned Real Property
Schedule 4.9.1   Historical Financial Statements
Schedule 4.9.2   Financial Statement Exceptions
Schedule 4.10   Compliance with Laws
Schedule 4.12.1   Tax Returns
Schedule 4.12.3   Tax Deficiencies
Schedule 4.12.5   Tax Liens
Schedule 4.12.6   Tax Waivers or Extensions
Schedule 4.13.1   Employee List
Schedule 4.13.5   Proceedings Relating to Employee Benefit Plan
Schedule 4.13.6   Employee Benefit Plan/No Material Liability or Encumbrance under Title IV of ERISA
Schedule 4.13.8   Welfare Benefits
Schedule 4.13.9   Contributions to Seller Employee Benefit Plan
Schedule 4.13.12   No Threatened Labor Stoppage
Schedule 4.14.1   Material Contracts
Schedule 4.14.2   Default/Post-Petition Contracts

 

116


Schedule 4.15   Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.16   Insurance Policies
Schedule 9.1.1   Exceptions to Covenants Regarding Conduct of Business prior to the Closing
Schedule 9.9.1.A   Excepted Shared Intellectual Property
Schedule 9.9.1.B   Steering Excluded Products
Schedule 9.9.9   Transfer of Shared Software Licenses
Schedule 9.9.10   Facilities Separation & Relocation Plan
Schedule 9.10   Shared Items Transferred to Buyers
Schedule 9.12(A)   Delphi Letters of Credit
Schedule 9.12(B)   GM Buyer Assumed DIP Letters of Credit
Schedule 9.12(C)   Company Buyer Assumed DIP Letters of Credit
Schedule 9.12(D)   Letters of Credit to be Allocated among Sellers and Buyers
Schedule 9.12(E)   Letters of Credit Retained by Delphi
Schedule 9.20.2   Post-Closing Mexico Utility Contracts

Exhibits

 

1.2   Operating Agreement
3.1.1.E   Wind Down Costs
3   GM-PBGC Agreement
9.9.1   GM IP License Agreement
9.9.3   Company IP License Agreement
9.9.4   Pending Transaction IP License Agreement
9.22   Novation Letter
9.29.A   Form of Environmental Privilege Waivers
9.29.B   Form of Privilege Waivers
11.2.2.A.1   U.S. Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.2   EP Jointly Held Patent Applications Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.3   EP Solely Owned Patent Applications Assignment (with Annex 1) (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.4   DE Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
11.2.2.A.5   ES Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
11.2.2.A.6   FR Patents Assignment (Delphi France)

 

117


11.2.2.A.7   GB Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
11.2.2.A.8   IT Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
11.2.2.A.9   U.S. Patent Assignment (Delphi France)
11.2.2.A.10   AU Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.11   BR Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.12   CN Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.13   HK Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.14   IN Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.15   JP Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.A.16   KP Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.B   Omnibus Trademark Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.2.C   Copyright Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
11.2.7   Transition Services Agreement between Delphi and GM Buyers
11.3.2   Buyer Transition Services Agreement
11.3.3   Seller Transition Services Agreement between Delphi and Company Buyer

[Remainder of the page left intentionally blank.]

 

118


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, in each case as of the date first above written.

 

DELPHI CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ John D. Sheehan

  Name:   John D. Sheehan
  Title:   Vice President & CFO
  Delivered August 5, 2009


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, in each case as of the date first above written.

 

DIP HOLDCO 3, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dave Miller

 

Name:  Dave Miller

 

Title:    Manager

  Delivered August 5, 2009
DIP HOLDCO 3, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Gatto

 

Name:  Michael Gatto

 

Title:    Manager

  Delivered August 5, 2009

[Signature Page to Master Disposition Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, in each case as of the date first above written.

 

GM COMPONENTS HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Niharika Ramdev

 

Name:  Niharika Ramdev

 

Title:    Vice President

  Delivered August 5, 2009

GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY (solely

with respect to ARTICLE 6 and Sections 3.1.1.C, 9.11, 9.19, 9.37.1, 9.37.2, 9.43, 11.5.1.A AND 12.2.6)

By:  

/s/ Walter G. Borst

 

Name:  Walter G. Borst

 

Title:    Treasurer

  Delivered August 5, 2009

MOTORS LIQUIDATION COMPANY (fka GENERAL MOTORS

CORPORATION) (solely with respect Section 3.1.1.E, 9.19, and 11.5.2.A)

By:  

/s/ A. A. Koch

 

Name:  A. A. Koch

 

Title:    President

  Delivered August 5, 2009

[Signature Page to Master Disposition Agreement]


SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1   Detail of Sellers and GM Buyers
Schedule 1.1.A   Assumed Administrative Liabilities
Schedule 1.1.B
  GM Buyers’ Knowledge, Company Buyer’s Knowledge and Sellers’ Knowledge
Schedule 1.1.C   Steering Products
Schedule 1.1.D   Excluded Insurance Policies
Schedule 1.1.D.1   Patents and Patent Applications
Schedule 1.1.D.2   Trademarks Rights
Schedule 1.1.D.3   Copyrights
Schedule 1.1.E   Transferred Insurance Policies
Schedule 1.1.F   Filing Affiliates
Schedule 2   Details of Sellers and Company Buyer
Schedule 2.1.5.F   Excluded Facilities
Schedule 2.1.5.J   Pending Transactions
Schedule 2.1.5.K   Other Excluded Assets
Schedule 2.3.1   Administrative Claims
Schedule 4.3.1   Sale Companies and JV Companies
Schedule 4.3.2   Capital Stock
Schedule 4.4   No Conflicts or Approvals
Schedule 4.5   Sufficiency of Acquired Assets
Schedule 4.6.2   Licenses to Affiliates
Schedule 4.6.3   Infringement and Allegations of Infringement of Third Party Intellectual Property
Schedule 4.6.4   Infringement of the Purchased Intellectual Property
Schedule 4.6.5   Intellectual Property Notices
Schedule 4.8.1   GM Leased Real Property
Schedule 4.8.2   GM Owned Real Property
Schedule 4.9.1   Historical Financial Statements
Schedule 4.9.2   Financial Statement Exceptions

 

S-1


Schedule 4.10   Compliance with Laws
Schedule 4.12.1   Tax Returns
Schedule 4.12.3   Tax Deficiencies
Schedule 4.12.5   Tax Liens
Schedule 4.12.6   Tax Waivers or Extensions
Schedule 4.13.1   Employee List
Schedule 4.13.2   Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 4.13.4   ERISA Compliance
Schedule 4.13.5   Proceedings Relating to Employee Benefit Plan
Schedule 4.13.6   Employee Benefit Plan/No Material Liability or Encumbrance under Title IV of ERISA
Schedule 4.13.8   Welfare Benefits
Schedule 4.13.9   Contributions to Seller Employee Benefit Plan
Schedule 4.13.11   Collective Bargaining Agreements
Schedule 4.13.12   No Threatened Labor Stoppage
Schedule 4.14.1   Material Contracts
Schedule 4.14.2   Default/Post-Petition Contracts
Schedule 4.15   Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.16   Insurance Policies
Schedule 9.1.1   Exceptions to Covenants Regarding Conduct of Business prior to the Closing
Schedule 9.3   Assumed and Assigned Contracts
Schedule 9.9.1.A   Excepted Shared Intellectual Property
Schedule 9.9.1.B   Steering Excluded Products
Schedule 9.9.9   Transfer of Shared Software Licenses
Schedule 9.9.10   Facilities Separation & Relocation Plan
Schedule 9.10   Shared Items Transferred to Buyers
Schedule 9.12(A)   Delphi Letters of Credit
Schedule 9.12(B)   GM Buyer Assumed DIP Letters of Credit
Schedule 9.12(C)   Company Buyer Assumed DIP Letters of Credit
Schedule 9.12(D)   Letters of Credit to be Allocated among Sellers and Buyers
Schedule 9.12(E)   Letters of Credit Retained by Delphi
Schedule 9.13.1   Competition Clearance/Governmental Approvals

 

S-2


Schedule 9.17   Other Services
Schedule 9.20.2   Post-Closing Mexico Utility Contracts
Schedule 10.1.1   Plan of Modification Order Terms
Schedule 10.1.2   Approvals under Competition or Investment Law
Schedule 10.2.4   Seller U.S. CBAs

 

S-3


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1.2   Operating Agreement
Exhibit 3.1.1.E   Wind Down Costs
Exhibit 3   GM-PBGC Agreement
Exhibit 9.2   Form of 363 Implementation Agreement
Exhibit 9.9.1   GM IP License Agreement
Exhibit 9.9.3   Company IP License Agreement
Exhibit 9.9.4   Pending Transaction IP License Agreement
Exhibit 9.22   Novation Letter
Exhibit 9.29.A   Form of Environmental Privilege Waivers
Exhibit 9.29.B   Form of Privilege Waivers
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.1   U.S. Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.2   EP Jointly Held Patent Applications Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.3   EP Solely Owned Patent Applications Assignment (with Annex 1) (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.4   DE Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.5   ES Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.6   FR Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.7   GB Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.8   IT Patents Assignment (Delphi France)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.9   U.S. Patent Assignment (Delphi France)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.10   AU Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.11   BR Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.12   CN Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.13   HK Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)

 

E-1


Exhibit 11.2.2.A.14   IN Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.15   JP Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.A.16   KP Patent Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.B   Omnibus Trademark Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.2.C   Copyright Assignment (Delphi Technologies)
Exhibit 11.2.3.A   France Asset Sale Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.3.B   Australia Asset Sale Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.3.C   India Asset Sale Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.3.D   Germany Asset Sale Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.3.E   Italy Asset Sale Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.3.F   Korea Asset Sale Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.3.G   Japan Asset Sale Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.3.H   Share Transfer Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.4   GM Bill of Sale
Exhibit 11.2.5   GM Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit 11.2.7   GM/Delphi Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit 11.3.2   Buyer Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit 11.3.3   Seller Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit 11.3.4   Company Bills of Sale
Exhibit 11.3.5   Company Assignment and Assumption Agreements
Exhibit 11.4.2   Quitclaim Deeds

 

E-2

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Copy

 

 

 

DELPHI CORPORATION,

as Issuer

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

as Guarantors

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee

AND

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent

5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021

INDENTURE DATED AS OF

MAY 17, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1

ESTABLISHMENT; DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

  

  

SECTION 1.01.

 

Definitions

     1   

SECTION 1.02.

 

Other Definitions

     25   

SECTION 1.03.

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     26   

SECTION 1.04.

 

Rules of Construction

     26   
ARTICLE 2   
THE NOTES   

SECTION 2.01.

 

Form and Dating

     27   

SECTION 2.02.

 

Execution and Authentication

     27   

SECTION 2.03.

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     28   

SECTION 2.04.

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     28   

SECTION 2.05.

 

Holder Lists

     28   

SECTION 2.06.

 

Transfer and Exchange

     29   

SECTION 2.07.

 

Replacement Notes

     38   

SECTION 2.08.

 

Outstanding Notes

     38   

SECTION 2.09.

 

Treasury Notes

     38   

SECTION 2.10.

 

Temporary Notes

     38   

SECTION 2.11.

 

Cancellation

     39   

SECTION 2.12.

 

Defaulted Interest

     39   

SECTION 2.13.

 

CUSIP or ISIN Numbers

     39   

SECTION 2.14.

 

Additional Notes

     39   
ARTICLE 3   
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT   

SECTION 3.01.

 

Notices to Trustee

     40   

SECTION 3.02.

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

     40   

SECTION 3.03.

 

Notice of Redemption

     41   

SECTION 3.04.

 

Effect of Notice Upon Redemption

     41   

SECTION 3.05.

 

Deposit of Redemption Price

     41   

SECTION 3.06.

 

Notes Redeemed in Part

     42   

SECTION 3.07.

 

Optional Redemption for the 2019 Notes

     42   

SECTION 3.08.

 

Optional Redemption for the 2021 Notes

     43   

SECTION 3.09.

 

Mandatory Redemption

     43   
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.01.

 

Payment of Notes

     44   

SECTION 4.02.

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     44   

SECTION 4.03.

 

Reports

     44   

SECTION 4.04.

 

Compliance Certificate

     46   

SECTION 4.05.

 

Restricted Payments

     46   

SECTION 4.06.

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

     49   

SECTION 4.07.

 

Limitation on Indebtedness

     51   

SECTION 4.08.

 

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

     54   

SECTION 4.09.

 

Affiliate Transactions

     56   

 

-i-


         Page  

SECTION 4.10.

 

Liens

     57   

SECTION 4.11.

 

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

     57   

SECTION 4.12.

 

Corporate Existence

     58   

SECTION 4.13.

 

Additional Guarantors

     58   

SECTION 4.14.

 

Suspension of Covenants

     58   
ARTICLE 5   
SUCCESSORS   

SECTION 5.01.

 

Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets

     59   

SECTION 5.02.

 

Successor Corporation Substituted

     61   
ARTICLE 6   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.01.

 

Events of Default

     61   

SECTION 6.02.

 

Acceleration

     62   

SECTION 6.03.

 

Other Remedies

     63   

SECTION 6.04.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     63   

SECTION 6.05.

 

Control by Majority

     63   

SECTION 6.06.

 

Limitation on Suits

     64   

SECTION 6.07.

 

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

     64   

SECTION 6.08.

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     64   

SECTION 6.09.

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     64   

SECTION 6.10.

 

Priorities

     65   

SECTION 6.11.

 

Undertaking for Costs

     65   
ARTICLE 7   
TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01.

 

Duties of Trustee

     65   

SECTION 7.02.

 

Rights of the Trustee

     66   

SECTION 7.03.

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     67   

SECTION 7.04.

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     67   

SECTION 7.05.

 

Notice of Defaults

     67   

SECTION 7.06.

 

Reports by Trustee to Holder

     68   

SECTION 7.07.

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     68   

SECTION 7.08.

 

Replacement of Trustee

     69   

SECTION 7.09.

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

     70   

SECTION 7.10.

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     70   

SECTION 7.11.

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

     70   
ARTICLE 8   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.01.

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     70   

SECTION 8.02.

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     70   

SECTION 8.03.

 

Covenant Defeasance

     71   

SECTION 8.04.

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     71   

SECTION 8.05.

 

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     72   

SECTION 8.06.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

     72   

SECTION 8.07.

 

Repayment to Issuer

     73   

SECTION 8.08.

 

Reinstatement

     73   

SECTION 8.09.

 

Survival

     73   

 

-ii-


          Page  
ARTICLE 9   
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   

SECTION 9.01.

  

Without Consent of Holder

     73   

SECTION 9.02.

  

With Consent of Holders of Notes

     74   

SECTION 9.03.

  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

     75   

SECTION 9.04.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     75   

SECTION 9.05.

  

Trustee and Agents to Sign Amendments

     76   
ARTICLE 10   
NOTE GUARANTEES   

SECTION 10.01.

  

Note Guarantees

     76   

SECTION 10.02.

  

Limitation on Liability

     77   

SECTION 10.03.

  

Successors and Assigns

     77   

SECTION 10.04.

  

No Waiver

     77   

SECTION 10.05.

  

Release of Subsidiary Guarantor

     77   

SECTION 10.06.

  

Contribution

     78   
ARTICLE 11   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 11.01.

  

Trust Indenture Act Controls

     78   

SECTION 11.02.

  

Notices

     78   

SECTION 11.03.

  

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

     79   

SECTION 11.04.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     80   

SECTION 11.05.

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     80   

SECTION 11.06.

  

Rules by Trustee and Agents

     80   

SECTION 11.07.

  

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

     80   

SECTION 11.08.

  

Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial

     80   

SECTION 11.09.

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     81   

SECTION 11.10.

  

Successors

     81   

SECTION 11.11.

  

Severability

     81   

SECTION 11.12.

  

Counterpart Originals

     81   

SECTION 11.13.

  

Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

     81   

SECTION 11.14.

  

Force Majeure

     81   

SECTION 11.15.

  

Patriot Act.

     81   
EXHIBITS      

Exhibit A-1

  

Form of 2019 Note

  

Exhibit A-2

  

Form of 2021 Note

  

Exhibit B

  

Form of Certificate of Transfer

  

Exhibit C

  

Form of Certificate of Exchange

  

Exhibit D

  

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

  

 

 

-iii-


DELPHI CORPORATION

RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

AND INDENTURE, DATED AS OF MAY 17, 2011

 

Section of Trust Indenture Act of 1939

   Section(s) of Indenture

ss. 310 (a) (1)

   7.10

  (a) (2)

   7.10

  (a) (3)

   N.A.

  (a) (4)

   N.A.

  (a) (5)

   7.10

  (b)

   7.08, 7.10

  (c)

   N.A.

ss. 311 (a)

   7.11

  (b)

   7.11

  (c)

   N.A.

ss. 312 (a)

   2.05

  (b)

   2.05

  (c)

   2.05

ss. 313 (a)

   7.06

  (b)(1)

   N.A.

  (b)(2)

   7.06, 7.07

  (c)

   7.06

  (d)

   7.06

ss. 314 (a)

   4.03, 4.04

  (b)

   N.A.

  (c) (1)

   11.04

  (c) (2)

   11.04

  (c) (3)

   N.A.

  (d)

   N.A.

  (e)

   11.05

ss. 315 (a)

   7.01

  (b)

   7.05, 11.02

  (c)

   7.01

  (d)

   7.01

  (e)

   6.11

ss. 316 (a) (1) (A)

   6.05

  (a) (1) (B)

   6.04

  (a) (2)

   N.A.

  (a) (last sentence)

   6.11

  (b)

   6.07

ss. 317 (a) (1)

   6.08

  (a) (2)

   6.09

  (b)

   2.04

ss. 318 (a)

   11.01

  (b)

   N.A.

  (c)

   11.01

 

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.


This INDENTURE, dated as of May 17, 2011 (this “ Indenture ”), is by and among Delphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Company ”), the other guarantors listed herein (together with the Company, the “ Guarantors ”) party hereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as registrar (“ Registrar ”), paying agent (“ Paying Agent ”) and authenticating agent (“ Authenticating Agent ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer is entering into this Indenture to establish the form and terms of its 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ 2019 Notes ”) and its 6.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ 2021 Notes ,” and together with the 2019 Notes, the “ Notes ”); and

WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors have been done or performed.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

ESTABLISHMENT; DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions

(a) The following are definitions used in this Indenture.

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Additional 2019 Notes ” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.07, 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 issued from time to time after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.14 of this Indenture, and any Notes issued in exchange or replacement therefor.

Additional 2021 Notes ” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.07, 6.125% Senior Notes due 2021 issued from time to time after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.14 of this Indenture, and any Notes issued in exchange or replacement therefor.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clauses (2) or (3) above is primarily engaged in a Permitted Business.

Additional Interest ” has the meaning given to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.


Additional Notes ” means the Additional 2019 Notes and the Additional 2021 Notes.

Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes ” means, with respect to any redemption date for the 2019 Notes, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes (if no maturity is within three months before or after May 15, 2014, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date, in each case of (1) and (2), plus 0.50%.

Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes ” means, with respect to any redemption date for the 2021 Notes, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes (if no maturity is within three months before or after May 15, 2016, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date, in each case of (1) and (2), plus 0.50%.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.

Agent’s Message ” means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the Depositary and forming a part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each participant in DTC tendering the Notes and that such participants have received the Letter of Transmittal and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and the Issuer may enforce such agreement against such participants.

Applicable Premium for the 2019 Notes ” means, with respect to a 2019 Note at any redemption date, the greater of (1) 1.00% of the principal amount of such 2019 Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such 2019 Note on May 15, 2014 (such redemption price being as set forth in Section 3.07(b) exclusive of any accrued interest), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such 2019 Note through May 15, 2014 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date.

 

-2-


Applicable Premium for the 2021 Notes ” means, with respect to a 2021 Note at any redemption date, the greater of (1) 1.00% of the principal amount of such 2021 Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such 2021 Note on May 15, 2016 (such redemption price being as set forth in Section 3.08(b) exclusive of any accrued interest), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such 2021 Note through May 15, 2016 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date.

Applicable Procedures ” means with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depository that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

Asset Disposition ” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of sales, leases, transfers or dispositions that are part of a common plan) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “ disposition ”), of:

(1) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary),

(2) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

(3) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,

other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,

(A) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(B) for purposes of Section 4.08 only, a disposition subject to Section 4.05 or constituting a Permitted Investment;

(C) a disposition or series of related dispositions of assets with a Fair Market Value of less than $25.0 million;

(D) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets (i) in a Qualified Receivables Transaction or (ii) pursuant to factoring programs on customary market terms for such transactions and with respect to receivables of, and generated by, the Company or any Subsidiary;

(E) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(F) a disposition of all or substantially all the Company’s assets (as determined on a Consolidated basis) in accordance with the covenant described under Section 5.01;

(G) a disposition of any assets that are obsolete, worn out or no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(H) a disposition constituting a Permitted Lien or foreclosure thereon;

 

-3-


(I) (i) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (ii) dispositions of cash and Temporary Cash Investments; and (iii) dispositions of property pursuant to casualty events;

(J) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (or issuances of Capital Stock thereof) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties; and

(K) dispositions of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Average Life ” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations in respect of overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds or participating in commercial (or purchasing) card programs.

Certificated Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any following events:

(1) any transaction occurs (including a merger or consolidation of the Company) following which any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(2) the Issuer ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company.

 

-4-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a holding company and (2) no person (as defined above) (other than a Permitted Holder or another such holding company) owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting power of the Capital Stock of such holding company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2019 Notes from the redemption date to May 15, 2014, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of U.S. Dollar denominated corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to May 15, 2014.

Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2021 Notes from the redemption date to May 15, 2016, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of U.S. Dollar denominated corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to May 15, 2016.

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, if clause (2) of the definition of “Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes” or “Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes” is applicable, the average of three, or if not possible, such lesser number as is obtained by the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date.

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” as of any date of determination means the ratio of:

(1) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available to

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided , however , that:

(A) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business) since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(B) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness;

 

-5-


(C) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any Person or business, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets disposed for such period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

(D) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

(E) if since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (C) or (D) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition of assets occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, Asset Disposition or other Investment, the amount of income, EBITDA or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible Financial Officer of the Company; provided that any pro forma adjustments shall be limited to those that are probable based on specifically identified actions set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee that have occurred or are expected to occur in the next twelve months following the date of such calculation, in the good faith judgment of a responsible Financial Officer of the Company.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term as at the date of determination in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness is Incurred or repaid under a revolving credit facility and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation.

Consolidated Interest Expense means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent Incurred by the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in such period but not included in such interest expense, without duplication:

(1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations,

(2) amortization of debt discount costs,

(3) capitalized interest,

(4) non-cash interest expense (other than any non-cash interest expense attributed to the allocation of a portion of the issue price of an equity-linked security to the equity component thereof),

 

-6-


(5) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges attributable to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing,

(6) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary but only to the extent such Indebtedness is in default under its terms or any payment is actually made in respect of such Guarantee,

(7) net payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of fees), and

(8) dividends paid in cash or Disqualified Stock in respect of (A) all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) all Disqualified Stock of the Company, in each case held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and less , to the extent included in such total interest expense, the amortization or write-off during such period of capitalized financing costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Consolidated Interest Expense for any period shall include any interest income during such period.

Consolidated Net Income means, for any period, the net income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period before payment of dividends on Preferred Stock; provided , however , that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution made to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below) and the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be excluded in determining such Consolidated Net Income except to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

(3) for purposes of Section 4.05, any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the extent subject to restrictions (to the extent not waived) on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company (with the amount of such cash payments that is restricted being determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company));

(4) any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or its Consolidated Subsidiaries that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(5) any (x) extraordinary or non-recurring gain or loss and (y) any unusual gain or loss (including, without limitation, the amount of any warranty accrual (above ordinary accruals), litigation settlement, restructuring, integration, transition, executive severance, facility closing and similar charges accrued during such period, including any charges to establish accruals and reserves or to make payments associated with the reassessment or realignment of the business and operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the sale or closing of facilities, severance, stay bonuses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, asset write-downs or asset disposals (including leased facilities), write-downs for purchase and lease commitments, start-up costs for new facilities, writedowns of excess, obsolete or unbalanced inventories, relocation costs which are not otherwise capitalized and any related promotional costs of exiting products or product lines) and any restructuring charges;

 

-7-


(6) any gain (or loss) realized upon the extinguishment of any Indebtedness;

(7) any non-cash compensation expense, including any expense recognized pursuant to the Company’s value creation plan in effect on the Issue Date;

(8) any write-off or impairment of assets and the amortization of intangible assets;

(9) any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition or incurrence, repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful);

(10) any currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness, and any net loss or gain resulting from hedging transactions for currency exchange risk; and

(11) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

Consolidated Total Assets means, at any time, the total Consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company at such time calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of any Person or line of business after the date thereof.

Consolidated Total Debt means, at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of a type described in clause (1) through (7) or (9) of the definition of “Indebtedness” of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Total Secured Debt means, at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Consolidated Total Debt that is secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Consolidation means, unless the context otherwise requires, the consolidation of (1) in the case of the Company, the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company and (2) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the accounts of each Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary with those of such Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided , however , that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “ Consolidated has a correlative meaning.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

Credit Agreement means, the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2011 by and among the Company, Intermediate Holdco, the Issuer, the several lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented, extended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Credit Facilities means (1) the Credit Agreement and (2) one or more debt facilities, indentures or other agreements refinancing, replacing, amending, restating or supplementing (whether or not contemporaneously and whether or not related to the agreements specified above) or otherwise restructuring or increasing the amount of available borrowings or other credit extensions under or making Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company a borrower, additional borrower or guarantor under, all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor, replacement or supplemental agreement and whether including any additional obligors or with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or with other financial institutions or lenders.

 

-8-


Currency Agreement means with respect to any Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreements or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.

Custodian means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Default means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration means non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated by the Company as Designated Non-Cash Consideration, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, which cash and cash equivalents shall be considered Net Available Cash received as of such date and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.08.

Disqualified Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable); or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part;

in the case of each of clauses (1), (2) and (3), on or prior to 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such Capital Stock that is required to be redeemed, is so redeemable or is so convertible at the option of the holder thereof before such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Capital Stock and Capital Stock will not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock (i) solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes if the terms thereof specifically state that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be required prior to the Company’s repurchase of the Notes as required by this Indenture or (ii) if the terms thereof prohibit repurchase or redemption if prohibited by this Indenture.

Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

EBITDA means Consolidated Net Income plus , without duplication and to the extent deducted therefrom in determining Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) Consolidated Interest Expense and charges, deferred financing fees and milestone payments in connection with any investment or series of related investments, losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of gains on such hedging obligations, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities;

(ii) expense and provision for taxes paid or accrued;

 

-9-


(iii) depreciation;

(iv) amortization (including amortization of intangibles, including, but not limited to goodwill);

(v) non-cash charges recorded in respect of purchase accounting or impairment of goodwill, intangibles or long-lived assets and non-cash exchange, translation or performance losses relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash outlays;

(vi) any other non-cash items except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash outlays;

(vii) without duplication, income of any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries and deductions attributable to minority interests;

(viii) any non-cash costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any employee or management equity plan or stock plan with respect to Capital Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(ix) expenses with respect to casualty events;

(x) to the extent actually reimbursed, expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with any Investment; and

(xi) non-cash charges pursuant to SFAS 158;

minus , to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, the sum of:

(x) any unusual, infrequent or extraordinary income or gains; and

(y) any other non-cash income (except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash income), all calculated for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis;

provided , however , that, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (A) there shall be excluded in determining EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from any Currency Agreement) and (B) there shall be excluded in determining EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of SFAS 133.

Equity Offering means a public or private offering of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company.

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Notes means the Notes issued in an Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

Exchange Offer has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Fair Market Value means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as such price is, unless specified otherwise in this Indenture, determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company or by the Board of Directors. Fair Market Value (other than of any asset with a public trading market) of any asset or property (or group of assets or property subject to an event giving rise to a requirement under this Indenture that “Fair Market Value” be determined) in excess of $150.0 million shall be determined by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Financial Officer means the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company.

 

-10-


Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date set forth in:

(1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,

(2) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board,

(3) such other statements by such other entities as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and

(4) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or

(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company, Intermediate Holdco and any future parent company of the Issuer that provides a Note Guarantee under this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or raw materials hedge agreement or any hedging agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of convertible debt.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

-11-


Incur ” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term “ Incurrence ” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall not be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, without duplication:

(1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bank guarantee, bankers’ acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar credit transactions securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1), (2) and (5)) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar credit transactions are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit, bank guarantee, bankers’ acceptance or similar credit transaction);

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services (except Trade Payables, milestone payments incurred in connection with any investment or series of related investments, any earn-out obligation that is not a liability on such Person’s balance sheet under GAAP and deferred or equity compensation arrangements payable to directors, officers, or employees or former directors, officers or employees), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services;

(5) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person that is not a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued and unpaid dividends);

(7) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided , however , that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of:

(A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and

(B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(8) Hedging Obligations of such Person; and

(9) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (8) of other Persons for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude bona fide post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided , however , that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter and (ii) Cash Management Obligations and other obligations in respect of card obligations, netting services, overdraft protections, cash management services and similar arrangements shall not constitute Indebtedness.

 

-12-


The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above; provided , however , that (i) in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time and (ii) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.07(b)(5) shall be deemed to have a principal amount of zero.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial 2019 Notes ” means $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2019 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2021 Notes ” means $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2021 Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial Notes ” means the Initial 2019 Notes and the Initial 2021 Notes.

interest ” means, with respect to the Notes of a series, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes.

Interest Payment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of the applicable Notes.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is party or of which it is a beneficiary.

Intermediate Holdco ” means Delphi Holdings S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg with a registered office at 65, boulevard Grande Duchesse Charlotte, L-1331 Luxembourg, having a share capital of €12,500, with the trade register number B148.357.

Investment ” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers less than all of the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to any Person and following such transfer such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment at the time of such transfer in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the remaining Capital Stock of such former Restricted Subsidiary that is held by the Company and the remaining Restricted Subsidiaries immediately following such transfer. The designation of any Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Subsidiary so designated.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB– (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s, or if Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s shall cease to provide a rating of the applicable series of Notes, an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Issue Date ” means May 17, 2011.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the Trustee or banking institutions are not required by law or regulation to be open in the State of New York.

 

-13-


Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge in the nature of an encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that any obligation in respect of an operating lease shall not be deemed a lien.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business.

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, in each case only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition (but only for so long as such reserve is maintained).

Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

Note Guarantee ” means each Guarantee of the obligations with respect to the Notes issued by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Offering Memorandum ” means the Offering Memorandum dated May 10, 2011 relating to the Initial Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. “ Officer ” of the Issuer or any other Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer.

Opinion of Counsel ” ”means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.

 

-14-


Permitted Business ” means any business engaged in by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date and any Related Business.

Permitted Holder ” means each Person holding at least 5% of the Capital Stock of the Company on April 21, 2011 and any of their Affiliates (other than portfolio companies) and any “group” including any of such Persons so long as such Persons have the right to direct the voting of a majority of the Capital Stock owned by such group.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) Investments in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Investments in cash and Temporary Cash Investments;

(4) loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (A) in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes, (B) to purchase Capital Stock of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) and (C) for other purposes not in excess of an aggregate of $25.0 million at any one time outstanding pursuant to this subclause (C);

(5) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s businesses and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture;

(6) Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of receivables from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers or received upon foreclosure or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors, suppliers or customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured investment or other transfer of title with respect thereto;

(7) Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Disposition made in compliance with Section 4.08 or a disposition of assets exempt therefrom;

(8) Investments (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) in Persons, including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures, engaged in a business similar or related to or logical extensions of the businesses in which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date, not to exceed the greater of (i) $675.0 million and (ii) 7.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment, at any one time outstanding;

(9) Investments (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) not to exceed the greater of (i) $675.0 million and (ii) 7.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment, at any one time outstanding;

(10) Investments in a Receivables Entity as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(11) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;

(12) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of extensions of credit, endorsements for collection or deposit or prepaid expenses and workers compensation, performance and other similar deposits;

(14) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

 

-15-


(15) Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture;

(16) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof that does not increase the amount thereof except as otherwise permitted or as provided by the terms thereof on the Issue Date;

(17) Investments held by a Person acquired after the Issue Date or merged with and into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which Investment was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; and

(18) customer financing in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(1);

(2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs, replevin or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’, materialman’s, repairman’s, landlord’s, workman’s, supplier’s and other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar credit transactions issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(6) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness for borrowed money and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(7) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person (including Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.07(b)(6)); provided , however , that the Lien may not extend to any other property (other than accessions thereto, proceeds and products thereof and property related to the property being financed or through cross-collateralization of individual financings of equipment provided by the same lender) owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred, and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 270 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

 

-16-


(8) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens referred to in the foregoing clause (1)) and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Liens so long as the principal amount of Indebtedness or other obligations secured thereby is not increased and so long as such Liens are not extended to any other property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property or shares of stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens do not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, except proceeds and products thereof and improvements thereon or pursuant to after acquired property clauses existing in the applicable agreements at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary which do not extend to property transferred to such Person by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that the Liens do not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries other than proceeds or products thereof and accessions thereto;

(11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(12) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be Incurred hereunder;

(13) Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (7), (8), (9) and (10); provided , however , that:

(A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof) and

(B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of:

(i) the outstanding principal amount of the indebtedness secured by Liens described under clauses (7), (8), (9) or (10) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien hereunder; and

(ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such Refinancings;

(14) Liens on accounts receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(15) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default;

(16) Liens securing obligations other than Indebtedness for borrowed money and not materially detracting from the value of the assets and properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(17) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

-17-


(18) Liens which constitute bankers’ Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with any bank or other financial institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract and Liens in respect of Cash Management Obligations;

(19) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(20) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and related documentation (and proceeds thereof) securing reimbursement obligations in respect of trade letters of credit issued to ensure payment of the purchase price for such items of inventory or other goods; and

(21) Liens (i) on Capital Stock and assets of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Guarantors) securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted by Section 4.07 and securing other obligations under the agreements governing or relating to such Indebtedness and (ii) securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.07(b)(15); and

(22) other Liens to secure Indebtedness as long as the amount of outstanding Indebtedness secured by Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (22) does not exceed the greater of (A) $500.0 million and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time any such Lien is granted; provided , however , notwithstanding whether this clause (22) would otherwise be available to secure Indebtedness, Liens securing Indebtedness originally secured pursuant to this clause (22) may secure Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been secured pursuant to this clause (22).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

principal ” of a note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness:

(1) Incurred in connection with the purchase of property, plant or equipment whether through the direct purchase of such assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, including conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement and other obligations Incurred in connection with the acquisition, construction or improvement of such asset, in each case where the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the greater of

(A) the cost of the asset being financed and

(B) the Fair Market Value of such asset; and

(2) Incurred to finance such acquisition, construction or improvement by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of such asset whether through the direct purchase of such asset or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such asset;

 

-18-


provided , however , that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such acquisition, construction or improvement.

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to:

(1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or

(2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity),

or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable; provided , however , that the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company).

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness under Credit Facilities that is not intended to constitute a receivables financing (as determined in good faith by the Company) shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers selected by the Company.

Rating Agency ” means Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s or, if Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Entity ” means (a) a Subsidiary of the Company which is designated by the Company as a Receivables Entity or (b) another Person engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which Person engages in the business of the financing of accounts receivable, and in either of clause (a) or (b):

(1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which

(A) is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(B) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

(C) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(2) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and

 

-19-


(3) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means three nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by the Company that are primary U.S. Government securities dealers.

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such redemption date.

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, including, in any such case from time to time, after the discharge of the Indebtedness being Refinanced. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” shall have correlative meanings.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to Refinance (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness); provided , however , that:

(1) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced,

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (or that would be outstanding if the entire committed amount of any credit facility being Refinanced were fully drawn (other than any such amount that would have been prohibited from being drawn pursuant to Section 4.07)) (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs), and

(4) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further , however , that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

(A) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company; or

(B) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

-20-


Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers of the Notes issued on the Issue Date and (ii) except for purposes of Section 4.03, any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering after the Issue Date.

Related Business ” means any business (a) reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or (b) for which proprietary rights of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be, as determined in good faith by the Company, reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to such business.

Restricted Certificated Note ” means a Certificated Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Period ” means, in respect of any Note issued pursuant to Regulation S, the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S applicable to such Note.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, the Issuer) other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Senior Indebtedness ” of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, means any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Subsidiary) that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantees thereof.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “ Significant Subsidiary ” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w)(1) or (2) under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

-21-


Standard & Poor’s ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which, taken as a whole, are customary in an accounts receivable transaction (as determined in good faith by the Company).

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

Subordinated Obligation ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that by its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes. “ Subordinated Obligation ” of a Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

(1) such Person,

(2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or

(3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Unless otherwise specified, all references to any Subsidiary shall be to a Subsidiary of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, BDWY, a Chinese corporation, is a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to its governance structure as in effect on the Issue Date.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that has issued a Note Guarantee.

Temporary Cash Investments ” means any of the following:

(1) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(2) investments in securities with maturities of less than one year from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or by any foreign government, the securities of which are rated at least A by Standard & Poor’s or A by Moody’s or commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, and having, at such date of acquisition, ratings of A-1 from Standard & Poor’s or P-1 from Moody’s;

(3) investments in demand deposits, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by any commercial bank, supranational bank or trust company that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500 million;

(4) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (1) or (2) above and entered into with a financial institution described in clause (3) above or a non-bank broker dealer listed on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s list of primary and other reporting dealers;

 

-22-


(5) money market funds that invest in assets described above;

(6) in the case of the Company or any Foreign Subsidiary, substantially similar Investments of comparable quality denominated in the currency of any jurisdiction in which they do business and other investments of the type and maturity described in clause (3) in obligors organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States in any country in which such Subsidiary is located; provided that such investments shall be made in amounts and jurisdictions consistent with the Company’s policies governing short-term investments; and

(7) in the case of the Company or any Foreign Subsidiary, short-term non-speculative investments for cash management purposes that are consistent with the Company’s written investment policies regarding short-term investments.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt to (b) EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period ending immediately prior to the date for which financial statements are internally available; provided , however , that:

(A) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, then the calculation of EBITDA and Consolidated Total Debt for purposes of this definition for such period shall give effect on a pro forma basis to such new Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(B) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise to the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio, then the calculation of EBITDA and Consolidated Total Debt for purposes of this definition for such period shall give effect on a pro forma basis to such repayment, repurchase, defeasance or discharge as if it had occurred on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income, if any, actually earned during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness;

(C) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any disposition of a Person or business, then EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period;

(D) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition , including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction giving rise to a calculation hereunder, which constitutes a business, then EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Investment or acquisition (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if it occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

-23-


(E) if since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (C) or (D) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, then EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such disposition, Investment or acquisition of assets as if it occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, disposition or other Investment, the amount of income, EBITDA or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible Financial Officer of the Company; provided that any pro forma adjustments shall be limited to those that are probable based on specifically identified actions set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee that have occurred or are expected to occur in the next twelve months following the date of such calculation, in the good faith judgment of a responsible Financial Officer of the Company.

Total Secured Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Secured Debt to (b) EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period ending immediately prior to the date for which financial statements are internally available, with such adjustments as are set forth under the definition of “Total Leverage Ratio.”

Trade Payables ” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Trust Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

Unrestricted Certificated Note ” means one or more Certificated Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) other than the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that (i) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total Consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; (ii) at the time of such designation, the Company could have made an Investment in compliance with Section 4.05 in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Subsidiary, in each case at the time of such designation.

 

-24-


The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary under Section 4.07 at such time; and

(y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

Acceleration Notice

   6.02

Affiliate Transaction

   4.09(a)

Asset Sale Offer

   4.08

Authentication Order

   2.02(d)

Change of Control Offer

   4.11(a)

Change of Control Payment Date

   4.11(a)

Company

   Preamble

Covenant Defeasance

   8.03

DTC

   2.03(b)

Events of Default

   6.01

Future Guarantor

   10.02

Global Note Legend

   2.06

Guaranteed Obligations

   10.01

Initial Lien

   4.10

Legal Defeasance

   8.02

Material Indebtedness

   4.13

Notes

   Preamble

Note Register

   2.03(a)

Paying Agent

   2.03(a)

Private Placement Legend

   2.06

Purchase

   4.05(a)(2)

Redemption Date

   2.08(d)

Registrar

   2.03(a)

Regulation S Global Note Legend

   2.06

Restricted Payment

   4.05(a)

Reversion Date

   4.14(a)

Successor Company

   5.01(a)(1)

Successor Guarantor

   5.01(b)(1)

Suspended Covenants

   4.14(a)

Suspension Date

   4.14(a)

Suspension Period

   4.14(a)

Trustee

   Preamble

 

-25-


SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

(a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

(b) The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

“indenture security holder” means a Holder;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

(c) All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them either in the TIA, by another statute or SEC rule, as applicable.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction .

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(v) all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

(vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(vii) “including” means “including without limitation”,

(viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time thereunder.

 

-26-


(b) Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Indenture and not to any other document.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating .

(a) General . The Authenticating Agent shall initially authenticate two series of Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of (i) $500,000,000 of the 2019 Notes and (ii) $500,000,000 of the 2021 Notes, upon a written order of the Issuer (other than as provided in Section 2.07 hereof). The Notes and the Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto with respect to the 2019 Notes and Exhibit A-2 hereto with respect to the 2021 Notes. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date of original issuance thereof or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. The Notes shall be issued initially in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Authenticating Agent as hereinafter provided.

The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication .

(a) One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

(d) The Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.

 

-27-


(e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries. The Trustee hereby appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Authenticating Agent and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas hereby accepts such appointment.

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

(c) The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas hereby initially agrees so to act.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (which by its execution of this Indenture hereby agrees) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve, or shall cause the Registrar to preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Paying Agent is not the same entity as the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Paying Agent, at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Registrar may allow, as the Paying Agent may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

-28-


SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Certificated Note of the same series unless (A) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (B) upon the request of a Holder if there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) above, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Certificated Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided that prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person other than pursuant to Rule 144A; provided that such interest is then transferred to the Rule 144A Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant or Indirect Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Certificated Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Certificated Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Certificated Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period therefor and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B). Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

-29-


(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(2) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Certificated Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Certificated Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) or (B) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

-30-


(2) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(3) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(4) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(5) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(6) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof;

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(c)(i), the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Certificated Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Global Note to Certificated Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(1) and (3) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Certificated Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Certificated Note prior to (A) the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period therefor and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B), except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Certificated Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

-31-


and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Certificated Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Certificated Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Certificated Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Registrar shall mail such Certificated Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Certificated Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(2) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(3) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(4) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(5) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(6) if such Restricted Certificated Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof;

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(d)(i) the Registrar shall cancel the Restricted Certificated Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (1), (4), (5) or (6) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (2) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (3) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

 

-32-


(ii) Restricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Certificated Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Certificated Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Certificated Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Certificated Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Registrar shall cancel the Restricted Certificated Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Certificated Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Certificated Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Certificated Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Registrar shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Certificated Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Certificated Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Certificated Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes for Certificated Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Certificated Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Certificated Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Certificated Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Certificated Notes to Restricted Certificated Notes . Any Restricted Certificated Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Certificated Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

-33-


(2) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(3) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Certificated Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes . Any Restricted Certificated Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Certificated Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Certificated Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Certificated Notes to Unrestricted Certificated Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Certificated Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Certificated Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Certificated Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the Letters of Transmittal or in an Agent’s Message substantially to the effect that (w) any Exchange Notes to be received by them will be acquired in the ordinary course of their business, (x) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer they have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (y) they are not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (z) if such Person is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Person will deliver a Prospectus (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Certificated Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the Letters of Transmittal substantially to the effect that (w) any Exchange Notes to be received by them will be acquired in the ordinary course of their business, (x) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer they have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (y) they are not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (z) if such Person is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then

 

-34-


such Person will deliver a Prospectus (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Certificated Notes so accepted Unrestricted Certificated Notes of the same series in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes of a series that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes of such series issued in connection with such Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(1) Except as permitted by subparagraph (2) below, each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “ Private Placement Legend ”):

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THEN REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 OR ITS SUCCESSOR RULE) OR IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Certificated Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv),

(c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. In addition, the Issuer may remove the Private Placement Legend from any Note if it determines that such legend is no longer required to comply with the securities laws of the United States.

 

-35-


(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with appropriate changes in the last sentence if DTC is not the Depositary) (the “ Global Note Legend ”):

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “ Regulation S Global Note Legend ”):

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Certificated Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Registrar in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Certificated Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar

 

-36-


or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such increase.

(i) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date (whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be.

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(j) No Obligation of the Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent .

(i) The Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note in global form shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including without limitation any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

-37-


SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Issuer and the Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Registrar’s requirements are met. If required by the Registrar or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Registrar and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note had become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer, in its discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies of any Holder with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes .

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Authenticating Agent except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09 hereof.

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Registrar receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

(d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof) segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a date of redemption (a “ Redemption Date ”) or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Authenticating Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

-38-


Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation .

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Registrar for cancellation. The Trustee and Paying Agent shall forward to the Registrar any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Registrar, upon direction by the Issuer and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer from time to time upon written request. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Registrar for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee and Registrar, as applicable, shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee and Registrar of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Additional Notes .

The Issuer shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.07 hereof, to issue Additional 2019 Notes and Additional 2021 Notes, including Exchange Notes in respect thereof, under this Indenture in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, each of which shall have identical terms as the Initial 2019 Notes or Initial 2021 Notes, respectively, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and first payment of interest (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Certificated Notes, other than

 

-39-


with respect to transfer restrictions, any registration rights agreement and additional interest with respect thereto). The Initial 2019 and any Additional 2019 Notes or Exchange Notes with respect to the 2019 Notes shall be treated as a single class and the Initial 2021 Notes and any Additional 2021 Notes or Exchange Notes with respect to the 2021 Notes shall be treated as a single class, in each case for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustee and the Agent, the following information:

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number(s) of such Additional Notes; provided , however , that if Additional Notes are issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, such Additional Notes shall not have the same “CUSIP” number as the Additional Notes of the same series.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuer elects to redeem any series of Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Sections 3.07 and 3.08 hereof and paragraph 5 of the applicable Notes, it shall furnish to the Trustee and the applicable Agent an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of 2019 Notes or 2021 Notes, as applicable, to be redeemed, and (iv) the redemption price. If the Issuer elects to redeem any series of Notes pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.07 and 3.08 hereof and paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall furnish such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee and the applicable Agent at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date unless a shorter notice shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall, therefore, be void and of no effect.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes of any series are to be redeemed or purchased at any time, the Registrar and Paying Agent shall select the Notes or such series to be redeemed or purchased, (i) if the applicable Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the applicable Notes are listed, or (ii) if the applicable Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Registrar and Paying Agent in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Registrar and Paying Agent from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Paying Agent and Registrar shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

-40-


SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) and shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuer’s request, the Registrar shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, provided , however , that the Issuer gives the Registrar at least 3 Business Days prior notice of such request.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice Upon Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price stated in the notice except that any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including consummation of a related Equity Offering. Subject to the foregoing, upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the related Interest Payment Date). Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or before 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions of Notes) to be redeemed on that date. Upon written instructions of the Issuer, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 

-41-


If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the Issuer’s written request, the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption for the 2019 Notes .

Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (c) below, the 2019 Notes are not redeemable before May 15, 2014.

(a) At any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or part of the 2019 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2019 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2019 Notes, as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(b) On or after May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 2019 Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

  

Redemption Price

 

2014

     104.406

2015

     102.938

2016

     101.469

2017 and thereafter

     100.000

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of 2019 Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company, at a redemption price equal to 105.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption; and

(2) any such redemption by the Issuer must be made within 120 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

 

-42-


(d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

SECTION 3.08. Optional Redemption for the 2021 Notes .

Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (c) below, the 2021 Notes are not redeemable before May 15, 2016.

(a) At any time prior to May 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or part of the 2021 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2021 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2021 Notes, as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(b) On or after May 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 2021 Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

  

Redemption Price

 

2016

     103.063

2017

     102.042

2018

     101.021

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.08, at any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of 2021 Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company at a redemption price equal to 106.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2021 Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption; and

(2) any such redemption by the Issuer must be made within 120 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.08 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

SECTION 3.09. Mandatory Redemption .

Except as set forth in Sections 4.08 and 4.11 hereof, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

-43-


ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes .

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Issuer hereby designates the address of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas set forth in Section 11.02 as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 4.02(a).

SECTION 4.03. Reports .

(a) Prior to the completion of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee for distribution to a Holder upon any such Holder’s written request the following reports within the time periods set forth below:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports of the Company containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act (other than information described in Items 9A, 9AT, and 9B of Part II or in Items 11, 12, 13 (other than any information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K) and 14 of Part III of such form) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP (but without the need for compliance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X);

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, quarterly reports of the Company containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act (other than information described in Items 4 and 4T of Part I and Items 2 and 5 of Part II of such form) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is provided in this offering memorandum), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP (but without the need to comply with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X); and

 

-44-


(3) within 5 business days after the occurrence of any event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K (other than a report required pursuant to Items 1.01 or 1.02 (in each case, to the extent not relating to a financing or acquisition), 2.02, 2.05, 2.06, 3.01, 3.02, 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 5.05, 5.06 and 5.07) under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no such current report will be required to be furnished if an executive officer of the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to Holders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

provided , however , that (A) such reports will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) or Regulation G and (B) no schedules or exhibits shall be required to be included in any report.

Prior to the completion of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer will also post all such reports to its website.

(b) In addition, the Issuer shall furnish to Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

(c) From and after the completion of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will provide the Trustee and Holders and prospective Holders within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, copies of:

(1) annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, of the Company containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

(2) quarterly reports on Form 10-Q of the Company, containing the information required to be contained therein, or any successor or comparable form; and

(3) from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form, of the Company.

Notwithstanding whether the Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Company files the information and reports referred to in the preceding paragraph with the SEC and such information is publicly available on the Internet, the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with its obligations to furnish such information to the Holders of the Notes. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

(d) The Company will participate in a quarterly conference call available to Holders of the Notes, prospective investors in the Notes, broker-dealers and securities analysts to discuss operating results and related matters. The Company shall post a notice of such quarterly conference calls on its website at least three business days in advance of each such conference call which will provide the date and time of any such call and will either provide Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts with instructions for accessing such call or direct such persons to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain access to the conference call.

(e) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (of which the Company is a wholly-owned Subsidiary) is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 by furnishing information (or filing it with the SEC) relating to such direct or indirect parent company.

 

-45-


Any such reports delivered or filed by the Company with the Trustee shall be considered for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports shall not constitute notice or actual knowledge of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to the Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. For the purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture. The Issuer shall also comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4).

(b) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith and in any event within 30 days upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 4.05. Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend, make any distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock or make any similar payment (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock in their capacity as such, except (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and (B) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary has Capital Stock held by Persons other than the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries, to such other Persons on no more than a pro rata basis);

(2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire (“ Purchase ”) for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any Person (other than Capital Stock held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);

(3) purchase for value, prior to scheduled maturity, any scheduled repayment or any scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than (a) the purchase for value of Subordinated Obligations acquired in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such Purchase or (b) the purchase for value of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 4.07(b)(2)); or

(4) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment)

 

-46-


(any such dividend, distribution, payment or Purchase being herein referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(A) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

(B) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.07(a); or

(C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Issuer, whose determination will be conclusive; provided , however , that with respect to any non-cash Restricted Payment, the amount so expended shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the definition of Fair Market Value) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date would exceed the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income will be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of other property received by the Company from the issuance or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees) and 100% of any capital contribution received by the Company from its equityholders subsequent to the Issue Date; plus

(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s Consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries issued after the Issue Date for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; plus

(iv) in the case of the disposition or repayment of or return on any Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash or other property (valued at the Fair Market Value thereof) with respect to such Investment; plus

(v) without duplication of amounts that increased the amounts available for Permitted Investments, upon a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such redesignation.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 4.05(a) shall not prohibit:

(1) any Restricted Payment made out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange for, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees to the extent such sale to such an employee stock ownership plan or trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Company from its equityholders; provided , however , that:

 

-47-


(A) such Restricted Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, and

(B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale applied in the manner set forth in this clause (1) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clause (C)(ii) of paragraph (a) above;

(2) any prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value of Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, other Subordinated Obligations; provided , however , that such prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(3) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividends would have complied with this Section 4.05; provided , however , that such dividends shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(4) any (A) Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for present or former officers, directors, consultants or employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date and (B) purchase for value of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or direct or indirect parent companies (or any distribution to any such parent to finance such purchase) from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or direct or indirect parent companies (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $125.0 million per year (with unused amounts carried over to future years); provided further , however , that such Purchases for value shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.07; provided , however , that such dividends shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(6) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options; provided , however , that such Restricted Payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, any prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value of Subordinated Obligations (i) upon a Change of Control or (ii) from proceeds of an asset sale; provided that prior to such purchase, all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer in connection therewith have been purchased; provided , however , that such prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(8) payments to holders of Capital Stock (or to the holders of Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock upon such conversion or exchange) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; provided , however , that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(9) Restricted Payments if, at the time of making such payments, and after giving effect thereto (including, without limitation, the Incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such payment), the Total Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.50 to 1.00; provided , however , that at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); and provided further , however , that such amounts shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(10) tax distributions to members of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Company’s partnership agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as amended in any manner that is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of Notes; and provided further , however , that 50% of such amounts shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

-48-


(11) following the first initial public offering of the common Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, dividends or distributions in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 6% of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the capital of the Company in connection with such initial public offering; provided , however , that such amounts shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(12) distributions (A) to pay expenses in connection with the formation of a holding company of the Company and/or consummating (or attempting to consummate) an initial public offering of the Capital Stock of such holding company and (B) (i) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, and general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent; provided , however , that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

(13) transactions permitted under clause (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5), (b)(9) or (b)(10) of Section 4.09 to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment; provided that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; or

(14) any Restricted Payment in an amount which, when taken together with all Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date pursuant to this clause (14), does not exceed $675.0 million; provided , however , that (A) at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom) and (B) such Restricted Payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.

SECTION 4.06. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any contractual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock;

(2) pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company;

(3) make any loans or advances to the Company; or

(4) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company,

except, in the case of clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) above:

(A) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (i) applicable law, rule, regulation or order or (ii) an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

(B) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;

 

-49-


(C) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this Section 4.06 or this clause (C) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this Section 4.06 or this clause (C); provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing agreement or amendment are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements;

(D) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement with respect to Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 4.07(b)(1);

(E) in the case of clause (4) above, any encumbrance or restriction:

(i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, sublease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, sublease, license or other contract; or

(ii) contained in mortgages, pledges and other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or the Subsidiary incurring or Guaranteeing such indebtedness;

(F) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, any restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(G) any encumbrance or restriction existing under or by reason of Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivables Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Standard Securitization Undertakings in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(H) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (4) above;

(I) any encumbrances or restrictions contained in joint venture agreements and restrictions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property subject to asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements and customary provisions in agreements restricting the assignment or transfer thereof;

(J) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, lenders, suppliers or, in the ordinary course of business, other third parties or by Liens permitted hereby;

(K) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness incurred by such Foreign Subsidiary; and

(L) any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder; provided that such encumbrance of restriction are not expected to (as determined by the Company in good faith on the date of incurrence) materially adversely affect the ability of the Company to pay principal and interest on the Notes; and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof that do not contain encumbrances or restrictions that are materially more restrictive (as determined by the Company in good faith) than those in the original Indebtedness.

 

-50-


For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.06, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Indebtedness .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided , however , that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto and the application of the proceeds therefrom the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0:1.0; provided that the maximum aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any time and incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or a Guarantor pursuant to this clause (a) (when aggregated with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or a Guarantor incurred in respect thereof pursuant to clause (b)(3) below and then outstanding) shall not exceed $350.0 million.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (A) $2,750.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all prepayments of principal applied to permanently reduce any such Indebtedness in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.08, (B) the sum of (i) 60% of the book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii) 80% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any accounts receivable pledged, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction), in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available (but calculated on a pro forma basis for any acquisition or disposition of a Person or business occurring after such date and on or prior to the date of determination) and (C) solely in the case of Secured Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is not Guaranteed by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, an amount such that, after giving pro forma effect thereto and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Total Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.0:1.0;

(2) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (i) any Indebtedness owed by the Issuer or any Guarantor to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable and (ii) any subsequent event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary to which any such Indebtedness is owed ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (2);

(3) Indebtedness (A) represented by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the Note Guarantees and any Exchange Notes and related Guarantees issued in exchange for such Notes and Note Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (B) outstanding on the Issue Date (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1) (under the Credit Agreement), (2) and (3)(A) above) and (C) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (3) (including Indebtedness that is Refinancing Indebtedness) or the foregoing paragraph (a);

 

-51-


(4) (A) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of, in connection with, as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided , however , that on the date that such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, (i) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4) or (ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such Incurrence and acquisition would be equal to or greater than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (4);

(5) Indebtedness in respect of (A) workers compensation claims, health disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance in the ordinary course of business, (B) bid, performance surety, stay, customs, appeal or replevin bonds, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance and completion guarantees, or similar obligations entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, (C) judgments, decrees, attachments or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default and (D) Hedging Obligations not entered into for speculative purposes;

(6) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in an aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (6) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (A) $500.0 million and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred;

(7) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of a Financial Officer’s becoming aware of its Incurrence;

(9) any Guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(10) (A) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed $100.0 million Incurred in contemplation of, in connection with, as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company whether by means of the acquisition of assets or the Capital Stock of such entity; provided , however , that on the date that such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, (i) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (10) or (ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such Incurrence and acquisition would be equal to or greater than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10);

(11) Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary (x) to finance working capital and other cash management needs and (y) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time and incurred under this subclause (y) not to exceed the greater of (A) $350.0 million and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred;

 

-52-


(12) Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (12) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (A) $675.0 million and (B) 7.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred;

(13) Indebtedness consisting of bona fide purchase price adjustments, earnouts, indemnification obligations, obligations under deferred compensation or similar arrangements and similar items in connection with acquisitions and asset dispositions otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(14) Indebtedness (A) in the form of (x) guarantees of loans and advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; and (y) reimbursements owed to officers, directors, consultants and employees and (B) consisting of obligations to make payments to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses with respect to the cancellation, or to finance the purchase or redemption, of Capital Stock of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof); and

(15) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums with the providers of such insurance or their affiliates and (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.07:

(1) Outstanding Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07;

(2) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.07 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.07 permitting such Indebtedness;

(3) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this Section 4.07, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) as of the time of Incurrence and will only be required to include the amount of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses ( provided that any Indebtedness originally classified as Incurred pursuant to clauses (b)(2) through (b)(15) of this Section 4.07 may later be reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or any other of clauses (b)(2) through (b)(15) of this Section 4.07 to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or one of clauses (b)(2) through

(b)(15) of this Section 4.07, as the case may be, if it were Incurred at the time of such reclassification); and

(4) Guarantees or Liens in respect of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness supported by such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.07.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness Incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided , however , that (i) if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Agreement and (ii) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall

 

-53-


be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.07 shall not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.

SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming sole responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

(2) at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Additional Assets; and

(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be):

(A) first , to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any applicable Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement or incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(1), any Secured Indebtedness or any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, within 365 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash;

(B) second , to acquire Additional Assets (or otherwise to make capital expenditures), in each case within 365 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash ( provided that if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive written agreement committing it to apply such Net Available Cash in accordance with the requirements of this clause (B), such 365-day period shall be extended with respect to the amount of Net Available Cash so committed until the earlier of the date required to be paid in accordance with such agreement and 180 days);

(C) third , to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make an Asset Sale Offer (as defined in paragraph (c) of this Section 4.08) to purchase Notes pursuant to and subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of this Section 4.08; provided , however , that if the Issuer elects (or is required by the terms of any other Senior Indebtedness), such Asset Sale Offer may be made ratably to purchase the Notes and any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(D) fourth , to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A), (B) and (C) above, for any purpose permitted by the terms of this Indenture;

provided , however , that in connection with any prepayment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of revolving credit Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, purchased, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise acquired for value.

 

-54-


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (3), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this Section 4.08 until such time as the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions that has not been applied in accordance with the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.08 exceeds $50.0 million. Pending application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 4.08, such Net Available Cash may be used or invested in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(b) For purposes of this Section 4.08, the following are deemed to be cash:

(1) the assumption of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company (other than obligations in respect of Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than obligations in respect of Subordinated Obligations, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or obligations in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(2) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration having an aggregate Fair Market Value that, when taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, does not exceed at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets;

(3) securities, notes or similar obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Temporary Cash Investments within 180 days; and

(4) Temporary Cash Investments.

(c) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to clause (a)(3)(C) of this Section 4.08, the Issuer will be required:

(1) to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Issuer for the Notes (the “ Asset Sale Offer ”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription), set forth in this Section 4.08; and

(2) to purchase other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor on the terms and to the extent contemplated thereby; provided that in no event shall the Issuer offer to purchase such Senior Indebtedness at a purchase price in excess of 100% of its principal amount (without premium) plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

If the aggregate purchase price of Notes (and other Senior Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of the Notes (and other Senior Indebtedness), the Issuer will apply the remaining Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a)(3)(D) of this Section 4.08. If the aggregate purchase price of Notes (and other Senior Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer is greater than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of the Notes (and other Senior Indebtedness), the Issuer will purchase Notes (and such other Senior Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis; provided that no Note will be purchased in part if the remaining principal amount of such Note would be less than $2,000.

(d) The Issuer shall, not later than 45 days after the Issuer becomes obligated to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to this Section 4.08, mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of a portion of the Notes has occurred and that such Holder has the right (subject to the prorating described below) to require the Issuer to purchase a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof on the purchase date, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive

 

-55-


interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date); (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (3) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and (4) the amount of the Asset Sale Offer. If, upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open, the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount of the Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.

(e) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof.

SECTION 4.09. Affiliate Transactions .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company involving aggregate consideration with a Fair Market Value in excess of $15.0 million (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless such transaction is on terms:

(1) that are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained at the time of such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

(2) that, in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are disinterested directors as to such Affiliate Transaction; and

(3) that, in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $150.0 million, have been determined by a nationally recognized appraisal, accounting or investment banking firm to be fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) above shall not prohibit:

(1) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 4.05;

(2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment or consultant arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors;

(3) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors;

(4) loans or advances to directors, officers, consultants or employees in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to, or the provision of employee benefit arrangements and indemnity for the benefit of, directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(6) (A) any transaction between or among any of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) any transaction between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity;

 

-56-


(7) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and the granting of customary registration rights in respect thereof;

(8) any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, or any renewals, extensions or amendments of any such agreement or similar agreement (so long as such renewals, extensions or amendments or similar agreement are not less favorable in any material respect to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) and the transactions evidenced thereby;

(9) transactions with landlords, customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services in each case in the ordinary course of business; or

(10) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

SECTION 4.10. Liens .

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (the “ Initial Lien ”) of any nature whatsoever on any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, which Initial Lien secures any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien in one of the clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only one of such clauses.

SECTION 4.11. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, Issuer must send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each Holder. Such notice shall state (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date), (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control, (iii) the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, unless as otherwise may be required by law (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”) and (iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.11, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

-57-


(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Trustee or Registrar the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Authenticating Agent shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(c) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.11. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.11, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.11 by virtue thereof.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.11, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.11 and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. In addition, the Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if the Notes have been or are called for redemption by the Issuer prior to it being required to mail notice of the Change of Control Offer, and thereafter redeems all Notes called for redemption in accordance with the terms set forth in such redemption notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a revocable Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. The provisions under this Indenture related to the Issuer’s obligations to make an offer to purchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

SECTION 4.12. Corporate Existence

Except as otherwise permitted by Article 5 hereof, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

SECTION 4.13. Additional Guarantors .

The Issuer will cause each new Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a guarantor of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facilities incurred in reliance on Section 4.07(b)(1) (“ Material Indebtedness ”); to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto, pursuant to which such Subsidiary will provide a Note Guarantee. In addition, the Issuer will cause each Foreign Subsidiary that becomes a guarantor of any Material Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary will provide a Note Guarantee. Additionally, the Company, at its option, may cause any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to become a Guarantor.

SECTION 4.14. Suspension of Covenants .

(a) Following the first day (the “ Suspension Date ”) that (i) the Notes of a series have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes:

 

  (1)

Section 4.05;

 

-58-


  (2) Section 4.06;

 

  (3) Section 4.07;

 

  (4) Section 4.08;

 

  (5) Section 4.09;

 

  (6) Section 4.13;

 

  (7) clause (a)(3) and (b)(3) of Section 5.01;

(collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to any series of Notes for any period of time as a result of the foregoing and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to a series of Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to such series of Notes as it relates to such future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “ Suspension Period .” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period or the result of any compliance by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereafter with any obligation incurred during the Suspension Period. During any Suspension Period, the Issuer may not designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(b) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.07(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or 4.07(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.07(b)(3)(B). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.05 will be made as though Section 4.05 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.05(a) and the items specified in Section 4.05(a)(C) will increase the amount available to be made under Section 4.05(a). For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 4.08(a) and 4.08(b), the Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions not applied in accordance with the covenant will be deemed to be reset to zero after the Reversion Date.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets .

(a) The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets in one or a series of related transactions to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a corporation, limited liability company or limited liability partnership organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (and, if the Successor Company is not a corporation, the Issuer shall cause a corporation to become a co-obligor on the Notes);

 

-59-


(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, (A) the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.07(a) or (B) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(b) The Company will not and will not permit any other Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions to, any Person, unless:

(1) except in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor (i) that has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or that has transferred or leased all or substantially of its assets to another Person or (ii) that, as a result of the disposition of all or a portion of its Capital Stock, ceases to be a Subsidiary, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) will be a corporation, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, limited company, or other similar organization (and in the case of any such transaction involving the Company, such Successor Guarantor shall be organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the United States of America (or any state thereof or the District of Columbia) the United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands), any member state of the European Union as in effect on the Issue Date, Switzerland, Bermuda or The Cayman Islands), and such Person (if not such Guarantor) will expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) in the case of a transaction involving a Guarantor that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, (A) the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.07(a) or (B) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and

(4) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (2) and (3) of Section 5.01(a) or clauses (2) and (3) of Section 5.01(b):

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(2) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Guarantor; and

 

-60-


(3) the Issuer and any Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate organized solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer or such Guarantor in another jurisdiction.

SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted .

Upon any consolidation, merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company or the Issuer is not the continuing Person, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company or the Issuer, as applicable, under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such and that, in the event of a conveyance or transfer (but not a lease), the conveyor or transferor (but not a lessor) shall be released from the provisions of this Indenture and the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ” with respect to each series of Notes:

(a) a default in any payment of interest on the Notes of such series when due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(b) a default in the payment of principal of any Note of such series when due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(c) the failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01 above;

(d) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any of its obligations under Sections 4.05 to 4.10, 4.11, 4.13 or 4.14 for 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such series;

(e) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with its other agreements contained in this Indenture for 90 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such series;

(f) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the principal amount of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $100.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

(g) the rendering of any final and nonappealable judgment or decree (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $100.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) against the Company, the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary if such final judgment or decree remains outstanding and is not satisfied, discharged or waived within a period of 60 days following such judgment;

 

-61-


(h) any Note Guarantee of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect in all material respects (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms such Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture or any Note Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days after receipt of the notice as specified in this Indenture;

(i) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case,

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(j) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Securities that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

However, a default under clause (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to a series of Notes until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series notify the Company and the Trustee of the default and the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) hereof after receipt of such notice.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration .

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company or the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of any series may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes of such series to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee (if given by the Holders) specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company or the Issuer occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

-62-


In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(f) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(f) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived (and the related declaration of acceleration rescinded or annulled) by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the second preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of any series may rescind and cancel such declaration with respect to the Notes of such series and its consequences (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (iv) if the Issuer has paid the Trustee and the Agents their compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances; and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults .

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of any series by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes of such series waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes of such series (including in connection with an offer to purchase) ( provided , however , that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes of a series may rescind an acceleration with respect to such series and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority .

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of any series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes of any such series. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holders of Notes of such series or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

-63-


SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

A Holder of a Note of any series may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes of such series only if:

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes of such series offer to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(e) within such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

-64-


SECTION 6.10. Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, the Agents, their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.06 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

-65-


(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of the Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its reasonable discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall reasonably determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

-66-


(h) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it under this Indenture.

(i) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

(j) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee under this Article 7, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in each of its capacities hereunder as an Agent, and to each agent, Custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(k) The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty.

(l) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

(m) Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Issuer has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults .

(a) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default with respect to Notes of any series unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Issuer or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes of such series and this Indenture.

 

-67-


(b) If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of the Notes of the applicable series, notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after the occurrence of a Default or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note of any series (including payments pursuant to the redemption provisions of the Notes of such series), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holder .

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in each of its capacities as Agent, and through Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its and Trustee’s services hereunder (it being understood all amounts set forth in the fee letter dated May 2, 2011, between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas shall be deemed reasonable). The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by such party in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and Agents’ respective agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer and the Guarantors or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Agents, as applicable, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture.

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture.

 

-68-


In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Trustee ” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided , however , that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

-69-


SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.

Subject to Section 7.10, any business entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b).

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .

The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes of any series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes of any series on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes of such series, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes of such series to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and Agents hereunder and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith and (d) the provisions of this Article 8 with respect to Legal Defeasance. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

-70-


SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 4.14 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes of such series shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes of such series shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes of such series shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(d) and 6.01(e) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes of any series:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(a) the Issuer must deposit with the Paying Agent, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of such principal and interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal amount at maturity of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes of such series on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

-71-


(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article 8 concurrently with such incurrence and the grant of a Lien to secure such Indebtedness);

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(f) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and

(g) the Issuer shall have paid or duly provided for payment of all amounts then due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes of such series not therefor delivered to the Registrar for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, or (B) will become due and payable on the maturity date or upon redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee or Registrar in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer.

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

All cash and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes of any series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the Notes of such series of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and Paying Agent, as applicable, against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes of such series.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Paying Agent shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.06. Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes of any series when (i) either (a) all the Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes of such series which have been replaced or paid and Notes of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee or Registrar and Paying Agent

 

-72-


for cancellation or (b) all Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee or Registrar and Paying Agent for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year, whether at maturity or on a redemption date, pursuant to an irrevocable optional redemption notice, and the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or Registrar and Paying Agent funds or U.S. Government Obligations in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee or Registrar and Paying Agent for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of such series to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee or Registrar and Paying Agent to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; (ii) the Issuer has paid all other sums due and payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; and (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee or Registrar and Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

SECTION 8.07. Repayment to Issuer .

Any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

SECTION 8.08. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

SECTION 8.09. Survival .

The Trustee’s rights under this Article 8 shall survive termination of this Indenture or the resignation of the Trustee.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holder .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes of any series without the consent of any Holder of a Note of such series to:

(a) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(b) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture;

 

-73-


(c) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(d) add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted under this Indenture;

(e) add to the covenants of the Company or the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders of Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Issuer;

(f) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

(g) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the form, authentication, transfer and legending of Notes; provided , however , that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

(h) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(i) issue Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(j) convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge as security for the Notes any property or assets in accordance with Section 4.10; or

(k) conform any provision of this Indenture or the Notes to the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recital of any provision thereof.

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee and the Agents shall join with the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor the Agents shall be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, this Indenture, the Notes Guarantees and the Notes of any series may be amended or supplemented as it relates to such series with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding voting as a single class, and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes of such series, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes of such series may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series voting as a single class.

 

-74-


Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes of any series affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of a series voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes with respect to such series. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes of such series held by a non-consenting Holder):

(a) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(b) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(c) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(d) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the scheduled date at which any Note may be redeemed as set forth in Sections 3.07 and 3.08;

(e) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(f) impair the right of any Holder of Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(g) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

(h) release the Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries in a transaction or series of related transactions that would together constitute a Significant Subsidiary).

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.

 

-75-


SECTION 9.05. Trustee and Agents to Sign Amendments .

The Trustee and Agents shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee and Agents, as applicable. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee and Agents shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE 10

NOTE GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Note Guarantees .

Each Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee, the Agents and their respective successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (all such obligations set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any obligation of the Issuer under the Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; or (d) except as set forth in Section 10.05, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Agents, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee, the Agents or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.

 

-76-


SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability .

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor (a) not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee, and (b) not result in a distribution to shareholders not permitted under the applicable foreign or state law. Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. If following the date of this Indenture and notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 to the contrary, any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America (a “ Future Guarantor ”) shall be required to execute a Note Guarantee and the Issuer shall reasonably determine that the preceding limitations shall not adequately address the limitations on such Note Guarantee imposed by applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as the case may be, of any such Future Guarantor then upon the delivery of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, the Issuers shall be entitled to amend such clauses or add such additional provisions (including any related modifications to a supplement to this Indenture or a Note Guarantee), as the case may be, in order for the Note Guarantee of a Guarantor to adequately address the limitations imposed by applicable law.

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns .

This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder, the Trustee or the Agents, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver .

Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Agents or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 10.05. Release of Subsidiary Guarantor .

The Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released with respect to a series of Notes under this Article 10 without any further action required on the part of the Trustee, the Agents or any Holder:

(a) upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) if such Subsidiary Guarantor no longer guarantees or is otherwise obligated under any Material Indebtedness;

(c) upon the designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(d) if the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option with respect to such series of Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof or if the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such series of Notes are discharged in accordance with the terms of Section 8.06.

 

-77-


SECTION 10.06. Contribution .

Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations to contribution from each Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, the Trustee or an Agent to the other parties is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or electronic transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

If to the Issuer:

Delphi Corporation

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Facsimile: (248) 813-2491

Attention: Treasurer

With a copy to:

Delphi Corporation

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Facsimile: (248) 813-2491

Attention: General Counsel

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Facsimile: (212) 701-5111

Attention: Michael Kaplan

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 N. Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1615

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets Services – Delphi Corporation

Tel: 302-636-6438

Fax: 302-636-4145

 

-78-


If to the Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

60 Wall Street, MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Attn: Corporates Team Deal Manager - Delphi

Tel: 201-593-3533

Fax: 732-578-4635

With a copy to:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

Trust & Securities Services

100 Plaza One, Mailstop JCY03-0699

Jersey City, New Jersey 07311

Attn: Corporates Team Deal Manager - Delphi

Tel: 201-593-3533

Fax: 732-578-4635

The Issuer, the Trustee or the Agents, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

The Trustee and the Agents, as applicable, agree to accept and act upon facsimile transmission of written instructions pursuant to this Indenture; provided , however , that (a) the party providing such written instructions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions in a timely manner and (b) such originally executed instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing such instructions or directions.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee, Agents or Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee, Agents or Holders shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the security register for the Notes. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

SECTION 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

-79-


SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or an Agent to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and/or Agent, as applicable:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or Agent, as applicable, (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and/or Agent, as applicable, (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or of the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 11.08. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES.

 

-80-


EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 11.10. Successors .

All covenants and agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee and the Agents in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors.

SECTION 11.11. Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 11.12. Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee or the Agents be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee and the Agents, as applicable, shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 11.15. Patriot Act .

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and the Agents, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Agents with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act

[Signatures on following page]

 

-81-


SIGNATURES

Dated as the date first written above

 

ISSUER:  
  DELPHI CORPORATION
  By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Clark

    Name:   Kevin P. Clark
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page – Indenture]

 


GUARANTORS:
DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP
By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Clark

  Name:   Kevin P. Clark
  Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
By:      

/s/ David M. Sherbin

  Name:   David M. Sherbin
  Title:   Vice President and General Counsel
DELPHI HOLDINGS S.à.r.l.
By:  

/s/ David M. Sherbin

  Name:   David M. Sherbin
  Title:   “A” Manager
DELPHI HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name:   Keith D. Stipp
  Title:   President and Treasurer
DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name:   Keith D. Stipp
  Title:   Treasurer
DELPHI CONNECTION SYSTEMS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name:       Keith D. Stipp
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

[Signature Page – Indenture]


DELPHI INTERNATIONAL SERVICES
COMPANY, LLC
By:  

  /s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name: Keith D. Stipp
  Title: Treasurer

 

DELPHI TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

By:  

  /s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name: Keith D. Stipp
  Title: Treasurer

 

DELPHI TRADE MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

By:  

  /s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name: Keith D. Stipp
  Title: Treasurer

 

DELPHI CONNECTION SYSTEMS HOLDING
LLC

 

By:  

  /s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name: Keith D. Stipp
  Title: Vice President & Treasurer

 

DELPHI PROPERTIES MANAGEMENT LLC

 

By:  

  /s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name: Keith D. Stipp
  Title: Treasurer

 

DELPHI GLOBAL REAL ESTATE SERVICES,
LLC

 

By:  

  /s/ Keith D. Stipp

  Name: Keith D. Stipp
  Title: Treasurer

[Signatures Page – Indenture]


 

DELPHI MEDICAL SYSTEMS, LLC

By:   /s/ Keith D. Stipp
   
  Name:    Keith D. Stipp
  Title:      Assistant Treasurer

[Signatures Page – Indenture]


 

TRUSTEE: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

By:  

/s/ Geoffrey J. Lewis

  Name:    Geoffrey J. Lewis
  Title:      Assistant Vice President

[Signatures Page – Indenture]


REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND

AUTHENTICATING AGENT : DEUTSCHE BANK

TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

By:       Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

    /s/ Cynthia J. Powell

  Name: Cynthia J. Powell
  Title: Vice President
By:  

    /s/ Wanda Camacho

  Name: Wanda Camacho
  Title: Vice President

[Signatures Page – Indenture]


EXHIBIT A-1

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[Global Note Legend]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

[Private Placement Legend]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THEN REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 OR ITS SUCCESSOR RULE) OR IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN

 

A-1-1


THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Global Note Legend]

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-1-2


CUSIP:             

ISIN:             

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

5.875% Senior Notes due 2019

 

No.         $[          ]

DELPHI CORPORATION

promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns,

the principal sum of                                                       DOLLARS on May 15, 2019, as such amount may be changed from time to time pursuant to the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests attached hereto.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1

 

A-1-3


Dated:              , 20     

 

DELPHI CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1-4


This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Authenticating Agent

 

By:       Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1-5


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

5.875% Senior Note due 2019

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Delphi Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 5.875% from May 17, 2011 until maturity or pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2011, or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holder of record of this Note on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1 (each, a “ Regular Record Date ”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including May 17, 2011. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that (a) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes represented by Global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof and (b) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may accept in its discretion). Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. AUTHENTICATING AGENT, PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as authenticating agent (“ Authenticating Agent ”), registrar (“ Registrar ”) and paying agent (“ Paying Agent ”). The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional 2019 Notes pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-1-6


5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (c) below, the 2019 Notes are not redeemable before May 15, 2014.

(a) At any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or part of the 2019 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2019 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2019 Notes, as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(b) On or after May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 2019 Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2014

     104.406

2015

     102.938

2016

     101.469

2017 and thereafter

     100.000

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5, at any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of 2019 Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company, at a redemption price equal to 105.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption; and

(2) any such redemption by the Issuer must be made within 120 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except as set forth in Sections 4.08 and 4.11 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including consummation of a related Equity Offering.

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.11 of the Indenture. In connection with certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer as and when provided in accordance with 4.08 of the Indenture.

 

A-1-7


9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date (whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee (if given by the Holders) specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, and the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within 30 Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or Authentication Agent.

14. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

15. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee or Registrar may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

A-1-8


The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

Delphi Corporation

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Facsimile: (248) 813-2491

Attention: Treasurer

 

A-1-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                               to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

[    ] Section 4.08    [    ] Section 4.11

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$             
Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                                          

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-1-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $              . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Certificated Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this Global

Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of Trustee

or Custodian

       
       
       
       
       

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-1-12


EXHIBIT A-2

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[Global Note Legend]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

[Private Placement Legend]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THEN REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 OR ITS SUCCESSOR RULE) OR IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER

 

A-2-1


AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Global Note Legend]

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-2-2


CUSIP:                     
ISIN:                     

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

6.125% Senior Notes due 2021

 

No.         

     $[              ]   

DELPHI CORPORATION

promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns,

the principal sum of                                                           DOLLARS on May 15, 2021, as such amount may be changed from time to time pursuant to the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests attached hereto.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1

 

A-2-3


Dated:          , 20     

 

DELPHI CORPORATION

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-4


This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Authenticating Agent

By:

  Deutsche Bank National Trust Company

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-5


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

6.125% Senior Note due 2021

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Delphi Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 6.125% from May 17, 2011 until maturity or pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2011, or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holder of record of this Note on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1 (each, a “ Regular Record Date ”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including May 17, 2011. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that (a) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes represented by Global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof and (b) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may accept in its discretion). Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. AUTHENTICATING AGENT, PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as authenticating agent (“ Authenticating Agent ”), registrar (“ Registrar ”) and paying agent (“ Paying Agent ”). The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional 2021 Notes pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-2-6


5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (c) below, the 2021 Notes are not redeemable before May 15, 2016.

(a) At any time prior to May 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or part of the 2021 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2021 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2021 Notes, as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(b) On or after May 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 2021 Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2016

     103.063

2017

     102.042

2018

     101.021

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5, at any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of 2021 Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company at a redemption price equal to 106.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2021 Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption; and

(2) any such redemption by the Issuer must be made within 120 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

(d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except as set forth in Sections 4.08 and 4.11 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including consummation of a related Equity Offering.

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.11 of the Indenture. In connection with certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer as and when provided in accordance with 4.08 of the Indenture.

 

A-2-7


9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date (whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee (if given by the Holders) specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, and the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within 30 Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or authentication agent.

14. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

15. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee or Registrar may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

A-2-8


The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

Delphi Corporation

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Facsimile: (248) 813-2491

Attention: Treasurer

 

A-2-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:   

 

   (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                    to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 

Signature Guarantee*:                                          

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.08                                          [    ] Section 4.11

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                     

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-2-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $          . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Certificated Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount of this Global

Note

 

Amount of

increase in

Principal

Amount of this Global

Note

 

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

 

Signature of

authorized

officer of Trustee or

Custodian

       
       
       
       
       

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-2-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Delphi Corporation

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Facsimile: (248) 813-2491

Attention: Treasurer

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

60 Wall Street, MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Attn: Corporates Team Deal Manager - Delphi

Tel: 201-593-3533

Fax: 732-578-4635

Re:         5.875% Senior Notes due 2019

              6.125% Senior Notes due 2021

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Delphi Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as registrar, paying agent and authenticating agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

             (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $          in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to              (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT CERTIFICATED NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Certificated Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Certificated Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT CERTIFICATED NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged

 

B-1


with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT CERTIFICATED NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE.

(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Certificated Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Certificated Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(d) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGISTERED OFFERING. Such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                     

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

  1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

  (a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP:                 ]), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP:                 ]), or

 

  (b) ¨ a Restricted Certificated Note.

 

  2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

  (a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP:                 ]), or

 

  (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP:                 ])or

 

  (iii) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note ([    ] [        ]); or

 

  (b) ¨ a Restricted Certificated Note; or

 

  (c) ¨ an Unrestricted Certificated Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Delphi Corporation

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, Michigan 48098

Facsimile: (248) 813-2491

Attention: Treasurer

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust & Securities Services

60 Wall Street, MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005

Attn: Corporates Team Deal Manager - Delphi

Tel: 201-593-3533

Fax: 732-578-4635

Re:         5.875% Senior Notes due 2019

              6.125% Senior Notes due 2021

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Delphi Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as registrar, paying agent and authenticating agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

             (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $          in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Certificated Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the

 

C-1


Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Certificated Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Certificated Note for an Unrestricted Certificated Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Certificated Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Certificated Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES

a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Certificated Note of the same series with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Certificated Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Certificated Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED CERTIFICATED NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note of the same series, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                       .

 

C-2


[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Dated:                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of              , among                      (the “ Guaranteeing Party ”), Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as authenticating agent (“ Authenticating Agent ”), registrar (“ Registrar ”) and paying agent (“ Paying Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Delphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee that certain Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of May 17, 2011, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ 2019 Notes ”) and 6.125% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ 2021 Notes ,” and together with the 2019 Notes, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Party shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Party shall fully and unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Note Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Party hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all other Guarantors named in the Indenture (including pursuant to any supplemental indentures), as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee, the Agents and their respective successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (all such obligations set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Such Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from Guaranteeing Party and that Guaranteeing Party will remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) The Guaranteeing Party waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. The Guaranteeing Party waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of the Guaranteeing Party hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any

 

S-1


other Person under this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Obligations; or (f) except as set forth in Section 10.06 of the Indenture, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

(c) The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(d) The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder, the Trustee or Agents upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

(e) The Guaranteeing Party further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, the Trustee and the Agents, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Guaranteeing Party’s Note Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Party for the purposes of Section 10.01 of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture.

(f) The Guaranteeing Party also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Agents in enforcing any rights under Section 10.01 of the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.

(3) Limitation on Liability . The Guaranteeing Party hereby confirms that it is the intention of all parties that the Note Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Party (a) not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee, and (b) not result in a distribution to shareholders not permitted under the applicable foreign or state law. Any term or provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations guaranteed hereunder by the Guaranteeing Party shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Note Guarantee, as it relates to the Guaranteeing Party, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(4) Successors and Assigns . This Supplemental Indenture and Article 10 of the Indenture shall be binding upon the Guaranteeing Party and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder, the Trustee or the Agents, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Supplemental Indenture, in the Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture.

(5) No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Agents or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Supplemental Indenture or Article 10 of the Indenture shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee, the Agents and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Supplemental Indenture and Article 10 of the Indenture at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise

 

S-2


(6) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in clause (b) below, the Guaranteeing Party may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions to, any Person, unless:

(i) except in the case if the Guaranteeing Party is a Subsidiary Guarantor and (i) has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or has transferred or leased all or substantially of its assets to another Person or (ii) as a result of the disposition of all or a portion of its Capital Stock, ceases to be a Subsidiary, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) will be a corporation, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, limited company, or other similar organization, and such Person (if not the Guaranteeing Party) will expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Party under its Note Guarantee;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) in the case of a transaction involving the Guaranteeing Party, if it is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, (A) the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.07(a) or (B) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and

(iv) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.

(ii) Notwithstanding clause (a) above:

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Issuer) may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Guarantor; and

(iii) the Issuer and any Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate organized solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer or such Guarantor in another jurisdiction.

(7) Releases .

The Note Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Party, if it is a Subsidiary Guarantor, will be released with respect to a series of Notes under this Supplemental Indenture and Article 10 of the Indenture without any further action required on the part of the Trustee, the Agents or any Holder:

(a) upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Party following which the Guaranteeing Party is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) if the Guaranteeing Party no longer guarantees or is otherwise obligated under any Material Indebtedness;

 

S-3


(c) upon the designation of the Guaranteeing Party as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(d) if the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option with respect to such series of Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof or if the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such series of Notes are discharged in accordance with the terms of Section 8.06.

(8) Contribution . If the Guaranteeing Party makes a payment under its Note Guarantee, it shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations to contribution from each other Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

(9) Registration Rights Agreement . The Guaranteeing Party hereby joins in and agrees to perform, comply with and be bound by all of the terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to any or all Guarantors, in each case with the same force and effect as if the Guaranteeing Party had executed a counterpart to the Registration Rights Agreement as a Guarantor.

(10) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Party shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Party) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(11) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(12) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(13) Effect of Headings . The section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(14) The Trustee and the Agents . The Trustee and the Agents shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Party.

 

S-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING PARTY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as

Paying Agent, Registrar and Authenticating Agent

By:   Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

S-5

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

REDEMPTION AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 31, 2011

between

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

and

GENERAL MOTORS HOLDINGS LLC

relating to the redemption

of

1,750,000 Class A Membership Interests

of

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       P AGE   

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

  

Section 1.01.

  Definitions      1   

Section 1.02 .

 

Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

     4   
ARTICLE 2   
R EDEMPTION   

Section 2.01.

  Redemption      5   

Section 2.02.

 

Closing

     5   
ARTICLE 3   
R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF GM   

Section 3.01.

 

Organization and Good Standing

     6   

Section 3.02.

 

Due Authorization

     6   

Section 3.03.

 

Ownership

     6   

Section 3.04.

 

Governmental Authorization

     6   

Section 3.05.

 

Noncontravention

     7   

Section 3.06.

 

Total Membership Interests

     7   

Section 3.07.

 

Finder’s Fees

     7   

Section 3.08.

 

Non-Reliance

     7   

Section 3.09.

 

Private Offering

     8   
ARTICLE 4   
R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY   

Section 4.01.

 

Organization and Good Standing

     8   

Section 4.02.

 

Due Authorization

     8   

Section 4.03.

 

Governmental Authorization

     9   

Section 4.04.

 

Noncontravention

     9   

Section 4.05.

 

Financing

     9   

Section 4.06.

 

Solvency

     9   

Section 4.07.

 

Financial Information

     10   

Section 4.08.

 

Finder’s Fees

     11   

Section 4.09.

 

Non-Reliance

     11   

Section 4.10.

 

Securities Act

     11   

 

i


       P AGE   

ARTICLE 5

  
C OVENANTS O F T HE P ARTIES   
Section 5.01.   Reasonable Best Efforts; Further Assurances      11   
Section 5.02.   Certain Filings      12   
Section 5.03.   Termination of Access Agreement      12   
Section 5.04.   Consent; Waiver and Release      12   
Section 5.05.   GM Consent Right      14   
Section 5.06.   Resignations      14   
Section 5.07 .   Confidentiality      14   
Section 5.08.   Public Announcements      15   
Section 5.09.   Loan Facility Agreement      16   
Section 5.10.   Restrictions on Transfer      16   
Section 5.11.   Execution of Agreement .      17   

ARTICLE 6

  
T AX M ATTERS   
Section 6.01.   Interim Closing of the Books      17   
Section 6.02.   Allocations      17   
Section 6.03.   Tax Treatment      18   
Section 6.04.   Tax Returns      18   
Section 6.05.   Cooperation      19   
Section 6.06.   Transfer Taxes      20   

ARTICLE 7

  
C ONDITIONS TO C LOSING   
Section 7.01.   Conditions to Obligations of the Company and GM      20   
Section 7.02.   Conditions to Obligation of the Company      20   
Section 7.03.   Conditions to Obligation of GM      21   

ARTICLE 8

  
T ERMINATION   
Section 8.01.   Grounds for Termination      22   
Section 8.02.   Effect of Termination      22   

ARTICLE 9

  
M ISCELLANEOUS   
Section 9.01.   Notices      23   
Section 9.02.   Amendments and Waivers      24   
Section 9.03.   Expenses      24   

 

ii


       P AGE   
Section 9.04.   Successors and Assigns      25   
Section 9.05.   Governing Law      25   
Section 9.06.   Jurisdiction      25   
Section 9.07.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      25   
Section 9.08.   Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries      26   
Section 9.09.   Entire Agreement      26   
Section 9.10.   Severability      26   
Section 9.11 .   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants      26   
Section 9.12 .   Specific Performance      26   

 

iii


 

Schedules

 
  Schedule A   List of Required Consents
  Schedule B   Form of Instrument of Transfer
  Schedule C   Form of Termination Notice

 

i


REDEMPTION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT (this Agreement ) dated as of March 31, 2011 by and among Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership formed under the laws of England and Wales, (the Company ) and General Motors Holdings LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware ( GM ).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, GM is the record and beneficial owner of 1,750,000 Class A membership interests of the Company, representing 100% of the authorized and outstanding Class A membership interests of the Company (the Class A Membership Interests );

WHEREAS, the Company desires to redeem the Class A Membership Interests from GM, and GM desires to effect the redemption by transferring, assigning and conveying the Class A Membership Interests to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS, prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company has received the Required Consents (as hereinafter defined);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions . (a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Access Agreement means the Access Agreement between DIP Holdco 3, LLC and General Motors Company dated as of July 26, 2009, as amended on October 6, 2009.

Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person; provided, that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be considered an Affiliate of GM. Control , controlled or controlling means, with


respect to any Person, any circumstance in which such Person is directly or indirectly controlled by another Person by virtue of the latter Person having the power to (i) elect, or cause the election of (whether by way of voting capital stock, by contract, trust or otherwise), the majority of the members of the board of managers, directors or a similar governing body of the first Person, or (ii) direct (whether by way of voting capital stock, by contract, trust or otherwise) the affairs and policies of such Person.

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or other similar requirement enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Authority that is binding upon or applicable to such Person, as amended as of the date of determination unless expressly specified otherwise.

Business Day ” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Detroit, Michigan or New York, New York are authorized or required by Applicable Law to close.

Class C Membership Interests ” means 100,000 Class C membership interests of the Company, representing 100% of the Company’s authorized and outstanding Class C membership interests, all of which are owned by PBGC as of the date of this Agreement.

Closing Date ” means the date of the Closing.

Company ” means Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership formed under the laws of England and Wales.

Expiration Date ” means the earlier of (a) the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) if the Company consummates an Initial Public Offering (as such term is defined in the LLP Agreement) or any other transaction pursuant to which membership interests or other equity securities of the Issuer or LLP (in each case, as defined in the LLP Agreement) are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or a similar securities exchange that requires registration of listed securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, the later of (i) the date of consummation of such Initial Public Offering or date of effectiveness of such other listing, as applicable and (ii) October 6, 2011.

Governmental Authority ” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

 

2


Lien means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance in respect of such property or asset.

LLP Agreement means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of Delphi Automotive LLP dated as of June 30, 2010 and the Side Letter among General Motors Company, SP Auto, Ltd., SPCP Group, LLC and DIP Holdco 5, Ltd. dated June 30, 2010.

Loan Facility Agreement means the Credit Agreement dated as of October 6, 2009 among the Company (formerly DIP Holdco LLP) and the other borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as administrative agent.

Material Adverse Effect on the Company or GM, as applicable, means any material delay or impairment of such Person’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by, or otherwise perform its obligations under, this Agreement.

PBGC means Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

PBGC Transaction means the purchase of the outstanding Class C Membership Interests of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Class C Redemption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, previously provided to GM.

Person means an individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, association, cooperative, joint stock company, trust, limited liability company, business or statutory trust, joint venture, other entity, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority.

Representative means, with respect to a Person, each of its respective directors, officers, attorneys, accountants, employees, advisors, agents, consultants or any other individuals acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of such Person.

Required Consents means the consents listed on Schedule A.

Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors, board of managers or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person. References to Subsidiaries of GM do not include the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

3


(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term    Section

Agreement

   Preamble

Claims

   Section 5.04

Class A Membership Interests

   Recitals

Closing

   Section 2.02

Company

   Preamble

Discloser

   Section 5.07

Financial Statements

   Section 4.07

GM LLC

   Section 5.09

Information

   Section 5.07

Instrument of Transfer

   Section 2.02

Payoff Letters

   Section 5.09

Projections

   Section 4.07

Recipient

   Section 5.07

Redemption Price

   Section 2.01

SEC

   Section 5.07

Securities Act

   Section 3.09

GM

   Preamble

Termination Notice

   Section 5.09

Section 1.02 . Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections and Schedules are to Articles, Sections and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule or in any document or certificate made or delivered pursuant hereto but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any law or statute shall be deemed to refer to such law or statute as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and to any rules or regulations promulgated

 

4


thereunder, including by succession of comparable successor laws. References to any agreement or contract, including the LLP Agreement and the Loan Facility Agreement, are to that agreement or contract in effect on the date hereof prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. References to “law”, “laws” or to a particular statute or law shall be deemed also to include any and all Applicable Law. References to “$” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

ARTICLE 2

R EDEMPTION

Section 2.01. Redemption . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to redeem from GM, and GM agrees to transfer, assign and convey to the Company, the Class A Membership Interests at the Closing. The consideration payable by the Company to GM for the redemption of the Class A Membership Interests (the “ Redemption Price ”) is $3,791,400,000 in cash. The Redemption Price shall be paid as provided in Section 2.02.

Section 2.02. Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the redemption of the Class A Membership Interests hereunder shall take place at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, on March 31, 2011, subject to the conditions set forth in Article 7 having been satisfied (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waived by the party or parties entitled to the benefits thereof). At the Closing:

(a) The Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to GM the Redemption Price in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account of GM with a bank in New York City designated by GM, by notice to the Company, which notice shall be delivered not later than one Business Day prior to the Closing Date.

(b) GM shall effect the redemption by transferring, assigning and conveying to the Company full ownership and title to the Class A Membership Interests free and clear of all Liens (except for any imposed under the LLP Agreement), and shall deliver to the Company (i) an instrument of transfer in substantially the form attached as Schedule B hereto (the “ Instrument of Transfer ”) and (ii) a receipt for the Redemption Price.

 

5


(c) The Company acknowledges that, other than as contemplated by this Agreement or any Schedule hereto, no additional opinions or other documents will be required to be delivered by GM or any other Person in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF GM

GM represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof that:

Section 3.01. Organization and Good Standing . GM is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 3.02. Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by GM of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within the limited liability company powers of GM and have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action. Assuming due execution by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of GM, enforceable against GM in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 3.03. Ownership . GM is the lawful record and beneficial owner of the Class A Membership Interests and will transfer to the Company at the Closing good title to the Class A Membership Interests, free and clear of all Liens, and with no restriction on, or agreement relating to the voting rights, transfer, and other incidents of record and beneficial ownership pertaining to the Class A Membership Interests, except for any of the foregoing imposed under the LLP Agreement.

Section 3.04. Governmental Authorization . Other than the applicable filings required in Mexico with the Federal Competition Commission and in Brazil with CADE, each as set forth in Section 5.02 of this Agreement, the execution, delivery and performance by GM of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority; provided , however, that no representation is made with respect to any such action or filing that is required as a result of information relating to the Company that is not known by GM.

 

 

6


Section 3.05. Noncontravention . The execution, delivery and performance by GM of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) violate the certificate of formation, operating agreement or other applicable organizational documents of GM, (ii) violate any Applicable Law (provided, however, that no representation is made with respect to the violation of any Applicable Law as a result of information relating to the Company that is not known by GM), (iii) other than the Required Consents, require any consent or other action by any Person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of GM or to a loss of any benefit to which GM is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon GM or any of its assets or properties (provided that no representation or warranty is made herein with respect to any such consent, action, default or right under the LLP Agreement or the Loan Facility Agreement) or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of GM, except in the case of clauses (ii)-(iv) for (a) such violations that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on GM, (b) such consents or actions the failure of which to be obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on GM and (c) such Liens that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on GM.

Section 3.06. Total Membership Interests . Except for the Class A Membership Interests, neither GM nor any Affiliate of GM beneficially owns (i) any other membership interests or other securities of the Company, (ii) any securities convertible into or exchangeable for membership interests of the Company (whether or not such securities are currently exercisable), or (iii) any options or other rights to acquire any membership interests or other securities of the Company, in each case, except as expressly set forth in the LLP Agreement.

Section 3.07. Finder’s Fees . No investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary is entitled to a fee or commission from the Company in respect of this Agreement based upon any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of GM or any of its Affiliates.

Section 3.08. Non-Reliance. GM is an informed and sophisticated party and, in making the decision to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, has relied solely on its own independent analysis and investigation as of the date hereof and not on any information provided by the Company (other than the representations and warranties

 

7


contained in this Agreement). Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article 4 and Article 6, GM acknowledges that none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, or any other Person on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, makes or has made any other express or implied representation or warranty in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 3.09. Private Offering . None of GM or its Affiliates has issued, sold or offered any security of the Company to any Person under circumstances that would cause the transfer of the Class A Membership Interests, as contemplated by this Agreement, to be subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). None of GM or its Affiliates will offer the Class A Membership Interests or any part thereof or any similar securities for issuance or sale to, or solicit any offer to acquire any of the same from, any Person so as to make the transfer of the Class A Membership Interests subject to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act. Assuming the representations of the Company contained in Section 4.10 are true and correct, the transfer of the Class A Membership Interests hereunder is exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

ARTICLE 4

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to GM as of the date hereof that:

Section 4.01. Organization and Good Standing . The Company is a limited liability partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of England and Wales.

Section 4.02. Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within the partnership powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

8


Section 4.03. Governmental Authorization . Other than the applicable filings required in Mexico with the Federal Competition Commission and in Brazil with CADE, each as set forth in Section 5.02 of this Agreement, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority; provided , however, that no representation is made with respect to any such action or filing that is required as a result of information relating to GM that is not known by the Company.

Section 4.04. Noncontravention . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) violate the LLP Agreement or other applicable organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) violate any Applicable Law (provided, however, that no representation is made with respect to the violation of any Applicable Law as a result of information relating to GM that is not known by the Company), (iii) other than the Required Consents, require any consent or other action by any Person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to a loss of any benefit to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company, such Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets or properties or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except in the case of clauses (ii)-(iv) for (a) such violations that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, (b) such consents or actions the failure of which to be obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and (c) such Liens that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The Required Consents are in full force and effect, have not been amended or modified and are not subject to any condition or limitation other than those conditions and limitations, if any, expressly set forth in the Required Consents provided to GM.

Section 4.05. Financing . The Company has, or will have prior to the Closing, sufficient cash, available lines of credit or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Redemption Price.

Section 4.06. Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company (a) will be solvent (in that both the fair value of its assets will not be less than the sum of its debts and that the present fair saleable value of its assets will not be less than the amount required to

 

9


pay its probable liabilities on its debts as they become absolute and matured); (b) will have adequate capital and liquidity with which to engage in its business; and (c) will not have incurred and does not plan to incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they become absolute and matured (including a reasonable estimate of the amount of all contingent liabilities). No transfer of property is being made and no obligation is being incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby with the actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of the Company.

Section 4.07. Financial Information. The Company has previously furnished GM with copies of (i) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and (ii) unaudited monthly financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries dated March 2, 2011 for the month ending January 2011 (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements were (a) compiled from books and records regularly maintained by management of the Company used to prepare the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except, with respect to the financial statements referred to in clause (ii) above only, for the absence of footnote disclosure and year-end adjustments) and (c) prepared in compliance with Article IV of the LLP Agreement. The Financial Statements referred to in clause (i) above presents fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries at and as of the dates thereof and/or for the periods covered thereby. The financial projections dated January 28, 2011 that were made available to GM by the Company (the “ Projections ”) (which were prepared by management and are the same projections that were delivered to the lenders under GM’s credit facility and used for purposes of establishing management compensation targets) were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable at the time prepared, it being understood that (a) the Company makes no representation or warranty that the Company’s actual results will not be lower than or greater than as set forth in the Projections; (b) such Projections (i) are not be to viewed as facts, (ii) have not been updated to reflect any changes in assumptions from the date prepared, (iii) are based on a number of assumptions, including as to annual rates of vehicle production, some of which are based upon projections of vehicle manufacturers (including GM); and (c) actual results may materially differ from the Projections. The parties acknowledge that the actual results for the month ending January 2011 as reflected in the unaudited monthly financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries referred to in the first sentence of this Section 4.07 reflect performance that is better than as set forth in the Projections. The Board of Managers of the Company has not reviewed or approved financial projections of the Company for the 2011 or 2012 calendar

 

10


years that reflect higher revenues, income or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization than are set forth in the Projections, it being acknowledged that the Board of Managers has reviewed actual results of the Company for January and February 2011 which differ from the Projections.

Section 4.08. Finder’s Fees . No investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary is entitled to a fee or commission from GM or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of this Agreement based upon any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Section 4.09. Non-Reliance. The Company is an informed and sophisticated party and, in making the decision to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, has relied solely on its own independent analysis and investigation as of the date hereof and not on any information provided by GM (other than the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement). Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article 3, the Company acknowledges that none of GM or its Affiliates, or any other Person on behalf of GM or its Affiliates, makes or has made any other express or implied representation or warranty in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.10. Securities Act. The Class A Membership Interests redeemed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement are being acquired for the Company’s own account, for investment only and not with a view to any public distribution thereof, and the Company shall not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of the Class A Membership Interests so acquired by it in violation of any of the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

ARTICLE 5

C OVENANTS OF T HE P ARTIES

Section 5.01. Reasonable Best Efforts; Further Assurances . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company and GM will use their reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary under Applicable Law to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company and GM agree to execute and deliver such other documents, certificates, agreements and other writings and to take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the other party in order to cause the conditions to Closing in Article 7 to be satisfied, or otherwise are reasonably necessary or desirable and customary in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

11


Section 5.02. Certain Filings . The Company and GM shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with one another in taking, as promptly as practicable after the date hereof, any actions, or making any notifications or filings, in each case required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including (i) an appropriate filing in Mexico with the Federal Competition Commission of notification and report forms, if any, required under this Agreement pursuant to the Federal Economic Competition Law and (b) an appropriate filing in Brazil with CADE of notification and report forms, if any, required under this Agreement pursuant to the Brazil Competition Act (which filing shall be made no later than April 8, 2011). The Company, on the one hand, and GM, on the other hand, shall furnish to the other such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other may request in connection with its preparation of any filing or submission which is necessary under applicable competition laws.

Section 5.03. Termination of Access Agreement . GM and the Company hereby agree that, effective as of the Closing, the Access Agreement shall terminate in all respects without any further action by any Person, other than Section 8, and any terms or clauses referenced in Section 8, of the Access Agreement and the rights and obligations contained therein, which shall survive the Closing and the termination of the Access Agreement and shall continue in effect until the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , that if, before the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, any Event of Default (as defined in the Access Agreement) with respect to a specific Access Facility (as defined in the Access Agreement) occurs and remains uncured for three days after the Company receives written notice thereof, GM’s License (as set forth in the Access Agreement) with respect to the applicable Component Parts for which GM’s right to utilize the License has become effective in accordance with the Access Agreement and right to use such License will be perpetual and will not terminate on the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date.

Section 5.04. Consent; Waiver and Release . (a) GM hereby (i) agrees that, effective as of the Closing, GM shall cease for all purposes of the LLP Agreement or otherwise to be a Member of the Company and shall cease to have any rights or, except as set forth in Section 5.04(c) below, any obligations under the LLP Agreement and (ii) irrevocably waives any and all Claims (as defined below) that it may have against the Company and its Subsidiaries following the Closing pursuant to or arising out of the LLP Agreement, the Loan Facility Agreement and/or those provisions of the Access Agreement that are terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.03 and, effective as of the Closing, GM hereby releases and forever discharges, from the beginning of time through the Closing, any and all claims, actions, causes of action, demands, rights, damages, debts, accounts, suits, expenses, attorneys’ fees and liabilities of

 

12


whatever kind or nature, in law (sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise), equity, or otherwise (collectively, “ Claims ”) pursuant to or arising out of the LLP Agreement, the Loan Facility Agreement and/or those provisions of the Access Agreement that are terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.03, whether now known or unknown, whether accrued or not accrued, which GM now has, owns or holds, or has at any time heretofore had, owned or held against the Company, other than Claims arising under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall affect any Claims arising between GM and any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, in the parties course of dealings as customer and supplier, or otherwise to the extent not pursuant to and not arising out of the LLP Agreement, Loan Facility Agreement and/or those provisions of the Access Agreement that are terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.03.

(b) Except as otherwise set forth in clause (c) of this Section 5.04 with respect to Claims pursuant to or arising out of any breach or alleged breach by GM of Sections 13.1 and 13.2 of the LLP Agreement, the Company irrevocably waives any and all Claims that it may have against GM and its Affiliates following the Closing pursuant to or arising out of the LLP Agreement, the Loan Facility Agreement and/or those provisions of the Access Agreement that are terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.03 and, effective as of the Closing, the Company hereby releases and forever discharges, from the beginning of time through the Closing, any Claims pursuant to or arising out of the LLP Agreement, the Loan Facility Agreement and/or those provisions of the Access Agreement that are terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.03, whether now known or unknown, whether accrued or not accrued, which the Company now has, owns or holds, or has at any time heretofore had, owned or held against GM and its Affiliates, other than Claims arising under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall affect any Claims arising between GM and any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, in the parties course of dealings as customer and supplier, or otherwise to the extent not pursuant to and not arising out of the LLP Agreement, Loan Facility Agreement and/or those provisions of the Access Agreement that are terminated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.03.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Claims waived and released pursuant to Section 5.04(b) relating to Sections 13.1 and 13.2 of the LLP Agreement, such waiver and release shall be limited to Claims pursuant to or arising out of any breach or alleged breach by GM of such sections of the LLP Agreement prior to the date hereof only. Nothing in this Section 5.04 shall affect any obligation of GM to comply with its obligations with respect to Confidential Information (as defined in the LLP Agreement) from and after the date hereof

 

13


pursuant to and for the time period specified in Sections 13.1 and 13.2 of the LLP Agreement (regardless of whether such Sections of the LLP Agreement shall be amended following Closing).

Section 5.05. GM Consent Right. Until the Expiration Date, GM shall have the right to approve the buyer in connection with any sale or other disposal of any business of the Company as to which the revenues received by such business from GM represent more than 15% of such business’ total revenue for the twelve-month period immediately preceding such sale or disposal; provided , that GM’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, such determination to be based upon GM’s reasonable assessment of the potential buyer solely in GM’s capacity as a customer of the Company; and provided further , that nothing herein and no consent by GM hereunder shall modify GM’s rights under, or be deemed to constitute GM’s consent to the assignment of, its purchase orders and commercial agreements.

Section 5.06. Resignations . At or prior to the Closing, at the Company’s election provided not less than three days before Closing, GM will deliver to the Company the resignation of, or otherwise remove, the current Class A Designee Manager elected to the Company’s Board of Managers by GM pursuant to the LLP Agreement, which resignation, or removal, shall be effective as of the Closing.

Section 5.07 . Confidentiality . All information that each of the Company or GM (as applicable, the “ Discloser ”) has disclosed or provided to the other party (as applicable, the “ Recipient ”), whether written or otherwise, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiations and discussions that have occurred between GM and the Company in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Information ”), shall be treated as confidential by the Recipient and the Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to disclose the Information to any other Person. For purposes hereof, a Recipient shall be deemed to use commercially reasonable efforts not to disclose Information if it uses the same standard of care with respect to such Information as the Recipient uses with its own confidential information of similar kind and character, but not less than reasonable care. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) Information does not include information which: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by the Recipient, (ii) is or becomes available to the Recipient on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Discloser, (iii) was possessed or known by the Recipient prior to the disclosure thereof to the Recipient by the Discloser, or (iv) was or is developed by the Recipient without reference to the Information, (B) Information may be disclosed by Recipient to its, and its Affiliates’, Representatives, and the Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to

 

14


cause its, and its Affiliates’, Representatives to abide by the terms of this Section 5.07, and (C) nothing in this Section 5.07 shall prohibit disclosure of Information by any party to the extent that such disclosure is (i) required by Applicable Law (including the rules or regulations of any applicable securities exchange or at the request of any Governmental Authority or other regulatory or self-regulatory body and including any disclosure contained in a registration statement on Form S-1, as such Form S-1 may be amended, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) in connection with an Initial Public Offering (as such term is defined in the LLP Agreement), contained in a Form 8-K, Form 10-Q, Form 10-K or other filings with the SEC or made in connection with applications for approval of the transactions contemplated herein) (ii) made pursuant to subpoena or other court or Governmental Authority proceedings, (iii) made in any litigation regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) to PBGC in its capacity as holder of the Class C Membership Interests, or (v) made with the prior written consent of the other party. To the extent disclosure is required by Applicable Law, the disclosing party will, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, provide as much advance notice to the other party of such proposed disclosure (including timing and content) as is reasonably practicable. The obligations with respect to Information in this Section 5.07 shall terminate two (2) years from the date hereof. The parties acknowledge that this Agreement (including all schedules hereto) and the terms and conditions hereof are not Confidential Information under the LLP Agreement or Information under this Agreement and that there is no expectation of confidentiality with respect thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement (including all schedules hereto) will be filed by GM or its Affiliates with the SEC.

Section 5.08. Public Announcements . GM and the Company shall agree on the form of press release to announce this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law (including any disclosure contained in a registration statement on Form S-1, as such Form S-1 may be amended, filed with the SEC in connection with an Initial Public Offering (as such term is defined in the LLP Agreement) and any disclosure contained in a Form 8-K, Form 10-Q, Form 10-K or other filings with the SEC or made in connection with applications for approval of the transactions contemplated herein), GM and the Company agree that neither of them will make, issue or release any public announcement or public statement regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby that are inconsistent with or contain Information in addition to that contained in such press release without first consulting with and obtaining the consent of the other party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). To the extent such disclosure is required by Applicable Law, the disclosing party will provide as much advance notice to the other party of such proposed disclosure (including timing and content) as is reasonably practicable.

 

15


Section 5.09. Loan Facility Agreement . (a) The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees, on behalf of itself and each of the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Loan Facility Agreement), that, effective upon Closing, General Motors LLC (as successor to General Motors Company) (“ GM LLC ”) shall be released from all commitments, obligations and liabilities under the Loan Facility Agreement. The Company shall (i) take all actions necessary to terminate the Loan Facility Agreement, including delivering a notice of termination of the Loan Facility Agreement in substantially the form set forth in Schedule C (the “ Termination Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Loan Facility Agreement) at or prior to the Closing, (ii) provide GM with a copy of the Termination Notice and evidence of its delivery to the Administrative Agent at or prior to Closing, (iii) borrow at or prior to the Closing in excess of $890 million of secured indebtedness and (iv) request receipt from the Administrative Agent of customary “payoff” letters in respect of the termination of the Loan Facility Agreement stating that upon receipt of the referenced payoff amount the Loan Facility Agreement and all commitments thereunder will terminate (“ Payoff Letters ”). Upon receipt of the copy of the Termination Notice and evidence of its delivery to the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (ii) above, GM hereby agrees, upon the request of the Company, to cause GM LLC to acknowledge in writing that all commitments of GM LLC under the Loan Facility Agreement have been terminated in their entirety and no amounts are due and payable to GM LLC pursuant thereto and that GM LLC consents to the release by the Administrative Agent of any Liens in the Collateral held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of GM LLC and/or any of its Affiliates that are Lenders (as defined in the Loan Facility Agreement).

(b) The Company agrees, on behalf of itself and each of the other Loan Parties, that it shall not, and shall ensure that no other Loan Parties will submit any requests for loans under the Loan Facility Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Loan Party submits any requests for loans under the Loan Facility Agreement on or after the date hereof, the Company agrees, on behalf of itself and each of the other Loan Parties, that GM LLC shall have no obligations under the Loan Facility Agreement to fund any such loans. In consideration of the willingness of GM to enter into this Agreement, the Company, on behalf of itself and the Loan Parties, hereby waives and releases GM LLC, GM and their respective Subsidiaries (and each of their respective officers, employees, representatives, agents counsel and directors) from any and all Claims pursuant to or arising out of the Loan Facility Agreement in connection with GM LLC not funding any loans requested thereunder on or after the date hereof.

Section 5.10. Restrictions on Transfer . From and after the date hereof until the Closing Date or, if earlier, the date of termination of this Agreement, GM

 

16


shall not sell or otherwise transfer directly or indirectly, or create any Lien upon (other than Liens created by or resulting from the actions of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), the Class A Membership Interests or any right, title or interest therein, or enter into any written or oral agreement to do any of the foregoing, other than at the Closing in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 5.11. Execution of Agreement . Each of the parties hereby agrees that it will not execute this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in Section 2.02 in the United Kingdom and that the Closing shall not take place in the United Kingdom.

ARTICLE 6

T AX M ATTERS

Any capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement and used in this Article 6 shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the LLP Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Article 6 shall remain in full force and effect until the expiration of the statute of limitations for the tax year that includes the payment of the Redemption Price. The parties acknowledge that the provisions of this Article 6 shall not be subject to the waiver and release of claims under Section 5.04 of this Agreement.

Section 6.01. Interim Closing of the Books . For purposes of determining GM’s allocable share of Company Tax Book Profits, Tax Book Losses and corresponding items of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction under Article VI of the LLP Agreement for the Company’s tax year including the Closing Date, the Company shall use, and the Board of Managers will specify under Section 6.3 of the LLP Agreement, the interim closing of the Company’s books method described in Treasury Regulations § 1.706-1(c)(2) and Proposed Treasury Regulations § 1.706-4, and the Company shall utilize the calendar day convention described in Proposed Treasury Regulations § 1.706-4(e)(1).

Section 6.02. Allocations . The Company shall allocate Tax Book Profits and the corresponding items of taxable income and gain realized through the Closing Date to the Members of the Company through the Closing Date in accordance with Article VI of the LLP Agreement, which will result in (i) except with respect to any Tax Book Profits and corresponding items of taxable income and gain specially allocated to certain holders of Class B Membership Interests in accordance with Article VI of the LLP Agreement, such Tax Book Profits and corresponding items of taxable income and gain being allocated to the Members through the Closing Date in accordance with the Applicable Distribution Percentages pursuant to Article VI and Section 5.1(a) of the LLP Agreement and (ii) no allocations being made to GM under Sections 6.5 through 6.8 of the LLP Agreement for the portion of the Company’s tax year ending on the Closing Date.

 

17


Section 6.03. Tax Treatment . (a) The parties agree that all payments made to GM under this Agreement shall be treated as payments made in exchange for GM’s interest in partnership property within the meaning of Code Section 736(b).

(b) The Company represents and warrants that, to its knowledge, none of the Company’s non-U.S. Subsidiaries was a passive foreign investment company within the meaning of Code Section 1297 at any time after the date the Company acquired such Subsidiary and before the Closing Date.

Section 6.04. Tax Returns . (a) The parties shall file all tax returns, including any Schedules K-1s, consistent with, and shall not take any positions for tax purposes inconsistent with, the provisions of this Article 6.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Instrument of Transfer to the contrary, including Section 5.04, the provisions of Section 4.3(d) of the LLP Agreement, including the consent requirement in clause (ii) of that section, shall remain in full force and effect (but only with respect to pre-Closing Date items included on the return described in that section) following the redemption as if, solely for this purpose, the redemption had not occurred, until the Company’s tax returns for all tax periods ending before or that include the Closing Date have been finally filed.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the 2010 taxable year or any taxable year that ends after the Closing Date, GM shall not act, or be requested to act, as the Company’s Tax Matters Member after the Closing Date, and shall not sign, or be requested or required to sign, the Company’s tax returns for the 2010 taxable year or any portion of the 2011 taxable year. The Company agrees to use good faith efforts to appoint another qualified Member of the Company to act as Tax Matters Member with respect to the Company’s 2009 taxable year. At the request of the Company, GM shall cooperate fully with the Company in effecting the certification pursuant to Treasury Regulations § 301.6231(a)(7)-1(d) of such other Member of the Company as Tax Matters Member; provided that the Company shall (i) if GM is no longer a Member at the time such other Member is selected, certify to GM that the other Member was selected as the Tax Matters Member for such taxable year(s) in accordance with the LLP Agreement and (ii) indemnify GM (A) for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs, not to exceed $15,000, GM incurs in providing the certification described in Treasury Regulations § 301.6231(a)(7)-1(d) and (B) against any liability arising as a result of such other Member not having been selected in accordance with the

 

18


LLP Agreement as provided in Treasury Regulations § 301.6231(a)(7)-1(d)(4), unless the failure to select such other Member in accordance with the LLP Agreement results solely from any action or omission of GM. To the extent GM performs any duties as Tax Matters Member, notwithstanding Section 5.04 of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 4.3(b) and Section 11.1 of the LLP Agreement shall continue to apply to GM with respect to it acting as Tax Matters Member as if GM continued as a Member of the Company. In addition, the Company agrees to assist and provide resources to GM in support of its role as Tax Matters Member to the extent reasonably requested by GM.

Section 6.05. Cooperation . (a) The Company agrees to cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by GM, in connection with the preparation and filing of GM’s tax returns as they relate to the Company and the conduct of any audit, appeals, litigation or other proceeding with respect to GM’s taxes as they relate to the Company. GM agrees to (i) provide a statement to the Company specifying GM’s tax basis in its Class A Membership Interests and (ii) cooperate fully in providing any information reasonably requested by the Company to substantiate the calculation or determination of that tax basis. In each case, such cooperation shall include, but not be limited to, the retention and, upon the request and at the expense of the requesting party, the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to the filing of any such tax return or the conduct of any such audit, appeal, litigation or other proceeding, or the making of such adjustments, as the case may be, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis within normal business hours to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. In addition, the Company shall make available to GM all information reasonably requested by GM for the entire calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs in connection with GM’s reporting, tax and accounting requirements.

(b) The Company shall determine, in accordance with its past practice and to its knowledge, whether any of the Company’s non-U.S. Subsidiaries was a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Code Section 957 (i) during the 2010 taxable year or (ii) during the pre-Closing Date portion of the 2011 taxable year and shall inform GM of that determination by April 30, 2011 with respect to the 2010 determination and by March 15, 2012 with respect to the 2011 determination, in each case in connection with the filing of GM’s tax returns.

(c) Without limiting any of the foregoing, the Company shall, at GM’s expense with respect to any incremental cost to the Company, prepare or cause to be prepared and shall deliver to GM within 90 days of the Closing Date a good faith draft estimate of GM’s Schedule K-1 for the taxable year including the Closing Date with respect to GM’s investment in the Company.

 

19


Section 6.06. Transfer Taxes . Any U.K. stamp taxes (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the Company.

ARTICLE 7

C ONDITIONS TO C LOSING

Section 7.01. Conditions to Obligations of the Company and GM . The obligations of the Company and GM to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver by the parties) of the following conditions:

(a) No provision of Applicable Law shall prohibit consummation of the Closing if violation of or non-compliance with such provision of Applicable Law would or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Company or any of its material Subsidiaries (in the case of the Company’s obligation to consummate the Closing) or upon GM or any of its material Subsidiaries (in the case of GM’s obligation to consummate the Closing);

(b) There shall be no effective order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation or determination issued by a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction to the effect that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may not be consummated as provided by this Agreement; and

(c) All actions by or in respect of or filings with any Governmental Authority required to permit the consummation of the Closing shall have been taken, made or obtained (including the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the Federal Economic Competition Law in Mexico).

Section 7.02. Conditions to Obligation of the Company . The obligation of the Company to consummate the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver by the Company) of the following further conditions:

(a) (i) GM shall have performed in all material respects all of its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing Date except where the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on GM, (ii) the representations and warranties of GM contained in Section 3.02, Section 3.03,

 

20


Section 3.05(i), Section 3.06 and Section 3.07 shall be true and correct in all respects at and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the other representations and warranties of GM contained in this Agreement and in the certificate to be delivered by GM pursuant to this Section 7.02(a) (disregarding all materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications contained therein) shall be true in all respects at and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date, with, in the case of this clause (iii) only, only such exceptions as would not in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on GM and (iv) the Company shall have received a certificate from GM, signed by an executive officer of GM, to the foregoing effect.

Section 7.03. Conditions to Obligation of GM . The obligation of GM to consummate the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, waiver by GM) of the following further conditions:

(a) (i) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all of its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing Date except where the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 4.02, Section 4.04(i), Section 4.06 and Section 4.08 shall be true and correct in all respects at and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the other representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement and in the certificate to be delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section 7.03(a) (disregarding all materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications contained therein) shall be true in all respects at and as of the Closing Date as if made on and as of the Closing Date, with only such exceptions as would not in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and (iv) GM shall have received a certificate from the Company signed by an executive officer of the Company to the foregoing effect.

(b) At or prior to the Closing, the Company shall have delivered to GM Payoff Letters executed by the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party (as defined in the Loan Facility Agreement) and evidence reasonably satisfactory to GM that all amounts payable under the Payoff Letters have been paid and that the Loan Facility Agreement and all commitments thereunder shall have been terminated in their entirety.

 

21


ARTICLE 8

T ERMINATION

Section 8.01. Grounds for Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written agreement of GM and the Company;

(b) by either GM or the Company if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before March 31, 2011 for any reason other than a failure of the PBGC Transaction to close on such date; provided , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.01(b) shall not be available to either GM or the Company, as the case may be, to the extent that such party’s failure to fulfill any of its obligations under this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date; or

(c) by GM if the Closing shall not have been consummated on or before March 31, 2011 because of a failure of the PBGC Transaction to close on such date; or

(d) by either GM or the Company if there shall be any Applicable Law in effect that (i) makes consummation of the Closing illegal or otherwise prohibited such that the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.01(a) would not be satisfied and such illegality or prohibition is not subject to waiver or otherwise rendered inapplicable by filing notice or applications with, or obtaining consent of, any applicable Governmental Authority, and any right to appeal or object to any action or inaction of any Governmental Authority with respect thereto shall have expired, or (ii) enjoins the Company or GM from consummating the Closing and such injunction shall have become final and nonappealable.

The party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.01(b) or Section 8.01(c) shall give notice of such termination to the other party and such termination will be effective upon notice.

Section 8.02. Effect of Termination . If this Agreement is terminated as permitted by Section 8.01, such termination shall be without liability of any party (or any stockholder or Representative of such party) to the other party to this Agreement; provided that if such termination shall result from (i) the willful failure of a party to perform a covenant of this Agreement, (ii) subject to the following clauses (iii) and (iv), the willful breach by any party hereto of any representation or warranty contained herein, (iii) any breach by the Company of its representation in Section 4.04(ii) which results in the failure of the condition to

 

22


Closing set forth in Section 7.01(a) (as applied to the Company) to be satisfied and where GM was willing, able and ready to consummate the Closing, or (iv) any breach by GM of its representation in Section 3.05(ii) which results in the failure of the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.01(a) (as applied to GM) to be satisfied and where the Company was willing, able and ready to consummate the Closing, then the breaching party shall be fully liable for any and all liabilities and damages incurred or suffered by the other party as a result of such breaching party’s failure or breach. The provisions of this Section 8.02 and Section 5.07, Section 5.08, Article 6, and Article 9 shall survive any termination hereof pursuant to Section 8.01.

ARTICLE 9

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given,

if to the Company, to:

Delphi Automotive

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy, MI 48098

Attention: Kevin P. Clark

                  David Sherbin

Facsimile No.: (248) 813-2673

                          (248) 813-2491

with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: George R. Bason, Jr.

Facsimile No.: (212) 701-5800

if to GM, to:

General Motors Holdings LLC

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention: Treasurer

Facsimile No.: (212) 418-3630

 

23


with a copy to:

General Motors Holdings LLC

Attn: General Counsel

Mail Code 482-C39-B40

300 Renaissance Center

P.O. Box 300

Detroit, MI 48265-3000

Facsimile No.: (313) 665-4976

and

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

100 Federal Street, 34th Floor

Boston, MA 02110-1802

Attention: Steven M. Peck, Esq.

Telephone: (617) 772-8344

Facsimile No.: (617) 772-8333

or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

Section 9.02. Amendments and Waivers . (a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 9.03. Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.

 

24


Section 9.04. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that no party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of each other party hereto.

Section 9.05. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 9.06. Jurisdiction . The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court or state court located in the State of Delaware, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve process in accordance with Applicable Law, any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court, that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such courts. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 9.01 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

Section 9.07. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

25


Section 9.08. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication). No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations, or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that GM LLC shall be a third party beneficiary with respect to Section 5.03, Section 5.04(b) and Section 5.09 herein and such sections of the Agreement will not be amended without the prior written approval of GM LLC.

Section 9.09. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 9.10. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 9.11 . Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All representations, warranties and covenants made by the parties in this Agreement or in the certificates to be delivered by each of GM and the Company pursuant to Section 7.02(a) and Section 7.03(a) respectively or in any other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

Section 9.12 . Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be

 

26


entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located within the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP
By:  

/s/ David M. Sherbin

  Name:   David M. Sherbin
  Title:   Vice President & General Counsel

Company signature page to Class A Redemption Agreement

 

28


GENERAL MOTORS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ammann

  Name:   Daniel Ammann
  Title:  

Vice President Finance &

Treasurer

GM signature page to Class A Redemption Agreement

 

29


Schedule A

List of Required Consents

 

30


Schedule A to Redemption Agreement

List of Required Consents

All capitalized terms not expressly defined in this Schedule shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLP Agreement.

 

1. Irrevocable consent of the Class B Designee Managers or, at their option pursuant to the final paragraph of Section 12.1 of the LLP Agreement, SPCP Group, LLC and SP Auto, Ltd. (acting jointly or through their designee) and DIP Holdco 5, Ltd, in their capacity as Class B Holders, for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and the incurrence of debt by the LLP or its Subsidiaries from one or more financial institutions for the funding of such transactions, pursuant to Sections 12.1 and 12.2 of the LLP Agreement, a copy of which has been provided to General Motors Holdings LLC.

 

2. Irrevocable consent of Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in its capacity as Majority Class C Holder, for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, pursuant to Section 12.3 of the LLP Agreement, a copy of which has been provided to General Motors Holdings LLC.

 

31


Schedule B

Form of Transfer Instrument

 

32


Schedule B to Redemption Agreement

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

Transfer of Limited Liability Partnership Interest

THIS AGREEMENT FOR TRANSFER OF LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP INTEREST, dated as of March 31, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), is made with respect to Delphi Automotive LLP , a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “ LLP ”), and is by and between General Motors Holdings LLC (the “ Assignor ”) and the LLP (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of the LLP, dated as of June 30, 2010, as may be amended from time to time (the “ LLP Agreement ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Assignor holds a limited liability partnership interest in the LLP as described in Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Interest ”); and

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, that certain Redemption Agreement between Assignor and Assignee, dated as of March 31, 2011 (the “ Redemption Agreement ”) and the LLP Agreement, in order to effect the redemption as contemplated by the Redemption Agreement, Assignor desires to transfer to Assignee that portion of Assignor’s Interest as is set forth and described on Schedule I hereto (the “ Transferred Interest ”), and Assignee desires to acquire and accept the Transferred Interest.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Assignment . In order to effect the redemption as contemplated by the Redemption Agreement, Assignor hereby assigns and transfers to Assignee, and Assignee hereby accepts from Assignor, all of Assignor’s right, title and interest to the Transferred Interest.

2. Schedule of Members . Following the Closing (as defined in the Redemption Agreement), the Schedule of Members will be updated to reflect the Transfer of the Transferred Interest contemplated by this Agreement.

3. Amendments . This Agreement or any term hereof may not be amended or waived except with the written consent of Assignor and Assignee.

4. Joint Ownership . If any of the Assignor or Assignee (each an “ Undersigned ”) is a natural person (and not an entity) and if this Agreement is signed by or on behalf of a joint owner, then (i) all references herein to such Undersigned shall be deemed to mean such Undersigned and each joint owner, and (ii) all acknowledgements, understandings and agreements made by or on behalf of such Undersigned in this Agreement shall be deemed, mutatis mutandis, to have been made by such Undersigned and each joint owner jointly and severally.

 

33


5. General . This Agreement: (i) shall be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns whether so expressed or not; and (ii) shall be governed, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by PDF or facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

34


DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

Signature Page

for

Agreement for Transfer of Limited Liability Partnership Interest

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement for Transfer of Limited Liability Partnership Interest as of the date first above written.

 

ASSIGNOR:   GENERAL MOTORS HOLDINGS LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

ASSIGNEE:   DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP
  By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

35


Schedule I

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

Transfer of Limited Liability Partnership Interest

 

A. Interest (Include Total Number of Membership Interests Held as of Date Hereof)

1,750,000 Class A Membership Interests

 

B. Transferred Interest (Include Number of Membership Interests Being Transferred to Assignee Hereunder)

1,750,000 Class A Membership Interests

 

C. Assignee Information -

Name of Assignee: DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

Name and Title of Authorized Signatories: Kevin P. Clark, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and David M. Sherbin, Vice President & General Counsel

Federal Tax I.D. Number: 98-0643213

Tax Residence: N/A

Tax Year End Date: December 31

Principal Business Address: Level 13 Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EW

Telephone Number: +44 (0) 131 603 7023

Facsimile Number: +44 (0) 7776 237 214

E-Mail Address: Kathleen.McLeay@ncmfinance.com

 

36


Schedule C

Form of Termination Notice

 

37


Schedule C to Redemption Agreement

Delphi Automotive LLP

Royal London House

22-25 Finsbury Square

London, England EC2A 1DX

March 31, 2011

 

To: The Bank of New York Mellon, as Administrative Agent

600 East Las Colinas Blvd., Suite 1300

Irving, Texas 75039

Attention: Melinda Valentine

Telecopy no: (972) 401-8555

with a copy to:

Emmet, Marvin & Martin, LLP

120 Broadway New York,

New York 10271

Attention: Elizabeth M. Clark, Esq.

Telecopy no: (212) 238-3100

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 6, 2009 (the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Delphi Automotive LLP (the “ Parent ”), Delphi Holdings S.a r.l., Delphi Corporation (the “ US Borrower ”), Delphi International Holdings S.a r.l. (the “ Euro Borrower ”), Delphi International Holdings LLP and others, the Lenders party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

The Parent and each of the US Borrower and the Euro Borrower hereby permanently reduce to $0 all Commitments under the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder Intentionally Left Blank]

 

38


DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP
By:    

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
DELPHI CORPORATION
By:    

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
DELPHI INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.A R.L.
By:    

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION COPY

RIGHTS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

RIGHTS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 31, 2011, by and among Delphi Automotive LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Company ”), and each of the undersigned holders of Class B Membership Interests of the Company (each such holder, together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, a “ Specified Holder ” and collectively the “ Specified Holders ”).

WHEREAS, concurrently with the date hereof, the Company is entering into the Transaction Agreement in the form set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Class A Transaction Agreement ”) with General Motors Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ GM ”), for the purchase by the Company from GM of 1,750,000 Class A Membership Interests, representing 100% of the Class A Membership Interests of the Company, upon the terms and conditions contained therein (the “ Class A Purchase ”);

WHEREAS, concurrently with the date hereof, the Company is entering into the Transaction Agreement in the form set forth on Exhibit B (the “ Class C Transaction Agreement ”) with Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“ PBGC ”) for the purchase by the Company from PBGC of 100,000 Class C Membership Interests, representing 100% of the Class C Membership Interests of the Company, upon the terms and conditions contained therein (the “ Class C Purchase ”);

WHEREAS, following consummation of the Class A Purchase and Class C Purchase, the Company intends to consummate an Initial Public Offering;

WHEREAS, the Specified Holders have agreed to waive certain rights that they presently have under the LLP Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 12.1 and 12.2 of the LLP Agreement, certain consents of the Class B Designee Managers (or, at the option of the Specified Holders, the Specified Holders in lieu thereof) are required in connection with the consummation of the Class A Purchase and Class C Purchase and the taking of certain actions by the Company relating to an Initial Public Offering, and, upon the terms contained in this Agreement, the Specified Holders have agreed to provide such consents and provide certain other covenants and agreements as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Specified Holders have agreed to waive these rights and to provide these consents (in lieu of the Class B Designee Managers), covenants and agreements.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration (including, without limitation, the obligations under any letter agreement entered into on the date hereof by the parties hereto) the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Capitalized Terms . Unless otherwise specified, capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability LLP Agreement of the Company dated as of June 30, 2010 (the “ LLP Agreement ”). References to the “ Side Letter ” shall refer to the side letter among General Motors Company, SP Auto, Ltd., SPCP Group, LLC and DIP Holdco 5, Ltd. dated June 30, 2010.

2. Consent to the Class A Purchase and Class C Purchase. With respect to all Class B Membership Interests held by such Specified Holder as of the date hereof and as set forth on Schedule A, and any other Membership Interests or other securities of the Company acquired by such Specified Holder after the date hereof (collectively, the “ Interests ”), each Specified Holder hereby consents (such consent being exercised by it in lieu of consent by the Class B Designee Managers pursuant to the final paragraph of Section 12.1 of the LLP Agreement), effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the Class A Purchase, to (a) the consummation of the Class A Purchase and the Class C Purchase; (b) the incurrence of up to $3,000,000,000 of debt by the Company or its subsidiaries from one or more financial institutions and having terms no less favorable to the Company in the aggregate than the terms set forth on Exhibit C for the funding of the Class A Purchase and the Class C Purchase; and (c) the taking of actions by the Company required or desirable to implement the foregoing transactions, in each case such consent constituting full and valid consent for all purposes for which such consent is required in accordance with the terms of the LLP Agreement. To the extent requested by the Company, each Specified Holder hereby agrees to take such action and execute such documents as may reasonably be necessary in connection with any of the foregoing.

3. Termination of Commitments under Loan Facility Agreement . In the event that the Company terminates the Credit Agreement dated as of October 6, 2009 among DIP Holdco LLP, the other borrowers party thereto, the Lenders (as defined in such agreement) thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as administrative agent (the “ Credit Facility ”) in connection with the consummation of the Class A Purchase or Class C Purchase, each Specified Holder agrees to deliver (or cause to be delivered by any subsidiary or affiliate of such Specified Holder that is a Lender under the Credit Facility) confirmation to The Bank of New York Mellon that all commitments of such Specified Holder (or the applicable subsidiary or affiliate) under the Credit Facility have been terminated in their entirety and no amounts are due and payable to such Specified Holder (or the applicable subsidiary or affiliate) pursuant to the Credit Facility.

 

2


4. Actions Relating to Initial Public Offering. (a) Each Specified Holder, with respect to its Interests, hereby consents to the elimination of the right of all (but not less than all) Class B Holders and all (but not less than all) Class E-1 Holders to receive any Preferred Securities in connection with an Initial Public Offering under Section 14.13 of the LLP Agreement in favor of a right of each Class B Holder and Class E-1 Holder, in connection with any such Initial Public Offering, to receive only common equity securities of the Issuer (of the same class and series, if applicable, as the securities issued to new investors in such Initial Public Offering), with the common equity securities allocated to the Class B Holders in connection with such Initial Public Offering to be distributed on a pro rata basis to each Class B Holder based on a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Class B Membership Interests held by such Class B Holder and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Class B Membership Interests outstanding (including, without limitation, those held by the applicable Class B Holder), in each case as of the time of determination for such distribution.

(b) In accordance with Section 14.13 of the LLP Agreement, in connection with any Initial Public Offering, and upon the request of the Board of Managers, each of the Specified Holders hereby agrees that it will take such action and execute such documents as may reasonably be necessary to effect such Initial Public Offering, at the Company’s expense, including, without limitation, taking such actions and executing such documents as may reasonably be necessary to amend the LLP Agreement, contribute or transfer its respective Membership Interests to a newly formed corporation or the Company’s assets to the Issuer or sanction a reconstruction pursuant to section 110 of the Insolvency Act or in connection with such other structure approved by the Board of Managers, in each case substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering.

5. Waiver of Certain Rights under LLP Agreement . (a) Each Specified Holder hereby fully and irrevocably waives, for all purposes, effective as of the closing of the Class A Purchase, all rights granted to such Specified Holder, either granted to such Specified Holder individually or in its capacity as an Initial Class B Holder or a Holder with the right to elect Class B Designee Managers, and all rights granted to the Class B Designee Managers and, in each case both with respect to itself and any of its transferees and successors, as the case may be, in each case under the Side Letter and the LLP Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3.2(c), 12.1, 12.2(b) and 12.4 and Article 8 of the LLP Agreement, except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) below.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Specified Holder hereby agrees that, for the remaining period during which such Specified Holder would otherwise be entitled to rights relating to the appointment or

 

3


removal of Managers pursuant to the Side Letter and the LLP Agreement, such Specified Holder shall continue to exercise (i) such rights for such remaining period but solely for the purpose of appointing only those Managers to the Board of Managers who have been elected by, and removing only those Managers whose removal has been approved by, the Majority Class B Holders and (ii) its other rights under the Side Letter for such remaining period solely as directed in writing by the Majority Class B Holders.

(c) Nothing in this paragraph 5 shall limit any rights to which any Specified Holder is entitled in its capacity as a Class B Holder under the LLP Agreement, which rights are provided to all other Class B Holders.

6. Amendments to LLP Agreement . Each Specified Holder shall following closing of the Class A Purchase consent to amendments to the LLP Agreement to the extent necessary to reflect the matters and agreements set forth herein and the consummation of the Class A Purchase and Class C Purchase (including, without limitation, deletion of all references to Class A Membership Interests and Class C Membership Interests in the LLP Agreement and the related consent and governance rights); provided , however , that prior to such amendments being made available to other Class B Holders (a) the Company will give each Specified Holder a reasonable opportunity to review a draft of such amendments and (b) will take into account any comments to such draft amendments based on such draft amendments not reflecting the matters described in this paragraph 6 that are promptly provided to the Company by any Specified Holder (it being understood that, while the Company shall reasonably consider any such comments, so long as the draft amendments reflect the matters and agreements described in this paragraph 6, the Company shall not be obligated to reflect any such comments in any such amendment or obtain the consent of any Specified Holder in connection with any such amendment and the consent set forth above in this paragraph 6 shall apply to such amendment in full). Each Specified Holder agrees to execute such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to evidence such consent and amendments.

7. Effectiveness; Irrevocable Agreement. Except as provided in the following sentence, the consents, waivers and other covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be immediately and automatically effective upon delivery of the counterpart signature pages hereof by all parties hereto and shall be irrevocable. Such consents, covenants and agreements shall be automatically revoked upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with paragraph 10 without further action by any party or any other Person.

8. Representations and Warranties. Each party (the “ Representing Party ”) hereby represents and warrants to the other party that the execution and delivery by the Representing Party of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder: (a) are within the Representing Party’s limited liability company or partnership power, as the case may be; (b) have been duly authorized

 

4


by all necessary limited liability company or partnership power, as the case may be; (c) do not and will not violate the Representing Party’s organizational documents or any applicable law; (d) do not require any consent or other action by any Person, including, without limitation, any action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority; and (e) that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Representing Party, enforceable against the Representing Party in accordance with its terms. Each Specified Holder hereby further represents and warrants to the Company that, as of the date hereof, such Specified Holder holds the number of Class B Membership Interests set forth opposite its name on Schedule A.

9. No Obligation of the Company. Each Specified Holder agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to consummate any or all of the Class A Purchase or the Class C Purchase, or an Initial Public Offering, and acknowledges that (a) consummation of the Class A Purchase shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Class A Transaction Agreement, (b) consummation of the Class C Purchase shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Class C Transaction Agreement and (c) any decision of the Company as to the initiation or consummation of an Initial Public Offering is and will be dependent upon a number of factors.

10. Termination; Effects of Termination . This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the written agreement of all of the parties hereto (subject to approval by a majority of the Independent Managers of the Company’s Board of Managers), (ii) the date that is 30 days following the date hereof if the Class A Purchase has not been consummated by such date and (iii) the entry into any amendment to the Class A Transaction Agreement or Class C Transaction Agreement without the prior written consent of each Specified Holder (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), other than any such amendment that does not adversely impact (other than to a de minimis extent) the Specified Holders or the Company. No party hereto shall be relieved from any liability for breach of this Agreement by reason of any termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, paragraphs 9 through 16 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

12. Jurisdiction . The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the matters contemplated hereby shall be brought in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court or state court located in the State of Delaware, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any

 

5


claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve process in accordance with applicable law, any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court, that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such courts. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.

13. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the matters contemplated hereby.

14. Public Announcements . The Company shall provide the form of any public disclosure (which shall include any disclosure via Intralinks) relating to this Agreement, or, to the extent it contains any direct or indirect reference to any Specified Holder, the Class A Transaction Agreement, the Class C Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing to each Specified Holder a reasonable period of time prior to the issuance of such public disclosure, and each Specified Holder shall have the right to consent to any such reference in any such disclosure to such Specified Holder ( provided that the press release provided to the Specified Holders and to be issued on the date hereof is hereby approved by each Specified Holder); provided that the foregoing consent right shall not apply to disclosure of the entirety of this Agreement or the terms thereof to Class B Holders. Except as otherwise required by applicable law (including, without limitation, any disclosure contained in a registration statement on Form S-1, as such Form S-1 may be amended, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an Initial Public Offering), each Specified Holder and the Company agree that neither of them will make, issue or release any public disclosure or statement (which shall include any disclosure via Intralinks) regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby that are inconsistent with or contain nonpublic information in addition to that contained in public disclosure made pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph 14 without first consulting with and obtaining the consent of the other party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). To the extent disclosure is required by applicable law, the disclosing party will provide as much advance notice to the other party of such proposed disclosure (including, without limitation, timing and content) as is reasonably practicable.

 

6


15. Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located within the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties to each such agreement in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or portable document format (.pdf) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

 

DIP HOLDCO 5, LTD.

/s/ Elliot Greenberg

Name:   Elliot Greenberg
Title:   Vice President
SPCP GROUP, LLC

/s/ Michael A. Gatto

Name:   Michael A. Gatto
Title:   Authorized Signatory
SP AUTO, LTD.

/s/ Michael A. Gatto

Name:   Michael A. Gatto
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Acknowledged and agreed:

 

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP

/s/ David M. Sherbin

Name:   David M. Sherbin
Title:   Vice President & General Counsel

Signature page to SP&E Rights Modification Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

 

DIP HOLDCO 5, LLC

/s/ Elliot Greenberg

Name:   Elliot Greenberg
Title:   Vice President

Signature page to SP&E Rights Modification Agreement


Schedule A

Class B Membership Interests

 

Specified Holder

   Number of Class B Membership
Interests

DIP HOLDCO 5, LTD.

   32,245.3854

DIP HOLDCO 5, LLC

   20,487.1038

SPCP GROUP, LLC 1

   10,302.1073

SP AUTO, LTD.

   25,139.0053

 

1  

The aggregate number of Class B Membership Interests for SPCP Group, LLC and SP Auto, Ltd. includes 100 shares (split 30/70 between SPCP Group, LLC and SP Auto, Ltd., respectively) sold pursuant to a trade executed on December 2, 2010, which, as of the date hereof, has not been settled.

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 31, 2011

and

Amended and Restated on May 17, 2011

among

DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP,

as Parent,

DELPHI HOLDINGS S.A.R.L.,

as Intermediate Holdco,

DELPHI CORPORATION,

as Borrower,

The Lenders Party Hereto,

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Syndication Agent

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS  

SECTION 1.01.

   Defined Terms      1   

SECTION 1.02.

   Classification of Loans and Borrowings      39   

SECTION 1.03.

   Terms Generally      39   

SECTION 1.04.

   Accounting Terms; GAAP      40   

SECTION 1.05.

   Payments on Business Days      41   

SECTION 1.06.

   Pro Forma Compliance      41   

SECTION 1.07.

   Times of Day      41   
ARTICLE II   
THE CREDITS   

SECTION 2.01.

   Commitments      41   

SECTION 2.02.

   Loans and Borrowings      41   

SECTION 2.03.

   Requests for Borrowings      42   

SECTION 2.04.

   Swingline Loans      43   

SECTION 2.05.

   Letters of Credit      44   

SECTION 2.06.

   Funding of Borrowings      49   

SECTION 2.07.

   Interest Elections      49   

SECTION 2.08.

   Termination and Reduction of Commitments      51   

SECTION 2.09.

   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      51   

SECTION 2.10.

   Prepayment of Loans      54   

SECTION 2.11.

   Fees      58   

SECTION 2.12.

   Interest      59   

SECTION 2.13.

   Alternate Rate of Interest      60   

SECTION 2.14.

   Increased Costs      60   

SECTION 2.15.

   Break Funding Payments      61   

SECTION 2.16.

   Taxes      62   

SECTION 2.17.

   Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs      65   

SECTION 2.18.

   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      67   

SECTION 2.19.

   Expansion Option      68   

SECTION 2.20.

   Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments      70   

SECTION 2.21.

   Judgment Currency      71   

SECTION 2.22.

   Defaulting Lenders      72   

 

-i-


          Page  
ARTICLE III   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   

SECTION 3.01.

   Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries      74   

SECTION 3.02.

   Authorization; Enforceability      74   

SECTION 3.03.

   Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      75   

SECTION 3.04.

   Financial Statements; Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change      75   

SECTION 3.05.

   Properties      75   

SECTION 3.06.

   Litigation and Environmental Matters      76   

SECTION 3.07.

   Compliance with Laws and Agreements      76   

SECTION 3.08.

   Investment Company Status      76   

SECTION 3.09.

   Taxes      76   

SECTION 3.10.

   Solvency      77   

SECTION 3.11.

   Labor Matters      77   

SECTION 3.12.

   Disclosure      77   

SECTION 3.13.

   Federal Reserve Regulations      77   

SECTION 3.14.

   Security Interests      77   

SECTION 3.15.

   USA PATRIOT Act, Etc.      78   

SECTION 3.16.

   ERISA      78   
ARTICLE IV   
CONDITIONS   

SECTION 4.01.

   Initial Credit Events      78   

SECTION 4.02.

   Each Credit Event      80   

SECTION 4.03.

   Restatement Effective Date      80   
ARTICLE V   
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 5.01.

   Financial Statements and Other Information      81   

SECTION 5.02.

   Notices of Material Events      83   

SECTION 5.03.

   Existence; Conduct of Business      84   

SECTION 5.04.

   Payment of Taxes      84   

SECTION 5.05.

   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      84   

SECTION 5.06.

   Inspection Rights      84   

SECTION 5.07.

   Compliance with Laws; Compliance with Agreements      85   

SECTION 5.08.

   Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit      85   

SECTION 5.09.

   Further Assurances; Additional Security and Guarantees      85   

SECTION 5.10.

   Quarterly Conference Calls      86   

SECTION 5.11.

   Maintenance of Ratings      87   

 

-ii-


          Page  
ARTICLE VI   
NEGATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 6.01.

   Indebtedness      87   

SECTION 6.02.

   Liens      89   

SECTION 6.03.

   Fundamental Changes      92   

SECTION 6.04.

   Restricted Payments      93   

SECTION 6.05.

   Investments      94   

SECTION 6.06.

   Prepayments, Etc., of Indebtedness      96   

SECTION 6.07.

   Transactions with Affiliates      96   

SECTION 6.08.

   Changes in Fiscal Year      97   

SECTION 6.09.

   Financial Covenant      97   

SECTION 6.10.

   Restrictive Agreements      97   

SECTION 6.11.

   Dispositions      98   

SECTION 6.12.

   Lines of Business      100   
ARTICLE VII   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT   
ARTICLE VIII   
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT   
ARTICLE IX   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 9.01.

   Notices      108   

SECTION 9.02.

   Waivers; Amendments      109   

SECTION 9.03.

   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      111   

SECTION 9.04.

   Successors and Assigns      113   

SECTION 9.05.

   Survival      116   

SECTION 9.06.

   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Effect of Restatement      117   

SECTION 9.07.

   Severability      117   

SECTION 9.08.

   Right of Setoff      117   

SECTION 9.09.

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      118   

SECTION 9.10.

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      118   

SECTION 9.11.

   Headings      119   

SECTION 9.12.

   Confidentiality      119   

SECTION 9.13.

   USA PATRIOT Act      120   

SECTION 9.14.

   Interest Rate Limitation      120   

SECTION 9.15.

   No Fiduciary Duty      120   

 

-iii-


SCHEDULES:

    

Schedule 1.01A

          Notice Requirements for Borrowings

Schedule 1.01B

          Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 2.01

          Commitments

Schedule 3.01

          Subsidiaries

Schedule 5.09(b)

          Mortgaged Property

Schedule 5.09(c)

          Post-Closing Matters

Schedule 6.01

          Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

          Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04

          Existing Benefit Plans

Schedule 6.05

          Investments

Schedule 6.07

          Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 6.11

          Contemplated Asset Sales

EXHIBITS:

    

Exhibit A

          Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

          Form of Guaranty

Exhibit C

          Form of Pledge and Security Agreement

Exhibit D-1

          Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit D-2

          Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit D-3

          Form of Letter of Credit Issuance Request

Exhibit E

          Form of First Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit F-1

          Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders not Partnerships)

Exhibit F-2

          Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders Partnerships)

Exhibit F-3

          Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants not Partnerships)

Exhibit F-4

          Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participant Partnerships)

Exhibit G

          Form of Discounted Prepayment Option Notice

Exhibit H

          Form of Lender Participation Notice

Exhibit I

          Form of Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice

 

-iv-


CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of March 31, 2011 and amended and restated as of May 17, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”) among DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP, a limited liability partnership formed under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 0C348002 and with a registered office at Royal London House, 20-25 Finsbury Square, London EC2A 1DX (“ Parent ”), DELPHI HOLDINGS S.A.R.L., a private limited liability company (société responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg with a registered office at 65, boulevard Grande Duchesse Charlotte, L-1331 Luxembourg, having a share capital of €12,500, with registered number 148.357 (“ Intermediate Holdco ”), DELPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the LENDERS party hereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower, Parent, Intermediate Holdco, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto have previously entered into the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2011 (as amended to the date hereof, the “ Original Credit Agreement ”) and the parties hereby agree to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceptable Discount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(iii).

Acceptance Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(ii).

Acquired Entity or Business ” means each Person, property, business or assets acquired by Parent or a Subsidiary, to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by Parent or such Subsidiary.

Additional Credit Extension Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement (which may, at the option of the Administrative Agent, be in the form of an amendment and restatement of this Agreement) providing for any Incremental Term Loans, Replacement Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments which shall be consistent with the applicable provisions of this Agreement relating to Incremental Term Loans, Replacement Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments and otherwise satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for the applicable Class of Loans for such Interest Period (after giving effect to any minimum rate set forth in the definition of LIBO Rate that is applicable to such Class of Loans) multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.


Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agents ” means the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Syndication Agent and the Co-Documentation Agents.

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (after giving effect to any applicable minimum rate set forth therein) for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt (subject to any minimum rate specified in such definition), the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters BBA Libor Rates Page 3750 (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

Applicable Discount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(iii).

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, (a) with respect to Revolving Loans, LC Exposure or Swingline Loans, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders (if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon such Lender’s share of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at that time) and (b) with respect to the Term Loans of any Class, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of such Class and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding amount of the Term Loans of such Class.

 

-2-


Applicable Rate ” means (i) 2.75%, in the case of Eurodollar Tranche A Term Loans and Eurodollar Revolving Loans, (ii) 1.75%, in the case of ABR Tranche A Term Loans and ABR Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, (iii) 2.50%, in the case of Eurodollar Tranche Term B Loans, (iv) 1.50%, in the case of the ABR Tranche B Term Loans and (v) 0.50%, in the case of commitment fees ; provided that from and after October 1, 2011 the Applicable Rate with respect to Tranche A Term Loans, Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and commitment fees, shall be determined as follows based on the corporate family ratings of Parent from Moody’s and corporate credit ratings of Parent from S&P (the “ Debt Ratings ”):

 

Pricing
Level

  

Debt Rating from S&P and Moody’s

   Commitment
Fee
  Applicable Rate for
Eurodollar Tranche A
Term Loans and
Eurodollar Revolving
Loans
  Applicable Rate for ABR
Tranche A Term Loans,
ABR Revolving Loans
and Swingline Loans

1

   At least BB+ (stable or better) and at least Ba1 (stable or better)    0.50%   2.25%   1.25%

2

   Pricing Level 1 does not apply but at least BB (stable or better) and at least Ba2 (stable or better)    0.50%   2.75%   1.75%

3

   Neither Pricing Level 1 nor Pricing Level 2 applies but at least BB- (stable or better) and at least Ba3 (stable or better)    0.50%   3.00%   2.00%

4

   None of Pricing Level 1, Pricing Level 2 or Pricing Level 3 applies    0.625%   3.25%   2.25%

; provided , that from and after the consummation of an IPO, the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Tranche A Term Loans, ABR Tranche A Term Loans, Eurodollar Revolving Loans, ABR Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans at each Pricing Level set forth above shall be reduced by 25 basis points.

Each change in the Applicable Rate on or after October 1, 2011 resulting from a publicly announced change in any Debt Rating shall be effective, in the case of an upgrade, during the period commencing on the date of the first public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change and, in the case of a downgrade, during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change.

Approved Fund ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

Arranger ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner for this Agreement.

Asset Sale ” means any Disposition of Property or series of related Dispositions of Property pursuant to clause (j) or (l) of Section 6.11 which yields net cash proceeds to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of (i) $25,000,000 in the aggregate for any such Disposition or series of related Dispositions or (ii) $100,000,000 when aggregated with all other Dispositions pursuant to clause (j) or (l) of Section 6.11 following the Effective Date that are excluded as Asset Sales as a result of clause (i) of this definition.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption agreement entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04 of this Agreement), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

-3-


Attributable Receivables Indebtedness ” at any time shall mean the principal amount of Indebtedness which (i) if a Permitted Receivables Facility is structured as a secured lending agreement, would constitute the principal amount of such Indebtedness or (ii) if a Permitted Receivables Facility is structured as a purchase agreement or factoring arrangement, would be outstanding at such time under the Permitted Receivables Facility if the same were structured as a secured lending agreement rather than a purchase agreement.

Augmenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Available Amount ” shall mean, at any time (the “ Reference Time ”), an amount (which may be negative) equal to:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) $100,000,000, plus

(ii) an amount (if positive) equal to the cumulative amount of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of Parent (commencing with Parent’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2011) ending prior to the Reference Time for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) that has not been applied (and would not be required to be applied without regard to subclause (B) of such Section) to prepay Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(b), plus

(iii) the amount of any cash or Cash Equivalents received by Parent (other than from a Subsidiary) from and including the Business Day immediately following the Effective Date through and including the Reference Time from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests except to the extent applied pursuant to Section 6.06(a)(v), plus

(iv) the amount of any distribution in cash or Cash Equivalents received by Parent or any Subsidiary or received by Parent or any Subsidiary upon any Disposition, in each case, in respect of any Investment made by such Person in reliance on Section 6.05(l) (not to exceed the original amount of such Investment), minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Sections 6.04(g)(y), (h) and (i)(x) prior to the Reference Time; plus

(ii) the aggregate amount of Investments made in reliance on Section 6.05(l) prior to the Reference Time; plus

 

-4-


(iii) the aggregate amount of prepayments of Specified Indebtedness made in reliance on Section 6.06(a)(iv) prior to the Reference Time.

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided , further , that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

“board of directors” means:

(a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(b) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(c) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managers or members thereof or any board or committee serving a similar management function; and

(d) with respect to any other Person, the individual or board or committee of such Person serving a management function similar to those described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition.

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrowing ” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, (b) Term Loans of a single Class made on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (c) a Swingline Loan.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

-5-


Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries that are (or are required to be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Parent for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations as of any date shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date.

Cash Equivalents ” means

(a) Dollars or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business;

(b) securities with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or any agency thereof;

(c) securities with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s;

(d) demand deposit, certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any commercial bank, supranational bank or trust company having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

(e) repurchase obligations with respect to securities of the types (but not necessarily maturity) described in clauses (b) and (c) above , having a term of not more than ninety (90) days, of banks (or bank holding companies) or subsidiaries of such banks (or bank holding companies) and non-bank broker-dealers listed on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s list of primary and other reporting dealers (“ Repo Counterparties ”) which Repo Counterparties have capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500,000,000 (or the foreign equivalent thereof) and which Repo Counterparties or their parents (if the Repo Counterparties are not rated) will at the time of the transaction be rated A-1 by S&P (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization;

 

-6-


(f) commercial paper rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within one (1) year after the day of acquisition;

(g) short-term marketable securities of comparable credit quality to those described in clauses (a) through (f) above;

(h) shares of money market mutual or similar funds that invest at least 95% in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (g) of this definition; and

(i) in the case of Parent or a Foreign Subsidiary, substantially similar Investments, of comparable credit quality, denominated in the currency of any jurisdiction in which such Subsidiary conducts business.

Cash Management Bank ” means any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (i) on the Effective Date or at the time it enters into an agreement with Parent or any Subsidiary with respect to Cash Management Obligations or (ii) at the time the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that such Lender and its Affiliates are “Cash Management Banks” hereunder.

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by Parent or any Subsidiary to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender in respect of (1) any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds and (2) Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s participation in commercial (or purchasing) card programs at the Lender or any Affiliate (“ card obligations ”).

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by Parent or any Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any Property in excess of (i) $25,000,000 for any individual event or series of related events or (ii) $100,000,000 when aggregated with all events that are excluded as “Casualty Events” following the Effective Date as a result of clause (i) above.

Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any event, transaction or occurrence as a result of which:

(a) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder) other than (x) prior to an initial public offering of the common equity interests of Parent, the Permitted Holders and (y) from and after the date of formation of an IPO Vehicle, such IPO Vehicle, where such “person” or “group” has the ability to appoint the majority of the members of Parent’s board of directors (or comparable governing body); or

 

-7-


(b) Parent ceases to own, directly or indirectly through any wholly-owned intermediate holding company, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans of any series, Extended Term Loans of any series, Replacement Term Loans of any series or Swingline Loans.

Co-Documentation Agents ” means Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in their capacities as co-documentation agents for this Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” means all Property and interests in Property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party in or upon which a Lien is granted under any Collateral Document.

Collateral Documents ” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Foreign Security Agreement and each other document executed and delivered by a Loan Party granting a Lien on any of its property to secure payment of all or any part of the Obligations.

Commitment ” means a Revolving Commitment, Tranche A Term Commitment or Tranche B Term Commitment.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means Consolidated Net Income plus , without duplication and to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense and charges, deferred financing fees and milestone payments in connection with any investment or series of related investments, losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of gains

 

-8-


on such hedging obligations, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, (ii) expense and provision for taxes paid or accrued, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization (including amortization of intangibles, including, but not limited to goodwill), (v) non-cash charges recorded in respect of purchase accounting or impairment of goodwill, intangibles or long-lived assets and non-cash exchange, translation or performance losses relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash outlays, (vi) any other non-cash items except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash outlays, (vii) any unusual, infrequent or extraordinary loss or charge (including, without limitation, the amount of any restructuring, integration, transition, executive severance, facility closing and similar charges accrued during such period, including any charges to establish accruals and reserves or to make payments associated with the reassessment or realignment of the business and operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the sale or closing of facilities, severance, stay bonuses and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, asset write-downs or asset disposals (including leased facilities), write-downs for purchase and lease commitments, start-up costs for new facilities, writedowns of excess, obsolete or unbalanced inventories, relocation costs which are not otherwise capitalized and any related promotional costs of exiting products or product lines) in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000 in any four fiscal quarter period, (viii) without duplication, income of any non-wholly owned Subsidiaries and deductions attributable to minority interests, (ix) any non-cash costs or expenses incurred by Parent or a Subsidiary pursuant to any employee or management equity plan or stock plan with respect to Equity Interests of Parent, (x) expenses with respect to casualty events, (xi) to the extent actually reimbursed, expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with any Permitted Acquisition and (xii) non-cash charges pursuant to SFAS 158, minus , to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (x) any unusual, infrequent or extraordinary income or gains and (y) any other non-cash income (except to the extent representing an accrual for future cash income), all calculated for Parent and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis; provided that, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (A) there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from Swap Agreements for currency exchange risk) and (B) there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of SFAS 133. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to adjustment in connection with events occurring after the Effective Date to the extent contemplated by Section 1.04(b), Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $463,000,000, $454,000,000, $401,000,000 and $399,000,000 for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with reference to any period, the interest expense whether or not paid in cash (including, without limitation, interest expense under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP) of Parent and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such period in accordance with GAAP plus , without duplication: (a) imputed interest attributable to Capital Lease Obligations of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, (b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings for such period, (c) amortization or write-off of

 

-9-


debt discount and debt issuance costs, premium, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, (d) cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust made by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any person (other than Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary) in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust for such period, (e) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries for such period, (f) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries for such period, (g) all interest on any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of the type described in clause (e) or (f) of the definition of “Indebtedness” for such period and (h) the interest component of all Attributable Receivables Indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with reference to any period, the net income (or loss) of Parent and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis (without duplication) for such period; provided that, in calculating Consolidated Net Income of Parent and its Subsidiaries for any period, there shall be excluded (a) extraordinary items, (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Parent or is merged into or consolidated with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (except to the extent required for any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis), (c) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Parent) in which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by Parent or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, (d) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the consummation of the Transaction, any Permitted Acquisition, investment, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance or sale of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction and (e) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness.

Consolidated Senior Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date, excluding any amount of Indebtedness included therein that is not secured by a Lien on any Property of Parent or any Subsidiary as of such date.

Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Indebtedness as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Consolidated Subsidiaries ” means Subsidiaries that would be consolidated with Parent in accordance with GAAP.

 

-10-


Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, total assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis as of such date.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means at any time the sum, without duplication, of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of Parent and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of such time of a type required to be reflected on a balance sheet prepared at such time on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP minus (ii) the lesser of (x) $750,000,000 and (y) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of Parent and its Subsidiaries held free and clear of any Lien other than Liens permitted by clause (b), (f), (l) or (v) of Section 6.02 and Liens under the Collateral Documents and which could be transferred to the Borrower at such time in compliance with applicable Laws, and without resulting in material adverse tax consequences to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Parent at such date, over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Parent on such date, excluding the current portion of any Funded Debt. There shall also be excluded from Consolidated Working Capital to the extent otherwise included therein (i) the current portion of current and deferred income tax assets and the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and LC Exposure, (iii) the current portion of interest, (iv) the current portion of deferred revenue, (v) any gains or losses resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up or write-down of assets and (vi) the purchase accounting effects of in process research and development expenses and adjustments to property, inventory and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue and deferred expenses in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements, as a result of any Permitted Acquisitions, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

Contract Consideration ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

Control ” means, with respect to any Person, the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Credit Agreement Parties ” means Parent, Intermediate Holdco and the Borrower.

Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure at such time, plus (b) an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of its Term Loans outstanding at such time.

Default ” means any event or condition, which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

-11-


Defaulting Lender ” means any Revolving Lender that (a) has failed, within three Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Revolving Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Revolving Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Revolving Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with (i) any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Revolving Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or (ii) its funding obligations generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Revolving Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Revolving Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Revolving Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Loan Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

Discount Range ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(ii).

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(ii).

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(i).

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(v).

Disposition ” means, with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof; and the terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control, public equity offering or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control, public equity offering or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and the

 

-12-


expiration, cancellation, termination or cash collateralization of any Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and except as permitted in clause (a) above), in whole or in part, (c) requires the scheduled payments of dividends in cash (for this purpose, dividends shall not be considered required if the issuer has the option to permit them to accrue, cumulate, accrete or increase in liquidation preference or if Parent has the option to pay such dividends solely in Qualified Equity Interests), or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan B Maturity Date.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the Laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

ECF Percentage ” means (i) in the case of the fiscal years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012, 50%; provided that the ECF Percentage for each such fiscal year shall be 25% if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is equal to or less than 1.50 to 1.0 and (ii) in the case of any fiscal year commencing on or after January 1, 2013, 50%; provided that the ECF Percentage for such fiscal year shall be (x) 25% if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is equal to or less than 1.50 to 1.0 but greater than 1.25 to 1.0 and (y) 0% if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is equal to or less than 1.25 to 1.0.

Effective Date ” means the first Business Day on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02) and Term Loans are made hereunder.

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or the effect of Hazardous Materials or the environment on health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Parent or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

 

-13-


ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with Parent, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the occurrence with respect to any Plan of a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan pursuant to Sections 4041(c) or 4042 of ERISA; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition upon the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

-14-


(iii) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions outside the ordinary course of business by Parent and the Subsidiaries during such period to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and

(iv) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period;

minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(ii) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions outside the ordinary course of business by Parent and the Subsidiaries during such period to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(iii) without duplication of amounts deducted in determining Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of any issuance or sale of Equity Interests or with the proceeds of any Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans) of Parent or the Subsidiaries, or, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, with the proceeds of any Disposition or Casualty Event with respect to Property of Parent or the Subsidiaries,

(iv) the aggregate amount of all principal payments or prepayments of Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of any repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b) and (C) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(b)(ii) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale or Casualty Event that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans) together with any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Parent and the Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness, made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), except to the extent that such payments or prepayments were financed with the proceeds of any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Parent, with the proceeds of any other Indebtedness of Parent or the Subsidiaries (other than Revolving Loans), or, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, with the proceeds of any Disposition of Property of or any Casualty Event with respect to Property of Parent or the Subsidiaries,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period,

 

-15-


(vi) cash payments by Parent and the Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of Parent and the Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (ix) below in prior fiscal years, the consolidated amount of Investments made during such period pursuant to clause (b), (d)(ii), (g) (to the extent of any upfront fees or cash payments made thereunder), (h), (k), (m), (p) or (s) of Section 6.05, except to the extent that such Investments were financed with the proceeds of any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Parent, with the proceeds of any Indebtedness of Parent or the Subsidiaries (other than Revolving Loans), or, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, with the proceeds of any Disposition of Property of or any Casualty Event with respect to Property of Parent or the Subsidiaries,

(viii) the amount (without duplication) of Restricted Payments during such period pursuant to clauses (c) and (g)(x) of Section 6.04,

(ix) the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Parent or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or Investments pursuant to Section 6.05(k) to be consummated or made during the fiscal year of Parent following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate cash consideration paid for such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or Investments pursuant to Section 6.05(k)during such fiscal year (other than amounts financed with the proceeds of any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Parent, with the proceeds of any Indebtedness of Parent or the Subsidiaries, or, to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, with the proceeds of any Disposition of Property of or any Casualty Event with respect to Property of Parent or the Subsidiaries) is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, and

(x) the amount of any Tax obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as estimated in good faith by the Borrower, that would be due and payable (but is not currently due and payable) as a result of the repatriation of any dividends or similar distributions of net income of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (a) taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net or overall gross income (or capital, net worth and similar Taxes imposed in lieu thereof) and franchise taxes imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized in or having its principal office or applicable lending office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction, other than any connection

 

-16-


arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Documents, (b) any branch profits taxes under Section 884(a) of the Code, or any similar tax, imposed by any jurisdiction described in (a), (c) in the case of a Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed pursuant to a Law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from a Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(a), (d) any withholding tax attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(e) (i.e., failure to deliver a form that it is legally entitled to deliver), (e) any U.S. federal withholding tax imposed pursuant to current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable) and any current or future Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof, and (f) any interest, additions to taxes and penalties with respect to any taxes described in clauses (a) through (e) of this definition.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2009, among the Borrower, Delphi Automotive LLP, Delphi Holdings S.À.R.L., Delphi International Holdings S.À.R.L., Delphi International Holdings LLP, the lenders party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Administrative Agent.

Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean each letter of credit listed on Schedule 1.01B .

Existing Senior Subordinated Notes ” means the Borrower’s $41,000,000 principal amount of 12% senior subordinated notes due 2014 outstanding on the Effective Date.

Existing Term Loan Class ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.20(a).

Expansion Date ” means (i) in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the earlier of (x) the 120th day after the Effective Date and (y) the date of completion of a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter) and (ii) in the case of Increased Commitments, the completion of a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter).

Extended Revolving Commitments ” means revolving credit commitments established pursuant to Section 2.20 that are substantially identical to the Revolving Commitments except that such Revolving Commitments may have a later maturity date and different provisions with respect to interest rates and fees than those applicable to the Revolving Commitments.

Extended Term Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.20(a).

Extending Term Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.20(c).

Extension Election ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.20(c).

 

-17-


Extension Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.20(a).

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” means the Arranger Fee Letter, dated as of March 30, 2011, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower or the Parent, as the context requires.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E (with such changes thereto as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), by and between the Administrative Agent and the collateral agent for one or more classes of Permitted Secured Notes that are intended to be secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations.

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Guarantor Collateral Requirement ” means a perfected first priority pledge of (a) the Equity Interests in Intermediate Holdco and any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (other than Parent) held by any Foreign Guarantor and (b) each intercompany note in an aggregate principal amount of greater than $5,000,000 owned by each Foreign Guarantor.

Foreign Guarantors ” means (a) Parent, (b) Intermediate Holdco, (c) any IPO Vehicle and (d) each Foreign Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guaranty after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.09 or otherwise.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Security Agreement ” means, collectively, each local law security agreement, pledge agreement or other document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.09 in order to secure the Obligations by the assets of a Foreign Guarantor.

 

-18-


Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funded Debt ” means all Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

GM Stock Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning provided in the definition of Stock Purchase Agreement.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or monetary obligation; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such primary obligation or the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors ” means the U.S. Guarantors and the Foreign Guarantors.

 

-19-


Guaranty ” means the guaranty, in substantially the form of Exhibit B , executed by each of the Guarantors.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic”, or as a “pollutant” or a “contaminant”, pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank ” means any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (i) on the Effective Date or at the time it enters into a Swap Agreement with Parent or any Subsidiary or (ii) at the time the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that such Lender and its Affiliates are “Hedge Banks” hereunder.

Increased Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19.

Increasing Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19.

Incremental Term Loan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, milestone payments incurred in connection with any investment or series of related investments, any earn-out obligation except to the extent such obligation is a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP at the time initially incurred and deferred or equity compensation arrangements payable to directors, officers or employees), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on Property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, but limited to the fair market value of such Property (except to the extent otherwise provided in this definition), (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) all obligations of such Person under any Swap Agreement and (k) all Attributable Receivables Indebtedness. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor; provided that “Indebtedness” shall not include current intercompany liabilities and advances incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Indemnified Taxes ” means all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and other Taxes.

 

-20-


Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.12.

Initial Permitted Debt Securities Proceeds ” means any Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted Debt Securities issued by the Borrower during the first 120 days following the Effective Date.

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the applicable Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the Restatement Effective Date and the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the Restatement Effective Date and the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

Intermediate Holdco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months, or any other period as may be agreed to by all applicable Lenders, thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in any other Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person or (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee of monetary obligations of, assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person; provided that “Investments” shall not include intercompany

 

-21-


current liabilities and advances incurred in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of Section 6.05, (i) the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, and (ii) in the event Parent or any Subsidiary (an “ Initial Investing Person ”) transfers an amount of cash or other Property (the “ Invested Amount ”) for purposes of permitting Parent or one or more other Subsidiaries to ultimately make an Investment of the Invested Amount in Parent, any Subsidiary or any other Person (the Person in which such Investment is ultimately made, the “ Subject Person ”) through a series of substantially concurrent intermediate transfers of the Invested Amount to Parent or one or more other Subsidiaries other than the Subject Person (each an “ Intermediate Investing Person ”), including through the incurrence or repayment of intercompany Indebtedness, capital contributions or redemptions of Equity Interests, then, for all purposes of Section 6.05, any transfers of the Invested Amount to Intermediate Investing Persons in connection therewith shall be disregarded and such transaction, taken as a whole, shall be deemed to have been solely an Investment of the Invested Amount by the Initial Investing Person in the Subject Person and not an Investment in any Intermediate Investing Person.

IPO ” shall mean an underwritten public offering of the common Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

IPO Vehicle ” means a newly formed entity organized under the laws of the United States of America, the United Kingdom any member of the European Union as in effect on the Effective Date or the Cayman Islands formed for purposes of consummating an IPO and that (i) owns 100% of the Equity Interests of Parent and (ii) becomes a party to the Guaranty and the Pledge and Security Agreement pursuant to an amendment in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Issuing Bank ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and any other Lender that becomes an Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.05(i), in each case in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and any successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i).

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities.

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

LC Exposure Sublimit ” means $150,000,000.

 

-22-


Lender Participation Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(d)(iii).

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 to this Agreement and any other Person that shall have become a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.19 or pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued or deemed issued pursuant to this Agreement.

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Reuters BBA Libor Rates Page 3750 (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such page, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for Dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which Dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the foregoing, to the extent the LIBO Rate for any Interest Period for the Tranche B Term Loans would be less than 1.00%, then the LIBO Rate for the Tranche B Term Loans for such Interest Period shall instead be 1.00%.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement or title retention agreement (or any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Collateral Documents, the Fee Letter, any promissory notes executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.09(f) and any amendments, waivers, supplements or other modifications to any of the foregoing.

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Luxembourg ” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property or financial condition of Parent and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any and all other Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

 

-23-


Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of Parent and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of Parent or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Parent or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Real Property ” means, on any date, any real property owned by any Loan Party with a fair market value as of such date in excess of $5,000,000.

Material Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries as to which a specified condition applies) that would be a “significant subsidiary” under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, security deeds, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.09.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean (a) each Material Real Property identified as a Mortgaged Property on Schedule 5.09(b) and (b) each Material Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.09(c).

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale or any Casualty Event, an amount equal to (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Asset Sale or Casualty Event (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of Parent or any Subsidiary) less (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by the Property subject to such Asset Sale or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid (and is repaid) in connection with such Asset Sale or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and Indebtedness secured by Liens that are subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement), (B) the out-of-pocket expenses (including

 

-24-


attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accounting fees and other professional and transactional fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other expenses and brokerage, consultant and other commissions and fees) actually incurred by Parent or such Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale or Casualty Event, (C) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable in connection therewith and (D) the Borrower’s reasonable estimate of payments required to be made with respect to unassumed liabilities relating to the Property involved within one year of such Asset Sale or Casualty Event; provided that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include (i) any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received by Parent or any Subsidiary in any such Asset Sale, (ii) an amount equal to any reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in clause (C) above at the time of such reversal and (iii) an amount equal to any estimated liabilities described in clause (D) above that have not been satisfied in cash within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days after such Asset Sale or Casualty Event; and (b) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by Parent or any Subsidiary, an amount equal to (i) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance less (ii) the attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting or other discounts, commissions, costs and other fees, transfer and similar taxes and other out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by Parent or such Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(b).

Obligations ” means all indebtedness (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and other monetary obligations of any of Parent and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, their Affiliates and the Administrative Agent, individually or collectively (direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured), arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any Secured Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligation (including under any of the Loans made or reimbursement or other monetary obligations incurred or any of the Letters of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof), in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether all such obligations arise or accrue before or after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings (and whether or not such claims, interest, costs, expenses or fees are allowed or allowable in any such proceeding).

Original Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

Original Tranche A Term Loans ” shall mean $250,000,000 of Tranche A Term Loans made on the Effective Date pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement.

Original Tranche B Term Loans ” shall mean $2,250,000,000 of Tranche B Term Loans made on the Effective Date pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement.

 

-25-


Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, excluding any such Tax imposed as a result of an assignment (other than an assignment made at the request of the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18) by a Lender (an “ Assignment Tax ”), if such Assignment Tax is imposed as a result of the assignor or assignee being organized in or having its principal office or applicable lending office in the taxing jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the taxing jurisdiction, other than a connection arising from having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Documents.

Parallel Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Article VIII.

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and shall include (including for the definition of Change in Control, Section 5.01, Section 6.12, and, unless the context plainly otherwise requires, each other provision of this Agreement), any IPO Vehicle.

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Permitted Acquisition ” means the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Subsidiary of Parent (including as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that the following conditions are satisfied to the extent applicable:

(a) each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary shall comply with the requirements of Section 5.09, within the times specified therein;

(b) the aggregate amount of Investments (without duplication for any Investment made through a series of Investments) made by U.S. Loan Parties in Persons that are not required to become U.S. Loan Parties upon consummation of any such Investment, and do not become U.S. Loan Parties as a result of such Investment (except as otherwise permitted by Section 6.05) shall not exceed $700,000,000;

(c) the acquired Property, business or Person is in a business permitted under Section 6.12;

(d)(1) at the time of and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 6.09 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered

 

-26-


pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) immediately preceding such purchase or other acquisition, and satisfaction of such requirements shall be evidenced by a certificate from a Financial Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent containing a reasonably detailed calculation; and

(e) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Financial Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition (or within the time periods required by Section 5.09).

Permitted Debt Securities ” means the Senior Notes and any other Indebtedness consisting of notes or loans under credit agreements, indentures other similar agreements or instruments incurred or Guaranteed by Loan Parties following the Effective Date; provided that (i) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or scheduled payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligation (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or casualty event and customary acceleration rights after an event of default) prior to the 91st day after the Term Loan B Maturity Date, (ii) except for Permitted Secured Notes, such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) such Indebtedness is not incurred or guaranteed by any Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, and (iv) the other terms and conditions relating to such debt securities or loans (other than interest rates and call protection) are not in the aggregate materially more restrictive than the terms of this Agreement as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges that (i) are not yet due and payable or (ii) are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlords’, workmen’s, suppliers’ and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(c)(i) Liens, pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations (including to support letters of credit or bank guarantees) and (ii) Liens, pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing insurance to Parent or any Subsidiary;

(d) Liens or deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts, tenders, statutory bonds, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs, appeal and replevin bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

-27-


(e) Liens in respect of judgments, decrees, attachments or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII;

(f) easements, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), rights-of-way, covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of Parent or any Subsidiary; and

(g) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under any lease, sublease, license or sublicense entered into by Parent or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) each Person identified in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date as a holder of at least 5% of the membership interests in Parent, (ii) any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (but excluding any portfolio companies) and (iii) any “group” including any of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) above so long as the Persons described in clauses (i) and (ii) above have a right to direct the voting of Equity Interests of Parent representing a majority of all voting Equity Interests of Parent held by all members of such group.

Permitted Receivables Facilit y” means the receivables facility or facilities created under the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents, providing for (a) the factoring, sale or pledge by one or more Receivables Sellers of Permitted Receivables Facility Assets (thereby providing financing to Parent and the Receivables Sellers) to the Receivables Entity (either directly or through another Receivables Seller), which in turn shall sell or pledge interests in the respective Permitted Receivables Facility Assets to third-party lenders or investors pursuant to the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents (with the Receivables Entity permitted to issue investor certificates, purchased interest certificates or other similar documentation evidencing interests in the Permitted Receivables Facility Assets) in return for the cash used by the Receivables Entity to purchase the Permitted Receivables Facility Assets from the respective Receivables Sellers or (b) the factoring, sale or pledge by one or more Receivables Sellers of Permitted Receivables Facility Assets to third-party lenders or investors pursuant to the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents in connection with Receivables-backed financing programs of Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case as more fully set forth in the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents.

Permitted Receivables Facility Assets ” means (i) Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Foreign Subsidiaries which are transferred or pledged to the Receivables Entity pursuant to the Permitted Receivables Facility and any related Permitted Receivables

 

-28-


Related Assets which are also so transferred or pledged to the Receivables Entity and all proceeds thereof and (ii) loans to Foreign Subsidiaries secured by Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Foreign Subsidiaries which are made pursuant to the Permitted Receivables Facility.

Permitted Receivables Facility Documents ” means each of the documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Permitted Receivables Facility, including all documents and agreements relating to the issuance, funding and/or purchase of certificates and purchased interests, all of which documents and agreements shall be in form and substance reasonably customary for transactions of this type, in each case as such documents and agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, refinanced or replaced from time to time so long as (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) either (i) the terms as so amended, modified, supplemented, refinanced or replaced are reasonably customary for transactions of this type or (ii)(x) any such amendments, modifications, supplements, refinancings or replacements do not impose any conditions or requirements on Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that are more restrictive in any material respect than those in existence immediately prior to any such amendment, modification, supplement, refinancing or replacement, and (y) any such amendments, modifications, supplements, refinancings or replacements are not adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Lenders.

Permitted Receivables Related Assets ” means any other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization or Receivables-backed financing programs involving accounts receivable and any collections or proceeds of any of the foregoing.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (b) other than with respect to Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final maturity date of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and (y) the date which is 91 days after the Term Loan B Maturity Date, (c) other than with respect to Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and

 

-29-


(e) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is secured by Liens that are subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, then any Liens securing the modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness do not have a higher priority compared to the Liens securing the Obligations than the Liens securing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.

Permitted Secured Notes ” means (i) Refinancing Debt Securities and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Debt Securities, in each case, that are secured by a Lien permitted by Section 6.02(v).

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which Parent or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Pledge and Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the Pledge and Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit C , together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.09.

Post-Acquisition Period ” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the one-year anniversary of the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Pro Forma Adjustment ” means, for any applicable period of measurement that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in the Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Consolidated EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or the Consolidated EBITDA of Parent, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Consolidated EBITDA that is (i) consistent with Regulation S-X or (ii) projected by Parent in good faith as a result of (a) actions that have been taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business with the operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries and, in each case, which are expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated financial results of Parent, calculated assuming that such actions had been taken on, or such costs had been incurred since, the first day of such period; provided that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Consolidated EBITDA shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Consolidated EBITDA for such period of measurement.

 

-30-


Pro Forma Basis ” means with respect to compliance with any test covenant hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of Parent owned by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Parent or any of the Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination.

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Equity Interests.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(ii).

Qualified Equity Interests ” means Equity Interests of Parent other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(iv).

Qualifying Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.10(c)(iv).

Receivables ” means all accounts receivable (including, without limitation, all rights to payment created by or arising from sales of goods, leases of goods or the rendition of services rendered no matter how evidenced whether or not earned by performance).

Receivables Entity ” means a wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary of Parent which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Receivables Sellers and which is designated (as provided below) as the “Receivables Entity” (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Parent or any other Subsidiary of Parent (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness)) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (ii) is recourse to or obligates Parent or any other Subsidiary of Parent in any way (other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings) or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Parent or any other Subsidiary of Parent, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than pursuant to the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents (including with respect to fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the servicing of

 

-31-


accounts receivable and related assets)) on terms less favorable to Parent or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from persons that are not Affiliates of Parent, and (c) to which neither Parent nor any other Subsidiary of Parent has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that, to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief after consultation with counsel, such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Receivables Sellers ” means Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Receivables Entities) that are from time to time party to the Permitted Receivables Facility Documents.

Refinanced Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02.

Refinancing Debt Securities ” means (i) any Permitted Debt Securities the proceeds of which constitute all or a portion of the Initial Permitted Debt Securities Proceeds, (ii) without duplication, any Permitted Debt Securities issued as required pursuant to the terms of the Fee Letter and (iii) any other Permitted Debt Securities that are designated as “Refinancing Debt Securities” in a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date such Permitted Debt Securities are issued.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means (i) any Refinancing Term Loans and (ii) any Refinancing Debt Securities.

Refinancing Term Loans ” means Incremental Term Loans that are designated by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as “Refinancing Term Loans” in a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of incurrence.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.

Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person.

Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Credit Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Credit Exposure and unused Commitments at such time.

Required Revolving Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments at such time.

 

-32-


Responsible Officer ” of any Person shall mean any executive officer or financial officer of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement.

Restatement Effective Date ” means the date on which each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 has been satisfied.

Restricted Payments ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Qualified Equity Interests)) with respect to any Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Qualified Equity Interests)), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary.

Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under the Original Credit Agreement (prior to the Restatement Effective Date) and hereunder (from and after the Restatement Effective Date), expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.19. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment on the Restatement Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 hereto. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $1,192,000,000.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and, except for purposes of Section 2.11(a), Swingline Exposure at such time.

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” means March 31, 2016.

Revolving Lender ” means each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.

Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw- Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, by and between the Administrative Agent and the collateral agent for one or more classes of Permitted Secured Notes that are intended to be secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations providing that,

 

-33-


inter alia, (i) the Liens securing Obligations rank prior to the Liens securing the Permitted Secured Notes, (ii) all amounts received in connection with any enforcement action with respect to any Collateral or in connection with any United States or foreign bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency proceeding shall first be applied to repay all Obligations (whether or not allowed in any such proceeding) prior to being applied to the obligations in respect of the Permitted Secured Notes and (iii) until the repayment of the Obligations in full and termination of commitments hereunder (subject to customary limitations with respect to contingent obligations and other customary qualifications) the Administrative Agent shall have the sole right to take enforcement actions with respect to the Collateral.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks and any Affiliate of a Lender to which Obligations are owed, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Article VIII.

Senior Notes ” means (i) $500 million principal amount of 5.875% senior notes due 2019 and (ii) $500 million principal amount of 6.125% senior notes due 2021, in each case, issued by the Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date and including any registered exchange notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating to such senior notes.

series ” means, with respect to any Extended Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Replacement Term Loans, all such Term Loans that have the same maturity date, amortization and interest rate provisions and that are designated as part of such “series” pursuant to the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they become absolute and matured and (d) such Person is not engaged in any business, as conducted on such date and as proposed to be conducted following such date, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Domestic Subsidiary ” means each wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Parent other than (i) any Receivables Entity, (ii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code, (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations under Section 957 of the Code, and (iv) any

 

-34-


Domestic Subsidiary that on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries did not have consolidated revenues in excess of 1% of Parent’s consolidated revenues for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Parent for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) and did not have consolidated total assets in excess of 1% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Parent for which financial statements have been delivered on or prior to the Effective Date or pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b); provided that upon any wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary ceasing to meet the requirements of both of clauses (ii) and (iii) and one or both of clauses (i) and (iv) of this definition, Parent shall be deemed to have acquired a Specified Domestic Subsidiary at such time and shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.09.

Specified Event of Default ” means any Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Article VII.

Specified Foreign Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of Parent that is a direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including, without limitation Intermediate Holdco.

Specified Indebtedness ” means (i) Permitted Debt Securities (other than Permitted Secured Notes subject to Liens subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.

Specified Transaction ” means, with respect to any Test Period, any of the following events occurring after the first day of such Test Period and prior to the applicable date of determination: (i) any Investment by Parent or any Subsidiary in any Person (including in connection with a Permitted Acquisition) other than a Person that was a wholly-owned Subsidiary on the first day of such period involving consideration paid by Parent or any Subsidiary in excess of $25,000,000, (ii) any Asset Sale or Casualty Event, (iii) any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and borrowings and repayments of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business under revolving credit facilities except to the extent there is a reduction in the related Revolving Commitments or other revolving credit commitment) and (iv) any Restricted Payment involving consideration paid by Parent or any Subsidiary in excess of $25,000,000.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Parent or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with the Permitted Receivables Facility which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable financing transaction.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means, with respect to any currency, a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve, liquid asset, fees or similar requirements (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves or other requirements) established by any central bank, monetary authority, the Board, the Financial Services Authority, the European Central Bank or other Governmental Authority for any category of deposits or liabilities customarily used to fund loans in such currency, expressed in the case of each such requirement as a decimal. Such reserve percentages shall, in the case of Dollar denominated Loans, include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board. Eurodollar

 

-35-


Loans shall be deemed to be subject to such reserve, liquid asset or similar requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulation D. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve, liquid asset or similar requirement.

Stock Purchase Agreements ” means, collectively, (i) an agreement, dated as of March 31, 2011, between Parent and General Motors Holdings LLC pursuant to which Parent will acquire the membership interests in Parent owned by General Motors Holdings LLC (the “ GM Stock Purchase Agreement ”) and (ii) an agreement, dated as of March 31, 2011, between Parent and The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation pursuant to which Parent will acquire the membership interests in Parent owned by The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are at the time beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of Parent (including, without limitation, the Borrower).

Successful Syndication ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Fee Letter.

Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Parent or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, or any successor swingline lender hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swingline Loan Sublimit ” means $100,000,000.

Syndication Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as syndication agent for this Agreement.

 

-36-


Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, assessments or withholdings and similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Lender ” means a Tranche A Term Lender, Tranche B Term Lender or a Lender holding Incremental Term Loans or Extended Term Loans of any series.

Term Loan A Maturity Date ” means March 31, 2016.

Term Loan B Maturity Date ” means March 31, 2017.

Term Loans ” means the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loans of each series, the Extended Term Loans of each series, collectively.

Test Period ” means the period of four fiscal quarters of Parent ending on a specified date.

Transaction ” means, collectively, (a) the repurchases of membership interests in Parent and related transactions pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreements, (b) the funding of the Term Loans to be funded on the Effective Date and the consummation of the Transactions, (c) the repayment and termination or discharge of all Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, (d) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (e) the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

Tranche A Term Commitment ” means, as to each Tranche A Term Lender, its obligation to make a Tranche A Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Tranche A Term Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Tranche A Term Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche A Term Commitments is $258,000,000.

Tranche A Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche A Term Commitment or a Tranche A Term Loan at such time.

Tranche A Term Loan ” means an advance made by the Tranche A Term Lender to the Borrower under the Tranche A Term Commitments.

Tranche B Term Commitment ” means, as to each Tranche B Term Lender, its obligation to make a Tranche B Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Tranche B Term Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Tranche B Term Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Commitments is $950,000,000.

 

-37-


Tranche B Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche B Term Commitment or a Tranche B Term Loan at such time.

Tranche B Term Loan ” means an advance made by any Tranche B Term Lender to the Borrower under the Tranche B Term Commitments.

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York.

U.S. Guarantor ” means (a) each Domestic Subsidiary that is party to the Guaranty on the Effective Date and (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guaranty after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.09 or otherwise.

U.S. Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and the U.S. Guarantors.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining scheduled installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

wholly owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Yield ” for any Term Loan on any date of determination will be the internal rate of return on such Term Loan determined by the Administrative Agent utilizing (a) the greater of (i) if applicable, any “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Term Loan on such date and (ii) the forward LIBOR curve (calculated on a quarterly basis) as calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary practice during the period from such date to the Maturity Date of such Term Loan; (b) the Applicable Rate for such Term Loan on such date; and (c) the issue price of such Term Loan (after giving effect to any original issue discount or upfront fees paid to the market in respect of such Term Loan (converted to interest margin based on an assumed four year weighted average life) but excluding customary arranger and underwriting fees not paid to the Lenders providing such Term Loans generally).

 

-38-


SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally .

(a) Unlesss separate definitions are provided for the singular and plural forms of a specified term, the definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented, refinanced, restated, replaced or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) Luxembourg Terms . In this Agreement, a reference to:

(i) a “liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrator receiver, administrator or similar officer” includes any:

(A) juge-commissaire and/or insolvency receiver ( curateur ) appointed under the Luxembourg Commercial Code;

(B) liquidateur appointed under Articles 141 to 151 of the Luxembourg Act dated 10 August 1915;

(C) juge-commissaire and/or liquidateur appointed under Article 203 of the Luxembourg Act dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies;

 

-39-


(D) commissaire appointed under the Grand-Ducal Decree dated 24 May 1935 or under Articles 593 to 614 of the Luxembourg Commercial Code; and

(E) juge délégué appointed under the Luxembourg Act dated 14 April 1886;

(ii) a “winding-up, administration or dissolution” includes, without limitation, bankruptcy ( faillite ), liquidation, composition with creditors ( concordat préventif de faillite ), moratorium or reprieve from payment ( sursis de paiement ) and controlled management ( gestion contrôlée ); and

(iii) a person being “unable to pay its debts” includes that person being in a state of cessation of payments ( cessation de paiements ).

SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) the definitions set forth in the Loan Documents and any financial calculations required by the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude any change to lease accounting rules from those in effect pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 840 (Leases) and other related lease accounting guidance as in effect on the Effective Date and (ii) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant or the compliance with or availability of any basket contained in this Agreement with respect to any Test Period, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

-40-


SECTION 1.05. Payments on Business Days . When the payment of any Obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

SECTION 1.06. Pro Forma Compliance . Where any provision of this Agreement requires, as a condition to the permissibility of an action to be taken by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries at any time prior to June 30, 2011, compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Section 6.09, such provision shall mean that on a Pro Forma Basis, and after giving effect to such action, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 2.75 to 1.0.

SECTION 1.07. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01. Commitments .

(a) The Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

(i) Each Tranche A Term Lender hereby agrees to make a Tranche A Term Loan to the Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date in Dollars in an amount equal to such Tranche A Term Lender’s Tranche A Term Commitment. Tranche A Term Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(ii) Each Tranche B Term Lender hereby agrees to make a Tranche B Term Loan to the Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date in Dollars in an amount equal to such Tranche B Term Lender’s Tranche B Term Commitment. Tranche B Term Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (ii) subject to Section 2.04, the aggregate principal amount of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the sum of the total Revolving Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings .

(a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to

 

-41-


make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. Any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.04.

(b) Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each ABR Loan shall only be made in Dollars. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the relevant Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of twenty (20) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested (i) with respect to a Revolving Borrowing would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (ii) with respect to a Tranche A Term Loan would end after the Term Loan A Maturity Date or (iii) with respect to a Tranche B Term Loan would end after the Term Loan B Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings . To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request in accordance with the procedures for Borrowings set forth on Schedule 1.01A . Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and, in the case of a telephonic Borrowing Request, shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy or transmission by electronic communication in accordance with Section 9.01(b) to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing and the Class of Loans being borrowed;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

-42-


(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v) the location and number of the applicable Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding the Swingline Loan Sublimit or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request in accordance with the procedures for Swingline Loans set forth on Schedule 1.01A . The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any notice of a request for a Swingline Loan Borrowing received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the relevant Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely

 

-43-


and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit .

(a) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for its own account ( provided that any Letter of Credit may be provided on behalf of any Subsidiary of Parent), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, an Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the relevant Issuing Bank) to the relevant Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-3 requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or

 

-44-


extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. The relevant Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of, and the Administrative Agent shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders notice of, any such issuance. If requested by the relevant Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit; provided that such letter of credit application shall not contain terms inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and shall not impose any additional obligations, liabilities or Liens on any Loan Party during the term of this Agreement. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Exposure Sublimit and (ii) subject to Section 2.04, the aggregate principal amount of the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments.

(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall, unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Issuing Bank, expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the relevant Issuing Bank or the Revolving Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount from time to time available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement . If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent in Dollars an amount equal to such LC Disbursement on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on the day of receipt or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the

 

-45-


Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that unless the Borrower elects otherwise, the Borrower shall be deemed, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, to have requested in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.05 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or, if such amount is less than $1,000,000, Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount of such LC Disbursement and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the relevant Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the relevant Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the relevant Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Revolving Lenders nor the Issuing Banks, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the relevant Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the relevant Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the

 

-46-


extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the relevant Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the relevant Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the relevant Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . The relevant Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The relevant Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or transmission by electronic communication in accordance with Section 9.01(b)) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement (other than with respect to the timing of such reimbursement obligation set forth in clause (e) of this Section).

(h) Interim Interest . If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Replacement or Addition of Issuing Bank . Any Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the

 

-47-


replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. A Lender may become an additional Issuing Bank hereunder at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Lenders of any such additional Issuing Bank.

(j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, the Required Revolving Lenders) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the Dollar amount of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower or Parent described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.22(a)(iii). Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Monies in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or pursuant to Section 2.10(a), such amount plus any accrued interest or realized profits with respect to such amounts (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived or such collateral is no longer required pursuant to 2.11(a), as applicable.

(k) Deemed Issuance of Existing Letters of Credit and Other Letters of Credit . Each of the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement on the Effective Date. Any letter of credit that was issued by an Issuing Bank and is not a Letter of Credit will be deemed to be a Letter of Credit issued under this Agreement on the date that the Borrower, the Issuing Bank with respect to such letter of credit and the Administrative Agent sign an instrument identifying such letter of credit as a Letter of Credit under this Agreement; provided that such instrument may only be executed if such letter of credit would be permitted to be issued under this Agreement as a Letter of Credit on such date.

 

-48-


SECTION 2.06. Funding of Borrowings .

(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lender’s Loan to be made on such date; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that (x) ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the relevant Issuing Bank and (y) proceeds of Term Loans shall be made available to the Borrower on the Effective Date.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections .

(a) Subject to Section 2.02(b), each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the

 

-49-


Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy or transmission by electronic communication in accordance with Section 9.01(b) to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form attached hereto as Exhibit D-2 or such other form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, this Section shall not be construed to permit the Borrower to (i) elect an Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans that does not comply with Section 2.02(d) or (ii) convert any Borrowing to a Borrowing of a Type not available under the Class of Commitments pursuant to which such Borrowing was made.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which Interest Period shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period, such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

-50-


SECTION 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments .

(a) The Tranche A Term Commitments shall terminate on the Restatement Effective Date upon the borrowing of the Tranche A Term Loans. The Tranche B Term Commitments shall terminate on the Restatement Effective Date upon the borrowing of the Tranche B Term Loans. Unless previously terminated, all Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of such Commitments) and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the aggregate principal amount of the total Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Revolving Commitments.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or instruments of Indebtedness, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall, except as provided in Section 2.20, be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments.

SECTION 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan made to the Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in Dollars and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15 th or last day of a calendar month and is at least three (3) Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Loan is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

(b)(i) The Borrower promises to repay in Dollars the Tranche A Term Loans at the dates following the Restatement Effective Date and in the amounts set forth below:

 

Date

 

Amount

6/30/11

  $3,225,000

9/30/11

  $3,225,000

 

-51-


Date

 

Amount

12/31/11

  $3,225,000

3/31/12

  $3,225,000

6/30/12

  $3,225,000

9/30/12

  $3,225,000

12/31/12

  $3,225,000

3/31/13

  $3,225,000

6/30/13

  $6,450,000

9/30/13

  $6,450,000

12/31/13

  $6,450,000

3/31/14

  $6,450,000

6/30/14

  $6,450,000

9/30/14

  $6,450,000

12/31/14

  $6,450,000

3/31/15

  $6,450,000

6/30/15

  $6,450,000

9/30/15

  $6,450,000

12/31/15

  $6,450,000

Term Loan A Maturity Date

  $161,250,000

provided , however , that the Borrower shall repay the entire unpaid principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans on the Term Loan A Maturity Date.

(ii) The Borrower promises to repay in Dollars the Tranche B Term Loans at the dates following the Restatement Effective Date and in the amounts set forth below:

 

Date

 

Amount

6/30/11

  $2,375,000

9/30/11

  $2,375,000

12/31/11

  $2,375,000

3/31/12

  $2,375,000

6/30/12

  $2,375,000

9/30/12

  $2,375,000

12/31/12

  $2,375,000

3/31/13

  $2,375,000

6/30/13

  $2,375,000

9/30/13

  $2,375,000

12/31/13

  $2,375,000

3/31/14

  $2,375,000

6/30/14

  $2,375,000

9/30/14

  $2,375,000

12/31/14

  $2,375,000

3/31/15

  $2,375,000

6/30/15

  $2,375,000

 

-52-


Date

 

Amount

9/30/15

  $2,375,000

12/31/15

  $2,375,000

3/31/16

  $2,375,000

6/30/16

  $2,375,000

9/30/16

  $2,375,000

12/31/16

  $2,375,000

Term Loan B Maturity Date

  $895,375,000

provided , however , that the Borrower shall repay the entire unpaid principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans on the Term Loan B Maturity Date.

(iii) The Borrower shall prepay all outstanding Original Tranche A Term Loans and Original Tranche B Term Loans on the Restatement Effective Date together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

(c) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(e) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein absent manifest error; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(f) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by promissory notes. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender promissory notes payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory notes and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04 of this Agreement) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered assigns.

 

-53-


SECTION 2.10. Prepayment of Loans .

(a) Optional Prepayments . (i) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing of any Class in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section; provided , however , that (x) any prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be accompanied by at least a pro rata payment of the Tranche A Term Loans (based on the respective amounts of Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding) and (y) no prepayment of any Extended Term Loans of any series shall be permitted pursuant to this Section 2.10(a) so long as any Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted remain outstanding unless such prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata (or greater proportionate) prepayment of Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class.

(ii) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or transmission by electronic communication in accordance with Section 9.01(b)) of any prepayment hereunder (x) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment, (y) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment or (z) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the Class or Classes of Loans to be repaid and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.10(a) shall be applied to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.09(b) in the order selected by the Borrower. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the notice of prepayment. Prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.10(a) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 and shall be subject to Section 2.15.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments . (i) No later than 95 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011), the Borrower shall apply an amount in accordance with Section 2.10(b)(iv) in an aggregate amount equal to (A) the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if positive, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements minus (B) the sum of (x) all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 2.10(a) and (y) all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 2.10(a) to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments.

(ii)(A) If Parent or any Subsidiary receives any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Casualty Event, the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with Section 2.10(b)(v) on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that no such prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.10(b)(ii)(A) with respect to

 

-54-


such Net Cash Proceeds that Parent or any Subsidiary shall reinvest in accordance with Section 2.10(b)(ii)(B); provided that (x) this clause shall not apply to any Asset Sale made in reliance on Section 6.11(l); and (y) to the extent required by the terms of any Permitted Secured Notes that are secured by Liens subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Borrower may, in lieu of prepaying Term Loans with such portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale or Casualty Event, apply a portion of such Net Cash Proceeds (based on the respective principal amounts at such time of (A) such Permitted Secured Notes and (B) the Term Loans) to repurchase or redeem Permitted Secured Notes that are secured by Liens subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the remaining amount of such Net Cash Proceeds to be applied to prepay Term Loans.

(B) With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received with respect to any Asset Sale or Casualty Event, at the option of the Borrower, Parent or any Subsidiary may reinvest all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for Parent’s or a Subsidiary’s business within (x) twelve (12) months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if Parent or a Subsidiary enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within twelve (12) months following receipt thereof, within six (6) months following the last day of such twelve month period; provided that any such Net Cash Proceeds that are not so reinvested within the applicable time period set forth above shall be applied as set forth in Section 2.10(b)(ii)(A) within five (5) Business Days after the end of the applicable time period set forth above.

(iii) If, following the Restatement Effective Date, Parent or any Subsidiary incurs or issues (x) any Refinancing Indebtedness or (y) any Indebtedness not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 6.01 (without prejudice to the restrictions therein), the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds received by Parent or any Subsidiary therefrom in accordance with Section 2.10(b)(v) on or prior to the date which is three (3) Business Days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(iv) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.10(b) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment.

(v) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) shall be applied pro rata to each Class of Term Loans (on a pro rata basis to the Term Loans of the Lenders with such Class of Term Loans) and shall be further applied to such Class of Term Loans in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.09(b); provided , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Net Cash Proceeds constituting all or a portion of the Initial Permitted Debt Securities Proceeds shall be applied solely to a prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans and not to a prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans.

(vi) Any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 and shall be subject to Section 2.15.

 

-55-


(c)(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.10(a) (which provisions shall not be applicable to this Section 2.10(c)), the Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Term Loans from Lenders electing to participate in such prepayments at a discount to the par value of such Term Loans and on a non-pro rata basis (each, a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”) pursuant to the procedures described in this Section 2.10(c); provided that (A) no Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made unless (A) immediately after giving effect to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) Parent and its Subsidiaries are in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant contained in Section 6.09 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of Parent for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) and (iii) the U.S. Loan Parties shall have unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and unused Revolving Commitments of at least $1,000,000,000 and no proceeds of Revolving Loans shall be utilized to make any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, (B) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Term Loans on a pro rata basis and (C) the Borrower on the date such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment is made shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating (1) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, (2) that each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in this Section 2.10(c) has been satisfied or waived and (3) neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates has any non-public information with respect to any Loan Party or the Term Loans that has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders electing not to receive such information) that would reasonably be expected to be material to a Lender’s decision to participate in a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment.

(ii) To the extent the Borrower seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, the Borrower will provide written notice to the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”) that the Borrower desires to prepay Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Borrower (each, a “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Term Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Term Loans shall not be less than $100,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount for Term Loans and the Class of Term Loans to which such offer relates, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the Borrower with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment equal to a percentage of par of the principal amount of such Term Loans (the “ Discount Range ”) and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “ Acceptance Date ”).

(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with Section 2.10(c)(ii), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each Lender with Term Loans may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto (each, a “ Lender Participation Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent (A) a maximum discount to par (the “ Acceptable Discount ”) within the Discount Range (for example, a Lender specifying a discount to par of 20% would accept a prepayment

 

-56-


price of 80% of the par value of the Term Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent) of Term Loans of each Class held by such Lender with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount (“ Offered Loans ”). Based on the Acceptable Discounts and principal amounts of Term Loans specified by the Lenders in Lender Participation Notices, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, shall calculate the applicable discount for Term Loans (the “ Applicable Discount ”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Borrower if the Borrower has selected a single percentage pursuant to Section 2.10(c)(ii) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the highest Acceptable Discount at which the Borrower can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the highest Acceptable Discount); provided , however , that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Discount, the Applicable Discount shall be the lowest Acceptable Discount specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Term Loans under the applicable Class whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(iv) The Borrower shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Term Loans (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“ Qualifying Lenders ”) that specify an Acceptable Discount that is equal to or greater than the Applicable Discount (“ Qualifying Loans ”) at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrower shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrower shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days of the Acceptance Date, without premium or penalty (and without any amounts due under Section 2.15), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”), delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m. Local Time, two Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Term Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to, but not including, such date on the amount prepaid.

 

-57-


(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding, minimum amounts, Type and Interest Periods and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with Section 2.10(c)(iii) above) reasonably established by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

(vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may withdraw its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

(d) To the extent the Term Loans are prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.10(d), scheduled amortization amounts for the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.09 shall be reduced on a pro rata basis by the principal amount of the Term Loans so prepaid.

SECTION 2.11. Fees .

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount by which the Revolving Commitment of such Lender exceeds the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the Restatement Effective Date and on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements following the date of the applicable LC Disbursement) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure and (ii) to the relevant Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees and commissions with respect to the issuance, amendment, cancellation, negotiation, transfer, presentment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Unless otherwise specified above, participation fees and fronting

 

-58-


fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on (i) the Restatement Effective Date and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within ten (10) days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the relevant Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.12. Interest .

(a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period or a Swingline Loan), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

-59-


(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.13. Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy or transmission by electronic communication in accordance with Section 9.01(b) as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.14. Increased Costs .

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank; or

(ii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition or Tax affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein (other than any Excluded Taxes or any Taxes imposed on or attributable to any payments by or on account of any Loan Party or Other Taxes, which are governed solely by Section 2.16);

 

-60-


and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing Bank hereunder, whether of principal, interest or otherwise, in each case by an amount deemed by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to be material in the context of its making of, and participation in, extensions of credit under this Agreement, then, upon the request of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines in good faith that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, upon the request of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.15. Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar

 

-61-


Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10 and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense (excluding loss of anticipated profit) attributable to such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender may be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate (determined without regard for the minimum rate set forth therein applicable to Tranche B Term Loans) that would have been applicable to such Loan (and excluding any Applicable Rate), for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in the relevant currency of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.16. Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes; provided that if any Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall be required to deduct any Taxes from any such payments, then (i) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and timely pay any such Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions for Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) have been made, the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives on the due date a net sum equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been required or made.

(b) In addition, without duplication of Section 2.16(a) the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each Lender and the Administrative Agent (each a “ Tax Indemnitee ”), within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed on or attributable to any payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and Other Taxes, payable by such Tax Indemnitee (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.16) other than any penalties arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Lender or Agent, and any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered by the Tax Indemnitee or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of another Tax Indemnitee, accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

-62-


(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, and in any event within 30 days of any such payment, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any documentation prescribed by Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Loan Document. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 2.16(e)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its inability to do so.

Without limiting the foregoing:

(1) Each Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

(2) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, and such other documentation as required under the Code,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) two properly completed and duly signed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 , F-2 , F-3 and F-4 , as applicable, (any such certificate, a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms),

 

-63-


(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information (or any successor forms) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 2.16(e) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and not a participating Lender) and one or more beneficial owners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such beneficial owner), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents.

(3) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of those Sections (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under such Sections and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (e), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(f) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender receives a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Loan Party or with respect to which a Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16, it shall promptly pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender (including any Taxes) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower,

 

-64-


upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender,” for purposes of this Section 2.16, shall include any Swingline Lender and any Issuing Bank.

(h) The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower in attempting to recover Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes that the Borrower reasonably asserts were improperly imposed if (i) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, such cooperation shall not subject the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, to any unreimbursed third party cost or expense or otherwise be materially disadvantageous to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, and (ii) based on advice of the Borrower’s (or applicable Loan Party’s) independent accountants or external legal counsel, there is a reasonable basis for such Loan Party to contest with the applicable Governmental Authority the imposition of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided , however , that any such attempts shall be at the sole cost of the Borrower and the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender for any costs it incurs in connection with complying with this subSection 2.16(h). The Borrower shall have the right to dispute or challenge in a reasonable manner and only to the extent necessary to protect its rights under applicable law, and at its sole cost and expense, the imposition of Indemnified Taxes with the relevant Governmental Authority. In no event will this Section 2.16(h) relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay additional amounts to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Section 2.16. Any refund obtained shall be repaid to the Borrower to the extent provided in Section 2.16(f).

SECTION 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs .

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made (i) in Dollars and (ii) to the Administrative Agent at its offices referred to in Section 9.01 (or as otherwise directed by the Administrative Agent), except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments denominated in the same currency received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

 

-65-


(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the relevant Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the relevant Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

-66-


(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

SECTION 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. Any Lender claiming reimbursement of such costs and expenses shall deliver to the Borrower a certificate setting forth such costs and expenses in reasonable detail which shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, or any Lender is unable to fund its portion of any Loan as a result of any applicable law or regulation prohibiting, or any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority enjoining, prohibiting or restraining, any Lender from making any Loan requested by the Borrower or any Issuing Bank or any Lender from issuing, renewing, extending or increasing the face amount of or participating in the Letter of Credit requested to be issued, renewed, extended or increased by the Borrower, or if any Lender (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) fails to grant a consent in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 9.02 for which the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender is required but the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, to the extent required by Section 9.04, and (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts).

 

-67-


SECTION 2.19. Expansion Option

(a) The Borrower may from time to time after the Expansion Date elect to increase the Revolving Commitments or any Extended Revolving Commitments (“ Increased Commitments ”) or enter into one or more tranches of term loans (each, an “ Incremental Term Loan ”), in each case in an aggregate principal amount of not less than $25,000,000 so long as, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all such Increased Commitments and all such Incremental Term Loans (other than Refinancing Term Loans) does not exceed $500,000,000. The Borrower may arrange for any such increase or tranche to be provided by one or more Lenders (each Lender so agreeing to an increase in its Revolving Commitment or Extended Revolving Commitment, or to participate in such Incremental Term Loan, an “ Increasing Lender ”), or by one or more new banks, financial institutions or other entities (each such new bank, financial institution or other entity, an “ Augmenting Lender ”), to increase their existing Revolving Commitment or Extended Revolving Commitment, or to participate in such Incremental Term Loan, or extend Revolving Commitments or Extended Revolving Commitments, as the case may be; provided that each Augmenting Lender (and, in the case of an Increased Commitment, each Increasing Lender) shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and, in the case of an Increased Commitment, each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld). Without the consent of any Lenders other than the relevant Increasing Lenders or Augmenting Lenders, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.19. Increases and new Revolving Commitments and Incremental Term Loans created pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall become effective on the date agreed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the relevant Increasing Lenders or Augmenting Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no increase in the Revolving Commitments or Extended Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan shall be permitted under this paragraph unless (i) on the proposed date of the effectiveness of such increase in the Revolving Commitments or Extended Revolving Commitments or borrowing of such Incremental Term Loan, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower and (ii) (x) Parent shall be in compliance, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant contained in Section 6.09 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) prior to such time and (y) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio would be less than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of Parent for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b). On the effective date of any increase in the Revolving Commitments or Extended Revolving Commitments or any Incremental Term Loans being made (assuming that any Increased Commitments were fully drawn), (i) each relevant Increasing Lender and Augmenting Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as the Administrative Agent shall determine,

 

-68-


for the benefit of the other Lenders, as being required in order to cause, after giving effect to such increase and the use of such amounts to make payments to such other Lenders, each Lender’s portion of the outstanding Loans of all the Lenders to equal its Applicable Percentage of such outstanding Loans, and (ii) except in the case of any Incremental Term Loans, if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Loans outstanding, such Revolving Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Increased Commitments be prepaid to the extent necessary from the proceeds of additional Revolving Loans made hereunder by the Increasing Lenders and Augmenting Lenders, so that, after giving effect to such prepayments and any borrowings on such date of all or any portion of such Increased Commitments, the principal balance of all outstanding Revolving Loans owing to each Lender with a Revolving Commitment is equal to such Lender’s pro rata share (after giving effect to any nonratable Increased Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.19) of all then outstanding Revolving Loans. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the borrowing notice, minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. The deemed payments made pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be accompanied by payment of all accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, in respect of each Eurodollar Loan, shall be subject to indemnification by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.15 if the deemed payment occurs other than on the last day of the related Interest Periods. The terms of any Incremental Term Loans shall be as set forth in the amendment to this Agreement providing for such Incremental Term Loans; provided that (i) the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Loan A Maturity Date, (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Incremental Term Loans shall not be shorter than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Tranche A Term Loans (or, if no Tranche A Term Loans are outstanding at such time, the Tranche B Term Loans), (iii) Incremental Term Loans shall not participate on a greater than pro rata basis with the Tranche A Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loans in any optional or mandatory prepayment hereunder, (iv) the provisions with respect to payment of interest, original issue discount and upfront fees shall be as set forth in the amendment providing for such Incremental Term Loans; provided that if (x) the Yield of any Incremental Term Loans (other than Refinancing Term Loans) exceeds the Yield of the Tranche B Term Loans and/or (y) the Yield of any Incremental Term Loans with a final maturity prior to the Term B Loan Maturity Date or a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is shorter than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans exceeds the Yield of the Tranche A Term Loans, in either case, by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Rate for the applicable Term Loans specified in the foregoing clauses (x) and/or (y) shall be increased to the extent required so that the Yield of such Class or Classes of Term Loans is equal to the Yield of such Incremental Term Loans minus 50 basis points and (v) all other terms applicable to such Incremental Term Loans (other than provisions specified in clauses (i) through (iv) above) shall be the same as the terms of the then outstanding Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans except to the extent such covenants and other terms apply solely to any period after the Term B Loan Maturity Date.

(b) This Section 2.19 shall override any provisions in Section 9.02 to the contrary.

 

-69-


SECTION 2.20. Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments .

(a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an “ Existing Term Loan Class ”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.20. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Class) (an “ Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be consistent with the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans are to be converted except that:

(i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class to the extent provided in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment;

(ii) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be different than the Applicable Rate for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and upfront fees may be paid to the Extending Term Lenders to the extent provided in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment; and

(iii) the Additional Credit Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply only after the Term Loan B Maturity Date.

(b) Any Extended Term Loans converted pursuant to any Extension Request shall be designated a series of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that, subject to the limitations set forth in clause (a) above, any Extended Term Loans converted from an Existing Term Loan Class may, to the extent provided in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment and consistent with the requirements set forth above, be designated as an increase in any previously established Class of Term Loans.

(c) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Class are requested to respond. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Lender wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class subject to such Extension Request (such Lender an “ Extending Term Lender ”) converted into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class which it has elected to request be converted into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements reasonably imposed by the Administrative Agent and acceptable to the Borrower). In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Class subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested pursuant to an Extension Request, Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election (subject to any minimum denomination requirements reasonably imposed by the Administrative Agent and acceptable to the Borrower).

 

-70-


(d) The Borrower may, with the consent of each Person providing an Extended Revolving Commitment, the Administrative Agent and any Person acting as swingline lender or issuing bank under such Extended Revolving Commitments, amend this Agreement pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment to provide for Extended Revolving Commitments and to incorporate the terms of such Extended Revolving Commitments into this Agreement on substantially the same basis as provided with respect to the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) the establishment of any such Extended Revolving Commitments shall be accompanied by a corresponding reduction in the Revolving Commitments and (ii) any reduction in the Revolving Commitments may, at the option of the Borrower, be directed to a disproportional reduction of the Revolving Commitments of any Lender providing an Extended Revolving Commitment.

(e) Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments shall be established pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Term Lender or Lender providing an Extended Revolving Commitment which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth above (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender other than those consents provided pursuant to this Agreement). Each Additional Credit Extension Amendment shall be binding on the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the other parties hereto. In connection with any Additional Credit Extension Amendment, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent shall enter into such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (which shall not require any consent from any Lender other than those consents provided pursuant to this Agreement) in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments are provided with the benefit of the applicable Collateral Documents and shall deliver such other documents, certificates and opinions of counsel in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(f) The provisions of this Section 2.20 shall override any provision of Section 9.02 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.21. Judgment Currency . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in Dollars (the “ specified currency ”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s main New York City office on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal,

 

-71-


reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency and (b) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such Lender under Section 2.17, such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.

SECTION 2.22. Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(i) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(a);

(ii) the Revolving Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

(iii) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(1) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as to which the Administrative Agent has received written notice from the Borrower or a Revolving Lender at the time of any such reallocation, all or any part of the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (disregarding for this purpose the Revolving Commitments of any Defaulting Lenders for all purposes of such calculation) but only to the extent that the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments;

(2) if the reallocation described in clause (1) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x)  first , prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y)  second , cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (1) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

 

-72-


(3) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (2) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(4) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (1) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(5) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and

(iv) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.22(a)(iii), and participating interests in any newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.22(a)(iii)(1) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

(b) If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a parent entity of any Lender shall occur following the Effective Date and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

(c) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC

 

-73-


Exposure of the Revolving Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Revolving Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold Revolving Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage (whereupon such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender).

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Credit Agreement Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Lenders as of the Effective Date and (except as to representations and warranties made as of a certain date) as of the date such representations and warranties are deemed to be made under Section 4.02 of this Agreement that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries . Each of Parent and its Material Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required. Schedule 3.01 hereto identifies each Subsidiary of Parent on the Effective Date, if such Subsidiary is a Specified Domestic Subsidiary or a Specified Foreign Subsidiary, the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be, the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of its capital stock or other equity interests owned by Parent and the other Subsidiaries. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock and other equity interests, to the extent owned by Parent or any Subsidiary, of each Subsidiary are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid and nonassessable and all such shares and other equity interests indicated on Schedule 3.01 as owned by Parent or another Subsidiary were owned, beneficially and of record, by Parent or any Subsidiary on the Effective Date free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02. As of the Effective Date, there were no outstanding commitments or other obligations of Parent or any Subsidiary to issue, and no options, warrants or other rights of any Person to acquire, any shares of any class of capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary, except as disclosed on Schedule 3.01 .

SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within each Loan Party’s corporate, limited liability company or partnership powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, stockholder action. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Loan Parties party thereto and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Loan Parties party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Parties in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

-74-


SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transaction (a) does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (A) filings necessary to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, (B) the approvals, consents, registrations, actions and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (C) those approvals, consents, registrations or other actions or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate (i) any applicable law or regulation or order of any Governmental Authority or (ii) the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Loan Party or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Loan Party, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any material asset of any Loan Party (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents and Liens permitted by Section 6.02); except with respect to any violation or default referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c) above, to the extent that such violation or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.04. Financial Statements; Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .

(a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders the consolidated balance sheet and statements of earnings, stockholders equity and cash flows of Parent as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 reported on by Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, which financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Parent as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Since December 31, 2010, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, properties or financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 3.05. Properties .

(a) Each Loan Party has title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes and except where the failure to have such title or interest could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no Liens on any of the real or personal properties of Parent or any Subsidiary except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 5.05.

(b) Each of Parent and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed or possesses the right to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to the operation of the business of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a

 

-75-


whole, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the use thereof by Parent and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters .

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There are no labor controversies pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting Parent or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any applicable Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of Parent and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all agreements and other instruments (excluding agreements governing Indebtedness) binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Status . Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is required to register as an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.09. Taxes . Parent and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed (taking into account extensions) all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable (including in its capacity as a withholding agent), except, in each case, (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that stay the enforcement of the tax in question and for which Parent, the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books reserves to the extent required by GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to make such filing or payment could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no current, proposed or, to the Borrower’s knowledge any pending, Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries except (i) those being actively contested by Parent or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate proceedings that stay the enforcement of the tax in question and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (ii) those would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-76-


SECTION 3.10. Solvency . On the Effective Date after giving effect to the Transaction, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 3.11. Labor Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against Parent or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from Parent and its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party. The consummation of the Transaction will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Parent or any Subsidiary is bound, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.12. Disclosure . None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information (excluding any financial projections or pro forma financial information) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, contains as of the date of such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.

SECTION 3.13. Federal Reserve Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Loan have been used or will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying margin stock (as defined in Regulation U).

SECTION 3.14. Security Interests . The provisions of each Collateral Document are (or, at the time delivered, will be) effective to create legal and valid Liens on all the Collateral in respect of which and to the extent such Collateral Document purports to create Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties or the Foreign Secured Parties, as applicable; and upon the proper filing of UCC financing statements, the proper filing of Mortgages with respect to Material Real Properties and the taking of all other actions to be taken pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents, such Liens constitute perfected and continuing Liens on the Collateral, securing the Obligations, enforceable against the applicable Loan Party and all third parties to the extent required by the Collateral Documents.

 

-77-


SECTION 3.15. USA PATRIOT Act, Etc . Parent and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

SECTION 3.16. ERISA . Except for those that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01. Initial Credit Events . The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit on the Effective Date was subject to each of the following conditions each of which was satisifed on or prior to the Effective Date:

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from (i) each party to the Original Credit Agreement either (A) a counterpart of the Original Credit Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such party signed a counterpart of the Original Credit Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each U.S. Loan Party either (A) a counterpart of the Pledge and Security Agreement and, except in the case of the Borrower, the Guaranty signed on behalf of such U.S. Loan Party or (B) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic mail transmission in accordance with Section 9.01(b) of a signed signature page of the Pledge and Security Agreement and, except in the case of the Borrower, the Guaranty) that such party signed a counterpart of the Pledge and Security Agreement and, except in the case of the Borrower, the Guaranty, together with:

(i) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements naming each U.S. Loan Party as debtor and the Administrative Agent as secured party in appropriate form for filing in the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of each such U.S. Loan Party;

 

-78-


(ii) certificates representing all certificated Equity Interests owned directly by any U.S. Loan Party to the extent pledged (and required to be delivered) under the Pledge and Security Agreement together with stock powers executed in blank; and

(iii) all notes, chattel paper and instruments owned by any U.S. Loan Party to the extent pledged (and required to be delivered) pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement duly endorsed in blank or with appropriate instruments of transfer.

(c) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each initial Foreign Guarantor either (A) a counterpart of the Pledge and Security Agreement and Guaranty signed on behalf of such Foreign Guarantor or (B) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic mail transmission in accordance with Section 9.01(b) of a signed signature page of the Pledge and Security Agreement and Guaranty) that such party signed a counterpart of the Pledge and Security Agreement and Guaranty.

(d) Substantially concurrently with initial borrowings hereunder, the purchase of membership interests of Parent shall have been consummated in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the GM Stock Purchase Agreement.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of (i) Shearman & Sterling LLP, special New York and United Kingdom counsel to the Borrower, (ii) Sean P. Corcoran, corporate counsel to the Borrower, (iii) CMS Cameron McKenna LLP, local counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors in the United Kingdom and (iv) Allen & Overy LLP, local counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors in Luxembourg, in each case, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received such customary closing documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the initial Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transaction and any other legal matters relating to such Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transaction, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming that the representations and conditions set forth in Section 4.02 of the Original Credit Agreement are satisfied on the Effective Date.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that substantially concurrently with the making of the initial Loans hereunder (i) all Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement was repaid and all Liens securing such Indebtedness shall have been released and (ii) the Borrower shall have provided a notice of redemption with respect to the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes to the administrative agent for the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and shall have deposited with the administrative agent for the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes funds sufficient to redeem such Existing Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

-79-


(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Transaction, from a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of recent UCC Lien searches in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Loan Parties.

(k) The Lenders shall have received on or prior to the Effective Date all documentation and other information reasonably requested in writing by them prior to the Effective Date in order to allow the Lenders to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act.

(l) The Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (but not a conversion or continuation of Loans), and of the Issuing Banks to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit (including the initial Loans made on the Effective Date) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except where any representation and warranty is expressly made as of a specific earlier date, such representation and warranty shall be true in all material respects as of any such earlier date.

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(c) The Borrower shall have provided any required notice of such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension pursuant to Section 2.03, 2.04 or 2.05, as applicable.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.02.

SECTION 4.03. Restatement Effective Date . The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from (i) each party to this Agreement either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such party signed a counterpart of the Original Credit Agreement.

 

-80-


(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a signed certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied as of such date.

(c) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) a counterpart of a reaffirmation agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming that such Loan Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party will apply to this Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of (i) Shearman & Sterling LLP, special New York counsel to the Borrower, (ii) Sean P. Corcoran, corporate counsel to the Borrower, (iii) CMS Cameron McKenna LLP, local counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors in the United Kingdom and (iv) Allen & Overy LLP, local counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors in Luxembourg, in each case, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Credit Agreement Parties covenant and agree with the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, the audited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations of Parent and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

 

-81-


(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2011, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and related statements of operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of Parent’s Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations of Parent and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or except in the case of subclause (y) below, (b) above, a certificate substantially in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower (x) certifying as to whether, to the knowledge of such Financial Officer after reasonable inquiry, a Default has occurred and is continuing and, if so, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto; (y) in the case of any such certificate delivered for any fiscal period ending on or after June 30, 2011, setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.09 as of the last day of the period covered by such financial statements and (z) in the case of the financial statements referred to in clause (a) only, setting forth a reasonably detailed calculation of the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the period covered by such financial statements;

(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any failure to comply with Section 6.09 (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines or by such accounting firm’s professional standards and customs of the profession);

(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all annual, quarterly and current reports and proxy statements filed by Parent or any Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission;

(f) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Parent or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request; and

(g) not later than 30 days after the start of each fiscal year of Parent, (i) the annual business plan of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year approved by the board of directors of Parent, (ii) forecasts prepared by management of Parent for each fiscal month in such Fiscal Year and (iii) a projected year-end consolidated balance sheet and income statement and statement of cash flows for Parent and (y) a statement of the key assumptions (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) on which such forecasts are based.

 

-82-


Financial statements and other information required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) and 5.01(e) shall be deemed to have been delivered if such statements and information shall have been posted by the Borrower on its website or shall have been posted on IntraLinks or similar site to which all of the Lenders have been granted access or are publicly available on the SEC’s website pursuant to the EDGAR system.

The Borrower acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available information to the Lenders by posting such information on IntraLinks or similar electronic means and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public side” Lenders ( i.e ., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Parent, its Subsidiaries or their securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower agrees to identify that portion of the information to be provided to Public Lenders hereunder as “PUBLIC” and that such information will not contain material non-public information relating to Parent or its Subsidiaries (or any of their securities).

SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for prompt notification to each Lender) prompt (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) written notice after any Financial Officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any continuing Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting Parent, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d)(i) any material labor dispute to which Parent or any Subsidiary is, or is reasonably likely to become, a party, including any strikes, lockouts or other disputes relating to any of Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s plants and other facilities and (ii) any Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or related liability incurred with respect to the closing of any plant or other facility of Parent or any such Subsidiary, in each case that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

-83-


SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business . Parent will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect (i) its legal existence, and (ii) the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business, except, in the case of the preceding clause (ii), to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transaction permitted under Section 6.03 or 6.11.

SECTION 5.04. Payment of Taxes . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all of its Taxes (including Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises) before any penalty or fine accrues thereon; provided that no such Tax or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as (a) adequate reserves or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim.

SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance . Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all Property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted, except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or through self-insurance, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. All property and liability insurance relating to Collateral, including insurance requested in connection with any after-acquired Material Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.09(b), shall, as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, name the Administrative Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance), if applicable, or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable. If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance is made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or any successor act thereto), then Parent shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.06. Inspection Rights . Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or, during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and use commercially reasonable efforts to make its independent accountants available to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of Parent and the

 

-84-


Borrower, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested and in all cases subject to applicable Law and the terms of applicable confidentiality agreements; provided that (i) the Lenders will conduct such requests for visits and inspections through the Administrative Agent and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits and inspections can occur no more frequently than twice per year.

SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws; Compliance with Agreements . Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including without limitation Environmental Laws) and (ii) perform in all material respects its obligations under material agreements (other than in respect of Indebtedness) to which it is a party, in each case except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit . The proceeds of the Tranche A Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans will be used solely to provide a portion of the funds required to be paid by the Borrower and Parent in connection with the Transaction and the proceeds of Loans and other credit extensions made following the Effective Date only to finance the working capital needs, and for general corporate purposes (including refinancing of existing Indebtedness, acquisitions and other investments), of Parent and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances; Additional Security and Guarantees .

(a) The Borrower shall, and shall cause Parent and each applicable Subsidiary to, at the Borrower’s expense, comply with the requirements of the Collateral Documents and take all action reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents.

(b) Upon the formation or acquisition of any Specified Domestic Subsidiary or Specified Foreign Subsidiary by Parent or any Subsidiary (and, in the case of clause (D) below, upon the acquisition of any Material Real Property by any U.S. Loan Party), the Borrower shall, and shall cause Parent and each applicable Subsidiary to, at the Borrower’s expense within thirty (30) days (ninety (90) days in the case of a Specified Foreign Subsidiary or in the case of clause (D) below) after such formation or acquisition or such longer period as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent:

(A) deliver all certificated Equity Interests of such Subsidiary held by any Loan Party that are required to be delivered pursuant to the Collateral Documents to the Administrative Agent together with appropriately completed stock powers or other instruments of transfer executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party and all intercompany notes owing from such Subsidiary to any Loan Party required to be delivered pursuant to the Collateral Documents together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party;

 

-85-


(B) cause each such Specified Domestic Subsidiary to execute a supplement to the Guaranty and Pledge and Security Agreement and take all actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to cause the Lien created by the Pledge and Security Agreement to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent;

(C) cause each such Specified Foreign Subsidiary to execute a supplement to the Guaranty, Pledge and Security Agreement and any Foreign Security Agreement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and to take the actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to satisfy the Foreign Guarantor Collateral Requirement;

(D) cause any such Specified Domestic Subsidiary or the applicable Loan Party to deliver to the Administrative Agent to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to any Material Real Property, duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid Lien on the property described therein, together with such endorsements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) such existing surveys, if any, UCC-1 fixture filings, existing appraisals, if any, legal opinions, “life-of-loan” flood hazard determinations, evidence of insurance, affidavits and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Material Real Property; and

(E) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver a customary opinion of counsel to the Borrower with respect to the guarantee and security provided by such Specified Domestic Subsidiary or Specified Foreign Subsidiary (except, in the case of opinions in respect of any Collateral or Guaranty, to the extent such opinions are customarily delivered by lender’s counsel in the applicable jurisdiction).

(c) To the extent not completed prior to the Effective Date, the Borrower shall satisfy the requirements set forth on Schedule 5.09(c) on or prior to the dates set forth on such schedule (or such later dates as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent).

SECTION 5.10. Quarterly Conference Calls . At a time mutually agreed with the Administrative Agent that is promptly after the delivery of financial statements required by Sections 5.01(a) and (b) for each fiscal quarter or fiscal year of Parent (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011), Parent will cause appropriate financial officers of Parent to participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered.

 

-86-


SECTION 5.11. Maintenance of Ratings . The Credit Agreement Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating from S&P and a public corporate family rating from Moody’s, in each case in respect of Parent and (ii) a public rating in respect of the Loans from each of S&P and Moody’s.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

From the Effective Date until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Credit Agreement Parties covenant and agree with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness . Parent will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or permit to exist, any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.01 (other than Indebtedness under Permitted Receivables Facilities) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (b);

(c) Indebtedness of (i) Parent or any Foreign Subsidiary to any U.S. Loan Party, (ii) Parent or any Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party to Parent or any other Subsidiary, (iii) any U.S. Loan Party to any U.S. Loan Party and (iv) any Loan Party to Parent or any Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(d) Guarantees of Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary, all to the extent permitted by Section 6.05; provided that no Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Loan Party by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party will be permitted under this clause (d);

(e) Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e); provided that (i) such Indebtedness (other than Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted above in this clause (e)) is incurred prior to or within two hundred seventy (270) days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, replacement or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed $125,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

-87-


(f) Indebtedness in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Permitted Receivables Facilities of Foreign Subsidiaries; provided that the Attributable Receivables Indebtedness thereunder shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $650,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(h) Indebtedness of (i) Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors, provided that Indebtedness shall be permitted to be incurred pursuant to this clause (h)(i) only if at the time such Indebtedness is incurred the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this clause (h)(i) at such time (including such Indebtedness) would not exceed the greater of (x) $500,000,000 and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Parent for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b)) and (ii) Foreign Subsidiaries organized under the laws of the People’s Republic of China in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $150,000,000;

(i) Indebtedness under Swap Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(j) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety, stay, customs, appeal or replevin bonds or performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations issued or incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Indebtedness in respect of judgments, decrees, attachments or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII;

(l) Indebtedness consisting of bona fide purchase price adjustments, earn-outs, indemnification obligations, obligations under deferred compensation or similar arrangements and similar items incurred in connection with acquisitions and asset sales not prohibited by Section 6.05 or 6.11;

(m) Indebtedness in the form of (x) guarantees of loans and advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding, and (y) reimbursements owed to officers, directors, consultants and employees;

(n) Indebtedness consisting of obligations to make payments to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses with respect to the cancellation, or to finance the purchase or redemption, of Equity Interests of Parent permitted by Section 6.04;

(o) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of card obligations, netting services, overdraft protections, cash management services and similar arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

-88-


(p) Indebtedness consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums with the providers of such insurance or their affiliates or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

(r)(x) Permitted Debt Securities so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect thereto and on a Pro Forma Basis the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 6.09 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) prior to the incurrence of such Permitted Debt Securities and (y) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (r);

(s) other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties; provided that Indebtedness shall be permitted to be incurred pursuant to this clause (s) only if at the time such Indebtedness is incurred the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this clause (s) at such time (including such Indebtedness) would not exceed $100,000,000;

(t)(i) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation thereof and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (t); provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (t) shall not exceed $150,000,000 at any time;

(u) letters of credit denominated in foreign currencies in an aggregate face amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $50,000,000; and

(v) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (u) above.

SECTION 6.02. Liens . Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any Property now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(c) any Lien on any Property of Parent or any Subsidiary and Liens on cash collateral required to be posted for Swap Agreements from time to time, in each case, existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02 and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other Property of Parent or any Subsidiary other than (A) improvements and after-acquired Property that is affixed or incorporated into the Property covered by such Lien, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the Effective Date and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

-89-


(d) any Lien existing on any Property prior to the acquisition thereof by Parent or any Subsidiary or existing on any Property of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other Property of Parent or any other Subsidiary (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than improvements and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the Property covered by such Lien) and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(e) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved by Parent or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby (other than Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01) are incurred prior to or within two hundred seventy (270) days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair or replacement or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other Property of Parent or any Subsidiary except for accessions to such Property, Property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof; provided further that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(f) rights of setoff and similar arrangements and Liens in respect of Cash Management Obligations and in favor of depository and securities intermediaries to secure obligations owed in respect of card obligations or any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds and fees and similar amounts related to bank accounts or securities accounts (including Liens securing letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments supporting any of the foregoing);

(g) Liens on Receivables and Permitted Receivables Facility Assets, in each case, of Foreign Subsidiaries, securing Indebtedness arising under Permitted Receivables Facilities;

(h)(i) Liens on assets of a Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.01(h) and (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(p)(x) and applying only to the proceeds of the insurance policy;

 

-90-


(i) Liens (i) on “earnest money” or similar deposits or other cash advances in connection with acquisitions permitted by Section 6.05 or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any Property in a Disposition permitted under Section 6.11;

(j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of Parent or any Subsidiary or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, including Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits;

(m) Liens on property or Equity Interests (i) of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) that do not constitute Collateral, which Liens secure Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.01;

(n) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by Parent or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

(o) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 6.05;

(p) rights of setoff relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Parent or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(q) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries are located and other Liens affecting the interest of any landlord (and any underlying landlord) of any real property leased by Parent or any Subsidiary;

(r) Liens on equipment owned by Parent or any Subsidiary and located on the premises of any supplier and used in the ordinary course of business and not securing Indebtedness;

(s) any restriction or encumbrance with respect to the pledge or transfer of the Equity Interests of a Person that is not a Subsidiary;

(t) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.02, provided that a Lien shall be permitted to be incurred pursuant to this clause (t) only if at the time such Lien is incurred the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured at such time (including such Lien) by Liens outstanding pursuant to this clause (t) would not exceed $100,000,000;

 

-91-


(u) Liens on any Property of (i) any U.S. Loan Party in favor of any other U.S. Loan Party, (ii) any Foreign Guarantor in favor of any Loan Party and (iii) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of Parent or any other Subsidiary;

(v) Liens on the Collateral securing Permitted Secured Notes; provided that the collateral agent for such Permitted Secured Notes has entered into the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and

(w) Liens arising from UCC financing statement filings regarding leases and consignments entered into by Parent and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes . Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(a) any Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may be merged or consolidated with or into any Person and any Subsidiary may be liquidated or dissolved or change its legal form, in each case in order to consummate any Investment otherwise permitted by Section 6.05 or Disposition otherwise permitted by Section 6.11 or an initial public offering of the equity interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower;

(b) any (i) U.S. Loan Party may merge or consolidate with any other Person in a transaction in which a U.S. Loan Party is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation and (ii) any Foreign Loan Party may merge or consolidate with any other Person in a transaction where a Foreign Loan Party is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation; provided that any Investment in connection with this clause (b) is otherwise permitted by Section 6.05; and

(c) the Borrower may be consolidated with or merged into any Person; provided that any Investment in connection therewith is otherwise permitted by Section 6.05; and provided further that, simultaneously with such transaction, (x) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Borrower is merged shall expressly assume all obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, (y) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Borrower is merged shall be a corporation organized under the laws of a State in the United States and shall take all actions as may be required to preserve the enforceability of the Loan Documents and validity and perfection of the Liens of the Collateral Documents and (z) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement.

 

-92-


(d) Parent may be consolidated with or merged into any Person; provided that any Investment in connection therewith is otherwise permitted by Section 6.05; and provided further that, simultaneously with such transaction, (x) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Parent is merged shall expressly assume all obligations of the Parent under the Loan Documents, (y) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Parent is merged shall be a corporation organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, a State in the United States of America, a member of the European Union (as in effect on the Effective Date) or the Cayman Islands and shall take all actions as may be required to preserve the enforceability of the Loan Documents and validity and perfection of the Liens of the Collateral Documents and (z) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement.

SECTION 6.04. Restricted Payments . Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) Parent or any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or other distributions with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in shares of its Qualified Equity Interests or options to purchase Qualified Equity Interests; (b) Subsidiaries may declare and make Restricted Payments (i) ratably with respect to their Equity Interests; provided that any Restricted Payment by the Borrower under this clause (b) shall only be permitted to the extent the proceeds thereof are used by Parent or a Subsidiary to make a Restricted Parent in reliance on clause (c), (d), (g) or (h) of this Section 6.04 or to pay overhead and administrative expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower attributable to its ownership of the Borrower or (ii) to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to pay income taxes attributable to Parent and its Subsidiaries; (c) Parent may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for present or former officers, directors, consultants or employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries (i) in existence on the Effective Date and listed on Schedule 6.04 and (ii) other such plans adopted following the Effective Date in an aggregate amount pursuant to this subclause (ii) not to exceed $125,000,000 in any fiscal year (with unused amounts of such base amount available for use in the next succeeding fiscal year); (d) Restricted Payments made to consummate the Transaction; (e) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, Parent and the Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 6.07 (other than Section 6.07(a)); (f) repurchases of Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; (g) Parent and its Subsidiaries may make other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of (x) $675,000,0000 plus (y) the Available Amount; provided that no Restricted Payments shall be permitted under the foregoing clause (g) unless (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect thereto and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 6.09 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b); (h) following the first initial public offering of the common Equity Interests of Parent, dividends or distributions in an aggregate amount not to exceed 6% of the net cash proceeds received by Parent in connection with such initial public offering, (i) (x) tax distributions relating to the Transaction in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount disclosed to the Administrative Agent prior to the

 

-93-


Effective Date and (y) prior to an initial public offering of the common Equity Interests of Parent, tax distributions (other than those in connection with the Transaction or tax distributions made as a result of a Restricted Payment made in reliance on clause (g) above) to members of Parent in accordance with the terms of Parent’s partnership agreement as in effect on the Effective Date or as amended in any manner that is not adverse in any material respect to the Lenders and (j) distributions (x) to pay expenses in connection with the formation of an IPO Vehicle and/or consummating (or attempting to consummate) an initial public offering of the Equity Interests of such IPO Vehicle and (y) (i) in amounts required for any IPO Vehicle to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any IPO Vehicle, and general corporate overhead expenses of any IPO Vehicle, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and (ii) in amounts required for any IPO Vehicle to pay fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such IPO Vehicle.

SECTION 6.05. Investments . Parent will not, and will not allow any of its Subsidiaries to make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by Parent or a Subsidiary in cash and Cash Equivalents permitted when made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees of Parent and the Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Parent, provided that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity, and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing subclauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000;

(c) Investments by (i) any U.S. Loan Party in any U.S. Loan Party, (ii) Parent, Intermediate Holdco or any Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party in Parent or any Subsidiary, (iii) any U.S. Loan Party in any Foreign Subsidiary consisting solely of (x) the contribution or other Disposition of Equity Interests or Indebtedness of any other Foreign Subsidiary held directly by such U.S. Loan Party in exchange for Indebtedness, Equity Interests (or additional share premium or paid in capital in respect of Equity Interests) or a combination thereof of the Foreign Subsidiary to which such contribution is made, (y) an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary or (z) Guarantees of Indebtedness or other monetary obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries owing to any U.S. Loan Party, and (iv) any U.S. Loan Party in Parent or any Subsidiary, provided that an Investment shall be permitted to be made pursuant to this subclause (iv) only if at the time such Investment is made the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at such time (including such Investment) pursuant to this subclause (iv) (valued at cost and net of any return representing a return of capital in respect of any such Investment) would not exceed, when combined with the amount of consideration paid by U.S. Loan Parties in connection with Permitted Acquisitions for assets that are not acquired by U.S. Loan Parties or Subsidiaries that do not become U.S. Loan Parties, $700,000,000;

 

-94-


(d)(i) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business or received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(e) Investments resulting from the receipt of promissory notes and other non-cash consideration in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 6.11(c)(i), (i), (j) or (l) or Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.04;

(f) Investments existing on the Effective Date in Subsidiaries or as set forth on Schedule 6.05 and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.05;

(g) Investments in Swap Agreements permitted under Section 6.01(i);

(h) Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) the Transaction;

(j) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit;

(k) any other Investment, provided that an Investment shall be permitted to be made pursuant to this clause (k) only if at the time such Investment is made the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at such time (including such Investment) pursuant to this clause (k) (valued at cost and net of any return representing a return of capital in respect of any such Investment) would not exceed $200,000,000;

(l) any Investment; provided that the amount of such Investment (valued at cost) does not exceed the Available Amount at the time such Investment is made;

(m) advances of payroll payments, fees or other compensation to officers, directors, consultants or employees, in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests;

 

-95-


(o) Investments held by a Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date or of a corporation merged into Parent or merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.03 after the Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(p) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Investments resulting from the creation of a Lien permitted under Section 6.02 and Investments resulting from Dispositions permitted under clauses (j) or (l) of Section 6.11 or Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.04 or Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01; and

(r) customary Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in connection with Permitted Receivables Facilities; and

(s) customer financing in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding.

SECTION 6.06. Prepayments, Etc., of Indebtedness .

(a) Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest shall be permitted) any Specified Indebtedness or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Specified Indebtedness, except (i) refinancing of Specified Indebtedness with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (ii) the conversion of any Specified Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Parent, (iii) the prepayment of Specified Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary to Parent or any Subsidiary to the extent permitted by the Collateral Documents, (iv) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Specified Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount so long as (x) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) after giving effect to such prepayment, on a Pro Forma Basis the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 6.09 as of the last day of the most recent fiscal year or fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) and (v) prepayments, redemptions, purchases or defeasances of Specified Indebtedness out of the net cash proceeds of a sale of Qualified Equity Interests (other than a sale to Parent or a Subsidiary).

(b) Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Specified Indebtedness.

SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates . Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any Property to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any Property from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) at prices and on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to

 

-96-


Parent or such Subsidiary (in the good faith determination of Parent) as could reasonably be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among Parent and its Subsidiaries and any entity that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction not involving any other Affiliate, (c) the payment of customary compensation and benefits and reimbursements of out-of-pocket costs to, and the provision of indemnity on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants, employees and members of the Boards of Directors of Parent or such Subsidiary, (d) loans and advances to officers, directors, consultants and employees in the ordinary course of business, (e) Restricted Payments and other payments permitted under Section 6.04 or 6.06, (f) employment, incentive, benefit, consulting and severance arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business with officers, directors, consultants and employees of Parent or its Subsidiaries, (g) the transactions pursuant to the agreements set forth in Schedule 6.07 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (h) the Transaction and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transaction, (i) the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests and the granting of registration or other customary rights in connection therewith, (j) the existence of, and the performance by Parent or any Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any limited liability company agreement, limited partnership or other organizational document or securityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party on the Effective Date and which is set forth on Schedule 6.07 , and similar agreements that it may enter into thereafter, provided that the existence of, or the performance by Parent or any Subsidiary of obligations under, any amendment to any such existing agreement or any such similar agreement entered into after the Effective Date shall only be permitted by this Section 6.07(j) to the extent not more adverse to the interest of the Lenders in any material respect when taken as a whole (in the good faith determination of Parent) than any of such documents and agreements as in effect on the Effective Date, (k) consulting services to joint ventures in the ordinary course of business and any other transactions between or among Parent, its Subsidiaries and joint ventures that are Affiliates of Parent solely as a result of Parent’s or a Subsidiary’s Investments therein in the ordinary course of business and (l) transactions with landlords, customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

SECTION 6.08. Changes in Fiscal Year . Parent will cause its fiscal year to end on December 31 of each calendar year.

SECTION 6.09. Financial Covenant . Parent will not permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period to be greater than 2.75 to 1.0.

SECTION 6.10. Restrictive Agreements . Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Guarantor to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to holders of its Equity Interests; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) prohibitions, restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement, (ii) prohibitions, restrictions and conditions arising in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 6.11 with respect to the Property subject to such Disposition, (iii) customary prohibitions, restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to a Permitted Receivables Facility, (iv) agreements or arrangements

 

-97-


binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of Parent or any permitted extension, refinancing or renewal of, or any amendment or modification to, any such agreement or arrangement so long as any such extension, refinancing, renewal, amendment or modification is not materially more restrictive (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) than such agreement or arrangement, (v) prohibitions, restrictions and conditions set forth in Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party which is permitted by this Agreement, (vi) agreements or arrangements that are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements applicable to joint ventures, (vii) prohibitions, restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such prohibitions, restrictions or conditions apply only to the Subsidiaries incurring or Guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (viii) customary provisions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or permits so long as such prohibitions, restrictions or conditions relate only to the property subject thereto, (ix) customary provisions in leases restricting the assignment or subletting thereof, (x) customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise permitted hereunder, (xi) prohibitions, restrictions or conditions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and (xii) prohibitions, restrictions or conditions imposed by a Lien permitted by Section 6.02 with respect to the transfer of the Property subject thereto.

SECTION 6.11. Dispositions . Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out Property and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of Parent and the Subsidiaries, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Dispositions of inventory and immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of Property to the extent that (i) such Property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement Property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement Property;

(d) Dispositions of Property (i) to Parent or to a Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such Property is a U.S. Loan Party, the transferee thereof must be a U.S. Loan Party, (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment permitted under Section 6.05 and (iii) consisting of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries to other Foreign Subsidiaries;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 6.03 and 6.04 and Liens permitted by Section 6.02 and Dispositions of Receivables and Related Assets by Foreign Subsidiaries in connection with Permitted Receivables Facilities;

(f) Dispositions of cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

-98-


(g) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (other than in connection with financing transactions);

(h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of Parent and the Subsidiaries;

(i) transfers of Property to the extent subject to Casualty Events;

(j) any Disposition of Property; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Event of Default exists), no Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) at the time of any such Disposition, the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (j) (including such Disposition) would not exceed $350,000,000 in the aggregate and (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $100,000,000, Parent or a Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (iii), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: any liabilities (as shown on Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of Parent or such Subsidiary, other than Specified Indebtedness or liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which Parent and all of the Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing;

(k) Dispositions of Investments in, and issuances of any Equity Interests in, joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

(l) any Disposition of Property; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Event of Default exists), no Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) at the time of any such Disposition, the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (l) (including such Disposition but excluding Dispositions of Property listed on Schedule 6.11 ) would not exceed $600,000,000 in the aggregate, (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (l) for a purchase price in excess of $100,000,000, Parent or a Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (iii), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: any liabilities (as shown on Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of Parent or such Subsidiary, other than Specified Indebtedness and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which Parent and all of the Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing and (iv) the Borrower shall prepay Term Loans in an amount up to the Net Cash Proceeds received from such Disposition in the manner and to the extent required by Section 2.10(b);

 

-99-


provided that any Disposition of any Property to the extent classified pursuant to one or more of Sections 6.11(j) and (l) shall be for no less than the fair market value of such Property at the time of such Disposition in the good faith determination of the Borrower.

SECTION 6.12. Lines of Business .

(a) Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business substantially different from the businesses of the type conducted by Parent and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto and reasonable extensions thereof.

(b) Parent, Intermediate Holdco and any other direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower will not engage in any material business other than the management and ownership of Equity Interests of their Subsidiaries, the incurrence of Indebtedness, making of Restricted Payments and Investments and other transactions permitted by this Article VI and other activities reasonably related thereto. Parent will not own directly any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor unless at least 65% of the voting Equity Interests of such Subsidiary are pledged as Collateral under the Collateral Documents.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document required to be delivered in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

 

-100-


(d) any Credit Agreement Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Article VI;

(e) any Loan Party, as applicable, shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

(f) Parent or any Material Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, or if a grace period shall be applicable to such payment under the agreement or instrument under which such Indebtedness was created, beyond such applicable grace period;

(g) Parent or any Subsidiary shall default in the performance of any obligation in respect of any Material Indebtedness or any “change of control” (or equivalent term) shall occur with respect to any Material Indebtedness, in each case, that results in such Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, but after giving effect to any applicable grace period) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity (other than solely in Qualified Equity Interests); provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of Parent, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent, Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) Parent, Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent, Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

-101-


(j) Parent or any Material Subsidiary shall become generally unable, admit in writing its inability generally or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(k) one or more final, non-appealable judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess $50,000,000 (to the extent due and payable and not covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against Parent, any Material Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain unpaid or undischarged for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which execution shall not be bonded or effectively stayed, or any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the assets of Parent and the Material Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy;

(l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) a Change in Control shall occur;

(n) any material provision of any Collateral Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 6.03 or 6.11) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations) ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Collateral Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Collateral Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations) and termination of the Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Collateral Document, in each case with respect to a material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents,

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Parent or the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article VII), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to Parent or the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article VII, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

 

-102-


ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent

(a) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Each Secured Party appoints the Administrative Agent to act as security trustee under and in connection with any security interest which is expressed to be or is construed to be governed by English law, as set out in schedule 2 of the English law members’ charge in relation to the voting Equity Interests of Delphi International Holdings LLP.

(c) The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

(d) To the extent required by any applicable laws, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 2.16, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, within 10 days after written demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold any Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this clause (d). The agreements in this clause (d) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. The term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this clause (d), include any Issuing Bank.

 

-103-


(e) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided herein), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Parent or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided herein) or in the absence of its own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(g) The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

-104-


(h) Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower and (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing) with the consent of the Borrower (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent from among the Lenders which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

(i) Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

(j) The Lenders irrevocably agree:

(i) that any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (A) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, (y) Cash Management Obligations and (z) contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (B) at the time the Property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person (other than (x) in the case of a transfer by a U.S. Loan Party, any transfer to another U.S. Loan Party and (y) in the case of a transfer by a Foreign Guarantor, any transfer to a Loan Party), (C) subject to Section 9.02, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be required pursuant to Section 9.02), or (D) if the Property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee under the applicable Guarantee and Security Agreement pursuant to clause (iii) below;

 

-105-


(ii)(A) to release or subordinate any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02(e) and (B) that the Administrative Agent is authorized (but not required) to release or subordinate any Lien on any Property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such Property that is permitted by any other clause of Section 6.02;

(iii) that any Guarantor (other than Parent) shall be automatically released from its obligations under the applicable Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and

(iv) the Administrative Agent may enter into the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, without any further consent from any Secured Party, in connection with any incurrence by the Borrower of Permitted Debt Securities and bind the Secured Parties thereby.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be required pursuant to Section 9.02) will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of Property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guaranty and Collateral Documents pursuant to this paragraph (j). In each case as specified in this paragraph (j), the Administrative Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee and Security Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this paragraph (j).

(k) None of the Persons identified in this Agreement as an “arranger,” “bookrunner,” “co-documentation agent” or “syndication agent” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, if applicable, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to the relevant Persons in their respective capacities as an Arranger, Co-Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent in the preceding paragraph.

(l) Parallel Debt . For purposes of Luxembourg and Netherlands law Collateral Documents only:

(i) The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes, as far as necessary in advance, to pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate of all Obligations to all the Lenders and the Issuing Bank from time to time due in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (such payment undertaking and the obligations and liabilities which are the result thereof are referred to as “ Parallel Debt ”).

 

-106-


(ii) Each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges that (i) for this purpose, the Parallel Debt of the Borrower constitutes undertakings, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent which are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Obligations which the Borrower owes to any Lender or Issuing Bank and (ii) that the Parallel Debt represents the Administrative Agent’s own claim to receive payment of such Parallel Debt by the Borrower; provided that the total amount which may become due under the Parallel Debt of the Borrower under this clause (k) shall never exceed the total amount which may become due under all the Obligations of the Borrower to all the Lenders and the Issuing Bank.

(iii)(A) The total amount due by the Borrower as the Parallel Debt under this clause (k) shall be decreased to the extent that the Borrower shall have irrevocably and unconditionally paid any amounts to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank or any of them to reduce the Borrower’s outstanding Obligations or any Lender or Issuing Bank otherwise receives any amount in irrevocable and unconditional payment of such Obligations (other than by virtue of paragraph (B) hereafter); and (B) to the extent that the Borrower shall have irrevocably and unconditionally paid any amounts to the Administrative Agent under the Parallel Debt or the Administrative Agent shall have otherwise received monies in irrevocable and unconditional payment of such Parallel Debt, the total amount due under the Obligations shall be decreased.

(m) Administrative Agent as Joint and Several Creditor . For purposes of Luxembourg law Collateral Documents only:

(i) Each party hereto agrees that the Administrative Agent:

(A) will be the joint and several creditor (together with the relevant Lenders and the Issuing Bank) of each and every obligation of the Borrower towards each Lender and the Issuing Bank under this Agreement; and

(B) will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Borrower of those obligations.

(ii) Discharge by the Borrower of any obligation owed to the Administrative Agent or another Lender and the Issuing Bank shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.

(iii) Without limiting or affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights against the Borrower (whether under this Article VIII or under any other provision of this Agreement), the Administrative Agent agrees with each other Lender and the Issuing Bank (on a several and divided basis) that, subject to paragraph (iv) below, it will not exercise its rights as a joint and several creditor with a Lender or an Issuing Bank except with the consent of the relevant Lender or Issuing Bank.

 

-107-


(iv) Nothing in paragraph (iii) above shall in any way limit the Administrative Agent’s right to act in the protection or preservation of rights under or to enforce any Collateral Document as contemplated by this Agreement and/or the relevant Collateral Document (or to do any act reasonably incidental to any of the above).

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices .

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone or other electronic communications (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy or transmission by electronic communication, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, to it c/o Delphi Corporation at 5725 Delphi Drive, Troy, Michigan 48098, Attention of Sean P. Corcoran (Telecopy No. (248) 813-2491; and (in the case of a notice of a Default) to Shearman & Sterling LLP, 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention of Michael S. Baker, Esq. (Telecopy No. (646) 848-4855);

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, Loan and Agency Services Group, 1111 Fannin Street, 10 th floor, Houston, TX, 77002-6925, Attention of Alice Telles (Telecopy No. 713-750-2938) with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, 383 Madison Avenue, 24th floor, New York, NY 10179, Attention of Richard Duker (Telecopy No. 212-270-5100);

(iii) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, Loan and Agency Services Group, 1111 Fannin Street, 10 th floor, Houston, TX, 77002-6925, Attention of Alice Telles (Telecopy No. 713-750-2938) with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, 383 Madison Avenue, 24th floor, New York, NY 10179, Attention of Richard Duker (Telecopy No. 212-270-5100) or if an additional Issuing Bank is appointed, to it at the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties;

(iv) if to the Swingline Lender, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, Loan and Agency Services Group, 1111 Fannin Street, 10 th floor, Houston, TX, 77002-6925, Attention of Alice Telles (Telecopy No. 713-750-2938) with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, 383 Madison Avenue, 24th floor, New York, NY 10179, Attention of Richard Duker (Telecopy No. 212-270-5100); and

(v) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

-108-


(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address, electronic mail address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of delivery, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid.

SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments .

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (with respect to such Loan Document) or the Fee Letter (with respect to any Loan Document), neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default or mandatory prepayment shall not constitute an increase of any Commitment of any Lender, but that any waiver of any condition set forth in Section 4.02 following the Effective Date shall require the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest or premium thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” or in the component definitions thereof shall not

 

-109-


constitute a reduction in the rate; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend Section 2.12(c) or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the rate set forth therein, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each adversely affected Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the applicable Guarantee and Security Agreements, without the written consent of each Lender or (vii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Lien of the Collateral Documents, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the relevant Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and Revolving Credit Exposures and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Rate for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

-110-


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.02 to the contrary, (a) technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary (i) to integrate any Incremental Term Loans, any Incremental Revolving Loans, any Extended Term Loans or any Extended Revolving Commitments or (ii) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency and (b) without the consent of any Lender or L/C Issuer, the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent or any collateral agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into (x) any amendment, modification or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Loan Document or (y) any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the holders of Permitted Debt Securities (or any amendment or supplement thereto with respect to additional Permitted Debt Securities).

SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and their Affiliates, limited, in the case of legal expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel for the Arranger and the Administrative Agent (and, if necessary, one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and regulatory counsel), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the relevant Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, limited, in the case of legal expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel (and, if necessary, one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and regulatory counsel), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.03(a) shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

-111-


(b) The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, limited, in the case of legal expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel for the Indemnitees (and, if necessary, one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and one additional counsel for each Indemnitee in the event of conflicts of interest), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transaction or any other transactions contemplated hereby and the syndication of the Revolving Commitments and Term Loans by the Arranger, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) to the extent relating to or arising from any of the foregoing, any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (i) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates or controlling Persons or (ii) except in the case of any Agent (in its capacity as such), arise from disputes solely among Indemnitees and do not involve any conduct by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.03(b) shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the relevant Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and the Borrower hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

-112-


(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than fifteen (15) days after written demand therefor; provided , however , that an Indemnitee shall promptly refund any amount received under this Section 9.03 to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 9.03.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted hereunder, the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (other than the Borrower, its Affiliates and natural persons) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower; provided that that Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to an assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; provided further that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment of a Term Loan prior to the completion of the primary syndication of the Term Loans (as determined by the Administrative Agent), an assignment of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund, an assignment of a Revolving Commitment to a Revolving Lender or, if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignment;

(B) the Administrative Agent; and

(C) the Issuing Banks and Swingline Lender; provided that no consent of any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning

 

-113-


Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 or, in the case of a Term Loan, $1,000,000, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning:

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and related interest amounts) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).

 

-114-


The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c)(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of or notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(iii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections and Section 2.18) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.16(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”);

 

-115-


provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. Unless otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”), any disclosure required by the foregoing sentence shall be made by the relevant Lender directly and solely to the IRS. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of the participation in question for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(iii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless such entitlement to a greater payment results from a change in any Law after the sale of the participation takes place.

(iv) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(v) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Lender will assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or sell participations in its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, to any Person who is (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation or (ii) either (A) included within the term “designated national” as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515 or (B) designated under Sections 1(a), 1(b), 1(c) or 1(d) of Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (published September 25, 2001) or similarly designated under any related enabling legislation or any other similar executive orders.

SECTION 9.05. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement

 

-116-


or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Effect of Restatement . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.03, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or pdf shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall supersede the Original Credit Agreement in its entirety; provided that the effectiveness of this Agreement shall not constitute a novation of any amount owing under the Original Credit Agreement and all amounts owing in respect of principal, interest, fees and other amounts pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement shall, to the extent not paid prior to the Restatement Effective Date, shall continue to be owing under this Agreement. From and after the Restatement Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” (or similar term) in the Loan Documents shall, unless the context plainly requires otherwise, refer to this Agreement and all obligations of any Loan Party under the Guaranty, the Pledge and Security Agreement and each other Loan Document shall apply to this Agreement to the same extent as the Original Credit Agreeement.

SECTION 9.07. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final and in whatever currency denominated) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the Obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations

 

-117-


may be unmatured; provided that, in the case of any deposits or other obligations for the credit or the account of any Foreign Subsidiary, such setoff may only be against any Obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York (without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby).

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court except that nothing in this Section 9.09 shall limit the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce the provisions of any Loan Document against any Loan Party in any other jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The foregoing shall not affect any right that any party hereto may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any other party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY

 

-118-


OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, partners, members, employees, managers, administrators, trustees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors solely for the purpose of, or otherwise directly in connection with this Agreement (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential pursuant to the terms hereof), (b) to the extent requested or required by any Governmental Authority or by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any representative thereof, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process ( provided , however , that, to the extent practicable and permitted by law, the Borrower has been notified prior to such disclosure so that the Borrower may seek, at the Borrower’s sole expense, a protective order or other appropriate remedy), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder ( provided , however , to the extent practicable and permitted by law, the Borrower is notified prior to such disclosure so that the Borrower may seek, at the Borrower’s sole expense, a protective order or other appropriate remedy), (f) subject to an agreement for the benefit of the Borrower containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee or any prospective assignee of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (and to any Participant or prospective Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement) or (ii) any direct or indirect actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to any ratings agency or the CUSIP Bureau or any similar organization or to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or, to the knowledge of such disclosing person, as a result of a breach of a confidentiality agreement with any other Person or (ii) that is or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower not in violation of any obligation of confidentiality. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available (other than as a result of a breach of this Section) to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender prior to disclosure by the Borrower.

 

-119-


EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR AFFILIATES AND RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED CUSTOMARY PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH CUSTOMARY PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NOTHING IN THE FOREGOING SHALL (I) PREVENT ANY LENDER FROM DISCLOSING INFORMATION TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING PARAGRAPH OR (II) DIMINISH THE OBLIGATION OF THE BORROWER TO IDENTIFY INFORMATION THAT MAY BE PROVIDED TO PUBLIC LENDERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FINAL PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 5.01.

SECTION 9.13. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Act.

SECTION 9.14. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.15. No Fiduciary Duty . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges the other Loan Parties’ understanding, that (i) each transaction contemplated by this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction, between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) in connection with each such transaction and the process leading thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders will act solely as principals and not as agents or fiduciaries of the Loan Parties or any of their stockholders, affiliates, creditors, employees or any other party, (iii) neither the Administrative

 

-120-


Agent nor any Lender will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender has advised or is currently advising any Loan Party on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender will have any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth herein, (iv) the Administrative Agent and each Lender may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their affiliates, and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has provided or will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby and the Loan Parties have consulted and will consult their own legal, accounting, regulatory, and tax advisors to the extent it deems appropriate. The matters set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents reflect an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand. The Borrower agrees that the Loan Parties shall not assert any claims that any Loan Party may have against the Administrative Agent or any Lender based on any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-121-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

DELPHI CORPORATION, as Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Clark

 

Name: Kevin P. Clark

 

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED & RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]


DELPHI AUTOMOTIVE LLP, as Parent

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Clark

 

Name:

  Kevin P. Clark
 

Title:

  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

By:

 

/s/ David M. Sherbin

 

Name:

  David M. Sherbin
 

Title:

  Vice President and General Counsel

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED & RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]


DELPHI HOLDINGS S.A.R.L., as Intermediate
Holdco

By:

 

/s/ David M. Sherbin

 

Name:     David M. Sherbin

 

Title:       “A” Manager

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED & RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a
Lender, as the Swingline Lender, as the Issuing Bank
and as Administrative Agent

By:

 

/s/ Robert P. Kellas

 

Name:

  Robert P. Kellas
 

Title:

  Executive Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED & RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT]


CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Wayne C. Beckmann

  Name:   Wayne C. Beckmann
  Title:   Managing Director

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Kevin Cullen

  Name:   Kevin Cullen
  Title:   Director

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Erin Morrissey

  Name:   Erin Morrissey
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Seottye Lindsey

  Name:   Seottye Lindsey
  Title:   Director

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Robert Ehudin

  Name:   Robert Ehudin
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:   /s/ Sherrese Clark
   
  Name:   Sherrese Clarke
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Shaheen Malik

  Name: Shaheen Malik
  Title: Vice President
By:  

/s/ Kevin Buddhdew

  Name: Kevin Buddhdew
  Title: Associate

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Stephen H. Corey

 

Name: Stephen H. Corey

 

Title: Director - CAG

By:

 

/s/ Kashif Malik

 

Name: Kashif Malik

 

Title: Director - CAG

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


UNICREDIT BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Thomas Dusch

  Name: Thomas Dusch
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Pranav Surendranth

  Name: Pranav Surendranth
  Title: Director

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


PNC BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Richard C. Hampson

  Name: Richard C. Hampson
  Title: Senior Vice President

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)


CAPITAL ONE LEVERAGE FINANCE CORP.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Paul Dellova

  Name: Paul Dellova
  Title: SVP

(Amended & Restated Credit Agreement signature page)

Exhibit 10.12

DELPHI LLC ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Delphi LLC Annual Incentive Plan (“the Plan ”) is to reward performance and provide future incentives to employees who contribute to the success of the business of Delphi LLC (“ Delphi ”). The Plan is available for incentive programs not to exceed a period of one year for eligible employees. Because the Plan does not provide welfare benefits and does not provide for the deferral of compensation to termination of employment, it is established with the intent and understanding that it is not an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. To the extent any award under the Plan would become subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), such award shall be granted in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code and any binding regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

2. EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN

This Plan shall become effective on October 8, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”). Awards may be made under this Plan until the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

3. PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND ELIGIBILITY

 

(a) The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Delphi Board of Managers comprised solely of “outside directors” as described under Section 162(m) of the Code (the “ Committee ”), as from time to time constituted pursuant to the By-Laws of Delphi, may authorize target award grants to employees. The Committee, in its sole discretion, determines the performance period; the performance levels at which different percentages of such awards will be earned, the collective amount for all awards to be granted at any one time, and the individual grants with respect to employees who are officers of Delphi. The Committee may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer, the officers or such other committee or individual as determined by the Committee responsibility for determining, within the limits established by the Committee, individual award grants for employees who are not officers. With regard to awards that are intended to meet the performance-based exception from the tax deductibility limitations in Section 162(m) of the Code (the “ Performance-Based Exception ”) and that are made to an employee who is expected to be a “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, such delegation shall not include authority or responsibility which would cause the employee’s award to fail the Performance Based Exception. All such awards will be denominated and paid in cash (U.S. dollars or local currency equivalent).


(b) Full power and authority to construe and interpret the Plan are vested in the Committee. The Committee determines the selection of employees for participation in the Plan and also decides any questions and settles any disputes or controversies that may arise. Any person who accepts any award hereunder agrees to accept as final, conclusive, and binding all determinations of the Committee and the Delphi officers. The Committee has the right, in the case of participants not employed in the United States, to vary from the provisions of the Plan in order to preserve its incentive features.

 

(c) Only persons who are employees of Delphi are eligible to receive an award under the Plan. Subject to such additional limitations or restrictions as the Committee may impose, the term “ employees ” means persons (i) who are employed by Delphi, or any subsidiary (as defined below), including employees who are also directors of Delphi or any such subsidiary, or (ii) who accept (or previously have accepted) employment, at the request of Delphi, with any entity that is not a subsidiary but in which Delphi has, directly or indirectly, a substantial ownership interest. For purposes of this Plan, the term “ subsidiary ” means (x) a corporation of which the Delphi owns, directly or indirectly, capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation, or (y) any unincorporated entity of which Delphi can exercise, directly or indirectly, comparable control. The Committee will determine when and to what extent individuals otherwise eligible for consideration become employees and when any individual will be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan. To the extent determined by the Committee, the term employees will include former employees and any executor(s), administrator(s), or other legal representatives of an employee’s estate.

 

4. DETERMINATION OF ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARD

 

(a) Prior to the grant of any target award, the Committee will establish performance levels for each such award related to the enterprise (as defined below) at which 100% of the award will be earned and a range (which need not be the same for all awards) within which greater and lesser percentages will be earned. The term “ enterprise ” means Delphi, or any unit or portion thereof, and any entities in which Delphi has, directly or indirectly, a substantial ownership interest. The establishment of performance levels by the Committee will occur before the commencement of or within twenty-five percent (25%) of the beginning of the performance period. The “ performance period ” will be twelve (12) months or less.

 

(b)

With respect to the performance levels to be established, the Committee will establish the specific measures for each grant at the time of such grant. In creating these measures, the Committee may establish the specific goals based upon or relating to one or more of the following business criteria: return on assets, return on net assets, asset turnover, return on equity, return on capital, firm value, market price appreciation of Delphi common stock, economic value added, total stockholder return, net income, pre-tax income, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), earnings per share, operating profit margin, net income margin, sales margin, cash flow, market share, inventory turnover, sales growth, capacity utilization, increase in customer base, environmental health and safety, diversity, and/or

 

2


 

quality. The business criteria may be expressed in absolute terms or relative to the performance of other companies or to an index. When establishing performance goals for a performance period, the Committee may exclude any or all “extraordinary items” as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of Delphi, discontinued operations, other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of accounting changes.

 

(c) No target award will be granted to any director of Delphi who is not an employee at the date of grant.

 

(d) The Committee may adjust the performance levels and goals for any performance period; provided , however , with respect to awards designed to qualify for the Performance Based Exception, the performance levels and goals may not be adjusted after the Committee has approved them for a performance period in a manner that would increase the amount of the resulting annual incentive award. Nevertheless, the Committee shall have the authority to make appropriate adjustments as it deems equitable in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting Delphi, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or such other factors as the Committee may determine to preserve the incentive features of the Plan (including, without limitation, any adjustments that would result in the Company paying non-deductible compensation to a participant).

 

5. DETERMINATION AND PAYMENT OF FINAL AWARD

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the percentage of each target award to be distributed to an employee will be determined by the Committee on the basis of the performance levels established for such award and the performance of the applicable enterprise or specified portion thereof, as the case may be, during the performance period. Following determination of the final payout percentage, the Committee may, upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer, make adjustments to awards for officers to reflect individual performance during such period, which for covered officers will involve only negative discretion. Adjustments to awards to reflect individual performance for employees who are not Strategy Board members and who are not officers may be made by the Chief Executive Officer, other officer or such other committee or individual as determined by the Committee. To the extent any negative adjustments are made to awards, the amount of such adjustments, in aggregate, shall be included in awards of other employees. Any target award, as determined and adjusted, is herein referred to as a “final award.” No award will be paid to a “covered employee” unless and until the Committee certifies the performance in writing. The total award paid to any employee for any year will not exceed $7.5 million.

 

3


(b) Payment of any final award (or portion thereof) to an employee is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent that such employee: (i) continue to render services as an employee through the end of the performance period, unless waived by the Committee, (ii) refrain from engaging in any activity through the end of the performance period which, in the opinion of the Committee, is competitive with any activity of Delphi or any subsidiary (except that employment at the request of Delphi with an entity in which Delphi has, directly or indirectly, a substantial ownership interest, or other employment specifically approved by the Committee, may not be considered to be an activity which is competitive with any activity of Delphi or any subsidiary) and from otherwise acting, either prior to or after termination of employment, in any manner inimical or in any way contrary to the best interests of Delphi, and (iii) furnish to the Corporation such information with respect to the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent as the Committee may reasonably request.

 

(c) Final Awards shall vest at the end of the performance period and shall be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the applicable performance period, but in no event later than March 15 following the last day of the applicable performance period.

 

6. TREATMENT OF AWARDS UPON EMPLOYEE’S DEATH OR TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

(a) If an employee is dismissed for cause or quits employment at any time, without the prior written consent of Delphi, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, the award will terminate on the date of termination of employment.

 

(b) If, upon death or a qualified termination of an employee’s employment prior to the end of any performance period, the Committee determines to waive the condition precedent of continuing to render services as provided in paragraph 5(b), then the target award granted to such employee with respect to such performance period will be reduced pro rata based on the number of months remaining in the performance period after the month of death or termination; provided , that such actions would not cause any payment to result in deferred compensation that is subject to the additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. The final award for such employee will be determined by the Committee (i) on the basis of the performance levels established for such award (including the minimum performance level) and the performance level achieved through the end of the performance period and (ii) in the discretion of the Committee, on the basis of individual performance during the period prior to death or termination.

A qualified termination will include involuntary separations, permanent medical disability or any other termination, as approved by the Committee, albeit not described herein.

A qualifying leave of absence, determined in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, will not be deemed to be a termination of employment but, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, the employee’s target award may, but shall not be required to, be reduced pro rata based on the number of months during which such person was on such leave of absence during the performance period; provided , that such actions would not cause any payment to result in deferred compensation that is subject to the additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. A target award will not vest during a leave of absence granted an employee for government service.

 

4


7. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

(a) Upon the effective date of any Change in Control of the Corporation all outstanding unvested awards granted under this Plan will vest on a pro-rata basis based on the greater of target award or actual performance during the applicable performance period up to the date of the Change in Control. The pro-rated award shall be paid as a single lump sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of the Change in Control, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which the Change in Control occurs.

 

(b) The term “ Change in Control ” shall have the same meaning given such term in the change in control provisions of the 2010 Management Value Creation Plan.

 

8. PLAN AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, at any time, amend, modify, suspend, or terminate this Plan provided that no such action (a) adversely affects the rights of an employee with respect to previous target awards or final awards under the Plan (except as otherwise permitted), and the Plan, as constituted prior to such action, continues to apply with respect to target awards previously granted and final awards which have not been paid, (b) increases the limit on the maximum amount of final awards for covered officers, (c) renders any director of Delphi who is not an employee at the date of grant or any member of the Committee or the Audit Committee of the Delphi Board of Managers, eligible to be granted a target award, or (d) permits any target award to be granted under this Plan after the Expiration Date; provided , that no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders if such approval is required to preserve the exemption of awards granted under the plan from the limitations of deductibility of Section 162(m).

 

9. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS AND CONFLICT OF LAWS

Every right of action by, or on behalf of Delphi or by any stockholder against any past, present, or future member of the Board of Directors, officer, or employee of Delphi or its subsidiaries arising out of or in connection with this Plan will, irrespective of the place where action may be brought and irrespective of the place of residence of any such director, officer, or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises. Any and all right of action by any employee (past, present, or future) against Delphi arising out of or in connection with this Plan will, irrespective of the place where an action may be brought, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises. This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws, and construed accordingly.

 

5


10. MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a) All final awards which have been awarded in accordance with the provisions of the Plan will be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the related performance period. If Delphi has any unpaid claim against an employee arising out of or in connection with the employee’s employment with the Corporation, such claim may be offset against awards under the Plan. Such claim may include, but is not limited to, unpaid taxes or corporate business credit card charges.

 

(b) To the extent that any employee, former employee, or any other person acquires a right to receive payments or distributions under this Plan, such right will be no greater than the right of a general unsecured creditor of Delphi. All payments and distributions will be paid from the general assets of Delphi. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between Delphi and any employee, former employee, or any other person.

 

(c) If an employee is promoted during the award period, a target award may be increased to reflect such employee’s new responsibilities.

 

(d) The expenses of administering this Plan will be borne by Delphi.

 

(e) Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, with the exception of transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution, no target or final award is assignable or transferable and, during the lifetime of the employee, any payment of any final award will only be made to the employee.

 

(f) In the event of death, the executor(s) or administrator(s) of the employee’s estate, or such other person(s) as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, may receive payment, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Plan, provided the executor(s), administrator(s), or other person supplies documentation satisfactory to Delphi to so act. Upon making such determination, Delphi is relieved of any further liability regarding any award to the deceased employee.

 

(g)

If Delphi’s financial results are materially restated, the Committee may review the circumstances surrounding the restatement and determine whether and which employees will be required to forfeit the right to receive any future payments and/or repay any prior payments determined by the Committee to have been inappropriately received by the

 

6


 

employee. If Delphi’s financial results are restated due to fraud, any employee who the Committee determines participated in or is responsible for the fraud causing the need for the restatement forfeits the right to receive any future payments under the Plan and must repay any amounts paid in excess of the amounts that would have been paid based on the restated financial results. Any repayments required under this Section 10(g) must be made by the employee within ten (10) days following written demand from Delphi.

 

(h) It is intended that the Plan and awards issued hereunder will comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder) to the extent the awards are subject thereto, and the Plan and such awards shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent. The Plan and any award agreements issued thereunder may be amended in any respect deemed by the Board or the Committee to be necessary in order to preserve compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

7

Exhibit 10.13

DELPHI CORPORATION

Supplemental Executive Retirement Program

Effective for Separations on or after October 7, 2009

Updated January 1, 2011

 

 

November 19, 2010


The Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (the “ SERP ” or the “Plan”) is an unfunded, nonqualified benefit program structured to qualify for certain exemptions from the eligibility, funding and other requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”). The Plan Sponsor is Delphi Corporation (“Delphi” or the “Company”). SERP benefits are computed without regard to compensation limits imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ IRC ”). The SERP is a defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan that provides a benefit (the “ SERP Benefit ”) to supplement any benefit provided from the Delphi Retirement Program for Salaried Employees (the “ SRP ”), a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. (The SRP was frozen on September 30, 2008 and terminated by the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation on July 31, 2009.) The SERP Benefit was originally frozen on September 30, 2008 based on prior service while employed by DPH Holdings Corp. f/k/a Delphi Corporation (“DPHH”) and therefore, it is closed to newly hired or appointed executives at Delphi. The accrual for benefit calculation is determined as of December 31, 2006, so Average Monthly Base Salary, Average Monthly Incentive Compensation and Credited Service are only calculated through December 31, 2006.

SECTION I. PURPOSE OF THE SERP

The purpose of the SERP is to assure that eligible separating salaried executive employees of the Company receive an overall level of retirement benefits which are competitive with the peer group of companies selected by the Delphi Corporation Board of Directors (the “Board”). To achieve this competitive objective, the retirement benefits determined under the SRP and certain other Delphi-provided benefit programs, may be supplemented by benefits, if any, provided under the formulas of this SERP. It is intended that this SERP qualify as an “excess benefit plan” under Section 3(36) of ERISA and, in relevant part as a plan “providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under Section 201(2) of ERISA.

SECTION II. DEFINITIONS

“Accrual Date” means December 31, 2006.

“Average Monthly Base Salary” means the average of monthly base salary for the highest 48 months between January 1, 1999 and the Accrual Date. If an eligible participant has less than 48 months of participation as of the Accrual Date, then for each missing month the monthly base salary will equal the employee’s first monthly base salary.

Example: As of the Accrual Date, the participant only had 36 months of monthly base salary. The average will be calculated by adding 12 additional months of base salary to the actual 36 months to determine Average Monthly Base Salary; with each of the additional 12 months being equal to the very first month of the employee’s actual monthly base salary.

“Average Monthly Incentive Compensation” means the total of the highest four years of annual incentive awards earned during the period 1999 through and including 2006, divided by 48. For this purpose, annual incentive awards shall include any semi-annual awards earned during 2006 but paid in 2007. Neither Performance Achievement Plan awards, Stock Incentive Plan grants, Long Term Incentive Plan awards, nor any other form of payment, are eligible for inclusion in determining an Alternative Formula Benefit amount. Non-consecutive years within the period 1999 through 2006 may be used for determining the Average Monthly Incentive Compensation. However, if an eligible participant has less than 48 months of participation as of the Accrual Date, then for each missing month the incentive compensation will be equal to zero.

 

  1   November 19, 2010


Example : As of the Accrual Date, the participant only had three years of incentive compensation. The three years of incentive compensation would be added together and divided by 48 to determine the Average Monthly Incentive Compensation.

“Cause” means (1) if the executive employee has entered into an employment agreement with Delphi, that Delphi has determined, in its sole discretion, that the termination met the employment agreement’s definition of “cause”, or (2) if the executive employee has not entered into an employment agreement with Delphi, a determination by Delphi, in its sole discretion, that any of the following occurred, and that if such circumstance was curable, Delphi has determined in its sole discretion that the circumstance remained uncured after the executive employee was given a ten business day period to cure: (A) continued failure by the executive employee to satisfactorily perform his duties, (B) willful misconduct or gross negligence by the executive employee in the performance of his duties, including insubordination, (C) the executive employee’s commission of any felony or his/her commission of any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude (including entry of a guilty or nolo contendere plea), or (D) the executive employee’s commission of any act involving dishonesty that results in material financial, reputational or other harm, monetary or otherwise, to the Company, or it’s parent or its affiliates and subsidiaries, including but not limited to an act constituting misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of Delphi or its parent, affiliates or subsidiaries.

“Company” means Delphi Corporation.

“Delphi” means Delphi Corporation.

“Effective Date” means the effective date of this plan, October 7, 2009.

“Eligibility Credited Service” means the total of SRP Part B credited service as of the September 30, 2008 freeze date; plus SRP Part C credited service (i.e., the “Retirement Accumulation Plan”) as of the September 30, 2008 freeze date; plus the number of months employed between October 1, 2008 and the day immediately preceding the earlier of separation, death, or on set of disability. Note: An employee election to take an in-service withdrawal of Part B contributions plus interest before September 30, 2008 will reduce the Part B credited service, but an in-service withdrawal that occurs on or after October 1, 2008 does not impact Part B credited service. Example: As of September 30, 2009, an employee had 0 years of Part B credited service and 4 years of Part C credited service. The employee subsequently separates from Delphi on December 31, 2012. The employee receives an additional 3 years and 3 months of eligibility credited service for a total of 7 years and 3 months.

“Plan Administrator” means the Delphi Corporation Board of Directors (the Board).

“Plan Year” means the calendar year.

“SRP” means the Delphi Retirement Program for Salaried Employees. This plan was sponsored by DPHH, frozen on September 30, 2008, and terminated by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on July 31, 2009.

SECTION III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE SERP

 

  (a) The SERP will at all times be maintained, considered, and administered as a nonqualified plan that is wholly separate and distinct from the SRP. Moreover, it will be maintained as an unfunded plan.

 

  2   November 19, 2010


  (b) Benefits under this SERP are not guaranteed.

 

  (c) The Company administers the SERP. The Program Administrator may delegate various aspects of administration as it deems appropriate and to the extent permitted by applicable law. Additionally, any committee or person delegated various aspects of administration may sub-delegate that authority as appropriate and as permitted by applicable law. Committees or persons delegated various aspects of administration have discretionary authority to construe, interpret, apply, make factual determinations regarding, and administer the SERP in accordance with its terms. Any interpretation or determination regarding the SERP made by the Program Administrator, or any committee or person(s) delegated the authority to make such an interpretation or determination, will be given full force and effect, unless it is proven that the interpretation or determination was arbitrary and capricious. Any claims with respect to determinations made under this SERP may be appealed as described in Section XI hereunder.

 

  (d) The Employee Benefits Plan Committee (EBPC) has been delegated, among other powers, the discretionary authority to interpret, construe and make final determinations, including factual findings, of any and all claims under the SERP. Any and all decisions of the EBPC as to interpretation or application of the SERP will be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties, including the Company, the stockholders, and the participants and beneficiaries of the SERP. Any interpretation or determination regarding the SERP made by the EBPC will be given full force and effect; unless it is proven that the interpretation or determination was arbitrary and capricious.

 

  (e) The Program Administrator, and any committee or person delegated authority regarding the SERP, has the full power to engage and employ such recordkeeping, legal, actuarial, auditing, tax, and other such agents, as it will determine, in its sole discretion, to be in the best interest of the Company, the SERP, and its participants and beneficiaries.

 

  (f) The expenses of administering this SERP will be borne by the Company and may not be charged against its participants and beneficiaries.

SECTION IV. ELIGIBILITY

To be eligible for a vested SERP Benefit under either the Regular or Alternative Formula, an executive employee must:

 

  (a) have been be a regular Active U.S. or U.S. Expatriate executive employee of DPHH on or before September 30, 2008, (executive appointments on or after October 1, 2008 are ineligible for benefits under this Plan) and was continuously an executive employee through the Effective Date and hired by Delphi (the successor employer) on the Effective Date;

 

  (b) have been a regular Active U.S. or U.S. Expatriate executive employee of DPHH on the Effective Date, hired by Delphi and continuously employed by Delphi until the earlier of the date of separation, death or onset of disability;

 

  (c) have at least 10 years of Eligibility Credited Service as of the day immediately preceding the earlier of separation, death or onset of disability; and

 

  3   November 19, 2010


  (d) be at least 55 years of age as of the date of separation, death or onset of disability.

Notwithstanding paragraphs (a)-(d) of this Section IV, an executive employee will be eligible for a SERP Benefit under either the Regular or Alternative Formula if he or she is involuntarily separated from employment, regardless of age, on or after October 7, 2009; provided , that (1) at the time of the separation the executive employee would have satisfied the conditions of Section IV(a) through (d) above if the minimum credited service requirements in Section IV(c) were reduced to 5 years and (2) the involuntary separation is by the Company other than for Cause or, in the case of an executive employee who has entered into an employment agreement with the Company, by the executive employee for Good Reason (as defined in such employment agreement).

Also notwithstanding the above paragraphs (a) through (d), those executives age 59 years of age or younger as of the Effective Date, will only be eligible for SERP benefits upon voluntary separation from service following the earlier of (i) attainment of age 60; or (ii) completion of two years of service after the Effective Date at the time of separation.

SERP Benefits will be suspended or forfeited if an executive or retired executive employee engages in any activity that is competitive with the Company and/or otherwise acts in a manner inimical or contrary to the best interests of the Company, or if an executive or retired executive employee does not respond to the Company’s request for information relating to this paragraph.

Brakes and Suspension business sale – The Delphi Brakes and Suspension (“B&S”) business was sold on November 1, 2009. Delphi determined, consistent with Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)(4), that for purposes of providing SERP benefits Delphi will continue to consider the six executives of the B&S business whose employment will continue with the B&S business under new ownership as participants under this SERP. As such, the service at BeijingWest Industries (“BWI”) by the named six executives (separately named in confidential Attachment 1) will be recognized as Eligibility Credited Service under this SERP.

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, monthly benefits payable under this Plan shall be payable to executives of the Company and/or its predecessor company DPH Holdings that separated from service prior to October 7, 2009 and identified on confidential Attachment 2. The named individual would otherwise be eligible for monthly benefits under this Plan but for such separation from service.

SECTION V. CALCULATION OF THE REGULAR FORMULA OF SERP BENEFITS

The Regular Formula of this SERP (benefit accrual determined as of December 31, 2006) is a monthly amount equal to two percent (2%) of Average Monthly Base Salary multiplied by the total of the years of credited service (determined as of December 31, 2006) used to determine the frozen SRP Part B Supplementary Benefit and the years of service under the frozen SRP Part C as of the accrual date; less the sum of:

 

  (a) the unreduced frozen monthly SRP Part A and B benefits (prior to reduction for the cost of any survivor coverage and any reduction for age required under SRP) and the unreduced monthly single lifetime annuity attributable to frozen SRP Part C (as if payment was being commenced at age 65) as of the Accrual Date; and

 

  (b) $42.32 (2% of $2,116.00, which is the monthly maximum Primary Social Security benefit payable for 2007) multiplied by the total of the executive’s years of frozen SRP Part A credited service and years of service under frozen SRP Part C as of the Accrual Date.

 

  4   November 19, 2010


SECTION VI. CALCULATION OF THE ALTERNATIVE FORMULA OF SERP BENEFITS

The Alternative Formula of this SERP (benefit accrual determined as of December 31, 2006) is a monthly amount equal to 1.5% of average total direct compensation (Average Monthly Base Salary plus Average Monthly Annual Incentive Compensation) multiplied by the employee’s years of credited service (determined as of December 31, 2006 and not to exceed 35 years) used to determine the SRP Part B Supplementary Benefit and the years of service under SRP Part C as of the Accrual Date, less the sum of:

 

  (a) the unreduced monthly SRP Part A and B benefits payable (prior to reduction for the cost of any survivor coverage and any reduction for age required under SRP) and the unreduced monthly single lifetime annuity attributable to SRP Part C (as if payment was being commenced at age 65) as of the Accrual Date; and

 

  (b) $2,116.00 (which was the maximum monthly Primary Social Security benefit payable for 2007).

SECTION VII. AMOUNT AND DISTRIBUTION FORM OF SERP BENEFIT

 

  (a) The SERP Benefit is the five year monthly annuity form of payment described in this Section VII.

 

  (b) Calculation of five year monthly installment payments is as follows:

 

  (i) The amount calculated using the Regular Formula will be compared to the amount calculated using the Alternate Formula and the higher amount will be used to determine the SERP Benefit.

 

  (ii) Once the higher amount is determined, it may be further reduced depending on the participant’s age at SERP Benefit commencement in years and months* based on the following schedule:

 

age 62 or older

  100%   age 58   84%

age 61

  96%   age 57   80%

age 60

  92%   age 56   75%

age 59

  88%   age 55   70%

 

* prorated for intermediate ages on the basis of complete calendar months, by which the participant is under the age attained at the participant’s next birthday.

 

  (iii) After the age reduction for early commencement is applied, if any, the ultimate amount will be reduced by 10%.

 

  (iv)

After the age reduction for early commencement, if any, and the additional 10% reduction is applied, the amount (determined in step (iii) above) will represent a lifetime monthly benefit. The lifetime monthly benefit will be actuarially converted into 60 equal consecutive monthly

 

  5   November 19, 2010


 

amounts. The conversion will use the mortality table described in Revenue Ruling 2001-62. and the annual interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities as specified by the Commissioner for the month of July preceding the Plan Year. This calculation will determine the participant’s monthly benefit, which will be divided in two equal amounts and paid semi-monthly for 60 consecutive months.

 

  (c) Long Term Disability Benefit Offset Calculation

If an executive employee is eligible for benefits under the company paid Long Term Disability (LTD) following his or her retirement date, the SERP Benefit calculated under paragraph (b) will be reduced by any LTD payable or paid. Since LTD is payable only until age 65, the following methodology will be used:

 

  (i) First, actuarially convert the LTD amounts that are payable during the same period as the monthly payments determined under paragraph (b) into equal monthly amounts payable over that same period, using the assumptions described in paragraph (b)(iv) above.

 

  (ii) Second, offset the monthly payments payable under paragraph (b) through age 65 by the monthly amounts calculated under paragraph (c)(i). Any remaining monthly payments payable under paragraph (b) after age 65 would not be subject to offset.

 

  (iii) The amount calculated will not be adjusted for future changes in the LTD amount, regardless of the reason (Social Security Disability Insurance Benefit awards, death of the participant, etc.).

 

  (d) Post Retirement Increases

Any post-retirement increase or decrease under the frozen SRP (including any increases attributable to adjustments under the IRC Section 415 or decreases due to PBGC limits) will not reduce any benefit payable under this SERP.

SECTION VIII. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

 

  (a)

Monthly SERP benefits are paid in two equal semi-monthly installments on the 15 th and the last day of each month in which a participant is eligible. For separations on or after October 7, 2009, payment of the monthly SERP Benefit shall commence as of the latest of the month following (i) the participant’s separation from service (last day worked) with the Company (within the meaning of IRC section 409A), (ii) the participant’s 55th birthday, or (iii) following the Effective Date.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any payment of the monthly SERP Benefit with respect to any individual who is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of IRC section 409A) shall commence no earlier than the earlier of (i) the first day of the first month commencing at least 6 months following the participant’s separation from service with the Company (within the meaning of IRC section 409A) or (ii) the participant’s date of death. During the six month waiting period, all amounts payable under this SERP will accumulate without interest and be paid with the first monthly payment to be

 

  6   November 19, 2010


 

paid as described above. Specified employees will be identified on December 31 st with an effective date of the following March 1 st . The prior years’ determination of specified employees will be used to determine the IRC Section 409A impact (if any) for employees who separate between January 1 and March 1.

 

  (c) The payment of benefits under the SERP will be reduced by the amount (no greater than $5,000 in any calendar year) that a participant owes the Company or any subsidiary, for any reason, including benefit overpayments, wage overpayments, and amounts due under all incentive compensation plans. The participant will be relieved of liability in the amount of the reduction following the payment to the Company.

 

  (d) For purposes of this Section, the individuals listed in confidential Attachment 1 (executive participants who were a part of the sale of the Brakes and Suspension business sale on November 1, 2009, who became employees of BeijingWest Industries) will be treated as separating from service with the Company upon separation from service with BWI, consistent with Delphi’s determination pursuant to Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-1(h)(4) and 1.409A-1(g) (last sentence).

SECTION IX. DEATH BENEFITS

 

  (a) Should an active executive employee who is eligible for SERP Benefits die after age 55, a death benefit under the SERP will be payable to the surviving spouse of the participant. If there is no eligible spouse, a SERP death benefit will be payable to the participant’s primary beneficiary under the Delphi Salaried Retirement Savings Program (SRSP). If the primary beneficiary has predeceased the executive, any contingent beneficiaries designated under the SRSP will receive the death benefit. If more than one person is named as the eligible beneficiary for the SRSP at the date of death, the death benefit will be paid in the percentages designated for their respective interests as eligible beneficiaries. If their respective interests are not specified, their interests shall be several and equal. If there is no SRSP beneficiary designation, then the Basic Group Life Insurance beneficiary will be deemed to be the beneficiary of record. If there is no Basic Life Insurance beneficiary the SERP death benefit will be made payable to the participant’s estate. The SERP death benefit will be equal to the present value of the SERP Benefit payments paid in a lump sum as of the first day of the month following the date of death.

 

  (b) Should an executive employee die after commencing the SERP benefit during the 60 monthly payment period, any SERP Benefit remaining will be paid in a lump sum to the surviving spouse or beneficiary determined under (a) above. The SERP death benefit will be equal to the present value of any remaining monthly SERP Benefit payments paid in a lump sum as of the first day of the month following the date of death.

 

  (c)

If an eligible executive employee or eligible separated executive employee dies after the Effective Date and prior to the executive’s attaining age 55, a SERP benefit will be payable provided (1) that at the time of death the executive employee would have satisfied the conditions of Section IV(a) and (b) above and the minimum credited service requirement in Section IV(c) was reduced to 5 years and (2) the deceased executive employee was married for at least 12 months prior to the date of death and the spouse is still living as of the first day of the month following the date the deceased

 

  7   November 19, 2010


 

employee would have been age 55. A surviving spouse who meets the these requirements will be entitled to a SERP death benefit equal to the present value of the SERP Benefit payments paid in a lump sum on the first day of the month following the date the deceased employee would have been age 55. If, as of the date of death, there is not an eligible surviving spouse, then no SERP benefit will be payable to any other beneficiary of the employee. If there is an eligible surviving spouse at the date of death, but the spouse dies before the first day of the month following the date the deceased employee would have been age 55, then no SERP death benefit will be payable to any other beneficiary of the employee or the spouse.

SECTION X. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION

 

  (a) The Company reserves the right to amend, modify, suspend, or terminate this SERP in whole or in part, at any time, by action of the Delphi Corporation Board of Directors, or other committee(s) or person(s) expressly authorized by the Company to take such action; provided , however , no amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall adversely affect any SERP Benefit without the written consent of the executive employee. No oral statements can change the terms of this SERP. This SERP can only be amended in writing by the Board of Directors. Absent an express delegation of authority, no one has the authority to commit the Company to any benefit or benefits provision not provided for under this SERP or to change the eligibility criteria or other provisions of this SERP.

SECTION XI. CLAIM DENIAL PROCEDURES; APPEAL RIGHTS; LIMITATIONS PERIOD

 

  (a) A claim for benefits under the SERP must be made within 180 days of the date purportedly giving rise to the entitlement to benefits. A written determination granting or denying the claim will be furnished to the person making the claim (“ Claimant ”) within 90 days of the date on which the claim is filed. If special circumstances require a longer period, the Claimant will be notified in writing, prior to the expiration of the 90-day period, of the reasons for an extension of time; provided, however, that no extensions will be permitted beyond 90 days after expiration of the initial 90-day period. Any denial or partial denial of a claim will be dated and signed by a person designated to speak on behalf of the Program Administrator and will clearly set forth:

 

  (i) the specific reason(s) for the denial;

 

  (ii) specific reference to pertinent employment agreement or SERP provision(s) on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

  (iv) an explanation of the review procedures set forth below.

If no written determination is furnished to the Claimant, then the claim will be deemed denied and the review procedure described below will become available to the Claimant.

 

  8   November 19, 2010


  (b) A Claimant may obtain review of an adverse benefit determination by filing a written claim for benefits with the Employee Benefit Plans Committee (“EBPC”) within sixty (60) days after the determination date or, if later, within sixty (60) days after the receipt of a written notice denying the claim. A claim for benefits must be timely delivered to the Delphi Compensation Committee, Mail Code 480-405-328, Delphi World Headquarters, Troy, Michigan 48098. As a part of this review, the participant or beneficiary must submit any written comments that may support their position. The EBPC will conduct a full and fair review, which will provide for the Claimant’s right to:

 

  (i) be represented by an individual whom the Company determines has been properly authorized to act on Claimant’s behalf;

 

  (ii) present written comments, documents, records, and any other information relating to the Claimant’s claim for benefits under the SERP;

 

  (iii) receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

  (iv) have all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim reviewed.

 

  (c) The EBPC’s decision will be rendered no more than sixty (60) days after the claim for benefits is made, except that such period may be extended for an additional sixty (60) days if the EBPC determines that special circumstances require such extension.

 

  (d) The EBPC, or its delegate, will promptly provide a Claimant with a written decision in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant setting forth:

 

  (i) the findings of fact;

 

  (ii) the specific reason(s) for the denial;

 

  (iii) specific reference to pertinent employment agreement or SERP provision(s) on which the denial is based;

 

  (iv) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

  (v) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA.

 

  (e) A Claimant must follow the claims and appeal procedures described in this section before taking action in any other forum regarding a claim for benefits under the SERP. Any suit or legal action initiated by a Claimant under the SERP must be brought no later than one year following a final decision on the claim by the EBPC. This one-year limitation period on suits for benefits applies in any forum where a Claimant initiates such suit or legal action.

 

  9   November 19, 2010


  (f) Any payment made to settle or otherwise resolve a claim, will be paid no later than the last day of the calendar year in which the resolution of the claim becomes final.

SECTION XII. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  (a) SERP not an employment contract . The SERP does not restrict or limit any existing employment agreement by and between the Company and any participant, the at will status of any employee, or the right of the Company to discharge a participant with or without cause. Nor will any provision of this SERP be construed as conferring upon any participant the right to continue in the employ of the Company as an employee or in any other capacity.

 

  (b) Non-assignment . Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan to the contrary, under the provisions of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(j) benefits may be paid prior to the applicable payment date in the following events:

 

  (i) Pursuant to the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the IRC;

 

  (ii) To comply with an ethics agreement with the federal government, or to avoid any domestic or foreign ethics law or conflicts law;

 

  (iii) To pay a participant an amount required to be included in income due to a failure of the Plan to comply with Section 409A of the IRC;

 

  (iv) Upon termination of the Plan;

 

  (v) To pay state, local or foreign taxes arising from participation in the Plan; and

 

  (vi) To settle a bona fide dispute as to a participant’s right to a Plan distribution.

 

  (c) Receipt or release . Any payment to a participant or the participant’s beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the SERP shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Program Administrator or the Company. The Program Administrator may require such participant or beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect.

 

  (d) Payments on behalf of persons under incapacity . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, in the event that any amount becomes payable under the SERP to a person who, in the sole judgment of the Program Administrator, is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefore, the Program Administrator may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the Program Administrator, in his or her sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release and discharge of the Program Administrator and the Company.

 

  10   November 19, 2010


  (e) Effect of SERP . This SERP shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation, its successors and assigns, and the participant and their heirs, beneficiaries, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

  (f) Intent to comply with IRC Section 409A . This SERP shall be interpreted and administered, to the extent possible, in a manner that does not result in a “plan failure” within the meaning of IRC Section 409A(a)(1) of this SERP or any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Company. If a determination is made by the Internal Revenue Service that the benefit of any participant provided herein is subject to current income taxation under Section 409A of the IRC, such benefit will be immediately distributed to the participant (or the participant’s beneficiary) to the extent of such taxable amount. Notwithstanding any provision of the SERP, no plan elections, modifications or distributions will be allowed or implemented if they would cause a plan participant to be subject to tax (including interest and penalties) under IRC Section 409A.

 

  (g) Severability . If any provision of this SERP shall for any reason be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

 

  (h) Applicable law . This SERP shall be construed and administered in accordance with ERISA and the IRC, and to the extent that ERISA and the IRC do not apply, by the laws of the State of Michigan.

 

  (i) Service of legal process . Service of legal process on the Company may be made at any office of CT Corporation. CT Corporation, which maintains offices in 50 states, is the statutory agent for services of legal process on the Company. The procedure for making such service generally is known to practicing attorneys. Services of legal process also may be made upon Delphi at the Service of Process Office, Delphi World Headquarters, Mail Code 483-400-126, 5725 Delphi Drive, Troy, Michigan 48098.

 

  11   November 19, 2010

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

Salaried Retirement Equalization

Savings Program

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PREAMBLE

   1

ARTICLE 1 – GENERAL

   1-1
1.1    Plan    1-1
1.2    Effective Dates    1-1
1.3    Amounts Not Subject to Code Section 409A    1-1

ARTICLE 2 – DEFINITIONS

   2-1
2.1    Account    2-1
2.2    Administrator    2-1
2.3    Adoption Agreement    2-1

 

i


2.4    Beneficiary    2-1
2.5    Board or Board of Directors    2-1
2.6    Bonus    2-1
2.7    Change in Control    2-1
2.8    Code    2-1
2.9    Compensation    2-1
2.10    Director    2-1
2.11    Disabled    2-2
2.12    Eligible Employee    2-2
2.13    Employer    2-2
2.14    ERISA    2-2
2.15    Identification Date    2-2
2.16    Key Employee    2-2
2.17    Participant    2-2
2.18    Plan    2-2
2.19    Plan Sponsor    2-2
2.20    Plan Year    2-2
2.21    Related Employer    2-2
2.22    Retirement    2-3
2.23    Separation from Service    2-3
2.24    Unforeseeable Emergency    2-3
2.25    Valuation Date    2-3
2.26    Years of Service    2-3

ARTICLE 3 – PARTICIPATION

   3-1
3.1    Participation    3-1
3.2    Termination of Participation    3-1

 

ii


ARTICLE 4 – PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS

   4-1
4.1    Deferral Agreement    4-1
4.2    Amount of Deferral    4-1
4.3    Timing of Election to Defer    4-1
4.4    Election of Payment Schedule and Form of Payment    4-2

ARTICLE 5 – EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

   5-1
5.1    Matching Contributions    5-1
5.2    Other Contributions    5-1

ARTICLE 6 – ACCOUNTS AND CREDITS

   6-1
6.1    Establishment of Account    6-1
6.2    Credits to Account    6-1

ARTICLE 7 – INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

   7-1
7.1    Investment Options    7-1
7.2    Adjustment of Accounts    7-1

ARTICLE 8 – RIGHT TO BENEFITS

   8-1
8.1    Vesting    8-1
8.2    Death    8-1
8.3    Disability    8-1

ARTICLE 9 – DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

   9-1
9.1    Amount of Benefits    9-1
9.2    Method and Timing of Distributions    9-1
9.3    Unforeseeable Emergency    9-1
9.4    Payment Election Overrides    9-2
9.5    Cashouts of Amounts Not Exceeding Stated Limit    9-2
9.6    Required Delay in Payment to Key Employees    9-2
9.7    Change in Control    9-3
9.8    Permissible Delays in Payment    9-4

 

iii


ARTICLE 10 – AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

   10-1
10.1    Amendment by Plan Sponsor    10-1
10.2    Plan Termination Following Change in Control or Corporate Dissolution    10-1
10.3    Other Plan Terminations    10-1

ARTICLE 11 – THE TRUST

   11-1
11.1    Establishment of Trust    11-1
11.2    Grantor Trust    11-1
11.3    Investment of Trust Funds    11-1

ARTICLE 12 – PLAN ADMINISTRATION

   12-1
12.1    Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator    12-1
12.2    Claims and Review Procedures    12-2
12.3    Plan Administrative Costs    12-3

ARTICLE 13 – MISCELLANEOUS

   13-1
13.1    Unsecured General Creditor of the Employer    13-1
13.2    Employer’s Liability    13_-
13.3    Limitation of Rights    13-1
13.4    Anti-Assignment    13-1
13.5    Facility of Payment    13-1
13.6    Notices    13-2
13.7    Tax Withholding    13-2
13.8    Indemnification   
13.9    Permitted Acceleration of Payment    13-3
13.10    Governing Law    13-3

 

iv


PREAMBLE

The Plan is intended to be a “plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or an “excess benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(36) of the ERISA, or a combination of both. The Plan is further intended to conform with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code Section of 1986, as amended, (“the Code”) 409A and the final regulations issued thereunder and shall be implemented and administered in a manner consistent therewith.


ARTICLE 1 – GENERAL

 

1.1 Plan. The Plan will be referred to by the name specified in the Adoption Agreement.

 

1.2 Effective Dates.

 

  (a) Original Effective Date. The Original Effective Date is the date as of which the Plan was initially adopted.

 

  (b) Amendment Effective Date. The Amendment Effective Date is the date specified in the Adoption Agreement as of which the Plan is amended and restated. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein or in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan shall apply to amounts deferred and benefit payments made on or after the Amendment Effective Date.

 

  (c) Special Effective Date. A Special Effective Date may apply to any given provision if so specified in Appendix A of the Adoption Agreement. A Special Effective Date will control over the Original Effective Date or Amendment Effective Date, whichever is applicable, with respect to such provision of the Plan.

 

1.3 Amounts Not Subject to Code Section 409A

Except as otherwise indicated by the Plan Sponsor in Section 1.01 of the Adoption Agreement, amounts deferred before January 1, 2005 that are earned and vested on December 31, 2004 will be separately accounted for and administered in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect on December 31, 2004

 

1-1


ARTICLE 2 – DEFINITIONS

Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 

2.1 “Account” means an account established for the purpose of recording amounts credited on behalf of a Participant and any income, expenses, gains, losses or distributions included thereon. The Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant or to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.2 “Administrator” means the person or persons designated by the Plan Sponsor in Section 1.05 of the Adoption Agreement to be responsible for the administration of the Plan. If no Administrator is designated in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator is the Plan Sponsor.

 

2.3 “Adoption Agreement” means the agreement adopted by the Plan Sponsor that establishes the Plan.

 

2.4 “Beneficiary” means the persons, trusts, estates or other entities entitled under Section 8.2 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

2.5 “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

2.6 “Bonus” means an amount of incentive remuneration payable by the Employer to a Participant.

 

2.7 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of an event involving the Plan Sponsor that is described in Section 9.7.

 

2.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.9 “Compensation” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.10 “Director” means a non-employee member of the Board who has been designated by the Employer as eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

2-1


2.11 “Disabled” means a determination by the Administrator that the Participant is either (a) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer. A Participant will be considered Disabled if he is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or the Railroad Retirement Board.

 

2.12 “Eligible Employee” means an employee of the Employer who satisfies the requirements in Section 2.01 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.13 “Employer” means the Plan Sponsor and any other entity which is authorized by the Plan Sponsor to participate in and, in fact, does adopt the Plan.

 

2.14 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

2.15 “Identification Date” means the date as of which Key Employees are determined which is specified in Section 1.06 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.16 “Key Employee” means an employee who satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 9.6.

 

2.17 “Participant” means an Eligible Employee or Director who commences participation in the Plan in accordance with Article 3.

 

2.18 “Plan” means the unfunded plan of deferred compensation set forth herein, including the Adoption Agreement and any trust agreement, as adopted by the Plan Sponsor and as amended from time to time.

 

2.19 “Plan Sponsor” means the entity identified in Section 1.03 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.20 “Plan Year” means the period identified in Section 1.02 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.21 “Related Employer” means the Employer and (a) any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Code Section 414(b) that includes the Employer and (b) any trade or business that is under common control as defined in Code Section 414(c) that includes the Employer.

 

2-2


2.22 “Retirement” has the meaning specified in 6.01(f) of the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.23 “Separation from Service” All determinations of whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be made in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A and the final regulations thereunder.

 

2.24 “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code section 152(b)(i), (b)(2) and (d)(i)(B); loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

 

2.25 “Valuation Date” means each business day of the Plan Year.

 

2.26 “Years of Service” means each one year period for which the Participant receives service credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.01(d) of the Adoption Agreement.

 

2-3


ARTICLE 3 – PARTICIPATION

 

3.1 Participation. The Participants in the Plan shall be those Directors and employees of the Employer who satisfy the requirements of Section 2.01 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

3.2 Termination of Participation. The Administrator may terminate a Participant’s participation in the Plan in a manner that will not trigger income tax penalties under Code Section 409A.

 

3-1


ARTICLE 4 – PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS

 

4.1 Deferral Agreement. If permitted by the Plan Sponsor in accordance with Section 4.01 of the Adoption Agreement, each Eligible Employee and Director may elect to defer his Compensation within the meaning of Section 3.01 of the Adoption Agreement by executing in writing or electronically, a deferral agreement in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator and the provisions of this Article 4.

A new deferral agreement must be timely executed for each Plan Year during which the Eligible Employee or Director desires to defer Compensation An Eligible Employee or Director who does not timely execute a deferral agreement shall be deemed to have elected zero deferrals of Compensation for such Plan Year.

A deferral agreement may be changed or revoked during the period specified by the Administrator. Except as provided in Section 9.3 or in Section 4.01(c) of the Adoption Agreement, a deferral agreement becomes irrevocable at the close of the specified period.

 

4.2 Amount of Deferral. An Eligible Employee or Director may elect to defer Compensation in any amount permitted by Section 4.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement.

 

4.3

Timing of Election to Defer. Each Eligible Employee or Director who desires to defer Compensation otherwise payable during a Plan Year must execute a deferral agreement within the period preceding the Plan Year specified by the Administrator. Each Eligible Employee who desires to defer Compensation that is a Bonus must execute a deferral agreement within the period preceding the Plan Year during which the Bonus is earned that is specified by the Administrator, except that if the Bonus can be treated as performance based compensation as described in Code Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii), the deferral agreement may be executed within the period specified by the Administrator, which period, in no event, shall end after the date which is six months prior to the end of the period during which the Bonus is earned or such earlier date as required under reg. sec 1.409A-2(a)(8) to avoid tax or penalties under code section 409A.. In addition, if the Compensation qualifies as ‘fiscal year compensation’ within the meaning of Reg. Sec. 1.409A -2(a)(6), the deferral agreement may be made not later than the end of the Employer’s taxable year immediately preceding the first taxable year of the Employer in which any services are performed for which such Compensation is payable. Except as otherwise provided below, an employee who is classified or designated as an

 

4-1


 

Eligible Employee during a Plan Year or a Director who is designated as eligible to participate during a Plan Year may elect to defer Compensation otherwise payable during the remainder of such Plan Year in accordance with the rules of this Section 4.3 by executing a deferral agreement within the thirty (30) day period beginning on the date the employee is classified or designated as an Eligible Employee or the date the Director is designated as eligible, whichever is applicable, if permitted by Section 2.01 of the Adoption Agreement. If Compensation is based on a specified performance period that begins before the Eligible Employee or Director executes his deferral agreement, the election will be deemed to apply to the portion of such Compensation equal to the total amount of Compensation for the performance period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the election over the total number of days in the performance period. The rules of this paragraph shall not apply unless the Eligible Employee or Director can be treated as initially eligible in accordance with Reg. Sec. 1.409A-2(a)(7).

 

4.4 Election of Payment Schedule and Form of Payment.

All elections of a payment schedule and a form of payment will be made in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator and the provisions of this Section 4.4.

(a) If the Plan Sponsor has elected to permit annual distribution elections in accordance with Section 6.01(h) of the Adoption Agreement the following rules apply. At the time an Eligible Employee of Director completes a deferral agreement, the Eligible Employee or Director must elect a distribution event (which includes a specified time) and a form of payment for the Compensation subject to the deferral agreement and for any Employer contributions that may be credited to the Participant’s Account during the Plan Year from among the options the Plan Sponsor has made available for this purpose and which are specified in 6.01(b) of the Adoption Agreement. If an Eligible Employee or Director fails to elect a distribution event, he shall be deemed to have elected Separation from Service as the distribution event. If he fails to elect a form of payment, he shall be deemed to have elected a lump sum form of payment.

(b) If the Plan Sponsor has elected not to permit annual distribution elections in accordance with Section 6.01(h) of the Adoption Agreement the following rules apply. At the time an Eligible Employee or Director first completes a deferral agreement, the Eligible Employee or Director must elect a distribution event (which includes a specified time) and a form of payment for amounts credited to his Account from among the options the Plan Sponsor has made available for this purpose and which are specified in Section 6.01(b) of the Adoption Agreement. If an Eligible Employee or Director fails to elect a distribution event, he shall be deemed to have elected Separation from Service in the distribution event. If the fails to elect a form of payment, he shall be deemed to have elected a lump sum form of payment.

 

4-2


ARTICLE 5 – EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1 Matching Contributions. If elected by the Plan Sponsor in Section 5.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will credit the Participant’s Account with a matching contribution determined in accordance with the formula specified in Section 5.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement. The matching contribution will be treated as allocated to the Participant’s Account at the time specified in Section 5.01(a)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement.

 

5.2 Other Contributions. If elected by the Plan Sponsor in Section 5.01(b) of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will credit the Participant’s Account with a contribution determined in accordance with the formula or method specified in Section 5.01(b) of the Adoption Agreement. The contribution will be treated as allocated to the Participant’s Account at the time specified in Section 5.01(b)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement.

 

5-1


ARTICLE 6 – ACCOUNTS AND CREDITS

 

6.1 Establishment of Account. For accounting and computational purposes only, the Administrator will establish and maintain an Account on behalf of each Participant which will reflect the credits made pursuant to Section 6.2, distributions or withdrawals, along with the earnings, expenses, gains and losses allocated thereto, attributable to the hypothetical investments made with the amounts in the Account as provided in Article 7. The Administrator will establish and maintain such other records and accounts, as it decides in its discretion to be reasonably required or appropriate to discharge its duties under the Plan.

 

6.2 Credits to Account. A Participant’s Account will be credited for each Plan Year with the amount of his elective deferrals under Section 4.1 at the time the amount subject to the deferral election would otherwise have been payable to the Participant and the amount of Employer contributions treated as allocated on his behalf under Article 5.

 

6-1


ARTICLE 7 – INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

 

7.1 Investment Options. The amount credited to each Account shall be treated as invested in the investment options designated for this purpose by the Administrator.

 

7.2 Adjustment of Accounts. The amount credited to each Account shall be adjusted for hypothetical investment earnings, expenses, gains or losses in an amount equal to the earnings, expenses, gains or losses attributable to the investment options selected by the party designated in Section 9.01 of the Adoption Agreement from among the investment options provided in Section 7.1. If permitted by Section 9.01 of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary after the death of the Participant) may, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator, select the investments from among the options provided in Section 7.1 to be used for the purpose of calculating future hypothetical investment adjustments to the Account or to future credits to the Account under Section 6.2 effective as the Valuation Date coincident with or next following notice to the Administrator. Each Account shall be adjusted as of each Valuation Date to reflect: (a) the hypothetical earnings, expenses, gains and losses described above; (b) amounts credited pursuant to Section 6.2; and (c) distributions or withdrawals. In addition, each Account may be adjusted for its allocable share of the hypothetical costs and expenses associated with the maintenance of the hypothetical investments provided in Section 7.1.

 

7-1


ARTICLE 8 – RIGHT TO BENEFITS

 

8.1 Vesting. A Participant, at all times, has the 100% nonforfeitable interest in the amounts credited to his Account attributable to his elective deferrals made in accordance with Section 4.1.

A Participant’s right to the amounts credited to his Account attributable to Employer contributions made in accordance with Article 5 shall be determined in accordance with the relevant schedule and provisions in Section 7.01 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

8.2 Death. A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator.

A copy of the death notice or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator. If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s vested Account, such amount will be paid to his estate (such estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan) in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.

 

8.3 Disability. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether a Participant has experienced a Disability for purposes of this Section 8.3. If the payment of all or any portion of the Participant’s vested Account is being delayed in accordance with Section 9.6 at the time he incurs a Disability, the amount being delayed shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.3 until the expiration of the six month period of delay required by Section 9.6.

 

8-1


ARTICLE 9 – DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

9.1 Amount of Benefits. The vested amount credited to a Participant’s Account as determined under Articles 6, 7 and 8 shall determine and constitute the basis for the value of benefits payable to the Participant under the Plan.

 

9.2 Method and Timing of Distributions. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 9, distributions under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the elections made or deemed made by the Participant under Article 4. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.6 requiring a six month delay for certain distributions to Key Employees, distributions following a payment event shall commence at the time specified in Section 6.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement. If permitted by Section 6.01(g) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect, at least twelve months before a scheduled distribution event, to delay the payment date for a minimum period of sixty months from the originally scheduled date of payment. The distribution election change must be made in accordance with procedures and rules established by the Administrator. The Participant may, at the same time the date of payment is deferred, change the form of payment but such change in the form of payment may not effect an acceleration of payment that would trigger tax or penalties under Code Section 409A or the provisions of Reg. Sec. 1.409A-2(b). For purposes of this Section 9.2, a series of installment payments is always treated as a single payment and not as a series of separate payments.

 

9.3

Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant may request a distribution due to an Unforeseeable Emergency if the Plan Sponsor has elected to permit Unforeseeable Emergency withdrawals under Section 8.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement. The request must be in writing and must be submitted to the Administrator along with evidence that the circumstances constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency. The Administrator has the discretion to require whatever evidence it deems necessary to determine whether a distribution is warranted. Whether a Participant has incurred an Unforeseeable Emergency will be determined by the Administrator on the basis of the relevant facts and circumstances in its sole discretion, but, in no event, will an Unforeseeable Emergency be deemed to exist if the hardship can be relieved: (a) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (b) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (c) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan. A distribution due to an Unforeseeable Emergency must be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need and may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income tax penalties

 

9-1


 

reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. The distribution will be made in the form of a single lump sum cash payment. If permitted by Section 8.01(b) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant’s deferral elections for the remainder of the Plan Year will be cancelled upon a withdrawal due to Unforeseeable Emergency. If the payment of all or any portion of the Participant’s vested Account is being delayed in accordance with Section 9.6 at the time he experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency, the amount being delayed shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 9.3 until the expiration of the six month period of delay required by section 9.6.

 

9.4 Payment Election Overrides. If the Plan Sponsor has elected one or more payment election overrides in accordance with Section 6.01(d) of the Adoption Agreement, the following provisions apply. Upon the occurrence of the first event selected by the Plan Sponsor, the remaining vested amount credited to the Participant’s Account shall be paid in the form designated to the Participant or his Beneficiary regardless of whether the Participant had made different elections of time and /or form of payment or whether the Participant was receiving installment payments at the time of the event.

 

9.5 Cashouts of Amounts Not Exceeding Stated Limit. If the vested amount credited to the Participant’s Account does not exceed the limit established for this purpose by the Plan Sponsor in Section 6.01(e) of the Adoption Agreement at the time he separates from service with the Related Employer for any reason, the Employer shall distribute such amount to the Participant at the time specified in Section 6.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement in a single lump sum cash payment following such termination regardless of whether the Participant had made different elections of time or form of payment as to the vested amount credited to his Account or whether the Participant was receiving installments at the time of such termination. A Participant’s Account, for purposes of this Section 9.5, shall include any amounts described in Section 1.3.

 

9.6 Required Delay in Payment to Key Employees . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.6, a distribution made because of Separation from Service (or Retirement, if applicable) to a Participant who is a Key Employee as of the date of his Separation from Service (or Retirement, if applicable) shall not occur before the date which is six months after the Separation from Service (or Retirement, if applicable).

(a) A Participant is treated as a Key Employee if (i) he is employed by a Related Employer any of whose stock is publicly traded on an established securities market, and (ii) he satisfies the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii), determined without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5), at any time during the twelve month period ending on the Identification Date.

 

9-2


(b) A Participant who is a Key Employee on an Identification Date shall be treated as a Key Employee for purposes of the six month delay in distributions for the twelve month period beginning on the first day of a month no later than the fourth month following the Identification Date. The Identification Date and the effective date of the delay in distributions shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 of the Adoption Agreement.

(c) The Plan Sponsor may elect to apply an alternative method to identify Participants who will be treated as Key Employees for purposes of the six month delay in distributions if the method satisfies each of the following requirements. The alternative method is reasonably designed to include all Key Employees, is an objectively determinable standard providing no direct or indirect election to any Participant regarding its application, and results in either all Key Employees or no more than 200 Key Employees being identified in the class as of any date. Use of an alternative method that satisfies the requirements of this Section 9.6(c ) will not be treated as a change in the time and form of payment for purposes of Reg. Sec. 1.409A-2(b).

(d) The six month delay does not apply to payments described in Section 13.9 or to payments that occur after the death of the Participant.

 

9.7

Change in Control. If the Plan Sponsor has elected to permit distributions upon a Change in Control, the following provisions shall apply. A distribution made upon a Change in Control will be made at the time specified in Section 6.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement in the form elected by the Participant in accordance with the procedures described in Article 4. Alternatively, if the Plan Sponsor has elected in accordance with Section 11.02 of the Adoption Agreement to require distributions upon a Change in Control, the Participant’s remaining vested Account shall be paid to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary at the time specified in Section 6.01(a) of the Adoption Agreement as a single lump sum payment. A Change in Control, for purposes of the Plan, will occur upon a change in the ownership of the Plan Sponsor, a change in the effective control of the Plan Sponsor or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Plan Sponsor, but only if elected by the Plan Sponsor in Section 11.03 of the Adoption Agreement. The Plan Sponsor, for this purpose, includes any corporation identified in this Section 9.7. All distributions made in accordance with this Section 9.7 are subject to the provisions of Section 9.6.

 

9-3


 

If a Participant continues to make deferrals in accordance with Article 4 after he has received a distribution due to a Change in Control, the residual amount payable to the Participant shall be paid at the time and in the form specified in the elections he makes in accordance with Article 4 or upon his death or Disability as provided in Article 8.

Whether a Change in Control has occurred will be determined by the Administrator in accordance with the rules and definitions set forth in this Section 9.7. A distribution to the Participant will be treated as occurring upon a Change in Control if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Plan in accordance with Section 10.2 and distributes the Participant’s benefits within twelve months of a Change in Control as provided in Section 10.3.

 

  (a) Relevant Corporations. To constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan, the event must relate to (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control, (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan (or all corporations liable if more than one corporation is liable) but only if either the deferred compensation is attributable to the performance of services by the Participant for such corporation (or corporations) or there is a bona fide business purpose for such corporation (or corporations) to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose of making such corporation (or corporations) liable for such payment is the avoidance of federal income tax, or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (i) or (ii). A majority shareholder is defined as a shareholder owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value and voting power of such corporation.

 

  (b) Stock Ownership. Code Section 318(a) applies for purposes of determining stock ownership. Stock underlying a vested option is considered owned by the individual who owns the vested option (and the stock underlying an unvested option is not considered owned by the individual who holds the unvested option). If, however, a vested option is exercisable for stock that is not substantially vested (as defined by Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(b) and (j)) the stock underlying the option is not treated as owned by the individual who holds the option.

 

  (c)

Change in the Ownership of a Corporation. A change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person

 

9-4


 

or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation. If any one person or more than one person acting as a proxy is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of a corporation, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or persons is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the corporation (or to cause a change in the effective control of the corporation as discussed below in Section 9.7(d)). An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the corporation acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock. Section 9.7(c) applies only when there is a transfer of stock of a corporation (or issuance of stock of a corporation) and stock in such corporation remains outstanding after the transaction. For purposes of this Section 9.7(c), persons will not be considered to be acting as a group solely because they purchase or own stock of the same corporation at the same time or as a result of a public offering. Persons will, however, be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the corporation. If a person, including an entity, owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in a corporation prior to the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.

 

  (d)

Change in the effective control of a corporation. A change in the effective control of a corporation occurs on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the corporation possessing thirty (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation, or (ii) a majority of members of the corporation’s board of directors is replaced during any twelve month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that for purposes of this paragraph (ii), the term corporation refers solely to the relevant corporation identified in Section 9.7(a) for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder for purposes of Section 9.7(a). In the absence of an event described in Section 9.7(d)(i) or (ii), a change in the effective control of a corporation will not have occurred. A change in effective control may also occur in any transaction in which either of the two corporations involved in the

 

9-5


 

transaction has a change in the ownership of such corporation as described in Section 9.7(c) or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of such corporation as described in Section 9.7(e). If any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to effectively control a corporation within the meaning of this Section 9.7(d), the acquisition of additional control of the corporation by the same person or persons is not considered to cause a change in the effective control of the corporation or to cause a change in the ownership of the corporation within the meaning of Section 9.7(c). For purposes of this Section 9.7(d), persons will or will not be considered to be acting as a group in accordance with rules similar to those set forth in Section 9.7(c) with the following exception. If a person, including an entity, owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be acting as a group with other shareholders in a corporation only with respect to the ownership in that corporation prior to the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation.

 

  (e) Change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as determined in accordance with rules similar to those set forth in Section 9.7(d)), acquires (or has acquired during the twelve month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the corporation of the value of the assets being disposed of determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. There is no Change in Control event under this Section 9.7(e) when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferring corporation immediately after the transfer. A transfer of assets by a corporation is not treated as a change in ownership of such assets if the assets are transferred to (i) a shareholder of the corporation (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock, (ii) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation, (iii) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the corporation, or (iv) an entity, at least fifty (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a person described in Section 9.7(e)(iii). For purposes of the foregoing, and except as otherwise provided, a person’s status is determined immediately after the transfer of assets.

 

9-6


9.8 Permissible Delays in Payment. Distributions may be delayed beyond the date payment would otherwise occur in accordance with the provisions of Articles 8 and 9 in any of the following circumstances as long as the Employer treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

  (a) The Employer may delay payment if it reasonably anticipates that its deduction with respect to such payment would be limited or eliminated by the application of Code Section 162(m). Payment must be made during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Employer reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year the deduction of such payment will not be barred by the application of Code Section 162(m) or during the period beginning with the Participant’s Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Employer’s taxable year in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant’s Separation from Service. If a scheduled payment to a Participant is delayed in accordance with this Section 9.8(a), all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Section 9.8(a) will also be delayed.

 

  (b) The Employer may also delay payment if it reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws provided payment is made at the earliest date on which the Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation.

 

  (c) The Employer reserves the right to amend the Plan to provide for a delay in payment upon such other events and conditions as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

 

9-7


ARTICLE 10 – AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

10.1 Amendment by Plan Sponsor. The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend the Plan (for itself and each Employer) through action of its Board of Directors or such other person or entity to whom the Board delegates the authority. No amendment can directly or indirectly deprive any current Participant or Beneficiary of all or any portion of his Account which had accrued prior to the amendment.

 

10.2 Plan Termination Following Change in Control or Corporate Dissolution. If so elected by the Plan Sponsor in 11.01 of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate the Plan and distribute all amounts credited to all Participant Accounts within the 30 days preceding or the twelve months following a Change in Control as determined in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 9.7. For this purpose, the Plan will be treated as terminated only if all agreements, methods, programs and other arrangements sponsored by the Related Employer immediately after the Change in Control which are treated as a single plan under Reg. Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2) are also terminated so that all participants under the Plan and all similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve months of the date the Plan Sponsor irrevocably takes all necessary action to terminate the arrangements. In addition, the Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate the Plan within twelve months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331 or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U. S. C. Section 503(b)(1)(A) provided that amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the gross incomes of Participants in the latest of (a) the calendar year in which the termination occurs, (b) the first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, or (c) the first calendar year in which payment is administratively practicable.

 

10.3

Other Plan Terminations. The Plan Sponsor retains the discretion to terminate the Plan if (a) all arrangements sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Code Section 409A and Reg. Sec. 1.409A-1(c)(2) are terminated, (b) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangements if the termination had not occurred are made within twelve months of the termination of the arrangements, (c) all payments are made within twenty-four months of the termination of the arrangements, (d) the Plan Sponsor does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder at any time within the three year period following the date of termination of the arrangement, and (e) the termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health

 

10-1


 

of the Plan sponsor. The Plan Sponsor also reserves the right to amend the Plan to provide that termination of the Plan will occur under such conditions and events as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

 

10-2


ARTICLE 11 – THE TRUST

 

11.1 Establishment of Trust. The Plan Sponsor may but is not required to establish a trust to hold amounts which the Plan Sponsor may contribute from time to time to correspond to some or all amounts credited to Participants under Section 6.2. If the Plan Sponsor elects to establish a trust in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of Sections 11.2 and 11.3 shall become operative.

 

11.2 Grantor Trust. Any trust established by the Plan Sponsor shall be between the Plan Sponsor and a trustee pursuant to a separate written agreement under which assets are held, administered and managed, subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor’s creditors in the event of the Plan Sponsor’s insolvency.. The trust is intended to be treated as a grantor trust under the Code, and the establishment of the trust shall not cause the Participant to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto. The Plan Sponsor must notify the trustee in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency.

 

11.3 Investment of Trust Funds. Any amounts contributed to the trust by the Plan Sponsor shall be invested by the trustee in accordance with the provisions of the trust and the instructions of the Administrator. Trust investments need not reflect the hypothetical investments selected by Participants under Section 7.1 for the purpose of adjusting Accounts and the earnings or investment results of the trust need not affect the hypothetical investment adjustments to Participant Accounts under the Plan.

 

11-1


ARTICLE 12 – PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

12.1 Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator. The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the applicable requirements of ERISA. The Administrator’s powers and responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  (a) To make and enforce such rules and procedures as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

  (b) To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof to be final, except as provided in Section 12.2, on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

 

  (c) To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

 

  (d) To administer the claims and review procedures specified in Section 12.2;

 

  (e) To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

 

  (f) To determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;

 

  (g) To authorize the payment of benefits;

 

  (h) To comply with the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA;

 

  (i) To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, and consultants as may be required to assist in administering the Plan;

 

  (j) By written instrument, to allocate and delegate its responsibilities, including the formation of an Administrative Committee to administer the Plan.

 

12-1


12.2 Claims and Review Procedures.

 

  (a) Claims Procedure.

If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the person’s right to bring a civil action following an adverse decision on review. Such notification will be given within 90 days (45 days in the case of a claim regarding Disability) after the claim is received by the Administrator. The Administrator may extend the period for providing the notification by 90 days (30 days in the case of a claim regarding Disability) if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim and if written notice of such extension and circumstance is given to such person within the initial 90 day period (45 day period in the case of a claim regarding Disability). If such notification is not given within such period, the claim will be considered denied as of the last day of such period and such person may request a review of his claim.

 

  (b) Review Procedure.

Within 60 days (180 days in the case of a claim regarding Disability) after the date on which a person receives a written notification of denial of claim (or, if written notification is not provided, within 60 days (180 days in the case of a claim regarding Disability) of the date denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The notification will explain that the person is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge,

 

12-2


reasonable access to and copies of all pertinent documents and has the right to bring a civil action following an adverse decision on review. The decision on review will be made within 60 days (45 days in the case of a claim regarding Disability). The Administrator may extend the period for making the decision on review by 60 days (45 days in the case of a claim regarding Disability) if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period (45 days in the case of a claim regarding Disability). If the decision on review is not made within such period, the claim will be considered denied.

 

12.3 Plan Administrative Costs. All reasonable costs and expenses (including legal, accounting, and employee communication fees) incurred by the Administrator in administering the Plan shall be paid by Plan to the extent not paid by the Employer.

 

12-3


ARTICLE 13 – MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1 Unsecured General Creditor of the Employer. Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of the Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under the Plan, any and all of the Employer’s assets shall be, and shall remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. Each Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

 

13.2 Employer’s Liability . Each Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits under the Plan shall be defined only by the Plan and by the deferral agreements entered into between a Participant and the Employer. An Employer shall have no obligation or liability to a Participant under the Plan except as provided by the Plan and a deferral agreement or agreements. An Employer shall have no liability to Participants employed by other Employers.

 

13.3 Limitation of Rights. Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to the Participant or any other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, the Plan or the Administrator, except as provided herein; and in no event will the terms of employment or service of the Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby.

 

13.4 Anti-Assignment . Except as may be necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order within the meaning of Code Section 414(p), none of the benefits or rights of a Participant or any Beneficiary of a Participant shall be subject to the claim of any creditor. In particular, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all such benefits and rights shall be free from attachment, garnishment, or any other legal or equitable process available to any creditor of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary. Neither the Participant nor his or her Beneficiary shall have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any of the payments which he or she may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise, under the Plan, except the right to designate a Beneficiary to receive death benefits provided hereunder. Notwithstanding the preceding, the benefit payable from a Participant’s Account may be reduced, at the discretion of the administrator, to satisfy any debt or liability to the Employer.

 

13.5

Facility of Payment . If the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may

 

13-1


 

direct the Employer to disburse such payments to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under State law for the care and control of such recipient. The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Employer, the Plan and the Administrator for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient.

 

13.6 Notices. Any notice or other communication to the Employer or Administrator in connection with the Plan shall be deemed delivered in writing if addressed to the Plan Sponsor at the address specified in Section 1.03 of the Adoption Agreement and if either actually delivered at said address or, in the case or a letter, 5 business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mails, first-class postage prepaid and registered or certified.

 

13.7 Tax Withholding . If the Employer concludes that tax is owing with respect to any deferral or payment hereunder, the Employer shall withhold such amounts from any payments due the Participant, as permitted by law, or otherwise make appropriate arrangements with the Participant or his Beneficiary for satisfaction of such obligation. Tax, for purposes of this Section 13.7 means any federal, state, local or any other governmental income tax, employment or payroll tax, excise tax, or any other tax or assessment owing with respect to amounts deferred, any earnings thereon, and any payments made to Participants under the Plan.

 

13-2


13.8 Permitted Acceleration of Payment . The Plan may permit acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to a payment under the Plan provided such acceleration would be permitted by the provisions of Reg. Sec. 1.409A-3(j)(4).

 

13.9 Governing Law . The Plan will be construed, administered in accordance with ERISA and the Code and, to the extent ERISA or the Code do not apply, enforced according to the laws of the State of Michigan specified by the Plan Sponsor in Section 12.01 of the Adoption Agreement.

 

13-3

Exhibit 10.16

New Delphi 1, LLC

October 2, 2009

Rodney O’Neal

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER / PRESIDENT DELPHI

Delphi Headquarters - Troy, MI

Dear Rodney:

We are pleased to offer you employment with New Delphi 1, LLC (“ Delphi U.S. ”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Delphi Holdings LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“ New Delphi ”). If you agree by countersigning this letter, you will become an executive of Delphi U.S. upon the effective date of the Master Disposition Agreement (“ MDA ”), currently anticipated for the first week of October 2009.

We hope you will accept our offer. We developed our combination of base pay, cash incentive pay, long-term incentive, and benefits to offer compensation that we believe provide substantially similar or better overall economic benefits to what you have had during the bankruptcy. As with executive compensation throughout our industry, your actual compensation will depend on New Delphi’s success as a company and your individual contribution to that success.

Because Delphi U.S. is a newly formed company, you will be a new employee of a newly formed company. Any obligations from your service to Delphi Corporation (“ Old Delphi ”) will not be assumed by New Delphi or Delphi U.S., each of which is a separate company. However, your length of service with Old Delphi applies for purposes of eligibility for certain policies and benefits. The following summarizes the initial terms of your employment:

 

   

Base Salary : Your base salary will initially be $1,200,000.00 annually and will be increased, effective November 1, 2009 by half of the car allowance you are currently eligible to receive from Old Delphi (as described below). As of November 1, 2009, your new base salary will be $1,211,100.00 annually.

 

   

Target Annual Incentive : For the 2010 calendar year, your target annual incentive compensation will be $2,195,000.00. This target annual incentive compensation is an increase of $20,000 above your salaried incentive target at Old Delphi. This increase will offset certain benefits that will not be offered. It also has been increased to equal the base pay reductions you accepted during Old Delphi’s bankruptcy. What you actually receive will, of course, be subject to the performance of New Delphi relative to the performance targets established by New Delphi’s Board of Managers (the “ Board ”), as well as your individual performance. The Board has the ability to modify the program in consultation with Delphi U.S. management.

 

   

LTIP : New Delphi will implement a Long-Term Incentive Program. The grants under that program will be the responsibility of the Board. As with other long-term incentive programs, awards under the program and the value of those awards will depend on the

 

         Initials

   Page 1 of 6        


 

success of New Delphi as a company and upon achieving a meaningful increase in the value of New Delphi, as well as other potential factors such as the occurrence of an IPO or other liquidity event for shareholders. Investors of New Delphi who have the right to designate a majority of the members of the Board will recommend that all Delphi U.S. executives be eligible to participate and that an award pool with a total potential value of $135,000,000 be available for grant over the first three years of the program, contingent on New Delphi’s success and the targets and conditions contained in the program. This will be a priority of New Delphi.

 

   

Severance : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Separation Allowance Plan (SAP), should you be separated from Delphi U.S., and subject to the election described below, you will be eligible to receive the same severance pay, if any, as you would have received from Old Delphi in accordance with the terms of Old Delphi’s Separation Allowance Plan, as in effect on May 1, 2009. We note that, like the Old Delphi plan, severance pay will not be payable in the event you are terminated due to a “Discharge” (as defined in the SAP) or if you quit. The Board will set severance policy and may amend the SAP after two years.

 

   

Frozen SERP Benefit : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP) which is, and will continue to be, frozen, you will be eligible to receive a benefit amount based on the benefit that would have been payable pursuant to the terms of Old Delphi’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan but modified in two ways: (a) the benefit under the Old Delphi plan will be calculated based on earnings and service up to December 31, 2006, and (b) an additional 10% reduction of such frozen benefit amount will apply. In order to receive the SERP benefit, you must remain employed by Delphi U.S. for at least two (2) years following your employment commencement date with Delphi U.S. This requirement will not apply if (1) your employment is terminated by Delphi U.S., not you, and for reasons other than “Cause,” as defined in the SERP, (2) you die or (3) you reach age 60.

In the event you are separated from employment from Delphi U.S., you have the option to receive either the SAP Benefit or the SERP Benefit, but not both . You must make your one-time election simultaneously with your execution and delivery of this offer letter by selecting either “SAP Benefit” or “SERP Benefit” in the space provided below. This election will only apply if you are separated by Delphi U.S. For example, if you elect the severance but are never separated, you will still be eligible for SERP benefits at the time of your retirement or death. You will receive separate information involving estimated amounts of your SAP and frozen SERP to assist you in making an election.

Notwithstanding anything else in this offer letter to the contrary, in the event that you have already signed a release of claims against Old Delphi, your prior election to receive severance under such release of claims shall be binding and you shall not be entitled to a new election hereunder. Delphi U.S. hereby agrees to pay any amounts payable to you pursuant to such release of claims in accordance with its terms, subject to your continued compliance with the terms of such release of claims.

 

   

Temporary Lay Offs (TLO) : In 2010, consistent with current policy, you will be required to take at least two (2) weeks of TLO per quarter until New Delphi is globally cash flow positive. These weeks will be paid at 50% of your base salary (the same policy as was in effect at Old Delphi).

 

         Initials

   Page 2 of 6        


   

Car Allowance : Delphi U.S. is not offering a car stipend. Instead, an amount equal to 50% of the monthly car stipend that you were eligible to receive from Old Delphi will be rolled into your base salary, effective November 1, 2009. The amount of the monthly car stipend that is rolled into your base salary will not count toward your SAP benefit.

 

   

Qualified Retirement Plan - 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will assume the Old Delphi 401(k) plan, and you will retain your 401(k) account. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. Once New Delphi has been globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends to make profit sharing matching contributions equal to 50% of your contributions, up to a maximum of 3.5%. Thus if you contribute 7%, Delphi U.S. would match this with a 3.5% contribution. Of course, Delphi U.S.’s decision to make any contribution or match is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Nonqualified 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will adopt the New Delphi 1, LLC Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (the “ SRESP ”), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that operates in a manner similar to a 401(k) plan with respect to compensation above the IRS annual compensation limit. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. As with the qualified 401(k) plan, once New Delphi is globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends also to match 50% of your contributions on the same basis up to a maximum of 3.5%. Similarly, the decision to make any matching contributions is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Health Care : Your group health insurance policy at Delphi U.S. will initially offer the same benefits and provisions as were provided by Old Delphi. Employee contribution costs, including co-pays and deductibles, are expected to increase in 2010. The specific impact upon eligible employees will be determined based in part upon you and your dependent’s eligibility for certain healthy behavior factors that will impact the amount of your monthly premium. Also, beginning in January, 2010, if your spouse has coverage from another source, your spouse will be covered by that source rather than by Delphi U.S. These changes should become effective January 1, 2010, with the details to be provided in the benefit options enrollment package which you will receive later this year.

 

   

Life Insurance : Delphi U.S. intends to provide you with a term-life insurance policy with a face amount equal to 1.5 times your base salary. The premiums for this policy will be paid by Delphi U.S. while you remain employed by Delphi U.S.

 

   

Holidays : You will initially be entitled to 9 standard holidays and 2 floating holidays. In 2010, Delphi U.S.’s holidays will be:

 

New Years Day   Labor Day   Christmas Eve Day
Memorial Day   Thanksgiving   Christmas Day
Independence Day   Day after Thanksgiving   New Years Eve Day

 

   

Vacation Schedule : In accordance with Delphi U.S.’s vacation policy, vacation days will be based upon length of service, in the table shown below, but will cap at 20 days for employees with more than 15 years of service.

 

         Initials

   Page 3 of 6        


Years of Service

 

Days Vacation

1 but less than 3

  10 days

3 but less than 5

  12.5 days

5 but less than 10

  15 days

10 but less than 15

  17.5 days

15 or more

  20 days

 

   

Designated Time Off Days : In addition to vacation, you will accrue additional paid days off based upon length of service up to a maximum of 5 days per year, as shown below. These days are generally expected to be used for personal appointments, individual sick days, funerals, etc.

 

Years of Service

 

DTO Days

1 but less than 3

  2 days

3 but less than 10

  3 days

10 but less than 20

  4 days

20 or more

  5 days

 

   

Short- and Long-Term Disability : You will be eligible to participate in Delphi U.S.’s short- and long-term disability plans on the same basis as similarly situated employees. The short-term program generally provide for a total of 26 weeks, with the first week at 100% of base pay and the remaining 25 weeks at 60% of base pay. The long-term program will provide for 40% of your pay for any illness that extends beyond the short-term sickness and accident leave. You will be able to purchase coverage for up to an additional 20% of pay.

By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that the terms of your employment and all policies, practices and procedures of Delphi U.S. are subject to change at the discretion of Delphi U.S. from time to time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

THIS OFFER LETTER IS CONDITIONED UPON YOU CONTRACTUALLY WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS. BY SIGNING THIS LETTER, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU ARE WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS THAT YOU HAD OR MAY HAVE AGAINST OLD DELPHI, NEW DELPHI OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE ARISING FROM ANY PRE-EXISTING EMPLOYMENT, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT-RELATED AGREEMENTS AND ANY BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER PRE-EXISTING COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS ARRANGEMENTS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN.

To help you better understand the compensation, policy and benefit program, you may find Delphi U.S.’s policies on my.delphi.com.

You may wish to consult with your HR department or with your own attorney to more fully understand the claims and rights that you will be waiving as a consequence of accepting this offer of employment.

 

         Initials

   Page 4 of 6        


As you evaluate this offer there are several things to keep in mind. Delphi U.S. is a new company and as such, you will be required to complete new “on boarding” forms which are effective upon your signature of acceptance at the bottom of this letter. Additionally, please read the attached acknowledgement, which you will also need to sign and return with your acceptance. This document acknowledges Delphi U.S.’s employment policy, which is “at will” employment on a day-to-day basis. As described above, the policies which applied to Old Delphi cease to exist as of the effective date and Delphi U.S.’s policies will govern your employment going forward.

To accept the offer, you must sign both this offer letter and the attached employment acknowledgement notice and return the forms to your personnel representative or office by to your employment commencement date. Your local HR department should also be able to assist.

We are all aware of the great sacrifices Old Delphi executives have made to preserve the company, to protect its reputation and to serve Old Delphi’s customers. We recognize the toll that being simultaneously in reorganization and recession takes. Nonetheless, we believe that New Delphi can and will succeed, will restore its financial health and its honored position among its customers. New Delphi starts with great products, a good reputation, great financial resources and the opportunity that technology and a competitive industry provides. But it cannot succeed without dedicated and skilled management. There is no question that New Delphi faces challenges. We hope you will accept those challenges, accept our offer, join the New Delphi team and be a part of New Delphi’s vibrant future.

NEW DELPHI 1, LLC

 

     /s/ David J. Miller

By: David J. Miller

By my signature below, I indicate acceptance and understanding of the terms and conditions contained herein and confirm that I have read and understand the changes in my compensation, benefits and rights as referenced herein and as made available to me for review on the Delphi U.S. website. I understand that New Delphi and Delphi U.S. may amend, modify or terminate their respective benefit plans and programs at any time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

Additionally, by my signature below, I hereby waive and release all pre-existing claims that I had or may have against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, including, without limitation, those arising from any pre-existing employment, change in control or other employment-related agreements, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Furthermore, I indicate that I am voluntarily waiving and releasing all pre-existing claims against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and I confirm that I have read and understand the consequences of such waiver and release.

 

         Initials

   Page 5 of 6        


In accordance with the terms of this offer letter, I hereby irrevocably elect to receive the following payment in the event of my eligible termination of employment with Delphi U.S. (select one):

SAP Benefit     

SERP Benefit     

 

     /s/ Rodney O’Neal

    Date: October 2 , 2009
Rodney O’Neal    

 

         Initials

   Page 6 of 6        

Exhibit 10.17

New Delphi 1, LLC

October 2, 2009

James A Bertrand

VP & PRESIDENT DELPHI AHG / THERMAL SYSTEMS

Thermal Systems - Auburn Hills, MI

Dear James:

We are pleased to offer you employment with New Delphi 1, LLC (“ Delphi U.S. ”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Delphi Holdings LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“ New Delphi ”). If you agree by countersigning this letter, you will become an executive of Delphi U.S. upon the effective date of the Master Disposition Agreement (“ MDA ”), currently anticipated for the first week of October 2009.

We hope you will accept our offer. We developed our combination of base pay, cash incentive pay, long-term incentive, and benefits to offer compensation that we believe provide substantially similar or better overall economic benefits to what you have had during the bankruptcy. As with executive compensation throughout our industry, your actual compensation will depend on New Delphi’s success as a company and your individual contribution to that success.

Because Delphi U.S. is a newly formed company, you will be a new employee of a newly formed company. Any obligations from your service to Delphi Corporation (“ Old Delphi ”) will not be assumed by New Delphi or Delphi U.S., each of which is a separate company. However, your length of service with Old Delphi applies for purposes of eligibility for certain policies and benefits. The following summarizes the initial terms of your employment:

 

   

Base Salary : Your base salary will initially be $562,500.00 annually and will be increased, effective November 1, 2009 by half of the car allowance you are currently eligible to receive from Old Delphi (as described below). As of November 1, 2009, your new base salary will be $573,600.00 annually.

 

   

Target Annual Incentive : For the 2010 calendar year, your target annual incentive compensation will be $660,500.00. This target annual incentive compensation is an increase of $20,000 above your salaried incentive target at Old Delphi. This increase will offset certain benefits that will not be offered. It also has been increased to equal the base pay reductions you accepted during Old Delphi’s bankruptcy. What you actually receive will, of course, be subject to the performance of New Delphi relative to the performance targets established by New Delphi’s Board of Managers (the “ Board ”), as well as your individual performance. The Board has the ability to modify the program in consultation with Delphi U.S. management.

 

   

LTIP : New Delphi will implement a Long-Term Incentive Program. The grants under that program will be the responsibility of the Board. As with other long-term incentive programs, awards under the program and the value of those awards will depend on the

 

         Initials

   Page 1 of 6        


 

success of New Delphi as a company and upon achieving a meaningful increase in the value of New Delphi, as well as other potential factors such as the occurrence of an IPO or other liquidity event for shareholders. Investors of New Delphi who have the right to designate a majority of the members of the Board will recommend that all Delphi U.S. executives be eligible to participate and that an award pool with a total potential value of $135,000,000 be available for grant over the first three years of the program, contingent on New Delphi’s success and the targets and conditions contained in the program. This will be a priority of New Delphi.

 

   

Severance : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Separation Allowance Plan (SAP), should you be separated from Delphi U.S., and subject to the election described below, you will be eligible to receive the same severance pay, if any, as you would have received from Old Delphi in accordance with the terms of Old Delphi’s Separation Allowance Plan, as in effect on May 1, 2009. We note that, like the Old Delphi plan, severance pay will not be payable in the event you are terminated due to a “Discharge” (as defined in the SAP) or if you quit. The Board will set severance policy and may amend the SAP after two years.

 

   

Frozen SERP Benefit : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP) which is, and will continue to be, frozen, you will be eligible to receive a benefit amount based on the benefit that would have been payable pursuant to the terms of Old Delphi’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan but modified in two ways: (a) the benefit under the Old Delphi plan will be calculated based on earnings and service up to December 31, 2006, and (b) an additional 10% reduction of such frozen benefit amount will apply. In order to receive the SERP benefit, you must remain employed by Delphi U.S. for at least two (2) years following your employment commencement date with Delphi U.S. This requirement will not apply if (1) your employment is terminated by Delphi U.S., not you, and for reasons other than “Cause,” as defined in the SERP, (2) you die or (3) you reach age 60.

In the event you are separated from employment from Delphi U.S., you have the option to receive either the SAP Benefit or the SERP Benefit, but not both . You must make your one-time election simultaneously with your execution and delivery of this offer letter by selecting either “SAP Benefit” or “SERP Benefit” in the space provided below. This election will only apply if you are separated by Delphi U.S. For example, if you elect the severance but are never separated, you will still be eligible for SERP benefits at the time of your retirement or death. You will receive separate information involving estimated amounts of your SAP and frozen SERP to assist you in making an election.

Notwithstanding anything else in this offer letter to the contrary, in the event that you have already signed a release of claims against Old Delphi, your prior election to receive severance under such release of claims shall be binding and you shall not be entitled to a new election hereunder. Delphi U.S. hereby agrees to pay any amounts payable to you pursuant to such release of claims in accordance with its terms, subject to your continued compliance with the terms of such release of claims.

 

   

Temporary Lay Offs (TLO) : In 2010, consistent with current policy, you will be required to take at least two (2) weeks of TLO per quarter until New Delphi is globally cash flow positive. These weeks will be paid at 50% of your base salary (the same policy as was in effect at Old Delphi).

 

         Initials

   Page 2 of 6        


   

Car Allowance : Delphi U.S. is not offering a car stipend. Instead, an amount equal to 50% of the monthly car stipend that you were eligible to receive from Old Delphi will be rolled into your base salary, effective November 1, 2009. The amount of the monthly car stipend that is rolled into your base salary will not count toward your SAP benefit.

 

   

Qualified Retirement Plan - 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will assume the Old Delphi 401(k) plan, and you will retain your 401(k) account. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. Once New Delphi has been globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends to make profit sharing matching contributions equal to 50% of your contributions, up to a maximum of 3.5%. Thus if you contribute 7%, Delphi U.S. would match this with a 3.5% contribution. Of course, Delphi U.S.’s decision to make any contribution or match is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Nonqualified 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will adopt the New Delphi 1, LLC Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (the “ SRESP ”), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that operates in a manner similar to a 401(k) plan with respect to compensation above the IRS annual compensation limit. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. As with the qualified 401(k) plan, once New Delphi is globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends also to match 50% of your contributions on the same basis up to a maximum of 3.5%. Similarly, the decision to make any matching contributions is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Health Care : Your group health insurance policy at Delphi U.S. will initially offer the same benefits and provisions as were provided by Old Delphi. Employee contribution costs, including co-pays and deductibles, are expected to increase in 2010. The specific impact upon eligible employees will be determined based in part upon you and your dependent’s eligibility for certain healthy behavior factors that will impact the amount of your monthly premium. Also, beginning in January, 2010, if your spouse has coverage from another source, your spouse will be covered by that source rather than by Delphi U.S. These changes should become effective January 1, 2010, with the details to be provided in the benefit options enrollment package which you will receive later this year.

 

   

Life Insurance : Delphi U.S. intends to provide you with a term-life insurance policy with a face amount equal to 1.5 times your base salary. The premiums for this policy will be paid by Delphi U.S. while you remain employed by Delphi U.S.

 

   

Holidays : You will initially be entitled to 9 standard holidays and 2 floating holidays. In 2010, Delphi U.S.’s holidays will be:

 

New Years Day

  Labor Day   Christmas Eve Day

Memorial Day

  Thanksgiving   Christmas Day

Independence Day

  Day after Thanksgiving   New Years Eve Day

 

   

Vacation Schedule : In accordance with Delphi U.S.’s vacation policy, vacation days will be based upon length of service, in the table shown below, but will cap at 20 days for employees with more than 15 years of service.

 

         Initials

   Page 3 of 6        


Years of Service

 

Days Vacation

1 but less than 3

  10 days

3 but less than 5

  12.5 days

5 but less than 10

  15 days

10 but less than 15

  17.5 days

15 or more

  20 days

 

   

Designated Time Off Days : In addition to vacation, you will accrue additional paid days off based upon length of service up to a maximum of 5 days per year, as shown below. These days are generally expected to be used for personal appointments, individual sick days, funerals, etc.

 

Years of Service

 

DTO Days

1 but less than 3

  2 days

3 but less than 10

  3 days

10 but less than 20

  4 days

20 or more

  5 days

 

   

Short- and Long-Term Disability : You will be eligible to participate in Delphi U.S.’s short- and long-term disability plans on the same basis as similarly situated employees. The short-term program generally provide for a total of 26 weeks, with the first week at 100% of base pay and the remaining 25 weeks at 60% of base pay. The long-term program will provide for 40% of your pay for any illness that extends beyond the short-term sickness and accident leave. You will be able to purchase coverage for up to an additional 20% of pay.

By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that the terms of your employment and all policies, practices and procedures of Delphi U.S. are subject to change at the discretion of Delphi U.S. from time to time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

THIS OFFER LETTER IS CONDITIONED UPON YOU CONTRACTUALLY WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS. BY SIGNING THIS LETTER, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU ARE WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS THAT YOU HAD OR MAY HAVE AGAINST OLD DELPHI, NEW DELPHI OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE ARISING FROM ANY PRE-EXISTING EMPLOYMENT, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT-RELATED AGREEMENTS AND ANY BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER PRE-EXISTING COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS ARRANGEMENTS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN.

To help you better understand the compensation, policy and benefit program, you may find Delphi U.S.’s policies on my.delphi.com.

You may wish to consult with your HR department or with your own attorney to more fully understand the claims and rights that you will be waiving as a consequence of accepting this offer of employment.

 

         Initials

   Page 4 of 6        


As you evaluate this offer there are several things to keep in mind. Delphi U.S. is a new company and as such, you will be required to complete new “on boarding” forms which are effective upon your signature of acceptance at the bottom of this letter. Additionally, please read the attached acknowledgement, which you will also need to sign and return with your acceptance. This document acknowledges Delphi U.S.’s employment policy, which is “at will” employment on a day-to-day basis. As described above, the policies which applied to Old Delphi cease to exist as of the effective date and Delphi U.S.’s policies will govern your employment going forward.

To accept the offer, you must sign both this offer letter and the attached employment acknowledgement notice and return the forms to your personnel representative or office by to your employment commencement date. Your local HR department should also be able to assist.

We are all aware of the great sacrifices Old Delphi executives have made to preserve the company, to protect its reputation and to serve Old Delphi’s customers. We recognize the toll that being simultaneously in reorganization and recession takes. Nonetheless, we believe that New Delphi can and will succeed, will restore its financial health and its honored position among its customers. New Delphi starts with great products, a good reputation, great financial resources and the opportunity that technology and a competitive industry provides. But it cannot succeed without dedicated and skilled management. There is no question that New Delphi faces challenges. We hope you will accept those challenges, accept our offer, join the New Delphi team and be a part of New Delphi’s vibrant future.

NEW DELPHI 1, LLC

 

    /s/ David J. Miller

By: David J. Miller

By my signature below, I indicate acceptance and understanding of the terms and conditions contained herein and confirm that I have read and understand the changes in my compensation, benefits and rights as referenced herein and as made available to me for review on the Delphi U.S. website. I understand that New Delphi and Delphi U.S. may amend, modify or terminate their respective benefit plans and programs at any time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

Additionally, by my signature below, I hereby waive and release all pre-existing claims that I had or may have against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, including, without limitation, those arising from any pre-existing employment, change in control or other employment-related agreements, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Furthermore, I indicate that I am voluntarily waiving and releasing all pre-existing claims against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and I confirm that I have read and understand the consequences of such waiver and release.

 

         Initials

   Page 5 of 6        


In accordance with the terms of this offer letter, I hereby irrevocably elect to receive the following payment in the event of my eligible termination of employment with Delphi U.S. (select one):

SAP Benefit     

SERP Benefit     

 

     /s/ James A. Bertrand

    Date: October 2, 2009
James A Bertrand    

 

         Initials

   Page 6 of 6        

Exhibit 10.18

New Delphi 1, LLC

October 2, 2009

Ronald M. Pirtle

Vice President and President, Delphi Powertrain Systems and President, Delphi Europe, Middle

East, & Africa

Powertrain Systems – Bascharge, LUXEMBOURG

Dear Ron:

We are pleased to offer you employment with New Delphi 1, LLC (“ Delphi U.S. ”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Delphi Holdings LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“ New Delphi ”). If you agree by countersigning this letter, you will become an executive of Delphi U.S. upon the effective date of the Master Disposition Agreement (“ MDA ”), currently anticipated for the first week of October 2009.

We hope you will accept our offer. We developed our combination of base pay, cash incentive pay, long-term incentive, and benefits to offer compensation that we believe provide substantially similar or better overall economic benefits to what you have had during the bankruptcy. As with executive compensation throughout our industry, your actual compensation will depend on New Delphi’s success as a company and your individual contribution to that success.

As you are currently an expatriate, this offer is made with the assumption your expatriate assignment will continue. Your immigration paperwork will be updated for the new legal entity. The provisions described below apply to you, as appropriate, as a U.S. executive on expatriate assignment or upon your repatriation.

Because Delphi U.S. is a newly formed company, you will be a new employee of a newly formed company. Any obligations from your service to Delphi Corporation (“ Old Delphi ”) will not be assumed by New Delphi or Delphi U.S., each of which is a separate company. However, your length of service with Old Delphi applies for purposes of eligibility for certain policies and benefits. The following summarizes the initial terms of your employment:

 

   

Base Salary : Your base salary will initially be $603,000.00 annually and will be increased, effective November 1, 2009 by half of the car allowance you are currently eligible to receive from Old Delphi (as described below). Your stipend fold in will occur when you repatriate.

 

   

Target Annual Incentive : For the 2010 calendar year, your target annual incentive compensation will be $687,000.00. This target annual incentive compensation is an increase of $20,000 above your salaried incentive target at Old Delphi. This increase will offset certain benefits that will not be offered. It also has been increased to equal the base pay reductions you accepted during Old Delphi’s bankruptcy. What you actually receive will, of course, be subject to the performance of New Delphi relative to the performance targets established by New Delphi’s Board of Managers (the “ Board ”), as well as your individual performance. The Board has the ability to modify the program in consultation with Delphi U.S. management.

 

         Initials

   Page 1 of 6        


   

LTIP : New Delphi will implement a Long-Term Incentive Program. The grants under that program will be the responsibility of the Board. As with other long-term incentive programs, awards under the program and the value of those awards will depend on the success of New Delphi as a company and upon achieving a meaningful increase in the value of New Delphi, as well as other potential factors such as the occurrence of an IPO or other liquidity event for shareholders. Investors of New Delphi who have the right to designate a majority of the members of the Board will recommend that all Delphi U.S. executives be eligible to participate and that an award pool with a total potential value of $135,000,000 be available for grant over the first three years of the program, contingent on New Delphi’s success and the targets and conditions contained in the program. This will be a priority of New Delphi.

 

   

Severance : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Separation Allowance Plan (SAP), should you be separated from Delphi U.S., and subject to the election described below, you will be eligible to receive the same severance pay, if any, as you would have received from Old Delphi in accordance with the terms of Old Delphi’s Separation Allowance Plan, as in effect on May 1, 2009. We note that, like the Old Delphi plan, severance pay will not be payable in the event you are terminated due to a “Discharge” (as defined in the SAP) or if you quit. The Board will set severance policy and may amend the SAP after two years.

 

   

Frozen SERP Benefit : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP) which is, and will continue to be, frozen, you will be eligible to receive a benefit amount based on the benefit that would have been payable pursuant to the terms of Old Delphi’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan but modified in two ways: (a) the benefit under the Old Delphi plan will be calculated based on earnings and service up to December 31, 2006, and (b) an additional 10% reduction of such frozen benefit amount will apply. In order to receive the SERP benefit, you must remain employed by Delphi U.S. for at least two (2) years following your employment commencement date with Delphi U.S. This requirement will not apply if (1) your employment is terminated by Delphi U.S., not you, and for reasons other than “Cause,” as defined in the SERP, (2) you die or (3) you reach age 60.

In the event you are separated from employment from Delphi U.S., you have the option to receive either the SAP Benefit or the SERP Benefit, but not both . You must make your one-time election simultaneously with your execution and delivery of this offer letter by selecting either “SAP Benefit” or “SERP Benefit” in the space provided below. This election will only apply if you are separated by Delphi U.S. For example, if you elect the severance but are never separated, you will still be eligible for SERP benefits at the time of your retirement or death. You will receive separate information involving estimated amounts of your SAP and frozen SERP to assist you in making an election.

Notwithstanding anything else in this offer letter to the contrary, in the event that you have already signed a release of claims against Old Delphi, your prior election to receive severance under such release of claims shall be binding and you shall not be entitled to a new election hereunder. Delphi U.S. hereby agrees to pay any amounts payable to you pursuant to such release of claims in accordance with its terms, subject to your continued compliance with the terms of such release of claims.

 

         Initials

   Page 2 of 6        


   

Temporary Lay Offs (TLO) : In 2010, consistent with current policy, you will be required to take at least two (2) weeks of TLO per quarter until New Delphi is globally cash flow positive. These weeks will be paid at 50% of your base salary (the same policy as was in effect at Old Delphi).

 

   

Car Allowance : Delphi U.S. is not offering a car stipend. Instead, an amount equal to 50% of the monthly car stipend that you were eligible to receive from Old Delphi will be rolled into your base salary, upon your repatriation. The amount of the monthly car stipend that is rolled into your base salary will not count toward your SAP benefit.

 

   

Qualified Retirement Plan - 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will assume the Old Delphi 401(k) plan, and you will retain your 401(k) account. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. Once New Delphi has been globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends to make profit sharing matching contributions equal to 50% of your contributions, up to a maximum of 3.5%. Thus if you contribute 7%, Delphi U.S. would match this with a 3.5% contribution. Of course, Delphi U.S.’s decision to make any contribution or match is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Nonqualified 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will adopt the New Delphi 1, LLC Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (the “ SRESP ”), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that operates in a manner similar to a 401(k) plan with respect to compensation above the IRS annual compensation limit. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. As with the qualified 401(k) plan, once New Delphi is globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends also to match 50% of your contributions on the same basis up to a maximum of 3.5%. Similarly, the decision to make any matching contributions is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Health Care : Your group health insurance policy at Delphi U.S. will initially offer the same benefits and provisions as were provided by Old Delphi. Employee contribution costs, including co-pays and deductibles, are expected to increase in 2010. The specific impact upon eligible employees will be determined based in part upon you and your dependent’s eligibility for certain healthy behavior factors that will impact the amount of your monthly premium. Also, beginning in January, 2010, if your spouse has coverage from another source, your spouse will be covered by that source rather than by Delphi U.S. These changes should become effective January 1, 2010, with the details to be provided in the benefit options enrollment package which you will receive later this year.

 

   

Life Insurance : Delphi U.S. intends to provide you with a term-life insurance policy with a face amount equal to 1.5 times your base salary. The premiums for this policy will be paid by Delphi U.S. while you remain employed by Delphi U.S.

 

 

         Initials

   Page 3 of 6        


   

Holidays : You will initially be entitled to 9 standard holidays and 2 floating holidays. In 2010, Delphi U.S.’s holidays will be:

 

New Years Day

  Labor Day   Christmas Eve Day

Memorial Day

  Thanksgiving   Christmas Day

Independence Day

  Day after Thanksgiving   New Years Eve Day

 

   

Vacation Schedule : In accordance with Delphi U.S.’s vacation policy, vacation days will be based upon length of service, in the table shown below, but will cap at 20 days for employees with more than 15 years of service.

 

Years of Service

 

Days Vacation

1 but less than 3

  10 days

3 but less than 5

  12.5 days

5 but less than 10

  15 days

10 but less than 15

  17.5 days

15 or more

  20 days

 

   

Designated Time Off Days : In addition to vacation, you will accrue additional paid days off based upon length of service up to a maximum of 5 days per year, as shown below. These days are generally expected to be used for personal appointments, individual sick days, funerals, etc.

 

Years of Service

 

DTO Days

1 but less than 3

  2 days

3 but less than 10

  3 days

10 but less than 20

  4 days

20 or more

  5 days

 

   

Short- and Long-Term Disability : You will be eligible to participate in Delphi U.S.’s short- and long-term disability plans on the same basis as similarly situated employees. The short-term program generally provide for a total of 26 weeks, with the first week at 100% of base pay and the remaining 25 weeks at 60% of base pay. The long-term program will provide for 40% of your pay for any illness that extends beyond the short-term sickness and accident leave. You will be able to purchase coverage for up to an additional 20% of pay.

By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that the terms of your employment and all policies, practices and procedures of Delphi U.S. are subject to change at the discretion of Delphi U.S. from time to time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

THIS OFFER LETTER IS CONDITIONED UPON YOU CONTRACTUALLY WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS. BY SIGNING THIS LETTER, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU ARE WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS THAT YOU HAD OR MAY HAVE AGAINST OLD DELPHI, NEW DELPHI OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE ARISING FROM ANY PRE-EXISTING EMPLOYMENT, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT-RELATED AGREEMENTS AND ANY BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER PRE-EXISTING COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS ARRANGEMENTS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN.

 

         Initials

   Page 4 of 6        


To help you better understand the compensation, policy and benefit program, you may find Delphi U.S.’s policies on my.delphi.com.

You may wish to consult with your HR department or with your own attorney to more fully understand the claims and rights that you will be waiving as a consequence of accepting this offer of employment.

As you evaluate this offer there are several things to keep in mind. Delphi U.S. is a new company and as such, you will be required to complete new “on boarding” forms which are effective upon your signature of acceptance at the bottom of this letter. Additionally, please read the attached acknowledgement, which you will also need to sign and return with your acceptance. This document acknowledges Delphi U.S.’s employment policy, which is “at will” employment on a day-to-day basis. As described above, the policies which applied to Old Delphi cease to exist as of the effective date and Delphi U.S.’s policies will govern your employment going forward.

To accept the offer, you must sign both this offer letter and the attached employment acknowledgement notice and return the forms to your personnel representative or office by to your employment commencement date. Your local HR department should also be able to assist.

We are all aware of the great sacrifices Old Delphi executives have made to preserve the company, to protect its reputation and to serve Old Delphi’s customers. We recognize the toll that being simultaneously in reorganization and recession takes. Nonetheless, we believe that New Delphi can and will succeed, will restore its financial health and its honored position among its customers. New Delphi starts with great products, a good reputation, great financial resources and the opportunity that technology and a competitive industry provides. But it cannot succeed without dedicated and skilled management. There is no question that New Delphi faces challenges. We hope you will accept those challenges, accept our offer, join the New Delphi team and be a part of New Delphi’s vibrant future.

NEW DELPHI 1, LLC

 

    /s/ David J. Miller

  By: David J. Miller

By my signature below, I indicate acceptance and understanding of the terms and conditions contained herein and confirm that I have read and understand the changes in my compensation, benefits and rights as referenced herein and as made available to me for review on the Delphi U.S. website. I understand that New Delphi and Delphi U.S. may amend, modify or terminate their respective benefit plans and programs at any time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

 

         Initials

   Page 5 of 6        


Additionally, by my signature below, I hereby waive and release all pre-existing claims that I had or may have against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, including, without limitation, those arising from any pre-existing employment, change in control or other employment-related agreements, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Furthermore, I indicate that I am voluntarily waiving and releasing all pre-existing claims against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and I confirm that I have read and understand the consequences of such waiver and release.

In accordance with the terms of this offer letter, I hereby irrevocably elect to receive the following payment in the event of my eligible termination of employment with Delphi U.S. (select one):

SAP Benefit     

SERP Benefit     

 

    /s/ Ronald M. Pirtle

    Date: October 2, 2009
Ronald M. Pirtle    

 

         Initials

   Page 6 of 6        

Exhibit 10.19

New Delphi 1, LLC

October 2, 2009

James A Spencer

VP & PRESIDENT DELPHI ELECTRICAL / ELECTRONIC ARCHITECTURE

Electrical/Electronic Architecture - Streetsboro, OH

Dear James:

We are pleased to offer you employment with New Delphi 1, LLC (“ Delphi U.S. ”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Delphi Holdings LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“ New Delphi ”). If you agree by countersigning this letter, you will become an executive of Delphi U.S. upon the effective date of the Master Disposition Agreement (“ MDA ”), currently anticipated for the first week of October 2009.

We hope you will accept our offer. We developed our combination of base pay, cash incentive pay, long-term incentive, and benefits to offer compensation that we believe provide substantially similar or better overall economic benefits to what you have had during the bankruptcy. As with executive compensation throughout our industry, your actual compensation will depend on New Delphi’s success as a company and your individual contribution to that success.

Because Delphi U.S. is a newly formed company, you will be a new employee of a newly formed company. Any obligations from your service to Delphi Corporation (“ Old Delphi ”) will not be assumed by New Delphi or Delphi U.S., each of which is a separate company. However, your length of service with Old Delphi applies for purposes of eligibility for certain policies and benefits. The following summarizes the initial terms of your employment:

 

   

Base Salary : Your base salary will initially be $549,000.00 annually and will be increased, effective November 1, 2009 by half of the car allowance you are currently eligible to receive from Old Delphi (as described below). As of November 1, 2009, your new base salary will be $560,100.00 annually.

 

   

Target Annual Incentive : For the 2010 calendar year, your target annual incentive compensation will be $659,000.00. This target annual incentive compensation is an increase of $20,000 above your salaried incentive target at Old Delphi. This increase will offset certain benefits that will not be offered. It also has been increased to equal the base pay reductions you accepted during Old Delphi’s bankruptcy. What you actually receive will, of course, be subject to the performance of New Delphi relative to the performance targets established by New Delphi’s Board of Managers (the “ Board ”), as well as your individual performance. The Board has the ability to modify the program in consultation with Delphi U.S. management.

 

   

LTIP : New Delphi will implement a Long-Term Incentive Program. The grants under that program will be the responsibility of the Board. As with other long-term incentive programs, awards under the program and the value of those awards will depend on the

 

         Initials

   Page 1 of 6        


 

success of New Delphi as a company and upon achieving a meaningful increase in the value of New Delphi, as well as other potential factors such as the occurrence of an IPO or other liquidity event for shareholders. Investors of New Delphi who have the right to designate a majority of the members of the Board will recommend that all Delphi U.S. executives be eligible to participate and that an award pool with a total potential value of $135,000,000 be available for grant over the first three years of the program, contingent on New Delphi’s success and the targets and conditions contained in the program. This will be a priority of New Delphi.

 

   

Severance : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Separation Allowance Plan (SAP), should you be separated from Delphi U.S., and subject to the election described below, you will be eligible to receive the same severance pay, if any, as you would have received from Old Delphi in accordance with the terms of Old Delphi’s Separation Allowance Plan, as in effect on May 1, 2009. We note that, like the Old Delphi plan, severance pay will not be payable in the event you are terminated due to a “Discharge” (as defined in the SAP) or if you quit. The Board will set severance policy and may amend the SAP after two years.

 

   

Frozen SERP Benefit : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP) which is, and will continue to be, frozen, you will be eligible to receive a benefit amount based on the benefit that would have been payable pursuant to the terms of Old Delphi’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan but modified in two ways: (a) the benefit under the Old Delphi plan will be calculated based on earnings and service up to December 31, 2006, and (b) an additional 10% reduction of such frozen benefit amount will apply. In order to receive the SERP benefit, you must remain employed by Delphi U.S. for at least two (2) years following your employment commencement date with Delphi U.S. This requirement will not apply if (1) your employment is terminated by Delphi U.S., not you, and for reasons other than “Cause,” as defined in the SERP, (2) you die or (3) you reach age 60.

In the event you are separated from employment from Delphi U.S., you have the option to receive either the SAP Benefit or the SERP Benefit, but not both . You must make your one-time election simultaneously with your execution and delivery of this offer letter by selecting either “SAP Benefit” or “SERP Benefit” in the space provided below. This election will only apply if you are separated by Delphi U.S. For example, if you elect the severance but are never separated, you will still be eligible for SERP benefits at the time of your retirement or death. You will receive separate information involving estimated amounts of your SAP and frozen SERP to assist you in making an election.

Notwithstanding anything else in this offer letter to the contrary, in the event that you have already signed a release of claims against Old Delphi, your prior election to receive severance under such release of claims shall be binding and you shall not be entitled to a new election hereunder. Delphi U.S. hereby agrees to pay any amounts payable to you pursuant to such release of claims in accordance with its terms, subject to your continued compliance with the terms of such release of claims.

 

   

Temporary Lay Offs (TLO) : In 2010, consistent with current policy, you will be required to take at least two (2) weeks of TLO per quarter until New Delphi is globally cash flow positive. These weeks will be paid at 50% of your base salary (the same policy as was in effect at Old Delphi).

 

         Initials

   Page 2 of 6        


   

Car Allowance : Delphi U.S. is not offering a car stipend. Instead, an amount equal to 50% of the monthly car stipend that you were eligible to receive from Old Delphi will be rolled into your base salary, effective November 1, 2009. The amount of the monthly car stipend that is rolled into your base salary will not count toward your SAP benefit.

 

   

Qualified Retirement Plan - 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will assume the Old Delphi 401(k) plan, and you will retain your 401(k) account. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. Once New Delphi has been globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends to make profit sharing matching contributions equal to 50% of your contributions, up to a maximum of 3.5%. Thus if you contribute 7%, Delphi U.S. would match this with a 3.5% contribution. Of course, Delphi U.S.’s decision to make any contribution or match is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Nonqualified 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will adopt the New Delphi 1, LLC Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (the “ SRESP ”), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that operates in a manner similar to a 401(k) plan with respect to compensation above the IRS annual compensation limit. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. As with the qualified 401(k) plan, once New Delphi is globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends also to match 50% of your contributions on the same basis up to a maximum of 3.5%. Similarly, the decision to make any matching contributions is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Health Care : Your group health insurance policy at Delphi U.S. will initially offer the same benefits and provisions as were provided by Old Delphi. Employee contribution costs, including co-pays and deductibles, are expected to increase in 2010. The specific impact upon eligible employees will be determined based in part upon you and your dependent’s eligibility for certain healthy behavior factors that will impact the amount of your monthly premium. Also, beginning in January, 2010, if your spouse has coverage from another source, your spouse will be covered by that source rather than by Delphi U.S. These changes should become effective January 1, 2010, with the details to be provided in the benefit options enrollment package which you will receive later this year.

 

   

Life Insurance : Delphi U.S. intends to provide you with a term-life insurance policy with a face amount equal to 1.5 times your base salary. The premiums for this policy will be paid by Delphi U.S. while you remain employed by Delphi U.S.

 

   

Holidays : You will initially be entitled to 9 standard holidays and 2 floating holidays. In 2010, Delphi U.S.’s holidays will be:

 

New Years Day

  Labor Day   Christmas Eve Day

Memorial Day

  Thanksgiving   Christmas Day

Independence Day

  Day after Thanksgiving   New Years Eve Day

 

   

Vacation Schedule : In accordance with Delphi U.S.’s vacation policy, vacation days will be based upon length of service, in the table shown below, but will cap at 20 days for employees with more than 15 years of service.

 

         Initials

   Page 3 of 6        


Years of Service

 

Days Vacation

1 but less than 3

  10 days

3 but less than 5

  12.5 days

5 but less than 10

  15 days

10 but less than 15

  17.5 days

15 or more

  20 days

 

   

Designated Time Off Days : In addition to vacation, you will accrue additional paid days off based upon length of service up to a maximum of 5 days per year, as shown below. These days are generally expected to be used for personal appointments, individual sick days, funerals, etc.

 

Years of Service

 

DTO Days

1 but less than 3

  2 days

3 but less than 10

  3 days

10 but less than 20

  4 days

20 or more

  5 days

 

   

Short- and Long-Term Disability : You will be eligible to participate in Delphi U.S.’s short- and long-term disability plans on the same basis as similarly situated employees. The short-term program generally provide for a total of 26 weeks, with the first week at 100% of base pay and the remaining 25 weeks at 60% of base pay. The long-term program will provide for 40% of your pay for any illness that extends beyond the short-term sickness and accident leave. You will be able to purchase coverage for up to an additional 20% of pay.

By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that the terms of your employment and all policies, practices and procedures of Delphi U.S. are subject to change at the discretion of Delphi U.S. from time to time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

THIS OFFER LETTER IS CONDITIONED UPON YOU CONTRACTUALLY WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS. BY SIGNING THIS LETTER, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU ARE WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS THAT YOU HAD OR MAY HAVE AGAINST OLD DELPHI, NEW DELPHI OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE ARISING FROM ANY PRE-EXISTING EMPLOYMENT, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT-RELATED AGREEMENTS AND ANY BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER PRE-EXISTING COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS ARRANGEMENTS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN.

To help you better understand the compensation, policy and benefit program, you may find Delphi U.S.’s policies on my.delphi.com.

You may wish to consult with your HR department or with your own attorney to more fully understand the claims and rights that you will be waiving as a consequence of accepting this offer of employment.

 

         Initials

   Page 4 of 6        


As you evaluate this offer there are several things to keep in mind. Delphi U.S. is a new company and as such, you will be required to complete new “on boarding” forms which are effective upon your signature of acceptance at the bottom of this letter. Additionally, please read the attached acknowledgement, which you will also need to sign and return with your acceptance. This document acknowledges Delphi U.S.’s employment policy, which is “at will” employment on a day-to-day basis. As described above, the policies which applied to Old Delphi cease to exist as of the effective date and Delphi U.S.’s policies will govern your employment going forward.

To accept the offer, you must sign both this offer letter and the attached employment acknowledgement notice and return the forms to your personnel representative or office by to your employment commencement date. Your local HR department should also be able to assist.

We are all aware of the great sacrifices Old Delphi executives have made to preserve the company, to protect its reputation and to serve Old Delphi’s customers. We recognize the toll that being simultaneously in reorganization and recession takes. Nonetheless, we believe that New Delphi can and will succeed, will restore its financial health and its honored position among its customers. New Delphi starts with great products, a good reputation, great financial resources and the opportunity that technology and a competitive industry provides. But it cannot succeed without dedicated and skilled management. There is no question that New Delphi faces challenges. We hope you will accept those challenges, accept our offer, join the New Delphi team and be a part of New Delphi’s vibrant future.

NEW DELPHI 1, LLC

 

    /s/ David J. Miller

  By: David J. Miller

By my signature below, I indicate acceptance and understanding of the terms and conditions contained herein and confirm that I have read and understand the changes in my compensation, benefits and rights as referenced herein and as made available to me for review on the Delphi U.S. website. I understand that New Delphi and Delphi U.S. may amend, modify or terminate their respective benefit plans and programs at any time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

Additionally, by my signature below, I hereby waive and release all pre-existing claims that I had or may have against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, including, without limitation, those arising from any pre-existing employment, change in control or other employment-related agreements, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Furthermore, I indicate that I am voluntarily waiving and releasing all pre-existing claims against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and I confirm that I have read and understand the consequences of such waiver and release.

 

         Initials

   Page 5 of 6        


In accordance with the terms of this offer letter, I hereby irrevocably elect to receive the following payment in the event of my eligible termination of employment with Delphi U.S. (select one):

SAP Benefit __

SERP Benefit __

 

    /s/James A Spencer

James A Spencer

      Date: October 2, 2009

 

         Initials

   Page 6 of 6        

Exhibit 10.20

New Delphi 1, LLC

October 2, 2009

Keith D Stipp

EXECUTIVE DIR RESTRUCTURING

Delphi Headquarters - Troy, MI

Dear Keith:

We are pleased to offer you employment with New Delphi 1, LLC (“ Delphi U.S. ”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Delphi Holdings LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“ New Delphi ”). If you agree by countersigning this letter, you will become an executive of Delphi U.S. upon the effective date of the Master Disposition Agreement (“ MDA ”), currently anticipated for the first week of October 2009.

We hope you will accept our offer. We developed our combination of base pay, cash incentive pay, long-term incentive, and benefits to offer compensation that we believe provide substantially similar or better overall economic benefits to what you have had during the bankruptcy. As with executive compensation throughout our industry, your actual compensation will depend on New Delphi’s success as a company and your individual contribution to that success.

Because Delphi U.S. is a newly formed company, you will be a new employee of a newly formed company. Any obligations from your service to Delphi Corporation (“ Old Delphi ”) will not be assumed by New Delphi or Delphi U.S., each of which is a separate company. However, your length of service with Old Delphi applies for purposes of eligibility for certain policies and benefits. The following summarizes the initial terms of your employment:

 

   

Base Salary : Your base salary will initially be $305,000.00 annually and will be increased, effective November 1, 2009 by half of the car allowance you are currently eligible to receive from Old Delphi (as described below). As of November 1, 2009, your new base salary will be $312,200.00 annually.

 

   

Target Annual Incentive : For the 2010 calendar year, your target annual incentive compensation will be $191,000.00. This target annual incentive compensation is an increase of $20,000 above your salaried incentive target at Old Delphi. This increase will offset certain benefits that will not be offered. What you actually receive will, of course, be subject to the performance of New Delphi relative to the performance targets established by New Delphi’s Board of Managers (the “ Board ”), as well as your individual performance. The Board has the ability to modify the program in consultation with Delphi U.S. management.

 

   

LTIP : New Delphi will implement a Long-Term Incentive Program. The grants under that program will be the responsibility of the Board. As with other long-term incentive programs, awards under the program and the value of those awards will depend on the success of New Delphi as a company and upon achieving a meaningful increase in the

 

         Initials   Page 1 of 6        


 

value of New Delphi, as well as other potential factors such as the occurrence of an IPO or other liquidity event for shareholders. Investors of New Delphi who have the right to designate a majority of the members of the Board will recommend that all Delphi U.S. executives be eligible to participate and that an award pool with a total potential value of $135,000,000 be available for grant over the first three years of the program, contingent on New Delphi’s success and the targets and conditions contained in the program. This will be a priority of New Delphi.

 

   

Severance : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Separation Allowance Plan (SAP), should you be separated from Delphi U.S., and subject to the election described below, you will be eligible to receive the same severance pay, if any, as you would have received from Old Delphi in accordance with the terms of Old Delphi’s Separation Allowance Plan, as in effect on May 1, 2009. We note that, like the Old Delphi plan, severance pay will not be payable in the event you are terminated due to a “Discharge” (as defined in the SAP) or if you quit. The Board will set severance policy and may amend the SAP after two years.

 

   

Frozen SERP Benefit : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP) which is, and will continue to be, frozen, you will be eligible to receive a benefit amount based on the benefit that would have been payable pursuant to the terms of Old Delphi’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan but modified in two ways: (a) the benefit under the Old Delphi plan will be calculated based on earnings and service up to December 31, 2006, and (b) an additional 10% reduction of such frozen benefit amount will apply. In order to receive the SERP benefit, you must remain employed by Delphi U.S. for at least two (2) years following your employment commencement date with Delphi U.S. This requirement will not apply if (1) your employment is terminated by Delphi U.S., not you, and for reasons other than “Cause,” as defined in the SERP, (2) you die or (3) you reach age 60.

In the event you are separated from employment from Delphi U.S., you have the option to receive either the SAP Benefit or the SERP Benefit, but not both . You must make your one-time election simultaneously with your execution and delivery of this offer letter by selecting either “SAP Benefit” or “SERP Benefit” in the space provided below. This election will only apply if you are separated by Delphi U.S. For example, if you elect the severance but are never separated, you will still be eligible for SERP benefits at the time of your retirement or death. You will receive separate information involving estimated amounts of your SAP and frozen SERP to assist you in making an election.

Notwithstanding anything else in this offer letter to the contrary, in the event that you have already signed a release of claims against Old Delphi, your prior election to receive severance under such release of claims shall be binding and you shall not be entitled to a new election hereunder. Delphi U.S. hereby agrees to pay any amounts payable to you pursuant to such release of claims in accordance with its terms, subject to your continued compliance with the terms of such release of claims.

 

   

Temporary Lay Offs (TLO) : In 2010, consistent with current policy, you will be required to take at least two (2) weeks of TLO per quarter until New Delphi is globally cash flow positive. These weeks will be paid at 50% of your base salary (the same policy as was in effect at Old Delphi).

 

         Initials   Page 2 of 6        


   

Car Allowance : Delphi U.S. is not offering a car stipend. Instead, an amount equal to 50% of the monthly car stipend that you were eligible to receive from Old Delphi will be rolled into your base salary, effective November 1, 2009. The amount of the monthly car stipend that is rolled into your base salary will not count toward your SAP benefit.

 

   

Qualified Retirement Plan - 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will assume the Old Delphi 401(k) plan, and you will retain your 401(k) account. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. Once New Delphi has been globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends to make profit sharing matching contributions equal to 50% of your contributions, up to a maximum of 3.5%. Thus if you contribute 7%, Delphi U.S. would match this with a 3.5% contribution. Of course, Delphi U.S.’s decision to make any contribution or match is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Nonqualified 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will adopt the New Delphi 1, LLC Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (the “ SRESP ”), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that operates in a manner similar to a 401(k) plan with respect to compensation above the IRS annual compensation limit. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. As with the qualified 401(k) plan, once New Delphi is globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends also to match 50% of your contributions on the same basis up to a maximum of 3.5%. Similarly, the decision to make any matching contributions is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Health Care : Your group health insurance policy at Delphi U.S. will initially offer the same benefits and provisions as were provided by Old Delphi. Employee contribution costs, including co-pays and deductibles, are expected to increase in 2010. The specific impact upon eligible employees will be determined based in part upon you and your dependent’s eligibility for certain healthy behavior factors that will impact the amount of your monthly premium. Also, beginning in January, 2010, if your spouse has coverage from another source, your spouse will be covered by that source rather than by Delphi U.S. These changes should become effective January 1, 2010, with the details to be provided in the benefit options enrollment package which you will receive later this year.

 

   

Life Insurance : Delphi U.S. intends to provide you with a term-life insurance policy with a face amount equal to 1.5 times your base salary. The premiums for this policy will be paid by Delphi U.S. while you remain employed by Delphi U.S.

 

   

Holidays : You will initially be entitled to 9 standard holidays and 2 floating holidays. In 2010, Delphi U.S.’s holidays will be:

 

New Years Day   Labor Day   Christmas Eve Day
Memorial Day   Thanksgiving   Christmas Day
Independence Day   Day after Thanksgiving   New Years Eve Day

 

   

Vacation Schedule : In accordance with Delphi U.S.’s vacation policy, vacation days will be based upon length of service, in the table shown below, but will cap at 20 days for employees with more than 15 years of service.

 

         Initials   Page 3 of 6        


Years of Service

 

Days Vacation

1 but less than 3

  10 days

3 but less than 5

  12.5 days

5 but less than 10

  15 days

10 but less than 15

  17.5 days

15 or more

  20 days

 

   

Designated Time Off Days : In addition to vacation, you will accrue additional paid days off based upon length of service up to a maximum of 5 days per year, as shown below. These days are generally expected to be used for personal appointments, individual sick days, funerals, etc.

 

Years of Service

 

DTO Days

1 but less than 3

  2 days

3 but less than 10

  3 days

10 but less than 20

  4 days

20 or more

  5 days

 

   

Short- and Long-Term Disability : You will be eligible to participate in Delphi U.S.’s short- and long-term disability plans on the same basis as similarly situated employees. The short-term program generally provide for a total of 26 weeks, with the first week at 100% of base pay and the remaining 25 weeks at 60% of base pay. The long-term program will provide for 40% of your pay for any illness that extends beyond the short-term sickness and accident leave. You will be able to purchase coverage for up to an additional 20% of pay.

By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that the terms of your employment and all policies, practices and procedures of Delphi U.S. are subject to change at the discretion of Delphi U.S. from time to time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

THIS OFFER LETTER IS CONDITIONED UPON YOU CONTRACTUALLY WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS. BY SIGNING THIS LETTER, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU ARE WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS THAT YOU HAD OR MAY HAVE AGAINST OLD DELPHI, NEW DELPHI OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE ARISING FROM ANY PRE-EXISTING EMPLOYMENT, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT-RELATED AGREEMENTS AND ANY BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER PRE-EXISTING COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS ARRANGEMENTS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN.

To help you better understand the compensation, policy and benefit program, you may find Delphi U.S.’s policies on my.delphi.com.

You may wish to consult with your HR department or with your own attorney to more fully understand the claims and rights that you will be waiving as a consequence of accepting this offer of employment.

 

         Initials   Page 4 of 6        


As you evaluate this offer there are several things to keep in mind. Delphi U.S. is a new company and as such, you will be required to complete new “on boarding” forms which are effective upon your signature of acceptance at the bottom of this letter. Additionally, please read the attached acknowledgement, which you will also need to sign and return with your acceptance. This document acknowledges Delphi U.S.’s employment policy, which is “at will” employment on a day-to-day basis. As described above, the policies which applied to Old Delphi cease to exist as of the effective date and Delphi U.S.’s policies will govern your employment going forward.

To accept the offer, you must sign both this offer letter and the attached employment acknowledgement notice and return the forms to your personnel representative or office by to your employment commencement date. Your local HR department should also be able to assist.

We are all aware of the great sacrifices Old Delphi executives have made to preserve the company, to protect its reputation and to serve Old Delphi’s customers. We recognize the toll that being simultaneously in reorganization and recession takes. Nonetheless, we believe that New Delphi can and will succeed, will restore its financial health and its honored position among its customers. New Delphi starts with great products, a good reputation, great financial resources and the opportunity that technology and a competitive industry provides. But it cannot succeed without dedicated and skilled management. There is no question that New Delphi faces challenges. We hope you will accept those challenges, accept our offer, join the New Delphi team and be a part of New Delphi’s vibrant future.

NEW DELPHI 1, LLC

 

    /s/ David J. Miller

By: David J. Miller

By my signature below, I indicate acceptance and understanding of the terms and conditions contained herein and confirm that I have read and understand the changes in my compensation, benefits and rights as referenced herein and as made available to me for review on the Delphi U.S. website. I understand that New Delphi and Delphi U.S. may amend, modify or terminate their respective benefit plans and programs at any time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

Additionally, by my signature below, I hereby waive and release all pre-existing claims that I had or may have against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, including, without limitation, those arising from any pre-existing employment, change in control or other employment-related agreements, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Furthermore, I indicate that I am voluntarily waiving and releasing all pre-existing claims against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and I confirm that I have read and understand the consequences of such waiver and release.

 

         Initials   Page 5 of 6        


In accordance with the terms of this offer letter, I hereby irrevocably elect to receive the following payment in the event of my eligible termination of employment with Delphi U.S. (select one):

SAP Benefit     

SERP Benefit     

 

    /s/ Keith D Stipp

    Date: October 2, 2009
Keith D Stipp    

 

         Initials   Page 6 of 6        

Exhibit 10.21

New Delphi 1, LLC

October 2, 2009

John D Sheehan

VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Delphi Headquarters - Troy, MI

Dear John:

We are pleased to offer you employment with New Delphi 1, LLC (“ Delphi U.S. ”) , a wholly owned subsidiary of Delphi Holdings LLP, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“ New Delphi ”). If you agree by countersigning this letter, you will become an executive of Delphi U.S. upon the effective date of the Master Disposition Agreement (“ MDA ”), currently anticipated for the first week of October 2009.

We hope you will accept our offer. We developed our combination of base pay, cash incentive pay, long-term incentive, and benefits to offer compensation that we believe provide substantially similar or better overall economic benefits to what you have had during the bankruptcy. As with executive compensation throughout our industry, your actual compensation will depend on New Delphi’s success as a company and your individual contribution to that success.

Because Delphi U.S. is a newly formed company, you will be a new employee of a newly formed company. Any obligations from your service to Delphi Corporation (“ Old Delphi ”) will not be assumed by New Delphi or Delphi U.S., each of which is a separate company. However, your length of service with Old Delphi applies for purposes of eligibility for certain policies and benefits. The following summarizes the initial terms of your employment:

 

   

Base Salary : Your base salary will initially be $540,000.00 annually and will be increased, effective November 1, 2009 by half of the car allowance you are currently eligible to receive from Old Delphi (as described below). As of November 1, 2009, your new base salary will be $551,100.00 annually.

 

   

Target Annual Incentive : For the 2010 calendar year, your target annual incentive compensation will be $580,000.00. This target annual incentive compensation is an increase of $20,000 above your salaried incentive target at Old Delphi. This increase will offset certain benefits that will not be offered. It also has been increased to equal the base pay reductions you accepted during Old Delphi’s bankruptcy. What you actually receive will, of course, be subject to the performance of New Delphi relative to the performance targets established by New Delphi’s Board of Managers (the “ Board ”), as well as your individual performance. The Board has the ability to modify the program in consultation with Delphi U.S. management.

 

   

LTIP : New Delphi will implement a Long-Term Incentive Program. The grants under that program will be the responsibility of the Board. As with other long-term incentive programs, awards under the program and the value of those awards will depend on the

 

         Initials   Page 1 of 6        


 

success of New Delphi as a company and upon achieving a meaningful increase in the value of New Delphi, as well as other potential factors such as the occurrence of an IPO or other liquidity event for shareholders. Investors of New Delphi who have the right to designate a majority of the members of the Board will recommend that all Delphi U.S. executives be eligible to participate and that an award pool with a total potential value of $135,000,000 be available for grant over the first three years of the program, contingent on New Delphi’s success and the targets and conditions contained in the program. This will be a priority of New Delphi.

 

   

Severance : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Separation Allowance Plan (SAP), should you be separated from Delphi U.S., and subject to the election described below, you will be eligible to receive the same severance pay, if any, as you would have received from Old Delphi in accordance with the terms of Old Delphi’s Separation Allowance Plan, as in effect on May 1, 2009. We note that, like the Old Delphi plan, severance pay will not be payable in the event you are terminated due to a “Discharge” (as defined in the SAP) or if you quit. The Board will set severance policy and may amend the SAP after two years.

 

   

Frozen SERP Benefit : Under the New Delphi 1, LLC Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP) which is, and will continue to be, frozen, you will be eligible to receive a benefit amount based on the benefit that would have been payable pursuant to the terms of Old Delphi’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan but modified in two ways: (a) the benefit under the Old Delphi plan will be calculated based on earnings and service up to December 31, 2006, and (b) an additional 10% reduction of such frozen benefit amount will apply. In order to receive the SERP benefit, you must remain employed by Delphi U.S. for at least two (2) years following your employment commencement date with Delphi U.S. This requirement will not apply if (1) your employment is terminated by Delphi U.S., not you, and for reasons other than “Cause,” as defined in the SERP, (2) you die or (3) you reach age 60.

In the event you are separated from employment from Delphi U.S., you have the option to receive either the SAP Benefit or the SERP Benefit, but not both . You must make your one-time election simultaneously with your execution and delivery of this offer letter by selecting either “SAP Benefit” or “SERP Benefit” in the space provided below. This election will only apply if you are separated by Delphi U.S. For example, if you elect the severance but are never separated, you will still be eligible for SERP benefits at the time of your retirement or death. You will receive separate information involving estimated amounts of your SAP and frozen SERP to assist you in making an election.

Notwithstanding anything else in this offer letter to the contrary, in the event that you have already signed a release of claims against Old Delphi, your prior election to receive severance under such release of claims shall be binding and you shall not be entitled to a new election hereunder. Delphi U.S. hereby agrees to pay any amounts payable to you pursuant to such release of claims in accordance with its terms, subject to your continued compliance with the terms of such release of claims.

 

   

Temporary Lay Offs (TLO) : In 2010, consistent with current policy, you will be required to take at least two (2) weeks of TLO per quarter until New Delphi is globally cash flow positive. These weeks will be paid at 50% of your base salary (the same policy as was in effect at Old Delphi).

 

         Initials   Page 2 of 6        


   

Car Allowance : Delphi U.S. is not offering a car stipend. Instead, an amount equal to 50% of the monthly car stipend that you were eligible to receive from Old Delphi will be rolled into your base salary, effective November 1, 2009. The amount of the monthly car stipend that is rolled into your base salary will not count toward your SAP benefit.

 

   

Qualified Retirement Plan - 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will assume the Old Delphi 401(k) plan, and you will retain your 401(k) account. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. Once New Delphi has been globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends to make profit sharing matching contributions equal to 50% of your contributions, up to a maximum of 3.5%. Thus if you contribute 7%, Delphi U.S. would match this with a 3.5% contribution. Of course, Delphi U.S.’s decision to make any contribution or match is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Nonqualified 401(k) : Delphi U.S. will adopt the New Delphi 1, LLC Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (the “ SRESP ”), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that operates in a manner similar to a 401(k) plan with respect to compensation above the IRS annual compensation limit. Delphi U.S. currently intends to make contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary, assuming eligibility. As with the qualified 401(k) plan, once New Delphi is globally cash flow positive for each of three consecutive months, Delphi U.S. intends also to match 50% of your contributions on the same basis up to a maximum of 3.5%. Similarly, the decision to make any matching contributions is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Health Care : Your group health insurance policy at Delphi U.S. will initially offer the same benefits and provisions as were provided by Old Delphi. Employee contribution costs, including co-pays and deductibles, are expected to increase in 2010. The specific impact upon eligible employees will be determined based in part upon you and your dependent’s eligibility for certain healthy behavior factors that will impact the amount of your monthly premium. Also, beginning in January, 2010, if your spouse has coverage from another source, your spouse will be covered by that source rather than by Delphi U.S. These changes should become effective January 1, 2010, with the details to be provided in the benefit options enrollment package which you will receive later this year.

 

   

Life Insurance : Delphi U.S. intends to provide you with a term-life insurance policy with a face amount equal to 1.5 times your base salary. The premiums for this policy will be paid by Delphi U.S. while you remain employed by Delphi U.S.

 

   

Holidays : You will initially be entitled to 9 standard holidays and 2 floating holidays. In 2010, Delphi U.S.’s holidays will be:

 

New Years Day   Labor Day   Christmas Eve Day
Memorial Day   Thanksgiving   Christmas Day
Independence Day   Day after Thanksgiving   New Years Eve Day

 

   

Vacation Schedule : In accordance with Delphi U.S.’s vacation policy, vacation days will be based upon length of service, in the table shown below, but will cap at 20 days for employees with more than 15 years of service.

 

         Initials   Page 3 of 6        


Years of Service

 

Days Vacation

1 but less than 3   10 days
3 but less than 5   12.5 days
5 but less than 10   15 days
10 but less than 15   17.5 days
15 or more   20 days

 

   

Designated Time Off Days : In addition to vacation, you will accrue additional paid days off based upon length of service up to a maximum of 5 days per year, as shown below. These days are generally expected to be used for personal appointments, individual sick days, funerals, etc.

 

Years of Service

 

DTO Days

1 but less than 3   2 days
3 but less than 10   3 days
10 but less than 20   4 days
20 or more   5 days

 

   

Short- and Long-Term Disability : You will be eligible to participate in Delphi U.S.’s short- and long-term disability plans on the same basis as similarly situated employees. The short-term program generally provide for a total of 26 weeks, with the first week at 100% of base pay and the remaining 25 weeks at 60% of base pay. The long-term program will provide for 40% of your pay for any illness that extends beyond the short-term sickness and accident leave. You will be able to purchase coverage for up to an additional 20% of pay.

By signing this letter, you acknowledge and agree that the terms of your employment and all policies, practices and procedures of Delphi U.S. are subject to change at the discretion of Delphi U.S. from time to time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

THIS OFFER LETTER IS CONDITIONED UPON YOU CONTRACTUALLY WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS. BY SIGNING THIS LETTER, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT YOU ARE WAIVING AND RELEASING ALL PRE-EXISTING CLAIMS THAT YOU HAD OR MAY HAVE AGAINST OLD DELPHI, NEW DELPHI OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE ARISING FROM ANY PRE-EXISTING EMPLOYMENT, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT-RELATED AGREEMENTS AND ANY BENEFITS PAYABLE UNDER PRE-EXISTING COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS ARRANGEMENTS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN.

To help you better understand the compensation, policy and benefit program, you may find Delphi U.S.’s policies on my.delphi.com.

You may wish to consult with your HR department or with your own attorney to more fully understand the claims and rights that you will be waiving as a consequence of accepting this offer of employment.

 

         Initials   Page 4 of 6        


As you evaluate this offer there are several things to keep in mind. Delphi U.S. is a new company and as such, you will be required to complete new “on boarding” forms which are effective upon your signature of acceptance at the bottom of this letter. Additionally, please read the attached acknowledgement, which you will also need to sign and return with your acceptance. This document acknowledges Delphi U.S.’s employment policy, which is “at will” employment on a day-to-day basis. As described above, the policies which applied to Old Delphi cease to exist as of the effective date and Delphi U.S.’s policies will govern your employment going forward.

To accept the offer, you must sign both this offer letter and the attached employment acknowledgement notice and return the forms to your personnel representative or office by to your employment commencement date. Your local HR department should also be able to assist.

We are all aware of the great sacrifices Old Delphi executives have made to preserve the company, to protect its reputation and to serve Old Delphi’s customers. We recognize the toll that being simultaneously in reorganization and recession takes. Nonetheless, we believe that New Delphi can and will succeed, will restore its financial health and its honored position among its customers. New Delphi starts with great products, a good reputation, great financial resources and the opportunity that technology and a competitive industry provides. But it cannot succeed without dedicated and skilled management. There is no question that New Delphi faces challenges. We hope you will accept those challenges, accept our offer, join the New Delphi team and be a part of New Delphi’s vibrant future.

NEW DELPHI 1, LLC

 

    /s/ David J. Miller

By: David J. Miller

 

By my signature below, I indicate acceptance and understanding of the terms and conditions contained herein and confirm that I have read and understand the changes in my compensation, benefits and rights as referenced herein and as made available to me for review on the Delphi U.S. website. I understand that New Delphi and Delphi U.S. may amend, modify or terminate their respective benefit plans and programs at any time, except as specifically provided herein with respect to Delphi U.S.’s SERP and severance obligations.

Additionally, by my signature below, I hereby waive and release all pre-existing claims that I had or may have against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, including, without limitation, those arising from any pre-existing employment, change in control or other employment-related agreements, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. Furthermore, I indicate that I am voluntarily waiving and releasing all pre-existing claims against Delphi Corporation, Delphi Holdings LLP, New Delphi 1, LLC and each of their respective affiliates, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and I confirm that I have read and understand the consequences of such waiver and release.

 

         Initials   Page 5 of 6        


In accordance with the terms of this offer letter, I hereby irrevocably elect to receive the following payment in the event of my eligible termination of employment with Delphi U.S. (select one):

SAP Benefit __

SERP Benefit __

 

    /s/ John D Sheehan

    Date: October 2, 2009
John D Sheehan    

 

         Initials   Page 6 of 6        

Exhibit 10.22

LOGO

June 10, 2010

Mr. Kevin P. Clark

66 High Ridge Rd.

Boxford, MA 01921

Dear Kevin:

It is our pleasure to extend you this offer of salaried employment with Delphi as Chief Financial Officer. We anticipate you will start your employment at Delphi on July 12, 2010. The following provides a summary of your offer as discussed with Mr. Jack Krol, Chairman, Delphi Board of Managers.

Base Salary : In view of your current compensation level and competitive considerations, we are pleased to offer you an initial base salary at an annual rate of $800,000. Your base salary will be reviewed from time to time in accordance with normal Delphi practice applicable to its senior corporate executives.

Target Annual Incentive : Your target annual incentive compensation will be $800,000. What you actually receive will, of course, be subject to the performance of Delphi relative to the performance targets established by Delphi’s Board of Managers, as well as your individual performance. Your annual incentive compensation for 2010 will be prorated based on your actual start date.

Long Term Incentive (Value Creation Award) : You will receive a target award of $8,250,000 under the Delphi Value Creation Plan (“VCP”). This award amount is a three-year award of $5,100,000 (based on $1,700,000 annual value) which has been determined on the same competitive factors used in determining the three-year awards being made at this time to our other senior corporate officers, plus $3,150,000 intended to make-up a portion of the incentive compensation you will forfeit upon leaving your current employer. As with any long term incentive program, the value of your VCP award will depend on the success of Delphi as a company and the value of Delphi, as well as other potential factors such as the occurrence of an IPO or other liquidity event for shareholders. Your VCP award will be on the same terms and conditions as the VCP awards made to other senior corporate executives, including requirements for continued employment and your execution of a noninterference and confidentiality agreement.

Signing Bonus/Retention Incentive : As an inducement to join and remain with Delphi and in recognition of amounts you will forego by joining Delphi, you will receive a signing bonus of $2,500,000, which will be paid in cash within 30 days of your start date. If your employment with Delphi ends prior to December 31, 2012 for any reason other than death, disability or circumstances for which you are not eligible to receive severance (as described below), you agree to repay to Delphi a prorated portion of your signing bonus based on the number of months from your date of termination through December 31, 2012 divided by 30 (the number of months from your anticipated start date through December 31, 2012).

Protective Provisions : You will report to the current CEO of Delphi. If however circumstances cause a change in this reporting relationship within 12 months of your start date and you determine it is in your best interests to voluntarily terminate your employment, you will be entitled to severance equal to 12 months base salary and one times your target annual incentive compensation. In the event of your involuntary termination by Delphi without cause, you will be eligible for severance under the executive severance policy then in effect.* Should the terms and conditions of your employment change such that you need to relocate to the company’s headquarters location following either a change in control of Delphi or any change in your reporting relationship following the 12 month anniversary of your start date and you choose to resign rather than relocate, such resignation will be treated as an involuntary termination for purposes of the VCP. Any and all fees and expenses you incur enforcing these protective provisions will be paid by Delphi.

Relocation : Your office will be located at Delphi’s headquarters in Troy, Michigan. As we discussed, you will be eligible to receive benefits in accordance with our standard relocation program upon advising us of a plan to relocate to the area. In the interim, you will be responsible for all travel and living costs associated with being away from your current residence to perform your duties at headquarters. You will, of course, be entitled to reimbursement for business travel and other business expenses in accordance with Delphi’s policies.

In addition to the compensation elements described above, you are also eligible for our competitive benefit package. A brief summary of current Delphi benefits and eligibility requirements is enclosed for your review. Currently, our benefit package includes a Salaried Retirement Savings Plan (401(k)), health, life and disability insurance plans, as well as vacation and holiday allowances. Please be advised that Delphi reserves the right to amend, modify and/or terminate any

 

 

*

Severance under the policy as currently in effect is 1.5 times base salary plus 1.5 times target annual incentive compensation.


of its incentive, severance, retirement, insurance or other benefit plans, policies or programs at any time for any reason. As you would expect, all compensation and payments will be subject to applicable tax withholding.

In accordance with Delphi policy and contingent on your acceptance of this offer, a background verification process will be conducted. You are additionally responsible for completing a pre-employment drug screen. Your employment is contingent upon the results of the background verification and drug screen. Information relating to the completion of these requirements will be forthcoming separately.

Employment is also contingent upon your current and continued eligibility to work in the United States. An I-9 form listing acceptable identification documents will be forthcoming separately. To comply with government regulations, unexpired identification documents must be presented on your first day of work to verify that you are authorized to work in the United States.

If you should have any questions, please call me at 248 813 2463. Please sign and return one copy of this offer letter to me to signify your acceptance of this offer and your understanding of its contents. We are sincerely happy to welcome you to the Delphi team and look forward to your arrival in Troy.

 

 

Very Truly Yours,

  DELPHI
  By:  

/s/ Kevin M. Butler

    Kevin M. Butler
    Vice President, Human Resource Management and Global Business Services
  Acknowledged and accepted:
  By:  

/s/ Kevin P. Clark

    Kevin P. Clark
  Date:  

June 10, 2010


DELPHI BENEFIT SUMMARY

 

   

Qualified Retirement Savings Plan - 401(k) : As a US salaried employee you will be eligible for Delphi contributions to your 401(k) account equal to 4% of your base salary and earned annual incentive plan payment. Additionally, Delphi currently provides a matching contribution equal to 50% of your contributions, up to a maximum of 3.5%. For example, if you contribute 7% of your base salary and annual incentive payment to the plan, Delphi would match this with a 3.5% contribution. Of course, Delphi U.S.’s decision to make any contribution or match is subject to the availability of Delphi U.S.’s earnings and cash to contribute to this plan, as determined by the Board.

 

   

Nonqualified Savings Plan : You will also be eligible to participate in the Delphi’s Salaried Retirement Equalization Savings Program (the “ SRESP ”), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that operates in a manner similar to a 401(k) plan with respect to compensation above the IRS annual compensation limit.

 

   

Health Care : You will be eligible for health care services, including dental and vision coverage. The cost to you for the program and the options available in terms of carriers or plans will be based upon your geographic location. You will be eligible for first day coverage in the plan you elect on a retro-active basis

 

   

Life Insurance : Delphi will provide you with a term-life insurance policy with a face amount equal to 1.5 times your annual base salary. The cost for this coverage will be paid by Delphi while you remain employed by Delphi U.S.

 

   

Holidays : You will be entitled to 9 standard holidays and 2 floating holidays. In 2010, Delphi holidays in the US are:

 

New Years Day   Labor Day   Christmas Eve Day
Memorial Day   Thanksgiving   Christmas Day
Independence Day   Day after Thanksgiving   New Years Eve Day

 

   

Vacation Schedule : You will be eligible for 20 vacation days. Vacation days must be used in the calendar year or be forfeited.

 

   

Designated Time Off (DTO) Days : You will be eligible for 5 DTO Days. These days are generally expected to be used for personal appointments, individual sick days, funerals, etc. and must also be used in the calendar year or be forfeited.

 

   

Short-and Long-Term Disability : Following a six-month initial eligibility waiting period, you will be eligible to participate in Delphi’s salaried short- and long-term disability plans. The short-term program generally provides for a total of 26 weeks, with the first week at 100% of base pay and the remaining 25 weeks at 60% of base pay. The long-term program will provide for 40% of your base pay for any illness or disability that extends beyond the short-term leave. You will be able to purchase long term coverage for up to an additional 20% of base pay.

Delphi reserves the right to amend, modify and/or terminate any benefit plans, policies or programs.

Exhibit 10.23

EXECUTIVE RELEASE OF CLAIMS, SEPARATION,

NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of February 22, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Delphi Corporation, its predecessors, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions and joint ventures (collectively, “Delphi”), and John Sheehan (“Executive”) and hereafter referred to as the “Agreement”. In consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings set forth below, Delphi and Executive agree as follows:

1. Executive’s employment with Delphi will be separated effective April 1 , 2010 under circumstances making Executive eligible for Severance Pay of one million, six hundred and eighty thousand dollars ( $1,680,000) , an amount equal to 18 months base pay plus an additional 18 month bonus target payment, less applicable deductions. This payment will be made in 36 installments paid twice monthly over 18 months commencing on April 15, 2010 . Executive acknowledges that the consideration provided for in this Agreement is in excess of anything Executive would otherwise be entitled to receive absent signing this Agreement.

2. In consideration for receiving these benefits, Executive releases, remises, and forever discharges Delphi and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures, employee benefit plans, employee benefit plan sponsors and fiduciaries, agents and employees, predecessors, successors, and assigns from any and all manner of actions, causes of actions, suits, proceedings, damages, costs, and claims whatsoever in law or in equity (collectively “Claims”), which Executive has or may have based upon or in connection with his or her employment with or separation from Delphi. This release specifically includes all Claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which regulates employee benefit plans; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, which prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, national origin, religion, or sex; the Americans with Disabilities Act, which prohibits discrimination in employment based on disability; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, which prohibits discrimination in employment based on age; the Equal Pay Act, which prohibits wage discrimination; state fair employment practices or civil rights laws; and any other federal, state or local law, order, or regulation or the common law relating to employment or employment discrimination, including those which preclude any form of discrimination based on age. This includes, without limitation, Claims for breach of contract (either express or implied), slander, libel, defamation, misrepresentation, promissory estoppel, detrimental reliance, and wrongful discharge. This Release of Claims covers Claims Executive knows about and Claims Executive does not know about; but does not cover Claims that arise after Executive separates from Delphi, or Claims that are not subject to waiver under applicable law.

3. Confidentiality

a. Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (A) Executive held a position of trust and confidence with Delphi and that his or her employment by Delphi required that Executive have access to and knowledge of valuable and sensitive information, material, and devices relating to Delphi and/or its business, activities, products, services, customers and vendors, including, but not limited to, the following, regardless of the form in which the same is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of Delphi’s actual and prospective customers and their representatives; prior, current or future research or development activities of Delphi and/or its customers; the products and services provided or offered by Delphi to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost information; information concerning the development, engineering, design, specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or services of Delphi; unique and/or proprietary computer equipment, programs, software and source codes; licensing information; personnel information; vendor information; marketing plans and techniques; forecasts; and other trade secrets (“Confidential Information”); (B) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information would place Delphi at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to Delphi’s business; and (C) the engaging by Executive in any of the activities prohibited by this Paragraph 3 may constitute misappropriation and/or improper use of trade secrets in violation of the Michigan Uniform Trade Secrets Act, as well as a violation of this Agreement.

 

1

February 4, 2010


b. Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, partner, employee, consultant, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, publish or make known, disclose, furnish, reproduce, make available, or utilize any of the Confidential Information without the prior expressed written approval of an officer of Delphi, other than in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, unless and until such Confidential Information is or shall become general public knowledge through no fault of Executive.

c. In the event that Executive is required by law to disclose any Confidential Information, Executive agrees to give Delphi prompt advance written notice thereof and to provide Delphi with reasonable assistance in obtaining an order to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure.

4. Intellectual Property

a. Executive hereby assigns to Delphi or its designees, without further consideration and free and clear of any lien or encumbrance, Executive’s entire right, title and interest (within the United States and all foreign jurisdictions), to any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, developments, works of authorship, concepts, ideas, plans, specifications, software, formulas, databases, designees, processes and contributions to Confidential Information created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice by Executive (alone or with others) during Executive’s employment which (A) are related to Delphi’s current or anticipated business, activities, products, or services, (B) resulted from any work performed by Executive for Delphi, or (iii) were created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice with the use of Company property, including any and all Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below) therein (“Work Product”). Any Work Product which falls within the definition of “work made for hire”, as such term is defined in the Copyright Act (17 U.S.C. Section 101), shall be considered a “work made for hire”, the copyright in which vests initially and exclusively in Delphi. Executive waives any rights to be attributed as the author of any Work Product and any “droit morale” (moral rights) in Work Product. Executive agrees to immediately disclose to Delphi all Work Product. For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” shall mean any patent, copyright, trademark or service mark, trade secret, or any other proprietary rights protection legally available.

b. Executive agrees to execute and deliver any instruments or documents, and to do all other things reasonably requested by Delphi in order to more fully vest Delphi with all ownership rights in the Work Product. If any Work Product is deemed by Delphi to be patentable or otherwise registrable, Executive shall assist Delphi (at Delphi’s expense) in obtaining letters of patent or other applicable registration therein and shall execute all documents and do all things, including testifying (at Delphi’s expense), necessary or appropriate to apply for, prosecute, obtain, or enforce any Intellectual Property Right relating to any Work Product. Should Delphi be unable to secure Executive’s signature on any document deemed necessary to accomplish the foregoing, whether due to Executive’s disability or other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Delphi and each of its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and on Executive’s behalf and stead to take any of the actions required of Executive under the previous sentence, with the same effect as if executed and delivered by Executive, such appointment being coupled with an interest.

5. Non-Competition

a. Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (A) the Business (as defined below) is intensely competitive and conducted by Delphi throughout the world; and (B) reasonable limits on Executive’s ability to engage in activities which are competitive with Delphi are warranted in order to, among other things, reasonably protect trade secrets and proprietary information of Delphi and to maintain and develop Delphi’s reputation, customer relationships, goodwill and overall status in the marketplace.

 

2

February 4, 2010


b. For a period of eighteen (18) months following the Effective Date, Executive shall not engage in Competition (as defined below) with Delphi.

c. For purposes of this Agreement, “Competition” by Executive shall mean Executive’s engaging in, or otherwise directly or indirectly being employed by or acting as a consultant or lender to, or being a director, officer, employee, principal, agent, stockholder, member, owner or partner of, or permitting Executive’s name to be used in connection with the activities of any other business or organization anywhere in the world which competes, directly or indirectly, with Delphi in the Business; provided, however, it shall not be a violation of this Paragraph 5 for Executive to become the registered or beneficial owner of up to three percent (3%) of any class of the capital stock of a corporation in Competition with Delphi that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provided that Executive does not otherwise participate in the business of such corporation.

d. For purposes of this Agreement, “Business” means the creation, development, manufacture, sale, promotion and distribution of vehicle electronics, transportation components, integrated systems and modules and other electronic technology and any other business which Delphi engages in, or is preparing to become engaged in, at the time of Executive’s termination.

6. Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference . For a period of twelve (12) months following the Effective Date, Executive agrees that he or she will not, directly or indirectly, for Executive’s benefit or for the benefit of any other person, firm or entity, do any of the following:

a. solicit from any customer doing business with Delphi as of Executive’s termination or within six (6) months prior to the Effective Date, business of the same or of a similar nature to the Business;

b. solicit from any known potential customer of Delphi business of the same or of a similar nature to that which has been the subject of a known written or oral bid, offer or proposal by Delphi, or of substantial preparation with a view to making such a bid, proposal or offer, within six (6) months prior to the Effective Date;

c. solicit the employment or services of, or hire or engage, any person who was known to be employed or engaged by Delphi as of the Effective Date, or within 6 months thereof; or

d. otherwise interfere with the business or accounts of Delphi, including, but not limited to, with respect to any relationship or agreement between Delphi and any vendor or supplier.

7. Executive agrees that any breach or threatened breach of Paragraphs 3, 4, 5, or 6 of this Agreement would result in irreparable injury and damage to Delphi for which an award of money to Delphi would not be an adequate remedy. Executive therefore also agrees that in the event of said breach or any reasonable threat of breach, Delphi shall be entitled to seek an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach and/or threatened breach and/or continued breach by Executive and/or any and all persons and/or entities acting for and/or with Executive. The terms of this paragraph shall not prevent Delphi from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including, but not limited to, remedies available under this Agreement and the recovery of damages. Executive and Delphi further agree that the provisions of this Agreement are reasonable. Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Delphi from and against all reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by Delphi in connection with, or arising out of, any violation of this Agreement by Executive.

8. The provisions of Paragraphs 3, 4, 5, and 6 of this Agreement survive the termination of Executive’s employment with Delphi, regardless of the reason for such termination, for the duration expressly stated in any such provision or, if no duration is stated, then indefinitely.

 

3

February 4, 2010


9. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: If to Executive, at Executive’s most recent address shown in the records of Delphi; and if to Delphi:

Delphi Corporation

5725 Delphi Drive

Troy Michigan 48098

Attention: General Counsel

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

10. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and such officer of Delphi as may be specifically designated by its Board of Directors. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement is not intended and shall not be construed to confer any rights or remedies upon any other person or entity, other than the parties hereto.

11. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed in a manner that would result in a duplication of benefits to Executive.

12. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of the Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Moreover, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this agreement shall be held to be unreasonable or unenforceable in any respect, including excessively broad as to duration, scope, activity or subject, such provisions shall be construed by limiting and reducing them so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law.

13. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan, without regard to its conflicts of law principles, except to the extent within the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. The parties hereby irrevocably consent and submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located within the state of Michigan in any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement, except to the extent within the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

14. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, understandings, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto; and any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled. Specifically, Executive hereby rescinds and revokes any prior Release of Claims document, or any other document purporting to promise, provide, or entitle Executive to severance benefits of any kind, that Executive signed during Executive’s employment with Delphi, and acknowledges and agrees that any such documents are null and void in all respects.

15. Executive understands that, by accepting benefits under the Plan, he or she will no longer be entitled to receive any disability benefits under the Delphi Life and Disability Benefits Program for Salaried Employees relating to any disability that arose or arises at any time, and if Executive is currently receiving or is eligible to receive disability benefits as of the effective date of this Release of Claims, Executive understands that such benefits or eligibility for such benefits will cease upon the effective date of this Agreement.

 

4

February 4, 2010


16. Executive acknowledges that he or she has been given a minimum of twenty-one (21) calendar days to review this Release of Claims. Executive understands that he or she may use as much of this twenty-one (21) day period as Executive wishes. Executive has been advised to consult an attorney before signing this Agreement, but understands that whether or not Executive does so is exclusively his or her decision.

17. Executive understands that he or she may revoke this Agreement within seven (7) days of signing it. To be effective, the revocation must be in writing and must be received by Kevin Butler at Delphi World Headquarters, 5725 Delphi Drive, Troy, Michigan 48098, before the close of business on the seventh (7th) day after Executive signs this Agreement. If Executive revokes this Agreement, no part shall be effective or enforceable and Executive will not receive the consideration provided for herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date below.

 

    DELPHI CORPORATION

    /s/ John D. Sheehan

    By:  

/s/ Debra Alexander

Dated:  

    February 22, 2010        

    Title:  

Executive Director Global Comp

      Dated:  

February 22, 2010

 

5

February 4, 2010

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated February 18, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Delphi Automotive LLP and May 23, 2011, with respect to the balance sheet of Delphi Automotive PLC, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-174493) and related Prospectus of Delphi Automotive PLC dated June 30, 2011.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Detroit, Michigan

June 30, 2011

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of J.D. Power & Associates

We hereby consent to the citation by Delphi Automotive PLC (the “Company”) of data from our JDPA-GCAT WorldQuery 2011 Q1 File or from J.D. Power AutoQuery Application, and to the use of our name in connection with the use of such data in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-174493) and any amendments thereto filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

/ S /    J EFF S CHUSTER        

J.D. Power & Associates

Jeff Schuster, Executive Director

June 29, 2011